No matching fragments found in this document.
The
Technical Bulletins
of
Dianetics and Scientology
by
L. Ron Hubbard
FOUNDER OF DIANETICS AND SCIENTOLOGY
Volume
I
1950-1953
_____________________________________________________________________
I will not always be here on guard.
The stars twinkle in the Milky Way
And the wind sighs for songs
Across the empty fields of a planet
A Galaxy away.
You won't always be here.
But before you go,
Whisper this to your sons
And their sons -
"The work was free.
Keep it so. "
L. RON HUBBARD
[pic]L. RON HUBBARD
Founder of Dianetics and Scientology
EDITORS' NOTE
"A chronological study of materials is necessary for the complete
training of a truly top grade expert in these lines. He can see how the
subject progressed and so is able to see which are the highest levels of
development. Not the least advantage in this is the defining of words and
terms for each, when originally used, was defined, in most cases, with
considerable exactitude, and one is not left with any misunderstoods."
-L. Ron Hubbard
The first eight volumes of the Technical Bulletins of Dianetics and
Scientology contain, exclusively, issues written by L. Ron Hubbard, thus
providing a chronological time track of the development of Dianetics and
Scientology. Volume IX, The Auditing Series, and Volume X, The Case
Supervisor Series, contain Board Technical Bulletins that are part of the
series. They are LRH data even though compiled or written by another.
So that the time track of the subject may be studied in its entirety,
all HCO Bs have been included, excluding only those upper level materials
which will be found on courses to which they apply. If an issue has been
revised, replaced, or cancelled, this has been indicated in the upper right-
hand corner along with the page number of the issue which should be
referred to.
The points at which Ron gave tape recorded lectures have been
indicated as they occurred. Where they were given as part of an event or
course, information is given on that event or course on the page in the
chronological volumes which corresponds to the date. The symbol "**"
preceding a tape title means that copies are available from both
Publications Organizations. A tape preceded by "*" means that it will soon
be available. No asterisk (*) means that neither Publications Organization
nor Flag has a master copy of that lecture. If you have, or know anyone who
has, copies of these tapes, please contact the Flag Audio Chief, P.O. Box
23751, Tampa, Florida, 33623, U.S.A. The number in the tape title is a code
for the date; example: 5505C07-55 = year, 1955; 05 = month, May; C = copy;
07 = day, 7th; 7 May 1955. The abbreviation tells what group the tape is a
part of. For an explanation of the abbreviations see Volume X, page 539.
At the back of this volume is a Subject Index covering only the material in
this volume. Use the index to locate the LRH source material in context,
don't just get data from the index. This index has been combined with
indexes from other volumes to form the Cumulative Index which is in Volume
X, starting on page 287.
TECHNICAL BULLETINS
1950-1953
CONTENTS
Introduction 1
1948
Jan. Dianetics: The Original Thesis 5
1950
Spring Terra Incognita: The Mind 6
May Dianetics: The Evolution of a Science 11
9 May Dianetics: The Modern Science of Mental Health 12
The Aims of the Hubbard Dianetic Research Foundation
13
20 June First Professional Course Lectures (20 June-4 Aug.)
14
July Standard Procedure (with Standard Procedure Chart) (DAB 1-
1, 2) 15
10 Aug. Los Angeles Foundation Lectures (10 Aug.-8 Sept.) 22
Sept. How to Release a Chronic Somatic (DAB 1-3) 24
23 Sept. Oakland Lecture Series (23 Sept.-29 Sept.) 26
Oct. The Analytical Mind 27
Oct. Dianetics and Religion (DAB 14) 38
Nov. The Intensive Processing Procedure 39
Nov. Group Dianetics (excerpt) 43
Nov. The Processing of Children (DAB 1-5) 44
16 Nov. An Addition to Standard Procedure 50
20 Nov. Instruction Protocol 51
20 Nov. Standard Procedure Lectures (20 Nov.-1 Dec.) 54
Dec. Handling the Psychotic (DAB 1-6) 55
12 Dec. Certification Board Duties and Responsibilities 65
1951
Jan. Notes on the Lectures 67
Jan. Dianometry-Your Ability and State of Mind 68
Jan. Group Dianetics (DAB 1-7) 84
1951 (cont.)
Jan. Diagnosis and Repair of Groups 91
Jan. The Credo of a True Group Member 94
Jan. The Credo of a Good and Skilled Manager 96
Feb. The Theory of Affinity, Reality and Communication (DAB 1-
8) 98
7 Feb. Radio Broadcasts ( 7 Feb.-15 Feb.) 103
Mar. The Problem of Sedation (DAB 1-9) 104
9 Apr. Wichita Lectures (9 Apr.-21 May) 106
Apr. Lock Scanning (DAB 1-10,11) 107
June Preventive Dianetics (DAB 1-12) 113
June Science of Survival 122
25 June First Annual Conference of Hubbard Dianetic Auditors
Lectures
(25 June-30 June) 123
July Education and the Auditor (DAB 2-1 ) 124
July Aberrations and Genius (DAB 2-1 ) 130
ca. 1951 Teaching 131
9 July Wichita Monday Lectures (9 July-6 Aug.) 132
Aug. An Essay on Management (DAB 2-2) 133
Aug. How to Pick Up Occluded Data (DAB 2-2) 144
Aug. The "26" Perceptics (DAB 2-2) 145
Aug. Self Analysis 146
13 Aug. Human Evaluation Course Lectures (13 Aug.-17 Aug.) 147
Sept. Basic Reason-Basic Principles (DAB 2-3) 148
Sept. All Possible Aberrations (SOS Supp. 1 ) 157
Sept. Validation Processing (SOS Supp. 2) 163
8 Oct. October Midwest Conference Lectures (8 Oct.-12 Oct.)
165
Oct. Child Dianetics 166
Oct. Self-Determined Effort Processing (DAB 24) 167
15 Oct. Wichita Foundation Auditor's Course Lectures (15 Oct.-26
Oct.) 171
Nov. Advanced Procedure and Axioms 172
Nov. An Essay on Authoritarianism (DAB 2-5) 173
Nov. A Brief History of Psychotherapy (DAB 2-5) 181
Dec. Postulate Processing (DAB 2-6) 183
Dec. Dianetics: The Original Thesis see- 5
Dec. MEST Processing (SOS Supp. 3) 188
Dec. Handbook for Preclears 194
27 Dec. Second Annual Conference of Hubbard Dianetic
Auditors Lectures
(27 Dec.-30 Dec.) 195
1952
Jan. An Afternoon with Ron (DAB 2-7) 196
Jan. Wichita Foundation Lectures (1 Jan.-8 Feb.) 207
Feb. Cause and Effect (DAB 2-8) 208
Feb. Effort Processing (SOS Supp. 4) 214
Feb. Processing of Auditors 216
18 Feb. Hubbard College Lectures (18 Feb.-25 Feb.) 218
3 Mar. Summary Course Lectures (3 Mar.-Apr.) 218
19 May Technique 80 Lectures (19 May-21 May) 220
June Electropsychometric Auditing-Operator's Manual 221
June Individual Track Map 232
June A Key to the Unconscious-Symbological Processing 239
23 June Summer Session-Technique 88 Lectures (23 June-28 June)
264
8 July Technique 88 Supplementary Lectures (8 July-4 Sept.)
265
July A History of Man 266
July A Step by Step Breakdown of 88 267
ca. Aug. What is Scientology? (JOS 1-G) 268
ca. Aug. Electronics Gives Life to Freud's Theory (JOS 1-G) 269
ca. Aug. The Handling of Arthritis (JOS 1-G) 272
ca. Aug. Professional Course Booklets 274
ca. Sept. The Running of Concepts (JOS 2-G) 275
Sept. Scientology 88 277
Sept. Auditing Formulae from Scientology 88 278
21 Sept. Technique 88 Supplementary Lectures (21 Sept.-24
Sept.) 279
ca. Sept. Danger: Black Dianetics! (part 1 of 3) (JOS 3-G)
280
ca. Oct. The Loophole in Guarded Rights (part 2 of 3) (JOS 4-G)
282
ca. Oct. Records of Mind Are Permanent (part 3 of 3) (JOS 5-G)
284
Oct. Self Analysis in Dianetics 286
Oct. Standard Operating Procedure for Theta Clearing Lectures
(Oct.-30 Oct.) 287
Nov. Scientology 8-80 288
ca. Nov. Procedures for Theta Clearing (JOS 6-G) 289
10 Nov. Logics and Axioms Lectures (10 Nov.-12 Nov.) 291
10 Nov. London Professional Course Lectures (10 Nov.-21 Nov.)
291
ca. Nov. Sanity Needs Creation-Destruction Balance (JOS 7-G)
293
ca. Nov. The Components of Experience (JOS 7-G) 295
Dec. Scientology 8-8008 297
Dec. Philadelphia Doctorate Course Lectures (1 Dec.-18 Dec.)
298
ca. Dec. New Data Doesn't Invalidate Early, Proven Techniques
(part 1 of 5) (JOS 8-G) 300
1952 (cont.)
ca. Dec. Thetan, to Be "Sane," Must Learn How He's Been
Caring for Body
(part 2 of 5) (JOS 9-G) 301
1953
ca. Jan. Preclears Must Be Audited According to Their Condition
(part 3 of 5) (JOS 10-G) 302
ca. Feb. Preclears Should Be Processed; Education Isn't
Auditor's Task
(part 4 of 5) (JOS 11-G) 304
15 Mar. Auditor First Should Know Tools Before He Goes in
for Artistic
(part 5 of 5) (JOS 12-G) 305
14 Jan. Philadelphia Doctorate Course Supplementary Lectures
(14 Jan.-23 Jan.) 306
ca. Mar. London Group Auditor's Course Lectures (ca. Mar.-Apr.)
306
23 Mar. London Spring Lectures (23 Mar.-24 Apr.) 307
Apr. How to Live Though an Executive 308
ca. Apr. Marital Scientology (JOS 13-G) 309
15 Apr. Admiration Processing 311
Apr. Self Analysis in Scientology 286
23 Apr. Associate Newsletter 312
28 Apr. Associate Newsletter 315
ca. Apr. Child Scientology (JOS 14-G) 319
May Scientology 8-8008 Unlimited Techniques 329
ca. May Associate Newsletter No. 2 330
ca. May "The Old Man's Case-Book" (JOS 15-G) 337
21 May Birmingham Lectures (21 May) 338
ca. May Associate Newsletter No. 3 339
10 May General Comments, Group Processing and a Summary of New
Work:
Certainties (PAB 1 ) 346
ca. May General Comments, SOP 8 and a Summary of SOP 8A (PAB 2)
353
ca. May Associate Newsletter No. 4 365
ca. June This is Scientology-The Science of Certainty (JOS 16-G)
374
ca. June Certainty Processing (PAB 3) 397
18 June Associate Newsletter No. 5 401
ca. June The Limitations of Homo Novis (JOS 17-G) 403
ca. June Beingness and Certainty Processing (PAB 4) 406
ca. July Associate Newsletter No. 6 408
ca. July About PABs (PAB 5) 411
ca. July Associate Newsletter No. 7 412
ca. July Off the Time Track (JOS 18-G) 418
ca. July Case Opening (PAB 6) 419
1953 (cont.)
ca. Aug. Six Steps to Better Beingness (PAB 7) 423
ca. Aug. Associate Newsletter No. 8 429
ca. Aug. Viewpoint Processing (PAB 8) 431
ca. Sept. Formula H (PAB 9) 447
4 Sept. Associate Newsletter No. 9 452
ca. Sept. Change Processing (PAB 10) 453
ca. Sept. Associate Newsletter No. 10-Technique Bulletin
456
30 Sept. First International Congress of Dianeticists and
Scientologists
Lectures (30 Sept.-4 Oct.) 458
6 Oct. 1st American Advanced Clinical Indoctrination Course
Lectures
(5 Oct.-14 Nov.) 459
ca. Oct. What the Thetan Is Trying to Do (PAB 11 ) 461
ca. Oct. The Theory of Communication (JOS 21-G) 464
ca. Oct. The Cycle of Action of an Explosion (PAB 12) 467
28 Oct. Step III Auditing Commands 472
ca. Nov. On Human Behavior (PAB 13) 473
17 Nov. 2nd American Advanced Clinical Course Lectures (17 Nov.-22
Dec.) 478
19 Nov. Associate Newsletter 480
ca. Nov. On Human Character (PAB 14) 482
ca. Dec. Acceptance Level Processing (PAB 15) 485
ca. Dec. What an Auditor Should Know (JOS 22-G) 488
ca. Dec. Acceptance Level Processing (PAB 16) 491
28 Dec. International Congress of Dianeticists and Scientologists
Lectures (28 Dec.-31 Dec. ) 496
Subject Index 499
Alphabetical List of Titles 525
PERIODICALS BY ISSUE NUMBER
DIANETIC AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
Vol.-No.
1-1, 2 July/Aug. 50 Standard Procedure 15
1-3 Sept. 50 How to Release a Chronic Somatic 24
1-4 Oct. 50 Dianetics and Religion 38
1-5 Nov. 50 The Processing of Children 44
1-6 Dec. 50 Handling the Psychotic 55
1-7 Jan. 51 Group Dianetics 84
1-8 Feb. 51 The Theory of Affinity, Reality and Communication 98
1-9 Mar. 51 The Problem of Sedation 104
1-10,11 Apr./May 51 Lock Scanning 107
1-12 June 51 Preventive Dianetics 113
2-1 July 51 Education and the Auditor 124
Aberrations and Genius 130
2-2 Aug. 51 An Essay on Management 133
How to Pick Up Occluded Data 144
The "26" Perceptics 145
2-3 Sept. 51 Basic Reason-Basic Principles 148
2-4 Oct. 51 Self-Determined Effort Processing 167
2-5 Nov. 51 An Essay on Authoritarianism 173
A Brief History of Psychotherapy 181
2-6 Dec. 51 Postulate Processing 183
2-7 Jan. 52 An After noon with Ron 196
2-8 Feb. 52 Cause and Effect 208
SUPPLEMENT TO SCIENCE OF SURVIVAL
No.
1 Sept. All Possible Aberrations 157
2 Sept. 51 Validation Processing 163
3 Dec. 51 MEST Processing 188
4 Feb. 52 Effort Processing 214
THE JOURNAL OF SCIENTOLOGY
Issue
1-G ca. Aug. 52 What is Scientology? 268
Electronics Gives Life to Freud's Theory 269
The Handling of Arthritis 272
2-G ca. Sept. 52 The Running of Concepts 275
3-G ca. Sept. 52 Danger: Black Dianetics! (part 1 of 3 ) 280
4-G ca. Oct. 52 The Loophole in Guarded Rights (part 2 of 3) 282
5-G ca. Oct. 52 Records of Mind Are Permanent (part 3 of 3) 284
6-G ca. Nov. 52 Procedures for Theta Clearing 289
7-G ca. Nov. 52 Sanity Needs Creation-Destruction Balance 293
The Components of Experience 295
8-G ca. Dec. 52 New Data Doesn't Invalidate Early, Proven
Techniques (part 1 of 5) 300
9-G ca. Dec. 52 Thetan, to Be "Sane", Must Learn How He's Been
Caring for Body (part 2 of 5) 301
10-G ca. Jan. 53 Preclears Must Be Audited According to Their
Condition (part 3 of 5) 302
11-G ca. Feb. 53 Preclears Should Be Processed; Education Isn't
Auditor's Task (part 4 of 5) 304
12-G 15 Mar. 53 Auditor First Should Know Tools Before He Goes
in for Artistic (part 5 of 5) 305
13-G ca. Apr. 53 Marital Scientology 309
14-G ca. Apr. 53 Child Scientology 319
15-G ca. May 53 "The Old Man's Case-Book" 337
16-G ca. June 53 This is Scientology-The Science of Certainty 374
17-G ca. June 53 The Limitations of Homo Novis 403
18-G ca. July 53 Off the Time Track 418
21-G ca. Oct. 53 The Theory of Communication 464
22-G ca. Dec. 53 What an Auditor Should Know 488
ASSOCIATE NEWSLETTER
No.
23 Apr. 53 312
28 Apr. 53 315
2 ca. May 53 330
3 ca. May 53 339
4 ca. May 53 365
5 18 June 53 401
6 ca. July 53 408
7 ca. July 53 412
8 ca. Aug. 53 429
9 4 Sept. 53 452
10 ca. Sept. 53 Technique Bulletin 456
(last) 19 Nov. 53 480
PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
No.
10 May 53 General Comments, Group Processing and a Summary
of New Work: Certainties 346
2 ca. May 53 General Comments, SOP 8 and a Summary of SOP 8A 353
3 ca. June 53 Certainty Processing 397
4 ca. June 53 Beingness and Certainty Processing 406
5 ca. July 53 About PABs 411
6 ca. July 53 Case Opening 419
7 ca. Aug. 53 Six Steps to Better Beingness 423
8 ca. Aug. 53 Viewpoint Processing 431
9 ca. Sept. 53 Formula H 447
10 ca. Sept. 53 Change Processing 453
11 ca. Oct. 53 What the Thetan Is Trying to Do 461
12 ca. Oct. 53 The Cycle of Action of an Explosion 467
13 ca. Nov. 53 On Human Behavior 473
14 ca. Nov. 53 On Human Character 482
15 ca. Dec. 53 Acceptance Level Processing 485
16 ca. Dec. 53 Acceptance Level Processing 491
LONG CONTENTS
Introduction, 1
The riddle of Man's behavior,
The story of how Dianetics and Scientology came about, 1
The basic nature of Man, 2
Development of Scientology, 3
A future without crime, insanity or war, 4
Spring 1950 TERRA INCOGNITA: THE MIND, 6
Dianetics, reason evolved, 6
Comanome, 7
Technique of Dianetics, 8
Selection of personnel, 9
Dianetics, original goal, 9
ca. 1950 THE AIMS OF THE HUBBARD DIANETIC RESEARCH
FOUNDATION, 13
DAB Vol. 1, Nos. 1-2, July-Aug.. 1950 STANDARD PROCEDURE, 15
Starting the case, 15
Opening the case and running engrams, 15
Reverie, 1 5
Run pleasure incidents in this fashion, 15
Grief engrams result from losses of position, allies, or things, 16
File clerk and somatic strip, 16
Running engrams, 17
Removing demon circuit and valence commands, 18
Straight line memory, 19
When a lock has been contacted, 19
Reduce the earliest engrams, 20
When demon circuits or valence shifters have been contacted and
reduced, 20
Run the case, 20
Standard Procedure Chart, 21
DAB Vol. 1, No. 3, Sept. 1950 HOW TO RELEASE A CHRONIC SOMATIC, 24
Straight memory, 24
Straight memory and reverie, 24
Complete release, 25
Clearing, 25
Oct. 1950 THE ANALYTICAL MIND, 27
Analytical Dianetics, 27
Wide difference between capability and cause, 28
Neurosurgical operations, reasons these methods continue, 29
Misconception regarding the analytical mind, 30
Analytical mind, ability to mimic, 31
Analytical mind, powers of, 32
Analytical mind, how it remembers, 33
One of the prime operating mechanisms of the analytical mind, 34
World conqueror operates with a perverted dynamic, 35
DAB Vol. 1, No. 4, Oct. 1950 DIANETICS AND RELIGION, 38
Orderly faith, 38
Zealotism, 3 8
Atheism, 38
1 Nov. 1950 THE INTENSIVE PROCESSING PROCEDURE, 39
Basic definition of Intensive Processing, 39
Intensive Processing, 39
Purpose of psychometry, 39
Chemical assist, 40
Necessity level and auditing, 42
1 Nov. 1950 GROUP DIANETICS (excerpt), 43
DAB Vol. 1, No. 5, Nov. 1950 THE PROCESSING OF CHILDREN, 44
Three major steps in the processing of children, 44
Language in the child's reactive bank, 44
The accessibility of children, 45
Steps in addition to processing, 46
Dianetic education of parents, 46
Education of the child, 47
Semantic re-orientation, 47
Shifting environment during auditing, 48
Special problems, 49
Dividends, 49
16 Nov. 1950 AN ADDITION TO STANDARD PROCEDURE, 50
20 Nov. 1950 INSTRUCTION PROTOCOL, 51
Testing as a screen, 51
Troubles with students in training, 51
End product of training programs, 52
Training program, 52
DAB Vol. 1, No. 6, Dec. 1950 HANDLING THE PSYCHOTIC, 55
The usual reaction to psychosis, 55
The attitude of the professional, 56
Present outlook, 5 6
The classification of psychotics, 57
Three types of psychotics: computational, dramatizing, missing-parts,
57
Problems peculiar to psychotics, 58
Family relationships, 59
Accessibility, 60
Four types of treatment which will not help in handling psychotics, 60
Processing techniques, 61
Working near the psychotic break, 62
General working rules for an auditor, 62
Straight line memory, 63
12 Dec. 1950 CERTIFICATION BOARD DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES, 65
Issuance of temporary certificates, 65
Requirements for permanent certification, 65
Examiner, trust placed in, 66
Examiner's information line to Director of Training, 66
Purpose of Certification Board, 66
Jan. 1951 DIANOMETRY-YOUR ABILITY AND STATE OF MIND, 68
Sanity and insanity, 68
The evolution of logic, 70
Process of logic consists of, 71
Graph of logic, 72
Processes of computation, 72
Errors to which the mind is liable, 76
Potential value equation, 77
Three types of minds, 79
Examples of the types of minds, 80
Tests for types of cases, 82
DAB Vol. 1, No. 7, Jan. 1951 GROUP DIANETICS, 84
Description of dynamics, 84
Cycle of a group receiving an engram, 85
Processing the group engram, 86
Principle of the introduction of an arbitrary, 87
Primary mission of Theta is the conquest of MEST, the individual must
have this in each of his four dynamics, 88
Jan. 1951 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR OF GROUPS, 91
Ethical level of a group, 91
Ethics, distinction from morals, 91
Death, inclination towards, 92
Relation of altitude to effect of individual on group, 92
Group necessity value, 93
Effect on group of energy volume at high tone level, 93
Jan. 1951 THE CREDO OF A TRUE GROUP MEMBER, 94
Jan. 1951 THE CREDO OF A GOOD AND SKILLED MANAGER, 96
DAB Vol. 1, No. 8, Feb. 1951 THE THEORY OF AFFINITY, REALITY AND
COMMUNICATION, 98
Affinity, 98
Communication, 99
Reality, 99
ARC down, 101
ARC up, 102
Processing and ARC, 103
DAB Vol. 1, No. 9, Mar. 1951 THE PROBLEM OF SEDATION, 104
Don't process a person who is under sedation, 104
When to begin processing, 105
Observed action of sedatives and hypnotics, 105
DAB Vol. 1, No. 10-11, Apr.-May 1951 LOCK SCANNING, 107
Mechanism of scanning, 107
Technique of scanning, 108
Scanning speeds, 108
Basic use of lock scanning, 109
Scanning a chain of locks, 109
Reduction of lock chains, 110
Three special chains needing scanning, 110
Additional uses of lock scanning, 111
Lock scanning to run out past auditing, 111
DAB Vol. 1, No. 12, June 1951 PREVENTIVE DIANETICS, 113
Formula of Preventive Dianetics, 113
Industrial accident prevention, 115
On the nation's highways, 117
The pregnant woman, 118
Morals and ethics, 119
Family life, 120
DAB Vol. 2, No. 1, July 1951 EDUCATION AND THE AUDITOR, 124
Acceptance: by authority or agreement, 124
Evaluation of data, 125
DAB Vol. 2, No. 1, July 1951 ABERRATIONS AND GENIUS, 130
ca. 1951 TEACHING, 131
DAB Vol. 2, No. 2, Aug. 1951 AN ESSAY ON MANAGEMENT, 133
Management, 133
Management is a specialty, 133
Source of goals, 134
Character of goals, 135
Group's three spheres of interest and action, 135
True groups, 136
Tone scale of governments or companies or groups, 137
Power of an organization, 139
Tenets of an organization, 143
DAB Vol. 2, No. 2, Aug. 1951 HOW TO PICK UP OCCLUDED DATA, 144
DAB Vol. 2, No. 2, Aug. 1951 THE "26" PERCEPTICS, 145
DAB Vol. 2, No. 3, Sept. 1951 BASIC REASON-BASIC PRINCIPLES, 148
Dianetics a new simplicity, 148
Survival dependent upon reason, 149
Educational approaches, 149
Self-determinism and reason, 149
Types of processing cases, 150
Processing approaches, 150
Function of the mind, 151
Attitudes to environment, 152
Theory of natural selection, 152
Controlled reason, 153
Processing as domination, 153
Self-determinism explained, 153
Reaction of life to pain perceptics, 154
Operation of the mind, 155
Interruption of self-determinism, 155
Imaginative quality of mind, 155
Interrupted motor action, 156
SOS Supplement No. 1, Sept. 1951 ALL POSSIBLE ABERRATIONS, 157
Survival is subdivided into eight parts, 157
Dynamics suppressed in two ways, 159
Dynamic Straight Wire Chart, 160
Examples of suppression of dynamics by other dynamics, 160
SOS Supplement No. 2, Sept. 1951 VALIDATION PROCESSING, 163
Attacking entheta with too much entheta enturbulates, 163
Validate the analytical and neglect the reactive, 163
DAB Vol. 2, No. 4, Oct. 1951 SELF-DETERMINED EFFORT PROCESSING, 167
Rationality defined, 168
Nature of mind, 168
Acceptance of counter-effort, 169
Perception posts, 169
Processing efforts, 169
Processing engrams, 170
Self-determinism validated, 170
DAB Vol. 2, No. 5, Nov. 1951 AN ESSAY ON AUTHORITARIANISM, 173
Conquest of MEST by Theta, 173
Entheta and enMEST, 175
Creation and destruction, 176
Concept of authoritarianism, 178
DAB Vol. 2, No. 5, Nov. 1951 A BRIEF HISTORY OF PSYCHOTHERAPY, 181
DAB Vol. 2, No. 6, Dec. 1951 POSTULATE PROCESSING, 183
Areas of static thinking, 183
General areas of postulation, 183
Postulate Tone Scale, 184
Postulate Processing Procedure, 185
Scanning A-R-C, 186
Basic goals, 187
Deep and light processing, 187
SOS Supplement No. 3, Dec. 1951 MEST PROCESSING, 188
Cycle of conquest, 188
Theta's tendency to own or be owned, 189
Interpersonal relations, 189
Attacking self, 190
Symbology of language, 190
Aims of MEST Processing, 191
MEST Processing Procedure, 191
Pro-survival/Contra-survival Processing, 192
MEST Processing and emotional tones, 192
Processing memory recalls, 193
DAB Vol. 2, No. 7, Jan. 1952 AN AFTERNOON WITH RON, 196
An informal discussion on auditing techniques, 196
Running regret, blame, sympathy, etc. on chronic somatic of wearing
glasses, 196
Run postulate made about eyes in incident, 200
Repeater technique in Postulate Processing, 203
Steps to find computation, 204
How to work with original incident of overt act, 204
DAB Vol. 2, No. 8, Feb. 1952 CAUSE AND EFFECT, 208
Cause and effect necessarily inter-operate as a person experiences
life, 208
Elective randomity, 209
Desire for effect, 209
Interaction of mind and body, 209
Group relationships, 210
Responsibility for one's memories, 210
Processing cause and effect, 211
Seriousness, 2 11
What is hidden, 212
Consistent action, 212
Sympathy, 213
Trust-distrust, 2 1 3
Blame and regret, 213
Full responsibility, 213
SOS Supplement No. 4, Feb. 1952 EFFORT PROCESSING, 214
Motion is common to everything in physical universe, 214
Law concerning effort and organisms, 214
List used to exhaust old pain, 215
Feb. 1952 PROCESSING OF AUDITORS, 216
List of auditor's efforts, emotions, and thoughts related to processing
which must be run, 216
June 1952 ELECTROPSYCHOMETRIC AUDITING-OPERATOR'S MANUAL, 221
Historical data of electropsychometric auditing, 221
Principle of lie detector, 222
Lie detector is registering emotion contained in past incidents or
present
time situations which depend on the charge in the past incidents,
222
Invention of electropsychometer, 223
Theory of operation, 224
E-Meter measures the relative density of the body,
225 Mechanics of operation, 225
E-Meter, principle on which it works, 226
All that you read from an E-Meter is change, 227
How to read the needle, 227
Five reactions of the needle, 229
E-Metering the preclear, 230
June 1952 INDIVIDUAL TRACK MAP, 232
Three principal tracks in which the auditor is interested, 232
June 1952 A KEY TO THE UNCONSCIOUS SYMBOLOGICAL PROCESSING, 239
A brief summary of how to use this book, 239
Symbological Processing, goal of, 239
Questions of the Symbological Processing counselor, 240
General purpose of Symbological Processing, 241
Procedure of Symbological Processing, 241
General causes of mental aberration, 242
Tone Scale, scale of emotional tones, 243
Differentiation and identification, 244
July 1952 A STEP BY STEP BREAKDOWN OF 88, 267
JOS Issue 1-G, ca. Aug. 1952 WHAT IS SCIENTOLOGY?, 268
JOS Issue 1-G, ca. Aug. 1952 ELECTRONICS GIVES LIFE TO FREUD'S
THEORY, 269
"Technique 100" or "Associative Processing", 269
Needle manifestations, 270
JOS Issue 1-G, ca. Aug. 1952 THE HANDLING OF ARTHRITIS, 272
Arthritis, chronic somatic of depository type, 272
Processing of chronic arthritic, 272
JOS Issue 2-G, ca. Sept. 1952 THE RUNNING OF CONCEPTS, 275
Hubbard Chart of Attitudes and Concept Running, 275
Conditions and positions and states run as concepts, 276
Routine for Concept Running, 276
Sept. 1952 AUDITING FORMULAE FROM SCIENTOLOGY 88, 278
Auditing formulae to make a theta clear, 278
JOS Issues 3-G, 4-G & 5-G, ca. Sept.-Oct. 1952 DANGER: BLACK
DIANETICS!,
280
Efforts to influence and prevail over the minds of individuals, groups,
and nations, 281
Basic technique of hypnotism, 281
The loophole in guarded rights, 282
White Dianetics, 282
First basic principle of Black Dianetics, 283
First law of Dianetics, 283
Records of mind are permanent, 284
Pain is caused by effort counter to effort of individual as a whole,
284
Restimulation is occasioned by some part of the early recording being
approximated in the environment in the present, 285
JOS Issue 6-G, ca. Nov. 1952 PROCEDURES FOR THETA CLEARING, 289
Standard Operating Procedure for theta clearing, 289
Step I: Positive Exteriorizing, 289
Step II: Negative Exteriorizing, 289
Step III: By Orientation, 290
Step IV: Ridge Running, 290
Step V: DED-DEDEX running, 290
Step VI: A-R-C Straight Wire, 290
Step VII: Present Time Body Orientation, 290
JOS Issue 7-G, ca. Nov. 1952 SANITY NEEDS CREATION-DESTRUCTION
BALANCE, 293
Space, time and energy have their parallels in start, stop and change,
293
Cycle of a universe, 293
Assessment of a case using Dynamics graph, 293
JOS Issue 7-G, ca. Nov. 1952 THE COMPONENTS OF EXPERIENCE, 295
Space, time and energy in experience become Be, Have and Do, the
component parts of experience itself, 295
Space could be said to be BE, 295
Essence of time is apparently possession, 295
Energy can be summed into DO, 296
Loss is always identified with HAVE, 296
Change is essentially the redirection of energy, 296
JOS Issues 8-G, 9-G, 10-G, 11-G & 12-G, ca. Dec. 1952-15 Mar. 1953
NEW DATA DOESN'T INVALIDATE EARLY, PROVEN TECHNIQUES, 300
Consistency of theory, 300
Thetan, to be "sane," must learn how he's been caring for body, 301
Preclears must be audited according to their condition, 302
Preclear must be processed at his own level, 303
Preclears should be processed; education isn't auditor's task, 304
Auditor first should know tools before he goes in for artistic, 305
JOS Issue 13-G, ca. Apr. 1953 MARITAL SCIENTOLOGY, 309
Communication is root of marital success, 309
Test for sanity: what is the communication lag of the individual, 310
15 Apr. 1953 ADMIRATION PROCESSING, 311
Standard Operating Procedure (SOP 5): amended, 311
Associate Newsletter, 23 Apr. 1953, 312
Degree of Doctor of Scientology, 312
Group Auditor's Course, 312
Associate Newsletter, 28 Apr. 1953, 315
Theta clearing and aberration, what LRH is trying to do, 315
Reduction of the reactive mind, 315
What Scientology does, 316
JOS Issue 14-G, ca. Apr. 1953 CHILD SCIENTOLOGY, 319
Group Processing of children, 319
Process given to groups of children, 321
Results of group processing children, 321
Theory underlying child processing, 323
Discipline of imagination essential in any learning process, 324
Creation and control of mental images utilizes and disciplines energy,
324
What is a mock-up, 326
Group Processing of children, how it is done, 327
1 May 1953 SCIENTOLOGY 8-8008 UNLIMITED TECHNIQUES, 329
Holding MEST Points, 329
Comparison, 329
Duplication, 3 29
List mock-ups, 3 29
Spacation, 329
Unmocking, 3 29
Associate Newsletter No. 2, ca. May 1953, 330
Desire for pain, 333
Craving for work, 333
JOS Issue 15-G, ca. May 1953 "THE OLD MAN'S CASE-BOOK", 337
Auditing of babies, 337
Auditing of animals, 338
Associate Newsletter No. 3, ca. May 1953, 339
Group Processing plan, 339
Tape shipments, 340
General scene, 340
Scientology as "the science of certainty", 340
Personal note, 342
How to become a Doctor of Scientology, 343
PAB No. 1,10 May 1953 GENERAL COMMENTS, GROUP PROCESSING AND
A SUMMARY OF NEW WORK: CERTAINTIES, 346
First goals, the control of the reactive mind and betterment of the
analytical mind, reached, 346
Group processing and special auditing to reach above the group high,
347
Group Processing Formula, 348
Summary of new work-May 8, 1953, 349
Certainty itself is knowledge; a datum is secondary knowledge, 349
The most certain certainty is perception; the least certainty
evaluation, 349
Advantages of "Self Analysis" Mock-up Processing, 349
Processing of certainties, 350
Role that communication plays in game called existence, 350
Affinity, communication and reality related, 350
Communication lag index as test of aberration, 351
Method of communication, 351 Levels of communication, 351
Beingness, communication, space, 352
Communication index lag, handling of, 352
The double terminal assist, 352
Double-terminaling and Dianetics, 352
PAB No. 2, May 1953 GENERAL COMMENTS, SOP 8 AND A SUMMARY
OF SOP 8A, 353
General comment, 353
Handling of groups, 353
Dissemination method, 353
Building a practice, 3 54
Level of awareness, 356
Auditor certainty and results, 357
The Factors, 358
A summary of SOP 8A, 359
Chronic somatic, handling of, 359
Why the occluded case is occluded, 360
V level case and solution, 362
Associate Newsletter No. 4, ca. May 1953, 365
Training and skill of auditors, 365
Teaching problem and handling of, 367
Instructor's attitude, 367
Auditor, what he should know, 368
Valence shifting, enforcement of viewpoint, 369
General news, 369
Student certification, 372
JOS Issue 11G, ca. June 1953 THIS IS SCIENTOLOGY-THE SCIENCE OF
CERTAINTY, 374
Foreword, 374
The Factors, 375
This is Scientology, 3 76
Scientology is the science of knowledge, 376
Ability to observe, 376
Para-Scientology, 377
The road to sanity, 377
Certainty is clarity of observation, 377
The triangle of certainty of awareness, 378
Uncertainty is the product of two certainties, 379
Two general types of mind, 379
Goals of the two minds, 380
What time consists of, 380
Eight dynamics and the three universes, 380
Downward and upward spirals on the tone scale, 381
Characteristics of top and bottom of tone scale, 381
Energy flow, 382
Concern of two viewpoints is attention, 382
Reactive mind's conception of viewpoint, 384
Characteristic actions of the energy produced by the analytical mind,
384
Reaching and withdrawing, 384
Safe techniques, 388
The curse of the world today, 389
Standard Operating Procedure 8, 390
SOP 8 Step I, 390
SOP 8 Step II, 390
SOP 8 Step III-Spacation, 390
SOP 8 Step IV-Expanded GITA, 390
SOP 8 Step V-Present Time Differentiation; Exteriorization by Scenery,
392
SOP 8 Step VI-A-R-C Straight Wire, 392
SOP 8 Step VII-Psychotic Cases, 392
Appendix No. 1 to SOP 8, 392
SOP 8 Appendix No. 1-Step I, 392
SOP 8 Appendix No. 1-Step II, 393
Appendix No. 2 of SOP 8-Certainty Processing, 393
Anatomy and resolution of maybe, 393
Resolution of chronic somatics, 393
Resolution of lack of space, 394
Basic technique of Certainty Processing, 394
Short 8, 395
PAB No. 3, ca. June 1953 CERTAINTY PROCESSING, 397
Anatomy and resolution of maybe, 397
Resolution of chronic somatics, 397
Resolution of lack of space, 398
Basic technique of Certainty Processing, 398
Associate Newsletter No. 5,18 June 1953, 401
Arrangements for Doctorate degrees, 401
Communication of material, 402
JOS Issue 17-G, ca. June 1953 THE LIMITATIONS OF HOMO NOVIS, 403
Theta being is principal target of auditor, 403
Liabilities of MEST body, 403
Qualities of theta being, 404
PAB No. 4, ca. June 1953 BEINGNESS AND CERTAINTY PROCESSING, 406
Beingness and cause and effect, 406
Occlusion, 406
Communication, 406
Matched or double terminals, 407
Associate Newsletter No. 6, ca. July 1953, 408
Organization, 408
Courses available, 408
Associates, 409
Short 8A and occluded cases, 410
PAB No. 5, ca. July 1953 ABOUT PABs, 411
Associate Newsletter No. 7, ca. July 1953, 412
Organization strategy and tactics, 412
HAS, what it is, 413
"Opposition" to Scientology, 415
Pictures, how they are made, 415
Beingness Processing, 416
Cycle of wasting, 416
Freud, 416
Analysis of bullfight, 417
JOS Issue 18-G, ca. July 1953 OFF THE TIME TRACK, 418
PAB No. 6, ca. July 1953 CASE OPENING, 419
Mind and body, 419
Physical illness-cure before engram running, 420
Pre-auditing steps, 421
PAB No. 7, ca. Aug. 1953 SIX STEPS TO BETTER BEINGNESS, 423
Six unlimited processes, 424
Take Ten Minutes of Nothing, 425
Duplication, Short 8, Step E, 425
Spacation (Step III of SOP 8), 426
Contact (Step VII of SOP 8), 426
Self Analysis (Step VI of SOP 8), 426
Opposite Pole Processing, 427
Six Steps for Self-Auditing (SSSA), 427
Associate Newsletter No. 8, ca. Aug. 1953, 429
International Congress of Dianeticists and Scientologists, 429
Road to Doctorate, 429
PAB No. 8, ca. Aug. 1953 VIEWPOINT PROCESSING, 431
Structure and bacteria, 431
Techniques, evaluation of, 431
Recommended techniques, 43 2
Gradient scale of cases, 435
Tone scale and cause and effect, 436
Cause and effect, 438
Viewpoint Processing, 439
Effective computations to be run, 440
Viewpoint Processing technique, 440
Primary requisite of the viewpoint, 441
Time factor of the viewpoint, 442
Invalidation is basically non-attention, 443
Center centerness of all thinking, 443
PAB No. 9, ca. Sept. 1953 FORMULA H, 447
Use of Formula H, 448
Resolution of geographical areas, 448
Para-Scientology, 449
Geographical processing, 449
Example of Formula H, 450
Associate Newsletter No. 9, 4 Sept. 1953, 452
Requested report of statistics, 452
PAB No. 10, ca. Sept. 1953 CHANGE PROCESSING, 453
Fixation in space, 453
Method of running aberrative evaluation, 454
Associate Newsletter No. 10, ca. Sept. 1953 TECHNIQUE BULLETIN, 456
Computation of workability of techniques, 456
Cycle that something would solve everything, 456
PAB No. 11, ca. Oct. 1953 WHAT THE THETAN IS TRYING TO DO, 461
Thetan's own mock-ups, 461
Change in Step 6 (Opposite Poles) of Six Steps of Self Auditing, 463
JOS Issue 21-G, ca. Oct. 1953 THE THEORY OF COMMUNICATION, 464
Communication, most important factor of ARC triangle, 464
ARC triangle, formulation of, 464
Communication, shift of a particle from one part of space to another
part of space, 464
Communication is an anchor point, 465
Communication lag is inverse to amount of space a person has, 465
PAB No. 12, ca. Oct. 1953 THE CYCLE OF ACTION OF AN EXPLOSION, 467
Cycle of action of life is cycle of action of an explosion, 467
Cycle of explosion audited in brackets, 468
Cycle of explosion, what it is, 469
Knowledge is basically an impact, 470
28 Oct. 1953 STEP III AUDITING COMMANDS, 472
PAB No. 13, ca. Nov. 1953 ON HUMAN BEHAVIOR, 473
Characteristics of aberrative personality, 473
"Merchants of fear", 473
Method of processing aberrative personality, 474
Computation of aberrative personality, 475
Communication lag of aberrative personality, 475
Associate Newsletter, 19 Nov. 1953, 480
PAB No. 14, ca. Nov. 1953 ON HUMAN CHARACTER, 482
Body's effort to make something out of nothing, 482
Characteristics of love, 483
PAB No. 15, ca. Dec. 1953 ACCEPTANCE LEVEL PROCESSING, 485
Man, a body and a spirit, 485
Acceptance Level Processing, what it does, 485
Acceptance Level Processing, how it is done, 485
Mest universe actions, law of, 486
JOS Issue 22-G, ca. Dec. 1953 WHAT AN AUDITOR SHOULD KNOW, 488
Necessity for auditors to review the entire process of the evolution of
the science, 489
PAB No. 16, ca. Dec. 1953 ACCEPTANCE LEVEL PROCESSING, 491
How to make a MEST Clear, 491
Acceptance Level Processing specialized list, 492
Remedying scarcity, 493
Character Processing Chart, 495
Introduction
There is adequate and long background to Dianetics and Scientology.
For fifty thousand years Man has been faced with the enigma of himself and
his fellows. And Man has been victimized by impulses and brutal instincts
which have caused him to erect in self-protection, prisons and legal codes
and complex social systems. Man has not felt safe from Man. And indeed, the
conduct of men down the ages has not much justified belief or faith. Wars,
murder and arson, treachery and betrayal, cynicism and destruction have
marred his progress until history itself has become a long montage of
battles, murders and running blood.
Confronted with this aspect in himself and his fellows, Man has long
searched for an answer to the riddle of his own behavior and for ways to
remedy that behavior. Long before Diogenes, Man was searching for such
answers to his questions. In Babylon, Chaldea, India and even into distant
and primitive times those men who could think found concern in the
antisocial and unreasonable conduct of their fellows. Throughout all these
ages, little by little, bits of the answer were forthcoming.
No flashing and spectacular result in modem times can gainsay the
brilliance of achievement of the early searchers in the field of the human
mind, for these, out of the morass of superstition and taboo, sorted out
the first phenomena vital to the solution of the problem.
Man's search for the answer to his own riddle was quickened during the
last century by two things: the first was the energy and curiosity of
Sigmund Freud and the second was the mathematics of James Clerk Maxwell who
gave to us the fundamentals of energy.
To talk of the faults of Freud, as do those who practice
psychoanalysis today, is ungenerous. This great pioneer, against the
violent objections of medical doctors and the psychiatrists of his day,
ventured to put forth the theory that memory was connected with present
time behavior and that by talk alone a patient could be made well. Whatever
the repute of the libido theory, whatever the disillusionment of this great
man himself-for he admitted defeat before he died-his work and method of
address were a valuable step toward an eventual solution.
The probable reason why this solution did not earlier appear has to do
with the knowledge we have gained in this century about the physical
universe and its structure. The mind was a problem which had to be solved
from a knowledge both of humanity and of nuclear physics and modem
mathematics. The final solution was simple. The route to it required the
physical universe knowledge given to us by searchers in the physical
sciences and mathematics.
The story of how Scientology and Dianetics came about will demonstrate
this. It will illustrate the background knowledge which was apparently
necessary to carry forth to conclusion work which was initiated by Freud
and the countless generations behind him.
In the Twenties I was fortunate enough to know Commander Thompson of
the Medical Corps of the United States Navy. He was a colorful man, poised,
polished,
greatly traveled, curious in half a hundred sciences. The United States
Navy, having heard much of the work of Freud in Vienna, sent an officer,
Commander Thompson, to study under Freud and bring back to the Navy any
benefit from psychoanalysis. When I knew Thompson he was but lately
returned from long study with the master. And Thompson was not too
impatient and not too bored to communicate something of Freud's teachings
to a boy. As a dashing and brilliant figure, Thompson was enough to incite
enthusiasm in any youngster and I fear I imposed greatly on his patience
and his time.
But a career in the humanities was not on schedule for me. My father,
a naval officer, decreed that I would study engineering and mathematics and
so I found myself obediently studying the physical sciences at George
Washington University in Washington, D.C. A course called "Atomic and
Molecular Phenomena" had been instituted there. Today we call it Nuclear
Physics. I was fortunate enough to be an early student of that subject in
what I believe was the first course in nuclear physics formally taught in
the United States.
While at the university I adventured upon certain researches which
were off curriculum. I wanted to find the smallest particle or unit of
energy Man could contact. And, recalling Thompson's teachings, decided to
investigate the energy of the human mind.
Considerable travel and examination of the cultures of Man,
considerable study in philosophy, occasional encouragement from such men as
Will Durant brought me by 1938 into possession of the basic formulas of
human behavior. They were rough, those early conclusions. They were crude.
And they lacked a technique of application.
The basic nature of Man is not bad. It is good. One should realize
that as a possibility. The basic nature of Man itself is not at fault. But
the basic primitive adventures of Man were violent and savage and, as Freud
supposed, it is that imposed brutality which Man must hold in check.
Living with the beasts of the jungle, caught at every hand by death
and terror, early Man could not but develop brutal reactions. Murder and
war were the commonplace. Man had not learned to control his environment
and so he had to combat it. Every walk forth from his cave might mean death
or battle. Every mischance might bring about catastrophe. Man had no choice
to be anything but brutal and savage.
Then came civilization. Then came law and order and the right to eat
without being killed. Then came the partial control of the surroundings
sufficient to call Man's state civilized.
But Man could not wholly escape his heritage. Here today, when Man
supposedly can reason, murder, arson and war stalk his shaded streets and
homes.
Man, in an apparent civilization, is haunted by instincts he cannot
understand. He has prisons where he puts men such as one cages wild beasts.
He has institutions which house millions upon millions of men who are
insane and can no longer reason. And Man gazes with collective horror upon
the prospect of being obliterated by a weapon so sweeping and terrible that
all of civilization may perish in the click of a button-the atomic bomb.
Man is grasping wildly today for some method of restraining the
brutality of his fellows or even himself.
And he is motivated in that brutality by all the crimes of his yesterdays.
Man is subjugated and made afraid, he is made brutal and wicked by
basic instincts. In order to be civilized Man must repress those instincts.
The moment he represses them he becomes sick. Thus the solution is
impossible. Unless Man can reach inside himself and eradicate in some
manner the things which make him kill and steal and make war.
Can instincts be eradicated from the mind? They certainly can be and
with less trouble than anyone ever suspected.
And is Man healthy and better with them gone? He is so much better, so
much more reliable, so much healthier, so much happier that one immediately
finds in him new hope for Mankind.
What is the basic nature of Man? Man is basically good. But between
him and that goodness lies a savage and twisted past, inherited from all
the centuries of his being, the instincts which he had to wear as a
primitive, as a savage. They are still there, on full record, there in a
world which now must be civilized if Man is not to perish from the earth.
The basic impulse of Man is to help his fellows. He is not a
monomaniacal fiend, intent only upon his own gain. But the instincts, fears
and rages he represses make him seem so. He wants to help his fellows. He
wants Man to live. He wants the world to survive. But because he has been
taught in the brutal school of tooth and claw that life can be treacherous,
he seeks unreasonable and treacherous means of achieving his ends.
Take away the savage antisocial impulses of Man, of any man or woman
or child, and he is FREE, free to act, to be happy, to gain and to be
without fear of what he might do if he let himself loose.
Take away these unwanted brutalities and Man's intelligence rises or
even doubles. Take away these impulses and Man's health of being evidently
improves beyond past knowledge.
In 1938 I codified certain axioms and phenomena into what I called
"Scientology". Scientology is the science of knowledge or the codification
of epistemology. Dianetics was evolved from these.
Over two hundred axioms comprise Scientology and embrace Dianetics.
Over two hundred new phenomena concerning the human mind have been
discovered and cataloged as to their relative importance.
In 1948 I wrote a thesis on an elementary technique of application and
submitted it to the medical and psychiatric professions for their use or
consideration. The data was not utilized. In 1950, I issued a popular book
on the subject called Dianetics. The Modern Science of Mental Health. The
book, much to the astonishment of myself and everyone else, became a best
seller immediately and still sells regularly. Other books followed.
The address of Dianetics and Scientology is not to the ill, the insane
or the criminal. It is effective in these fields. But its intention is
toward the improvement of the able. Men who already can accomplish things
can accomplish more. The problems
of the society depend upon clear-thinking and sane men. Processing can
bring about that state according to long experience.
Processing has now become relatively simple. The auditor first must
understand the basic axioms of the subject and their meaning in processing.
He must have a good grasp of his essential tools. He can gain this
understanding in a few weeks if he is quick and intelligent. He must then
be able to handle the techniques of application. These are effective and
swift.
When one starts to handle primitive instincts in a human being, that
human being sometimes has the sensation of having lived before. We know the
instincts from distant times are there and we know where they are filed and
we know how to change the record. It is relatively simple to call up in any
human being the basic and underlying records which have haunted Man for
generations. No matter how solidly he is repressing them, the instincts are
there. When they are in sight and deintensified, he is able to relax, to be
free, and to be effective.
The simplicity of the present techniques seems to belie the
arduousness of their discovery. But they contain all the thousands of years
of Man's search for what makes Man hate Man.
Dianetics and Scientology are no more than reason joining research in
the humanities and research in the fields of energy and the physical
sciences. Once this knowledge was joined, the answers were readily
available.
Perhaps now it may be possible, in an overwrought world, to do
something about the criminals, the insane, about war and the antisocial
hatred Man feels for Man. Can we do something for the savage in civilized
garb before he ruins this world and all Man? That is a question which the
future must answer. I cannot do more than the work I have done and to
publish and make available what has been done.
Every facility which I have and every knowledge which we have gained
is at your disposal. It is at your disposal to improve you, to make crime a
thing of yesterday, to banish war forever. But it is up to you.
[pic]
6 February 1952
Wichita, Kansas
DIANETICS:
The Original Thesis
by
L. Ron Hubbard
Published 1948
Dianetics: The Original Thesis is a scholarly treatise, written by L.
Ron Hubbard in early 1948, to present the basic causes of human behavior
and the resolution of mental aberration and psychosomatic illness to the
medical and psychiatric societies. Over three years of testing actual
Dianetic techniques went into the final manuscript. It was originally
issued in carbon copy form and was copied and recopied by doctors and
others throughout the United States and passed from hand to hand. Called
"Abnormal Dianetics" at that time, it elicited many letters from medical
and psychiatric readers, but due to their skepticism or shortsightedness,
few gave sufficient attention to it. Noting this, Ron turned his attention
to reaching the public directly by writing Dianetics: The Evolution of a
Science and Dianetics: The Modern Science of Mental Health.
The manuscript had been read by some at the Hubbard Dianetic
Foundation and there was a popular demand for the text to be made available
to all. So, to meet this demand, the first hardcover edition of The
Original Thesis was published in Wichita, Kansas, in December 1951. Later,
in April 1954, the entire text of this book appeared in the Journal of
Scientology, Issue 28-G, under the title Scientology: A New Science.
The current edition has the terms changed to modern usage; for
instance, the word engram instead of impediment, and auditor instead of
operator.
Opening this book, you will find chapters on the Primary Axioms, the
Dynamics, Engrams, the Tone Scale, the Auditor's Code and the famous "Laws"
of Returning. At the end are three Case Histories.
As a record of L. Ron Hubbard's researches it is a fascinating
account, but, more importantly, in this text Ron makes his original and
perhaps most basic statement of those timeless truths which dispel Man's
ignorance.
160 pages, hardcover with dust jacket, glossary. Available from your
nearest Scientology Organization or Mission, or direct from the publishers:
Scientology Publications Organization, Jernbanegade 6, 1608 Copenhagen V,
Denmark; or Church of Scientology Publications Organization U.S., 2723 West
Temple Street, Los Angeles, California, 90026, U.S.A.
Terra Incognita:
The Mind
L. Ron Hubbard
Probably the strangest place an explorer can go is inside. The earth's
frontiers are being rapidly gobbled up by the fleet flight of planes, the
stars are not yet reached. But there still exists a dark unknown which, if
a strange horizon for an adventurer, is nevertheless capable of producing
some adventures scarcely rivaled by Livingston.
During the course of three minor expeditions before the war the
realization came about that one of the most dangerous risks in the field of
exploration is not located in the vicinity of the geographical goal, but is
hard by from the first moment of planning until the last of disbanding-the
unbalanced member of the party.
After some years of war it became even more of a conviction that there
are some things more dangerous than the Kamikaze, just as they had been
more dangerous than malaria.
For a mathematician and navigator to become involved in the
complexities of the mental frontiers is not particularly strange; to
produce something like results from his explorations into the further
realms of the unknown definitely is.
There is no reason here to become expansive on the subject of
Dianetics. The backbone of the science can be found where it belongs, in
the textbook and in professional publications on the mind and body.
But in that Dianetics was evolved because of observations in
exploration for the purpose of bettering exploration results and
safeguarding the success of expeditions, it would be strange, indeed, to
make no mention of it in its proper generative field.
Based on heuristic principles and specifically on the postulate that
the mission of life is survival and that the survival is in several lines
rather than merely one, Dianetics contains several basic axioms which seem
to approximate natural laws. But regardless of what it approximates, it
works. Man surviving as himself, as his progeny, as his group or race, is
still surviving equally well. The mechanisms of his body and his society
are evidently intended to follow this axiom since, by following it in a
scientific manner, several other discoveries came about. That Dianetics is
of interest to medicine-in that it apparently conquers and cures all
psychosomatic ills and that it is of interest to institutions where it has
a salutary effect upon the insane-is beyond the province of its original
intention.
What was wanted was a therapy which could be applied by expedition
commanders or doctors which would work easily and in all cases to restore
rationale to party members unduly affected by hardship and, more important,
which would provide a yardstick in the selection of personnel which would
obviate potential mental and physical failure. That goal was gained and
when gained was found to be relatively simple.
It was discovered that the human mind has not been too well credited
for its actual ability. Rather than a weak and capricious organ, it was
found to be inherently capable of amazing strength and stamina and that one
of its primary purposes was to be right and always right. The normal mind
can be restored to the optimum mind rather easily, but that is again beside
the point.
The focus of infection of mental and psychosomatic ills was discovered
in a hidden but relatively accessible place. During moments when the
conscious mind (Dianetically, the analytical mind) is suspended in
operation-by injury, anaesthesia, illness such as delirium-there is a more
fundamental level still in operation, still recording. Anything said to a
man when he is unconscious from pain or shock is registered in
[This article first appeared in The Explorers Journal, Vol. XXVIII, No. 1,
New York, winter-spring, 1950.]
Copyright (�) 1950 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
its entirety. It then operates, on the return of consciousness, as a
posthypnotic suggestion, with the additional menace of holding in the body
the pain of the incident. The content of the moment or period of
unconsciousness is called, Dianetically, a comanome (Gr.-unconscious law).
The words contained in the comanome are like commands, hidden but powerful
when restimulated by an analogous situation in later life. The pain in the
comanome becomes the psychosomatic illness. Any perceptic in the comanome
is capable of reviving some of the strength of that comanome when it is
observed in the environment. The comanome so planted in the mind has its
content of perceptics-smell, sound, sight, tactile, organic sensations. It
has them in a precise order. The comanome can be played off like a drama
when awake life perceptics restimulate it. Which is to say that for every
perceptic in the comanome there are a variety of equivalents in awake
environment. A man becomes weary, sees one or more of the perceptics in his
surroundings and becomes subject to the comanome within him.
For example, a man falls into a crevasse and is knocked out. His
companions haul him forth. One is angry and comments over the unconscious
man that he was always a clumsy fool and that the party would be better off
without him. Another member defends the unconscious man, saying he is a
good fellow. The unconscious man received a blow on the head in his fall
and his arm was slightly injured in the recovery.
After regaining consciousness the injured man has no "memory" of the
incident, which is to say, he cannot recall it consciously. The incident
may lie dormant and never become active. But, for our example, the man who
criticized him one day says, at the moment when the formerly injured man is
weary, that somebody is a clumsy fool. Unreasonably, the formerly injured
man will become intensely antagonistic. He will also feel an unreasonable
friendship for the man who spoke up for him. Now the comanome is "keyed in"
or has become a part of the subject's "behavior pattern." The next time the
injured man is on ice, the sight of it makes his head ache and his arm hurt
in dwindling ratio to how tired he gets. Further, he may pick up a chronic
headache or arthritis in his arm, the injuries being continually
restimulated by such things as the smell of his parka, the presence of the
other members, etc., etc.
That is a comanome at work. How far it is capable of reducing a mans
efficiency is a matter of many an explorer's log. A case of malaria can be
restimulated. A man has malaria in a certain environment. Now having had it
he becomes far more susceptible to malaria psychosomatically in that same
environment and with those people who tended him. He can become a serious
drag on the party, for each new slight touch restimulates the old one and
what should have been a mild case is a highly painful one, being the first
case of malaria plus all the subsequent cases. Malaria is a bug. As a bug
it can be handled. As a comanome it will defy cure, for there is no
Atabrine for comanomes short of their removal.
Almost all serious comanomes occur early in life-amazingly early. The
early ones form a basic structure to which it is very simple to append
later comanomes. Comanomes can wait from childhood to be "keyed in" and
active at 25, 50, 70 years of age.
The comanome, a period of unconsciousness which contained physical
pain and apparent antagonism to the survival of the individual, has been
isolated as the sole source of mental aberration. A certain part of the
mind seems to be devoted to their reception and retention. In Dianetics,
this part of the mind is called the reactive mind. From this source,
without otherwise disclosing themselves, the comanomes act upon the body
and cause the body to act in society in certain patterns. The reactive mind
is alert during periods when the analytical mind-or conscious mind-is
reduced in awareness.
It is a matter of clinical proof that the persistency, ambition,
drive, will power and personal force are in no degree dependent upon these
comanomes. The comanome can only inhibit the natural drives. The value of
this unconscious experience is valuable in an animal. It is a distinct
liability to Man who has outgrown his animal environment. The reactive
mind, so long as it limits its activity to withdrawing, instinctively, a
hand from a hot stove, is doing good service. With a vocabulary in it, it
becomes deadly to the organism. Those familiar with General Semantics will
understand how the reactive
mind computes when it is stated that it "computes" in identities. The word
"horse" in the reactive mind may mean a headache, a broken leg, and a
scream. Such a comanome, one containing these things, would be computed
that a broken leg equals a scream, a scream a broken leg, a horse equals a
scream, etc., etc. If the comanome contained fright, then all these things
are fright. The value of such a mental computation is entirely negative,
inhibits the perfect calculations of which the analytical mind is capable
and reduces the ability of the individual to be rational about, as noted,
horses. Comanomes also contain complimentary material which can bring about
a manic state and which, again, is of slight use in computations.
The technique of Dianetics deletes from the reactive mind all
comanomes. They were hidden beneath layers of unconsciousness and unknown
to the conscious mind before therapy. They were inhibitive to good impulses
and productive of bad ones. After they are deleted by therapy the conscious
mind gains certain attributes it did not possess before, the individual is
capable of greater efforts, his actual personality is greatly heightened
and his ability to survive is enormously enhanced.
Comanomes are contagious. A man has one he dramatizes as a rage
pattern, and everyone has many. He dramatizes it while another individual
is partly unconscious. The comanome has now been implanted in the second
individual.
Deletion of all comanomes is practicable. The technique is relatively
simple. There is little space here to give more than a most cursory glance
at it but an expedition commander can use it without any great knowledge of
medicine and no other knowledge of psychiatry, which was the. original goal
at the beginning of research eleven years ago.
Therapy does not depend upon hypnosis. A state has been found which is
much more desirable. Hypnosis is amnesia trance for the purpose of planting
suggestions. The problem of hypnosis is to put the patient to sleep. The
purpose of the Dianetic reverie is to wake the patient up. Narcosynthesis
and other drug therapies have some slight use in Dianetics. But the primary
technique consists of stimulants. The best stimulant is Benzedrine. In its
absence an overdose of coffee will do.
The patient is made to lie down and shut his eyes. The operator begins
to count. He suggests the patient relax. At length the patient's eyelids
will flutter. (Medicine drumming will also accomplish this without
producing a harmful amnesia hypnotic state.) He is permitted to relax
further. Then the operator tells him that his "motor strip" (his sensory
perceptions) is returning to a time of unconsciousness, the time being
specifically named. With coaxing the patient will begin to feel the injury
and sense himself in the location and time of the accident. He is then
asked to recount all that happened, word for word, feeling by feeling. He
is asked to do this several times, each time being "placed back" at the
beginning of the incident. The period of unconsciousness he experienced
then should begin to lighten and he can at length recount everything which
went on when he was unconscious. It is necessary that he feel and see
everything in the period of unconsciousness each time he recounts the
incident. Nothing is said about his being able to remember and no
hypnoanalysis technique is used. He merely recounts it until he cannot
longer feel any pain in it, until he is entirely cheerful about it. Then he
is brought to present time by just that command and told to again recount
the incident. He may have to do this twice or three times in present time
for the somatic pains will again have returned. The treatment is repeated
two days later. All feeling of injury from it and all aberrative factors in
the incident will vanish.
This technique is outlined here for use on a patient who is not
"cleared" of comanomes prior to this new accident. A Dianetic clearing from
the first unconsciousness of a lifetime to the present time places a man in
a situation which is almost injury and aberration proof.
The emergency aspect of this technique is valuable. Clinical tests
have shown that when shock is Dianetically removed immediately after an
injury, the rate of healing is enormously accelerated, so much so that
burns have healed in a few hours. Malaria and various fevers, when their
peak effects are Dianetically removed, improve with great speed.
Incidents of hardship and deprivation can be markedly lightened in the
recovery period by removing their psychic shock.
It is quite remarkable that the various manifestations and "cures" of
native witchcraft and shamanism can be uniformly duplicated and bettered by
a modern science like Dianetics. A comanome can bring about a mental
hallucination (with a simple command like, "You can only listen to me!")
which gives a demon aspect. The individual containing such a comanome
would be considered by a shaman to have within him a demon, for the demon
is the only sonic memory the individual would have.
While Dianetics does not consider the brain as an electronic computing
machine except for purposes of analogy, it is nevertheless a member of that
class of sciences to which belong General Semantics and Cybernetics and, as
a matter of fact, forms a bridge between the two. There can be as many
comanomic commands as there can be words in a language and as many
comanomic injuries as there can be illnesses and accidents. Therefore, it
is no surprise that circuits can be set up in the brain which approximate
any school of witchcraft, shamanism and religion known to Man. The Banks
Islander sitting around talking to his deceased relatives and getting
answers would be found, on examination, to have a fine array of comanomes
and a very active reactive mind.
The selection of personnel who will not be subject to sullen or
hostile behavior and who will not become ill under various climatic
conditions depends in a large measure on the perceptions of the individual.
If an individual can recall things he has heard by simply hearing them
again (audio imagery), if he can recall things he has seen simply by seeing
them again, in color, in his mind (visio imagery), if he can imagine in
terms of color-visio and tone-audio (imagine in terms of color motion
pictures with sound) and if he can recall his father and mother as of early
childhood, the chances are very good that he will prove to be a very stable
man. Additionally, he should prove to be, within the limits of his
intelligence and physical being,, an able man. Unfortunately, such persons
are quite rare.
If a man has definite anger patterns, worries about things and has
unthinking prejudices, he may prove difficult, for these are the outward
manifestations of a large reactive mind.
Taking a man back into a geographical area where he has many times
been may be profitable from an experience standpoint, but a record of
accidents and misadventures in that area would be a definite point of
consideration. While it would not mean entirely that a man was a bad risk,
there is a double factor involved. He might have had his accidents because
he contained a variety of comanomes which commanded that he have accidents
(the accident prone is the extreme case) and having had accidents in the
area he probably gained several comanomes there which would reduce his
efficiency in that area.
A man whose service in point of experience would be invaluable to an
expedition might be, in point of potential aberration, a risk to that
expedition. There is a remedy for such a valuable man: he can be cleared of
his comanomes, in which case his past record of accidents and failures
becomes entirely invalid as a criteria for future conduct.
Dianetics has been variously tested and has been found to work
uniformly and predictably in all cases. There are many more aspects to it
than have been elucidated here, but it is possible to use just these facts
to obtain excellent results. In a true, complete erasure of past moments of
unconsciousness, the comanome disappears utterly. In the above case it
will probably only alleviate, return slightly in three days and then reduce
to a null level of reaction and stay that way, no longer affecting the
patient.
The science has the virtue that it can be worked by any intelligent
man after only a few weeks of study. That is, for the entire art of
clearing a case. An intelligent man could learn all he needed to know about
alleviation of a case in a few hours of reading.
The original goal was to provide expedition commanders and doctors
with a therapy tool which would increase the efficiency of personnel and
reduce incidence of personnel failure. Dianetics, after eleven years of
research and testing, bit off a trifle
more than it had bargained for. There had been no intention to go holistic
and solve the ills of mankind. That it began to cure psychosomatic
illnesses such as arthritis, migraine, ulcers, coronary, asthma, frostbite,
bursitis, allergies, etc., etc., that it did quick things about mental
derangement on the institutional level and began to replace that strange
barbarism, the prefrontal lobotomy, was entirely outside the initial scheme
of research. That it would now sail off on a new course to chase down the
cause of cancer and cure it was not on the chart.
If it does these things, as it appears to be doing, it is in the
medical and psychiatric province. No such intentions existed when the Terra
Incognita of the mind was explored for its answers. It was intended as a
tool for the expedition commander and doctor who are faced with choosing
personnel and maintaining that personnel in good health. It is hoped that
to these it will be of good value. If it is not, then despite acclaim, it
will in some measure have failed.
DIANETICS:
The Evolution of a Science
by
L. Ron Hubbard
Published May 1950
Dianetics: The Evolution of a Science, written by L. Ron Hubbard as a
book-length feature for the May issue (June issue in England) of Astounding
Science Fiction, is the fast-moving story of how Ron brought Dianetics
into existence.
Presenting the mind as a problem analogous to computing machinery, Ron
then resolves the most fundamental problems of research and, in a racy,
breathless style, goes flat out to resolve basic human difficulties.
It is written with brilliance and enthusiasm and is actually in itself
a breakdown of how problems should be solved. It is exciting reading, and
the reader will be struck by the fact that techniques which appeared at the
end of 1951 (such as emphasis on self-determinism) are very solidly covered
in this book, which was written in January 1950.
It was first published in Astounding Science Fiction because,
strangely enough, this magazine was read by practically every engineer and
university professor in America, and was the one journal which uniformly
reached all American universities. Many of its writers were engineers of
note.
First appearing on the newsstands in late April it received a
startlingly immediate and wide response from scientists, engineers and the
general public, and triggered an avalanche of orders for and interest in
Dianetics: The Modern Science of Mental Health.
Dianetics: The Evolution of a Science was published in the United
States in a soft-cover book edition in September 1955 with several terms
changed to current usage.' For example, the term engram was substituted for
norn ( Norse: a hidden witch which guides Man's fate all unknown to him).
The first British book edition appeared some weeks later under the title
Scientology: The Evolution of a Science, and retained the original terms.
112 pages. Now available, in hardcover with modern dust jacket, from
your nearest Scientology Organization or Mission, or direct from the
publishers: Scientology Publications Organization, Jernbanegade 6, 1608
Copenhagen V, Denmark; or Church of Scientology Publications Organization
U.S., 2723 West Temple Street, Los Angeles, California, 90026, U.S.A.
Also available in Danish, Dutch, German and Swedish.
Dianetics:
The Modern Science
of Mental Health
by
L. Ron Hubbard
Published 9 May 1950
Dianetics: The Modern Science of Mental Health is today the best book
extant on the anatomy of the human mind. There is no such thing as a good
Dianetic or Scientology auditor who does not thoroughly understand the
contents of this book.
This book was written by L. Ron Hubbard at Bay Head, New Jersey, in
early 1950, based on the technology in use that January. Since 1947 every
effort had been made to put the data of Dianetics into the hands of the
medical profession. Dianetics: The Original Thesis had been "written for
and distributed to the major organizations who control healing in the
United States. Yet each had shrugged off any responsibility in the matter.
The direction to go, then, was not down simply because those 'in charge of
healing' could not find value in Dianetics. The direction to go was out and
up. Dianetics was broadly released to the general public."- LRH, "The Road
Up," Journal of Scientology, Issue 26-G.
One of the largest psychiatric textbook houses offered to publish a
popular text, but the editor demanded an immediate manuscript or none at
all. The editor got the manuscript-180,000 words written in three weeks.
The book was published in New York on 9 May 1950 and instantly climbed to
the top of the best-seller lists across the country and stayed there for
many months. And after 25 years it still continues to feature on best-
seller lists.
This book, which has sold well over a million hardback copies, is
destined to a niche in history, for no book has been quite as controversial
or has aroused such paeans of praise or such snarling wrath within weeks of
its publication. Dianetics: The Modern Science of Mental Health
introduced a new note in scientific writing which was commented upon by the
chair of literature of a leading university as being healthy and refreshing
when that university officially acclaimed the release of the book as a
piece of modern English.
Variously referred to as "The Handbook," "Book One" and "Dianetics,"
this text covers the entire theory and use of Dianetics. Many of the
fundamentals later developed in Scientology are here in their embryonic
stage.
448 pages, one illustration, hardcover with dust jacket or soft-cover,
glossary, index, available also in a specially bound Collector's Edition.
Translations published in German, French, Danish and Swedish, with Spanish
and Dutch editions in preparation. Available from your nearest Scientology
Organization or Mission, or direct from the publishers: Scientology
Publications Organization, Jernbanegade 6, 1608 Copenhagen V, Denmark; or
Church of Scientology Publications Organization U.S., 2723 West Temple
Street, Los Angeles, California, 90026, U.S.A.
The aims of the Hubbard Dianetic Research Foundation are rooted in a new
science of the mind, Dianetics. As described in the book Dianetics, the
sole source of human aberration has been discovered, and techniques evolved
for its invariable relief. Such a discovery will quickly affect every
individual and every activity of human beings in all parts of the world.
The aims of the Foundation, therefore, are:
1. To maintain the integrity of Dianetics.
2. To resolve concerns of the individual.
3. To stabilize and advance our society.
4. To stabilize the concerns of nations, and render a
recourse to war unnecessary.
The speed with which Dianetics must accomplish its research program
and expand on a worldwide scale, in order to achieve these purposes in time
to prevent catastrophe, can easily be seen.
L. RON HUBBARD
FIRST PROFESSIONAL COURSE LECTURES
Elizabeth, New Jersey
20 June-4 August 1950
"... in Elizabeth, New Jersey, at the end of May in 1950, Parker
Morgan, besieged by requests of people who wanted to take a closer look at
Dianetics, invented a status whereby that person could hang around the
office and watch what was going on in the Foundation as an intimate
observer for one month for $500. There were ten in the first professional
course. After a few days I took pity on these ten, since although they were
interested they were getting very little know-how, and began to give them a
daily lecture, and so started the first professional course in Dianetics
and Scientology. "
-L. Ron Hubbard-PAB 74
Some of the lectures given by L. Ron Hubbard in June, July and early
August at Elizabeth, New Jersey, are:
5006C20 LECTURE Valences, Analytical Mind
5006C21 LECTURE Engrams
5007C01 LECTURE Address of Auditor to Pc
5007C08 LECTURE How to Become an Auditor in One Easy Lesson
5007C10 LECTURE Psychosomatics
5007C11 LECTURE Standard Procedure
5007C12 LECTURE Review of Standard Procedure
5007C13 LECTURE Checking Data-Straightwire-Dramatizations
5007C14 LECTURE Conception-Sperm Sequence
5007C15 LECTURE Erasures
5007C19 LECTURE Actuality-Parts of an Engram: functions
and inter workings of the analytical, reactive and
somatic minds (second lecture of night course, Wed.)
5007C21 LECTURE Somatic Strip, File Clerk, and Getting a Case
Started (Friday)
5007C24 LECTURE Diagnosis Data: using the dramatization
as a key to understanding and unlocking the
preclear's engram bank (Monday)
5008C02 LECTURE Standard Procedure: The Importance of
Getting Engrams. Techniques on finding and erasing
them (with a discussion of drugs and hypnosis under
techniques) (Wednesday)
5008C04 LECTURE Affinity, Reality, Communication: what
they are, how they relate to one another, how they
apply to auditing and life, how they can be
aberrative (Friday)
THE DIANETIC AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
Volume 1, Nos. 1-2 July-August, 1950
Official Publication of
The Hubbard Dianetic Research Foundation, Inc.
Elizabeth, New Jersey
Standard Procedure
L. Ron Hubbard
Standard procedure has been revised to simplify auditing (for
accessible cases-not psychotics). The revision became possible when
valences were examined and were found in themselves to exert considerable
influence on sonic and general perceptic recalls. When a person is in
another's valence he cannot, of course, perceive fully his own perceptics.
STEP ONE: Starting the Case
A case is started on straight line memory to recover data about
incidents which may contain grief, as in deaths, or about engrams of
physical pain, as in accidents, illnesses or operations. Actual and hearsay
evidence may be recovered which the auditor can use in working the case. A
written record of such possible engrams should be kept at hand while
auditing. Remembered hearsay information, particularly from relatives,
should be granted less validity than the recall of the patient and should
never be permitted to invalidate the data of the patient.
STEP TWO: Opening the Case and Running Engrams
A. Opening the Case
1. Reverie is the same thing as being wide awake with one's eyes
closed. It is not a special state of being. None at the Foundation now
count. The preclear is simply told to close his eyes, the canceller is
installed and the preclear is in reverie. Wide awake he could move to any
incident he can reach in reverie. Persons who do not go anywhere when told
are invariably stuck somewhere on the track although they appear to be in
present time. After telling a person to close his eyes, see if he moves on
track.
2. Run pleasure incidents in this fashion: Send preclear back to
yesterday when he may have been doing something pleasant. Run the incident
just like an engram, over and over, each time coaxing him to pick up more
content in the incident until at last he is re-experiencing it with several
perceptics. Succeeding or failing, return the preclear then to an even
earlier moment of pleasure. Treat this as an engram, running him through it
over and over, picking up all available perceptics, coaxing him to see and
hear, to feel clothes, or a chair or water if you have sent him swimming.
Work pleasure moments for five or ten hours if having difficulty with case.
This gives him the knack of returning, gives him a greater sense of reality
(very important) and tunes up his sonic and visio. It also helps him to get
into his own valence. Pick up moments of triumph for him when he was proud
to be himself and see if these can be run.
If he cannot contact pleasure moments, don't be concerned. He may
contact instead the moment which makes it impossible for him to contact
pleasure; if he contacts thus an unpleasant incident make him run it
immediately as a real engram. Coax him as well, if possible, into his own
valence.
Copyright (�)1950 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
Whether his perceptics do or do not turn on with this, proceed to try for
painful emotion (grief).
3. Grief engrams (called painful emotion engrams in the Handbook*)
result from losses of position, allies, or things. A grief engram is run
like any other engram. Pick it up at the first moment of the awareness of
loss, when the person first knew of the death, etc. and run it with all
perceptics over and over until the grief is discharged. Be sure to ask what
the preclear is thinking also, and to run the words of the articulate
thoughts, if any, with all the perceptics, the same way as the other
people's words. If grief does not discharge in tears and if the incident
does not de-intensify after several runs, there is an emotional shut-off or
the person is out of his own valence. Do not assume there are no tears
present if logic indicates that there should have been. Getting grief off a
case is very important and all the grief which can be reached should be
discharged as rapidly and as thoroughly as possible. Pin all grief down to
its source and run it like any other engram. Getting grief discharge or not
getting it, go to the successive step of testing the file clerk.
4. The file clerk and somatic strip should be in good working order.
The file clerk should furnish flash answers and engrams as requested. The
somatic strip should go instantly to engrams as ordered. One cooperates
with the file clerk. He commands the somatic strip. Optimum working of
these should be demonstrated by the file clerk's giving up the next engram
required to resolve the case and the somatic strip's going to the first
part of that engram. It is done by educating the preclear into the
definition and existence of the file clerk and somatic strip. Demon
circuits should not be confused with the file clerk. The file clerk is
positive and always right. But a "file clerk" who hands out answers on
playing cards or teletype tapes, or who gives bouncers when a holder is
desired, is actually a demon circuit obstructing the file clerk, and the
demon circuit should be cleared away (See Step Three).
The auditor says to the preclear, "The file clerk will now give us the
engram necessary to resolve this case. The somatic strip will go to the
beginning of this engram. When I count from one to five and snap my fingers
the first words of this engram will flash into your mind. One, two, three,
four, five (Snap)." If an engram is presented, the auditor may not know it
until the first words in it are several times repeated by the preclear.
This settles the preclear into the incident which then can be run with due
attention to bouncers, holders, etc.
Don't expect the preclear to wander into the incident by himself or
"hear" the first words himself. He needs to be brought into it with
requests to the file clerk and orders to the somatic strip. The first words
come up usually as a flash answer. The file clerk and somatic strip should
work perfectly. If they do not the patient is stuck on the track (even if
it appears he is in present time), he is out of his own valence or he has
demon circuits interposed between his file clerk and "I."
Detect a preclear being stuck with an age flash. Ask him his age and
snap your fingers in this fashion, "How old are you? (Snap)." His answer
may be his present-time age and yet he is stuck on the track, for he may
have built in a response to answer such a question. Ask him again, "How old
are you? (Snap)." He may still give his present-time age and yet be stuck.
Say then, "Give me a number!" He may give you another number than his age
number if he is stuck. The last number will be the age at which he is
stuck. Ask him then, "Days, weeks, months or years?" Get a flash on one of
these. This is the year or day or week or month post-conception (or post-
birth) in which he is stuck. If he doesn't give you a clue as to where he
is stuck with this method, ask for yes-no flash answers as follows:
"Hospital? (Snap). " "Doctor? (Snap)." "Mother? (Snap)." Getting yes or no
to a series of such questions will identify the people present and the
geographic area of the engram. Then put him on straight memory and ask him
about this incident. In such a way the engram in which he is stuck is
coaxed into view. It is then de-intensified, which is to say, run as an
engram
[* Dianetics: The Modern Science of Mental Health by L. Ron Hubbard.]
until it is incapable of holding the preclear. If the holding engram will
not reduce there is another similar to it earlier which can be reached and
reduced. USING REPEATER TECHNIQUE AT RANDOM ON SUCH A CASE ONLY GETS IT
STUCK IN MORE ENGRAMS. REPEATER TECHNIQUE MUST BE USED SPARINGLY AND ONLY
WHEN THE PRECLEAR IS RETURNED TO AN ENGRAM. IT IS A SECONDARY TECHNIQUE AND
SHOULD NEVER BE USED TO OPEN A CASE OR REMEDY A STUCK CASE. REPEATER IS
USED ON A BOUNCER FROM CLUES GOTTEN FROM THE FILE CLERK. IT IS USED ON
DEMON CIRCUITS ONLY WHEN ONE HAS DATA ABOUT THE COMMAND. (SEE STEP THREE
BELOW.) If the file clerk and somatic strip do not work after all this, go
to STEP THREE.
5. It sometimes happens in a case which is stuck on the track, full of
demons and out of valence, that basic area engrams can be reached and
reduced. The moment yawns can be gotten off a case or an engram can be
erased in the basic area, the remaining engrams in that case de-intensify
slightly. Since unconsciousness is common to all engrams, as soon as it
starts to lift: (a) the patient begins to improve and (b) the command power
of engrams drops and (c) engrams can be entered more safely when one is
looking for demon circuits and valence shifts. If you are unable to contact
basic area engrams, review your technique as to how to go about it, try
several times, reduce a few late life engrams or locks, try basic area
again. If you still fail to contact, go to STEP THREE. Do not just keep
using repeater technique. Never use repeater for such general purposes.
B. Running Engrams
1. One should not expect the preclear to simply wander into the basic
area. He must be sent. The somatic strip has to be ordered to go there. The
engrams around conception and conception itself are the earliest part of
basic area. The first missed menstrual period is the latest part of basic
area. THIS AREA IS THE MOST VITAL IN THE CASE AND EVERY EFFORT SHOULD BE
MADE TO REACH AND REDUCE OR ERASE ENGRAMS IN IT. One can often obtain
conception quickly and easily by placing the preclear in a late life moment
of sexual pleasure or courtship, settling him in that moment (telling him
he does not have to tell about it but must only tell the auditor that he is
there: it is run silently and without details), and then, when he is in
good contact with the incident, sending him, by command, immediately to his
own conception. Conception* is run off as the sperm and then as the ovum
with all details it contains. Moments a little earlier as the sperm or ovum
have been found engramic, and when conception has pain and will not erase
after many, many runs, look earlier. Conception does not always have pain,
and if not it should be run a few times to be sure and thereafter
neglected. Yawn-off in the conception sequences (sperm and then ovum) takes
unconsciousness off the whole case to some slight degree. If engrams in the
basic area are erased or reduced, keep right on erasing or reducing more as
long as they will present themselves. If they stop presenting themselves,
try for grief in the post-birth life and if discharged there, return to
basic area and keep reducing or erasing. Command the patient into his own
valence in the basic area when he has run the intensity out- of the
valences there. If you get him into his own valence (as himself rather than
mama or papa or ally) in the basic area you will probably turn on his
sonic. Most cases that cannot get into the basic area are held out because
of bouncers or denyers in conception or elsewhere in the basic area. "It's
too early to tell yet" (doctor's comment on pregnancy of mother) commonly
denies engrams in the basic area. Some cases fail to get reductions in the
basic area because the auditor has not cultivated "dialogue sense" in that
he has not realized that when the patient runs out the conversation of one
valence (such as mama) she may be talking to somebody else whose
conversation (and therefore valence) is also present. The auditor must call
* The subjective reality of conception cannot be questioned. The objective
reality, the validity of the experience, has not been thoroughly checked,
as have prenatal engrams in general.
for the dialogue of all persons present in the engram and try to figure out
for himself what the other people might be saying, feeding these lines to
the preclear who may be at a loss.
2. When the auditor gets an erasure early he should keep asking the
file clerk for the earliest moment of pain or discomfort which can now be
reached and proceed up the case until he has all engrams erased. Sometimes
when he gets later painful emotion off a case he can go back and find early
engrams which were previously bypassed. If none of these things, go to STEP
THREE.
3. A case may be running smoothly and suddenly bog down. The Auditor's
Code may have been broken: somebody may have pulled the break of all breaks
of the code by invalidating the data of the preclear. Auditing may have
been so inept that the file clerk has given up and refuses to forward more
data in view of the fact that the data he did forward was mishandled (not
reduced fully or reduced in some weird fashion such as letting the preclear
free-associate on it or just give the concept of the engram without running
out all perceptics in it). Great care must be taken to rehabilitate the
preclear, running out the Auditor's Code breach like an engram and running
out anything it locked upon. The current environment of the preclear, if it
contains persons eager to invalidate the data of the preclear or harm him
by damning his actions continually, may be so bad that a change for the
term required to obtain a release may well be in order. The auditor must re-
establish the file clerk's faith in him by working on unimportant data.
After a few sessions wherein the file clerk learns that it is now safe to
furnish the auditor with data, the file clerk will begin to give out useful
engrams again.
However, a case may bog down because painful emotion has come to view.
Grief is then discharged and the erasure continued thereafter from the
basic area upwards. If the case is still bogged after this, go to STEP
THREE and simply open the case again with all the steps just as though it
had never been touched. The computations may have changed. New data will be
in view.
STEP THREE: Removing Demon Circuit and Valence Commands
1. Demon circuits are discussed in the Handbook. A demon is installed
by commands addressed to "You" in engrams. "You've got to get a grip on
yourself" sets up a demon when it is in an engram. "You've got to tell the
truth" would still be a demon if appearing in an engram. "You" addresses,
within the mind, "I" in such a case. Demons are set up most commonly when
they contain thinking or talking commands. Demons which dictate that one
control himself are bad offenders because it places a pseudo-auditor within
the mind which, distinct from "I," controls the individual. Dub in is
caused by "control yourself' types of circuits. A patient who can run alone
is most likely to have dub-in. The "control yourself' demon is interposed
between "I" and the file clerk. "You've got to lie to them" or "You can't
tell anything about it" mask the file clerk very badly. The file clerk is
still there. In working technique the file clerk is always obedient. But a
demon can mask that obedience. The lie factory installed by "You can't tell
the truth" takes up a part of the analyzer and dictates to "I," demon or no
demon. But in bad dub-in, the preclear is not under the auditor's control.
-He is under demon control. The auditor gets bouncers when he asks for
holders; strange mechanisms such as pictures of hands with signs in them
relay what is purported to be ''file clerk" information; in short, a
nightmare source of information comes up when the file clerk is asked
questions.
The source of demons is, of course, the engram. Merely running out the
engram runs out the circuit. The task is to find a clue as to the wording
of the command, which is to say the engram causing the case to work poorly,
to dub in, etc., etc. Using random repeater technique will only snarl the
engram bank so that several days have to be allowed to pass to permit the
case to resettle. Using repeater technique toward a known engram and
using, for repeater, the words of that engram, will reach the first
time that engram appears in the bank. One discovers the words, then repeats
them to get in contact with an engram. When that is contacted, test it to
see if it will reduce. If it will not, there is an earlier engram like it.
Try to reach that merely by telling the patient to go earlier, meanwhile
repeating the phrase which makes up the circuit. Eventually, going on down
from engram to engram, one will be discovered which will release. Run all
of it. Never neglect to follow all the way until one is discovered which
will release. Otherwise the case is restimulated unduly. It's a general law
that an auditor MUST REDUCE EVERY ENGRAM HE CONTACTS OR THE BASIC ENGRAM
ON THAT CHAIN BEFORE STOPPING A SESSION.
Straight line memory is the tool which discovers circuits and
valences. The general rule is that anything which the preclear thinks
derogatorily or sub-optimum about himself was told to him by somebody or is
contained in an engram, without exception. He thinks he should control
himself. He has been told to do so. Make him recall who used to tell that
to him or somebody else in his presence. Find out who was "self-controlled"
around him when he was a child. This works for any aberrated thinking a
preclear does. In fact, quantities of locks can be knocked out of a case by
straight line memory of the dramatizations of the people around the
preclear's childhood or even later life. This technique is a fast therapy
technique which can be employed to make a patient comfortable. An hour of
it is worth, when you know the rules and become an expert in it, hundreds
of hours of any older process. The aberrated parents, relatives or
associates of the preclear were aberrees. When an aberree dramatizes an
engram once he can be counted upon to have dramatized it dozens of times.
By contagion this engram has gotten into the preclear's bank, where it
remains as engrams or as locks.
In straight line memory we can make the patient remember the locks. He
will first recall a generality about them. Then he can be made to discover
(still in present time, not in reverie) a specific instance when this
happens. When he connects he generally laughs a trifle with relief. ANY
worry he has can be found in a dramatization of the people around his early
life in the exact words he uses to describe his worry. Trace back who would
have said those words. Find a lock where they were said. They will de-
intensify as locks just because they have been remembered. Further, the
chronic psychosomatic illness he has is usually a counterfeit of an illness
suffered by an ally. If he wears glasses, find out who wore glasses in his
family. If he has gastric upset, find out who had gastric upset and who
complained about it. This locates for the auditor the valence in which the
preclear has settled. Now find out who used to tell him that he was like
the person in whose valence he now exists. This will be a lock on
something. But get it in full recall on straight line memory. This has a
tendency to take him out of the valence he is in and get him into his own
valence where he can reach his perceptics.
An engram in the prenatal area might be found to contain the
statement, "You're just like your father," etc. Other valence shifters
consist of such phrases as "You're no different than anybody else" (puts
him in everyone's valence), "I'm beside myself," "I'll have to pretend I'm
somebody else," "If that had been you, you would have been killed"
(synthetic valence creator). The valence shifters and the demon circuits
exist, then, not only as engrams in the early bank but also as locks. Get
the preclear to recall a lock by clever questioning.
2. When a lock has been contacted, place the preclear in reverie and
get him into the lock, using one or more of its specific phrases as
repeater or merely sending him there. Then run the whole dramatization just
as though it were an engram. Actually it is a lock, but one thereby finds
out the commands which shift valence or create demon circuits. "You're
using too much imagination," "You have to think about this and I'll tell
you what to think," "Don't you dare tell anybody," "You're wrong, you're
always wrong," "That isn't true. You don't know what you are talking
about," are common circuits which block the auditor. The control-yourself
species of command such as "Control your emotions," "Get hold of yourself,"
"You must control yourself," etc., etc. lets the preclear run by himself;
when they exist in force, the question of
"altitude" (auditor has to be powerful enough to control his preclear and
get him to cooperate) becomes acute. Any time a preclear demands an auditor
with more "altitude control" circuits are present.
The preclear may object to having control circuits reduced on the
grounds that controlling oneself is necessary. "I" controls self expertly
and naturally and the preclear is out of control within himself only when
control circuits, demons, exist in him. The auditor must delete all
circuits which interfere with "I" in "I's" effort to control the organism.
Once he has the content of the lock, he can use repeater with its phrases
to contact an engram early in the bank, preferably prenatal. Then try to
reduce that phrase in the engram. If the auditor cannot reduce it he must
find it where it appears earlier. And so on down until he can get one which
will release. This takes careful and painstaking work. Care must be taken
to reach straight for the exact engrams desired as revealed by an
examination of dramatizations as locks.
It is also possible to examine the dramatizations of the preclear
himself and, by finding times when his own engrams have been restimulated
so that he acted them out, find the engram itself. By putting him in the
instant he was dramatizing he can sometimes be made, by recounting the
dramatization word for word, to go then instantly to the time the engram
itself was laid down.
3. Reduce the earliest engrams containing these commands, after they
have been located by careful computation and judicious use of repeater
technique.
4. When demon circuits or valence shifters have been contacted and
reduced, try for grief and sorrow in the case. Keep trying for basic area
engrams. If grief and basic engrams are still out of sight, keep repeating
STEP THREE until you have made the case into one which will run easily.
5. Run the case. REDUCE EVERY ENGRAM YOU CONTACT AND WHEN THE ENGRAM
WILL NOT REDUCE TRY TO GET THE EARLIER ONE LIKE IT WHICH KEEPS IT FROM
REDUCING AND REDUCE THAT. FOLLOW THIS PROCEDURE. NEVER LEAVE A CHAIN OF
ENGRAMS IN RESTIMULATION. DISCOVER THE BASIC OF THAT CHAIN AND REDUCE IT.
NOTE: This procedure should not be applied until the auditor is familiar
with Dianetics: The Modern Science of Mental Health.
STANDARD PROCEDURE CHART
(For Accessible Cases)
[This Chart was prepared by a professional course student, from his
lecture notes. It is
included in this publication because it was widely distributed,
printed together with the
preceding article by L. Ron Hubbard, and was used during lectures in
the Fall of 1950. ]
STEP ONE: Starting the Case
(after this, go to STEP TWO)
In starting the case, the following information should be obtained:
1. Name, age, height, weight, foreign language, etc.
2. If hypnotized, psychoanalyzed, shock therapy, etc.
3. Psychosis, neurosis, dramatizations, psychosomatic illnesses,
etc.
4. Operations, illnesses, accidents, electric shocks, nitrous
oxide.
5. Loss of allies: parents, grandparents, spouse, children,
relatives, etc.
STEP TWO: Opening the Case and Running Engrams
(if case won't open, or bogs down,
A. Opening the Case go on to STEP
THREE)
1. Put preclear in reverie, check perceptics and see if moving on
track.
2. Run pleasure incidents to tune up perceptics, strengthen sense
of reality, and get preclear in own valence.
3. Try for painful emotion discharges.
4. If file clerk and somatic strip indicate a stuck case, try all
prescribed methods to free on track; failing, go to Step Three.
5. Try for basic area engrams; failing, go to Step Three.
B. Running Engrams
1. Direct the somatic strip, work with the file clerk, reduce all
engrams (or their basics) contacted; compute at all times,
detect and de-intensify all denyers, bouncers, callbacks,
holders, groupers, etc.
2. Start in basic area and proceed to present time, erasing all
engrams on the way; keep at it until you have a release or a
clear.
3. If case bogs down, check for poor auditing and detrimental
environment and remedy their effect. If case is still bogged
down, go to Step Three.
STEP THREE: Removing Demon Circuit and Valence Commands
(after this, go back to STEP TWO)
1. Put preclear on straight line memory and look for demon circuit
and valence commands in memories of parents, possible allies,
etc.
2. Put preclear in reverie and run the dramatizations and other
locks necessary to establish the exact demon circuit or valence
command.
3. After careful computation use repeater technique to reach and
reduce the earliest engrams containing this command.
4. Try for painful emotion discharges on moments of grief, loss,
etc.
5. Return to Step Two.
LOS ANGELES FOUNDATION LECTURES
Los Angeles, California
10 August-8 September 1950
On Thursday evening, 10 August 1950, L. Ron Hubbard made his first
public appearance in Los Angeles, California, where he spoke to a jammed
house of over 6,000 enthusiastic people.
The following Monday professional level courses started under his
personal direction at the Los Angeles Department of the Hubbard Dianetic
Research Foundation.
COURSE I
This is professional level training to qualify an individual to be
certified as a professional auditor. It is expected that the trainee will
devote four weeks full time to the study of Dianetics, including: lecture
period, observation period, with a Professional Auditor, co-auditing, being
audited. Duration: 4 weeks. Date: August 14. Fee: $500.
COURSE I I
A series of five days or evenings for teams of two who plan to audit
each other. There is one series each week. The course includes instruction
in team auditing, case opening, observation and coaching by a Professional
Auditor. Duration: 1 week. Date: 7 p.m., August 14. Fee: $250 (for 2).
Hours to be announced for: August 21, 28, Sept. 5.
COURSE I I I
Case opening for a team. This is a session conducted by a Professional
Auditor who audits each member of a team under the observation of his co-
auditor. Instruction is given. Date: September 1. Fee: $25 per hour.
During August and September 1950, L. Ron Hubbard gave the following
lectures in Los Angeles:
5008C10 LECTURE Shrine Auditorium, Los Angeles
5008C15 LECTURE Anatomy of the Engram
5008C15 LECTURE Analytical Mind (Tuesday)
5008C16 LECTURE Affinity, Reality, Communication: how
breaks affect adversely, how cleaning up breaks
effect increased ability, how ARC can be used in
auditing.
5008C17 LECTURE Straightwire
5008C18 LECTURE Demonstration and Talk on Denyers,
Bouncers, Holders (Friday)
5008C18 LECTURE Engrams-Two Parts of the Mind (could be
same tape as above)
5008C21 LECTURE SOP Step l; Pc Inventory: finding and
making use of psychiatric treatment and its
drawbacks, hypnosis, dramatizations, valences,
allies; using the Inventory to establish affinity
with pc (Monday)
** 5008C22A LECTURE SOP Step 2; Opening the
case-Engrams and Parts of the Mind: anaten, prenatal
bank, grief engrams, SOP, demonstration of getting a
case moving on the track (Tuesday)
** 5008C22B LECTURE Demo of getting a case moving on the track
(cont.)
5008C23 LECTURE Engrams and Parts of the Mind: boil-offs, file
clerk, mind's filing systems, the somatic strip
(Wednesday)
** 5008C24A LECTURE Engrams and Parts of the Mind: action phrases,
walking engrams backwards, shape of engrams,
migraines, importance of pleasure moments in therapy
(Thursday)
** 5008C24B LECTURE SOP Step 2; Running Engrams and Step 3, Demon
Circuits and Valence Commands
** 5008C25 LECTURE Step 3-Holders, Bouncers, Denyers, Taking
inventory, Psychotics ( Friday)
5008C25 LECTURE Mechanical Arrangement of Engrams
5008C28 LECTURE Engrams and Types of Cases (psychotic to
clear) ( Monday)
5008C29 LECTURE Educational Dianetics (Tuesday)
** 5008C30 LECTURE Preventive Dianetics (Wednesday)
5008C30 LECTURE Preventive Dianetics (cont.) (Wednesday)
5008C30 LECTURE Educational Dianetics
5008C31 LECTURE Engrams and Parts of the Mind
* 5008C31 LECTURE Medical Dianetics (Thursday)
5009C01 LECTURE Child Dianetics (Friday)
5009C01 LECTURE Drugs: Effects in Auditing
5009C04 LECTURE Advertising Dianetics-Propaganda-Pushbuttons(
Monday)
5009C05 LECTURE Political Dianetics (Tuesday)
5009C06 LECTURE Aesthetics (Wednesday)
** 5009C07 LECTURE Language Adjustment-Definitions of words in a
language (Thursday)
5009C08 LECTURE The Complete Auditor (relations to other fields and
to the public) (Friday)
THE DIANETIC AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
Volume 1, No. 3 September, 1950
Official Publication of
The Hubbard Dianetic Research Foundation, Inc.
Elizabeth, New Jersey
How to Release a Chronic Somatic
L. Ron Hubbard
A chronic somatic (any "illness" generated by an engram or engrams)
can be addressed and released by using one or more of the methods listed
below:
1. By straight memory, blowing out locks.
2. By straight memory and reverie, blowing out locks and lock
engrams.
3. By bringing the whole case to a release, specifically including
the chronic somatic.
4. By clearing.
1. STRAIGHT MEMORY
The technique of straight memory case scouting, wherein valences and
demon circuits of various types are found, is also a releasing technique.
In a percentage of cases (which is no lower than 20% and no higher than
50%) the straight memory technique, when cleverly used, will remove locks
and release illnesses without the preclear ever having been placed in
reverie.
This is done by discovering any similarity between the illnesses of
some valence and the chronic somatic of the preclear and then, still by
straight memory, discovering the command or commands which placed the
preclear in that valence or by discovering specific moments when the
illness was keyed in and, still by straight memory, keying them out.
The straight memory technique has limitations. It works at the lock
level and if overdone will restimulate the engram itself and key it back in
again. When it does work it will work within three or four sessions of
fifteen minutes to half an hour. A straight memory key-out has the aspect
of a miracle to most observers, particularly when they do not understand
the basic working law underlying straight memory technique:
A HUMAN BEING WHO DEMONSTRATES CONCERN OF AN ABERRATED MAGNITUDE ABOUT
ANYTHING HAS BEEN TOLD TO HAVE THAT CONCERN, USUALLY IN THE SPECIFIC
WORDS HE USES TO DESCRIBE IT, OR HAS BEEN TOLD TO BE THE PERSON WHO
HAS THAT CONCERN AND WHOSE SOMATICS HE BEARS.
2. STRAIGHT MEMORY AND REVERIE
If a chronic somatic does not release by straight memory, another
stage of the case should be entered-reverie directed toward the location of
moments which account for his chronic somatic or account, less directly,
for his being in another valence than his own. If the chronic somatic is
severe the necessity level is usually high and the file clerk can be
counted on for immediate assistance in releasing it.
In some conditions, such as asthma, the engram containing the chronic
somatic is quite ordinarily on the surface and is susceptible to reduction.
A very long list of such
conditions have been released permanently (as to their specific cause) by
running out specific engrams and lock engrams: spontaneous abortion, tooth
decay, eye inflammation; and others have been released with considerable
ease when they could be released with this technique.
Birth is occasionally found "floating free" of earlier incidents. The
same situation may obtain with almost any other engram. But as one returns
into the prenatal area earlier and earlier there is less and less chance of
an independent reduction. From around eight months back to two months,
engrams received are peculiarly liable- according to incomplete studies-to
lock on earlier material. After the eighth month, however, it seems to be
the case that engrams are more and more likely to reduce independently of
earlier reductions, and many cases have been observed where engrams
received after the eighth month have erased with unconsciousness coming off
fully.
Whereas laws probably exist which would determine this, and
manifestations not so far observed can be suspected to exist, which on
being observed would assist the auditor, no data on this is at hand. It is
only known that many engrams, particularly when located after the eighth
month, reduce or erase without the auditor first having contacted the basic
area. Engrams in the basic area, of course, always erase or reduce, which
is the definition of "basic area".
By locating and reducing or erasing such engrams as birth or early
accidents or illnesses, the auditor often frees the preclear of chronic
somatics.
Sympathy will be found to predominate as the emotional aspect of
engrams carrying such chronic somatics.
3. COMPLETE RELEASE
When the chronic somatic has not been eradicated by the first two
methods above, one carries the preclear on through to a full release.
A release is effected chiefly by removing from the case all grief
engrams. As much work in the basic area and other areas of the case is done
as may be required to facilitate the release of grief. When the main grief
charges are removed from a case, the chronic somatics will often be found
to have been released as well, even when they are not specifically
contacted in engrams.
This may be a special type of case. It is only known that when a
release via grief discharge can be effected readily, chronic somatics
vanish.
If a release of grief is effected and yet chronic somatics still hold,
the basic area is contacted and the unconsciousness is thinned on the case.
After that the specific engrams which hold the chronic somatics are
contacted and reduced. The reason unconsciousness is removed from the case
in the basic area is that such removal thins the tenacity of all other
engrams in the case.
When striking for a specific chronic somatic, the auditor will do well
not to predetermine without evidence the source of that somatic and the
type of command which caused it. The information will be found in the case
and he will save time by working it in an orderly fashion.
Actually, these first three methods are used in succession, over and
over, while the preclear is coming up to a release. During any one of such
successive steps the chronic somatic may resolve.
4. CLEARING
The final step, if the engram bank is too tightly interwoven and
crossed so that all simpler measures have failed to release a chronic
somatic, is simply to progress forward toward clear. At the point of clear,
of course, all chronic somatics will be found to have vanished, and a point
roughly halfway toward clear should see the preclear without any chronic
somatics or troublesome aberrations, whether the causative engrams have
been contacted or not.
As the case progresses toward clear, more and more attention units
are available in the analyzer and the importance of engrams becomes less
and less. Thus it is possible for a person to feel he is in excellent
health even when half the engram bank remains, since the engrams are
balanced by released analytical power and can no longer severely affect
him, his tone having risen above their aberrative force.
NOTE: There is much research to be done in formulating methods of
predicting how long a case will require processing. There is much more work
to be done to discover precisely why some locks and lock engrams release
and some don't.
OAKLAND LECTURE SERIES
Oakland, California
23-29 September 1950
On Saturday evening, 23 September 1950, L. Ron Hubbard gave a public
lecture to over 2,000 people at the Oakland Municipal Auditorium, Oakland,
California.
This was followed by a course covering four evenings on Tuesday 26th,
Wednesday 27th, Thursday 28th and Friday 29th of September, at the Oakland
Municipal Theater. A lecture and demonstration was given each night. Part
of the material presented during this lecture series is included in the
book Notes on the Lectures of L. Ron Hubbard.
** 5009C23 OAK PL5-1 General Dianetics-Part 1
(Introduction to Dianetics)
Historical background, analytical and
reactive mind,
engrams, tone scale, time track
** 5009C23 OAK PL5-2 General Dianetics-Part 2: What
Dianetics Can Do
5009C26 OAK PL5-3 The Auditor's Code-
Standard Procedure
5009C26 OA K P L5-4 Demonstration
5009C27 OAK PL5-5 Different Types of Cases
and Methods
5009C27 OAK PL5-6 Demonstration
** 5009C28 OAK PL5-7 Stalled Cases and How to
Resolve with Standard
Procedure
** 5009C28 OAK PL5-8 Demonstration (Coitus Engram)
** 5009C29 OAK PLS-9 Guk and FreeWheeling
** 5009C29 OAK PLS-10 Demonstration (Running a
Secondary)
The Analytical Mind
L. Ron Hubbard
By this time, many a dianetic preclear is becoming convinced that most of
his life he has been running strictly on engrams. By no means; the
analytical mind is very definitely in there pitching And these are the ways
of its workings:
In studying the present text and releases of Dianetics one is liable
to the error of believing that Dianetics concerns itself mainly with the
reactive mind, that collection of "unconsciousnesses" which bedevil and
plague mankind.
The mind, however, is important only to the degree that it can
observe, pose, resolve and execute problems. In that the reactive mind is
no more capable of actually resolving a problem of magnitude than a
prefrontal lobotomy is capable of restoring sanity, it can be seen that the
analytical mind is the truly important entity.
Dianetic processing relieves the human being of all mental aberration
and psychosomatic illness.* This accomplishment was made possible by the
discovery of the actual identity of the "unconscious" mind and the
development of techniques to unburden it. But Dianetics also includes in
its sweep the other minds of the human being, the analytical and the
somatic. Actually the analytical mind is so important to the intelligent
being and the somatic mind so important to the athlete that dianetic
processing can be said to consist of deintensifying the reactive mind so
that the analytical and somatic minds can be free to function properly.
Once one has been "cleared" by dianetic processes-which is to say,
once his aberrations and psychosomatic illnesses are vanquished-he operates
exclusively on his analytical mind and somatic mind. Therefore a study and
knowledge of these is vital if one is to achieve maximal efficiency after
he has attained optimum potential. Further, the matter is of intense
importance to the dianetic preclear because he is prone, wandering through
the idiocies of his reactive mind during sessions of therapy, to believe
that he has had only his reactive mind in operation all his life-there is
so very much contained in it.
To bring about an understanding of the analytical mind and to dispel
illusions about the "force" of the reactive mind, a division of Dianetics
called "Analytical Dianetics" is delineated herein.
Analytical Dianetics covers all activity of the analytical mind in
determining behavior, solving problems and directing the body through the
somatic mind. Included in Analytical Dianetics is a subscience,
"Educational Dianetics" in which the processes of learning are covered,
academic and nonacademic. But here we treat only the character and
performance of the analytical mind itself.
The first fact of interest about the analytical mind is that it is a
very solid and practical citizen and is yet capable of the most fantastic
imaginative flights. It is a highly variable article in that it can play
any part, can act the buffoon or the sage, can treat any subject, from the
buying of all-day suckers to the creation of the world, with aplomb. In
truth it is insufferably cocky in its abilities and performances and, what
is more surprising, it has every reason to be. A cleared analytical mind
treats only with data it can weigh or wishes to weigh or evaluate. It runs
so closely to the Doctrine of the True Datum in all its actions that, in a
society where self-effacing is the mode, it must install a self-effacing
mechanism. But it would know that the mechanism was of its own creation and
could shuck it off at will. In a cultural pattern, as in the Southern
States, which holds a woman should be beautiful but not brilliant, the
analytical mind
* See Dianetics: The Evolution of a Science or Dianetics: The Modern
Science of Mental Health, A Handbook of Dianetic Therapy.
[This article first appeared in Astounding Science Fiction magazine, Vol.
XLVI, No. 2, October, 1950.] Copyright(�) 1950 by L. Ron Hubbard. All
Rights Reserved.
can install a mechanism of apparent stupidity to be fashionable and then,
having installed it, can go right on being brilliantly stupid without for a
moment believing it is stupid.
Chameleonesque to an extreme, the analytical mind, behind every
mechanism it creates for itself, is yet entirely true to itself. It knows
when it is imagining and can fly to high heights of imagination and then
convince itself, for the necessary illusion, that the high flight is true.
But it doesn't then treat that flight, in its basic computations, as a true
flight.
The analytical mind, for instance, can do a much finer job of putting
on an insane show than can the reactive mind. The analytical mind can
install in itself, and kick out when no longer needed, enough weirdities to
convince any psychiatrist of its utter madness. And puckishly it may, on a
whim, do so. But not once during that show would the analytical mind be
other than utterly and superbly sane.
In short, the analytical mind can set up, within itself, on its own
demand, "demon circuits" and "demon computers" which will then give forth
any variety of fantasy, wildness or farce.
But there is a vast difference between the analytical mind setting up
fantastic and "irrational" circuits and the reactive mind commanding those
circuits to be set up. For, short of dianetic therapy, the reactive mind is
stet, and the circuit is permanent and "unalterable." When the reactive
mind shoves forth an engram commanding an insane action, that series of
commands is obeyed implicitly, for if the body does not obey them, then
pain is inflicted by the reactive mind.
This should clarify the role of the analytical mind. It is the action
direction and thought center and the only action and thought center. It
contains as an inherent necessity to thought every mechanism of insanity,
aberration and psychosomatic illness.
This fact, not understood, brought about an alarming misconception in
past superstitions about the mind. It is believed that because a mind was
capable of acting insane or producing illness that it was the mind which
produced insanity and illness.
There is a wild and wide difference between capability and cause. And
if you suppose for a moment that this difference is not important, witness
the fact that considerably in excess of ten thousand luckless human beings
have had their brains torn to bits by psychiatrists who, against the
advices of the better colleagues, practice such idiocies as the prefrontal
lobotomy, transorbital leukotomy, topectomy and other neat quick methods of
killing the mentality and spirit. And witness the fact that hundreds and
hundreds of thousands of Americans alone have been victimized by
electroshock, insulin shock and other substitutes for the clubs and whips
of old Bedlam merely because a capability was misconstrued to be a
causative.
For instance, an automobile is capable of killing a dozen people in a
matter of seconds, by hurtling at high speed into a group waiting at a
street corner. Now the automobile is a finely built mechanism, highly
responsive, capable of smooth, swift action-a mechanism of immense value to
the entire civilization. We can, of course, prevent killing people at
street corners by smashing automobile engines with dynamite, by cutting
them up with oxyacetylene torches, or welding them solid with electric
arcs. Unquestionably the automobile is the unit capable of killing the
waiting pedestrians- but the cause of the catastrophe is the moron
directing the action of the fine, responsive mechanism.
Destroying the capability of the machine will, of course, prevent the
moron from displaying his lethal activities; he, alone, has no such
capabilities. But it will also prevent that machine from ever being of any
further use to society, and a lethally inclined moron is certainly of no
use to anyone, including himself.
To make the analogue dianetically more accurate, our automobile should
be in the control of the murderous moron because his highly intelligent,
competent brother has been knocked unconscious, giving the moron a chance
to seize control.
Because the separation between automobile and driver is self-evident,
there is less tendency-although the tendency still exists-to blame
automobiles for the ensuing
destruction. But because there is no visible, easily seen separation
between the incredibly capable analytical mind, and the moron driver of the
engram bank, it has appeared that the analytical mind was at fault.
The automobile is big, easily accessible, and can quickly and easily
be put out of action. Eliminating the capability is easy. The fault lies in
the moron driver-but they're much harder to deal with. The result has been
a tendency to take the quick, easy path; when a psychotic individual does
not respond easily and satisfactorily to the psychiatrist's efforts, there
is a tendency to attack the capability for action, because it has not been
recognized that the moron driver-the engram bank-was the cause.
Those psychiatrists who have insisted on prefrontal lobotomies, and
the rest of that class of neurosurgical operations, have never claimed that
these operations cured insanity. Fortunately, the top psychiatrists of the
nation have strongly resisted, and strongly questioned the propriety of
using those techniques; even before Dianetics was available, the best and
most thoughtful men in the field were strongly opposed to neurosurgery of
the mind-destroying order.
The psychiatrists who did perform prefrontal lobotomies defended the
operation primarily on the basis that it "makes the patient more
tractable." That it, in other words, leaves the insanity intact, but
removes the capability of the individual to such an extent that he can no
longer annoy the attendants so much. In our automobile analogy, it doesn't
take the murderous moron out from behind the wheel, but it renders the
automobile incapable of operation.
The unfortunate individual on whom such surgery is practiced, of
course, remains as insane as ever: his mind is still tortured by the
delusions, the demon circuits, the terrible hates and overwhelming fears
that originally made him psychotic. But where, before, he retained
sufficient analytical mind power to at least attempt to fight against those
horrors, his defensive mechanism has been destroyed. Now the sum total of
the agonies and terrors of all his years are free to overwhelm him. In such
state, quite naturally, he is indeed tractable. Where before the operation
the violent psychotic was at least trying to fight back against that inner
world of engrams, he is now incapable of resistance; he has succumbed to
them completely and become satisfyingly tractable.
Attacking the capability of resistance, the capability of action,
which lies solely in the analytical mind, does not in any way attack the
cause. There is a special nerve group in the body which has the function of
body temperature control. One can imagine a nerve-cutting operation which
would make it possible to cut this control mechanism out of circuit. If a
patient showing a high fever during a malaria attack were so operated on,
no doubt his fever would abate quickly. The capability of producing high
body temperature has been removed; the cause of the fever-the malarial
parasites-are now free to multiply without the hindrance of that mechanism
of resistance.
It is overwhelmingly important to distinguish sharply between the
mechanism of action and the mechanism of causation. The analytical mind,
and only the analytical mind, is capable of bringing about action. Since it
is an immensely capable and complex mechanism, it is fairly large, and
quite accessible; so far as is now known, it appears to have its organic
seat in the prefrontal lobes. The structure of the analytical mind, and of
the reactive mind, remains unknown at this moment. This much is known:
slicing up the prefrontal lobes does not in any way weaken the engram bank
or the reactive mind; it simply eliminates the analytical mind's power of
resistance.
Hence it is of vital importance to understand the character and role
of the analytical mind. Between the time this is written and the time it is
published, approximately one hundred and ten thousand American men and
women, fathers, mothers, children, veterans who gave all they had to our
society, will be permanently damaged, made permanently insane or killed by
those methods which seek to crush insanity by ripping to pieces the only
portion of the mind which is capable of rationality.
The reasons these methods continue can be listed as follows:
1. The character and function of the analytical mind have not been
understood.
2. No method of any kind before Dianetics was other than experimental.
3. Few believed the problem of the human mind could be solved.
4. To do other than administer such treatment was malpractice.
The last is the joker which victimizes the psychiatrist. When a doctor
departs from past methods he is potentially guilty of malpractice. A method
is admissible in practice mainly because it has been used, not because it
has worked. In such a way the first doctors who used penicillin were
technically guilty of malpractice and had penicillin failed to work and
harmed the patient, these doctors could have been disfranchised as
practitioners by both the State and their professional society. All this
neurosurgery and shock, without ever having done good, was not malpractice
because it came to the United States, one is told, with Authoritative
recognition. Once here and practiced it becomes standard practice. A
departure from it is now malpractice and would be "malpractice" if such
methods cured every patient to which they were applied.
Psychiatry, by attaching itself to the medical profession, became
liable to the codes of the medical profession. In medicine these codes have
been found useful and necessary and are based on custom, the only creator
of law. In psychiatry there was, actually, no method which was custom-
created. Freud was so thoroughly shunned by neurologists of his day and
medicine ever since, that only his great literary skill brought his work as
far as it has come. Freudianism was not extremely dangerous and had some
points on the right track. But technically, Freudian procedures were for
years malpractice in neurology.
All these practices came about from an error on the part of
investigators of the mind. Because the computer was forced to use data
thrust upon it from an unseen source, the psychotherapist thought he saw
that the computer itself was in error. His thoughtless solution, then, was
to blame the computer.
For the analytical mind and, during "unconsciousness," the somatic are
the only minds which can manifest the mandates of the reactive mind. The
reactive mind cannot manifest those commands. It can slam them against the
underside of the analytical mind while it is "awake" and pervert the
ability of the analytical mind. If there were no analytical mind, no
manifestation would take place. Thus, prefrontals change the effect of
insanity. Thus, electric shocks et al, by damaging the analytical mind,
inhibit the display of the aberration. For the aberration can only be
displayed via the computer and its switchboards.
Now there has been another misconception regarding the analytical
mind. It has been believed that it was a composite of insanities. Indeed,
the personality itself has been maligned by being called a compound of
neuroses, compulsions and repressions erected upon an animalistic base.
Very accurate and thoroughly checked dianetic observation proves that the
personality is an inherent factor in all its strong aspects and that
individualism is built into the genes as certainly as fingerprints.
This personality is muted and its individualism weakened by commands
emanating from the reactive mind and forced upon the analytical mind.
The very thought mechanisms of the analytical mind are the only things
which make the manifestation possible.
Thus we have "demon circuits"-like bypass and filter circuits added to
a radio- which the analytical mind, operating free of the reactive mind,
builds up or takes down at will. These are never aberrative when so
constructed by the analytical mind. They are vital to the action of thought
itself. The playwright sits back and "hears" and "sees" his various
characters moving through the action of the play. He is computing them. But
to do so and make them vivid, he sets up a series of "demon circuits," one
for each actor. So long as he is writing, his computers-imagination
computer-furnish the dialogue and action and plot which moves these
characters about on the stage of the "mind's eye." A cleared playwright or
one who has full sonic and visio imagination, actually sees and hears his
characters acting and talking in a most natural way inside his analytical
mind. Writing the play is a highly natural action.
A caveman, studying out the best way to kill a saber-toothed tiger,
"wrote" himself a play. He imagined the tiger, he imagined himself, he
imagined the scenery. Out of imagination-building up the accuracy with past
experience and data received
from other hunters-he went through the entire action. In doing so he was
also calling in his somatic mind and giving it instructions without any
effort on his part. Then he went and killed the tiger. If he had no very
good imagination, the tiger killed him. No problem of life of any magnitude
can be worked out without these mechanisms of imagination.
But let us suppose that our playwright has engrams, reactive mind
commands, which tell him all women are evil. He could, on purely analytical
basis, dub in this datum if his plot seemed to need it. But if he has an
engram about it his playwrighting is sorely limited because he can only
plot in terms of the engram whenever his plot skirts that portion of the
play. Thus all his women are evil and all his men think women are evil. And
he has lost facility and variety. For without this engram, he has a choice
about it. With it he has no choice. And in just that fashion he is limited
in his plotting.
One novelist who was given dianetic processing had long since failed
and was working in a menial position, miserably unhappy. He had had only
one plot. That plot hadn't fitted the public concepts too well in the first
place. And that plot was contained verbatim in his reactive mind. When the
analytical mind tried to think of a plot it could only rework this old one.
Further, its intelligence and imagination were inhibited by the engram. So
he wrote tremulously and with considerable effort. When the engram was
lifted-a complete story by Ouida called "Under Two Flags" read to the
mother when she was recovering from an injury which had also injured the
child-this novelist stopped being fixated on stories of such an artificial
character, his people came to life on his pages and he was not merely
rehabilitated, he was able to become what he inherently was, an excellent
novelist. Now he could write, if he liked, stories patterned on "Under Two
Flags," or yams of the "Confession" type, or tales so modernistic even he
couldn't understand them. His analytical mind now had full, not reactively
limited, scope.
But the analytical mind had been the thing which wrote even those
stories like "Under Two Flags" when he was aberrated. The ability was
completely and entirely within only his analytical mind.
The caveman trying to imagine the plot for his killing a saber-toothed
tiger might have been possessed of an engram to the effect that tigers
always and only jumped to the right. He could have observed on scores of
occasions that tigers also jumped to the left but, if the engram had been
very strong, he would have gone right on "believing" that tigers jumped
only to the right. So his plot about killing the tiger would have contained
an untrue datum. And the moment he put it into action he might have been
victimized or killed because of that stet datum.
But the analytical mind was the thing which did all the imagining
about the tiger, which built up the whole attack and which put the plot
into action.
In other words whatever is dictated by an engram only inhibits
analytical action. And whatever a person can do in an aberrated state he
can do far better when he has no further aberrations.
Now let us take an insane person whose insanity consists of the fact
that he says everything which is said to him like an echo and who does
every physical action he sees the person he is watching do.
His engrams tell him that he has to do this. They do not make it
possible for him to do it. They only command.
The engrams are impinging against that ability of an analytical mind
to mimic.
A bulk of the learning done in a lifetime is through mimicry. A three-
months-old baby will lie in its crib and do an excellent job of mimicking
the mouth actions of the mother. The mother may be trying to make the baby
say a word. The baby moves its facial muscles, coos between tries, gurgles,
crows, tries to get control of those vocal cords. But it mimics the facial
action of the mother. That baby is learning.
A parent may believe that a child learns to use a napkin, knife and
fork merely because he is told that if he doesn't use them properly he will
be spanked. By test, this inhibits the natural learning, putting an
artificial command under the natural ability to
mimic. The common result of this is to cause the child to revolt. If the
child is permitted to observe, without coaching or coaxing, adults eating
with knives and forks and using napkins, the child, unless badly aberrated,
will, by test, struggle and fumble to mimic. And it will come up at last
with manners. Better manners than those forced upon it, providing the
parents themselves know how to use table silver and napkins properly. When
the child, like those trained in the pre-dianetic school of only-being- a-
child -is-important-don't-inhibit-the-little-thing-for-the-whole-family-
revolves-aroundit-you-little-fool, has lost any urge to be a grown-up, he
avoids mimicry of grown-ups and mimics children. But he mimics.
An enormous amount of knowledge goes straight into the analytical mind
through mimicry. A little girl, for instance, who is raised with a dog is
liable to mimic the dog and, like a recent case, get down on all fours and
scratch the door to be let in.
Men mimic selectively when they are unaberrated, unselectively when
they are aberrated. In the case of the insane person who echoes vocally and
muscularly any person before him, the mimic mechanisms of the analytical
mind have been impinged on so heavily by engrams that unselectivity is the
rule in the extreme. But the analytical mind is being forced from under to
use its mechanisms. And the mechanisms are those of the analytical mind.
Take out the engrams causing it-something like: "You have to do everything
and say everything you see and hear"-and the mimic mechanisms of the
analytical mind correct instantly and rational mimicry results.
As in the case of the playwright and caveman, the "demon circuits"
which talk and act on the stage or growl and prowl in the jungle are both
natural mechanisms of the analytical mind. The reactive mind, however, by
engrams, can force "demon circuits" into action so that the analyzer has no
control over them. Then you get a case with voices mysteriously talking to
him or a case which "thinks" in words instead of conclusions. All audible
or subaudible "stream of consciousness," whereby something in the head is
articulating thought, is caused by reactive mind engrams. But it remains
that the only reason the engram can bring such a circuit into play is
because the analytical mind natively contains circuits which can come into
play. You can wreck these circuits with shock or surgery as a baby can ruin
a radio by taking a hammer to its works, but the circuit belongs to the
analytical mind and is only forced into aberrative action by an engram
which, no matter the wreckage, is still very much there but has no mind to
act upon.
The analytical mind has many other powers. It can control the various
fluid flows and growths of the body, apparently, since any clear can do
startling things with his heartbeat, breathing, endocrine balance and other
things if he wishes to take the trouble. The reactive mind pushes an engram
against the analytical mind and forcefully throws the mechanisms out of
action and also, in most cases, out of the control area of the analytical
mind-and here we have psychosomatic illness, chronic overaction or
underaction of glands, secretions and other fluids and overgrowth or
undergrowth of the body itself. The hebephrenic schizophrenic is noted for
the smallness of his adrenals. He is psychotic and he is psychotic because
he has engrams. Give him the fluid or hormone he is not adequately
manufacturing and you may or may not get some reaction in his body-for the
engrams may inhibit the fluid from being used even when it is injected.
Deintensify the engrams and you observe the adrenals grow to normal size,
if the person is young enough, or the body use injected fluid given to
correct the imbalance if the person is well past middle age. Tear up the
analytical mind of this hebephrenic schizophrenic with electroshock or,
even more criminal, rip him up with brain surgery and thus reduce his
analytical mind and three things may happen: 1. not enough analyzer may be
left to do anything about his adrenals, so they remain the same and he
remains insane; 2. not enough analyzer may be left to control the gland
growth and so the glands grow without restraint; or 3. the analyzer
responsible for the control may not be touched and the patient may have
little change in his condition.
Actually, the analytical mind has many parts and many abilities. It
contains the individualism, the personality, the ambition, the persistence
in life, the vigor of action,
the observing and computing and imagining abilities, and, not the least,
"I" itself. Other abilities and functional actions are also seated in the
analytical mind, many more than can be accurately known at this writing,
for ESP in particular is evidenced largely and is disturbed by anything
which inhibits the analytical mind, a matter now under research in
Dianetics.
There are many methods the analytical mind has to protect itself even
against the reactive mind. Possibly in another hundred thousand years,
given that his personal and cultural aberrations had not destroyed Man
entirely, the analytical mind would have more fully evolved protective
mechanisms. The trend it has been taking, however, has not been toward the
self-clearing of the reactive mind. This is probably a problem somewhat
like the newly commissioned ship commander who, though victimized by an
unruly crew, yet, by naval orders, cannot rid himself of their mutinous
presence. His recourse is toward self-protection in the interest of greater
ability to command and safeguard his ship. It may be that in studying his
crew he finds a method of making the recalcitrants null and void without
hurting the manning of his ship. Evolutionarily, the analytical mind is
going in the direction of self-protection and higher authority. The second
method, voiding the power of the mutineers without hurting the crew, is the
sudden interjection of Dianetics which deintensifies engrams without
hurting the ship but, on the contrary, increasing the ability of the ship
as a whole by getting all the crew to work with enthusiasm and cheerfulness
toward the goal the captain appoints.
The basic, unaberrated analytical mind-and every person apparently has
such a stratum of rationality-has in all cases so far processed by the
testing group of Dianetics, two hundred seventy-nine, demonstrated a
remarkable co-operation. "The mind knows how the mind works." There have
been cases so thoroughly swamped that this co-operative flicker was barely
discernible and could be put to rout by engrams, but even these, as soon as
some of the reactive burden was deintensified, began to manifest greater
and greater co-operation in processing.
The analytical mind, then, can be said to be in agreement with
dianetic processes and, indeed, dianetic processes were evolved by
paralleling analytical mind action. The reactive mind is directly opposed
to Dianetics. Whatever impedes the auditor in putting a patient through
therapy has impeded the patient's own analytical mind. The equation that
the analytical minds of the auditor and preclear have greater power than
the reactive mind of the preclear is the principal thing that makes therapy
possible. The analytical mind of any patient is striving mightily against
any burden in the reactive bank even when the reactive bank is so in
evidence-as in a psychotic-that it composes all the patient's thoughts and
actions and even makes him initially resist therapy. A person is aberrated
because his own analytical mind, alone, cannot cope, save in artificially
or naturally raised necessity, with his reactive burden.
Engrams and the reactive mind derange and aberrate the ability and
body of the patient only through the abilities of the analytical mind. The
reactive mind can only push and shove against the analytical mind to make
action possible.
The analytical mind "remembers" by returning some of its attention
units to past moments either on a fast network conceptually or upon the
central time track itself. The reactive mind, armed with pain, shoves into
those networks and makes some of this returning impossible. Thereby the
analytical mind is said to "have forgotten" but the truth is, the data is
right there but blocked. The reactive mind makes it difficult to remember
something, for actual pain would be felt by the body if that thing were
remembered. In dianetic processes this matter is cared for and the
analytical mind can get by and deintensify these moments of pain which are
the whips of the reactive mind.
The cells, as staunch conservatives, idiotically believe, it seems,
that anything which was painful will always be dangerous, and they inhibit
not only a repetition of the action in the exterior world of now but they
inhibit a re-experiencing of a painful action in the interior world of
then. Actually the analytical mind, by accurate computation and recall and
with far, far more accuracy, contains a mechanism which inhibits repeating
an action once painful. It computes even faster than the reactive
mind reacts, once the analytical mind has concluded, for instance, that
putting a hand on the stove gets the hand burned. It is as if Man has
evolved a highly competent captain in the analytical mind but the crew,
uneducated and silly, still will not trust him, even though he is
fantastically trustworthy and far more able to prevent disaster and gather
benefits for the crew than the crew could.
Anything the crew, as we might consider the cells, think should be
enforced is enforced only through the computers and switchboards of the
analytical mind. Thus came about the entire misconception that the
personality was built up of neuroses.
It could be said with accuracy that the personality is the analytical
mind individualities, and physical characteristics. And it could be said
that neuroses could not manifest without an analytical mind to subvert. And
it could be said that the personality plus the neuroses of a human being
make up his manifested personality. And it could be said that no neurosis
could manifest without usurping the circuits and abilities of the
analytical mind and cutting down its power. And it could further be stated
that a neurosis is without any characteristics or power unless it has an
analytical mind upon which to impinge itself.
Clearing away the aberrations intensifies all the strong points of the
analytical mind and deintensifies all the weak points of the aberrated
personality and such clearing intensifies the individuality and the
personality.
One of the prime operating mechanisms of the analytical mind is that
it attacks resistance to the greatest good of the greatest number involved
in any problem. It may be very clever in its attacks for it. also preserves
the organism, progeny, the group and Mankind of which, remember, the
organism is a part and which would be weakened by the loss of the organism
itself. Give the analytical mind a target it cannot subdue by reason and it
begins to direct attack in other ways. It works, in other words, against
obstacles. When there are no obstacles it amuses and enjoys itself by
inventing obstacles. But its activity is metered by the problems it
observes or poses to itself and is regulated by rationality-not stimulus-
response which is the characteristic of the reactive mind.
It uses five methods of handling problems-it attacks them, avoids
them, falls back from them, succumbs to them or neglects them. The problem
is often of great magnitude and may not be subdued. But the analytical mind-
not the reactive mind-has a gauge of necessity level. It builds up force
against a problem usually above and beyond the force necessary to overcome
the problem. Because it is a perfect computer, modified only by the
validity of or lack of data, the analytical mind, in a cleared state, can
work up an enormously high necessity level. It does not do this on a
stimulus-response basis either for it can rig up an artificial necessity
level against a real problem, can generate an actual necessity level
against an imaginary problem or can generate an artificial necessity level
against an imaginary problem, artificial and actual here being used to
identify pretended resurgence or uncomputed resurgence.
In the aberrated mind this necessity level can also be raised
artificially or actually. But it is always the necessity level of the
analytical mind. When an engram is restimulated on a stimulus-response
basis, the necessity mechanism of the analytical mind can be usurped to
make the organism prone to the most outrageously impossible actions,
actions like maniacal murder or carrying pianos single-handed from a
burning building while the baby is still inside. Evolution has been working
on separating this necessity level mechanism from the reactive mind control
evidently. For artificial and actual necessity levels can be raised against
the reactive bank itself and can actually make an engram back up or a whole
set of engrams which, by stimulus-response, should be in restimulation,
drop completely out of sight.
A writer, for example, who had been nearly insane for two years and
who had a reactive mind full of engrams against writing, was suddenly
confronted with an illness of his wife's which required two thousand
dollars worth of treatments immediately. Promptly, he kicked up his
necessity level and turned out one hundred thousand words of short stories
and novelettes in twenty days which brought him twenty-five hundred dollars
and which were pronounced as some of the best work he had ever done. His
wife became well and he resumed his miserable state of inactivity. As
neither he nor anyone else knew, at that time, much about the mechanism of
necessity level, his
eventual recompense was revilement from all quarters because he was now
"understood" to be "lazy" and had demonstrated what he could do if he "just
faced reality."
An engram can take over this necessity level mechanism, just as
engrams of various sorts can impinge upon any mechanism of the analytical
mind. The most sorrowful examples of this sort can be found amongst the
world conquerors in which our rather puerile histories specialize. Wading
in blood and piling up "enemy" skulls these social liabilities are
generally driven by engrams which dictate that they must conquer.
Now it happens that their necessity level mechanisms and their
abilities to compute and especially to act must be very, very high, far
above the average. And something else has entered the equation here.
All people have, in degrees varying not only from person to person but
from dynamic to dynamic within the individual, their four dynamics of self;
sex-the act and care of progeny; group-whether special or civil, city or
nation or race; and Mankind. each is a persistency toward survival in the
particular catalogue of the dynamic itself. Thus one can have an enormous
force to perpetuate himself as an individual, another can have an enormous
force individually to create and raise children. All unaberrated persons
have, in some degree of force, according to dianetic findings, each of
these four dynamics.
When an individual has engrams-and all do unless they are cleared-
these engrams usurp or force against not only such things as imaginative
circuits and mimicry but also against the dynamics. As a muddy creek might
enter an otherwise clear stream, the engrams may color and choke a dynamic.
If that dynamic is powerful and if the engram impinging on it is powerful,
the result can be remarkably destructive.
The world conqueror evidently operates with a perverted dynamic.
Dynamic Four, Mankind, consists of a thrust toward the greatest good for
Mankind. Mankind must win, according to this dynamic, and actions must be
taken to further and better and generally advance the survival chances of
Mankind. An engram which dictates strongly, for instance, that everybody
but Tugaboo Islanders have crazy conceptions might cause a Tugaboo Islander
to try to force Tugaboo Island taboos down the throats of everyone in order
to save Mankind. But the world conqueror, with an engram overworking,
choking and distorting his Mankind dynamic, may have such a strong group
dynamic that his actions take no account of the slaughter he effects. He
not only must force taboos upon the rest of the world, he can only "save"
his group by the most extraordinary means.
The distortion worked upon the Mankind dynamic need not, however,
result in world conquering. Any dynamic may be so impinged and unsettled by
engrams that some very weird aspects occur. It is very common to find, in
an insane asylum, a patient who claims to have a secret which will save all
Mankind. This has been considered very bad, pre-dianetically. The same
psychiatrist who would hammer a psychotic into believing everything that
had happened to him was imaginary-and psychiatry has long been listening
and calling "imaginary" actual prenatal engrams just because "Authorities,"
with no data and clumsy research, had said such things were imaginary, all
the while holding forth about "memories of the womb"-would and does pound
hard against any patient who says he wants to "save Mankind." It is a
peculiarity that this is a particularly condemning point, that anybody
wants to do anything but be a sheep and very tractably and "well-
adjustedly" eat grass.
The patient who is fond of being "God" has an engram impinged solidly
against the self dynamic. The one who conducts himself abnormally in
matters of sex or children has an engram impinged against the second
dynamic. Any of these dynamics and any of their portions can be stopped or
colored by engrams. But not one can be speeded up by an engram or rendered
more forceful. The engram takes the native analytical ability and by
entangling it causes aberrated manifestations of the dynamics. Three
dynamics cannot be channeled into one channel by an engram and then become
three times as strong as a fixed idea.
If anyone has a strong self dynamic perverted by an engram which says
"I am God," then manifests and acts strongly in his imaginary role as
"God," he will, when that engram is cleared, demonstrate about two or three
times the personal force on the
self dynamic. Only he won't be "God," he will become a powerhouse in some
group as himself. If, when insane, he was thoroughly and violently certain
that he could save Mankind, when the engram causing that is cleared, he may
very rationally but with great force actually set about doing something to
further Mankind.
So long as the strange belief was held that a man was only a stimulus-
response animal and that his entire being was only a collection of
aberrations, that his personality was only a matter of distortions of
reality, no individuality or desire was safe from question or condemnation.
This was a sort of slave psychology which, accidentally or otherwise,
sought to block personal individuality and initiative. Under that
philosophy one could be condemned, when he said he wanted to do something
to further his name beyond his physical death, as an "egomaniac," whatever
that is. When one had confidence in the ability of a group to sweep all
before it, he could be called monomanic. When he enjoyed sex, he could be
called a satyr. And when he wanted to do something for Mankind he could be
labeled a "paranoid," whatever that is. Because he could thus be assailed
and pounded by these nonsensical and precisely indefinable terms, and
because engrams could here and there distort these natural desires and make
them unnatural, the society was pounded down, man by man, into a herd. Then
one could talk of masses. One could defeat individualism. And anyone who
desires such a defeat is espousing an action so thoroughly destructive that
he must be, and can be shown to be, thoroughly aberrated. For Man is rich
only in ratio to the number of individuals whose initiative and
individuality will create a better future. Wars can take place only when
this sheep neurosis can be brought about, for lions don't stampede when
some aberree shouts "Kill all the Russians," for lions aren't likely to be
afraid. But sheep will stampede. And then they will depend upon their
individuals to save them. War can only happen where self-determinism is
outlawed and the sheep psychology of "adjustment" rules the land.
One who insists upon the tenet that the personality consists only of
neuroses, compulsions and repressions is not only rather silly, but is
extremely dangerous to those around him. In the first place he has an
engram which tells him he will die or something if he "gets rid of it" and
so, by reactive computation, reactively "desires" to be aberrated. Or he
has a sympathy engram which inclines him toward the "glories of "
hypochondria." He may also be subject to that prime sheep-psychology
mechanism which favors "adjustment" only because people with wills of their
own and force of personality are strong. A man, weak because of his
engrams, seeks to keep others weak out of some idiotic hope that thus he
will better survive.
The equation, however, does not work that way. The weak are strong
only when they are protected by the strong. Only the aberrated weakling
believes that a strong man is a cruel one. Only the weak are cruel. Only
the afraid are vicious. All experience bears this out. Only the whining
theorist who claims that personality is aberration would blind himself to
the evidence on every hand that trouble, distress and disaster stem from
the aberrated weakling. Take a square look around you and trace back
trouble wherever it existed to somebody's irrational fear of some imagined
threat.
When personality can be pronounced to be the result of aberration and
when individualists can then be silenced and driven into the herd, Man is
looking down the barrel of the last gun he will hear.
The analytical mind functions best out at the last possible notch of
self-determinism. The unaberrated individual is not only strong but he is
also motivated by a uniformly present desire to accomplish the greatest
amount of construction for the smallest amount of destruction. Self-
determined, he is free to evaluate the situation for himself. Exteriorly
determined by his own or social aberrations, he is inclined away from
solutions which will be creative of the greatest good; further his own
thinking is less acute.
That the analytical mind can be usurped in its abilities by engrams
and reduced mechanically in its power by those engrams definitely does not
mean that the analytical mind and the ability of Man depends upon neurosis.
As a final proof of such matters, there is the behavior of the so-
called "manic." He seems very strong along one line. He is out to
supersell, for instance, anything.
Nervous, driving, energetic, he attacks problems of selling with an
attitude which amounts to violence. He cannot keep it up continuously for
he becomes depressed. Then, in the general case, his cycle runs from high
enthusiasm to deep depression and back to high enthusiasm again. The
society is full of such people who pass for, and indeed are, normal to this
period. The surface evidence here appears that he is suffering from a
neurosis which makes him a supersalesman.
But the periods of high action grow shorter. The periods of depression
grow longer. Some call it old age. Some call it getting "burned out." Some
say he needs more recreation. One day his clock, so to speak, runs very
thoroughly down.
What happened to this man? What caused it? All cases to hand of this,
a numerous number, show it to have been caused by an engram in which he was
"fixed." The engram said he was a wonderful salesman, but it contained
physical pain. As he went on living he was "dramatizing" or acting out
being a supersalesman. But sometimes he didn't sell. Every time he didn't,
physical pain forced him to try. But he kept failing because his health was
deteriorating. And then one day he didn't resurge. He just felt the pain.
And he wasn't a supersalesman any more.
Deintensifying that engram in every such case brought about an
immediate rebalancing. If the engram had actually made him a supersalesman
then he was competent, analytically, to be a supersalesman. And he became a
better supersalesman than before!
A sadder case, and an even more unusual one, is where the engram says
that a man must be, for instance, a great officer of the army. But the
analytical ability was not great enough to make him such. Actually, his
analytical ability fitted him to be a very good mason. And so we have the
standard sour, rankled misfit who is said to have "ambitions much greater
than his ability." That diagnosis is as false as a lot of other past
preconceptions. He had "engrams greater than his ability along the line
dictated by the engrams." Clear away those engrams and a resurgence of
analytical power and ability becomes evident, his basic purpose manifests
itself and his mind somehow works his past experience into an asset to
carry out his basic purpose and, in such a case, we would have a mason
amongst masons. And he would not be "adjusted" to being a mason or
"resigned" to being a mason, he would be a happy and enthusiastic mason who
could adjust to the business of masonry.
- And in a reverse case, one man cleared by Dianetics had a manic
engram dictating that he should be the strongest bricklayer in the world
whereas all his analytical ability summed into a high competence in the
field of music. Additionally he had engrams which said he was a clumsy and
terrible musician. Cleared, he stopped being a bad and unhappy bricklayer
and became a cheerful trumpet player in a name band.
In all such cases, where the analytical mind has any basic dynamic
worth mentioning it has been found that one way or another the victim of a
manic which sent him in one direction while his basic purpose inclined him
in another has been able to gather up, along the way of life, considerable
data in the field of his basic purpose. The shift has not been arduous and
has never been found to swing into a field where the person had gathered no
data.
The analytical mind is strong and should never be undervalued. It is
not only strong in the sense that it is incredibly resistant to aberration,
but also in the sense that it can rise above and conquer engrams even
without therapy. Of course it cannot remain forever above those engrams,
for new engrams may at last force it to succumb. But a person undergoing
dianetic processing with an eye to greater ability should never be taken in
with the statement that all he has ever done or said has been because of
engrams. Fully eighty percent of his thinking and his actions were clear
analytical decisions. When he begins to find out how many engrams he had
and how powerful they were he should not, during the course of therapy,
resign himself to a belief that he was never competent to overcome them,
for he very definitely was.
The power of the individual and Man is the power of the analytical
mind, a tough, rational organism, difficult to aberrate, capable of
overcoming aberrations and, when cleared especially, forceful and
personable far, far beyond any pre-dianetic knowledge.
Even aberrated or uneducated, Man's analytical mind has almost
completed the conquest of Earth.
THE DIANETIC AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
Volume 1, No. 4 October, 1950
Official Publication of
The Hubbard Dianetic Research Foundation, Inc.
Elizabeth, New Jersey
Dianetics and Religion
L. Ron Hubbard
Those engaged in dianetic processes are often interested in the effect
of Dianetics upon religion. They generally desire to know whether dianetic
processing will influence faith or atheism.
Dianetics is a science; as such, it has no opinion about religion, for
sciences are based on natural laws, not on opinions.
Self-determinism is always to some degree circumscribed by the
environment of the individuate and the forces he faces. An individual
without faith in something is lost and goalless. Faith is a necessary part
of man. If that faith is given to a religion it can be observed that once
given, it is steadfast and predictable.
When any disordered mind grasps the fundamentals of a thing, one
cannot predict the way that mind will use the information. Zealotism has
many times made religion odious to a people and zealotism is definitely
undesirable to a religious group since it too often masks sadism and
paranoia. Churches have long been troubled with this problem. It is not a
problem of faith. An orderly faith alone can promote religion. Zealotism is
a problem in aberration; it is generally caused by a manic engram and,
quite unlike faith, is as likely to flash back against religion as it is to
carry it forward. The action is unpredictable and the zealot alters his
faith easily.
On the other hand atheism, which religion has found highly
obstructive, has for its origin, according to our case histories, engrams.
No "atheist" to date has remained an atheist after the engrams causing his
objections have been removed. The atheist is activated by engrams as
thoroughly as the zealot.
There are several cases on record of atheism having been altered to
tolerance by dianetic processes and one case which joined a church after a
release was effected. There are two cases of zealotism having abated to a
sincere faith.
Insanity has long constituted a considerable threat to religion.
Religious terminology, when permitted to creep into the engram bank,
particularly as blasphemy, causes various disturbances in the psyche, and
the various religions have, throughout the duration of man as a rational
being, been posed a difficult problem which can now be resolved. Dianetics
not only pronounces but executes sentence upon insanity. It makes man sane.
What the world of man decrees about religion or what religion decrees
about the world of man is well outside the regulation of Dianetics even
though it is well within the province of dianetic studies of the activities
of man.
Copyright(�) 1950 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
THE INTENSIVE PROCESSING PROCEDURE
November 1, 1950
The standard method of handling cases at the central Foundation and in
all departments is intensive processing.
Intensive processing has its own identity, independent of any chemical
assist. The chemical assist may be used for case openings or for intensive
processing. What has been termed "free wheeling" exists independent of
intensive processing. Both the chemical assist and free wheeling may be
combined with intensive processing.
The basic definition of intensive processing may be stated thus: a
large number of hours of auditing given in a small number of consecutive
days to the end of opening a case and advancing it as far as possible
within this limited time. Charge is made for the entire process, not by the
hour.
As of this writing, the standard intensive processing consists of
thirty-six hours of auditing delivered in six consecutive days beginning on
Monday and ending on Saturday at the rate of six hours per day. It is usual
to deliver this processing with chemical assist and, except in cases with
heavy circuitry, with free wheeling.
INTENSIVE PROCESSING
A normal scheduling would be one auditor to a preclear. For
departmental organization, one auditor can be estimated for every four
intensive processings given in a month, as he can handle one per week. For
room scheduling, making an economy of space, two preclears can be assigned
to one room in the same day, one beginning his processing at 8:00 a.m. and
stopping at 2:00 p.m., the other beginning at 2:30 p.m. and stopping at
8:30 p.m., with no time allowed for meals or other breaks, these being
taken at the end of the processing schedule, 2:00 p.m. and 8:30 p.m.
The entire intensive processing is actually a package which begins and
ends with psychometry. The purpose of this psychometry is to demonstrate to
the preclear that intelligence and personality have advanced. This at once
obviates any argument that nothing has happened when it has, accumulates to
the Foundation case histories and, importantly, sends sets of psychometry
into the country where they will be displayed to the advantage of
Dianetics. It is not assumed that any vast advance will be made in every
case. The best possible auditing is done for the time allowed of 36 hours
and the results are what they are; most of them will be found to be very
remarkable in the difference between before and after psychometries.
Any guarantee of anything with regard to intensive processing when it
is being sold is a gross error. If the preclear is guaranteed an open case
or a release, he then throws all the burden of work upon the auditor and
does little himself. Further, he will inevitably seek further processing on
the excuse that he has not received all he should. Therefore, in selling
intensive processing, one should only demonstrate the fact that most cases
advance markedly but in proportion to the amount of cooperation of the
preclear. This secures the cooperation of the preclear and obviates
attempts by the preclear to gain more than his share of auditing by
complaining that he has not achieved the guaranteed goal. Given his
psychometry, shown the changes which have taken place at the end of the
processing, the preclear is usually very satisfied, for the advance in his
mental state is usually great. Not given psychometry he might not know
this. In cases where chronic somatics are released, however, there is no
argument and this is normal to intensive processing that such somatics are
reduced and psychosomatic conditions are to a large extent eliminated.
Because they are easily given, are quite valid and have good display
purposes, the psychometry currently in use is the California Test for
Mental Maturity and the Johnson Temperament Analysis Profile. Both are
tests of the California Test Bureau. To these may be added any other test
which can, like these, be given to a group and graded rapidly by a
psychometrist. Rorschach, TAT, etc., etc. may be very well in psychiatry
and psychology but actually these have a very low order of validity, are
far from precise, and regardless of the high opinion in which they are held
by psychiatry and psychology depend far too much on the "sensitivity of the
operator" which we want as little as possible in Dianetics. The tests we
need must be of a highly precise nature, depending on opinion of an
operator not one bit. Our tests must be administerable to a small group
simultaneously, must be graded swiftly, must contain a high degree of
arithmetical estimation, and must present to a layman the facts and figures
he expects of a science. For ourselves, in our own research and validation
of new techniques, these tests are adequate and even desirable. If better
tests than the California Test for Mental Maturity and the Johnson
Temperament Analysis Profile and the old time-honored Army Alpha can be
discovered for our purposes they will be used.
A complete schedule for an intensive process is as follows:
SUNDAY: (Afternoon) Medical examination, brief but thorough,
full psychometry (CTMM, JTAP, Alpha) administered by a
licensed psychometrist.
MONDAY: Six hours of intensive auditing.
TUESDAY: Same.
WEDNESDAY: Same.
THURSDAY: Same.
FRIDAY: Same.
SATURDAY: LAST TWO HOURS STRAIGHT WIRE TO SETTLE AUDITING LOCKS.
PAST PLEASURE MOMENTS TO STABILIZE CASE. FUTURE PLEASURE
MOMENTS.
SUNDAY: (Morning) Medical examination. Full after-psychometry,
using other forms of tests.
(Afternoon) Tests, evaluated and plotted on two graphs (original and
duplicate and both signed by psychometrist) presented to preclear and
instruction given him as to how to read them.
Despite statements of those who have made no investigation of auditing
under glutamic acid, the chemical assist is highly desirable as an adjunct
to processing. It has the virtue of softening up engrams and of proofing
the case against restimulation by permitting engrams in the middle of a
chain to occasionally reduce. Further, it sometimes permits whole chains to
roll up. Additionally, it often gets anaten off a case which is proving
difficult.
The formula for the chemical assist at this time is simply glutamic
acid and vitamin B1. B1 is given preclears as a matter of course, and it
can hardly be considered as a part of the chemical assist. Hence the
essential ingredient is glutamic acid. No difference between dextrorotatory
and levorotatory glutamic acid has been observed so far as the case itself
is considered. Mixed levo- and dextrorotatory is a common form of glutamic
acid and should probably be used. The dosage of glutamic acid is 2 grams
every half hour for two doses at the beginning of each daily session and
then one 2 gram dose every succeeding four hours until the next session
including night dosages. It will be discovered that when inadequate B1 is
given with glutamic acid that glutamic acid will become ineffective after
the first day or two. Hence the glutamic acid works best when backed by 10
mg of B1 with each 2 gram dose of glutamic acid. Higher dosages of glutamic
acid are sometimes used on very reluctant cases.
Benzedrine often helps a case run. Benzedrine can be administered at the
rate of 5 mg per day given at the beginning of each six hour session with
the first dose of B1. If administration of Benzedrine is begun, however, it
must be maintained throughout the whole of the intensive process. Skipping
a day, it has been noted conditionally, sometimes inhibits the release of
anaten. Which is to say that when Benzedrine is administered on Monday, on
Tuesday, when none is administered, the case appears to be a little more
difficult to run in that engrams do not as readily release and, if
Benzedrine is still omitted, Wednesday may discover the engrams to be much
more resistive. While this is based on a short series, there is enough
evidence to warrant this caution. This is particularly true when glutamic
acid is being given the preclear.
Cases can be run on intensive processing without chemical assist or
with chemical assist, at which time the processing may be called "intensive
guk processing," guk being the slang term for any chemical assist in
Dianetics.
Intensive processing may also be assisted by what is called "free
wheeling. " Between sessions the somatic strip and the file clerk are put
to work running out somatics, grief, terror, or anaten. It is very simple
to do this but it should never be done on cases which have heavy control
circuits, since free wheeling tends to lead such cases into automatic
control with attendant snarl-ups.
To place a case on free wheeling, at the end of a session on which
standard processing is used, the auditor installs a new canceller and then
says, "The file clerk will furnish us with somatics. The somatic strip will
continue to sweep such somatics until they are erased." The preclear is
left with this command until the beginning of the next session, when his
auditor brings the preclear wholly into present time before beginning the
session as follows: "The somatic strip will come to present time. The file
clerk will give us present time. Cancelled." Then the auditor, beginning
Standard Procedure, installs a new canceller, puts the preclear in reverie
and continues wholly in Standard Procedure.
Free wheeling has not been tested extensively on anything but
somatics. Using it to roll out grief, terror, anaten or chains is highly
experimental. Used on somatics in preclears who do not usually run their
own engrams out of reverie, it has proven markedly helpful in that it
occasionally runs out a somatic from under an engram, leaving all
perceptics except pain. A 36-hour-long birth, after the preclear had
freewheeled several days, has been found to be reducible in 15 minutes.
Free wheeling is not likely to "run anyone to clear" even if continued many
months and is a very small assist to Standard Procedure sessions. The real
processing is done under Standard Procedure. Free wheeling now and then
helps out.
The essence of free wheeling is this: The "I" will remain in present
time, contacting no perceptics save as it exteriorly observes that the body
occasionally hurts here and there: the file clerk and somatic strip will
knock out somatics without attention from the "I." The "I," while a person
is on free wheeling, should not be called upon to contact any portion of
any engram. If free wheeling stops between sessions, with the file clerk
and somatic strip inactive, the preclear should be left alone until the
next session of Standard Procedure.
Free wheeling produces some remarkable effects. Pains turn off and on
in most cases with remarkable profusion. If niacin in 100 mg doses per day
is given the preclear he will run out sunburns, sometimes quite strongly.
The preclear should be told what to expect so that he does not become
alarmed. A preclear stuck on the track will not free-wheel. A preclear who
is out of valence will get very light somatics but these may grow stronger
as days pass and he drifts slightly more into his own valence.
The chemical assist and free wheeling should not be overlooked in getting
good, fast results with intensive processing. The ordinary course of such
processing should find the preclear being given Standard Procedure auditing
under a chemical assist, with free wheeling between sessions.
Chemical assist should be prescribed for the preclear by the medical
director of the department before the assist is given to the preclear.
Adequate literature supports these and even higher doses of glutamic acid.
During intensive processing the preclear should not starve himself. A
diet of coffee and sandwiches might slow his processing. He should eat a
high protein diet during the whole course of intensive processing. Chemical
assist is possibly not as effective when the preclear does not eat well,
the glutamic acid being absorbed as nutrition.
At those times when a preclear undergoing intensive processing does
not improve, it is policy either to sell or give him additional processing
but this should never be stated to the preclear before the intensive run is
entered upon for it drops his necessity level. The necessity level must be
kept high during the course.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH :-jh
Copyright(�) 1950
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[Important Note re Free Wheeling: On June 28,1951, in a lecture, "The
Completed Auditor," to the First Annual Conference of Hubbard Dianetic
Auditors, LRH gave a Final Report on Free Wheeling. In this lecture he said
that free wheeling does not benefit cases, and does not reduce engrams.]
GROUP DIANETICS
1 November 1950
Group Dianetics is almost an accomplished fact. Worked on for the past
three weeks, it has taken very sharp form. It is integrated from earlier
work, but the new facts demonstrate that cleared individuals are not
necessarily the immediate necessity of the cleared group. The group and the
individual, as to engrams and processing, are different things. This is
good news, since it means that we may have a chance against the anarchistic
social orders of the world which, ungoverned as a group of nations and over
governed as states, seem fatally inclined to get into another war.
L. RON HUBBARD
[The above is an excerpt from a paper entitled "Plans and Projects".]
LRH TAPE LECTURES
2-15 November 1950
5011C02 LECTURE Standard Procedure Tools-Accessibility-Starting
Case
5011C04 LECTURE Affinity, Communication and Reality
5011C08 LECTURE Child Dianetics
5011CO9 LECTURE Group Dianetics
5011C10 LECTURE Handling Psychotics
5011 C 11 LECTURE Educational Dianetics
5011C15 DEMO Demonstration Research
THE DIANETIC AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
Volume 1, No. 5 November, 1950
Official Publication of
The Hubbard Dianetic Research Foundation, Inc.
Elizabeth, New Jersey
The Processing of Children
L. Ron Hubbard
It is possible to process a child at any age level beyond the point
when he learns to speak. No extensive processing should be undertaken until
the child is at least five, and full dianetic processing is not encouraged,
except in very unusual circumstances, until the child is at least eight
years of age. Much good can be accomplished before eight by straight line
memory technique, but reverie should not be attempted before that age. In
the period from eight to twelve years the child may be processed by any of
the techniques outlined here. One should not force the child into the
prenatal area until after he is twelve years old. Sometimes a child will
willingly return to the basic area and if this happens naturally, engrams
can be reduced or erased. If a return to the basic area is made by the
child, it is to be accepted and treated as a matter of course, but the
auditor should not in any way force him to do so.
In all except severe cases, a child may be successfully processed by a
parent. In all cases, however, it is more difficult for a parent than an
outside auditor, since the parent, by dint of being a parent, is a
restimulator for the child. Even the tone of a parent's voice, without
similarity of word content, will sometimes act as a restimulator.
Nevertheless, with some intelligence and objectivity on the part of the
parent, it can be done. It should be set up as a well defined program
occurring in a slightly different form than any other household happening.
It should be a new, different, exciting game in which the rules are
slightly different from those of other forms of play. Even if the
processing is done by an auditor from outside the household, the parents
still form an essential part of the child's environment, and must be
educated into acceptance of the facts of Dianetics.
There are three major steps in the processing of children:
1. Prevent restimulation.
2. Break locks.
3. De-intensify painful emotion.
The parent should attempt to avoid the language which is in the
child's reactive bank. The emotions accompanying this language should also
be avoided, as well as any known duplication of situations which are likely
to have been recorded by the child's reactive mind. If the parent cannot
recall the incidents in which engrams might have been created, or if he
cannot remember the language used at that time, he can soon determine by
the child's reactions what sets of words and what kinds of emotion are in
the child's reactive bank. He should then be very careful to avoid this
language, especially when situations exist which might be engramic. Any
aberration in a child is evidence that a key-in has occurred, and the
situations in which the aberrations are most apparent will have similar
perceptics to the perceptics which were present when the engram was laid
in.
For example, one set of parents tried desperately to keep their child
from wetting the bed by continually telling him to go to bed and not to
drink any water before he went. In spite of this "education" the child
continued to wet the bed. Dianetic evaluation of this situation showed
immediately that something in the immediate situation
Copyright (�)1950 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
around the child was stimulating an engramic command which caused the bed
wetting. In this case, as in many others, the action taken in all good
faith by dianetically untrained parents was not preventing the aberration,
but rather was keeping it chronically keyed in. These parents found that
commands which meant reactively that if you are told not to drink water you
must urinate in the bed were contained in the birth engram. The actual
engram content was:
"The water is going to come."
"It'll break and go in the bed."
"Just lie there and let it go."
The engram was keyed out by removing the restimulators. When the
parents stopped telling the child not to drink water before he went to bed,
the bed wetting tapered off and then stopped entirely.
Locks can be contacted and blown through straight line memory
techniques. The parent can be of great help in this part of the process
because he knows pretty well when he has created a lock, especially in an
emotional blow-up of any kind. By remembering the standard pattern of his
dramatizations during emotional crises, he can help the child or the
child's auditor to find the locks which will best help the child to
overcome his difficulties. Whenever anaten* is present in the child, and it
is present when any engram is being restimulated, a lock can be created.
The resulting aberration will depend on the emotion and pain of the lock as
well as of the original engram. This fact, plus the nature of the
aberration, can be used to determine which locks should be investigated
first.
In a child, returning is a simple and natural mechanism, and the
technique of blowing locks is to use a combination of memory and recall.
Ask the child, for instance, if his mother ever bawled him out. If so, try
to get him to remember a specific incident. At this point many children
will close their eyes and return to the event. If the child can remember
the exact words his mother used, and the words of any other people in the
incident, allow him to run through it as often as it interests him. Most
locks will blow with a single recounting, and will cease to have any
aberrative effect on the child.
Grief can be contacted in a child as easily as in an adult. The chief
point of difference is that the grief will be on moments which seem not
very important to an adult. A child will have a definite sense of loss
when, for instance, his mother did not allow him to sail his boat on a
rainy day. The discharge over this type of grief engram will be small when
compared to the grief occasioned by the leaving of a favorite nurse, or the
loss of a pet, but any moment of grief which can be discharged will improve
the health and well-being of the child.
THE ACCESSIBILITY OF CHILDREN
The auditor who wishes to deal successfully with children must have,
above all, the ability to establish affinity with the child. This is a
problem of interesting the child in the incidents which have caused his
difficulty. A child's attention is badly scattered. He has not yet learned
to focus his attention well, and it is the part of the auditor to pick up
his attention and channel it back against the locks and grief engrams.
A child has a great natural sense of dignity. Do not talk down to a
child. Treat him with as much dignity as you can. You will find that the
child has weird misconceptions about many everyday things around him. Trace
these misconceptions to their source and you will usually find an adult who
has not taken the trouble to give this child the right data. Never talk
over a child's head to his parents. It is better to talk over the heads of
the parents to the child. Always work on a partnership basis with the
child.
One little boy was almost completely inaccessible at the beginning of
processing. He was very noncommittal about anything connected with his past
life and completely
* "Anaten" is coined from "analyzer attenuation" to describe the gradual
and variable nature of analyzer shutdown while avoiding the classical
implications of the word "unconscious."
silent in regard to his parents. Knowing that this behavior was not natural
to a child, his auditor asked suddenly, "Which one of your parents told you
they'd lick you if you told about their quarrels?" The little boy looked
startled, and then burst into tears. Subsequent investigation proved that
both parents had threatened him if he told anything about their fights. The
auditor who deals with children needs to understand that there may be
artificial barriers to the building of affinity with the child. In many
cases the child can best be processed by dealing with the parents.
STEPS IN ADDITION TO PROCESSING
Quite often the processing of a child inevitably involves more than
working with the child alone. Much of the aberration found in a child will
have come from a lack of dianetic knowledge on the part of the parents and
steps other than putting the child on a couch and removing locks and
running grief engrams need to be taken in the interests of preventing
restimulation.
There are three ways of treating a person dianetically, and all of
these ways are sometimes necessary in the processing of a child.
1. Standard processing procedures.
2. Dianetic education.
3. Shifting environment.
The case of the little boy who had been warned not to talk about his
parents' quarrels will serve to illustrate the type of action sometimes
required in addition to regular processing procedures. The measures taken
in this instance were rather extreme, but were necessary for the child's
health. Blowing of the locks on this case revealed that violent quarrels
occurred as a regular feature in the household, particularly during
mealtimes. It was not uncommon for dishes to be utilized as weapons, and
for the child to be caught in the line of fire. The child was continually
being restimulated at mealtime and was not being fed properly. During the
course of processing he had not only blown locks and grief over these and
other incidents, but had begun to pick up weight.
When the time came for him to return home, his auditor made the
suggestion that the child should be allowed to eat his meals in the
kitchen. Both parents immediately became very upset about what their boy
had told concerning their quarrels, and the situation seemed to indicate
that the parents were not going to be at all cooperative in keeping the
child from further restimulation. Since the parents in this particular
instance could not be reached with ordinary educational techniques, the
auditor merely informed them that if the child ate his meals away from the
family he would gain weight, and that if he did not gain weight the proper
authorities to prevent cruelty to children would be contacted. The child
gained weight.
DIANETIC EDUCATION OF PARENTS
The auditor who deals with children needs to evaluate the child's
environment from a dianetic viewpoint. In many cases it will be the parents
who need processing, not the child. In any case it is important that the
parent understand what key-ins are, and how to avoid them. One of the
important points to remember in this connection is that the "usual"
childhood illnesses quite often occur three days after some emotional upset
in the home. In processing the child, make sure to explore the area before
any illness he may have had for the key-in which helped to bring it on. The
first sickness of the child will help you locate the first key-in. If
enough of these are found in the child, the parents will be convinced of
the necessity of preventing further key-ins. If the child's processing does
not provide enough evidence to persuade the parents of the importance of
key-ins on the health of the child, it is a part of the processing of the
child to demonstrate on one of the parents that such key-ins do take place,
and that they affect health and happiness.
A small amount of education for the parents in the principles of Child
Dianetics will sometimes accomplish more than the same number of hours
spent in processing
the child. Perhaps the single most important point in such education is to
make clear to the parents the importance of giving goals to a child, and
that the most important goal is that of growing up to be an adult. A child
should have responsibility and independence commensurate with his status as
a child. He should have things which are wholly his, and about which he
decides everything. But under no circumstances should he be possessed
automatically of as much right as an adult in the sphere of the home. To
give him this is to remove the main goal of his life: growing up. The
child, cared for without question and trained toward nothing, loses his
prime incentive in life when the adults around him do not enjoy themselves
as adults, take pleasure in their rights as adults, and insist on their
rights as adults. When a child is kept dependent and shielded and
recompensed for being a child, his incentive for being otherwise is much
reduced, with a consequent deterioration of ability and a serious reduction
in the quantity of knowledge he will acquire since he does not see any real
reason to acquire it.
If a child is not robbed of his main goal, growing up, he can quite
often salvage himself. But the child's idea of the adult world depends on
the adults around him. If the child looks at mama and sees that she is
really a sort of nursemaid for him, and that he can make her do most
anything he wants her to do, and that she is always moaning and complaining
about having so much work to do, about her health, about a lot of things,
he is certain to conclude that he doesn't want to grow up to be like mama.
If he looks at papa and sees that papa works all day at the office, comes
home at night and sits in a chair doing nothing for the rest of the night,
and "plays" by pushing a little white ball around on the lawn, the child
may well decide that he doesn't want to be like papa, either. The child is
making a pretty good analysis of the situation if he decides that he'd
rather stay a child anyhow!
Education of the parent includes, of course, the basic ideas of
Preventive Dianetics. Don't talk around a sick or injured child. As soon as
anaten begins to depart after a minor accident, act to make the child
comfortable, but do not talk for many minutes. Don't leave the child in a
restimulative atmosphere. Don't take a child up from the middle of a nice
sleep and tell her repeatedly to "sit there in that chair and listen to
what a terrible thing it is to be married to a man," as one mother did Try
to keep the child away from highly charged dramatizations of any kind. Care
for the child efficiently, but quietly. Do not establish yourself as an
indispensable ally.
EDUCATION OF THE CHILD
If an auditor finds at the beginning of processing that the child he
is working with is in need of constructive things to do (and this will be
customary rather than unusual) it is sometimes a good thing to set up a
definite program of acquiring skills for the child. These should be
primarily bodily skills. This program can be used as a means of shifting
his environment slightly away from most of the restimulation he is getting.
Let the child pick his own program. Help him in setting it up, but if it is
specifically designed to be his program do not in any way insist on its
being carried out.
The child needs very little education in Dianetics, or in the dianetic
viewpoint toward children. These things are natural for him. He will
quickly come to look on his processing as an interesting game if the
auditor builds the situation up in this way.
SEMANTIC RE-ORIENTATION
In one respect the auditor can perform a very important function in
the education of the child. A child is almost always confused about the
world around him because of the labels which have been placed on objects by
adults who do not understand the serious nature of incorrectly labelling an
object for a child. Consider the case of a child who has had no previous
data concerning death who is read a poem about little tin soldiers and
angels with golden hair. If this is his first. understanding of the word
"death" it must be very puzzling to observe the adult reaction to death.
The impression made by this first misconception about the meaning of death
must somehow be obliterated before any accurate communication on the
subject can be made to the
child. The divergence between this first conception of death and all future
conceptions forms a troubled area in the filing system of the analyzer
which will tie up some of the available attention of the child until the
tension is resolved. The technique for accomplishing this is simply to
treat the original incorrect labelling as a lock incident and to lift the
tension from it by close present-time contact with it.
Sometimes a lack of semantic orientation will cause problems which
have such far-reaching implications that the resolving of the semantic
problem in the mind of the child will produce results which appear to be
miraculous. One little girl was failing in arithmetic. She was very bright
in other subjects and no reason suggested itself for her failure to be able
to do her work in this one subject. She was given a few problems, but
became hopelessly bogged down trying to work them.
Auditor: If an airplane is travelling at 10,000 feet at 2:00 P.M. and at
5,000 feet at 3:00 P.M., how far would a man have to fall to
reach the ground at 3:00 P.M.?
Little Girl: Gee! I dunno. Well, if it's ten thousand and then it's
five thousand. Honest. I can't tell you. It's really a problem.
Auditor: Is it just that problems bother you?
Little Girl: I guess so.
Auditor: Does anyone around here ever talk about problems?
Little Girl: Well, maybe mommy might talk about having lots of
problems.
Auditor: Has anyone ever called you a problem?
Little Girl: Well . . . no. I don't think so.
Auditor: Who might call you a problem?
Little Girl: Well, maybe mommy. Oh! You mean that kind of a problem!
The word had assumed its right meaning, and the little girl soon
started getting good marks in arithmetic.
SHIFTING ENVIRONMENT
An auditor may discover information which will make changes in the
environment of the child necessary for the child's health. Usually it is
possible to obtain the cooperation of the parents in making these changes.
There is a great deal of natural affinity between parent and child, and the
parent is usually genuinely interested in the welfare of the child. If it
can be demonstrated to the parent that his child's health will be adversely
affected if he visits his aunt and uncle every summer, this parent will
usually discontinue the visit.
Most of the changes necessary in a child's environment will be along
the line of removing him from the restimulative effect of allies. The
insidious way in which allies can completely undermine the health and
sanity of a child without even being aware of what they are doing is hard
to imagine unless you have examined it for yourself.
In one instance an auditor visited a girl in a hospital. When he
arrived he found that the grandmother had arrived previously, and that the
girl had developed a fever. A little questioning established the fact that
grandmother and the fever had arrived together. Straight line memory
contacted an illness at nine years of age during which grandmother had re-
established herself as an ally and insisted that she would be around any
time the little girl was sick. When this lock was blown, the fever went
down immediately and vanished completely in a few hours.
In this respect it is interesting to note that any person who
countermands the authority of a parent also undermines the independence of
the child. The child's reality consists largely of his relationship to his
parents. Any factor which comes between him and his parents is not good for
the growth of the child. Any relative or other person who interrupts the
communication between a child and his parents, no matter how well meaning
his efforts, and especially if he attempts to set himself up as another,
less
stem parent, is harming the health and sanity of the child. An auditor
should use every possible means to have such a person removed from the
immediate environment of the child.
SPECIAL PROBLEMS
The child is not capable of sustained concentration and should not be
extended in this regard. Even in working pleasure moments the auditor
should be careful not to attempt to keep the child concentrated on one
activity any longer than the child can accomplish without tiring. When it
is at all possible it is better to work every day with a child, since the
working period with a child is shorter. The length of time a child may be
able to work at one sitting may be very short, in some cases not more than
fifteen minutes to a half hour, but if the child is unable to concentrate
his attention for longer than this period, it will do no good at all to
attempt to keep him at it longer. In this respect it might be well to note
that although working time must necessarily be cut shorter, the amount of
good that can be accomplished in a child by these shorter sessions
sometimes seems miraculous to persons who have not tried using dianetic
techniques with children.
One problem which exists with children more than with adults is that
sometimes one or both of the parents will be actively against Dianetics. If
this has extended to the point of using dianetic terminology in a
disparaging way the task may be made even more difficult. The answer to
this problem is, of course, affinity and communication between the auditor
and the child. It is good in a case of this kind to emphasize even more the
"playing a game" approach, and to avoid use of dianetic terminology until
affinity is well established.
Another special problem with children is that the child will sometimes
not willingly enter a lock incident which appears light to an adult. One
way of getting around this is to ask the child to imagine a television or a
movie screen and to picture an incident similar to the lock on this screen.
Quite often the actual lock will appear on the screen. One word of warning
about this technique (which also may be used with adults on badly occluded
locks). Never tell the child that any part of any situation is imaginary or
a delusion.
Children, even more than adults, lose their grasp on reality when
their data is invalidated. If Junior's picture-screen image of mama has
green hair, do not point out to him that mama's hair is really red. Simply
run the lock through and proceed with processing. Eventually the data will
begin to straighten out in Junior's mind and he will volunteer the
information that mama's hair is really not green, but red, and that he knew
it all along.
DIVIDENDS
Nothing in Dianetics provides more thrill than to see a child regain
his grasp on reality. Once communication between an auditor and a child has
been definitely established, the results of processing in a child are
immediately apparent. A child grasps Dianetics easily, and it is not at all
uncommon to see him beginning to use the new memory games on mama and papa
and on playmates. Unless there is a very bad prenatal bank which has
already been keyed in, a child's perceptics are usually in good shape. It
is a pleasure to watch them regain their own data and re-establish its
validity.
Children become particularly adept at running out minor pain incidents
immediately after they occur. Since the latest bump or fall may be
contacted and the pain lessened or relieved completely by the child itself,
several auditors have taught their children the technique of taking care of
minor bruises.
Considering the high adaptability of children it was not at all
surprising when one professional auditor found his little girl out in the
backyard, with a look of grim determination on her face, running out the
licking papa had just administered!
ORGANIZATIONAL MEMORANDUM
November 16, 1950
FROM: L. Ron Hubbard
TO: DIANETICS
SUBJECT: AN ADDITION TO STANDARD PROCEDURE
1. The first addition to Standard Procedure since its issuance in
July of this year is generally promulgated herewith:
EVERY SESSION OF DIANETIC PROCESSING MUST BE ENDED BY
RUNNING ONE OR MORE PLEASURE MOMENTS BEFORE RETURN-
ING THE PRECLEAR TO PRESENT TIME, RETURNING HIM TO
PRESENT TIME, AND THEN USING STRAIGHT WIRE ON THE
SESSION OF PROCESSING JUST COMPLETED UNTIL IT IS IN FULL
ANALYTICAL RECALL.
2. In cases where this has been consistently overlooked, some hours
may be devoted with profit to running pleasure moments, thus recovering
attention units lost in actual processing. Further, in such cases, the
auditor, using Straight Wire, must start on the first Dianetic session the
pc ever had and work forward.
3. Using Straight Wire on processing sessions has three ends: to
knock out the locks occasioned by the processing itself, to more firmly fix
the pc in present time between sessions, and to break into the pattern of
returning in lieu of remembering and rehabilitate the pattern of
remembering.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH: ddb .rd
Copyright (�) 1950
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
INSTRUCTION PROTOCOL
OFFICIAL
L. Ron Hubbard
FOR STAFF ONLY-NOT FOR STUDENT OR GENERAL ISSUE
November 20, 1950
(This is the first instruction protocol issued over my signature. Any
earlier material circulated was for the purpose of gaining data in
order to prepare this protocol. LRH)
Any school of mental healing in the past has been victimized by that
irrationality known as psychosis. Dianetics, no matter if it has the answer
to psychosis, is yet victimized by its existence in the society.
Psychotics, people with histories of known breaks, of suicide
attempts, of homicidal tendencies, can yet be expected to apply for
instruction in Dianetics.
An adequate screen has been set up to inhibit the entrance of such
persons into training. A Minnesota Multiphasic, at least, must be given to
all applicants for certification course training. This very far from
guarantees insurance against enrolling a psychotic. Psychometry is not
accurate and varies from over-optimism to over pessimism about psychotics.
Therefore, all psychometry must be tempered by common sense. Also, it must
be modified by what we know Dianetics can readily do for people.
A psychotic discovered by screening should either be routed into
processing (if the case is mild and non-suicidal) or rejected. At such time
as the Foundations possess adequate and lawful housing facilities for the
retention of psychotics, those who might have been turned away may be
routed to the unit which has such facilities in its charge. Efforts are
being made, and others should be made, to procure such sanitarium
facilities wherein psychotics may be Dianetically processed.
Once enrolled, the applicant, any applicant, should be regarded to
some degree as a possible error in screening. A definite program of
allowance for possible screening errors must consistently be adhered to.
Experience has demonstrated that psychotics may be enrolled and
successfully released and trained. The strain on the school staffs,
however, has been great; and the cost of enrolling a psychotic definitely
exceeds the amount he has paid for his course. In Los Angeles, in August,
about thirty percent of those enrolled, it has been estimated, were
incipient psychotics. Turmoil was occasioned by this, training expense was
raised well above training income in each case. This does not argue,
however, that the enrolling and training of psychotics is without danger.
As an additional safeguard, the following observations should be taken
into account. Wherever any trouble has been had with a student in training,
One of the following factors has been present.
1. The student was run while tired or when lacking in proper food.
2. The auditing the student received was bad, extremely bad.
3. The student had in his environ, while in training, an individual
who definitely and demonstrably sought the mental failure of the
student.
4. Too many auditors worked on the student.
5. Dianetics, in the hands of some student, was crossed with an
older therapy.
Directors of Training and Team Captains should do all possible to
obviate the occurrence in training of any of the above five factors.
All training programs should have as their end the turning out of
certifiable students. This means that the student's own case must be
running well and that he must have absorbed maximal Dianetic information
and acquired maximal skill. Obviating the above five factors pays the
additional dividend of proofing the school against bogged-down cases, by
which is meant those cases, not psychotic, which cease to run well. The
above five factors not only threaten the psychotic, but are responsible in
bogged-down cases. A bogged-down case does not find himself able to absorb
information or acquire skill and certainly cannot be said to be running
well.
To militate against the above five factors, to prevent any untoward
incident should any psychotic slip through screening unobserved and to
prevent bogged-down cases, the following program is the official school
program.
The student is enrolled on a four-week course basis. At the end of
this course, if certifiable by all criteria, the student is granted a
limited certificate, printed in black and white, on which the words
LIMITED, EXPIRES SIX MONTHS FROM DATE, is printed boldly. In order to gain
an unlimited certificate, then, the student must, after graduation, release
two persons, one of a mental condition and the other of a serious chronic
somatic, and must furnish to the Foundation incontrovertible evidence from
a medical doctor and psychometrist that this has been accomplished. When
the Foundation receives such information and such incontrovertible
evidence, the Foundation then forwards an unlimited certificate to the
student. The student need not again appear at the Foundation. But on being
given his limited certificate, he is also given a written paper stating
exactly what he has to do to get his permanent certificate. The research
division will furnish the protocol for this-as to what is acceptable
evidence- and this protocol is based on what the research division can use
as a major proof case.
The student, however, is given an alternative. He knows that it will
be expensive for him to get examinations of patients and psychometry on
them. He may submit as one of his cases his own intensive run of a
Foundation patient or applicant, the Foundation doing the medical
examination and the psychometry for him. The charge to the student is on
the basis of one week's additional experience and instruction for $75.00.
This is cheaper than a case would cost him. He can actually stay for two
weeks and get both his cases from Foundation applicants and patients at a
cost of $75.00 for the additional (second) week. The advantage to him is
additional tips and instruction as he runs his first independent case or
cases, that the Foundation handles all examinations and that his permanent
certification is thus speeded up. The Foundation advantage is that it has a
better chance to observe prospective employees.
By this means and others, the school then arranges for every
applicant, within reason, to have a thirty-six hour run during his first
week by a student auditor in his fourth or fifth week. This is no part of
the guarantee. It is simply done. Directors of Training can then assign one
fairly reliable auditor to one incoming case and so obviate some of the
above five factors.
The protocol of training for a student is then as follows:
1. Entered after screening by psychometry and interview.
2. For the first week-a thirty-six hour intensive run and general
indoctrination.
3. For the second week-training in theory.
4. For the third week-training in practice, strongly supervised by
team captain, given adequate examples of auditing.
5. For the fourth week-additional training in practice; or, if good
enough, given a new enrollee for a thirty-six hour intensive.
(Does not count for permanent certification.)
6. For the fifth week, if enrolled-a thirty-six hour intensive on a
chronic aberration case or any case.
7. For the sixth week, if enrolled-a thirty-six hour intensive on a
chronic somatic case or any case.
The student's own case may be more or less neglected after his first
week of intensive running immediately after enrollment. If the case
requires further processing before limited certification can be given, the
student can make his own arrangements. He is there to be trained,
basically, not to be processed. Special arrangements for processing to the
end of being certified can be made by the Registrar.
This protocol has been developed after consultation with the
Foundation Registrar at Elizabeth, the Director of Training at Elizabeth
and upon observations made during the past five months. If followed
closely, it should adequately proof the schools against having psychotic
breaks occur in them and against cases bogging down. Further, it should
heighten the percentile of students certified.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:jwm.ddb.jh
STANDARD PROCEDURE LECTURES
Elizabeth, New Jersey
20 November-1 December 1950
L. Ron Hubbard left Elizabeth, New Jersey, for the West Coast on
Saturday, November 18th, where he spent some time preparing a new book.
When a preclear finishes reading this book, Ron said, "he won't be a book
auditor. He will be an auditor!"
-The Dianamic
20 November 1950
Not only did Ron start writing the book (see Science of Survival), but
he immediately gave ten lectures to the Professional Auditor's Course
students at the Hubbard Dianetic Research Foundation in Los Angeles,
California, starting Monday, November 20th and ending on Friday, December
1st. Notes on most of these lectures are included in the book Notes on the
Lectures of L. Ron Hubbard.
5011C20 STP-1 Thought, Life and the Material
Universe
** 5011C21 STP-2A Spectrum of Logic-Tone Scale
(also called Emotion, Parts 1 to 4) The mind
as a
computer, the use of infinity valued logic,
emotion,
the ARC triangle, and what is humor
** 5011C21 STP-2B Spectrum of Logic-The Tone Scale
(cont.)
** 5011C22 STP-3A Auditor's Code and Beginnings of
Standard Procedure
** 5011C22 STP-3B Standard Procedure (cont.)-
Accessibility-ARC
** 5011C24 STP-4A Case Entrance-Accessibility
** 5011C24 STP-4B Case Entrance (cont.)-Points of
Entrance-Non-Verbal
Factors
** 5011C25 STP-5A ARC and the Four Dynamics-
Accessibility Chart
** 5011C25 STP-5B ARC and the Four Dynamics (cont.)-
Circuitry
** 5011 C27 STP-6A Standard Procedure-Chronic
Somatics-Stuck on the
Track
** 5011C27 STP-6B Straight Memory-Affinity, Reality
& Communication-
Tone Scales
** 5011C28 STP-7A Valences and Demon Circuits
(morning lecture)
5011C28 STP-7B Title unknown (probable
continuation of Valences and
Demon Circuits)
** 5011C29 STP-8A Circuits, Valences, Accessibility,
ARC
** 5011C29 STP-8B Straight Memory Techniques
** 5011C30A STP-9 Rudimentary Data on Groups
5011C30 STP-9B Questions & Answers (notes
on this exist)
5012C01 STP-10 Group Dianetics
THE DIANETIC AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
Volume 1, No. 6 December, 1950
Official Publication of
The Hubbard Dianetic Research Foundation, Inc.
Elizabeth, New Jersey
Handling the Psychotic
L. Ron Hubbard
Man's chief weapon in the struggle for survival has been the
analytical mind. It is his ability to act rationally that has brought man
to his present position of dominance over the other forms of life on this
planet. The story of the rise of civilization is the story of man's
increasing rationality in the governing of his life. Despite the tremendous
job of breaking away from the encystment of old habit patterns, and despite
the insidious nature of the contagion of aberration, most of the areas of
man's activity are at least partly rational. Only in one area has man made
very little progress. Man has not learned to be rational about
irrationality.
THE USUAL REACTION TO PSYCHOSIS
When confronted with the complete irrationality of psychosis, the
first reaction is generally one of fear and terror. The average person,
observing a psychotic for the first time, will feel a sweep of terror
through him that is somehow connected with his own ability to survive. This
is the most incomprehensible of all types of conduct. This psychotic has
thrown away the thing which differentiates him from the lower animals. He
seems, because of this one reason, less than human. Yet obviously, from his
appearance, he is a part of the human race. But, if the human race should
evolve in this direction it would no longer be human. After only a short
contact with a psychotic, the average person begins to feel that he is not
dealing with a human being, but with a thing that is not an animal, but
most certainly not human, either.
The built-in reactive mind reaction to psychosis is not only that the
psychotic has forfeited his own personality, but that he has forfeited his
right to be a human being. Immediately after this sub-monitor-level
computation is made, the attitude of the normal person toward a psychotic
becomes punitive.
In a thousand years the phrases have changed somewhat, but the intent
is still the same. "Kill him! Do away with him!" has changed to, "Take him
away! Lock him up!"
"The devil is in him! Tie him to the whipping post!" has become a bit
quieter: "He's not himself. Give him shock treatment."
"He'll kill us all! Throw him in the dungeon!" is now much more
polite: "He may injure himself. He should be given a complete rest."
The slight change in attitude reflected by these changes in the
language is all to the good, and should be heartily commended. Nevertheless
the old feelings of terror have only a thin veneer of politeness over them,
and the result as far as the psychotic is concerned is not much better. He
is still shunted aside, put out of sight, thought of not as a person, but
as something that is not quite human, and not quite an animal.
The confusion of personality with the reasoning faculty is very much
in evidence in the reaction of an average family to a psychotic break. For
a day or so, the family will continue to regard the person who has had a
psychotic break as a human being. Then, bit by bit, they begin to excuse
his irrationality on the basis that he is "not himself". By this time, fear
begins and irrationality sets in. The family will begin to avoid the use of
the person's name in their conversation. "What'll we do with him? We
Copyright �1950 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
can't let him run around loose. He's liable to hurt someone. We'll have to
get rid of him. He won't know the difference anyway, the way he is now."
Gradually the emphasis shifts from taking care of a real person to
taking care that others are not hurt by something which is not a real
person. The family is generally very glad to shift the responsibility for
solving this vexing problem into the hands of a professional person who is
trained to handle the situation.
THE ATTITUDE OF THE PROFESSIONAL
Unfortunately, this shift is not always accompanied by a shift in
attitude toward the psychotic. The professional bends his efforts toward
making the psychotic an acceptable member of society, not toward helping
him to regain his rationality. All too often, the highest goal of the
professional person who deals with a psychotic is what is called a
remission. This means that the psychotic can be handled by ordinary people,
that he will not cause trouble, and so can be released from confinement. It
means that the psychotic will not harm society. It says absolutely nothing
about the psychotic himself.
The professional is not immune from the wish to do something to the
psychotic. He, too, has changed his terminology in the past thousand years,
and has refined his techniques. No longer does he house his patient in a
dark, stone dungeon. Now he pads the cell! No longer does he publicly flog
the miscreant, he privately and discreetly induces an artificial convulsion
by running an electric current through his brain. No longer does he burn
his patients' eyes out with a red hot poker, or cut off his tongue. He has
recognized that the tongue is not responsible for what the psychotic says,
nor the eyes for what he sees, so he turns to the brain which controls
these members. Now he cuts, and digs, and slices at the brain itself with
the most antiseptic of weapons, and in a small percentage of cases,
produces a remission.
One successful prefrontal lobotomy was performed on a man who was most
unhappy because he could hear voices. After the operation, he could still
hear voices, but he was no longer unhappy about it. Before the operation,
he was still fighting to be a sane and happy person. Afterwards, there was
no fight left in him, and very little rationality. The doctors who
performed the operation were very happy with the results.
Most medical men have a sincere interest in helping those who come to
them for help. They are not to be censured for their inability to resist
the behavior patterns which permeate society. At the same time, now that
the real basis for irrationality has been discovered, they certainly should
not be encouraged in a pattern of conduct which is so damaging to others.
PRESENT OUTLOOK
Dianetics cannot, at this moment, offer a completed program for the
processing of all psychotics, no matter how badly they have been handled.
Our work with persons who have had electric shock seems to indicate that
most of the damage done to the nervous system by shock can be repaired by
the body after dianetic processing. At any rate, a number of electric
shocks have been run out as engrams, and the results in restoring sanity to
the preclears who have been processed in this way are definitely
encouraging. Some work has also been done with persons who have a part of
their brain missing, and these persons also respond to dianetic processing,
but, of course, the destruction of brain tissue introduces a wild variable,
and results are also wildly variable.
Psychotics who have not been treated with shock of any type, or with
surgery, may be successfully processed using the techniques outlined in
Dianetics: The Modern Science of Mental Health as amplified by the material
presented in The Dianetic Auditor's Bulletin. Data on the processing of
psychotics is growing, and a new synthesis of these data will probably
yield fresh techniques for the processing of psychotics, particularly in
regard to accessibility. Such a synthesis will be made within
the next few months, and a full report will be made at that time. In the
meantime, much can be accomplished through the use of standard procedure
processing and the hints which are given in this article. Immediately,
however, three things can be accomplished:
1. Persons who understand that a psychotic is merely a person who
does not have enough attention in present time to be able to act
rationally, can stop being irrational about psychosis.
2. These people can help to keep others from being irrational about
a psychotic.
3. There need be no despair about psychosis. Something can be
done.
THE CLASSIFICATION OF PSYCHOTICS
A better definition of the dividing line between psychosis and
neurosis is needed. The difference appears to be in whether "I", the
awareness of awareness, has been completely taken over by an engram, a
series of engrams, or a demon circuit. A neurotic person has not given up
the strain of keeping some of his attention in present time, and will not
do so until forced by chronic, constant restimulation to do so. When this
happens, the neurotic suddenly becomes psychotic: a psychotic break has
occurred.
As a neurotic person enters the section of the dwindling spiral of
restimulation in which he is in danger of becoming psychotic, his hold on
the reality around him becomes more and more frantic. He will cling
desperately to the avenues of communication open to him. The attention
which is still available for present time use will try in every possible
way to stay in present time against the pull of the restimulated engram.
But this very narrowing of the possibility of awareness in itself
constitutes a lessening of the chance to remain stabilized, and bit by bit,
the attention becomes more caught up in the engram or series of engrams
which is in such violent restimulation. The last stage of the struggle is
almost visible in the face of the person undergoing it. Then, suddenly, the
last bit of attention is caught by the reactive mind and forced out of
present time. The form of the psychosis depends entirely on the type of
engram or circuit which is in restimulation.
In general, there are three types of psychotics: Computational,
dramatizing, and the psychotic with missing parts.
A computational psychotic is sometimes able to act more like a normal
person than a severe neurotic. Such a person has been caught up completely
by a demon circuit, and all of the communication to this person and from
him is filtered through this circuit. If the circuit is not of a type that
restricts too much the activity of the mind, such a person may well be able
to conduct a fairly normal kind of life. Since a demon circuit is able to
make elementary computations, this person will be able to act with a slow,
stumbling sort of rationality in areas which do not contradict the engramic
commands which set up the circuitry. Since the current norm requires only a
small area of rationality, such persons are sometimes able to pass as
normal. If, as is more generally the case, the circuitry is of a type that
affects most of the activity in which a person engages, the answers which
are possible to the person may be so restricted that it becomes obvious
that there is no real communication with his environment. Such a person
will be institutionalized, but will be considered a "good" patient by the
authorities at the institution: slow, dull-witted, perhaps capricious, but
rarely violent.
The dramatizing psychotic is almost always recognized as a psychotic.
Such a person is caught either in one engram or in a series of engrams. He
will play through a literal recording of the engram on any occasion. He
will switch from valence to valence during the playback of these recordings
with amazing rapidity. He will pick up new valences from the people around,
and will, in general, occupy any valence other than his own. His reaction
to the command phrases of the engrams is literal and he is solely dedicated
to carrying out these commands. The bewildering variety of the classes of
psychotics is simply due to the language which is used while engrams are
being formed.
The dramatizing psychotic has formed, prior to Dianetics, the most
incomprehensible and the most irrational of all the classes of behavior.
They form the bulk of
those who are considered insane, and are generally thought to be hopeless
unless they respond to shock therapy of one kind or another. A knowledge of
engrams and the action of engrams is all that is necessary to enable a
person of normal intelligence to understand the actions of a dramatizing
psychotic. These actions are overt engrams- engrams face-to-face.
The psychotic who has part of his brain missing is not difficult to
spot. He is not so much a case of irrationality, as of simply an inability
to be rational. Something is missing from this person and it can be felt
much more easily than it can be described. They may or may not dramatize,
but if they do, it will not follow the same set kind of pattern which is
followed by the dramatizing psychotic. Mostly, they simply are not able to
control themselves in some fashion or another.
These persons can be helped by dianetic processing, but a complete job
of rehabilitation would be manifestly impossible for them.
It is a remarkable fact that a great deal of the nervous system can be
destroyed by disease or injury or surgery without making the person
completely beyond help. Unless the portion of the brain regulating bodily
functions has been seriously damaged you can normally do something.
If a person is dramatizing in any way, he is dramatizing out of an
engram. If the engram is there, and there is any way at all of
communicating with the psychotic, you can do something about reaching the
engram and relieving the tension on it.
PROBLEMS PECULIAR TO PSYCHOTICS
There are many problems in working with a psychotic which an auditor
will not encounter in processing the average case. The difficulty of
finding proper working conditions, for instance, is much greater when
dealing with a psychotic than with an average case. Psychotics are apt to
make more noise and to demonstrate much more violently than the average
case, and the problems of securing a proper place for processing are thus
increased. In addition, psychotics frequently must be cared for constantly,
and the securing of these services in an institution which will also grant
free access to the auditor is sometimes a difficult problem. Nevertheless,
something can be done.
One preclear was recently released from a state institution, even
though the auditor only worked during visiting hours, releasing grief and
blowing locks.
Another peculiarity in working with psychotics is that an auditor
cannot expect to be able to do full processing every minute of the time he
spends with a psychotic. Sometimes it is necessary to spend several hours
in attempted processing in order to accomplish ten minutes of actual
processing. Fortunately, the ten minutes thus accomplished will have effect
in the psychotic far beyond ten minutes of processing in the average
person. A psychotic has so little attention available that even when a
small amount is released, the effect is sometimes astonishing.
The problems of working with electric shock and insulin shock are
likely to be encountered when dealing with a psychotic. This may be true
even though all the information you get from the psychotic or from his
relatives and friends indicates that he has never been in an institution
and has never had shock of any kind. Unfortunately, there is still a
tendency in the society to hide a psychotic away from the public, and to
make a dark secret out of the fact that someone in a family has been a
psychotic. The fact that almost all psychosis is not hereditary does not
seem to alter the feeling that psychosis is something which should make all
persons connected with a psychotic ashamed for him. This hiding away of
information which is very much needed by anyone who attempts to deal with a
psychotic is, of course, foolish and inconsistent, but it can be expected.
If your preclear is psychotic, always expect to find shock of some
kind in his bank, no matter what information you are given about him. The
running out of electric shock and insulin shock is quite difficult and
should not be attempted except by an experienced auditor. The techniques
used for this will appear in a future Bulletin article.
Psychotics are often subjected to hypnosis and, if so, may be stuck in
these hypnotic incidents. Hypnosis, like shock, must be run before prior
events are contacted.
One more problem which is more usual in psychotics is the problem of
tampering by outsiders. The psychotic must be cared for by others until he
can take care of himself, and these persons are, for some time to come,
likely to be curious about dianetic techniques. Your preclear may be called
on the carpet and grilled at some length over what was done in your
sessions. He may have his data constantly invalidated. Some hospital
authorities will add locks and engrams as fast as an auditor can pull them
out, sometimes with the best of intentions.
One auditor arrived at a hospital to treat a psychotic only to find
that the potential preclear had died before he had ever seen her. A careful
and searching investigation revealed that the hospital authorities had
tried to have this elderly woman in the best possible condition for the
auditor, and had given her an electric shock to prepare her for processing!
The woman's spine had been fractured.
Until dianetic processing has become the standard method of dealing
with psychotics, such tragedies are likely to continue. Let us hope that
such completely muddled thinking as brought about this tragedy will not go
on for much longer. Widespread knowledge of Dianetics should quickly bring
about needed reforms in the treatment of psychotics.
FAMILY RELATIONSHIPS
If the human world were built along rational lines, an auditor could
expect to obtain his best support and counsel from the family of a
psychotic. There are rare occasions when one or more members of a family
can be relied upon to act rationally about irrationality, but in general,
families are peculiarly unable to act sanely about the psychotic. The
reason for this is quite obvious when you consider the probable content of
the engram banks of the people who make up a family.
Most families have a great many engrams and a great many standard
dramatizations in common. In other words, the same irrational patterns
which occur in your preclear will also occur, in most instances, in the
members of his family. Do not expect rational action from the psychotic's
family. Usually, the best they will be able to do is to take another
valence of the same engram. If the preclear is a paranoid, they will only
be able to go over and over the other side of some dramatization: "You
don't have to worry. They're not after you. Why, nobody'd hurt you. Can't
you see there's nobody wants to hurt you." This, of course, was originally
sound advice to somebody, but reasoning with irrationality is like catching
elephants with a popcorn popper: It would be a pleasant way of doing
things, but it won't work.
It's like a problem in semantics. Reason and irrationality are on
different levels of abstraction. One cannot be brought to bear on the other
until it is transferred to the same level of abstraction. Once you do that,
the problem disappears. Either you have irrationality battling it out with
irrationality, or you have rationality. Dianetic processing is a means of
transferring irrational patterns to the rational level of abstraction.
The sincerely felt attempts by a psychotic's family to reason with his
aberration normally drive him farther into the pattern of his
irrationality. Playing through the other side of the engram in which he is
held will only result in his being caught more firmly by the engram.
Even in the unusual case of a person in a family who is unaberrated
enough to act rationally about a psychotic in his own family, there is
still a problem of restimulation to be considered. The voice tones,
mannerisms, methods of expression, emotional reactions of any member of a
family will be found in the reactive bank of any other member of that
family. This definitely does not preclude auditing by a member of the
family, but it does mean that processing by a member of the same family is
especially difficult for an uncleared auditor, and that the factor of
unnecessary restimulation in the preclear must be taken into consideration.
It is one of the problems of working with psychotics, that the people
who are most genuinely interested in the condition of the preclear are
least able to help directly
in the process. Nevertheless, it can be done. A member of a psychotic's
family can successfully process the psychotic, and can achieve remarkable
results. It has been done. It is being done.
ACCESSIBILITY
The major problem in processing a psychotic is accessibility. There
is, at present, no established procedure for accomplishing this. It has
been a recognized problem for many years, and a number of techniques have
been devised, but this is one area in which the auditor must rely on his
own improvisations. One factor works in favor of the auditor. He knows the
anatomy of the engram, and knowing this, is able to understand many types
of behavior that are utterly incomprehensible to persons who do not have
this knowledge.
In addition, the degree of accessibility required for dianetic
processing is much smaller than that of many other ways of dealing with a
psychotic. An auditor who has once gained the attention of a psychotic for
ten minutes should be able to accomplish enough in that ten minutes to make
the problem of accessibility much simpler from then on. One of the most
gratifying things about dealing with a psychotic is the rapidity with which
he responds to processing. Even if the amount of attention released to a
psychotic seems incredibly small (one yawn, a few tears) the resulting
stabilization of his behavior in present time may be astonishing.
There are many tricks in gaining accessibility, but one principle
underlies all of them. Get into communication with basic personality
through affinity.
The simple assumption by an auditor that the psychotic is not some
strange, non-human form of life, but is a reasonable human being who is
operating from a frame of reference somewhere in his past life rather than
in present time will do a very great deal toward establishing this
affinity. Until an auditor has had sufficient experience in Dianetics to
understand this thoroughly, it is not recommended that he attempt work on a
psychotic.
The approach which Homer Lane used on occasion, remarking to some
homicidal maniac, "I understand you can help me!" may be found useful.
Sometimes simply taking a long walk with a psychotic, giving him
exercise until he is very tired, will help you in gaining the few minutes
of communication you must have with him.
It is of utmost importance that an auditor should have full confidence
that something can be done for the psychotic. This point again underscores
the importance of a genuine, firsthand acquaintance with the way engrams
aberrate. Once the simple, mechanical point is grasped emotionally as well
as intellectually that ALL ABERRATION IS DUE TO ENGRAMS it follows
irrefutably that something can be done with any person who can be induced
to recount his engram to a person who is in communication with him. A
dianetic auditor, understanding why the psychotic acts the way he does and
says the things he does, is in a position to be in communication with the
psychotic. A person whose sole attempt is to try to force present-time
reality on a person who is caught in a past-time event, is in no such
position.
A point of note in the gaining of accessibility is that intelligence
varies greatly during the day, or during a week, or during a month. This is
well recognized already, and it will be possible to check this cycle with
an intelligent nurse or doctor. One psychotic, for instance, was kept in a
wet pack in the mornings, but in the afternoons displayed much more
intelligence. This was, of course, a response to an engramic command, and
once the command was lifted the wet pack in the morning was discontinued.
Pick your preclear up at the highest point of his rationality and work with
him at those times.
There are four types of treatment which will not help and should be
avoided at all costs.
1. Never be a taskmaster. A psychotic is like a child in that you must
deal very gently with the good reactions you get from him. He cannot be
forced, and will react badly to any suggestion that processing will be
forced on him. Most psychotics have
had too much forced on them already. They will yield to gentle persuasion
backed with genuine affinity.
2. Never, never, never punish. Nobody was ever cured of anything by
swearing or beating. Nor was anyone ever cured by the more modem method of
hosing down. Surely there has been enough of this in the history of
mankind. Dianetics is a tool which can be used to make punishment
unnecessary.
3. Do not attempt to appeal directly to the rationalizing portion of a
psychotic's mind. "Now, George, you know that what you are saying just
couldn't be true!" is in direct opposition to what George knows to be true.
The words and the situations he is describing are more real to him than
present time. They are true, but merely displaced in time. Explaining
phobias never alleviated them. Reliving the incident which caused the
phobia a sufficient number of times and with a sufficient part of the
attention focused on the event will automatically "explain" the phobia to
the individual who had it, to such an extent that any further explanation
by any other individual, no matter how learned, is not only superfluous,
but laughable.
4. Do not use hypnotics or depressants or attempt to work with a
person under their influence. Dianetics wakes people up. It does not put
them to sleep. Engrams may be contacted when a person is under the
influence of a depressant, but they will not reduce or erase without the
greatest difficulty.
If an auditor can secure the cooperation of a medical doctor it may be
found useful to use stimulants. Follow the doctor's advice about what
stimulants to try and about dosages. In the absence of a physician, strong
black coffee is sometimes of assistance in waking up the analyzer enough to
establish communication.
When a psychotic has reached the point where he does not talk at all,
or does not hear when spoken to, other measures may have to be taken to
attract attention. A strong, steady light, a flashing light, a steady
monotonous noise have been found useful. Again, these are matters which
require individual initiative on the part of an auditor, and, whenever
possible, should be left for a Hubbard Dianetic Auditor who has had
experience with other, milder types of psychosis.
PROCESSING TECHNIQUES
Psychotics run very much like an ordinary case with all the stops out.
Once in reverie, there is a marked difference in the way a psychotic runs,
but the difference is one of degree rather than of kind. A psychotic will
frequently have every engram in the bank open and yelling for reduction.
The difficulty is frequently not one of scarcity of material, but control
of the huge amounts of material which present themselves. This is also true
of the person who is near a psychotic break.
Once Basic Personality has been contacted, an auditor can count on a
high necessity-level drive for getting rid of engrams from a psychotic.
Sometimes there will be very bad tangles in the time track, but these can
be handled through the ordinary techniques of running out groupers and
misdirectors. In addition, the effects of the treatment of psychotics often
thoroughly mix up the person in the chronological filing of the events of
his life. This is always true of electric shock and insulin shock.
Psychoanalysis sometimes seems to loosen up the entire bank, and a person
who has been exposed to long series of psychoanalytical treatment is often
an incipient psychotic who will try to run everything in the reactive bank
at the same time.
Most psychotics have a tendency toward rather violent reliving. With
an ordinary person it is sometimes an effort to teach the habit of allowing
enough attention to go back into past events to contact the event fully
enough for erasure. This problem is reversed with a psychotic. It is
frequently an effort to keep enough attention in present time to cause an
erasure. This should be evident from the description given of the nature of
psychosis. One thing is in favor of the auditor on this score. When any
attention, no matter how small, is released from its eternal circling
through one engram in a psychotic, that attention is eagerly grabbed up by
"I", the awareness of awareness, and immediately goes to work to stabilize
the person in present time.
A psychotic who has reached the stage where present-time communication
is
impossible, but who is still trying to communicate some past event does not
offer a serious problem in establishing communication. One technique used
is based on the principle of "button pushing". Simply listen to this
muttering of disconnected words and phrases long enough to catch one of the
recurring patterns. Those words are your button. Push the button over and
over again by repeating the words to the psychotic. This will probably draw
his attention to you. In time he may get angry, cry a little, and then
shrug as though those words had no more significance for him. They don't
for the moment. They have lost part of their charge, and what they have
lost has gone into the analytical mind, and will from that moment work for
you rather than against you.
One psychotic was started on the road to recovery when an auditor
discovered her talking about how no one loved her, and discovered that she
had often been left alone as a child. "Poor Mary, all alone. No one loves
you," brought a flood of tears and the beginning of a new life to one near-
hopeless psychotic.
WORKING NEAR THE BREAK
Most auditors will be faced with the problem of working with a person
who has never been classed as a psychotic, but who is very near a psychotic
break. This is a ticklish situation, and should be entered only in a
circumstance where the utmost care can be exercised. The working rules
which are outlined below, apply equally well to a psychotic and to a near-
psychotic. To work with either class of persons late at night is to ask for
trouble. It is much better to place a near-psychotic in an unrestimulative
environment, and to give him plenty of rest and food before beginning
processing. It is not the time to work when he has started down the
dwindling spiral. After his necessity level has reacted and he is trying to
fight his way back up is the perfect time for processing.
One aspect of changing the environment of a person near a psychotic
break needs special emphasis. Not only is a person near a break usually
tired and improperly fed, he usually has too many people making too many
demands on him. His communication lines are strained. Do not place an
additional strain on his attention by giving him one more person to try to
fit into the switchboard. Take him away from too many people.
GENERAL WORKING RULES
The following working rules apply to all processing, but especially to
processing psychotics or near-psychotics.
1. Do not work when you are too tired. It is better not to audit when
you are below a tone three.
2. Do not work when your preclear is too tired. This is especially
dangerous in a near-psychotic.
3. Do not change auditors when it is at all possible to avoid the
change.
4. Do not mix any other form of treatment with Dianetics. This is
especially dangerous in an institutionalized psychotic. One preclear who
had neared the point of release from a hospital was thrown into a temporary
spin when one of the doctors used the probing, "you're responsible" type of
questioning all too common in mental institutions.
5. Keep your courage no matter how violent your preclear is. If he
picks up a chair and starts to hit you over the head, simply say in an even
voice, "Go back to the beginning of that, please!" Most of the time he will
do so. Remember that your preclear is acting sanely within the framework of
the engram he is caught in. Of course you must defend yourself, but do so
with your wits and you will accomplish something by it.
6. Remember that there is only one good way out of an engram, and that
is through it.
7. Get Basic Personality on your side and work with it. You will like
Basic Personality, and it will like you. No human being is basically not
likable. Build affinity with your preclear.
8. Never give up. Something can be done.
9. Work with a physician whenever possible. Nothing in Dianetics is at
variance with the best medical thought, and Dianetics has no quarrel with
the medical profession. Enlist the aid of a doctor whenever possible,
always specifying that no technique other than Dianetics is to be used on
the preclear. Normally, a doctor will be actually very interested in what
you are doing, even though he may scoff officially. When you obtain
results, he may become openly interested.
10. Do not work with severely neurotic or psychotic persons until you
have had some experience with more normal preclears. Under no circumstances
try a part of Dianetics on a psychotic or near-psychotic person. Unless you
understand the simple, basic principle that engrams cause aberration, you
should not process anybody, and especially psychotic or near-psychotic
persons.
11. DO NOT ATTEMPT TO WORK A PSYCHOTIC WHO IS UNDER SEDATION. A
psychotic has very little attention in present time even under the best of
circumstances. He must be caught at his best moments, when he is most
awake, in order to bring the attention loosened up by processing back into
present time. Sedation will destroy the opportunity for this. Even persons
who have most of their attention in present time do not work well under
sedation (some sedatives make processing completely impossible), and this
is even more true for the psychotic than for the normal or above-normal
person.
STRAIGHT LINE MEMORY
The beginning of processing in a psychotic will be almost exclusively
in straight line memory. It is unwise to attempt to do anything at all with
prenatal engrams until after the psychotic has already become stable. This
is not a rule which must be followed in every case, but it should be
followed unless the prenatals are forced on the auditor by the file clerk.
The problem with a psychotic is one of getting enough attention units
stabilized in present time so that he can begin real processing. The
psychotic with attention units permanently in present time is no longer a
psychotic, but a neurotic, and he will be able to live like a normal person
while continuing his processing.
To work a psychotic through prenatal engrams would be merely to cause
him to be stuck in more places on the time track than he had been before.
All work must be directed toward getting attention into present time, and
there will be more than enough attention tied up in locks to bring any
psychotic back up to the current norm.
Occasionally a psychotic will go immediately to a grief incident, and
this, of course, should be followed up and encouraged. More often, the
auditor will have to work for some time getting small amounts of attention
off irritated areas by straight line memory before the psychotic can
stabilize enough for more than minor grief engrams. In almost all cases a
grief engram is the only type of engram which should be attempted while a
person is still psychotic.
In the psychotic as well as in other persons, the greatest amount of
release of attention will normally come from the removal of grief, and
after one major grief discharge, a psychotic may stabilize out of that
classification. This has already happened in one case.
There are nineteen million persons in the United States who have been
institutionalized for one reason or another. Dianetics offers a hope to
these and to millions of others who have nearly reached the point of
breaking under the dwindling spiral of aberration which has already set in,
in this civilization. To ignore Dianetics without giving it an honest
trial, to overlook any possibility it may contain for halting the downward
spiral at this critical point in man's history, is like a drowning man
refusing to climb into a lifeboat when nothing else is in sight which
offers the slightest hope of saving him.
LRH TAPE LECTURES
Los Angeles, California
7-19 December 1950
501 2C07 LECTURE A C R
* 5012C19 LECTURE Chain Scanning
LRH TAPE LECTURES
(specific dates unknown)
C LECTURE Effort-Axioms-Thought-Emotion
C LECTURE Electropsychometer
C LECTURE Group Auditor's Course
C LECTURE How To Handle a Pc
03C22 LECTURE Impulses of a Thetan (first morning
lecture)
C LECTURE Science Fiction
** 50 C A LECTURE Emergency Measures (when
unfamiliar with the case)
-Talk to Students [4 minutes]
** 50 C B LECTURE Push Buttons [10 minutes]
50 C LECTURE Emotion-ARC-The Tone Scale
50 C DEMO The Use of Q&A
50 C LECTURE Group Process for HAS
Associate Groups
50 C DEMO Insulin Shock Demo
50 C LECTURE Outline of Dianetic
Standard Procedure
50 C LECTURE Prenatal Engrams
50 C LECTURE Standard Procedure Steps
50 C LECTURE Tone Scale Emotion
50 C LECTURE The Triangle Puzzle
[While every attempt has been made to verify the correct date and title of
lectures, we have been unable to identify the dates the above lectures were
given. If you know correct dates for any of the above, please write to "The
Editors" at the address given on page iv, giving full particulars.]
CERTIFICATION BOARD
DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES
Effective for first class or processes
concluding after January 1, 1951
The Certification Board of a certified auditors' school has as its
chief responsibility the certifying of students of the school. As such it
is one of the most responsible and trustworthy posts of the Foundation and
can be manned only by the most trustworthy personnel.
The Board is headed by the Chief Examiner. He is the only full-time
member of the Board. He may request, to aid him in check-running and
examining students, auditors from the Processing Units or from the Clearing
centers but he must not overstrain either organization. He is not to use,
for check-runs, instructing auditors from the school. It is expected that
the Chief Examiner deliver, himself, examinations to the students. And it
is not expected that he certify anyone unless he himself has interviewed
the person.
The Board has a dual purpose. First, it has in its charge the
certification of students and second, it has in its charge the awards given
to instructing auditors and to auditors in the Processing Units.
FOR 4-WEEK STUDENTS
The student is expected to receive an oral and a written examination
and a check on his auditing skill as measured by his actual performance in
the 4th week on his intensive assigned preclear. Should the student pass
these successfully, the Certification Board awards him a temporary
certification as a Dianetic Auditor. This certificate is lettered exactly
like the final certificate but it has no engraving on the border and it has
printed diagonally across it in outlined letters, TEMPORARY CERTIFICATE
EXPIRES ________ (date to be written in, date to be six months from the
date of issue). The temporary certificate is conditional upon the temporary
auditor's delivering to the Board of Certification, by mail or otherwise,
completely satisfactory evidence as to his having released a mental
aberration or a psychosomatic illness of some magnitude. This evidence must
be in the nature of validation material and its protocol is severe. For the
mental aberration case, psychometry must be given to the temporary
auditor's preclear before and after, and the psychometry must be of a kind
as to bear the most rigid examination. For the psychosomatic illness before
and after medical examinations must be made with complete laboratory tests
and X-rays where indicated. Such evidence must be signed by a doctor. The
evidence, further, must be in compact form and yet must give the Dianetic
history of the case.
The Board of Certification gives to each temporary auditor a printed
or mimeographed form explaining exactly what is wanted by the Board before
it awards permanent certification. The Board makes it known to the
temporary auditor that the Foundation will furnish him with both preclears
and testing service should he wish to remain at the Foundation and complete
his work for permanent certification there, a charge being made to the
certified auditor for such service.
FOR 6-WEEK STUDENTS
The standard certifying course of the Foundation schools is six weeks
in duration. During this period the student will have processed three (3)
persons, all of them on an intensive basis. Certification of such students
can be based on observation of them in actual auditing sessions, on the
psychometry of their preclears and upon oral and written examinations. The
straight check-run becomes unnecessary if the Chief Examiner observes them
while they are actually auditing.
Permanent certification is awarded by the Chief Examiner. The certificate
is handed out at the conclusion of training, if awarded.
In accordance with the organizational memorandum about awards, the
Board of Certification informs the administrator concerning the number of
students who have been certified each week and the name of their
instructor. Further, the Board of Certification reviews the psychometry of
all persons processed by the Processing Unit and sends a statement to the
administrator concerning those who, in the period between the before and
the after psychometry, increased in their total intelligence factors 25
points, as registered by the California Test for Mental Maturity or a
corresponding rise in a similar test and the name of the auditor who did
the processing. This list of certifications of temporary auditors shall
each week contain the names of all the students in the class with those
temporarily certified designated and shall be in such form as to be
conspicuously posted by the administrator. The processing list shall
likewise contain the names or reference numbers of all those processed and
those who attained the rise in total factors and the name or names of the
auditors processing them, so that it can be posted. The Board of
Certification is held responsible if the posting does not take place. In
special cases of processing, where a processee is processed for more than
one week, the Board adjudicates the award of five dollars for each
temporary certification and ten dollars for each 25 point gain processee.
As it can be seen, considerable trust is placed in the Chief Examiner,
for the post is susceptible of favoritism. Failure of trust in this post
could do the Foundation and Dianetics enormous harm. The Chief Examiner is
enjoined to report all persuasions of breach of trust immediately to the
office of the president.
Additional duties of the Board of Certification may be given to it
from time to time.
Such an additional duty is the assistance called for from it by the
memorandum on staff grading wherein the Board is a court of appeal for
under and over grading by the administrator.
Another additional duty, consequent to the intimacy of the Board with
the quality of the instruction shall consist of keeping the Director of
Training informed as to the weak points of his instructors as represented
by the examinations. The Board may also advise new methods of instruction
to the Director of Training. The Board may also devise and advise the
office of the president of such new methods of training.
The Board exists to raise and to maintain at a high level the
standards of certified auditors. This is its central purpose. It may recall
to it already certified auditors for examination and may recommend
suspensions of their certificates but only after the matter has gone
through the Board of Ethics and Standards.
Precision in keeping appointments is an essence of the operation of
the Board. It should never fail to have appointments fairly kept. And
whenever it refuses certification to a student it must always make a
precise appointment for re-examination of that student at some future date,
advising that student of exactly why he was not certified but advising him
in such a way as to retain good public relations for the Foundation.
The Board of Certification may have appear before it auditors who have
not attended the school but who have learned auditing in the field and who
wish to be certified. Such examinations shall not be turned down. A charge
of $35 shall be made of the non-school auditor to cover costs of his
examination and certification. The examination given to the non-school
auditor shall be the same in every way as that given to the school auditor.
The non-school auditor shall be awarded a temporary certification and shall
have the same requirements made of him as are made of the school auditor.
LRH:ma.rd Typed: December 12,1950 L. RON
HUBBARD
Notes on the Lectures
of L. Ron Hubbard
Published
January 1951
Notes on the Lectures of L. Ron Hubbard contains some of the earliest
and best material on ARC, Spectrum of Logic and the Tone Scale.
It was compiled and edited by the staff of the Hubbard Dianetic
Research Foundation of Los Angeles, California from two lecture series
given by LRH in the Fall of 1950 when Dianetics was fast developing, and
each new day brought announcements of basic and fundamental breakthroughs
in the early research and developments of Dianetics. Being basic and
fundamental, these early developments are still with us today.
The importance of this book is indicated by its being included as one
of the earliest books to be translated into other languages as part of the
minimum materials of a Scientology Organization in a non-English speaking
country.
Further data on the Oakland Lecture Series and the Standard Procedure
Lecture Series, from which this book was compiled, will be found on pages
26 and 54 respectively.
160 pages, 9 illustrations, hardcover with dust jacket, glossary.
Available from your nearest Scientology Organization or Mission, or direct
from the publishers: Scientology Publications Organization, Jernbanegade 6,
1608 Copenhagen y, Denmark; or Church of Scientology Publications
Organization U.S., 2723 West Temple Street, Los Angeles, California, 90026,
U.S.A.
Dianometry
Your Ability and State of Mind
L. Ron Hubbard
Presenting a little different approach to the problem of a man's worth to
Man. Consider two intelligent, extremely able men, for instance-Adolf
Hitler and Thomas A. Edison. Both brilliant, both highly successful. . .
but there's more to a man than intelligence and drive!
Dianometry is that branch of Dianetics which measures thought
capacity, computational ability and the rationality of the human mind. By
its axioms and tests can be established the intelligence, the persistency,
the ability, the aberrations and existing or potential insanity of an
individual.
Dianometry is "thought measurement," derived from the Greek for
thought and, unscholarly enough, the Latin for mensuration. It has the
virtue, as a word, of being swiftly understood. It has the virtue, as a
part of Dianetics, of answering such questions as the following:
1. Are you "sane"?
2. What is your native and inherent ability?
3. How long will it take to restore your native ability by dianetic
processes?
4. What will be your status when cleared?
By archaic definition, sanity was the ability to tell "right" from
"wrong." In the absence of precision definitions of what was "right" and
what was "wrong," many Homo sapiens have been imprisoned or executed for
crimes which were "virtues" in one society and "criminalities" in another.
The confused "definitions" in law were exceeded only by those
classifications which existed for "insanity" in the field of medicine. Over
fifty widely variant codes of classification exist for the definition of
various "insanities"; each one is simply a description;* for not knowing
the source, and with scant knowledge of the nature of mental function,
those working in the field of insanities were, like those engaged in law,
involved in continual controversy.
Insanity can be of two kinds: acute and chronic. An acute insanity we
can think of as one which flares into existence for a few moments or a few
days and then subsides, leaving a relatively normal person. A chronic
insanity is one which, having appeared, does not subside but holds the
individual in an abnormal state. Each has the same genesis, the engrams,
and each is decidedly harmful to the individual himself and to society.
The acute insanity is most commonly seen in a rage or a tantrum. It is
no less an insanity because it subsides. An engram has been momentarily
restimulated so that the individual is temporarily bereft of his analytical
mind. When so bereft of analytical power he may do numerous things, as
dictated by the engram in restimulation. He may even murder or commit
mayhem which, afterwards, will cause him to be punished by society.
The chronic insanity is an acute insanity with the time factor
lengthily extended. Most chronic insanities are, of course, complications
of several engrams. The more
* ". . . the work of the psychiatrist was taken up mainly with describing
and classifying symptoms. This procedure has been strongly criticized by
some students on the ground that it leads nowhere and encourages a false
pretense of understanding where there is none. Giving a name to something
does not increase our understanding of it." Introduction to The Psychology
of Abnormal People, John J. B. Morgan, Ph.D., a standard pre-dianetic
textbook.
[This article first appeared in Astounding Science Fiction magazine,
January 1951.]
Copyright �1951 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
often these insanities are restimulated, the more chronic they become
unless they are more or less "permanent" (pre-Dianetics).
Here we have a spectrum at work. Measured by time of restimulation and
degree of harmfulness to the individual himself or society we have
gradations from intense and perpetual restimulation of engrams, through
occasional restimulation-normal-through the dianetic release and to the
dianetic clear, the optimum level of rationality. The clear is not subject
to "restimulation" because he has no engrams which can be activated.
Degrees of sanity are possible. The term is very loose, however, and
is not susceptible to the exact formulation desirable in an exact science.
Sanity is too highly relative even for scientific use. For instance, a
sailor who, in battle, functions well, obeys orders and kills members of
the armed forces of the enemy is sane in battle. He may, however, be so
insane ashore that he earns countless courts-martial, creates enormous
trouble and may even have to be incarcerated to protect himself and his
society. Another sailor may be so eminently sane ashore that he is rated up
to petty officer, is given responsibilities, is depended upon by his
superiors utterly and is generally looked upon as a model for all recruits.
In battle this sailor may take one look at the Kamikaze, desert the gun
which might have saved his ship, dive into a magazine full of explosives
and be found, some hours later, when people are trying to get the vessel
under way again, smoking chain-fashion and lighting his matches on lead
azide fuses. The second sailor is sane ashore and insane in action. It
depends, when one deals with aberrated persons, what kind of sanity one
requires and what kind of insanity will not be detrimental to the job. In a
navy which is meant to fight battles, the first sailor is infinitely more
valuable than the second, swivel chair bureaucrats to the contrary, but it
is the courage, not the aberrations of the first which made him of worth.
Unless one has some idea of mental function, the problem of sanity is
a tangle of unpredictable factors. A person who is aberrated may be
restimulated into acute insanity in the very environment in which he is
ordinarily sane. Viewpoint and changes in the environment itself shift.
When one knows mental function, the degree of sanity of a person can be
established. In any case, sanity, where one deals with any normally
aberrated person, is a relative term. There is a dianometric definition
about this:
Sanity is the degree of rationality of an individual.
Rationality is defined as follows:
Rationality is the computational accuracy of the individual modified
by aberration, education and viewpoint.
Complete rationality could then be defined:
Optimum rationality for the individual depends upon his lack of
aberration and his accurate resolution of problems for which he has
sufficient data.
By computation is meant his ability to resolve problems.
The resolution of all problems is a study in rightness and wrongness.
Dianetically speaking, there are no attainable absolutes. The formidable
Absolutism of metaphysics- which the grammarians with their absolute
definitions for "accuracy" or "true" attempt to compel us to use-is a
scientific outcast of some duration. The entire problem of getting right
answers and wrong answers is a problem of degrees of rightness and
wrongness.
Old Aristotle reputedly held out for two-valued logic-at least that is
the way he is interpreted. However, the world received quite an advance
when Aristotle resolved and formulated some of the problems of logic.
Before Aristotle there was one-valued logic, the will of the gods. Man
acted because he was forced to act. Aristotle, a wild-eyed radical, came
along and insisted Man had a right to be right or wrong according to the
dictates of circumstance. Man had a choice. If Aristotle went off into that
mathematician's land of Never-Never, the syllogism which, in abstracts,
seeks to evaluate concrete entities and proves only what it assumes, he
still advanced ideas about thinking. Lately Man has considered logic to
have three values-right, maybe, and wrong. None of these systems of logic
begin to encompass what the fabulous
computational ability of the mind encompasses minute by minute. Logic could
best be explained in terms of an infinity of values. From the theoretical
but unobtainable ABSOLUTE WRONG, solutions can be graded through a
theoretical midpoint of neither right nor wrong to a theoretical but
unobtainable ABSOLUTE RIGHT. (See graph.)
[pic]
The mind computes on the yea-nay principle. It resolves numbers of
simultaneous equations by running each one, evidently, on at least three
computers at once. It runs as many as a thousand factors at once. And it
does it, apparently, upon the simple formula A> B = A, B >A = B. Thus if
eating an apple is less right than not eating an apple, the decision is to
not eat the apple. If not eating an apple is less right than eating an
apple, the decision is to eat the apple. There is no ABSOLUTE RIGHT or
ABSOLUTE WRONG about eating an apple. On the sole consideration that a worm
might be in the apple, a two-valued, right, wrong equation breaks down.
Around one simple act the mind may run fifty or a hundred computations or
may draw upon a past computation's conclusion which, however, was once run.
Acts or solutions are either more right than wrong-in which case they are
right. Or more wrong than right-in which case they are wrong. Right and
wrong greater-than less-than computations are run off on hundreds or
thousands of variables by the mind to make up one solution.
Life is a complex affair. Computation has to be close to as complex as
life or survival would long ago have ceased for Man, that high organism who
depends for progress and weapons upon his mind. Thus his mental processes
are constant evaluations of data in relation to their importance to the
immediate solution, and constant evaluations of these conclusions to
formulate decisions. Thus his computer is in constant action, thus he is
continually involved in re-evaluation of both old data and old conclusions
in the light of new data and new conclusions. The principle of how he
thinks is simple. It is only that he handles so very, very many
computations at once that makes the principle seem complex.
Now the only reason we take account of logic here is to orient the
problem of rationality and how one goes about determining whether or not a
man is rational.
An ultimate wrongness for the organism would be death, not only for
the organism itself but for all involved in its dynamics. An ultimate
rightness for the organism would be survival to a reasonable term for
himself, his children, his group and Mankind. An ABSOLUTE WRONGNESS would
be the extinction of the Universe and all energy and the source of energy-
the infinity of complete death. An ABSOLUTE RIGHTNESS would be the
immortality of the individual himself, his children, his group, Mankind and
the Universe and all energy-the infinity of complete survival. Ultimates,
in this sense, are attainable and there are various ultimates of greater or
lesser importance. Any ultimate would contain some destruction or some
construction.
Viewed in this way, the problems of logic compute easily and well. A
scientific truth would be something which was workably and invariably right
for the body of knowledge in which it lay.
One of the reasons very right, slightly right, very wrong, slightly
wrong, very true, rather true are used here instead of circumlocutions with
new words-such as, for very right, "containing more right factors"-is that
the scientist who, after all, fairly well runs this present world, has long
since cleaved from metaphysics. Hegel, great man though he was, and Kant,
with their metaphysical ABSOLUTE went so far as to deny Piazzi's discovery
of the eighth planet, inhibited the acceptance of Ohm's law, proved Newton
"wrong" and generally did things which, if they were necessary to maintain
the Great God Absolute, nevertheless hindered scientific progress. "Truth
beyond the realm of human experience" sounds well and is an authentic route
for some things, but it doesn't make washing machines run or raise better
chickens or send any rockets to Mars: in short, Absolute Truth is a foreign
substance in this highly integrated scientific society. Grammar lags back
with the metaphysician's Absolute Truth. The modem scientist is prone to
apologize because his data is workable, rather than true. If the data is
uniformly workable, it most certainly is true. Grammar, in trying to hold
with metaphysics, impedes, as did metaphysics, science. So there are things
very right, very true, very real, very accurate and very variably relative
in general. Until a bright mind discovers a way to obtain and use data
which cannot be sensed, measured or experienced, grammar had better
regulate itself to the driving force of the society, science.
So here we have the formidable article, logic. It is computed, not
dreamed and intuitively plucked from some ether. If a man, a group, a race
or Mankind does its thinking on a sufficiently rational plane, it survives.
And survival, that dynamic thrust through time toward some unannounced
goal, is pleasure. Creative and constructive effort is pleasure. Some
pleasure destroys more than it creates and so it is "immoral" (and by
future prejudice becomes irrationally immoral, traveling as a social
aberration; superstition is a parallel channel with immorality, no other
proof of harm than prejudice). Some pleasure creates more than it destroys
and that is "moral" or good pleasure. If a man, a group or a race or
Mankind does its thinking on a sufficiently irrational plane-out of lack of
data, warped viewpoint or simply aberration-the survival is lessened; more
is destroyed than is created. That is pain. That is the route toward death.
That is evil.
Logic is not good or bad in itself, it is the name of a computation
procedure, the procedure of the analytical mind or collective analytical
minds in their efforts to attain solutions to problems.
The process of logic consists of:
1. Finding out what one is trying to solve.
2. Formulating the question for solution.
3. Obtaining or recalling the data for the question and solution.
4. Evaluating the data to be used in the solution.
5. Comparing data with data, new conclusions with old conclusions.
6. Evolving a new answer or confirming an old one or deciding there is
no immediate answer. All answers in terms of relative rightness or
wrongness.
7. Action or conclusion.
As outlined above-and on the graph-in one problem, the arrow of
decision swings back and forth, back and forth until, by greater-than and
lesser-than computations, it finally comes to rest with an answer. Here is
a problem: "Shall I pull trigger of shotgun?"
Formulation question: What will happen if I pull the trigger?
Formulation of questions for solution: Is it right or wrong to pull
trigger?
Obtaining data: Gun is cocked. I am in closed room. I am in a hurry to get
to dinner.
Leaving gun cocked weakens spring. It will take over a minute to open
breech.
Evaluating data: Gun is cocked-arrow moves far right. I am in closed room
and guns
go off sometimes-arrow moves far left, but is restrained by already
having moved
[pic]
far right. I am in a hurry to get to dinner, been duck hunting all day and
I'm starved. (Arrow moves to right but restrained again, two evaluations
having been computed.) Leaving gun cocked weakens spring and this is a good
gun-arrow moves a little farther to right. Breech in poor shape.
New data: Footfalls in room overhead, calling attention to existence
of other persons in house. (Arrow moves left.)
New data: Got to clean gun anyway after supper. Can inspect its
chambers then when I've got time to look. (Arrow moves to left.)
Answer point of arrow is well to the left.
Solution: Lay gun on bed, cocked. Action: Goes out door.
New data: Little boy laughing down hall.
Evaluation of data: Boy very inquisitive. No lock on door.
New formulation of problem: Is it right or wrong to leave gun unsecured?
New data: Wife's voice urgent from dining room. Stomach growling. Meat
frying.
Evaluation of data: Wife's voice-small motion of arrow to right. Stomach
growling- another motion to right. Boy in danger-surge of arrow far,
far to left.
Action: Returns, wrestles with faulty gun breech-whole new set of right-
wrong series. Finds breech was empty. Puts cartridges on top shelf,
moves chair away from shelf where boy can't easily get it, hangs
shotgun out of reach on wall. Goes to dinner.
This is a simplified solution. Actually each datum was evaluated for
the problem by a separate computer! There were many other data and
conclusions and computers used in the computation. And it was all completed
in a few seconds and the action fully accomplished in two minutes. The
solution was based on a datum which made the problem, as formulated, so
wrong that additional precautions were taken.
Thought goes on a network of such computations. Almost none of the
computations are examined by "I" no matter how stylish it has been to
ponder and vocalize and stew with datum after datum. (This adage that slow
thought is good thought stems, most likely, from the propaganda of some
fellow who wanted an excuse because he could never think fast. The mind
works solutions in milliseconds and then aberrations snarl and alter
transmission so that hours and days are required to get the solution from
some part of the computer to "I".)
The mind can compute in any terms, real or abstract. In dealing
constantly with data which can be sensed, measured and experienced-real
data-the mind is
fundamentally acquainted with the nonexistence of Absolute Precision. It
handles problems about the bigness of big bicycles and the warmness of a
drink and the prettiness of beauty and the quantity of companionship in a
dog with swift and relatively accurate evaluations. It measures time,
distance and space and energy interrelationships as handily as it weighs
the thoughts, ethics and potentialities of other minds and all these things
are qualitative and quantitative measurements and evaluations which are and
cannot be otherwise than approximations. The mind only requires, like the
scientist, a workable accuracy. The plus or minus margins of error in
finite analysis must be kept within bounds of usefulness. Precision, then,
can be defined as the maximal accuracy required for the problem's solution
and demands a minimal margin of error which will not make the solution
unworkable. No instrument of Man, including his mind, no matter how
cunningly or delicately constructed, can measure time, space, thought or
energy with Absolute Precision. There exists in any sensing, measuring or
experiencing minute errors. And even if these errors are so tiny that
Absolute Precision apparently exists, the errors are nevertheless present.
Absolute Precision might occur by accident in the evaluation of an electric
current, a temperature or the weight of a flake of gold but no instrument
exists fine enough to detect that the Absolute Precision had existed, thus
it could not be repeated. Understand that such errors can be so minute-and
generally are-that they exceed the requirements of the problem in which the
evaluation is needed, but this does not make them any the less errors.
There is the story of the navigators. A ship had, amongst other
officers, an assistant navigator, a senior watch officer and a navigator.
The admiral came into the chartroom and desired to know the ship's
position. The assistant navigator was present; he was very young, fresh
from school and lacking in any experience. He eagerly plotted the dead
reckoning, sharpened his pencil exceeding fine and made a tiny point on the
chart. "Admiral," he said, "we are right there!" At this moment the senior
watch officer, a grizzled lieutenant, came in and had the question put to
him by the admiral for confirmation. The senior watch officer figured for a
moment, running up the dead reckoning, and then drew a small circle on the
chart. "We're right about there, sir," he said. The navigator, hearing the
admiral was in the chartroom, came in and in his turn was asked for the
position. The navigator had been to sea for a long time, he had navigated
many ships. He glanced at the course changes in the quartermaster's
notebook, looked at the chart and then, slapping his huge hand down upon it
said, "If I'm not mistaken, admiral, we're some place around there!"
The margin of error allowable for a problem can be very wide or very
small. It has its self-limiting factors. In navigation, the young assistant
above might have been expected to take a sextant sight and then go below to
calculate down to the last foot his ship's position. That would be
unnecessary accuracy. First, the position of the ship is not needed in
terms of feet when off soundings but is "accurate" with a margin of error
of a mile or two. Second, the sight cannot be more accurate than the error
in the sextant and the chronometer. Any sight so taken can be calculated
with a precision much greater than it can be shot. If the required accuracy
of position is a mile or two, if the sextant sight is accurate within a
quarter of a mile, there is no use calculating it down to feet. To do so
would be to introduce a new error, the error of the Delusion of Accuracy
and that can be the most dangerous error of all. One has to know, reliably,
the margin of error. If it is falsified by an enthusiasm to make data look
good, the data may lead to serious mistakes. The most serious observer
error which can be made is to enter in a Delusion of Accuracy for those who
depend on the data are thus led astray and they cannot know in which
direction or how much the data was wrong and are not informed that it was
falsified.
The Bureau of Standards, for instance, gives methods of measuring
power at radio frequency and the error of each method, announcing it to be
two, three or five percent in certain ranges as the case may be. This is
reasonable accuracy; greater precision may sometimes be desirable but is
not generally used.
In the real Universe, then, the entities of time, space, distance,
energy and thought cannot be computed with Absolute Accuracy. All data is
evaluated with the
precision necessary or attainable. Good data is usefully accurate data.
Even when the margin of error is so tiny that no known instrument can
measure it, it still exists.
In abstract terms only can evaluation be Absolutely Precise. If, in
the real Universe, Absolute Precision is unobtainable, Absolute Precision
can be assumed and is a useful analogic tool for computation. The mind
computes in various ways and one of those ways is to set up analogues.
Arithmetic is such an analogue. The schoolboy writes 2 + 2 = 4 and is
satisfied that this is a real evaluation. It is not. It is an abstract
evaluation. Absolute Precision has been assumed where none exists. This
does not invalidate the equation by any means. The mind uses and needs such
equations in its computations. To say that two apples plus two apples
equals four apples is of great help to the shopper and the grocer. They
accept the equals because they do not need any accuracy greater than two
apples plus two apples equals four apples. But both the shopper and the
grocer would admit, if the problem were presented to them, that two
Winesaps plus two Delicious did not equal four wormy crab apples by any
means. The shopper on the receiving end of this equation would object and,
getting no redress, would take his trade elsewhere. Two apples plus two
apples are the same four apples and in this alone is there an approximation
between the real and the abstract. Nothing equals anything with Absolute
Precision. Two Winesaps, ever so carefully measured and weighed could be
shown to be similar to each other even if they "looked" exactly alike. No
two Winesaps in the world are exactly alike save by an accident which,
again, would not be a detectable Absolute Precision, since nothing weighs
that fine or measures that close.
As an abstraction, arithmetic is useful. The mind uses many
abstractions. The retired colonel, telling of his battle, grabs some
walnuts, some napkin rings and the sugar tongs and says, "Now here was the
Seventh Foot"-lining up the walnuts-"and here"-picking up and laying down
the napkin rings-"was the enemy artillery. And here"-putting down the tongs
with a clang-"was I, mounted on my charger. Now ...." He has done a
mathematical analogue of the problem of the battle and he is saved much
reidentification, as he tells his tale, for his listeners know that walnuts
"equal" the Seventh Foot, napkin rings "equal" the enemy artillery, and
sugar tongs "equal" the colonel and his horse. Einstein working out new
equations of relationship amongst time, space, and energy forms and
manifestations may be telling more truth than the colonel and is serving a
higher usefulness by far, but the colonel and Einstein are both dealing in
analogue computation. Users of the data of either the colonel or Einstein
must allow for a reasonable margin of error when real entities are
substituted for the abstractions in the equations.
It would be far better, of course, in mathematics, if the word
"equivalent" or "represents" was substituted for "equals" in all
mathematical equations. The actual function of mathematics would then be
preserved. The word "equation" should be changed in meaning-for it means
"act of making equal"-or should be exchanged for "abstraction" if
mathematics are to be better understood. For the mind, by establishing the
abstractions which we call mathematics, sought only to improve its ability
to handle real entities. The abstractions are nothing in themselves but
assistants in mental process. A skilled mathematician has, in mathematics,
a part of a servo system in which his own mind is the chief agent. He
evaluates by abstractions real entities of the real Universe. Then, by
processes exterior to the mind-scratch pad or electronic computer-he
computes with abstractions alone until he achieves a solution. This
solution he then "translates" back into the terms of the real Universe.
So far have mathematics strayed from their intended purpose, from time
to time, that they seem to possess entity value of their own. Some esoteric
mathematicians have in the past so far departed from the fundamental
purpose of mathematics that they have, like priests around an idol, sought
to deify their servo systems, declaring them to be beyond all human
experience. And so they can be!
In metaphysics, Absolute Truth, Absolute Mensuration, and Absolute
Thought became a sort of mathematics by which some men tried to locate data
beyond the realm of human experience. In German Transcendentalism, Absolute
Truth was
considered to surpass all human experience. This is quite valid since it is
very definitely the case. This was a mathematics, an effort to reach, by
abstractions, a higher set of data. It became abhorrent to the scientist
because metaphysicians seemed to use this mathematics as a height from
which they could assail and snub human experience with impunity; by using
wide and obscure terms and being rather grand about it all, the
metaphysician so snarled the wits of his attackers that these have not
taken metaphysics for what it is, a species of mathematics. The
metaphysicians themselves would hotly deny this, as would the
mathematician, that he uses daily some of the fruits of metaphysics. There
is a battle there; meanwhile evaluations both in abstract and real terms go
on, not only in the giant electronic brain in some university but in the
grocery store. The mind simplifies its problems by posing abstractions to
represent them, retranslates the answers back into real terms and so
computes the solutions of existence. It computes in various ways, is a
computer in itself; it invented numerous mathematics to assist in
computations and today it builds gigantic computers to relieve it of some
of its burdens.
These two processes of computation, the comparison of real data with
real data and the approximating of real data by using abstract symbols,
combine into a multitude of manifestations of thought processes. By such
combinations of computation the individual mind derives the highest
attainable correctness possible for it in its answers. It allows its
admissible margins of error and places the solutions into action or a file
for future use.
The basic principle of operation is relatively simple. Two things,
however, are not simple-the power of the mind to evaluate data and resolve
problems and the structure of the mind which permits such magnificent
computation.
If one does not believe the mind capable of handling large numbers of
very variable variables and achieving swift solutions, let him plot out all
the mental computations-as contained in the seven steps above-for one mile
of automobile driving on a crowded highway: and in addition to the
computations will be the execution of the solutions. One cannot dismiss all
this as "training pattern" for if a training pattern were all that was
required to drive a car, then any automatic pilot could navigate any
stretch of complex and crowded roadway; but automatic pilots cannot be made
at this time which would perform the feat which any "moron" considers
ordinary.
The structure which two billion years of biological engineering
evolved can be understood, with Dianetics, in its functional aspects. No
adequate technology exists today to explain the structural blueprint of the
mind. Knowledge of structure can be expected to develop in any field only
after a knowledge of function and purpose is acquired. But structure or no
structure it remains that the mind operates with a precision which is
fabulous, well above that of the machines it builds.
Thus the processes of rationality. Good reasoning is good computation.
The better the computation, the better rationality; for rationality, after
all, is a synonym for right answers.
There are, however, as delineated in the broad field of Dianetics,
ways of reducing the computational accuracy of the whole mind. All these
ways sum into the one generality of bad evaluation of data-disregarding, of
course, the organic reductions which delete parts of mental equipment,
occasioned by pathology or accidents or psychiatric surgery. Looking at the
logic graph, it is easily seen that erroneous evaluations of data interfere
seriously with rationality for they give improper weightings to factors
used in mental equations. If the analytical mind cannot properly re-
evaluate or check the evaluation or establish the weight of the data it
uses, then its answers are liable to considerable error. This error is not
limited to computation alone but extends into the execution of solutions.
Errors in time and difference can be extended to include all the errors
possible. And as time is only poorly evaluated when its differences are
improperly established, then all error can be lumped into the major error
of difference. When an abstraction is mistaken for a reality, as in the
case of metaphysics, many errors are then possible in the computation. The
belief that two plus two equals four is a reality and is always the case
can lead to some astonishing
misapprehensions. Reversely, a belief that a reality is an abstraction can
also produce errors.
Aside from mathematics, considering those to be precision
abstractions, the mind handles problems in terms of loose symbolisms.
Amongst the most indefinite symbolisms are dreams.
The dream has an entirely valid place and purpose in computations. It
recombines data into new entities and is an important part of imagination.
Imagination is vital to computation for it recombines for the purposes
of creation, construction and prediction. Creative imagination can be such
a complex computation and can be accomplished on such thin data by a good
mind that it can assume an aspect of divine inspiration. Just because one
can understand the functional process of imagination does not mean that one
can thereby detract from its value, for it is the highest echelon of
computation.
The errors to which the mind is liable are not computational. They can
be listed under the headings of observational, educational and
aberrational.
Observational errors come about when the individual believes he
perceives something which he does not perceive. A meter can be subject, for
instance, to an undetected error and can be read and the reading used in a
computation with the result of a wrong answer. Or such a thing as a letter
one finds in his wife's dresser may indicate a conclusion, such as
infidelity, which is not justified. Misobservation introduces error into
the computation. And one of the major sources of misobservation comes under
the heading of a Delusion of Accuracy.
Educational errors can be cultural aberrations. But the major source
of educational error is lack of data. Lack of data, for instance, added to
false data, makes it possible for the citizens of one nation to believe
that the citizens of another are dangerous and that a war must be fought.
Lack of data is a primary source of error in all mental computations. It is
not true that quantity of data is the most vital requirement for an
accurate computation; many researchers operate on this false assumption and
swiftly swamp themselves by the sheer weight of imponderables. Quality of
data, its weight in relationship to associated data, is a much more
important thing. Ability to evaluate is much more important in any formal
or informal educational process than ability to memorize; for an
unaberrated mind memorizes at a glance and the memory cannot be trained;
what passes in current formal education for memorizing of facts is a poorly
directed operation of reassociating facts with new things. Education has
been made into a contest of recall in contemporary schools. The data is
forced into the student with a value welded to it. It is worth little
thereafter to a computer which must be able to re-evaluate data for any and
all problems. Education is mistakenly identified with schools in most
minds, this datum having been forced upon these minds along with much other
stet-valued bric-a-brac. Actually, education begins long before speech and
ends only with death; the bulk of the data used by any mind is derived from
its own observations of the environment. The computer uses freely only that
data which it itself has observed and aligned with its purposes. Without
purpose and alignment but with stet-value, formally "taught" data is a
large percentage worthless.
Aberration, as covered in Individual Dianetics, is data which is
unknown to the analytical mind and its standard banks and which has too
much weight.
False data, lack of data and misevaluated data cause the errors of
computation.
In dianometry we are establishing, for purposes of therapy, the errors
of computation to which the mind is liable and weighting the worth of the
mind when freed from errors.
There are various classes of minds. First, minds can be classified
from the standpoint of false data and lack of data and misevaluated data.
And second and most important, from the standpoint of inherent worth.
There are many types of minds. All operate on the same principles but
all are not equal in their power and worth.
In Dianetics we consider the worth of the individual to himself, to his
group, to Mankind and posterity. With dianometry we are seeking to measure
that worth.
For these equations of worth, we use ability to think, power to
execute and the vectors of purpose.
Ability to think is more than intelligence. Intelligence would be the
complexity of the mind in computation, its agility in the matter of
perceiving, posing and resolving problems.
The ability to think includes intelligence and the training,
experience and data stored in the mind. The ability to think is not a
structural potential of the mechanism but the actual capability of the
experienced and stored mind.
THE ABILITY TO THINK IS THE CAPABILITY OF THE MIND TO PERCEIVE, POSE
AND RESOLVE SPECIFIC AND GENERAL PROBLEMS.
But the fact that a mind can resolve problems is no reason to suppose
that it will. One is confronted continually in life with individuals who
obviously possess relatively little ability to think but who accomplish far
more than those who are patently their intellectual and educational
superiors. This introduces into the equations the dynamics. These are the
dynamics of Dianetics, of course, four in number, stemming from the central
dynamic of survival.
THE DYNAMICS ESTABLISH THE PERSISTENCY AND VIGOR OF THE MIND AND
ORGANISM.
Measurement of the dynamics is difficult and can be done at this time
only on an arbitrary basis. Experiments have been outlined to be conducted
to establish and identify Life Force which is, of course, the principal
dynamic itself. The dynamics are widely variable because of aberrations
which obstruct them. In the dianetic clear, the dynamics are free of mental
obstruction and are found to be much stronger. Mental and physical
exhaustion tests on aligned-freely chosen-purpose establish the value of
each of the four dynamics. The summed value gives a relative figure for any
individual.
The power of the individual is his ability to initiate the resolution
of problems and execute the solutions. No matter the complexity of the
mind, its experience or the data with which it is stored, unless it is
prompted by power, it resolves little and, again, unless prompted by power,
it executes little. Application of physical energy in such a routine matter
as ditch digging would, of course, be accounted for as the physical side of
power. The potential of delivering a sharp blow or enduring long punishment
are both accounted for under power. A "brilliant" mind may occupy itself
doodling unless it is prompted by power to align its purposes and perceive,
pose and resolve problems. A "genius" may perceive, pose and resolve
problems by the carload lot and yet lack the extra power to execute the
solutions. A mind with a low ability to think may have enormous power in
initiating the resolution of problems and enormous power left over with
which to execute those solutions and so may rule the world. A mind with
enormous power to initiate, a high ability to think and enormous power to
execute solutions might well shake the ages.
The potential value of the individual is derived from his ability to
think and his power in the following fashion where PV equals potential
value, A equals ability to think and D equals power:
PV = ADX
The potential value of an individual would be in four lines. First
would be his potential value to himself, second would be his potential
value to his children both as to their creation and their future and thus
to future generations, third would be his potential value to groups ranging
from a club to a race and nation, and fourth would be his potential value
to Mankind. Therefore the above equation would have to be executed for each
one of the four dynamics of self, sex, group and Mankind. The sum of the
four equations would give his total potential value.
The worth of the individual would, however, be found to be different
than his potential value and could be determined by means of vectors. His
worth would be his net. His alignment of purpose with the optimum purpose
would not necessarily be perfect. In the case of a dianetic clear it would
be near the optimum purpose, but
dianometry does not have as its first duty the measurement of clears but of
aberrated individuals.
A single example will serve to illustrate this. In France a
counterfeiter was so skilled that he engraved old postage stamps so nearly
approximating the genuine stamps that experts could not differentiate
between the two. This activity required strong power to initiate, good
ability to resolve problems and strong power to execute. He did his work
well and had the additional power and ability to so dispose of his product
that he could not be indicted by law. Thus his potential value to himself
and group and Mankind must have been high. But aberration rotated his
vector of application out of line. His purpose was so misaligned with the
purpose of the group and Mankind that he not only canceled his potential
value but posed a mild threat to self, group and Mankind. As a childless
bachelor his second dynamic was a zero. With high potential value his worth
was negative in some units.
In the case of Genghis Khan, potential value was very great. His
ability to think and power to initiate and execute were very high. On the
first dynamic his actual worth was exceptional. On his second dynamic his
potential value was extremely high but the worth was shortened by the
precarious heritage he left his many children. On his third dynamic his
worth was enormous for he unified not only his personal race unit but
consolidated into it other units which had been at mutual war on the
steppes. On the fourth dynamic, Mankind, his worth was so far negative that
it not only wiped out all gains in the first three dynamics but made the
total worth of the man more negative than any other for centuries around
him. Into the equation which was Genghis Khan might have been added
artistic or beneficial knowledge for the world had they been present and
these might even have overweighted the equation back into positive worth,
but Genghis Khan initiated and contributed no such thing.
In the case of hypothetical B. G., the engineer, we would take the PV
equation somewhat in this fashion. He has had a formal education, has
received his degree, has worked in routine company jobs for fifteen years.
In this time he has become married and has three children who are happy and
will be given the highest formal education available. B. G. has medium
power to initiate and execute and medium ability to think. However he has
aberrations to the effect that he must do precisely what he is told and no
more. His worth on the first dynamic is a short positive. His worth on the
second dynamic, because of his children, is a long positive. His worth on
the third dynamic for his company is a medium positive, for his state a
short positive since he takes little interest in it. His worth on the
fourth dynamic is a very short positive. His worth is a medium positive.
The relief of his aberration and general clearing not only frees his stet-
valued education to permit him to engage upon projects requiring newer
evaluations but also raises his power to initiate thought and execute
solutions. His value to himself lengthens to a long positive, his value to
his children lengthens, his value to his company lengthens to a long
positive and to his state a medium positive, his value to Mankind, because
he is no longer a cog but may initiate new ideas in engineering, lengthens
to a medium positive. The worth is now a long positive.
All worths are, of course, in terms of potential survival, the dynamic
principle of existence.
These equations are not, however, in solely "cold, calculating" terms.
For survival is no hard-headed, "cold, calculating" proposition. It is
found that when the dynamics are freed, the amount of "free feeling"
available for the enjoyment of life is enormously increased. The advance
toward survival is pleasure, the reduction toward death is pain. Happiness
can be defined as the overcoming of not unknowable obstacles toward a known
goal or the contemplation-for a brief space-of attained or envisioned
goals. As covered in Dianetics, pleasure is "immoral" only when it is also
overweightedly injurious: all moral codes find their origin in the
denouncement of some activity because, no matter how pleasurable it may
seem, it is destructive; moral codes tend to become aberrations in a
culture and, as aberrations, may well outlive their practical use,
remaining as prejudice, not as reason-hence the arguments about morality.
Hence, survival activity is creative and constructive. All creation and
construction, however, by the laws of the cycles of change, is accompanied
by some destruction. So long as Man's
equation of creation and destruction progresses in favor of survival along
all four dynamics, Man can continue to win. Thus worth can be established
by the attainment of pleasure which is the reward of better than average
survival.
A painter can have a worth greater than B.G.'s if he is a good
painter, for he adds the stuff to life which may make life more beautiful,
thus more pleasurable.
A politico filling the press with the rush of heated air, a declared
power in the land, a possessor of wealth and influence, when graphed in
terms of worth on the four dynamics, might be so aberrative to his
children, so dangerous to personal freedom for all his cant of freedoms, so
unskilled in foreign policy despite his pronunciamentos which sound so
brave, and so dangerous to Mankind by his posing war for it that for all
huzzahs he might fall far, far, far short on the vector of worth and be of
much less value than some poor and unskilled dancer, much, much less value
than even aberrated B. G. and certainly far less value than the painter.
Here we deal with relative values. The mind is capable of handling
them without their being graded into abstractions such as mathematical
numbers, for the grading of worth in mathematical terms would be to
introduce a Delusion of Accuracy error.
Any person must be measured in relationship to his environment, his
associates, his society and with a consideration of his age and physical
status. The mind hourly accomplishes much more staggering approximations
than this and comes forth with highly workable answers. A graph similar to
that of the logic with its movable arrow will resolve the problem visually
as a servomechanism to the mind.
Now it happens that there are three types of minds. We assign all
minds into these three types for handy approximation and by so assigning
minds to these types we advance our understanding, which is all the reason
needful for the creation of these classes.
In days of yore it was customary to classify aberrations into enormous
lists. In dianetic therapy, however, we are concerned with only three major
manifestations. These three manifestations are possible in any of the three
types above.
The three cases Dianetics considers as separate classes for therapy
are the cases which have sonic recall, the cases which do not have sonic
recall and the cases that have "dub-in"-imaginary-recall. These cases are
listed in their order of seriousness in therapy and the seriousness is
considered only in time required. The sonic recall will take less time than
the non-sonic, the non-sonic will take less time than the dub-in. But there
are other difficulties encountered by a mind trying to think. There is lack
of visio recall, there is "dub-in" visio. There are the shut-offs of
emotion and pain and the "dub-in" of emotion. (There is no pain "dub-in.")
The aberrative pattern of the individual is not much considered in therapy
and can be anything from psychotic to "normal" without enormously changing
the time in process of a preclear-patient.
Now any of these conditions can be present in any of the three types
of mind listed below. Each one has some value as an inhibition to optimum
thought processes. They are the mechanical aberrations which we consider.
They influence an individual's position in the types below.
The worth equations above also influence the position of the
individual in these types for when these equations are worked out one can
see approximately how badly blocked each dynamic is.
The influence of mechanical aberration and the worth equations on the
position of the individual in the below types is very great, as will be
discussed.
The three types of mind are as follows:
CLASS C. That mind which is aware. It neither adjusts to nor attempts
to adjust its
environment.
CLASS B. That mind which is aware it thinks. It adjusts to its
environment.
CLASS A. That mind which is aware it thinks and how it thinks. It
adjusts to its
environment and adjusts the environment to it.
It will readily be seen that these classes provide a graded scale
which can include, each one, a large number of mental manifestations. The
test of each upward grade is in terms of greater survival potential along
all four dynamics. First we have those who,
through lack of worth, have slight chance of personal survival, small
chance of survival through progeny, some chance of survival in a group out
of tolerance or charity and as scant chance as Mankind. Next we have those
with survival chances in the dynamics from short to medium but who provide
the hewers of wood and the drawers of water and as a class have value. At
length, by increasing gradations of survival potential, we have the Class A
individuals whose inherent PV would place them, as it rose, higher and
higher until one came to the few whose topflight creative powers affected
the whole environment and the future of Mankind. The Class A minds are
invaluable as individuals for the progress of the society depends upon them
as they function as greater and greater self-determined organisms; their
freedom is essential to the survival of all. The argument between whether a
state should be organized on a corn-and-games welfare basis or on a free
enterprise basis is resolved by the consideration that Class B cannot exist
without Class A and that Class A cannot exist under the restrictions
codified to fit only Class B.
These three types are not types of inherent minds only. They are also
used to classify in terms of mechanical aberration and worth. We cannot
advance an arbitrary classification unless it has application and has some
approximation of reality.
In terms of aberration, which can be tested by the various occlusions
or lack of them as listed above, minds can be seen to shift, when
aberrated, down the scale toward or into Class C.
While these tests are rule of thumb, they give some index of the
aberrative content of the mind and thus some idea of how high it may be
expected to rise and where it belongs on the scale. When these occlusions
are considered with the worth, which also gives an aberrative index, an
approximation of the proper classification may be obtained.
If we take an apparent Class B, which is the largest class in
numerousness of the three, a man who has a routine job sorting laundry, and
examine him, we may discover the following:
He has sonic "dub-in" which, we will say, indicates that he carries
serious emotional charges and a heavily aberrated mind in general. He has
occluded visio recall. He has an emotional shut-off. These would indicate
that he at least belonged higher in his class and should be directing those
engaged in routine tasks.
Now we will investigate his dynamics. We find that he believes himself
to be very ugly and detestable to people. He is inhibited sexually and
abuses his one child. He is churlish to the people with whom he associates
at work and he belongs to no organization of any kind. He says he hopes the
H-bomb will finish off the human race.
The result of this investigation is that we have here a potential
Class A, probably very low scale, but certainly Class A. For when we look
at the dynamic vectors to place an aberrated individual into a mind class,
we consider how much must be holding down the dynamics and how far they
will spring free when the aberrations are removed by Dianetics.
In terms of modern society, this man is, of course, something of a
liability for he has aberrations and by contagion he is "infecting"
associates as well as a member of the next generation.
Now let us take a "feeble-minded" child, an apparent Class C. She is
very dull and listless. She is compliant. She never becomes angry or
excited. She has learned speech but she talks little. She never brings
anyone a present. She has no bad dreams. She can dress herself with some
help.
On investigation of her recalls and shut-offs, there are found to be
none.
The apparent Class C is evidently a Class C.
Let us take another Class C, a young man. He is sullen. He
occasionally sings boisterously and then laughs foolishly. He has a woman
to whom he brings presents and around whom he seems worried. He can be
calmed by reassuring words when he glowers.
On investigation of his recalls he is found to have no sonic, no
visio, a pain shut-off and a violent antipathy toward taking a look at
anything in his past.
The apparent Class C is an actual Class B.
Unless some vital portion of the nervous system can be shown to be
unmistakably missing and unless his condition has continued so long that
his body has passed a recovery point for any physical disturbance-and he
would have to be old for that-he could be salvaged.
Let us take now a "normal" schoolboy. He is an apparent Class B.
According to his teachers he wastes most of his time, gets bad grades,
knows the lesson if effort has been made to attract his attention, to it,
spends most of his time at recess fighting and always getting licked. If he
keeps on this way it is certain that he will fail in school.
On investigation we find he has sonic and visio recall but a pain shut-
off.
Despite the fact that he has recalls except for pain, here is a Class
A mind. Cleared dianetically he would probably change and improve the whole
class.
Take his classmate, the boy with the always-clean shirt, the never-
deranged tie, the perfect grades, the most quietly pleasant and orderly boy
in the whole school, the model student.
We examine this boy's recalls. He has sonic recall, visio recall, pain
recall, emotional recall, tactile recall, kinesthetic recall, olfactory
recall, organic sensation recall, with no psychosomatic disorder. Preserve
this boy well. He will become the backbone of some routine office. He will
be the darling of the welfare state. His total worth to humanity is nothing
to get excited about.
The latter boy is an apparent Class B. He is also an actual Class B.
The point here is not that abuse and aberrations make for an increase
in ability for that is not the case. Experience and hard knocks will vastly
add to one's educational store but these are not aberrations. The former
boy was a Class B because of an aberrational pattern, the latter boy was a
Class B in the absence of a strong aberrational pattern.
The total question here is change. The Class B can be forced to or
willingly will adjust to his environment. The Class A does some adjusting
but he changes the environment.
The conqueror who changes the environment by exterminating a race is
no less a Class A mind. Education and aberration dictate the wrong vectors.
The conqueror cleared would still change the environment but he would
orient his vectors along the dynamics.
It is an astonishing fact that the criminally inclined, while they are
in some part actual Class Bs, contain, as a group, a large number of Class
As. A society dams up their aberrated and destructive channels of effort by
putting them behind bars. In the light of Dianetics this is an appalling
waste of manpower. The insane asylums, on the other hand, provide no such
percentage of Class As. An individual whose dynamics are so weak as to
collapse on him to the point of actual personal incompetence in the teeth
of any aberrative cargo is usually a Class B who has dropped into Class C.
While this is a generality, it is a valid statement based on the scientific
evidence that a truly strong Class A mind can usually batter through any
cargo of aberrations.
The brain may have to learn to function in a more complex fashion
because it has received engrams which occlude some of its engrams. It may
then function more complexly despite those engrams. When those engrams are
processed out by therapy, the PV of the mind on all four dynamics soars.
Ten thousand cases carefully tabulated may resolve the precise relationship
between initial aberration and eventual brilliance if one exists. It is
known definitely that the aberrations only inhibit mental function and that
the man who prides himself on his neurotic condition on the grounds that it
proves him "sensitive" falls into the error only because of a "desire" to
justify his disability.
The fallacy of the belief that neurosis is responsible for ability is
easily indicated by pointing out the paradox of the theory. The theory
attempts to tell us that one is more rational when one is less rational,
that one is more able to think the less one is able to think. And in terms
of fantastic imaginings, the very aberrated do not dream, they have only
nightmares. One ex-painter of wildly imaginative pictures, when cleared,
not only regained the ability to paint which had ebbed away but could paint
even more wildly imaginative things than before. Imagination is a form of
computation, the highest form. Spoil computation with aberrations and one
spoils as well an active imagination. A hard life may teach a man he has to
be a top dog, but that's experience. His engrams only teach him to go mad
or lie down.
The tests which dianometry applies so that Dianetics may be begun
include the following:
RECALLS: Easy Case Difficult Case Very Difficult Case
20 hrs each item 50 hrs each item 100 hrs each item
sonic non-sonic sonic "dub-in"
visio non-visio visio "dub-in"
pain pain shut-off
emotion emotional shut-off emotional "dub-in"
good memory poor memory no memory
demon circuit 2 demon circuits more demon circuits
no chronic psycho- mild psychosomatic severe and chronic
somatic ill ills psychosomatic ills
good humored angry apathetic
medium dynamic high dynamic low dynamic
named after family named after parent
member
loves parents dislikes one parent dislikes both parents
interestedly and is propitiative to
them. Prenatal area in
foreign tongue
high ability to medium ability to low ability to think
think think
You will notice that each list has a figure at its head. Anyone can
select out of this list his mental abilities and disabilities and add them
up and he will get some idea how long it will take him, working with some
friend, to become cleared dianetically. This is, of course, an
approximation for one cannot tell how skilled the new auditor will be or
how much content the individual actually has in his engram bank.
To test for the above, sit down, shut your eyes and go back to any
recent period in time. Listen for the things that were being said then. If
you hear them but your friend says that wasn't what was said, that's "dub-
in." Look at a book. Then half an hour later sit down, shut your eyes and
"look" at the book by going back to the time you saw it. If you see it and
it's right, that's visio. If you don't see it at all, that's non-visio. If
you see something that wasn't on the page, that's "dub-in." Pinch yourself.
A few minutes later, sit down, shut your eyes and go back to "feel" the
pinch. If you can't feel it, it's pain shut-off.
If one is always apathetic, that's apathetic. If one is always angry,
that's angry. If one is usually good-humored, that's good-humored.
The demon circuit is any circuit that vocalizes your thoughts for you.
That's not natural. It's an installed mechanism from engrams and it slows
up thought. Sometimes people have two or more demon circuits, which is to
say, they have "voices" which advise them: they talk to themselves inside
their heads and answer themselves. Sometimes they have demon circuits that
talk out loud at them. Demon circuits mean in any case, a rather high
degree of aberration.
To compute your dynamics evaluate on the basis you have desired to
change or benefit one dynamic's field or another. If you want to change
yourself, that's a fairly long One; if you get angry about sex or children,
that may mean an average Two; if you are promiscuous, that is a badly
blocked but a highly active Two. If you want to run clubs or change clubs
or abolish clubs, that's a high Three. If you think it's dumb worrying
about atom bombs, Dynamic Four is not only blocked; it probably is
infinitely short in the first place.
To get your inherent mind Class, re-examine your dynamics as listed. Then
see how docile you are, or how rambunctious. Then look at the job you are
filling or mean to fill. If your estimate of dynamics said you were a low
dynamic, if you are docile and if you are content to be a servomechanism
and work without initiative, that's a Class B, apparent and actual. See
some of the examples to compute a Class A and the level of
Cleared, unless one has been operated upon and had part of his brain
removed or burned out by a psychiatrist or accident, the various recalls
and all data ever recorded will return to you in their entirety.
In Dianetics it is possible to recover the full force of the inherent
dynamics in the mind and all computational ability. Thus, if you start for
clear, keep a log of your dianometry. It is a system of approximations,
just as the mind evaluates and computes on approximations. But, used by a
human mind, it will make sense.
THE DIANETIC AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
Volume 1, No. 7 January, 1951
Official Publication of
The Hubbard Dianetic Research Foundation, Inc.
Elizabeth, New Jersey
Group Dianetics
L. Ron Hubbard
Group Dianetics is a theory explaining the observed behavior of people
as groups, with corollary deductions on methods of improving that behavior
in terms of the dynamics. It is not a method of processing a number of
individuals at the same time, but deals with the interrelationship of those
individuals as a group.
In postulating Group Dianetics it was found that there are actually
seven dynamics. First, self. Second, sex and future. Third, group. Fourth,
man and mankind.
Fifth, life. Life, no matter where it is found, in dogs, cats, in
giraffes, in a blade of grass. Life has a great deal more affinity for
living objects than it has for inanimate objects.
The Sixth Dynamic is MEST, the Physical Universe of Matter-Energy-
Space-Time. The wind, snow, rain, blue skies, all of these things are MEST.
One of the first things that folds up in the aberree seems to be his
attraction for MEST. The real world, as you might call it in a very
qualified sense, becomes less pleasant to him.
When one was a child and got up in the morning, there was dew on the
rosebushes, the wind was so fresh, and all the world looked so good!
Everything was so blue, and so red, and so green! There was a definite
reaching out and affinity with the world. Then gradually, as the years
passed, this affinity began to be blunted by collisions with MEST, and MEST
became less and less one's friend; one gets to be 25 years old, married,
gets up in the morning; there's dew on the rosebushes but it's just
something that gets one's shirt wet!
Seventh. Theta. This is the dynamic towards the preservation of the
body of energy sometimes called God . . . call it anything you want to,
there is that something which man has always striven toward. He has a
certain faith that he becomes imbued with and which makes it possible for
him to do things that he never would have dreamed of doing before. To a boy
whose life is all wrapped up in electronics and who is sitting on the edge
of a cyclotron, God may well be a cyclotron. To an author, God might be a
book, and to a mechanic God might seem to be a very fine racing car. But
these would be rather short-sighted views for each individual.
With this array of dynamics the problem, rather than becoming more
complex because we have entered some new factors into it, simplifies. Since
much of the early emphasis in Dianetics has been placed on processing the
individual, we may have overlooked the fact that one of the main goals is
processing the group.
No amount of rules or directives can create a group. A group consists
of perpetuating and perpetuated ideas formulated into a central mores and
ethic, in other words, a culture. This culture has an identity of its own.
It could be compared in its highest essence to a segment of pure Theta. It
becomes modified by the MEST which it has under attack whenever a
turbulence area comes into being as a result of an unreasoning attack by a
group upon the MEST which it is seeking to control. The group is as
effective as the reasonableness of its ideas and the height of its ethic,
plus its dynamic in attacking and controlling MEST.
The maintenance of rationale in the body of group ideas is paramount
in importance and the group becomes aberrated and needful of clearing each
time the rationale of the body of ideas is penetrated or deranged by an
irrationality.
Copyright (�)1950 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
The problem here is the problem of the introduction of arbitraries. Each
time an arbitrary rule is entered into the group ideas and rationale, the
group tone deteriorates. The group tone depends upon the agreement
(reality) amongst the members of the group, on the ideas and ideals and
rationale of the group, upon the intercommunication of members of the group
one with another, and upon an understanding by the members of the group of
the rationale and problems of the group. An emergency situation as faced by
the group may occasionally make it impossible for some member of the group
to communicate all the reasons of his actions to the rest of the group. At
such moments the group is called upon to supplant communication and
understanding with an instantaneous compliance. The group instinctively
does this only when it has faith in and belief in the rationale and ideals
of the member who is demanding the instantaneous action. As soon as
instantaneous action has ceased, however, all such rules and orders should
be clarified and explained and discussed by the entire group for their
understanding and their further communication.
Here then is the cycle of a group receiving an engram: the group ideas
and rationale in handling or attacking MEST receive a shock from the MEST
which it is attacking, making an emergency situation exist. There is a
turbulent area created between the ideals and rationale of the group and
the MEST. The emergency status of the situation has to do with the
compressed time-something obviously is happening so swiftly that a full use
of communication is not possible and must be supplanted by arbitrary rules
or commands. As soon as the emergency is over, it can be seen that an
engram has been implanted in the group.
The clearing of this engram consists of an examination by the whole
group of the arbitraries, which is to say the orders and commands which
were issued without explanation and which demanded instantaneous action on
the part of other individuals in the group. The person issuing these
orders, or persons issuing them, should demonstrate how the situation
existed and the why and wherefore of these orders. In this way the engram
is cleared out of the group. Rational discussion of this situation and
communication of the situation restores the ideals and ethics of the group.
It can be seen, then, that there are two types of group action. One is
the action on deliberation which is taken upon the advice and with the
understanding of the majority of the members of the group. This agreement
upon action safeguards the group from precipitous or impulsive action on
any one particular target. Furthermore, it fixes the responsibility for the
action where it belongs-on the group itself. The other type of action in
which the group engages is only engaged upon during moments of emergency.
The group normally prepares itself (and this applies to any group) for
these moments of emergency by carefully selecting from amongst its
membership persons on whose judgment and intelligence and ability to
execute it can depend. It is selecting persons into whose hands may be
placed the entire rationale, ideals and ethics of the group during such a
moment of emergency. The second kind, then, of action a group can take is
the action commanded by an individual selected to give such commands during
moments of emergency. Both types of action are necessary to the operation
of the group as a group.
These tenets which are delineated here actually constitute a discovery
about groups comparable to the discovery of the engrams in individuals.
Each time instantaneous action is demanded of the group by situations and
each time commands are given by the selected individual or individuals for
those moments of emergency, an engram can be said to have been implanted in
the group. These instantaneous orders and commands are indicators of an
engram. The engram actually took place during a moment of shock when the
ideals, ethics, rationale and general thought and energy of the group
collided forcefully with MEST. As in an engram in an individual, the MEST
entering into the ideals and ethics of the group and the ideals and the
ethics of the group entering into the MEST is a point of turbulence wherein
physical force is mixed with Theta. Groups customarily answer such
emergency situations by instantaneous orders and commands which are given
without consideration by the whole group but which are accepted by the
whole group as necessary for the emergency.
The running of such a moment of turbulence is done simply by exposing all
facets of it to the general view of all the individuals who compose the
group. Time itself suppresses the turbulent area-that is, lack of time in
which events can be explained. There is actual pain here since the ideals
and ethics of the group itself have been infiltrated by MEST. Should such
moments of emergency remain unexplained, they are not analytically
understood by other members of the group and so lie in the ideals and
ethics of the group as engrams.
Processing the group should be the special trust and charge of
selected members of the group itself. The processing is done by the
examination of emergency situations and the complete detail of them by this
selection of the group. Such examination and publication and discussion of
these moments of emergency should not be colored in any slightest degree by
any thought of protecting the public idea concerning the ethics of this
particular group. Information cannot be masked, either from individuals of
the group or to other groups examining this group, save as that information
may apply to the emergency status of the situation which may still be
existing, as in the case of disposition of troops by a general during a
time of combat.
The people selected by the group to be auditors to the group, or an
auditor to the group, discover the existence of engrams by the existence of
arbitrary commands. They then proceed to discover the basic-basic on the
chain of engrams and, after due examination not only of the arbitrary
orders but of the entire status of the turmoil, publish for the discussion
and information of all the members of the group everything which can be
discovered about the situation with all evidences which can be collected.
This is not done with a view to introducing punitive action; it is done
with a view to acquainting the group members with the situations as they
existed. It takes, you might say, a bunched-up time track-bunched up by a
moment of emergency or a moment of fancied emergency-and straightens it
out, arranging all the data upon it. This effort at processing will be
utterly defeated should the auditor of the group pay any attention
whatsoever to the consideration the public or other groups may have for the
group, to the reputation of any individual involved in the moment of
emergency, or to any idea that members of the group itself may be grossly
upset by the discovery of certain facts about its members.
The characteristic point of this turmoil or turbulence, the engram of
the group, is that it contains suppressed or out-of-sight information. If
at any moment the auditor to the group suppresses information or colors it
in any way, some of that engram is going to remain, and actually a
situation is entered here where the engram is left in a state of
restimulation where it can do more damage than it could have done had it
never been run.
The auditors of the group must be individuals fully schooled in the
ideals, rationale and ethic of the group, whose integrities are not
questioned by the group. The whole keynote of the group auditor is honesty
and truth-uncolored, unvarnished and unsuppressed data. In this way a good
auditing job can be done. The auditor to the group is discovering what has
been done to the group and is running it. There is no need of going over
and over one of these engrams beyond exposing the information thoroughly
and competently to the view of all and permitting all members of the group
to discuss that information as they wish. The group itself may then decide
upon certain actions but so long as the group itself is doing the deciding,
not an individual or just a few individuals in the group, no engram is
created.
Punitive action, with the knowledge and consent of the whole group and
dictated by that whole group, cannot be said to create engrams so long as
that punitive action does not fall outside the rationale, ideals and ethics
of the group itself. In other words, punitive action undertaken by all the
individuals of a group and understood by all the individuals of a group
does not create an engram. Action of a punitive character taken by one
individual in the group without the understanding or consent of other
members of the group will create a lock or an engram.
The toughness and resilience of the ideals, ethic and rationale of a
group-that is to say, the group itself-is enormous and should not be
underestimated in any degree. Any group can embark on the most arduous
enterprises which would seem fraught
with all possibilities of creating moments of pain; but so long as it is
understood that whenever an emergency status occurs and a selected member
of the group issues arbitrary orders to take care of emergency situations,
and that this issuance of orders must be scouted down in an effort to find
the engram and the engram run, the group can then under no circumstances
suffer any enduring harm save only whatever harm may have been done in the
actual conflict itself, and this harm would not be to ideals and ethics but
would be to individuals and MEST in the group.
A group is composed of Theta and MEST. It has an analytical mind and a
reactive mind. The Theta in the group consists of the ideals, rationale and
ethic of the group. The MEST of the group consists, not of the minds, but
of the bodies of the individuals of the group and the property and space
and time owned by the group. The analytical mind consists of the
adjudicated, fully comprehensive opinion of all the members of the group
and their efforts and actions to activate and run this group. The reactive
mind of the group could be considered to lie in the actions of those
individuals set up for emergency status during emergency status, which is
to say, the reactive mind is composed of the composite engrams of the
group.
The group will grow and prosper only insofar as it lacks engrams. It
should not fear engrams; it should only fear the fact that the engrams may
not be processed and run.
The principle of the introduction of an arbitrary should be thoroughly
understood by a group. Because of an emergency or because of some past
engram, there may exist within or around the group sources of continual
arbitrary orders. An arbitrary is an order or command introduced into the
group in an effort to lay aside certain harm which may befall the group or
in an effort to get through a period of emergency and foreshortened time
for a certain action. Subsequent arbitraries issued by any member of a
group not during periods of emergency can be considered to be locks or
dramatizations of the engrams of the group. Each time an arbitrary is
introduced it has the effect of reducing the rationale and tone of the
group as a whole and will lead to the necessity of introducing two or three
more arbitraries, each one of which in turn will lead to the necessity for
several more arbitraries, each one of which in turn will lead to the
necessity for several more arbitraries until there is an entire network of
arbitraries which have sought to correct some central evil. After a short
time a complexity in the situation makes it very difficult to discover the
central point of departure. Any arbitrary order not only can be considered
to be a lock or a dramatization on a group engram, but IS a lock or a
dramatization on a group engram. To make this more clear, any continuing
stream of arbitraries are dramatizations of an engram in the group and the
lock is that turbulence created by the arbitrary's issuance. In other
words, the engram dramatizes by causing an individual to issue an
arbitrary, and the issuance of this arbitrary then creates a lock on top of
the original engram. Of course, such issuance's supercharge this engram.
A true group is one which has ideals, ethics, rationale and a dynamic
to carry forth its ideals and rationale on the ethics standard it has
selected. Just as the analytical mind safeguards its individual cells in
the body, so does a group safeguard the individuals within its membership.
The individuals of the group support it just as the cells work to support
the body and the analytical mind. The group analytical mind is the
composite of analytical thought of the members of the group which it has
developed into a culture. Individual aberrations of the members of the
group do not composite into the aberrations of the group itself. In other
words, it is not necessary to clear all members of the group to have a
cleared group. The group, however, can be affected by the individual
aberrations of members within it. The optimum group could then be obtained
only when all individuals in it are cleared and the group itself is
cleared, but a group could act as a very excellent release and could be
entirely effective and could be nearly clear even though every individual
in it were aberrated.
The first right of any true group is to survive. The goal of the group
is to conquer and use MEST and to make MEST work against MEST.
All groups must have goals. Only the deterioration of the goals of the
group or the reaching of all the goals of the group can bring about the
decline of the group or the
individuals within it. It is therefore incumbent upon any group to have a
postulated set of goals which are continuing goals; to have a major goal
which cannot be reached all in a breath but also to have minor goals which
go in progression toward major goals which go in progression towards super-
major goals.
The group has the perfect right to demand the help, life or, in a
continuing sense, the energy and devotion of any member of the group. Any
member of the group has the right to demand the most and highest level of
the ideals, rationale and ethics of the group and to demand that these be
maintained. A true group owes to its individual members their livelihood
and a chance for their future generations. The members must not deny to the
group its right to expand and perpetuate itself but must contribute fully
and wholly to these.
An individual has the right to contribute to the group and the group
has the right to expect every individual to contribute to it to his maximum
ability and energy. The individual has the right to expect to be
contributed to from the group and for the group to safeguard him insofar as
is possible in the maintenance of the group and the reaching by the group
of its goals.
A group will deteriorate in exact ratio to the number of engrams and
locks it receives and will revive in ratio to the number of engrams and
locks which are picked up out of it.
There has never before in the history of the world been an opportunity
for groups, since they did not know these things, to rehabilitate
themselves and free themselves from the continuing concatenation of
arbitraries. Thus, every group, once initiated, could thereafter experience
only a dwindling spiral. Following these tenets, there is no reason why the
tone of the group cannot continuously rise or, whenever it is depressed, to
be brought back up on the tone scale again. It has been stated by past
writers that the group's highest point was the moment when it was formed,
since then its ideals, ethic and rationale were intact. One can readily see
that this has in the past been the case, but he can see also that the
ideals, rationale and ethic of the group may be improved. Thus its tone
scale can now go up from this point of formation. Further, emergency
status's can be reached and met, individuals can take command of various
functions of the group for these emergency status's, and the engrams of the
group can thereafter be sorted out and resolved-run, in other words.
The ability of the group to conquer MEST is measurable by the amount
of analytical thought there is in the group, by the ideals, rationale,
ethic and dynamics of the group. These are Theta functions. They are
analytical mind functions. A group set up on these principles and with this
clearing process of groups in action would present the same aspect in
comparison to other groups of men as a clear to a psychotic, since nearly
all groups in the world today are severely psychotic.
On the postulate that a primary mission of Theta is the conquest of
MEST, we see immediately that the individual must have this in each of his
four dynamics. On the first dynamic, the individual has as a primary
purpose the conquest of MEST as an individual. He is conquering MEST for
himself as an individual. Theta, having this purpose and having aligned
itself harmonically with MEST, then conquers more MEST. It is readily seen
that with this as a purpose, and the fact of MEST beginning to overcome the
individual rather than Theta overcoming MEST, a dwindling spiral is rapidly
entered and at length Theta is driven out of the organism and we have
death. There is a tremendous resistance, then, on the part of the
individual toward being conquered by MEST, or being considered MEST, or
used as MEST, since this obviously is death or a small portion of death,
which is to say the conquest of the individual tends toward the death of
the individual. In order to succeed, then, the individual must feel that he
is conquering MEST or that he potentially can conquer MEST. When he is
convinced otherwise, he has entered into the dwindling spiral with MEST
conquering him. That much Theta has been driven from him.
On the second dynamic, the individual is conquering future MEST
wherein Theta is assured a line of conquest into the future. It requires
for this both the sex act and children. If one is to assure the future
conquest of MEST, then it is necessary to insure that one's children can
conquer MEST.
On the third dynamic, the individual feels that he is assisting in the
conquest of MEST. A very quick survey of this will demonstrate adequately
that no individual by himself, unassisted by any other life form, could
possibly conquer MEST. The arrangement of life is such that a graduated
conquest is necessary-first, the lichen and moss, then other cellular life,
then cells forming into organisms, and so on, make a chain of conquest into
now which permits the individual man to conquer MEST. Here is the
evolutionary chain. It is not proceeding along MEST time but is in now and
is going forward in now continually. Instead of evolution we have a
graduated scale of Theta conquering MEST in now. Up to the point of an
analytical level, the arranged scheme is to make an analytical level
possible for the greater conquest of MEST. There is a graduated scale of
conquest in now by which the individual man is able by being assisted by
the lower forms of Theta plus MEST, or life, to conquer a much greater
sphere. Here we see a workable plan of action as evolved by Theta
interacting with MEST. Thus, one can see that the individual cannot,
without considerable assistance on the part of other life forms and without
the assistance of other individuals of his own species, conquer MEST. Hence
on this level the conquest of MEST is a group action.
On the fourth dynamic, it is seen that so long as mankind itself as a
species engages in the conquest of MEST it can be mutually assistive. As
one observes the interflow of ideas from group to group amongst mankind he
sees readily that every group of mankind is at some time or another
assisted by another group of mankind. Hence there is an overall conquest of
MEST by mankind.
On the fifth dynamic one sees that Life is engaged in a conquest of
MEST and that the individual cannot succeed in a conquest of MEST unless he
observes his portion of the conquest as an assist to all Life's conquest of
MEST and the conquest of all Life to his own conquest. This is true of the
group and of mankind as a whole, also of the future.
On the sixth dynamic, a conquest of MEST finds as one of its factors
the necessity to have MEST. Therefore a conservation of MEST itself is to
some degree necessary in the conquest of MEST.
On the seventh dynamic, one finds Theta necessary in the conquest of
MEST. Man, without Theta and without an observance of the requirements and
necessities of Theta-in other words without an observance of the natural
laws of Theta and the preservation of those natural laws-could not much
succeed along any of the dynamics. It is not only possible but probable
that there is a whole array of perceptics similar to man's perceptics to
MEST back to Theta itself. Thus man could be supposed to have a line of
perceptics back to Theta as we already know he has perceptics to MEST. In
this wise one could consider that first there is Theta, then there is Life
itself, and then there is MEST; man standing in the center between Theta
and MEST as Life must of course have an observance of MEST. Man has been
observing the natural laws of MEST. Now he is discovering some of the
natural laws of Theta. Thus, he is a channel of conquest. It could even be
supposed or named that that Theta which is in him is what has been called
the human soul and that this on death withdraws, since there is probably a
conservation of Theta as well as of MEST.
One can see then that here we have an interaction between Theta and
MEST. MEST has a natural kickback against Theta-an involvement and a
confusion with Theta-since MEST itself, however its natural laws may be, is
chaos. Thus MEST can blindly and grumblingly drive the Theta out of Life;
MEST then adding in a physical force to the business of living can gain, as
an engram, entirely too much force within the individual and so can disturb
the natural laws of MEST by substituting for them the natural laws of Theta
which are based primarily upon reasonability.
We can see, through this, that whenever an individual begins to
misalign himself with other dynamics, he is influenced by too much MEST
which, entangled as in engrams, is mistaken by him to be Theta when it is
actually the force of MEST. Hence the individual will seek to rule himself
by force or handle himself by force rather than by reason. Additionally, he
will seek to own and conquer his children rather than set them up as points
of conquest for the future. In the group he will seek, if he is very
aberrated, to consider the group itself as MEST and conquer the group,
which of
course is intensely resisted by the individuals of the group since conquest
of them drives them toward the dwindling spiral to death. Likewise,
mankind's efforts can be disrupted whenever an individual amongst mankind
is so thoroughly influenced by MEST and so enturmoiled by MEST that he
considers mankind as MEST, or any group of mankind as MEST, and so conquers
some portion of that group. Additionally, the conquest of MEST, as in the
fifth dynamic, is primary purpose but it is also possible that MEST itself
can be so entered into the individual or the group or mankind that MEST
does not conquer MEST but merely produces more chaos. The conquest of MEST
must be in harmony with the laws of MEST itself and can only be done with
due observance to the laws of MEST. Thus MEST cannot be thrown into a more
chaotic state and man expect to conquer that more chaotic state since he
has rendered that more chaotic and less conquerable.
The proof of all these things is relatively simple since a simple
observation of man at work, an observation of where he has failed and where
he succeeds, serves to give us many examples of the relative truth of these
postulates.
The use of these postulates gives man a much greater ethic, rationale
and ideal. It postulates the ideal political body and postulates a future
conquest of MEST far greater than has ever before been contemplated.
The individual, the child, the group, mankind and life must, each one,
consider itself capable of doing what it does in the conquest of MEST.
There is a parallel between the consideration and the actuality. It is
within this sphere, as noted in this sentence, that we find the deepest
meaning of reality. The consideration must agree with the natural laws not
only of Theta but of MEST and therein we have the greatest rationale.
Authoritarianism in such a wise can be seen immediately to fail and a
cooperative endeavor can be seen immediately to be susceptible to complete
triumph. It is believed we have here the tools of greater greatness than
man has ever before achieved.
LRH TAPE LECTURES
9-18 January 1951
5101C09 LECTURE An Essay on Management
** 5101C18 LECTURE Accessibility
** 5101C18 LECTURE Accessibility (Cont.) - Hurdy Gurdy Straightwire &
Haywire
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR OF GROUPS
January 1951
Group repair is actually a study of the tone scale and mental
equipment of the leader of a group.
A group is no more ethical than its system of ethics. Ethics are a
direct measure of a position on the tone scale. A system for measuring the
ethic of any individual or group could be devised from tests measuring the
communication, affinity and reality factors of the individual. Likewise a
system of measuring the ethic of a group could be devised from a study of
its communication, affinity and reality factors.
Theta is as pure as it has truth in it. The amount of Theta in a pure
state in an individual or group measures the life potential and energy of
the group. We study, in Theta, not only reason and ideals, but also the
dynamic-the energy and longevity-of survival. Thus when we say "amount of
Theta" we could also say "amount of reason" and "abundance of energy
expended toward survival."
Ethics are distinct from morals. Ethics are the factors of survival as
they reasonably and currently apply to the problem. Honesty, derivably, is
the highest level of survival. Potential of survival can also be measured,
in other words, in terms of the amount of truth discovered and applied to
given problems and situations. Morals have only to do with habits and
customs and are to a large degree reactive, not reasonable.
On the tone scale it can be seen that survival potential drops lower
and lower as communication, affinity and reality drop lower and lower.
Death is no affinity, no communication, no reality and no survival. As one
spots a group or an individual on the tone scale he can spot exact and
precise reactions of ARC for that individual. Around two, as for
communications, the individual will censor communications. Around two he
has overt hostility for his affinity. Around two he has challenge,
interruption for his agreement. Lower, around 1. 5, he deals with
perversion of communications, hatred for his affinity and utter
disagreement for his agreement (reality). Around 1.0 he has cut-off for
communications, covert hostility for his affinity and contradiction for his
agreement.
As an individual is upon the tone scale so will he inevitably handle
ARC. As a group exists on a tone scale, so will it inevitably handle ARC.
Below 2.0, whatever his expressed intentions, the individual works as
enTheta and enMEST and as the tone sinks to 1.0 will actually kill himself
and other individuals or groups. He talks of death and emergencies. He
advises powerful remedies for "potential death" situations. And although he
may seem to work hard to "remedy" the situations he postulates, he will yet
produce only reduced survival or death for himself, his associates or his
group. He may seem to be working with the highest effectiveness, he may
believe he is doing his very best and yet the end product of his endeavor
will be reduced survival or death.
Napoleon used to choose his generals on the basis of all their
qualifications and one final factor, "Is he lucky?" We are possibly looking
at the anatomy of luck when we look at an individual's position on the tone
scale. Theta will attract MEST to it. And what do we mean by luck except an
x factor by which an individual or group obtains MEST with minimal effort.
An investigation, not yet made, might demonstrate that even in gambling a
man's luckiness could be forecast by his psychometry. As the accident prone
collects accidents, so does the 2.0 and below individual collect bad luck.
Those things with which he associates break or become involved as to
ownership.
His friends seem to melt away. "Life goes against him." A group, situated
below 2.0 on the tone scale, has vast trouble with its possessions and
property. It seems to alienate other groups. It is not lucky or prosperous.
Actually, in both cases, the suicide spiral has been entered and the
actions of the life cycle tend to require that the individual or the group
commit suicide. EnTheta, once in action, contages its turbulence into other
Theta and organized MEST and when enough can be generated death can take
place and another cycle can be begun, a new individual, a new group.
The death of an individual or the death of an enterprise or nation
follows this spiral toward suicide. The way stations are the points of
action on the ARC survival tone scale. Look at the points of action for
affinity on the tone scale, or for reality or for communication, and you
can see how much inclined toward death for the individual or the group will
be the actions of that individual or group.
Reversing the viewpoint, by spotting the position of the individual on
the tone scale or by spotting the position of the group by what he or it
does with ARC, one can see the survival potential of the group in terms of
energy and longevity.
Thus, we could see, for instance, that an administrator favored
secrecy in his dealings, that he practiced cruelty on individuals of a
group but masked the cruelty under "necessity," that he altered or
suppressed every plan submitted to him-one could spot him on the tone scale
at about 1.1. One could see immediately that the organization would be
inclined toward death and that it would fail. Actually, the very measures
he may so convincingly postulate to answer up to "emergencies" will bring
failure and disaster.
The effect upon a group of any individual of that group depends upon
the altitude the individual holds with the group. A person holding a
command post with a group may have as much or more weight on the group than
the combined members of the group unless a system is devised which gives
more stature to the individual members themselves.
A group, then, alert to bring about the highest level of survival for
the group, to conquer for it the maximum amount of MEST, should be alert to
the position on the tone scale of the leaders of that group. The group
itself can deduce the position of a leader on the tone scale by the way he
handles ARC.
The highest quality leader who would bring the most to the group would
handle ARC in a nearly pure state. He would work toward open and clean
communication lines. He would attempt to effect the greatest affinity
amongst the group and with the group. He would act only with the highest
level of agreement with the group. And he would pay the strictest attention
to the ethics of the group.
As we have both terror and fear at the same point on the tone scale,
we can see that there is a difference of intensity for any point on that
scale. This is like the question of pitch and volume in music. The point on
the scale would compare to pitch. The volume of the note would compare to
the amount of Theta energy or enTheta energy present at that point. Thus, a
group must also be alert for the energy of an administrator-in other words,
his dynamic potential in terms of volume. A group could have a very high
Theta leader who was high in tone scale point only but who had no volume of
energy to offer. Searching for energy volume a group may often mistake MEST
force for Theta power in a man. True a man who can become very
energetically high Theta can, during moments of turbulence, become large
volume enTheta, but his volume will only direct at enTheta, not Theta.
There is another characteristic of personality, like "quality" in music,
which has to do with the caliber or workability of the reasoning of the
leader. High Theta and high volume of energy and high quality of reason
combine into excellent leadership.
That group which values its survival as a group at all would do well to
learn group-necessity-value and how to express it. The group can bring all
pressure toward any leader or sub-leader to effect the highest ARC
possible. Then each member of the group can perform his duties in the most
efficient and prideful manner possible. And each group member should act to
maintain high ARC in the internal organization. This can raise group tone
to a point where group tone raises individual tone and the climbing
survival level complements itself interactively. A volume of energy at a
high tone level, once attained, operates with a kind of velocity. Given so
much impetus it thereafter maintains itself and begins to gather more
volume and higher tone as an automatic action. Like the ram jet which, at
the speed of sound has attained almost perpetual motion and constant speed,
so can a group, by artificially attaining necessity level, begin an
automatic, self-supporting rise in the group volume and tone. This point is
very high but is worth striving for since an individual in such a group
soars up the tone scale as a direct result.
L. RON HUBBARD
THE CREDO OF A TRUE GROUP MEMBER
January 1951
1. The successful participant of a group is that participant who
closely approximates in his own activities the ideal, ethic and rationale
of the overall group.
2. The responsibility of the individual for the group as a whole
should not be less than the responsibility of the group for the individual.
3. The group member has, as part of his responsibility, the smooth
operation of the entire group.
4. A group member must exert and insist upon his rights and
prerogatives as a group member and insist upon the rights and prerogatives
of the group as a group and let not these rights be diminished in any way
or degree for any excuse or claimed expeditiousness.
5. The member of a true group must exert and practice his right to
contribute to the group. And he must insist upon the right of the group to
contribute to him. He should recognize that a myriad of group failures will
result when either of these contributions is denied as a right. (A welfare
state being that state in which the member is not permitted to contribute
to the state but must take contribution from the state.)
6. Enturbulence of the affairs of the group by sudden shifts of plans
unjustified by circumstances, breakdown of recognized channels or cessation
of useful operations in a group must be refused and blocked by the member
of a group. He should take care not to enturbulate a manager and thus lower
ARC.
7. Failure in planning or failure to recognize goals must be corrected
by the group member for the group by calling the matter to conference or
acting upon his own initiative.
8. A group member must coordinate his initiative with the goals and
rationale of the entire group and with other individual members, well
publishing his activities and intentions so that all conflicts may be
brought forth in advance.
9. A group member must insist upon his right to have initiative.
10. A group member must study and understand and work with the goals,
rationale and executions of the group.
11. A group member must work toward becoming as expert as possible in
his specialized technology and skill in the group and must assist other
individuals of the group to an understanding of that technology and skill
and its place in the organizational necessities of the group.
12. A group member should have a working knowledge of all technologies
and skills in the group in order to understand them and their place in the
organizational necessities of the group.
13. On the group member depends the height of the ARC of the group. He
must insist upon high level communication lines and clarity in affinity and
reality and know the consequence of not having such conditions. AND HE MUST
WORK CONTINUALLY AND ACTIVELY TO MAINTAIN HIGH ARC IN THE ORGANIZATION.
14. A group member has the right of pride in his tasks and a right of
judgment and handling in those tasks.
15. A group member must recognize that he is himself a manager of some
section of the group and/or its tasks and that he himself must have both
the knowledge and right of management in that sphere for which he is
responsible.
16. The group member should not permit laws to be passed which limit
or proscribe the activities of all the members of the group because of the
failure of some of the members of the group.
17. The group member should insist on flexible planning and unerring
execution of plans.
18. The performance of duty at optimum by every member of the group
should be understood by the group member to be the best safeguard of his
own and the group survival. It is the pertinent business of any member of
the group that optimum performance be achieved by any other member of the
group whether chain of command or similarity of activity sphere warrants
such supervision or not.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:ddb.rd
THE CREDO OF A GOOD AND SKILLED MANAGER
January 1951
To be effective and successful a manager must:
1. Understand as fully as possible the goals and aims of the group he
manages. He must be able to see and embrace the ideal attainment of the
goal as envisioned by a goal maker. He must be able to tolerate and better
the practical attainments and advances of which his group and its members
may be capable. He must strive to narrow, always, the ever existing gulf
between the ideal and the practical.
2. He must realize that a primary mission is the full and honest
interpretation by himself of the ideal and ethic and their goals and aims
to his subordinates and the group itself. He must lead creatively and
persuasively toward these goals his subordinates, the group itself and the
individuals of the group.
3. He must embrace the organization and act solely for the entire
organization and never form or favor cliques. His judgment of individuals
of the group should be solely in the light of their worth to the entire
group.
4. He must never falter in sacrificing individuals to the good of the
group both in planning and execution and in his justice.
5. He must protect all established communication lines and complement
them where necessary.
6. He must protect all affinity in his charge and have himself an
affinity for the group itself.
7. He must attain always to the highest creative reality.
8. His planning must accomplish, in the light of goals and aims, the
activity of the entire group. He must never let organizations grow and
sprawl but, learning by pilots, must keep organizational planning fresh and
flexible.
9. He must recognize in himself the rationale of the group and receive
and evaluate the data out of which he makes his solutions with the highest
attention to the truth of that data.
10. He must constitute himself on the orders of service to the group.
11. He must permit himself to be served well as to his individual
requirements, practicing an economy of his own efforts and enjoying certain
comforts to the wealth of keeping high his rationale.
12. He should require of his subordinates that they relay into their
own spheres of management the whole and entire of his true feelings and the
reasons for his decisions as clearly as they can be relayed and expanded
and interpreted only for the greater understanding of the individuals
governed by those subordinates.
13. He must never permit himself to pervert or mask any portion of the
ideal and ethic on which the group operates nor must he permit the ideal
and ethic to grow old and outmoded and unworkable. He must never permit his
planning to be perverted or censored by subordinates. He must never permit
the ideal and ethic of the group's individual members to deteriorate, using
always reason to interrupt such a deterioration.
14. He must have faith in the goals, faith in himself and faith in the
group.
15. He must lead by demonstrating always creative and constructive sub-
goals. He must not drive by threat and fear.
16. He must realize that every individual in the group is engaged in
some degree in the managing of other men, life and MEST and that a liberty
of management within this code should be allowed to every such sub-manager.
Thus conducting himself a manager can win empire for his group,
whatever that empire may be.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:ddb.rd
[The above was reissued as HCOB 17 April 1959, which was cancelled by HCOB
22 April 1959 which reissued Credo of a Good and Skilled Manager
correcting typographical errors in the 17 April 1959 issue. It was also
reissued as HCO PL 10 September 1963.]
THE DIANETIC AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
Volume 1, No. 8 February, 1951
Official Publication of
The Hubbard Dianetic Research Foundation, Inc.
Elizabeth, New Jersey
The Theory of
Affinity, Reality and Communication
From Lectures By
L. Ron Hubbard
These three words: Affinity, Reality and Communication, do not seem on
the surface to have much to do with each other. A little thought will
discover that your Affinity with another person will have something to do
with your ability to Communicate with him, but how these two are related to
Reality is not so easily seen. As a matter of fact, these three words have
an extremely close and interesting relationship.
AFFINITY
The term "affinity" as it is used in Dianetics is fairly close in
meaning to the word like. However, affinity is a two-way proposition. Not
only do you like something, but you feel that it likes you. Affinity is
also very much like the word love when love is used in its universal sense.
It includes both love and like and is broader than both. It includes all
feelings of good will and kinship.
Man would not be man without affinity. Every animal has affinity to
some degree but man is capable of feeling an especially large amount. Long
before he organized into cities, he had organized into tribes and clans.
Before the tribes and clans there were undoubtedly packs. Man's instinctive
need for affinity with his fellow human beings has long been recognized and
his domestication of other animals shows that this affinity extends also to
other species. One could have guessed that the race which first developed
affinity to its highest degree would become the dominant race on any planet
and this has been borne out. Although the kind of affinity enjoyed by the
insect world can be shown to be an entirely different type of affinity
(since it is not based on the individual remaining an individual and having
affinity for another individual), nevertheless, this pseudo-affinity has
made the insect world a dangerous rival for planet supremacy. The dangers
of broken affinity have long been recognized by students of the human mind.
A child is full of affinity. Not only does he have affinity for his
father, mother, brothers and sisters and his playmates, but for his dogs,
his cats and stray dogs that happen to come around. But affinity goes even
beyond this. You can have a feeling of affinity for objects: "I love the
way the grain stands out in that wood." There is a feeling of oneness with
the earth, blue skies, rain, mill ponds, cartwheels and bullfrogs which is
affinity.
Affinity is never identification, nor does it go quite so far as
empathy. You remain very much yourself when you have affinity for something
but you also feel the essence of the thing for which you have affinity. You
remain yourself and, yet, you draw closer to the object for which you have
affinity. It is not a binding quality. There are no strings attached when
affinity is given. To the receiver it carries no duties and no
responsibilities. It is pure, easy and natural and flows out from you as
easily as sunlight flows from the sun.
Copyright(�) 1951 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
Affinity begets affinity. A person who is filled with the quality will
automatically find people anywhere near him also beginning to be filled
with affinity. It is a calming, warming, heartening influence on all who
are capable of receiving and giving it.
COMMUNICATION
"For all who are capable of receiving and giving it" indicates quite
clearly that the use of affinity (and affinity ceases to exist unless it is
used) is dependent on the ability to communicate.
Communication has been equally important in the development of the
race. A man's impact on the world has been directly proportionate to his
development of a means of communication. Communication in its broadest
sense, of course, includes all the ways in which a person or thing becomes
aware of or becomes aware to, another person or thing. Man's unusual
ability to communicate in a number of different ways is largely responsible
for the growth of his intelligence and the growth of his civilization.
In the main, however, communication in man divides itself into two
large groups. Language forms such an important part of the communication
lines between people that it deserves a special consideration and a
classification all its own. All other forms of communication are in another
class. Perhaps in the future, other forms of communication will be
developed which are superior to spoken or written language per se, but
until these tools have developed a great deal more objective accuracy than
they are at present capable of obtaining, language will remain the chief
tool of communication.
Music is a very fine means of communication which can bypass the use
of words completely. Music, however, is limited in its communication to
broad implications rather than to exact facts. Of course if you speak of
emotional states as fact, then music could be considered an exact form of
communication; but an entire symphony might be built around the idea of
trying to communicate the fact that a typewriter was moved from a chair to
a desk. This is admittedly not efficient communication at this level of
abstraction. On the other hand, music can successfully describe, in one
small turn of one phrase, an emotional state which might fill two volumes
with large and mellifluous psychological speech.
Before the development of language, man communicated quite readily and
successfully by means of signs, gestures, imitation and pure identity of
perceptic imagery. Perhaps in the future, methods of transmitting states of
being will become sufficiently advanced so that the objective
considerations of matter, energy, space and time (MEST in Dianetics) may be
also transmitted in the same way that emotional states are now transmitted
by music.
At the moment, however, language remains our most useful tool of
communication. It is notable that the great men of history have almost
unanimously been particularly adept at communication. A very large
percentage of these men have used language as their primary means of
communication, but some have used music, and some have used the other less
exact methods of transmitting affinity and of having force with other men.
Quite recently, the development of mathematics has placed an extremely
flexible and useful language in the hands of a few people. The work of the
late Count Korzybski has pointed out with great distinctness the advantages
which the language of mathematics has given to scientists of the physical
universe. Rationality, in their special field, is very high among
physicists and chemists who do a great deal of their thinking in terms of
the rational language of mathematics.
Starting with affinity with each other and working by means of
communication with each other, mankind has gradually changed and tamed the
world in which he lived. Order is slowly being evolved out of disorder and,
once the hurdle of irrationality is crossed, man will reach out for other
worlds. With affinity and through communication, man is remaking the world.
REALITY
Most people are unaware of how much man really does make his own
world. It is surprising how much reality is dependent on an agreement
between individuals that an object or an idea exists.
Take the case of a person who has been hypnotized and has been told that
there is a chair in the center of the room. This, in effect, is an
agreement entered into between the hypnotist and the person who is
hypnotized that there is a chair in the center of the room. The person who
is hypnotized is temporarily cut off from the rest of mankind and finds
that his only communication and his only affinity, for the duration of the
hypnosis, is with a hypnotic operator. So that when this person goes into
the center of the room, he can feel the chair, sit on the chair, stumble
over the chair, or even bum the chair up with a match. For him, the chair
in the center of the room really exists. To the hypnotic operator who is
still in communication and agreement with the rest of mankind, or at least
a portion of it, the spectacle of someone who believes a chair to be in the
middle of the room when obviously no chair is there may be very ludicrous.
Yet it may be possible that the chairs which to everyone else in the room
seem to be sitting around the walls may be there only because everyone else
agrees that they are there.
A group of men who were isolated on a South Pacific island during the
last war developed a curious (and, at times, hilarious) pastime which
involved a little, brown, imaginary dog. The company commander, in
particular, was always bumping into this dog, sitting down on this dog, or
in some other way giving some private an opportunity to say, "Oh, please
sir, don't hurt the mascot!" This game suddenly came to an abrupt halt.
Someone had actually seen the dog and everybody got scared!
This little, brown dog probably had only a very, very tiny amount of
reality. There is a strong conviction in the mind of humanity that you
cannot produce little, brown dogs by agreeing that they exist. For this
reason, the men in this company were probably right in judging the men who
saw the dog as almost psychotic, rather than believing that the dog
actually existed. In other words, there was not, in this case, a truly
genuine agreement that the dog existed. Nevertheless, it could not be
proved completely that the dog did not exist. One man became convinced of
this for one moment, and the sense of reality of the entire group was
jolted because one of its members suddenly agreed internally on a reality
which the other members of the group had helped to create but did not,
basically, agree upon. For one moment this man had a different reality, and
the others in the group felt responsible.
But what are psychotic people except those who have a different
reality from the agreed-upon reality? It would be interesting to observe
what would happen if a large number of psychotics with similar psychoses
were allowed to create a little world of their own. If they could remain
completely isolated from the rest of humanity for a considerable length of
time, it is not inconceivable that they would begin to agree in some
respects on their reality and would actually create a different system of
reality from the one which has been developed by the rest of mankind.
For an individual, reality can only consist of his interpretation of
the sensory perceptions he receives. The comparative unreliability of this
data is clearly shown by the varying reports always received in the
description of, say, an automobile accident. People who have studied this
phenomenon report that there is an amazing degree of difference in the
description given of the same scene by different observers. In other words,
the reality of this situation differed in details for each of the
observers. As a matter of fact, there is a wide area of agreement,
extremely wide, the common agreement of mankind. This is the earth. We are
men. The automobiles are automobiles. They are propelled by the explosion
of certain chemicals. The air is the air. The sun is in the sky. (Common
agreement now has it around 93 million miles away. Whether it was really
that far away before people found that it was true, is open to question.)
There is usually an agreement that a wreck happened. Beyond this basic area
of agreement there are differing interpretations of reality.
But take any one of the points just mentioned and carry your inquiry
into this point deep enough and you will find a point at which agreement
ceases.
"The air is the air." All mankind agrees.
"Air is composed only of certain chemical agents."
"Not so," says the Australian bushman, "air is one single thing, earth
is another single thing."
"No! There is also the spirit of life in the air," says the member of an
oriental religion.
When the point of disagreement is reached, reality is weaker. Press
the point of the composition of air and its effect on the human being and
the large group disagreements will break into smaller and smaller groups.
Reality becomes more and more tenuous. Eventually disagreement will be
discovered among individuals and at that point, reality is almost
nonexistent.
There may be somewhere, some ultimate sort of reality which would
exist without communication and affinity among men. Whether this ultimate
reality would exist for any one man is highly debatable. It is certain,
however, that this ultimate sort of reality, at the present moment at
least, is unknowable to man as he is so constituted. Functionally, then, it
could be said that reality consists of a common area of agreement which has
been communicated by the persons in whom there is affinity. This is a long
way from saying that reality exists in your mind and that you have complete
control of whatever reality exists. The amount of reality which mankind has
built up for itself is truly amazing. The amount of reality which exists
for other species must be considerably less. Among them, there is a
considerable degree of difference between the amount of reality possessed
by individuals.
Consider the nuclear physicists. For several hundred years now, the
basic notions of the atom have been gaining in reality to larger and larger
numbers of people. The notions which only one or two of the Greeks had in
the time of the Golden Age of Greece were held by millions and millions of
people by 1945. Hundreds of thousands of people had much more exact ideas
of what an atom was and how it behaved than would have been possible for
any man prior to 1800. To these hundreds of thousands of people, the atom
contained more reality, it was more real to them, than to the other
millions who had only a vague idea that atoms were the basic building
blocks of the universe. Tens of thousands of people were aware of the
possibility of turning the atomic structure into energy. For these tens of
thousands, the atom was even more real. Indeed, they were not too surprised
when energy was actually released from an atom. The performance of that job
was done primarily by a few hundred people to whom the atom was very real
indeed.
There are still many millions of people all over the world who would
argue bitterly that nothing which they could not see, touch, feel, taste or
smell could possibly exist. This in spite of the otherwise agreed-upon
reality that, by manipulating certain changes which could not be seen,
touched, felt, tasted or smelled, certain men caused reactions which could
definitely be seen, heard and felt if they were not too close to be killed
by the violence of the perceptic situation.
It is obvious that for different classes of people in the world today,
the atom has different degrees of reality. For centuries the philosophers
and scientists of mankind have been attempting to go back of this obvious
fact and find the ultimate sort of reality which may be causing whatever
varying reactions people had to the universe around them. This attempt to
track down ultimates is a wild logjam which can waste and has wasted more
hours of thought and effort than any other snag which has ever caught the
human mind. For all practical purposes, reality consists of your perception
of it and your perception of reality consists, to a large extent, of what
you can communicate with other people. Your communication with other people
depends to a large extent, on your affinity for them. Your affinity for
people is determined largely by your understanding of the person and your
agreement with him about reality. The three-way interrelationship between
affinity, reality and communication not only underlies all that is done in
Dianetics but explains many things about life, itself. In Dianetics, the
abbreviation ARC (pronounced A-R-C rather than arc) is one of the most
useful terms yet devised.
ARC DOWN
Since each of these three aspects of existence is dependent on the
other two, anything which affects one of these will also similarly affect
the others. It is very
difficult to suffer a reversal of affinity without also suffering a
blockage of communication and a consequent deterioration of reality.
Consider a lovers' quarrel: One of the pair offers affinity in a
certain way to the other. This affinity is either reversed or not
acknowledged. The first lover feels insulted and begins to break off
communication. The second lover, not understanding this break-off, also
feels insulted and makes the break in communication even wider. The area of
agreement between the two inevitably diminishes and the reality of their
relationship begins to go down. Since they no longer agree on reality,
there is less possibility of affinity between them and the downward spiral
goes on. The only way of reversing the spiral is through raising of the
necessity level of the individual, by the intervention of some outside
agency which will force them to agree or communicate, or by dianetic
processing. Unless one of these things happens, eventually all of the
reality of the relationship which had grown up between this pair of lovers
would vanish and both of the people would be damaged in their total
reality, their total ability to communicate, their total capacity for
affinity.
This downward spiral can be started not only at the point of affinity,
but at any other point on the triangle. Many a soldier in the last war can
testify that the breaks of communication between himself and his family
occasioned by his enforced absence caused a definite diminishing of
affinity with people for whom affinity lines had been very strong. This
break of communication lines was the frequent cause for a serious
diminishing of reality for the soldier and only sharply raised necessity
level kept the situation from spiraling downward rapidly.
A denial of reality is one of the quickest ways to cause a person to
become insane. Imagine your own feelings if you were to walk into your
office in the morning and find that your desk was removed only to have your
secretary, your boss, a receptionist, the president of the company and
finally a psychiatrist inform you quite bluntly that the desk was actually
there. This is a denial of reality in a way that should not seem to affect
you personally but only two possible conclusions would be open to you:
either you are crazy or they are crazy. There would be alternatives in
between, such as "They are playing a trick on me," but this would probably
be called paranoia and the result would be the same. One of the first
reactions you might have to a situation of this type would be that you were
quite angry at the people who kept insisting your desk was there. If they
continued to resist it was there and you decided it was hopeless to
convince them otherwise, you might become quite apathetic. You would
undoubtedly break off communication with these people and the vicious
spiral would have been started again.
ARC UP
Fortunately the spiral works both ways. Anything which will raise the
level of affinity will also increase the ability to communicate and add to
the perception of reality.
Falling in love is a good example of the raising of the ability to
communicate and of a heightened sense of reality occasioned by a sudden
increase in affinity. If it has happened to you, you will remember the
wonderful smell of the air, the feeling of affection for the good solid
ground, the way in which the stars seemed to shine brighter and the sudden
new ability in expressing yourself.
If you have ever been alone, and in a dwindling spiral, only to have
the telephone ring and the voice of a friend come across, you will have
experienced the halting of a downward spiral through a lift m
communication. This is particularly true if the friend happens to be a
person with whom you converse easily and who seems to understand the
communication which you try to give him. After such an experience, you are
probably aware of a great deal more interest in the things around you
(reality) and the increase of the feelings of affinity within you.
A troopship was slowly approaching the Golden Gate Bridge filled with
troops who had been overseas for several months. As the ship slowly
approached the bridge, all on board grew very quiet until at last no one
was talking at all. Suddenly, as though
by prearranged signal, just as the prow of the ship cleared the bridge, the
men in the front of the ship broke into a tremendous cheer which carried on
down the length of the ship as she went under the bridge. Suddenly everyone
was talking to everyone excitedly. Men who scarcely knew each other were
pounding each other on the back as though they were brothers. America
regained some of its reality for these men and communication and affinity
suddenly went up. Fast!
Unfortunately, the spontaneous incidents which cause affinity, reality
and communication to increase are not as common as the incidents which
break affinity, reality and communication. In the case of a large break of
affinity, dianetic processing is the surest and most efficient means of
halting the downward spiral.
PROCESSING AND ARC
Returning to a moment when an ARC break occurred will bring back to a
preclear the full effect of this break and will allow him to compute the
effect which this break has had upon him. Once the analytical mind grasps
the fact that this break has acted as a survival depressant and the
incident has been recounted a sufficient number of times, it loses its
force and the lock will have no further effect on the individual. The
finding and reducing of ARC breaks is even more important to persons who
are badly occluded or who are near a psychotic break than it is for the
average individual. The reducing of the locks occasioned by ARC breaks is
the quickest possible way to raise the tone level of a preclear and thus to
procure the energy by which further processing may be made more efficient
and fruitful.
The techniques for running locks which have already been outlined in
the Handbook* and in previous issues of the Bulletin are quite sufficient
for the reducing of ARC locks. However, there has come into being a fairly
extensive technology which concerns itself primarily with the quick
reduction of ARC locks. These techniques will be fully outlined m the
forthcoming publication: Dianetics: The Science of Survival; Simplified,
Faster Techniques of Dianetic Processing. Articles concerned with these
techniques will appear from time to time in The Dianetic Auditor's
Bulletin.
[* Dianetics: The Modern Science of Mental Health by L. Ron Hubbard.]
RADIO BROADCASTS
7-15 February 1951
Beginning in December 1950, L. Ron Hubbard gave a series of fifteen-
minute lectures over 126 radio stations On the West Coast of America they
were broadcast daily, Monday through Friday, at 10:15 a.m.
These lectures were recorded on phonograph discs and were distributed
to radio stations by Progressive Broadcasting Co.
Seven of the lectures given in February 1951 are listed below:
5102C07 R/BRCST Group Dianetics-how to straighten out a group- the
group and the individual
5102C08 R/BRCST Dianetics-its ability to handle community's,
individual's and nation's problems
5102C09 R/BRCST Valence-Straight Memory
5102C12 R/BRCST Valence-Grief and Valence
5102C13 R/BRCST Husbands and Wives (etc.) Auditing Each Other
5102C14 R/BRCST Communication Breaks: Seeing, Hearing, Speaking, Etc.
5102C15 R/BRCST Tone Scale of Individuals and Nations
THE DIANETIC AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
Volume 1, No. 9 March, 1951
Official Publication of
The Hubbard Dianetic Research Foundation, Inc.
Elizabeth, New Jersey
The Problem of Sedation
From a Lecture By
L. Ron Hubbard
The first and most important thing which can be said about processing
a person who is under sedation is: DON'T.
At first glance that seems to be an easy rule to follow, even though
the reason for following it might not be so evident. Actually, however, a
constant awareness of the possibility that your preclear might be taking
light dosages of a sedative or a hypnotic is necessary if you wish to avoid
the ill effects which might occur as a result of processing under sedation.
Processing should never be attempted until you have thoroughly checked
with your preclear on the question of what drugs, if any, he has taken
during the past week. The inquiry should not be general and routine. Many
persons have become so accustomed to their daily dosage of sleeping pills
or pain-killers that they do not consider their little pills as drugs.
Indeed, the prevalence of drugs in our present society is amazing to a
person who has not become concerned with the problem. Luminal, nembutal,
phenobarbital, et al are often treated as though they were a panacea for
all ills. Too often the attitude has been: "Well, if I can't find the cause
of the pain, at least I'll deaden it." In the case of a mental ill, the
sentence would have to read: '"Well, if he can't be made rational, at least
he can be made quiet." Unfortunately, it is not recognized that a person
whose pain has been deadened by a sedative, has himself been deadened by
the same drug, and is much nearer the ultimate pain of death. It should
have been obvious, but apparently has not been so, that the quietest people
in the world are dead.
Aside from checking verbally with your preclear or with people who
have been associated with him, the easiest method of obtaining evidence of
the use of drugs is by watching the action of your preclear's eyes. Any
unusual dilation or contraction of the pupil is an indication that drugs
may be in the preclear's system, and a thorough investigation should be
made before any processing is begun.
The suggestion that you need to investigate further into the
possibility of drugs even though your preclear gives a negative answer to
direct questioning is meant not only to guard against the general tendency
to falsify the facts about sedatives or hypnotics, but to point out that
drugs are sometimes not considered drugs, and that in some cases the
preclear will be taking a sedative or a hypnotic without realizing he is
doing so. This is, of course, especially applicable when dealing with a
person who has recently been institutionalized. Indeed, in dealing with
such a person, or with one who is still under treatment, you will often
find that he has been given so much sedative that only a little more would
bring him to the point of trance which is used in narcosynthesis.
It has generally been forgotten that the trance state used in
narcosynthesis can be induced by simply adding to some of the drugs
commonly used in sedation. The trance of narcosynthesis and the drugged
state of sedation are not two different conditions, but merely two points
on a spectrum. The administration of any sedative or hypnotic starts a
person into this spectrum and breaks to some extent his communication with
Copyright (�)1951 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
his environment. This trance, whether light or heavy, is a step away from
the ultimate goal of alleviating the cause of the disorder. Not only does
it render a person temporarily inaccessible for processing, but because
anaten is present it also creates a secondary engram of varying intensity,
depending on the amount of sedation given. This type of engram, created (as
it often is) in the midst of the turmoil and confusion usually associated
with conditions of such a nature that sedatives have to be given, can be
very aberrative.
WHEN TO BEGIN PROCESSING
For most sedatives or hypnotics, in average dosages, a three-day
waiting period will be enough to bring the preclear back close enough to
his current best state of awareness to begin processing. This is not true
for all drugs. Demerol, for instance, seems to have some effect on
processing for almost a month after the last dose is taken, if there has
been a strong addiction to it.
If your preclear has been taking a sedative or a hypnotic, find out
from his physician how long any effect from the drug would be noticeable,
add two days to his answer, and then give your preclear a short run. If you
contact material easily, but this material does not reduce or erase, wait a
couple of days longer. When the reduction of engrams or locks seems to be
normal for your preclear, begin processing. Be sure to run as locks all
sessions where reduction did not occur.
WHAT MAY HAPPEN-AN ANALOGY
The whole field of research in the effect of chemicals on processing
has scarcely been scratched. It is a field that has enormous possibilities,
and is one of the main roads that will lead eventually to a physiological
understanding of what has been observed in Dianetics. At the moment,
however, our knowledge of this field is strictly limited, and it is
possible to say only that the mind seems to work in a certain way. The
analogy which best explains the observed action of sedatives and hypnotics
is an electronic one.
Sedation seems to have the temporary effect of allowing the individual
memories of a person to differentiate from each other. The analytical mind
possesses some way of distinguishing between past events, and between
abstractions made from these events-roses are red, a horse is a certain
kind of animal, a church is a certain kind of building. Some type of
insulation is present which keeps the charges containing the impulses which
cause these ideas separated in the brain. Sedation seems to strengthen,
temporarily, this insulation between the memories of different events in
the mind.
A reactive mind is, of course, all the memories soldered together. If
Mr. Jones thinks of a horse he will connect this horse with other horses,
other events, other facts in his mind. If the horse memories are soldered
into engrams which are connected with other engrams which have church
memories in them, a horse will equal a church for Mr. Jones. If Jones is an
average person he will, when not anaten, merely have a vague feeling that
somehow horses seem to belong with churches-old country church with horses
hitched outside, etc. If he is near-psychotic, or if this chain of engrams
is in violent restimulation, there will be a compulsion to think of horses
and churches as being equal to each other, and he will resent any
implication that this is not true. If poor Jones is psychotic, he might
insist on stabling his horse in the church.
The action here is that the charge contained in the engrams was so
great that the insulation which would normally exist between the ideas and
the words "horse" and "church" has been blown through and burned out. What
is an engram but a series of perceptics, shorted out and interconnected
completely, soldered in by pain?
So we administer some drug or some herb which restores the
effectiveness of the insulation in Mr. Jones' mind. All of a sudden the
memories will stand apart a trifle and you then have a .person who is able
to differentiate (slightly) between a horse and a church. So far, this
sounds like a good thing, but let's follow it further.
Now, since Mr. Jones is under the influence of the drug which acts as an
insulator stiffener, he gives the appearance of some amount of rationality.
We can talk to him and he will agree, rationally, that roses are red. He
responds very well to this. He can think about it. He's in good condition.
But let the effect of this drug wear off for any reason.
A horse is a church as roses are red. A horse with red roses is a
church. A rose church equals a red horse. A rose horse means a church is
red, or read. A horse rose up ]n the church and read. Mr. Jones will swear
to it. The engrams say so.
The same identifications are made plus all the factors encountered
under sedation. Everything is undifferentiated again. And a new engram has
been added to Mr. Jones' repertoire. And this is a permanent addition. The
engram will not key out again until properly processed.
Ordinarily, if you restimulate an engram which refuses to reduce or
erase, it will not stay in restimulation more than three to eight days. A
late life engram may stay in pretty stiff restimulation for three to eight
days, but at the end of this time it will key out again.
If you put a person under sedation, because you have added a drug
factor to the whole thing, it does not key out in from three to eight days.
It just goes on and on. Your preclear has another permanent, soldered-in
computation in his mind.
CONCLUSION
A great deal of work needs to be done to determine the exact effect of
chemicals on processing. Enough has been discovered, however, to warrant a
reiteration of the warnings about sedation in the Handbook.*
As for processing a person who is under sedation, one word pretty well
sums up the advice which can be garnered from the research already done in
this field: DON'T.
[* Dianetics: The Modern Science of Mental Health by L. Ron Hubbard.]
WICHITA LECTURES
Wichita, Kansas
9 April-21 May 1951
In the Spring of 1951, the Hubbard Dianetic Research Foundation moved
from Elizabeth, New Jersey, to Wichita, Kansas. Wichita, being near to the
geographical center of the United States, was an excellent location for the
new National Headquarters of Dianetics. From here, the Foundation could
more easily centralize and consolidate all the activities of Dianetics as
well as offer a more comprehensive and better integrated program of
courses, processing and publications.
On the evening of 21 May 1951, L. Ron Hubbard spoke for an hour and
forty-five minutes to an audience which filled the lecture hall at the
Wichita Foundation. This was his first major lecture in several months, as
he had been engaged in completing Science of Survival, and he presented
technological improvements and expansions and clarifications of theory. A
recording of this lecture was made available to all groups and individuals
in Dianetics.
* 5104CO9A LECTURE Time
* 5104CO9B LECTURE Motion
* 5105C21 LECTURE Introduction to Science of Survival
THE DIANETIC AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
Volume 1, No. 10 -11 April-May, 1951
Official Publication of
The Hubbard Dianetic Foundation, Inc.
Wichita, Kansas
Lock Scanning
From Lectures By
L. Ron Hubbard
During the work of developing the theories and techniques of
Dianetics, many techniques were used which later had to be discarded. Some
of them, such as the use of hypnotism, were found not to be useful at all,
except in highly unusual instances. Instead, as the techniques progressed,
some of the earlier experiments had to be run out as engrams and locks and
this was the case with all attempts at working with hypnotism. As new data
accumulated during the years, new techniques would be built and then
discarded.
One of the techniques used about 1948 was finally discarded before the
publication of DIANETICS: The Modern Science of Mental Health. After a
phrase was erased in the basic area, the preclear would be asked to move
rapidly forward to present time, contacting all incidents containing this
phrase. This particular technique, utilizing a function of the mind we now
call scanning, was discarded with extreme reluctance because, used in this
way, it was very effective. It did not, however, do a complete, clean job
and the reduction achieved in this manner did not seem to be permanent. In
some instances it produced restimulation which had to be repaired by slower
methods. It was not altogether safe. In the search for a technique that
would be both effective and safe, this particular line had to be dropped.
Since the publication of the Handbook, however, several people have
come across the phenomenon of scanning and have experimented with this
technique with approximately the same results which were achieved back in
1948. Scanning through basic area engrams and the locks which lie on top of
these engrams is one of the fastest ways yet devised of destimulating a
case. Unfortunately, scanning in the prenatal area does not produce a clean
erasure. It leaves bits of engrams lying around, and because it does not
erase cleanly the engrams scanned from a case may be restimulated. The
scanning of basic area engrams can be very dangerous, and should be avoided
at all costs.
THE MECHANISM OF SCANNING
The process of scanning is somewhere between remembering and
returning. It can be done either with eyes open or eyes closed, although
better results are usually achieved with closing the eyes. It is
accomplished by a narrowing of the selector mechanism of the mind to a
class of data but not to the point of a specific incident which contains
specific data. Remembering, of course, covers the wide range of all events
connected in any way to the thing which you are remembering. Returning
always ties the attention down to one particular incident and the
perceptics of this incident are recorded chronologically. Scanning is
halfway between the two. Things are not remembered in generalities as in
memory, nor chronologically within a single event as in return, but rather
by a class of events with the particular section of the event in which the
required data appears being foremost in the mind. In scanning, events
appear in order of their occurrence but only those parts of the events
which are catalogued together by virtue of similar perceptics or similar
meaning. The rest of the incident lies dormant and any charge it contains
is not dissipated. Only the part of each event which applies to the subject
comes into the analytical mind during scanning.
Copyright(�) 1951 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
While this explanation of scanning may appear to be rather complicated, the
actual process is a simple one to induce and can be achieved quite easily
by any person who is at all familiar with the principles of Dianetics. The
technique, however, could not be used so long as it contained the elements
of mischance which I had noted upon my first contact with the phenomenon.
Despite the obvious usefulness which would result if it could be rid of the
element of danger for the preclear, it had to be discarded because in the
hands of an inexperienced auditor scanning in the prenatal area can be
extremely dangerous.
Recent work, however, has shown that if the division between locks and
engrams is carefully observed, the scanning phenomenon can be used to
achieve a reasonable amount of destimulation in a short space of time with
no real danger of restimulation. With the single, strong admonition that
THE AUDITOR IS NOT TO ALLOW THE PRECLEAR TO ENTER INTO ANY MOMENTS WHICH
CONTAIN PHYSICAL PAIN, it was found that scanning could be employed on
almost any number of subjects with very good results in the well-being of
the preclear and in the progress of his case.
THE TECHNIQUE
The technique begins with explaining to the preclear that it is
possible to contact events one after the other in rapid succession when
they have some common subject matter or some common perceptic. Explain that
this process usually begins with the first time or at least an early time
and comes quickly up to present time. Then issue the one admonition that
the preclear is not to enter any moments which contain physical pain and is
to report to the auditor any time he appears to be contacting an incident
which contains a particularly large amount of tension. Then, as a trial,
ask the preclear to remember the first time he ever tasted watermelon (or
some similar pleasant occurrence).
Do not let your preclear return too well to this first incident,
especially if he returns easily and with full perceptics. A good memory of
the event with the beginnings of a few direct perceptics is the desirable
amount of contact. When a nice balance between memory and return has been
achieved, ask your preclear to scan rapidly all incidents when he tasted
watermelon. In all except very badly occluded cases, the preclear will
respond readily and easily to this trial run. Then go back to the beginning
of this chain of incidents and run through again, experimenting with the
different possible speeds of scanning.
SCANNING SPEEDS
There are four main scanning speeds which are, of course, on a
spectrum with gradations in between and much flexibility.
The first and slowest speed is vocal rate. At this speed a long chain
of incidents will take a considerable length of time to run through since
you ask the preclear to contact any phrases which are charged (or are
aberrative) and to go over these phrases, speaking them as he contacts
them. This is, in reality, a very quick and effective way of clearing out
locks. At this rate, some of the locks contacted may be quite heavy and
must be noted by the auditor and returned to and cleaned out before the end
of the session. Sometimes the preclear will seem to want to remain in a
particular lock until it has been blown. This may be due to a particularly
heavy charge on the incident, or it may be the action of a holder. Holders
are particularly important in scanning and an auditor should be on the
alert for them and should utilize his opportunities to find and reduce
them. In any case, the auditor would be wise to follow the preclear's
desires, if he wishes to pay special attention to an incident or a
particular phrase in an incident.
Some chains take as long as thirty-five to forty-five minutes to scan
at vocal rate but some may go in as little as two or three minutes.
The second rate of speed is non-vocal, which is slightly faster. At
this rate, the preclear's contact with each incident is sufficient to allow
him to receive an impression of all the aberrative phrases used in each
incident but he does not take the required
amount of time to speak each phrase as he contacts it. The principle
feature of non-vocal rate is that the actual words of each incident are
contacted by the analytical mind but may come into the analytical mind at a
speed too great to be vocalized. The non-vocal running time for a chain of
locks may be from about one-third to two-thirds the time for the same chain
run at vocal rate.
At non-vocal rate, there appear tremendous differences in the actual
job of auditing. The auditor simply sits patiently observing any play of
expression in the preclear and watching for any indication that the
preclear might be stopped at some point or other, might be contacting an
emotional moment which needs to be explored, or might be reacting to an
action phrase which needs to be reduced. In the main, however, the job of
the auditor is to sit and watch while the preclear runs through the chain
of locks and then to direct the preclear back to the beginning of the chain
to go over it again. This is also true for the faster rates of scanning.
For this reason it is almost always a good practice to have at least one
scanning at vocal rate.
The third rate of scanning is accelerated. Accelerated rate is
approximately five times the speed of vocal rate. Contact with events at
accelerated rate allows enough time in each event to identify the event as
to content or meaning and that's about all. It is almost as though the mind
skimmed over all events in a certain classification, took one quick look
and pushed the event back into the files again.
The fourth rate of speed appears mysterious to an auditor or an
observer. Only the preclear really knows whether anything is happening at
maximum rate of scanning. If the preclear's visio is good, he may get a
flicker of many still pictures that merge and blend into each other and
change so rapidly that they can hardly be identified. If he has good
kinesthetic recall, he may simply make a few convulsive movements and then
have run completely through the chain of locks at maximum rate. Maximum
rate simply means as fast as you can go.
These rates of scanning are, of course, suggestions only, but most
people seem to react well when the spectrum of scanning rates is divided up
in this manner for them.
BASIC USE OF LOCK SCANNING
After your preclear has become somewhat adept at scanning, using
either pleasure moments or light lock material for practice, you can begin
the serious business of deintensifying any chains of locks which are
interfering with processing or are aberrative to the preclear. It is
fortunate that this development came along at about the same time as the
newer developments in the running of individual ARC breaks and the hurdy-
gurdy* system. Together with these developments, lock scanning can produce
quick results in cases which heretofore needed to have a great deal of hard
work before results would show. They at least partly solve the problems of
accessibility.
Scanning out the locks from a person's bank individual by individual,
or dynamic by dynamic, or subject by subject, is one of the quickest ways
of obtaining a genuinely easy case. Only after a person's reactive bank has
been deintensified to the point where he can remain in his own valence and
where he has picked up many of his perceptics, can he be run to best
advantage in the basic area. In the overall picture of clearing, it is a
saving of time to have your preclear high in tone and in valence before
running engrams. This statement, like all general rules, is subject to
specific deviation and there are some cases which simply cannot be handled
in this way, but this does seem to be a general rule and, if there is any
trouble at all with accessibility, it is always a good rule to follow. Lock
scanning is one of the techniques for raising your preclear's tone and
destimulating his engram bank.
SCANNING A CHAIN OF LOCKS
The usual way to approach a chain of locks is to ask your preclear to
settle well into the first lock on the chain. The first time through it is
generally a good practice to
[* See Science of Survival, Book 2, Chapter 7, "Straight Memory," pages 77-
80.]
go through at maximum rate. This will allow the auditor to gather some idea
of the type of chain he is attempting to run and its length, since a little
practice with any preclear will show the relationship between maximum and
other rates of scanning and the auditor will then be in a position to judge
how long the chain is going to take to deintensify. In addition to this,
the preclear has a chance to warm up the material that is in the chain and
the locks will come out cleanly and swiftly when proceeding to vocal-rate
scanning. In some preclears, two or three times through at maximum rate is
a good practice; in others, one. Some preclears, indeed, object to running
a chain through at maximum rate until it has been pretty well deintensified
by scanning at vocal or non-vocal rate. This is, of course, an individual
matter and the preclear is right in whatever way he wishes to approach the
subject of scanning. Usually, however, the best thing to do is to start off
with at least one scan-through at maximum.
Next it is best to go through one time at vocal rate, asking for all
aberrative phrases in the chain. This may be your slowest scan through the
chain but it is also the scanning which produces the most
deintensification. It is at this time that the auditor takes careful note
of locks which need to be treated individually.
After the vocal-rate scanning, it is generally a good practice to
proceed to non-vocal for one or two runs, perhaps asking for vocalization
of any phrase which seems to have particular charge. At this point, if the
chain has not been very heavy, it is not a bad practice to go back to
maximum-rate scanning for three or four times, and if the scanning time at
maximum rate has reduced to a matter of one or two seconds, the chain can,
to all intents and purposes, be considered destimulated.
If the chain has been aberrative or highly charged, it is better to go
through several times at accelerated rate before proceeding to maximum and
checking to see how long a maximum rate run will take.
Your first run at maximum may take several minutes. If you proceed to
run a light chain of locks purely at maximum rate and time the running of
the chain, you will discover that the time for scanning goes up slightly
and then goes down swiftly until finally a maximum-rate scanning of a long
chain of events is practically instantaneous. A typical chain timed in this
fashion might take one minute for the first running, one-and-a-half for the
second, one-and-three-quarters for the third, and one-and-one quarter, one-
half, twenty seconds, five seconds, two seconds for succeeding runs.
REDUCTION OF LOCK CHAINS
A chain of locks can be thought of as a single engram. When thought of
in this fashion it becomes apparent that the signs of reduction of an
engram would also be the signs for the reduction of a chain of locks. The
main thing to note is the reduction of tension within the preclear as he
goes through this material. Quite often lock scanning will produce a
reduction in the familiar terms of yawns, tears, lessening of somatics,
etc. In addition to the signs of reduction, it is also possible to measure
the reduction of a chain by the length of time in which it takes to scan.
This, of course, should not be considered completely unassailable proof
that the chain has been reduced, since the preclear may be simply
lightening the contact which he has with the chain on each successive trip
through; but, coupled with other signs of deintensification, the lessening
of running time is a clue that the chain has been reduced. As in many
engrams, the second, third or fourth runs through a chain of locks will
reveal additional material, sometimes additional locks. Indeed, at the end
of running through a particularly aberrative chain, a preclear may have
made available for his analytical thinking five or ten times the number of
incidents of this type that were accessible before the run. One of the most
important by-products of lock scanning is that it is tremendously effective
in recovering a vast amount of usable experience for the analytical mind.
THREE SPECIAL CHAINS
In auditing a case which has already been processed for some time, the
first chain which should be contacted and scanned thoroughly (on several
occasions to make sure
that it is reduced well), is the chain of locks caused by previous sessions
of auditing. This is a highly effective way of erasing any mistakes which a
novice auditor has made in the past, and will recover any attention units
lost at odd points during processing. Frequently an auditor will discover
that the preclear, while in reverie, has misunderstood a comment of the
auditor, and because of his close contact with the engram has been unable
to evaluate properly what the auditor has been saying. This
misunderstanding may have caused serious breaks in affinity, reality or
communication, and scanning through all the auditing which a preclear has
received is one of the quickest ways of picking up tone and of heightening
the sense of well-being for any preclear.
Of especial interest to persons who have done a great deal of auditing
themselves is the fact that their auditing usually forms a second chain of
locks which can be scanned out in the manner described. Indeed, a steady
job of auditing is quite restimulative and the technique of lock scanning
is recommended most highly to a person who has done much auditing. If lock
scanning on processing or auditing is done by a team of co-auditors, it is
sometimes wise not to slow down the rate of scanning slower than the non-
vocal rate since additional locks might be put on if the aberrative phrases
were vocalized. This is only true in cases where there has been
considerable tension about auditing or about being audited on the part of
one of the members. If there is heavy charge on such incidents, however,
some of this charge can be released by scanning at non-vocal, accelerated
and maximum rates. After the situation has been brought up slightly in tone
perhaps it will be possible to go back and release charge from individual
incidents or from the chain at vocal rate.
In connection with this point let me issue a word of warning to all
preclears: No auditor worth his salt as an auditor will be pleased if you
do not repeat the aberrative phrases which have occurred during processing
exactly as they seem to occur to you. To hint that such phrases exist or to
compute as though they existed without actually blowing them as locks is
ten times harder for the auditor than if you simply go right into the
material and let the phrases come out as they were recorded in your
reactive mind. The lock scanning mechanisms, for the first time, give a
legitimate way of protecting your auditor from the full force of these
locks, but even this cannot be used to dodge the issue. Once the scanning
has improved the situation to the point where the auditor and preclear have
resumed good processing relationships, it is important to go back and blow
any specific incidents which still contain charge as single locks by
standard procedure.
One other chain is of particular importance in Dianetics and will be
found in most cases to contain a large amount of charge. This is the chain
of invalidation of Dianetics. It can be divided up into smaller chains;
such as, invalidation of Dianetics by bad publicity, invalidation of
Dianetics by opposed authorities, invalidation of Dianetics by opposed
relatives, invalidation of specific instances by interested parties and
invalidation of Dianetics by too much fanaticism.
After having scanned these major chains of locks, it's sometimes a
very good practice to ask for anything about Dianetics which still contains
a charge and run out the incidents which are presented as a chain of locks.
ADDITIONAL USES OF LOCK SCANNING
Lock scanning can perform the usual duties of a canceller much more
efficiently than any canceller ever devised. For most persons, it is more
effective to go back and scan through a session of auditing than it is to
use a canceller. The material which is removed from the reactive bank of an
individual is, of course, highly aberrative to him. As such, the repetition
of this material in present time almost invariably constitutes a light
lock. For this reason, every Dianetic session should be scanned and the
effect of the session reduced upon the person. This is especially true of
people who have not yet started erasing material.
When a preclear may have been hypnotized in the past it is a good
practice to use both a canceller and the scanning technique. Lock scanning
has an obvious use for the more skilled auditor in correcting the mistakes
of a poor auditor. No matter how poor
the auditing has been, a scanning of the auditing which the preclear has
received will restore the original condition of acceptance of Dianetics and
will allow the auditor to have a fresh start.
Of particular interest to some people is the use of lock scanning in
chronological scanning through each day. This usually requires only a half
hour or so even for people who are under considerable pressure and the
result in the improvement of general well-being is immediately evident.
Many previous students of the human mind have noted the therapeutic effect
of a recheck of a day's activities before retiring. Lock scanning is the
most efficient means yet devised for accomplishing this end.
CONCLUSION
Lock scanning does not replace standard procedure. It is only an
adjunct to it. It can be used as one of the steps prior to the running of
engrams or it can be interspersed with the running of engrams. If auditor
and preclear adhere strictly to the rule that no events containing physical
pain will be entered, lock scanning is not dangerous. Innumerable
combinations of lock scanning, hurdy-gurdy, straight line memory and the
running of engrams are possible and the auditor who understands all of
these is capable of varying his attack to meet the individual situation of
his preclear. Lock scanning is a valuable addition to the tools of
Dianetics.
LRH TAPE LECTURES
Wichita, Kansas
June 1951
5106C LECTURE Validation Processing
** 5106C04 LECTURE All Possible Aberration-1
** 5106C04 LECTURE All Possible Aberration-2
THE DIANETIC AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
Volume 1, No. 12 June, 1951
Official Publication of
The Hubbard Dianetic Foundation, Inc.
Wichita, Kansas
Preventive Dianetics
Edited from a lecture on 30 August 1950 given by
L. Ron Hubbard
Preventive Dianetics is a subject which probably, in the long run, is
even more important than the general subject of processing. It is fixing
people up so they don't have to be processed. And the way to fix them up is
to catch them at conception and keep them engramless from there on out.
The entire program could hardly be put into effect overnight, but
there are intermediate steps which can be taken. That is to say, we have a
means of determining what steps we should take in order to cause the
minimal number of accidents in the society, the minimal number of deaths
because of engrams, and the minimal number of sicknesses because of
engrams.
It is a very simple formula. Around a woman who is injured, who has
been jolted, shocked, or who has just received news causing her great
grief, say nothing! Around any person who has been injured or who is
anaten, say nothing, not even "Sh-h-h-h!"
The second stage is to prevent the key-in of already acquired engrams
by keeping things very calm; by not quarreling, for instance, in the
vicinity of a child. If no disasters are striking in the vicinity of a
child, he may have a large bank full of engrams and never for a moment
suffer the consequences of any one of them. This is an almost impossible
goal, but it is one which should be sought.
In addition, one should give consideration to the pulling of attention
units up to present time on a necessity level. An artificial necessity
level can be created by placing someone athletically in danger of his life;
by, for instance, dropping him off a yardarm, 75 feet down into the sea. A
person whose whole life flashes before him when he is drowning is coming up
to present time. Hardly anyone is not better off for having been almost
drowned, provided the drowning itself does not become an engram. Without
you lay down these specifications, it immediately becomes impossible.
We are so used to an aberrated society where everyone in it has
engrams, that we look at the reactivation and restimulation of engrams as
the normal, average procedure. It has become a part of our educational
strata that if you do so and so to a person, you get such and such results.
Actually, such a generality is impossible. You will find out, in dealing
with aberrees, that if you do such and so to "A" and do the same such and
so to "B," you are going to get two widely different reactions. But having
read the novelists on the subject, and having been indoctrinated with the
educational pattern, we erroneously agree that humanity reacts in a certain
way. It doesn't happen to be true.
We are educated into the belief that when someone comes in and says,
"Your mother is dead," the person replies, "Boo-hoo-hoo. I loved my mother
very much," and thereafter goes into a sharp decline. One could feel very
sad about mother being dead and yet, if he had no basic engram, after the
funeral be in excellent shape. The painful emotion engram depends upon the
physical pain engram for its action; it cannot take form if there is no
basic engram on which it could append.
Consider a person who has no engrams. He could have a childhood
wherein practically every day contained a parental quarrel and every
teacher he had in school disliked him heartily, but these things would have
no lasting effect on him. He would
Copyright (�) 1951 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
get some odd educational data about the world, but he would calculate how
to get around it, and he would probably be a rather likeable person.
The general breakages of affinity, for instance, would be almost
impossible if there were no basic engrams. The breaking down of a person's
sense of reality would not happen. If an engramless person were told rather
consistently by somebody, "Well, you're wrong, you know; you're not right.
You just don't know about these things," he would give a reasonable
response instead of breaking affinity and communication and reducing his
reality. If he were a child receiving such communication from a parent, the
end product of this would be that he would have the idea that his parent
was not quite bright. Furthermore, the number of illnesses would decrease
markedly.
The prevention of the engram, all by itself, would give us a brand-new
society. If everybody agreed to keep his mouth shut around a person who has
been injured, who is ill or has any analytical attenuation, within a matter
of 35 to 40 years there would be an entirely different society. If society,
by some means or other, even without knowing a thing about Dianetics, its
techniques of application, would just agree that it was worse than killing
a man (without knowing what it was doing to him) to say anything around a
person who was unconscious, or to quarrel with or otherwise disturb a woman
who was pregnant, within the course of a generation there would be a marked
change for the better in the whole society.
It's an odd thing that by accident somebody didn't uncover this one.
Man's history demonstrates that he has stumbled onto all manner of
mechanisms by accident. It's interesting that he never set upon this as
being immoral. Well, he never knew it was immoral. Things that are immoral
are things which injure, actually, visibly; and the engram is an invisible
thing. So he didn't know about this, and it was never considered immoral.
But we are being too hard on Man because, actually, what has Man done
now? He has all of a sudden uncovered it. Don't overlook that point. Now it
will probably enter into the moral structure here in the next few years.
Beat your grandmother, rob banks, do anything, but for God's sake keep your
mouth shut around an unconscious person.
A young girl was in the hospital for an appendectomy. (One wonders
why? Her mother died of cancer of the intestines-the girl was in her
mother's valence, and a situation containing grief was immediately followed
by the necessity for an appendectomy.) After the operation she was running
a fever, and a Dianetic auditor, a friend of the family, dropped in to
visit her.
"How old are you?" he asked the girl.
"I'm nine," she answered, although her present-time age was obviously
in the teens.
Her grandmother, who had attended her during the time she had had
mumps, was there in the hospital, just as she had been in those past days
of sickness when she had said, "Well, now, honey-I'm going away, but I'll
be right back to talk to you."
So the auditor asked the girl questions about the time she had mumps.
She suddenly recognized the similarity of her present illness to the
feeling she had had during mumps, and came up to present time. The doctors
who had been treating her with penicillin returned to administer another
shot-but she had no fever; she was in excellent condition. There were some
very puzzled people there for a while.
What had happened? Here was the cure: an age flash. Age flash-straight-
line memory as to what occurred at that age, and then up to present time.
Down went the fever to normal almost instantly.
The indoctrination of people into silence in the presence of sickness
is very, very difficult, until suddenly they experience something, such as
the nurse who attended this girl during her appendectomy.
While the girl was under ether, one of the nurses had walked into the
operating room and started to babble about the next patient scheduled for
an appendectomy. The girl's father, present at the operation because he
himself is a doctor, and knowing his Dianetics, motioned angrily for
silence. The nurse reluctantly broke off conversation.
Later, he walked beside his daughter as she was wheeled from the
operating room, and at this point the same nurse again approached,
insistent upon getting her message off as soon as possible. The girl was
not yet out from under the anaesthetic when the nurse remarked:
"She can't hear anything. She's unconscious!"
The father glowered at the nurse and barely restrained himself from
striking her.
The nurse only stared stupidly at him, probably making mental
calculations as to the father's degree of balminess.
The girl came out from under ether while the nurse was busily buzzing
around her room. The father was there still. The nurse, perhaps thinking to
squelch the old man once and for all, spoke to the father:
"What were you talking about? You know that people who are unconscious
can't remember anything like that."
The girl looked over and smiled at the nurse. "Were you talking about
somebody talking?" she asked.
The nurse, smugly sneering, said, "Yes, I was. Now, do you remember
anything about what happened back there in the operating room?"
The now thoroughly conscious girl replied, "Oh, yes. I remember what
you said. You were telling the doctor something about the person who would
be operated on after me."
The nurse, looking very ill, walked out.
There are several general conditions of anaten, and thousands of
situations wherein anaten is present-a person, for instance, who is just
recovering from an operation is in a very perilous state. Apparently
conscious, apparently able to speak, but at best, usually, in amnesia
trance, he will come up into a light trance; and here is pain, and
everything else.
To give you an example of this, there was a lady in a hospital who had
delivered a child. She was hemorrhaging rather badly, and she continued to
hemorrhage for several days-lightly, and then heavily again, and lightly.
And people were getting concerned about her life, because one can't keep
this up forever.
I gave her a few quick questions on this order: "Whom did you see
immediately after delivery?"
"Nobody," she answered.
"When did this bleeding start?"
"About two hours after delivery."
"Whom did you see immediately after the bleeding started?"
"Nobody . . . nobody . . . oh, yes! The nurse came in and said . . .
said something, I'm not sure what. And then she said, all of a sudden,
'I'll roll you down, now. Now just lie there, quietly.' "
I dipped back on the line, ran that thing out, brought her up to
present time, took her out of that tail end of the incident, and the
hemorrhaging stopped. It looked like straight magic to the MDs who didn't
know Dianetics.
Here was an instance of a nurse placing a human being in danger of
losing her life. It is not a light thing; it is deadly serious. All the
post operational complications could have been prevented completely. Just
those little words-"I'll roll you down, now. Now just lie there quietly"-
left unspoken would have made all the difference.
INDUSTRIAL ACCIDENT PREVENTION
Preventive Dianetics enters the field of industry very solidly. Let us
take a person who has worked for several years in the same area in, say, a
steel plant. Naturally, every time he has been injured in that area, or
every time he has been slightly anaten or restimulated in that area, he has
received all the environmental perceptics. There is the roar of the
furnaces, the odor around there, the feel of the floor and so on.
One day he hits his head and somebody says to him, "Come over here."
The possibility of keying something in at that moment is great, but we
key it in with the additional bundle of all the environment where this
person works.
Next, some weeks later he burns his hand; somebody says something to
him- could be anything-and the environment is once more keyed in.
Finally, one day he comes to work not feeling so well. He has an
engram in restimulation, and the restimulation of the environment, of
course, is very responsible
here. He throws the wrong lever and two men die-two men leading different
lives, who have no connection with him whatsoever but just happened to work
in the same place. It doesn't take a very big mistake in a steel plant to
kill someone.
An engram in restimulation in one chap caused him to practically cut
his hand off. The engram, which said something to the effect that he had to
cut his hand and said which hand, too, went into restimulation, and during
a period of about three days he managed to do things with that hand which
injured it three times. The last accident occurred when he endeavored to
raise a stuck window with a broken pane and succeeded in carrying out the
command of the engram. That is just an example of what an engram will
dictate and a person unknowingly follow.
A doctor known to the Foundation suffered a dislocation of his
shoulder. "I would feel so much better if I could get it out" was the
engram at the bottom of that pile, as was found in a subsequent auditing
session.
Have you any idea how much horsepower it takes to actually disjoint
and disrupt a shoulder? It took him three years, but he finally found a
way. Of course, he didn't know he was obeying an engram, but all of a
sudden it came to him during processing. "That's why I had to get my
shoulder out," he said, suddenly. "It was said at birth . . . 'If I can
just get this shoulder out, he will be all right.' "
The "accident" in which he succeeded in satisfying the engram happened
in this manner: He was in a hospital one day and happened to note that one
of the X-ray machines had developed a short circuit, and that this machine
stood within a few inches of a cold-water pipe. He playfully touched the X-
ray machine and the pipe, lightly so as not to make too good an electrical
contact. He seemed to be one of these inexplicable people who enjoy the
feel of electricity.
Three days later, as he stood near the same machine talking casually
to another member of the staff, he leaned on the X-ray machine and grabbed
the water pipe with the other hand. He yelled for somebody to pull him off,
but he had a very firm grip on the pipe. They pulled his shoulder out of
joint during the rescue.
In the whole field of Preventive Dianetics nothing is more shocking
than watching the curve of accident rates. In one industry they go up by
two or three, and then fall off and none will occur for a while. You get
the old railroad superstition: "There's been a wreck? There'll be two
more." And there will be! It says so. There's the superstition which runs
through the field, and a couple of guys will take it upon themselves to
have the responsibility of getting those two other wrecks. And this is the
reactivation of engrams, whether it is on an alarm reaction level, or
whether it's on a mechanical restimulation level, or anything else.
It doesn't take many hours of research into accident reports to
discover a very strange fellow, the "accident-prone." He walks around
trying to find an accident, and when he fails to find one, he has one all
by himself. He is the man who keeps hospitals, morgues, and cemeteries in
business, although the unfortunate part of it all is that he causes so many
injuries and deaths to others before he himself is finally removed.
Some of the data assigned to accident-prones, although not thoroughly
checked, seems to demonstrate that there is a sort of telepathic thing
about accidents, just as there is a sort of telepathic thing about mass
hysteria. It would seem that an engram is the best broadcaster in the field
of telepathy. All the evidence I have of telepathy announces that this was
an engram which was broadcasting. The reactive mind and the animal body,
you might say, long since developed an alarm system for the herd; and
having developed this alarm system for the herd in that bracket, it now
functions best in that bracket.
We are in the same spot, where alarm reaction telepathy is concerned,
as with the mathematician's two-dimensional worm: he's busily crawling
along on a two-dimensional plane, and one day he bumps into a post. He
crawls on and says, "Nope! That would have to .... There's just no post
there, that's all. There couldn't be!" He comes by another day, and he
shoulders it again. He's aware of the existence of something, but of course
he would be unable to think in the third dimension. We know there is
something there-we keep nudging this post.
Did you ever walk into a room where people had been quarreling? Now
you'd think, perhaps, rationally, that it might be just because you don't
like to see these
people, but there's an actual sort of impact involved in it. I don't know
what it is unless it is this form of alarm telepathy.
Sometimes two people who are strangers become involved in an argument.
The first person will say, "Yeah, go soak your head!" and the second will
come through with the other half of the engram, the other valence: "So's
your old man!"
We have a tone scale operating, and we could draw a spectrum of
affinity on it, starting at the top with love, cohesiveness, and going down
through fear and terror to where affinity was a reverse charge and became
grief. Toward the bottom of the scale, where we had a herd, for instance,
which would have to be alerted toward some danger, we would get a fear
shock reaction which would broadcast and cohese the herd into flight.
I am just telling you about this alarm reaction telepathy here in
passing. It is not a necessary postulate to any part of Preventive
Dianetics.
ON THE NATION'S HIGHWAYS
Preventive Dianetics is the heart and soul of accident prevention on
the highways. It is an old, old saw with traffic departments that ten
percent of the drivers cause ninety percent of the accidents. I'll go
further and say that one hundred percent of the accidents are caused by
engramic restimulation. If it's a mechanical failure, it means somebody
failed in design; his ability must have been inhibited a bit for him to
have failed so signally in design based upon principles in which he was so
thoroughly educated. Or a mechanic might have had a headache that morning
when he was fixing the steering apparatus, and so didn't quite seize down
the bolts. Or the highway department might have been just a little bit
careless about all this: a couple of engrams on the subject "Well, it
doesn't matter anyway," maybe, on the part of some workman, and the sign
that should have been there isn't there.
Have you ever noticed that in the vicinity of an accident, other
accidents happen? Some foolish traffic department someplace started the
practice of putting up crosses wherever a highway death had occurred. All
of a sudden, the crosses would just pile right up there in that one spot,
one after the other. They did away with the crosses, quick. The cross was a
suggestion that there was death. Anybody coming by with one of these things
to trigger said, "Yep! Here's my chance." Another cross.
That's one level. If you'll notice too, the observance of a sudden
accident will cause other people in the vicinity of the accident to make
mistakes immediately afterwards.
Joe Jones is driving down the road. He has an engram which makes him
get exorbitantly drunk. And the same engram says, "I can't see straight,"
and "You don't know what you're doing." By some perceptic or group of
perceptics this engram goes into restimulation, and screech! Across the
road, into another car. Three or four people die in that other car-three or
four people who had nothing whatever to do with Joe Jones' engram.
We are being, actually, as thoroughly brutalized and calloused on this
subject of automotive accidents as were the Romans looking at the arena. We
get in every year practically as many deaths as there were in our own army
in World War I. And these aren't light accidents. They are destructive to
lives and property.
People say, "We have to make the highways better." If you had people
driving those highways who weren't emotionally disturbed in the direction
of accident-prone, you could hang the highways at a 45-degree angle and no
one would fall off them.
The ambitious young engineer who wants to make a good name for himself
and build big cloverleaf's because they look so pretty, wants to see a
great big highway project. He wants to see the state legislature hang on to
the taxpayer these billions and billions and billions of dollars of highway
improvement, and one of his chief arguments is "We are going to prevent
accidents." But do they? No! We check over and find out how many accidents
are now on this superhighway, and we find out there are more.
A small change in the licensing of automobile drivers would do away
with about 99% of highway deaths and accidents. A very small change. It
would merely be an arbitrary selecting out of those people who had had
accidents. When a driver has had
an accident in which somebody was injured to a point of having to be
hospitalized, revoke his license, and make it one hundred years in jail for
anyone driving a car with his license pulled. After that the highway death
toll would become negligible, because people who have accident-prone
engrams would have been selected out. Highway accidents would then just
about cease to happen.
THE PREGNANT WOMAN
A particularly important phase of Preventive Dianetics is encountered
when dealing with the pregnant woman. People ask, "Should you audit a
pregnant woman?" The question cannot be answered "Yes" or "No"
unqualifiedly. If the woman's aberrations are causing her to do and be
things which are injurious to the child to the point of costing its life,
yes, audit. But if she can get by till after the child is born, leave it
alone; you can give her a little bit of straight-wire without hitting grief
discharges.
If the woman is encountering severe nervousness, morning sickness or
debility, the auditor may find it necessary to process her, as she may give
the child a very bad birth, or the child might be in danger of its life due
to an abortion attempt. The auditor has to weigh these things, judge them
and bring to bear a lot of thought on the particular situation. If the
morning sickness is relatively minimal and she can suffer through without a
great deal of injury to the child, he had best stick to Preventive
Dianetics. He must realize that any engram he might run-particularly a
grief engram-may transplant.
If you have ever seen a preclear undergoing processing roll up in a
ball suddenly, or leap convulsively on the couch, you will understand that
the intra-abdominal pressure is increased. When that pressure is increased,
even mildly, we get a transmission to the unborn child. We particularly get
a transmission in a grief engram. When mama cries convulsively, sobs in
grief, that grief charge will transplant, and it will have the very
interesting data in it, "Let's go over it again. Let's go back to the
beginning. When I count from one to five, the phrase will flash into your
mind. Come up to present time." These are very uncomfortable commands to
have in an engram; it means that when a person gets to some part of the
engram, he will have a tendency to go over it again.
Twenty years from now some poor professional auditor running this
child, then a young man, will say, "Let's return now to the moment when-"
The fellow will say, "Owww!"
And the auditor will say, "What's wrong? Return now to the moment when-
"
Preclear: "Owww ! "
Then the auditor will say, "Who died?"
Preclear: "Nobody. Nobody died."
The auditor will check through carefully, find that no relatives are
missing; they're all present, and yet there's a death there-somebody's
dead. Somebody is dead all right-in one of mama's engrams. Maybe her great-
grandfather, which puts the incident back three generations from the
bewildered preclear. He couldn't possibly have known this great-
grandfather, and yet he has an engram about his death.
If many of these grief engrams are run on a woman who is pregnant, she
will give birth to a child who will give every evidence of having had a
great deal of sorrow in his life.
A horrible thing takes place sometimes. If you ever run across a young
girl who is pregnant and who is unmarried, check up on this one. Is she
wearing something, lacing herself in such a way that her pregnancy will not
become obvious to others? If she is, that poor child she is carrying is
receiving a continuous engram for every moment it is laced in too tightly.
Cases of moral turpitude should never be handled in the fashion
employed by society. The system is utterly wrong. No matter how wrong the
act may seem, there is no reason to ruin the health of a girl and the
sanity of a future child just to be moral. As many doctors have gotten into
trouble by saying, a good contraceptive is more efficacious in these
matters, and a knowledge of contraception is far better than an ignorance
of sex. Some of the most serious cases to come to the auditor's attention
will be people who have been born of a woman who conceived them out of
wedlock.
MORALS AND ETHICS
Preventive Dianetics definitely enters the field of morals. Morals
come about to reform harmful practices. Everything that is now immoral was
at some time or other harmful to the race. A moral code is set up and goes
forward in the society by contagion, even beyond its useful life span.
For instance, a lot of our present-day morals came into existence
because venereal disease moved in on the society. Nobody could do anything
about venereal disease, so they shifted the moral code so that it would
take care of some portion of the venereal problem. Now we have penicillin
and sulfathiazole, but the moral problem comes up against our wiping out
venereal disease. Morals are initially practical considerations; but they
have practically nothing to do with spirit. I've never been able to find
morals aiding and abetting spirit. It's not that we want an immoral
society. We want a rationally moral society, and rational morality at this
time demands, for instance, that venereal disease be brought into the open
quickly as a disease, and that it be treated, because it can be stamped out
of all the societies in the world now that we've got the weapons to do it.
That is where a moral, going forward by contagion, becomes in itself a
social aberration. And, actually, the main part of your social aberrations
that are carried forward now are old fragments of morals which we have even
forgotten as a race. It would be difficult to trace their inception. First
they were practical considerations, used for very definite purposes. Then
they came forward, and broke up as their use was outmoded; but they came
forward as a set code to become, then, an aberration, because now they are
not rational any more. And what is an aberration? It is an irrationality.
Morals are fine. However, morals are not understood by this society
today. Dianetics hopes to make them a little better understood, because
it's a vital problem.
You look up "ethics" in the dictionary (this really stands a
philosopher's hair on end) and you find it means "moral sense"; then you
look up "morals" and you find it's "ethics." But morals are not ethics at
all! Ethics have to do with a code of agreement amongst people that they
will conduct themselves in a fashion which will attain to the optimum
solution of their problems.
Morals, on the other hand, are things which were introduced into the
society to resolve harmful practices which could not be explained or
treated in a rational manner. So you had to create an artificial sort of a
law which went forward, which would not be an optimum solution, but would
block this and block that in an effort to keep something from happening. In
other words, the morals were jackleg solutions all the way along the line.
Didn't know what caused it, couldn't stop it in any other way, let's
prevent it, let's invent a moral: that's actually the history of moral
codes.
In this society today, if a moral code injures the life of an
individual and does not enhance the life of any other individual, that
morality is destructive and should be struck from the culture of the
society. It's an unfortunate thing that several of those kicking around
today hinder the society without aiding it. They get to be a rather
involved problem, usually running into a severe financial burden, since an
agency must be hired to enforce them. Blue Laws are legislated. Vice squads
are recruited. There has even been an Organization for the Suppression of
Vice Squads.
A certain vice squad had an ulterior vested interest in the morality
of a community in which it operated, to the extent that it waged blackmail
from information it gathered during enforcement of Blue Laws. The "vice"
squadders waxed rich from their racket, until the organization for its
suppression was formed.
Morality is more than questionable when it takes a high school girl,
sends her to a doctor's office for an abortion, wrecks her glandular
structure by so doing, and impedes her dynamics. It is more than suspect
when it gives that same girl a deep sense of guilt, along with an engram
which, kicking around and festering in any reactive mind, will undoubtedly
trigger the majority of the other engrams in the bank. If we as people say
this is necessary, the dwindling spiral of aberration has descended further
than we might have guessed.
The auditor will often run across a case where a girl has been handled in
this fashion. Usually, it is the high school girl who has gotten "into
trouble." She becomes a juvenile delinquent and a label is put on her so
that she becomes a moral liability to society. Her parents sometimes ship
her out of town to have an abortion. Sometimes a judge on the bench will
declare that a "legal" abortion be performed on the girl, "in the interests
of justice."
On the other hand, if she has the child, the secrecy, the grief and
the talking during the lowered anaten of the girl all add to a very nasty
engram bank for that child.
As the auditor works back through one of these engram banks he will
find himself wishing to God somebody had shot that judge or hanged those
parents or throttled those gossipy old ladies, because he just has to wade
and wade through the grief and secrecy, guilt and shame-all of these in the
prenatal area of the so-called "illegitimate" person who is completely
guiltless; his sole guilt being the fact that he was the biological
reaction which occurred to his mother at the beginning of his own life
span.
Thus enters the adoption problem. It sometimes happens that a preclear
does not know he was adopted until it becomes evident that the
dramatizations of his foster parents are not found in his prenatal bank. If
a child is without his original parents, one of two things must have
happened: the parents have been killed sometime after birth, too early for
the person to remember, or it is what is called a moral turpitude or
poverty case. There is something wrong in that person's life, to cause his
adoption after his birth. Upon this factor exist the racketeers who trade
in children.
There is a vicious adoption market going on in which a thousand
dollars buys a child. This has something to do with law-breaking, etc. But
consider what the purchaser is getting-a rough prenatal engram bank. This
history of adopted children is not as good as it might be; but even so, the
child has been done an enormous favor. The dramatizations which are in the
prenatal bank aren't duplicated in the postnatal bank, leaving the words
for the most part unrestimulated. Occasionally, however, the person has had
enough material keyed in at the time of his adoption to make his case
pretty difficult.
This calls for Child Dianetics in a hurry. In other words, the sins of
the little high school girl so self-righteously condemned fall upon the
head of an innocent child and then become inflicted upon well-meaning
foster parents who had nothing to do with the original situation at all. In
this way the very crooked course and hidden path of contagion runs through
the society.
It is impossible to draw a line and say, "Don't adopt children." That
would be no less than silly, because people want children and they will go
right on adopting them. But when making a choice, look over the mother's
record. Under what circumstances was this child conceived? Were the
mother's parents very stem parents? Was the mother driven from home with
the precious bundle in her hands? Or under her belt? These are
considerations, very definite considerations.
FAMILY LIFE
Towards the prevention of the high divorce rate, Preventive Dianetics
enters the field of marriage. The divorce rate today is at an all-time
high, but many, many of these marital mishaps can be prevented.
People all too often choose their reactive-mind partners. That is to
say, Gertrude actually marries Uncle Bill, only Uncle Bill's name happens
to be George, and the only similarity with Uncle Bill is maybe the way
George wears his hat, or the tone of his voice when he laughs. Uncle Bill
was Gertrude's staunch champion all through her youth, so she, of course,
marries Uncle Bill, only his name's George. Very confusing!
And then she finds that-because restimulation makes her take on the
valence she was occupying as a little girl-she does the things which please
Uncle Bill; only these don't please George. Up to the time of her marriage
she was a strong, self-reliant woman-now she is a weak little simperer who
has to be protected. She expects certain things from Uncle Bill. He took
care of her a lot; took her swimming, was very nice to her and at one time
when she was sick, he brought her all her meals in bed.
She initiates this "in bed" trick on George, only George doesn't understand
anything about Uncle Bill. He merely gets resentful toward a wife who
insists on eating her breakfast in bed. His ally was a nurse by the name of
Alice, and he thinks Gertrude is Alice.
So between Gertrude's thinking George is Uncle Bill, and George's
thinking Gertrude is Alice, we find these people aren't married to each
other at all, but to a couple of allies. It is evident that such confusion
of personalities will result in an occasional divorce.
Two reactive-mind partners restimulate each other enormously, but
society demands that they remain together. Two people who should never be
in sight of each other live together, restimulate each other, driving each
other's health and efficiency down in a dwindling spiral. And at the same
time they may have a terrific compulsion to stay together! The engrams say,
"I love you. I just don't dare leave you. I'd die if we were separated."
And this husband, in whose coffee she would just love to put arsenic, has
to sit there every morning at breakfast, across the table from her, because
his engrams say, "I love her. I have just got to love her!"
How would Dianetic processing prevent divorce? The science of mental
health cannot guarantee to resolve the old morals of society. Marriage is
apparently a constrained and maybe just a tiny bit artificial institution
of society. There is no evidence as to why it should be a truly natural
institution, but we apply a natural law to it.
In the processing of a married couple you may be treating two people
who are naturally antipathetic. Releasing them through processing may bring
one of them up to a point where he suddenly decides, "Well, I don't have to
stay with this woman," and then promptly leaves. Because of this, someone
someday may throw an uncomfortable harpoon into Dianetics by saying that it
breaks up marriages.
Dianetics, properly and unselfishly used, does not break up marriages.
It brings together partners whose marriage is really on the rocks but who
genuinely wish to remain together. The trick is to get each partner past
the danger point, that crucial point where either would be raised
sufficiently on the tone scale to decide that enough of marriage is enough.
Beyond this point, it is smoother sailing.
It might be very productive of results to approach judges and lawyers
before tackling couples. An attorney who is also a good auditor would,
although his fees might come rather high, be able to sit at his desk and,
by means of straight-line memory, salvage about half of the marriages
headed for the rocks. He would be sitting in the driver's seat. People
coming to him for advice would ask, "What are the community property laws?"
"How old are you?" he would snap back. Age flash! It would solve quite
a number of tangles.
A Dianetically wise person could avoid much of the possibility of
marital misnavigation. Suppose a man is seeking a mate, or is courting. He
should find out whether his prospective bride likes her papa. Be wary of a
woman who dotes too much on papa.
The woman, picking a man, would look with a calculating eye on the
man's association with his mother. If he loves his mother dearly, really
devotedly, and does exactly what mama says and when she says it, let him
alone! He is a bad risk. Likewise, if he hates his mother viciously, take
the nearest exit.
A well-rounded, rational relationship with parents indicates the best
risk in a marriage partner. Note by close association how aberrated the
parents are. Is there, or was there, any great amount of trouble with
allies? Did they fight over grandma near this person, etc.? Realize that
your prospective mate is potentially in the valence of one of the parents,
and probably has the majority of the engrams of both. Look the family over
carefully. Don't just take the social look; take the Dianetics look! That's
a dirty, unromantic trick, you might say, but it is the safest rule to go
by.
Preventive Dianetics has as its basis the prevention of acquisition of
an engram; secondarily, when an engram has been received in spite of all
due care and caution, the prevention of restimulation of the engram. When
these two basics are successfully introduced into and generally practiced
by society at large, a deeply gratifying decline in the number of social
aberrations will take place. The dwindling spiral will not only be stopped,
but will be turned upward into new heights.
SCIENCE OF SURVIVAL
Prediction of Human Behavior
by
L. Ron Hubbard
Published June 1951
Science of Survival, originally subtitled Simplified, Faster Dianetic
Techniques, was written by L. Ron Hubbard in January-April 1951, and the
first copies of the limited manuscript edition were presented at the First
Annual Conference of Hubbard Dianetic Auditors in Wichita, Kansas, June 25-
28, 1951. (See following page.) This edition of 1,250 copies was a
facsimile of the original typed manuscript. The first typeset, hardcover
edition came out in August 1951.
Although its original subtitle stresses faster techniques, this text
is actually noteworthy for being the broadest available work on the Tone
Scale and on Affinity-Reality-Communication. Book One of this work is
especially important to the student desiring an overall knowledge of
Dianetics, and particularly to someone interested in homo sapiens. Here is
the first appearance of the Theta-MEST theory and various speculations
regarding it. The Tone Scale and behavior predictions and Affinity-Reality-
Communication remain unchanged as basic theory until this day.
This book is built around the Hubbard Chart of Human Evaluation and
Dianetic Processing. As L. Ron Hubbard said in February 1951, "The chart
helps you to determine what kind of preclear you have, and what kind of
processing to use on that preclear. It's a sort of two-minute psychometry."
Book One covers the columns of the Chart of Human Evaluation, and the
data found here is still today indispensable to any person in any area of
human relations whose success depends on proper understanding and accurate
appraisal of human personality. The first five chapters of Book Two
comprise a clear, brief statement of the basic elements of Dianetic
auditing as of early 1951, including a description of how to apply Standard
Procedure. The balance of Book Two covers the Dianetic Processing columns
of the Chart, column by column.
Six Supplements to Science of Survival were printed during 1951-52,
containing articles written by various Dianeticists. All articles
contributed by L. Ron Hubbard are included in these volumes.
558 pages, 7 illustrations, hardcover with dust jacket, glossary,
index, accompanied by the Hubbard Chart of Human Evaluation and Dianetic
Processing. Available from your nearest Scientology Organization or
Mission, or direct from the publishers: Scientology Publications
Organization, Jernbanegade 6, 1608 Copenhagen V, Denmark; or Church of
Scientology Publications Organization U.S., 2723 West Temple Street, Los
Angeles, California, 90026, U.S.A.
FIRST ANNUAL CONFERENCE OF
HUBBARD DIANETIC AUDITORS LECTURES
Wichita, Kansas
25-30 June 1951
The First Annual Conference of Hubbard Dianetic Auditors was held by
the Hubbard Dianetic Foundation at Wichita, Kansas, June 25 through June
30, 1951. One hundred and twelve HDAs, representing every section of the
United States and Canada, met for the dual purpose of attending a special
course of instruction on new techniques and to form an International
Association of Hubbard Dianetic Auditors. Each member attending received a
copy of the special student edition of SClENCE OF SURVlVAL: Simplified,
Faster, Dianetic Techniques, as well as a copy of the Hubbard Chart of
Human Evaluation. L. Ron Hubbard lectured to the conferees every afternoon,
Monday through Thursday, June 25-28.
Thursday evening, June 28th, the conferees attended a banquet given by
the Foundation staff. The first limited edition copies of Science of
Survival were presented at the banquet to those who had ordered the
manuscript edition.
At the business section of the conference on Friday, June 29th, the
Association of Hubbard Dianetic Auditors, International was formed.
On Saturday, June 30th, L. Ron Hubbard gave a final lecture with a
question-and answer period, after which the conference was officially
declared to be concluded.
5106C25 LECTURE Introduction to Conference and New
Book (3 reels)
** 5106C25 LECTURE Techniques-Tone Scale (Parts 1, 2, 3, 4,
6)
5106C25 LECTURE Theta-Mest (Survive and Succumb)
** 5106C26 HEV-1 Chart of Human Evaluation
** 5106C27A VP-1 Validation Processing-Intro to Self-
Auditing-Guk
** 5106C27B VP-2 Chronic Somatics
** 5106C27C VP-3 Demonstration (Validation Processing)
** 5106C28 CAC The Completed Auditor, Part I-Auditing
Techniques
-The Dynamics-Interior and Exterior-Standard
Procedure-Auditing-Lock Scanning-ARC
Straightwire
** 5106C28 CAC The Completed Auditor, Part 11-Intro,
Extroversion
-Past Deaths and Lives-Conclusion of Conference
* 5106C29 HDA-1 HDA Conference No. 1
5106C30 HDA MEST, Theta, ARC-Part I
5106C30 HDA Final Lecture at Conference (Questions &
Answers)
THE DIANETIC AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
Volume 2, No. 1 July, 1951
Official Publication of
The Hubbard Dianetic Foundation, Inc.
Wichita, Kansas
Education and the Auditor
L. Ron Hubbard
The first thing that an auditor has to find out for himself and then
recognize is that he is dealing with precision tools. It isn't up to
someone else to force this piece of information on him. The whole subject
of auditing, as far as the auditor is concerned, is good or bad in direct
ratio to his knowledge of his tools. It is up to an auditor to find out how
precise these tools are. He should, before he starts to discuss, criticize
or attempt to improve on a technique, find out for himself whether or not
the mechanics of this technique are in existence, and whether or not this
technique adequately handles the mechanics.
He should make up his mind about each one of the three principal kinds
of entheta: the lock, the secondary and the engram. Do locks exist? Do
secondaries exist? Do engrams exist? There are two ways to answer this to
his own satisfaction: find them in a preclear or find them in himself.
These are fundamentals, and every auditor should undertake to discover them
himself, thus raising Dianetics above an authoritarian category. It is not
sufficient that an instructor stand before you and declare the existence of
an engram. Each and every one of you must determine for yourselves whether
or not the instructor's statements are true.
In the field of medicine some instructors declare that multiple
sclerosis is the decay of nerve fibers, and that it is incurable, and that
people who contract the "disease" die in a relatively short period of time.
It must be answered in just this way on the examination paper, or the
student will find himself with less than a passing grade. This is not
instruction-this is obstruction.
In the first place, no one in medical school knows anything about
multiple sclerosis, and in the second place it is curable, and in the third
place it is not fatal. A good instructor would expect his students to
question such a statement, and to find for themselves what can be done
about multiple sclerosis.
There are two ways men ordinarily accept things, neither of them very
good. One is to accept a statement because Authority says it is true and
must be accepted, and the other is by preponderance of agreement amongst
other people.
Preponderance of agreement is all too often the general public test
for sanity or insanity. Suppose someone were to walk into a crowded room
and suddenly point to the ceiling, saying, "Oh, Look! There's a huge,
twelve-foot spider on the ceiling!" Everyone would look up, but no one else
would see the spider. Finally someone would tell him so. "Oh, yes there
is," he would declare and become very angry when he found that no one would
agree with him. If he continued to declare his belief in the existence of
the spider he would very soon find himself institutionalized. The basic
definition of sanity in this somewhat nebulously learned society is whether
or not a person agrees with everyone else. It is a very sloppy manner of
accepting evidence, but all too often it is the primary measuring stick.
And then the Rule of Authority: "Does Dr. J. Doe agree with your
proposition? No? Then, of course, it cannot be true. Dr. Doe is an eminent
authority in the field." A man by the name of Galen at one time dominated
the field of medicine. Another man by the name of Harvey upset Galen's cozy
position with a new theory of blood
Copyright(�) 1951 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
circulation. Galen had been agreeing with the people of his day concerning
the "tides" of the blood. They knew nothing about heart action. They
accepted everything they had been taught and did little observing of their
own.
Harvey worked at the Royal Medical Academy, and found by animal
vivisection the actual function of the heart. He had good sense enough to
keep his findings absolutely quiet for a while. Leonardo da Vinci had
somehow discovered or postulated the same thing, but he was a "crazy
artist" and no one would believe an artist. Harvey was a member of the
audience of a play by Shakespeare in which the playwright made the same
observation, but again the feeling that artists never contribute anything
to society blocked anyone but Harvey from considering the statement as
anything more than fiction.
Finally Harvey made his announcement. Immediately dead cats, rotten
fruit and pieces of wine jugs were hurled in his direction. He raised quite
a commotion in medical and social circles, until finally, in desperation,
one doctor made the historical statement, "I would rather err with Galen
than be right with Harvey!" That is one method of accepting a fact-quietly
determine the preponderance of opinion in favor of it, and then accept or
reject it on that basis.
Man would have made an advance of exactly zero if this had been the
only method of testing evidence. But every so often during man's progress
there have been rebels who were not satisfied with preponderance of
opinion, and who tested a fact for themselves, observing and accepting the
data of their observation, and then testing again.
Possibly the first man who made a flint axe looked over a piece of
flint and decided that the irregular stone could be chipped a certain way.
When he found that flint would chip easily he must have rushed to his tribe
and enthusiastically tried to teach his fellow tribesmen how to make axes
in the shape they desired instead of spending months searching for
accidental pieces of stone of just the right shape. The chances are he was
stoned out of camp. Indulging in a further flight of fancy, it is not
difficult to imagine that he finally managed to convince another fellow
that his technique worked, and that the two of them tied down a third with
a piece of vine and forced him to watch them chip a flint axe from a rough
stone. Finally, after convincing fifteen or twenty tribesmen by forceful
demonstration, the followers of the new technique declared war on the rest
of the tribe and, winning, forced the tribe to agree by decree.
Man has never known very much about that with which his mind is
chiefly filled: data. What is data? What is the evaluation of data? For
instance, if you have been in Dianetics very long the chances are that
someone has glibly told you that he knew from psychoanalysis that if one
could remember childhood experiences one could be relieved of certain
psychosomatic pains. His conclusion from this tiny scrap of information was
that Dianetics is not new.
In 1884 when Breuer first presented this tiny fact to Freud, he was
unable to convince the eminent Doctor, but he managed to convince Freud in
the next ten years. Then Freud convinced his literary agents. Medicine then
fought Freud to a standstill, but eventually psychoanalysis emerged from
the imbroglio.
All these years in which psychoanalysis has taught its tenets to each
generation of doctors the authoritarian method was used, as can be verified
by reading a few of the books on the subject. Within them is found,
interminably, "Freud said ...." The truly important thing is not that
"Freud said" a thing, but "Is the data valuable? If it is valuable, how
valuable is it?" You might say that a datum is as valuable as it has been
evaluated. A datum can be proved in ratio to whether it can be evaluated by
other data, and its magnitude is established by how many other data it
clarifies. Thus, the biggest datum possible would be one which would
clarify and identify all knowledge known to man in the material universe.
Unfortunately, however, there is no such thing as a prime datum. There
must be not one datum, but two data, since a datum is of no use unless it
can be evaluated. Furthermore, there must be a datum of similar magnitude
with which to evaluate any given datum. You cannot evaluate a mountain by
comparing it to a grain of sand.
Man has always evaluated data to a certain point, and then said, "From here
on is God." Strangely enough, with the passing of time and the acquisition
of new data with which to evaluate, the line of demarcation between
material knowledge and God was pushed further and further back, and today
is being pushed even further back. Actually, in order to conceive God, man
had to have a datum of comparable magnitude- and thus the "Devil."
Data is your data only so long as you have evaluated it. It is your
data by authority or it is your data. If it is your data by authority
somebody has forced it upon you, and at best it is little more than a light
aberration. Of course, if you asked a question of a man whom you thought
knew his business and he gave you his answer, that datum was not forced
upon you. But if you went away from him believing from then on that such a
datum existed without taking the trouble to investigate the answer for
yourself-without comparing it to the known universe-you were falling short
of completing the cycle of learning.
Mechanically, the major thing wrong with the mind is, of course, the
turbulence of the physical pain engram, but the overburden of information
in this society is enforced education that the individual has never been
permitted to test. Literally, when you are told not to take anyone's word
as an absolute datum you are being asked to break a habit pattern forced
upon you when you were a child. Your instructor in Dianetics could have
told you what he found to be true and invited you to test it for yourself,
but unless you have tested it you very likely do not have the fundamentals
of Dianetics in mind well enough to be comfortable in the use of any or all
of the techniques available to you. This is why theory is so heavily
stressed in Dianetics. The instructor can tell you what he has found to be
true and what others have found to be true, but at no time should he ask
you to accept it-please allow a plea otherwise. Test it for yourself and
convince yourself whether or not it exists as truth. And if you find that
it does exist, you will be comfortable thereafter; otherwise, unrecognized
even by yourself, you are likely to find down at the bottom of your
information and education an unresolved question which will itself
undermine your ability to assimilate or practice anything in the line of a
technique. Your mind will not be as facile on the subject as it should be.
It is not through courtesy that you are being asked to check your data-you
are being asked to become much better auditors by resolving your basic and
fundamental concepts.
Any quarrel you may have with theory is something that only you can
resolve. Is the theory correct, or isn't it correct? Only you can answer
that; it cannot be answered for you. You can be told what other auditors
have achieved in the way of results, and what other auditors have observed,
but you cannot become truly educated until you have achieved the results
for yourself. The moment a man opens his mouth and asks, "Where is
validation?" you can be sure you are looking at a stupid ass! That man is
saying, bluntly and abruptly, "I cannot think for myself. I have to have
Authority." Where could he possibly look for validation except into
himself, the physical universe, and into his own subjective and objective
reality?
Unfortunately, Dianetics is surrounded by a world that calls itself a
world of science, but it is a world that is in actuality a world of
Authority. True, that which is science today is far, far in advance of the
Hindu concept of the world wherein a hemisphere rested on the backs of
seven elephants which stood on seven pillars, that stood on the back of a
mud turtle, below which was mud into infinity.
The reason engineering and physics have reached out so far in advance
of any other science is the fact that they pose problems which punish man
so violently if he doesn't look carefully into the physical universe. An
engineer is faced with the problem of drilling a tunnel through a mountain
for a railroad. Tracks are laid up to the mountain on either side. If he
judges space wrongly the two tunnel entrances would fail to meet on the
same level in the center. It would be so evident to one and all concerned
that the engineer made a mistake that he takes great care not to make such
a mistake. He observes the physical universe, not only to the extent that
the tunnel must meet to a fraction of an inch, but to the extent that if he
were to misjudge wrongly the character of the rock through which he drills,
the tunnel would cave in-an
incident which would be considered a very unlucky and unfortunate
occurrence to railroading.
Biology comes much closer to being a science than others because, in
the field of biology, if someone makes too big a mistake about a "bug" the
immediate result can be dramatic and terrifying. Suppose a biologist is
charged with the responsibility of injecting plankton into a water
reservoir. Plankton are microscopic "germs" that are very useful to man.
But, if through some mistake the biologist injects typhoid germs into the
water supply-there would be an immediate and dramatic result.
Suppose a biologist is presented with the task of producing a culture
of yeast which would, when placed in white bread dough, stain the bread
brown. This man is up against the necessity of creating a yeast which not
only behaves as yeast, but makes a dye as well. He has to deal with the
practical aspect of the problem, because after he announces his success
there is the "yeast test": is the bread edible? And the brown bread test:
is the bread brown? Anyone could easily make the test, and everyone would
know very quickly whether or not the biologist had succeeded or failed.
Politics is called a science. The punishment for a mistake in the
"science" of politics is so tremendous that this whole culture is on the
verge of being wiped out! There are natural laws about politics. They could
be worked out if someone were to actually apply a scientific basis to
political research.
For instance, it is a foregone conclusion that if all communications
lines are cut between the United States and Russia, Russia and the United
States are going to understand each other less and less. Then by
demonstrating to everyone how the American way of life and the Russian way
of life are different, and by demonstrating it day after day, year after
year, there is no alternative but a break of affinity. By stating flatly
that Russia and the United States are not in agreement on any slightest
political theory or conduct of man or nations, the job is practically
complete. Both nations will go into anger tone and suddenly there is war.
Russia is very, very low on the tone scale. She is a totalitarian
slave state and about as safe to have in the family of nations as a mad dog
at a cocktail party. We as a nation could be very, very clever-we could try
to put Russia back together again. We are a nation possessed of the
greatest communications networks on the face of the earth, with an
undreamed of manufacturing potential. We have within our borders the best
advertising men in the world. But instead of selling Europe an idea we give
machine guns, planes and tanks for use in case Russia breaks out. The more
threats imposed against a country in Russia's tone level the more dangerous
that country will become. When people are asked what they would do about
this grave question, they shrug and say something to the effect that "the
politicians know best." They hedge and rationalize by saying that after
all, there is the American way of life, and it must be protected.
What is the American way of life? This is a question that will stop
almost any American. What is the American way of life that is different
from the human way of life? We have tried to gather together economic
freedom for the individual, freedom of the press, and individual freedom,
and define them as a strictly American way of life-why hasn't it been
called the Human Way of Life?
We are faced with an Asia which is awakening. Japan, having been
induced to become a modern industrial nation, branched out into Asia with
her ideas of freedom for the individual. She sold other backward nations on
the idea that Japan would free them from the yoke of the white man, even
though she realized that she was committing suicide by so doing. To quote
from some political propaganda distributed in these countries by Japan,
"You will cry for us when we are gone. But we have freed you. Don't ever
forget it, and don't forget us." Japan's missionaries knew that Japan would
go under when it came to a contest between her country and the Western
World, but the seed she sowed is far from dead.
We, in the persons of Perry and others who sailed their ships into
Asia, gave Asia the spark of freedom. Japan accepted the teaching and
committed national suicide by attempting imperial expansion, involving us
in a very long and terrible war. We cannot but wonder and sometimes become
confused, nor can we blame the Asiatics for a tiny
bit of confusion now and then concerning the intentions of the Western
World, when we try to fathom the actual nature of our political foreign
policy. Do we, or do we not, desire Democratic principles and the
"American" way of life for the Asiatic peoples?
Consider the U.S. support of China's totalitarian regime headed by
Chiang Kaishek. While we weakly spoke of freeing the Chinese from the yoke
of imperialism we poured huge sums of money and war material into the hands
of a government which practiced the very principles we spoke against! When
this government finally fell there was no one ready to teach the Chinese
the human way of life. If we had only sent out a few missionaries with a
desire for these people's freedom in their hearts saying, "Now if you would
like to have radios, and automobiles, and safety razors, this is how you go
about it . . . ," things might have been different today. We had no one
there, and even if we had, our support of the fallen government would have
been ample proof to the people that we did not have their interests at
heart. But somebody was there. Somebody was there with a propaganda aimed
directly into the desires of the people who want just a tiny taste of
freedom. Russian agents were there. "You are all comrades," they shouted
over loudspeakers and in public markets. "The way to freedom and equality
is to shoot all the landlords and divide the land so that each of you has
an equal share." So Russia is first with the most, and we complain because
she takes over!
In the field of humanities Science has been thoroughly adrift.
Unquestioned authoritarian principles have been followed. Any person who
accepts knowledge without questioning it and evaluating it for himself is
demonstrating himself to be in apathy toward that sphere of knowledge. It
demonstrates that the people in the United States today must be in a low
state of apathy with regard to politics in order to accept without question
everything that happens.
When a man tries to erect the plans of a lifetime or a profession on
data which he himself has never evaluated he cannot possibly succeed.
Fundamentals are very, very important, but first of all one must learn how
to think in order to be absolutely sure of a fundamental. Thinking is not
particularly hard to learn; it consists merely of comparing a particular
datum with the physical universe as it is known and observed.
How, for instance, would you find out for your own satisfaction that
there exists such a thing as a "lock"? Find a preclear who is also
interested in verifying such existence and run down a lock chain, or have
someone take you down a lock chain. Your instructor in Dianetics has done
this a sufficient number of times, and has seen it done to others a
sufficient number of times, to satisfy himself that a lock exists. But just
because it exists for him, and he informs you of his knowledge does not
mean that it exists for you. Unless you have made up your mind through
comparison of the information with the known universe you will not be able
to handle locks properly. When there is an authoritarian basis for your
education you are not truly educated.
Authoritarianism is little more than a form of hypnotism. Learning is
forced under threat of some form of punishment. A student is stuffed with
data which has not been individually evaluated just as a taxidermist would
stuff a snake. Such a student will be well informed and well educated
according to present-day standards, but unfortunately he will not be very
successful in his chosen profession.
Indecision underlies an authoritarian statement. Do not allow your
dianetic education to lie on the quicksand of indecision.
Your instructor and the author of this article declare that an engram
exists. Unless you have looked into the matter for yourself-unless you have
actually run a preclear into an engram-the realization (l) that there is a
time track, and (2) that physical pain can be stored and can be recovered,
(3) that all the perceptics are registered during these moments of
unconsciousness, will not be yours. Your knowledge concerning the engram
depends exclusively upon what you have observed about that engram.
There have been volumes of articles written about techniques of
running engrams. There are several possible techniques in existence which
succeed in running them. There is one which seems to have worked out better
than all the others. Make up your mind whether or not it works out for you.
First of all, find out to your own satisfaction whether or not there
is an engram in existence. Then determine whether or not the technique in
question will discover the
engram for you, and whether or not the technique really runs the engram.
Having made certain that there is an engram, ask yourself what kind of
technique you would evolve if you decided to do something about this
object, the engram. How would you go about it? Unless you have asked
yourself this question and tried to come to a definite conclusion about it
you will never come into agreement on the technique of running engrams! You
will be performing an authoritarian rote. You can learn how to run an
engram by rote, but unless you decide from your own observation that there
is an engram to be run you will be simply performing some ritual in which a
mistake is very easy to make.
What is a secondary? That a secondary seems to depend for its force
upon engrams underlying it is something that is still open to question.
Every time a secondary is run there seems to be an engram sitting under it,
but this does not mean that a secondary could not exist independently. It
does mean that you can find engrams underlying secondaries. What is a
secondary? How does it have to be run out? Why can't it be run out, if such
is the case? These are questions you should ask yourself.
What are locks? How are they received, and how does the auditor run
them out? What is the technique of straight line memory and how does it
apply to locks? Why does straight line memory seem to be a validating
technique? Why, when the preclear has a high sense of reality on something
which he remembers, does his overall reality seem to increase with such
running? What is lock scanning? Why perform lock scanning as a technique?
What does lock scanning do? You can -and should find the answers to these
questions to your own satisfaction, and you could not be classified as a
good auditor unless you have done so.
An auditor who does not understand straight line memory has no
business lock scanning a preclear, since he could hardly know what the
anatomy of a lock chain is. It cannot be done well by rote. About the worst
thing that could happen to a preclear is to drop into something and then
feel that the auditor is thinking, "Now let's see-it was page 62 . . . or
was it 63? . . . and the question was . . ." while the preclear lies there,
suffering, and thinking, "Do something! Say something!" An auditor who is
auditing by rote will make mistakes like that because he does not have the
basic fundamentals as a part of his background of training.
A truly good auditor doesn't have to think twice. He knows
"instinctively" that the auditing session itself should be run through
either by straight wire or lock scanning. When the basic fundamentals are
securely the auditor's own there is no need for him to be told this must be
done.
You are asked to examine the subject of Dianetics on a critical basis-
a very critical basis. It is not to be examined with the attitude that when
you were in school you learned that such and such was true, and since you
learned that first, the first learning takes precedence. A prime example of
this is the literary critic who says, after reviewing a book, that the book
is not a novel because it is not a cross-section of life. He learned in
some seminar or other that a novel had to be a cross-section of life. His
professor in literature gave him a passing grade because he answered the
question "correctly" on his examination paper, and therefore a book is not
a novel unless it is a cross-section of life. There is yet to appear a good
definition for aesthetics and art, and yet they parrot a definition for a
specific form of art!
Do not make the mistake of criticizing something on the basis of
whether or not it concurs with the opinions of someone else. The point
which is pertinent is whether or not it concurs with your opinion. Does it
agree with what you think?
Nearly everyone has done some manner of observing of the material
universe, and there is surely no one in Dianetics who has not done some
small amount of observation of organisms. No one has seen all there is to
see about an organism, but there is certainly no dearth of organisms
available for further study. There is no valid reason for accepting the
opinion of Professor Blotz of the Blitz University who said in 1933 that
schizophrenics were schizophrenics, and that made them schizophrenics for
all time.
If you are interested in the manifestation of insanity there is any
and every form of insanity that you could hope to see in a lifetime in
almost any part of the world.
Study the peculiarities of the people around you and wonder what they would
be like if their little peculiarities were magnified a hundred fold. You
may find that by listing all the observable peculiarities you would have a
complete list of all the insanities in the world. This list might well be
far more accurate than that which was advanced by Kraepelin and used in the
United States today. If sanity is rationality, and insanity is
irrationality, and you postulated how irrational people would be if certain
of their obsessions were magnified a hundred fold, you might well have in
your possession a far more accurate and complete list of insanities and
their manifestations than is currently in existence.
If you will take the time and effort, then, of making a complete
examination of your subject, introspectively and by observation, you will
find that you have suddenly become an excellent auditor. The hard way is to
sit down and memorize a third of a million words contained in Science of
Survival-the method all too many educational systems employ in this age.
Examine some of the current theories in vogue, one of which is the
belief that sex is the prime motivation of life. After you have thought
about it for a while and compared it to the known universe you may find
that someone has left out a factor or two from their calculations. Consider
the theory that pain is the prime motivation of the human being. Ask
yourself whether an organism keeps pain or whether he associates things
with pain. You may suddenly find that you have extrapolated an engram. You
might arrive at the engram independently, and in doing so come up with some
brand-new workable concepts.
And then, having found the engram you begin to wonder how you can go
about getting rid of it. You hit upon a theory that by stretching time from
the 1/5 of a second it took to bum a preclear's finger to a full minute,
the event can be assimilated analytically, and suddenly you have discovered
something for yourself. And in so doing you might well discover a lot more.
What you have been doing in Dianetics-the techniques, the theories and
postulates-are highly workable, but they are not highly workable because
the author says so!
Let a plea be entered that you review basic Dianetics all over again.
Review with the purpose in mind of arriving at your own conclusions as to
whether the tenets you have assimilated are correct and workable. Compare
what you have learned with the known universe. Seek for the reasons behind
a manifestation, and postulate the manner and in which direction the
manifestation will likely proceed. Do not allow the Authority of any one
person or school of thought to create a foregone conclusion within your
sphere of knowledge. Only with these principles of education in mind can
you become a truly educated individual.
# # #
ABERRATIONS AND GENIUS
Eccentric genius is a problem in communication. The urge to create and
the urge to communicate are simply the dynamics at work.
Violinist A plays brilliantly. He is a great violinist because a heavy
thrust of dynamic lies behind his ability to play. He communicates
powerfully to other men. Aberrated, A's ability to play and his ability to
express generally is great and this includes ability to express his
aberrations.
Genius then appears to be more eccentric because it better expresses
eccentricity residual. The eccentricity is not a drive in itself.
LRH
TEACHING
[ca. 1951]
If one wishes a subject to be taught with maximal effectiveness, he should
1. Present it in its most interesting form.
(a) Demonstrate its general use in life.
(b) Demonstrate its specific use to the student in life.
2. Present it in its simplest form (but not necessarily its most
elementary).
(a) Gauge its terms to the understanding of the student.
(b) Use terms of greater complexity only as understanding
progresses.
3. Teach it with minimal altitude (prestige).
(a) Do not assume importance merely because of a knowledge of the
subject.
(b) Do not diminish the stature of the student or his own prestige
because he does not know the subject.
(c) Stress that importance resides only in individual skill in using
the subject and, as to the instructor, assume prestige only by the
ability to use it and by no artificial caste system.
4. Present each step of the subject in its most fundamental form
with minimal
material derived therefrom by the instructor.
(a) Insist only upon definite knowledge of axioms and theories.
(b) Coax into action the student's mind to derive and establish all
data which can be derived or established from the axioms or theories.
(c) Apply the derivations as action insofar as the class
facilities permit, coordinating data with reality.
5. Stress the values of data.
(a) Inculcate the individual necessity to evaluate axioms and
theories in relative importance to each other and to question the
validity of every axiom or theory.
(b) Stress the necessity of individual evaluation of every datum in
its relationship to other data.
6. Form patterns of computation in the individual with regard only
to their usefulness.
7. Teach where data can be found or how it can be derived, not
the recording of data.
8. Be prepared, as an instructor, to learn from the students.
9. Treat subjects as variables of expanding use which may be
altered at individual will. Teach the stability of knowledge as
resident only in the student's ability to apply knowledge or alter
what he knows for new application.
10. Stress the right of the individual to select only what he desires to
know, to use any knowledge as he wishes, that he himself owns what he
has learned.
L. RON HUBBARD
WICHITA MONDAY LECTURES
Wichita, Kansas
9 July-6 August 1951
L. Ron Hubbard gave the following Monday lectures to Foundation
students at Wichita, Kansas, in July and August 1951:
* 5107C09 VMP-1 Validation Processing
* 5107C09 VMP-2 MEST Processing
* 5107C09 VMP-3 Addenda-MEST Processing
* 5107C16 VMP-4 Some Educational Material
* 5107C16B VMP-5 More on MEST Processing
5107C16 LECTURE Validation Technique, Parts 1-5
5107C16 LECTURE Advice to the Auditor
* 5107C23A LECTURE Time Track
* 5107C23 LECTURE Basic Processing
* 5107C30A LECTURE Basic Reason, Part I
* 5107C30B LECTURE Basic Reason, Part II
* 5108C06A LECTURE Survival Processing, Part I
* 5108C06B LECTURE Survival Processing, Part II
THE DIANETIC AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
Volume 2, No. 2 August, 1951
Official Publication of
The Hubbard Dianetic Foundation, Inc.
Wichita, Kansas
An Essay on Management
L. Ron Hubbard
A knowledge of Group Dianetics should include a knowledge of
management, its problems and optimum performances. In Group Dianetics, the
best organization can be seen to be one wherein all individual members of
the group are versed in all the problems and skills in the group,
specializing in their own contributions but cognizant of the other
specialties which go to make up group life.
It is an old and possibly true tenet of business-at least where
business has been successful-that management is a specialty. Certainly it
is true that ruling, as Group Dianetics concerns itself with government, is
a specialized art and craft not less technical than the running of complex
machinery, and certainly, until Dianetics, more complex.
With our present technology about groups, it is possible to accomplish
with certainty many things which before came out of guesses when they
emerged at all. Management in the past has been as uncodified in its
techniques as psychiatry, and management, without reservation, has almost
always been a complete failure. Men were prone to measure the excellence of
management in how many dollars a company accumulated or how much territory
a country acquired. These are, at best, crude rules of thumb. Until there
was another and better measure, they had to serve. To understand that these
are not good measures of the excellence of management one has only to
review the history of farms, companies and nations to discover that few
have had any long duration and almost all of them have had considerable
trouble. Management has failed if only because the "art" of managing as
practiced in the past required too much hard labor on the part of the
manager.
Until one has considered the definitions of wealth and expanded
territory and has taken a proper view on what these things really comprise,
one is not likely to be able to appreciate very much about management, its
problems or its goals. Hershey, a brilliant manager with a brilliant
managing staff, yet failed dismally as a manager because he neglected the
primary wealth of his company-his people and their own pride and
independence. His reign of a company ceased with his people-well-paid
engineers and laborers, well housed, well clothed-shooting at him with
remarkably live ammunition. The brilliant management of Germany which came
within an inch of restoring to her all her conquests of former years yet
laid Germany in ruins.
Before one can judge management one has to consider the goals of an
enterprise and discover how nearly a certain management of a certain
enterprise was able to attain those goals. And if the goal of the company
is said to have been wealth, then one had better have an understanding of
wealth itself, and if the goal is said to have been territory, then one had
better consider what, exactly, is the ownership of territory.
Goals and their proper definition are important because they are
inherent in the definition of management itself. Management could be said
to be the planning of means to attain goals and their assignation for
execution to staff and the proper coordination of activities within the
group to attain maximal efficiency with minimal effort to attain determined
goals.
Management itself does not ordinarily include the discovery and
delineation of the goals of a group. Management concerns itself with the
accomplishment of goals
Copyright (�)1951 by L. Ron Hubbard. ALL Rights Reserved.
otherwise determined. In large companies the goals of the group are
normally set forth by boards of directors. When this is done, the goals are
assigned the nebulous word "policy." In governments goals, when they are
assigned at all, generally stem from less formal sources.
Nations are so large that until they embark upon conquests they
usually have few national goals which embrace all the group. The government
personnel itself has the goal of protecting itself and exerting itself in
management, and the remainder of the group bumbles along on small sub-
goals. When a goal embracing a whole nation is advanced and defined the
nation itself coalesces as a group and flashes forward to the attainment of
advances. It is an uncommon occurrence at best that a nation has a goal
large enough to embrace the entire group: thus governments are normally
very poor, being management with only the purpose of managing. Asia Minor,
given a goal by Muhammet, exploded into Europe. Europe, given a goal by
certain religious men to the effect that the city of the Cross had better
be attained, exploded into Asia Minor. Russia, selling five-year plans and
world conquest plans and minority freedom plans, can have a conquest over
any other nation without any large group goals. A good goal can be attained
by poor management. The best management in the world never attained group
support in toto in the absence of a goal or in the embracing of a poor one.
Thus Russia could be very badly managed and succeed better than an
excellently managed but goalless United States (for self-protection is not
a goal, it's a defense). Marx is more newly dead than Paine. The goal is
less decayed.
Companies obtain, usually, their "policy" from an owner or owners who
wish to have personal profit and power. Thus a sort of goal is postulated.
Nations obtain their goals from such highly remarkable sources as a jail
bird with a dream of a conquered enemy or a messiah with cross in hand and
Valhalla in the offing. National goals are not the result of the thinking
of presidents or the arguments of assemblies. Goals for companies or
governments are usually a dream, dreamed first by one man, then embraced by
a few and finally held up as the guidion of the many. Management puts such
a goal into effect, provides the ways and means, the coordination and the
execution of acts leading toward that goal. Muhammet sat alongside the
caravan routes until he had a goal formulated and then his followers
managed Muhammetanism into a conquest of a large part of civilization.
Jefferson, coding the material of Paine and others, dreamed a goal which
became our United States. An inventor dreams of a new toy, and management,
on the goal of spreading that toy and making money, manages. Christ gave a
goal to men. St. Paul managed that goal into a group goal. In greater or
lesser echelons of groups, whether it is a Marine company assigned the goal
of taking Hill X428 by the planner of the campaign, or Alexander dreaming
of world conquest and a Macedonian Army managing it into actuality, or
Standard Oil girdling the world because Rockefeller wanted to get rich, the
goal is dreamed by a planning individual or echelon and managed into being
by a group. The dreamer, the planner, is seldom an actual member of the
group. Usually he is martyred to a cause, overrun and overreached. Often he
lives to bask in glory. But he is seldom active management itself. When he
becomes management, he ceases to formulate steps to be taken as lesser
goals to greater goals and the group loses sight of its goal and falters.
It is not a question of whether the dreamer is or is not a good manager. He
may be a brilliant manager and he may be an utter flop. But the moment he
starts managing, the group loses a figurehead and a guidon and gains a
manager. The dreamer of dreams and the user of flogs on lazy backs cannot
be encompassed in the same man, for the dream, to be effective, must be
revered and the judge and the task master can only be respected. Part of a
goal is its glamor and part of any dream is the man who dreamed it.
Democracy probably failed when Jefferson took office as president, not
because Jefferson was a bad president but because Jefferson, engrossed with
management, ceased his appointed task of polishing up the goals.
According to an expert on history, no group ever attains a higher
level of ideal or ethic than at the moment it is first organized. This
observation should be limited, to be true, to those groups wherein
management has been assigned to the dreamer of the dream. For in those
cases where the dream was ably supported, the tone of the group
remained high and the group continued to be brilliantly effective as in the
case of Alexander whose generals did all the generaling and Alexander, a
brilliant individual cavalryman, set examples and pointed out empires.
But whether a group has an Alexander or a wild-eyed poet or an
inventor doing its goal setting for it, the group cannot be an actual or
even an effective group without such goals for its achievement and without
management brilliant enough to achieve those goals.
Having examined the source of such goals, one should also examine the
character of goals in general. There are probably as many goals as there
are men to dream them, probably more. Goals can be divided into two
categories, roughly. The first would be survival goals and the second would
be non-survival goals. Actually most goals are a combination of both for
goals are occasionally set forth solely for their appeal value, not for
their actual value. One sees that the goal of a nation which directs it to
conquer all other nations ends up, after occasional spurts of prosperity,
in racial disaster. Such a goal is not dissimilar to the money goal of most
"successful" industrialists or boards. One might call such goals
acquisitive goals entailing, almost exclusively, the ownership of the MEST
accumulated through hard work by others. Technically one could call these
EnMEST goals, for conquest of nations brings about the ownership of MEST
which, by conquest, has been enturbulated into EnMEST and which will make
EnMEST of the conqueror's own land eventually. Rapacious money gathering
gains EnMEST, not MEST, and makes EnMEST of the rightful money of the
acquisitor. Such goals, since they tend toward death, are then non-survival
goals. Survival goals are good and successful in ratio to the amount of
actual Theta contained in them, which is to say, the ability of the goals
to answer up favorably on a maximum number of dynamics. A survival goal
then is actually only an optimum solution to existing problems, plus Theta
enough in the dreamer to reach well beyond the casual solution. A group
best catalyzes on Theta goals, not only to a higher pitch but to a more
lasting pitch than a group catalyzed by EnMEST goals as in a war. It can be
postulated that Theta goals could bring about a much higher level of
enthusiasm and vigor than the most grandly brass-banded war ever adventured
upon.
Another postulate is that a goal is as desirable as it contains truth
or true advantage along the dynamics.
A group, then, can be seen to have three spheres of interest and
action. The first is the postulation of goals. The second is management.
The third is the group itself, the executors of the plans, procurers of the
means and enjoyers of the victories.
These three factors or divisions must be satisfied to have a
successful group or, actually, a true group. The divisions are not
particularly sharp. The desires and thoughts of the body of the group
influence and catalyze and are actually part of the goal finder. Management
has to have the support of the group and the provision of the group to
proceed at all and thus must have the agreement of the group for the best
and most economical execution of orders. Management must have the
confidence of the planning echelon or the planning echelon is liable to
include the reform of management as part of the dream. The goal finder must
be accepted and trusted by management or management will begin to look
around for a new goal finder and, being management, not a goal finder, may
take up with some highly specious ideas which management might then seek to
make a sub-echelon to itself (the thing which causes most nations to cave
in and most companies to collapse).
There are three divisions of action, then, which are interactive and
interdependent. ARC amongst these three must be very high. A group which is
hated by its management (often the case in the military) often gets wiped
out; a whole system may be destroyed (as in American industry) when
management and the group decide to become two camps. The death of the goal
finder is not destructive to a group but even sometimes aids it, but only
so long as the dream itself lives and is kept living. A management, for
instance, which would interpose (for the "good" of the group) between the
goal finder and the group is leveling death at the group by perverting and
interpreting the character of the goal. Management cannot concern itself
with the overall goal or plan; it can only execute and expedite the plans
of accomplishing the
goal and relegate its own planning to ways and means planning, not goal
planning. The traffic between the group and the goal finder should be
direct and clean of all "interpretations" unless management wishes to
destroy the group (in which case it should, by all means, undertake an
interruption of communication between the goal finder and the group). The
place of the goal finder is in the market place with the group or off
somewhere sitting down thinking up a new idea. The place of management is
in the halls and palaces, arsenals and timekeepers' cages, behind the
judges' bench and in the dispatcher's tower. Management leads the charge
after the goal finder has assigned the cause of the campaign.
Management is subservient to goals but goal finding is not in command
of management. So long as a management realizes this it will continue in a
healthy state as a management and the group, modified by natural factors
such as food, clothing and general abundance, will remain in excellent
condition. When management fails to realize this, the goal finder, even
when he is merely an individual who enjoys the making of vast fortunes,
shifts the management. When the goal finder is actually high Theta and
management forgets the quality of ideas (or doesn't ever quite realize
their potency) then, again and more so, management will be tumbled around,
for a Theta goal finder has behind him a group and in a moment can become
much more group than management and easily empties out the halls and
palaces. A management that discredits its goal finder or perverts the
communication of goals of course dies itself but, in dying, may also kill a
group.
Management often takes the goal finder into its confidence and
requests the solution to various problems. Management should understand
that when it does such a thing it is not taking conference with more
management, for the advice it will receive on technical problems, no matter
how brilliant, is usually delivered with asperity, for the goal finder has
no sight of tenuous lines of supply, quivering bank balances, raging labor
leaders, leases and contracts unsigned or perilously inadequate. The goal
finder sees goals; management sees obstacles to goals and ways of
overcoming them. The first requisite of a goal finder is to see goals which
are attainable only by the most violent ardures and which are yet sparkling
and alluring enough to lead forward and onward his own interest (in the
case of an EnMEST goal finder) or (if he is a Theta goal finder) his entire
group. Management pants between the pressure of the group to attain the
goal and the clarion call of the goal finder to go forward.
Yet there are specific means by which management can lighten the
burdens for itself, recover and retain its own breath and be highly
successful as management, which means that the group, by that management,
must be highly successful if its goals are kept bright.
Let us concern ourselves only with true groups. The true group could
be defined as one which has (a) a Theta goal, (b) an active and skilled
management working only in the service of the group to accomplish the Theta
goal and (c) participant members who fully contribute to the group and its
goals and who are contributed to by the group; and which has high ARC
between goal and management, management and group, group and goal. Here we
have no management problems beyond those natural problems of laying the
secondary but more complex plans of accomplishing the goals, pointing out
and laying the plans for the avoidance of obstacles en route to that goal
or those goals and coordinating the execution of such secondary, but most
vitally important, plans. Management, having the agreement of the
participants, is immediately relieved, by the participants, of some of the
planning and, that plague of management, the tying of loose and overlooked
ends. Further, management is not burdened with the actual location or
cultivation of food, clothing and shelter for the group as in a welfare
state, but is only concerned with coordinating group location or
cultivation along secondary plans laid by management for the location and
cultivation. Management is enriched by the advice of those most intimately
concerned with the problems of participation and is apprised instantly of
unworkabilities it may postulate. On the goal side it is relieved of the
problem management has never solved, the postulation and theorizing of the
primary goals of the group. Further, management does not have the nerve-
racking task of smoothing out enturbulations and confusions which are the
bane of every semi-group.
Now let us consider what might be meant by a true group as opposed to a
pseudo-group. A true group falls away from being a true group in the
gradient that ARC breaks exist between goals and management, management and
group, and group and goals. In the case of a high Theta goal finder and a
group in agreement with those goals, a bond between group and goal finder
is so copper bound, cast iron strong, whether the goal finder is alive or
dead as a person, that a management out of ARC with either the goal finder
or the group will perish and be replaced swiftly. But in the interim while
that management still exists, the group is not a true group and is not
attaining its objectives as it should. This would be the first grade down
from a true group toward a pseudo-group. The condition might obtain for
some time if management were not quite a true management and not flagrantly
out of ARC. The duration that such a management would last would be
inversely proportional to the completeness of the ARC break. A severe
perversion or break of ARC would bring about immediate management demise. A
continuing slight one might find the management tolerated for a longer
time. The break with the group, while the goal finder lives, can be of
greater severity than with the goal finder without causing management to
collapse or be shifted. Break of ARC with a goal finder finds management
under the immediate bombardment of a group catalyzed, as a small sub-goal,
into the overthrow of management. For this reason most managements prefer a
good, safely dead goal finder whose ideals and rationale are solidly held
by the group, and most groups prefer live goal finders because so long as
the goal finder lives (in the case of a true group), the group has a solid
champion, for a Theta goal finder is mainly interested in the group and its
individuals and his goals and has very little thought of management beyond
its efficiency in accomplishing goals with minimal turmoil and maximal
speed.
The next step down from the true group toward a pseudo-group is that
point reached where the goals exist as codes after the death or cessation
of activity as a goal finder of the goal finder. Management, always ready
to assume emergencies exist, being hard-driven men even in the best group,
breaks ARC to some slight degree with the codified goals in the name of
expediency. Being interested in current problems and seeing the next hill
rather than the next planet, management innocently begins a series of such
breaks or perversions and begins to use various means to sell these to the
group. The group may resist ordinarily but in a moment of real danger may
deliver to management the right to alter or suspend some of the code. If
management does not restore the break with or perversion of the code, the
true group has slipped well on its road to a pseudo-group.
The next major point on the decline is that point where management is
management for the sake of managing for its own good, not according to the
demised goal finder's codes of goals, but preserving only some tawdry
shadow of these such as "patriotism," "your king," "the American way,"
"every peasant his own landlord," etc., etc., etc.
The next step down is the complete break and reversal of ARC from
group to management, at which moment arrive the revolution, the labor
strikes and other matters.
If management succeeds the overthrown management without the
simultaneous appearance of a new goal finder, the old regime, despite the
blood let, is only replaced by the new one, for management, despite
critics, is normally sincere in its effort to manage and strong management,
unless a good Theta goal finder springs up and carries through the
revolution or strike, is faced with a continuing and continual emergency
which demands the most fantastic skill and address on the part of managers
and, oddly enough but predictably, the strongest possible control of the
group.
We are examining here, if you have not noticed, the tone scale of
governments or companies or groups in general from the high Theta of a near
cooperative state, down through the Theta of a democratic republic, down
through "emergency management," down through totalitarianism, down through
tyranny and down, if not resurged by a new goal finder somewhere on the
route, into the apathy of a dying organization or nation.
A true group will conquer the most MEST. Not even given proportionate
resources with another group, it will conquer other groups which are not
quite true groups. Brilliance and skill tend naturally to rally to the
standards of a true group as well as resources. As a sort of inevitable
consequence, MEST will move under a true group. The amount of MEST a true
group will eventually conquer-but not necessarily OWN-is directly in
proportion to the amount of Theta that group displays-Theta being many
things including solutions along the dynamics toward survival. To display
Theta the group must definitely tend toward a true group.
A truly successful management is a management in a true group. It is
definitely in the interest of management to have as nearly true a group as
it can possibly achieve. Indeed, management can actually go looking, for a
group's completion, for a goal finder, or send the group looking for a goal
finder and then, the goal finder proving himself by catalyzing the group's
thoughts and ambitions, raise the goal finder's sphere of action as high as
possible and abide thereby without further attempting to modulate or
control the goals made (for management is necessarily a trifle
conservative, is always liable to authoritarianism and is apt to be
somewhat jealous of its power). Probably the most stupid thing a management
can do is refuse to let a group become a true group. The group, if at all
alive as individuals, will seek (the third dynamic being what it is) to
become a group in the true sense. A group will always have around it a goal
finder. Management in Industrial America and in Russia tries to outlaw,
fight and condemn goal finders. This places the group in the command, not
of management, but of a would-be martyr, a John L. Lewis, a Petrillo, a
Townsend,* and management promptly has to go authoritarian and start
killing sections of the third dynamic, which course leads to death, not
only of the management but to the business or the nation.
Likewise a group should be tremendously aware of the dullness or the
real danger of putting a goal finder into management or insisting that the
goal finder manage. Hitler had a battle. He probably had a lot of other
battles he could have written about if one and all had recognized what goal
finder there was in him and supported his goal finding. Instead, current
management threw him into jail and sorted itself out as a target for
national wrath (for don't think the people weren't behind Hitler,
regardless of what the Nazis try to tell our military government). Down
went the Republic, up went Hitler as management. Down went Germany in a
bath of blood. At best he was a bad goal finder because he dealt with
EnMEST, and very little Theta. But he was a hideously bad manager, for by
becoming one he could no longer be a good goal finder but, made irascible
by the confusions of management, went mad dog.
Being rather low on the tone scale initially, most managements would
be very chary of creative imagination level goal finding unless they knew
the mechanics of the matter. And these demonstrate that it is unsafe to be
without a goal finder, unsafe to suppress goal finders, unsafe not to keep
trying for a true group continually and to fight very shy of letting
anything drift toward the pseudo-group level. Management should stay in
close tune with the group participants and give them as much to say about
managing and ways and means as possible, and should avoid assuming the
burden of caring for the group, and should assume and keep the role as
servants of the group, at the actual command of that group.
Management and enterprises are most highly successful when they attain
most energetically toward true group status.
There are certain definite and precise laws by which management can
raise the level of its own efficiency and the level of production and
activity of a group.
Save when it is necessary to establish a surprise element in an attack
or to secure a portion of the group from attack, suppression of OPERATIONAL
DATA is permissible to management. Suppression of any other than
operational data can disrupt a group and blow management over. Any
management which operates as a censorship or a propaganda medium will
inevitably destroy itself and injure the group. A management must not
pervert affinity, communication or reality and must not interrupt it. A
[*John Llewellyn Lewis, 1880-1959; U.S. labor leader. James Caesar
Petrillo, born 1892; U.S. labor leader; president of the American
Federation of Musicians 1940-58. Francis E. Townsend, 1867-1960; American
reformer who in I 934 proposed pensions for persons over sixty.]
management fails in ratio to the amount of perversion or severance of ARC
it engages upon and its plans and the goals of the group are wrong in the
exact ratio it finds itself "forced" to engage upon ARC perversion or
severance of ARC in terms of propaganda or internal relations.
A management can instantly improve the tone of any organization and
thus its efficiency by hooking up and keeping wide open all communication
lines between all departments and amongst all persons of the group and
communication lines between the goal finder and the group. Fail to
establish and keep in open and flowing condition one communication channel
and the organization will fail to just that extent.
Communication lines are severed in this fashion: (a) by permitting so
much EnTheta to flow on them that the group will close them or avoid them;
(b) by perverting the communication and so invalidating the line that
afterwards none will pay attention to the line; (c) by glutting the line
with too much volume of traffic (too much material, too little meaning);
and (d) by chopping the line through carelessness or malice or to gain
authority (the principal reason why lines get tampered with).
He who holds the power of an organization is that person who holds its
communication lines and who is a crossroad of the communications.
Therefore, in a true group, communications and communications lines should
be and are sacred. They have been considered so instinctively since the
oldest ages of man. Messengers, heralds and riders have been the object of
the greatest care even between combatants on EnMEST missions. Priesthoods
hold their power through posing or being communication relay points between
gods and men. And even most governments consider cults sacred.
Communication lines are sacred and who would interrupt or pervert a
communication line within a group is entitled to group death-exile. And
that usually happens as a natural course of events. Communication lines are
sacred and must not be used as channels of viciousness and EnTheta. They
must not be twisted or perverted. They must not be glutted with many words
and little meaning. They must not be severed. They must be established
wherever a communication line seems to want to exist or is needed.
Any management of anything can raise tone and efficiency by
establishing and maintaining zealously, as a sacred trust, communication
lines through all the group and from outside the group into the group and
from in the group outside the group.
The most vital lines of a group are not operational lines, although
this may appear so to management. They are the Theta lines between any
Theta and the group and the goal finder and the group. Management that
tampers with these lines in any way will destroy itself. These actually
have tension and explosion in them. It is as inevitable as nightfall that
these lines will explode, when tampered with, at the exact point of the
tampering. This is a natural law of communication lines.
A line is as dangerous to tamper with as it has truth in its channel.
It is safe and even preserving of a line to cut it when it contains
EnTheta. For example when a true line is cut, it charges a little power
into the cutter and he has authority for a moment thereby. But it is only
the authority of the cut line. If the line is thus made to perish, the
cutter loses his authority. If there is much truth in that line, it does
not give authority to the cutter, it explodes him.
A group has the right to exile anyone it discovers to be guilty of
tampering with any communication line.
A management which will pervert an affinity or sever one may gain a
momentary power, but the laws here are the same as those relating to
communication, and an affinity tampered with will lower the tone of a
group.
A management which will pervert or suppress a reality, no matter how
"reasonable" the act seems, is acting in the direction of the destruction
of a group. It is not what management thinks the group or the goal finder
should know, it is what is true. A primary function of management is the
discovery and publication, in the briefest form which will admit the whole
force of the data, the reality of all existing circumstances, situations
and personnel. A management which will hide data, even in the hope of
sparing someone's feelings, is operating toward a decline of the group.
A true group must have a management which deals in affinity, reality
and communication, and any group is totally within its rights, when a full
and reasonable
examination discloses management in fault of perverting or cutting ARC, of
slaughtering, exiling or suspending that management. ARC is sacred.
Management should be cognizant of the differences existing in power.
Management undeniably must have power but a management which confuses
authority with power is acting, no matter its "sincerity" or "earnestness"
or even conscious belief that it is doing what is right and well, in the
direction of decay of organizational efficiency. Power which is held and
used by rationale alone is almost imperishable. That power deteriorates and
becomes ineffective in exact ratio to the amount of pain or punishment
drive it must use to accomplish its end. The Theta of management becomes
EnTheta in a dwindling spiral once this course is entered upon. For
example, the punishment of criminals creates more criminals. The use of
punishment drive on the insane creates more insane. Punishment drive
against inefficiency creates more inefficiency and no management wisdom or
power under the sun can reverse or interrupt this working law. Every
management of past ages has been an enturbulated group rule seeking to rule
an enturbulated group. Management has only succeeded when punishment drive
was suspended or when Theta moved in over the scene from a goal finder and
by sheer Theta power, disenturbulated the group.
The need of management is for power to advance secondary and vital
plans and coordinate their execution by the group. The only power that ever
works is derived from reason and the ability to reason. MEST surrenders
only to reason when it is to become organized MEST. Punishment drive
creates EnMEST where MEST was sought. It is the boasted desire of every
management to acquire MEST for the group. By employing punishment drive on
the group or on MEST a management can acquire only EnTheta control of
EnMEST and that is death. Management, if enough free Theta exists in the
group or if the goal is sufficiently Theta, gets away with punishment drive
and can confuse the punishment drive it is applying with the existing Theta
in the group and can delude itself into thinking that accomplishment occurs
because of punishment drive, not because of existing Theta. Thus enthused
about punishment drive, management then applies more of it with the result
that the existing Theta is enturbulated. Sooner or later the group perishes
or (fortunate group) saves itself with a revolt which carries a Theta goal.
(Example: British Navy, bad conditions of discipline before first quarter
of nineteenth century; mutiny of whole Navy for humanitarian handling of
men; result, a more efficient Navy than Britain had ever had before.)
Power, and very real forceful power it is, can be sustained only when
it deals with Theta goals and is derived from Theta principles.
Authoritarian power, held by breaking or perverting ARC, enforced by
punishment drive, brings to management certain destruction and brings to
the group reduced efficiency or death. One, in considering these things, is
not dealing in airy philosophic impracticalities but in facts so hard and
solid they can be worn and eaten and used as roofs. We are dealing here
with the basic stuff of management and group survival. It is to be
commented upon that management has succeeded despite its use of punishment
drive and because of existing Theta goals whether management knew it or
not. This sums up not particularly to the discredit of managements of the
past but to the highly resistant character of Theta goals. Management,
failing to understand the true force of its power and the source of that
power, seeing only that if it cut and perverted ARC it had power of a sort,
has been the yoke around the neck of Mankind in most instances, not the
proud thing management thinks it is or could be, keeping the wheels
turning. Where wheels turned in the past it was usually because of highly
vital Theta goals and despite management. Management, being a needful cog
in the scheme of things, has been kept around by a hopeful Mankind on the
off chance that it someday might be of complete use. A punishment drive
management is the spoke in the wheel of an action being conducted by a goal
finder and a group, not the grease for the wheel which management sincerely
believes itself to be. A goal finder-group combination action is only
enturbulated because of the lack of a good management or, much worse, the
existence of a punishment drive management. Man would run better entirely
unmanaged than in the hands of an authoritarian management, for the end of
such a management is group death. A group would run better Theta managed
with real Theta power than a group entirely unmanaged.
Management derives power most swiftly by acting as interpreter between a
goal finder and a group. The power of the management is effective in ratio
to the cleanness with which it relays between the goal finder and the group
on ARC. Management loses real power in the ratio that it perverts or cuts
lines between the goal finder and the group. When the goal finder exists
only as a printed code, management can continue to prosper and can continue
to serve only in the ratio that it keeps that code cleanly interpreted
between archives and group. Management deteriorates and grows unprosperous
in the ratio that it perverts or cuts the lines from code to group.
There is an intriguing factor involved, however: ARC lines. When they
are slightly interrupted they deliver power to the individual that
interrupts them. True, it is authoritarian power-death power. But a very
faint tampering with a line gives authority to the tamperer since he is
obscuring to some slight degree a section of Theta. His group is trying to
see the Theta and reach it and if they can do so only through the tamperer
and if they are convinced that the tamperer or tampering is necessary
(which it NEVER is), then the group tolerates the tamperer in the hope of
seeing more Theta. Mistaking this regard for him as something he is
receiving personally, the tamperer cannot resist, if he is a narrow and
stupid man, tampering a little more with the ARC line. He can live and is
tolerated only so long as the Theta he is partially masking is not entirely
obscured. But he, by that first tampering, starts on the dwindling spiral.
Eventually he is so "reactive" (and he would have to be pretty much
reactive mind to start such an operation) that he obscures the Theta or
discredits it. At that moment he dies. He has put so much tension on the
line that it explodes. If it is not a very Theta ARC in the first place, he
is relatively safe for a longer period. The pomp and glory he assumes are
not his. He makes them EnMEST and EnTheta and eventually corrupts them
utterly and corrupts himself and all around him dies as management.
There is also a pretense of having a Theta goal without having one
which intrigues management. Lacking the actual article the management
postulates merely the fact that such an article exists and that management
is the sole purveyor of this Theta goal. Usually such a management makes
excuses for the goal not being in sight or existing by claiming that "it is
too complicated for ignorant minds to grasp" or "it is too sacred to be
defiled by the hands of the mob." Management dresses itself in all the
trappings of a Theta relay station, but as there is no Theta goal in the
first place to give to the group, punishment drive has to be entered upon
instantly. Hellfire has to be promised to those who won't believe a Theta
goal exists just over management's shoulder. A flog has to be used to
convince the group that the cause is just. However, a group is capable of
generating some Theta on its own. There are always some minor goal finders
around. Unfortunately these serve to buoy up a masking management by
actually putting some Theta into circulation. Management can then keep on
masking an empty altar. But as the altar is empty such a management is
always afraid, instinctively. It starts to speak of rabble, the mob, the
horrors of individual say in group actions. It speaks of anarchy and uses
wild propaganda to stampede and enturbulate its group. The life goes, to
some degree, down in every individual in that group and stays up only
because of the minor goal finders in the group. Management, seeing here a
rival or a threat of discovery that it exists not for the goal but for
itself, starts in punishment driving the minor Theta makers, calling them
revolutionaries whenever they advance a goal or idea and having them torn
down from any tiny eminence to which their meager supply of Theta has
lifted them. When the last of these goal finders is dead, the group is
dead, management is dead and desolation reigns. This has been the cycle of
management amongst men since first Man became civilized, save in those
times and places where a real goal finder existed and where management
actually began by being a part of a nearly true group. (See the history of
Greece, the history of Egypt, the history of Rome, trace the course of
Greek tyrannies. See also the history of various companies, and one readily
sorts out those which began because of a goal finder an' those which
pretended a goal existed but had no goal finder for the group but only made
goals for individuals-management itself. Three life insurance companies
began because of real goal finders and they are the leading companies of
America despite subsequent perversions of the goal and its subordination to
individual profit.)
Now it so happens that a culture which has within it many examples of
punishment drive masked management will begin to develop a spurious
technology of management based upon mimicry of these masked punishment
drive managements. The technology is most ably put forward for that period
in Machiavelli's Prince. Almost any text on "military science" is a
technology of masked management. However, such texts exist and are useful
because they furnish a short-term method of assembling a unit to follow a
cause whenever one appears. The technology of how a company evolutes or a
battery spots is not the technology of management but the technology of a
coordinated group. Everywhere one looks in such a text on actual battle
skill one finds that cooperation and understanding are the essence and that
ARC is stressed amongst the group itself at every period and paragraph. But
alas, the technology of the military management itself is so far from
useful or factual that wars get won only because most armies have the same
management system and that one wins which makes less errors than another
and which has a better "cause."
For example, the communist main group in Russia is not a true group.
Probably the United States is much closer to (but very far from) a true
group. Thus the nation of Russia vs. the nation of the U.S., in a battle of
culture would lose miserably. But an army of communists, working for a
management which only recently lost its goal finders, Marx and Lenin, can
have a "cause" couched in modem terms. All armies are considerably EnTheta
and take only EnMEST. But a Russian army has a "cause" superior to a U.S.
Army. Neither army has a true group cause, but the U.S. "cause" has not
been restated in convincing modem terms. A second-rate and obsolete "cause"
is as dangerous to have around an army as an obsolete weapon. The U.S. army
"cause" does not include a conquest of MEST clause but contains only
protection of status quo clauses. Once the U.S. drove hard on Theta goals.
Because her people and culture are not much decayed and her technology is
high, a U.S. with a "cause," as before, could easily outreach any Russian
culture. And a U.S. army with such a "cause" would crush a vastly superior
Russian force. Armies, understand, are short-term groups intimately
concerned with the conquest of MEST which, no matter if they made EnMEST of
it, is still a MEST goal until conquered. Thus armies can be thrown into
action with far less reason than a culture, and, not so closely, ARC within
the unit itself can by catalyzed. An army, then, builds its technology on
fantastically high ARC on the private-corporal level and is governed by a
fantastically low ARC on the management level. Because ARC is high in the
bulk of the group and is commanded to be high (management of armies would
reverse such a thing if they knew what they were effecting, one fears) by a
low ARC management. Optimum in armies is that high ARC on the private-
corporal level and management by a government which has high Theta goals
and is itself high ARC. When this is attained armies explode out of Asia
Minor and overrun Europe.
With such bad examples in a culture, management can develop an
entirely false technology. Managers have to be geniuses to work with such
technologies and ordinarily work themselves into a swift demise, as witness
the presidents of the U.S. who can be seen, if you compare the pictures of
the same president after just two years of being president, to deteriorate
swiftly. The group one way or another will try to knock apart an
authoritarian management or a management even slightly authoritarian. The
management thinks this is all because of bad planning, tries to plan
better, and thinks all can be righted by just a little more emergency
punishment drive. The group revolts more. Management punishment drives
more. And finally something has to explode. It is a lucky nation which
blows into a Theta goal revolt early in this cycle. The government of the
United States is overworked and inefficient as management because all the
principles of its original goal finders are not applied and those that are
applied are slightly perverted. And the same thing obtains with Russian
management. (Example: read the works of Paine and the works of Jefferson in
their original form and read also the letters and personal opinions of
these men: you will find more Theta in those writings which has been
overlooked than the whole U.S. government is using from those same goal
finders. Read Marx and Lenin and look at the tremendous quantity of Theta
untapped in those works.)
Bad management, then, like any aberration, goes by contagion. Because of a
native existence of Theta goals even as to common survival and a country
wealthy in brilliant people and natural resources, management can become a
sort of priesthood because success reigns and management has never been
loath to take credit for a group's production. But statistics will tell you
swiftly that the great god "modem business management" is in continual
trouble, is expensive, is uneconomical and that, by the duration of large
fortunes and businesses, on the average such management as has been
purporting to be management is almost a complete failure and is murdering
outright the majority of enterprises of this country. The rise of unionism
is not an index of the viciousness and willfulness of man but is, as it
rises and wars against production, an index of the failure of management as
it has been practiced as a technology. Unionism is not wrong. It is simply
an unnecessary arbitrary existing because of the existing arbitrary of
management operating on an authoritarian level, masking the absence of
Theta goal finders and seeking to enforce that lack with punishment drive.
America fought for Independence from absentee management in 1776 and
won. With the advent of Alexander Hamilton's banking system (a medal please
for Burr*, traitor though he may have been) that part of Independence
related to economics did a marked and remarkable slump back into the Dark
Ages of fascism-or, Tyranny, as they called it in those days. Senator Bone,
USS, once remarked to me, "I have fought since 1905 to place public
utilities in the hands of the people. But I believe that, by giving them at
last to the government, I have exchanged a fairly unreasonable for a very
unreasonable master. It seems to me that when this country got rid of
slavery in the Civil War we changed an outright form of slavery for a far
more insidious brand-the tyranny of modem management." Fascism exists in
America as almost the sole modus operandi of big business. And fascism or
authoritarianism almost always murders itself swiftly since it is EnTheta
and enturbulates the existing Theta. This is best exemplified by the
management-labor upsets which have been increasing in volume since the
early 1900's.
Economic tyranny alone could make possible the far less than ideal
group ideology of communism. Where fascistic business management exists
there socialism and communism can grow. State ownership of everything
including the human soul and a communal ideology conducted with false
propaganda by a rather fascistic group in Moscow are equally undesirable.
The world is in tumult today because of three schools of management:
fascism reserves the right to fire at will and devil take the men of
production; socialism outlaws private property and builds up staggering
bureaucracies about as efficient as Rube Goldberg's machinery; communism
buffoons around with one-time high ethic tenets, building an empire on
deceits. None of the three are worthy of attention should a workable
science of management come into being.
Such a science of management should obtain optimum performance
potentialities and optimum living conditions for the group and its members.
Such a science is postulated in Group Dianetics. It is not an ideology. It
is an effort toward rational operation of groups. Its pilot project has
worked. Other pilot projects will follow. In Group Dianetics, should its
results continue to bear out its tenets, one is looking at the general form
of the government of the world. That government will not extend, as
administrator, out from the Dianetic Foundation. But the Foundation will
probably train the personnel that governments send to it and will probably
be the advisor to all governments. No empty dreams-we have in Group
Dianetics a much better mousetrap.
However, if the Foundation is ever to accomplish a post as trainer of
government personnel, a tutor to the world of all management, the
Foundation had better become, of itself, the best example of Group
Dianetics in existence.
In accordance with an ambition to put its house in order, it is
suggested that any organization so desiring put into practice the following
tenets:
1. Consider well its ideal and ethics. This is the province of goal
finding.
[*Aaron Burr (1756-1836), American political leader; mortally wounded
Alexander Hamilton in a duel in 1804; was charged with treason in 1807, and
later acquitted. ]
2. Consider well its rationale. This is the province of management, its
planning and coordination.
3. Consider well its execution. This is the province of staff and
individual members of the group.
4. Establish a general, flexible plan of government-adopting a
constitution, selecting its officers with full agreement, adhering to its
establishment and establishers.
5. Ever lean toward creative and constructive goals and execute its
ventures creatively and constructively as opposed to "saving things,"
"arbitrary emergencies," and destructive planning and action.
6. Choose for its posts of trust high Theta personnel who plan
creatively and constructively in expanding terms rather than "emergency"
terms. Keep out of office the death-talkers who pervert or selectively
censor communications or cut lines to gain power, who postulate
opportunistic but dire realities and who, perverting affinity, have no love
for Man.
7. Hook up an abundance of communication lines to fill their various
needs, keep the communications terse, keep the communications wholly honest
and drop no curtains between the organization and the public about
anything.
8. Incline in the direction of creating affinity from group to group
and group to management. Create and maintain high affinity with the rest of
the world.
9. Create a high and ethical reality of a better world and then make
it come into being. Make the organization a model of that better world.
10. Persevere in the continual raising of group tone. Persevere toward
the goal of the highest individual tone. It is theoretically true that a
high enough group tone level almost nullifies the necessity of individual
clearing and that high individual tone creates a high group tone.
11. Self-generate the organization into a model of efficiency in all
its departments and with high pride in his performance on the part of every
individual member of the group.
12. Operate on the principle that the failure, in any department, of
one individual or sub-group, by contagion, threatens the survival of all.
13. Understand thoroughly the principle that the amount of Theta in
the group materially determines the longevity, greatness and general
survival of that group and its members and that the amount of EnTheta in
the group determines its proximity to death, and thus have done with the
casualnesses and insincerities existing in a lowtoned outer society.
[Following the above article in the original DAB Vol. 2, No. 2, were
reprints of "The Credo of a True Group Member" and "The Credo of a Good and
Skilled Manager". These are included in this volume at their original date
of writing on pages 94 and 96 respectively.]
HOW TO PICK UP OCCLUDED DATA
Straightwire innocent (non-painful) moments.
Problem: The preclear cannot remember a bad moment he had with
someone.
Action: Straightwire or scan good moments with this person until the
bad moment shows up.
Problem (in detail): The preclear cannot remember a bad telephone
conversation with a certain person.
Action: Straightwire or scan any and all telephones, then telephones
ringing, then phone conversations with anyone, then any conversation with
the person in question. Then contact the bad telephone conversation.
If it is still occluded, repeat the process.
LRH
THE "26" PERCEPTICS
from DAB Vol. 2, No. 2
Many months ago in one of his lectures, L. Ron Hubbard made the
statement that there were not just 5 or 6 or even ten perceptics, but
twenty-six of them, all of which should be available for recall. Since that
lecture there has been a considerable volume of correspondence and verbal
requests for a list of the twenty-six.
During the first annual conference of HDAs a list of perceptics was
started and hung on the bulletin board where others could add a few
perceptics of their own. Mr. Hubbard boiled the list down, combined
duplications, and laughingly said, "Of course there are more than twenty-
six."
Following is the list as it stands today, although there are
undoubtedly many more items which can be added. No attempt has been made to
place them in any particular order of importance.
1. Time 26. Internal Temperature
2. Sight 27. External Temperature
3. Color 28. Balance
4. Depth 29. Muscular Tension
5. Relative Sizes 30. Saline Content of Self
(external) 31. Fields (magnetic)
6. Sound 32. Time Track Motion
7. Pitch 33. Physical Energy
8. Tone (personal weariness, etc.)
9. Volume 34. Self Determinism (relative)
10. Rhythm (on each dynamic)
11. Smell 35. Moisture (self)
(4 subdivisions) 36. Sound Direction
12. Touch 37. Emotional State of other organs
(4 subdivisions) 38. Personal Position on the
13. Personal Emotion Tone Scale
14. Endocrine States 39. Affinity (self and others)
15. Awareness of awareness 40. Communication (self
and others)
16. Personal Size 41. Reality (self and others)
17. Organic Sensation 42. Emotional State of Groups
(including hunger) 43. Compass Direction
18. Heartbeat 44. Level of Consciousness
19. Blood Circulation 45. Pain
20. Cellular and Bacterial Position 46. Perception
of Conclusions
21. Gravitic (past-present)
(self and other weights) 47. Perception of
Computing
22. Motion of Self (past-present)
23. Motion 48. Perception of Imagination
(exterior) (past-present)
24. Body Position 49. Perception of Having
Perceived
25. Joint Position
[ This list was updated and issued as HCO B 10 March 1970, List of
Perceptics-Dianetics Bulletin, Volume VII, page 25.]
SELF ANALYSIS
by
L. Ron Hubbard
Published August 1951
Self Analysis, written by L. Ron Hubbard in July-August 1951 and
published at Wichita, Kansas, is a simple self-help volume, designed for
use for a few minutes each day by any reasonably stable person who can read
and understand English. Also, through the use of these Straight Wire
processes, an occluded person who could not run engrams or who had great
difficulty in running engrams could often turn on his sonic and/or visio,
at which point he could then graduate to Standard Procedure as delineated
in Science of Survival.
In a Progress Report in early August 1951, the Wichita Foundation
wrote to the field Dianeticists: "The fact appears to be that Ron, through
the pages of this book, is auditing the preclear with a new kind of
Straight Wire that lies on the concept level below language. As you read
this book and put its process to work, you will find that it contains a
great deal of power, particularly in occluded cases."
This book was modified by L. Ron Hubbard in 1953 for creative
processing and called Self Analysis in Dianetics in Britain and Self
Analysis in Scientology in America. These changes are discussed later in
this volume on page 286. The original version is, however, the one used
currently.
The first section is devoted to the key points of Dianetic theory,
followed by the Hubbard Chart of Human Evaluation which one can use to find
his position on the Tone Scale. The central part of Self Analysis is the
lists of processing questions that are entitled: General Incidents, Time
Orientation, Orientation of Senses, Standard Processing, Assists to
Remembering, Forgetter Section, Survival Factors, Imagination, Valences,
Interruptions, Invalidation and The Elements. At the end are special lists
that are to be used in case of discomfort while doing the processes.
Today the Self Analysis Recall Lists form a key part of the Drug
Rundown and are part of the ARC Straightwire Grade, though in these uses
they are applied by an auditor in a standard session rather than by the
preclear alone.
192 pages, hardcover with dust jacket, contains the Hubbard Chart of
Human Evaluation. Available from your nearest Scientology Organization or
Mission, or direct from the publishers: Scientology Publications
Organization, Jernbanegade 6, 1608 Copenhagen V, Denmark; or Church of
Scientology Publications Organization U.S., 2723 West Temple Street, Los
Angeles, California, 90026, U.S.A.
HUMAN EVALUATION COURSE LECTURES
Wichita, Kansas
13-17 August 1951
"During the week of August 13 L. Ron Hubbard gave a series of five
lectures, launching the Special Course in Human Evaluation, as another
important branch of Dianetics. Among those attending were representatives
of the major industries in Wichita.
"Personnel directors, teachers, ministers and in fact any individual
whose work is the direct hiring or supervision of others is certain to be
vitally interested in this course. Through the knowledge gained about the
predictability of human aberration an employer is saved expense and
possible danger to his organization by individuals who are dangerously low
on the tone scale.
"Salesmen, too, benefit immeasurably from the knowledge of the tone
scale and its applications. He approaches his prospect by matching that
person's tone level, thereby gaining immediate agreement and an almost
inevitable sale."
-Dianetic Auditor's Bulletin, Volume 2, No. 2
** 5108C13A HEV-2 The Value of the Chart
of Human Evaluation and Its
Application
** 5108C13B HEV-3 The Dynamics of
Existence-Derivation and Uses of the
Chart of Human Evaluation
** 51 08C1 4A HEV-4 Life Force Endowment,
Personality and Tone Scale Reaction
to the Universe
** 5108C14B HEV-5 Behavior and
Punishment-Evolution on Theta and GE Lines
** 5108C15A HEV-6 Tone Scale, Part I-How
to Talk About the Tone Scale to
the Non-Dianeticist
** 5108C15B HEV-7 Tone Scale, Part 11-
Chronic Position on the Tone Scale
** 5108C16A HEV-8 Motion and Emotion and
Its Relationship to Man and the
Tone Scale
** 5108C16B HEV-9 Motion and Emotion
(cont.)-Physiology
** 5108C17A HEV-10 Motion and Emotion
(cont.)-Physiological Aspects
** 5108C17B HEV-11 Review of Motion and
Emotion-ARC Triangle
LRH LECTURES
20 August-20 September 1951
5108C20 LECTURE Motion
* 5108C27 LECTURE Motion and Emotion-
Line Charge, Parts 1-5
* 5108C28A LECTURE Psychotics
* 5108C28B LECTURE Analytical Mind
* 5109C04A PLS-12 Time and Motion (Geriatrics)
* 5109C04B Illusion
* 5109C10 PLS-13 Arithmetic
* 5109C10 PLS-13 Mimicry
5109C10 PLS-14 The Cellular Postulate
* 5109C17A LECTURE Black Dianetics
* 5109C17B LECTURE The Cellular Postulate
5109C20 LECTURE Introduction to Survival
5109C20 LECTURE Effort Processing
51 .. C .. LECTURE Resolution of Effort and Counter-Effort
(possibly same tape as 5203C08 HCL-11 or
5211C01)
THE DIANETIC AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
Volume 2, No. 3 September, 1951
Official Publication of
The Hubbard Dianetic Foundation, Inc.
Wichita, Kansas
Basic Reason - Basic Principles
From a Lecture by
L. Ron Hubbard
By their very nature basic principles, every time they are examined,
tend to become more basic. Critical exploration uncovers simple underlying
fundamentals. Yet, in spite of this fact, the tendency of the greater
number of people is to complicate a subject in relaying it. Rarely does one
try to advance knowledge by making it simple. The usual fate of a new
postulate is building it up into a complicated hokus-pokus that would
stagger the original creator of the postulate!
Original thinkers of the stature of Newton presented their ideas very
simply. Newton stated that there are three laws of motion: Inertia,
interaction and acceleration. In relaying these laws some struggling
scientists feel that if everybody understands it as well as they, their
prestige is thereby lowered. So they strike learned attitudes before
students: "Of course, there may possibly be some of you who can understand
this-or part of it .... During the next four years there may be a
possibility that I can instill some of the pattern into your minds, but of
course you can't be expected to grasp it...." It's the same urge that
navigators have for declaring navigation too difficult for the average
person. Or a typical college text on elementary physics that starts out
with ". . . the kinesthetic aspects and persistence of masses . . ." and
goes on and on for pages and pages with words that stun the reader.
Suddenly it is realized that the presentation is of the simple law of
inertia-the tendency of a body to remain in motion if it is in motion or to
remain still if it is still; a whole chapter to make that law complicated!
Many individuals are upset, evidently, by going "backwards" in a subject
toward simplicity, and insist on going "forwards" toward incomprehensible
complexity and confusion.
This reaching back for earlier simplicities is the direction that any
seeker after truth must take. Reaching a simpler fundamental, he takes the
props out from under the thousands of complex, unworkable formulations
which previously existed. The moment earlier simplicity is reached, complex
data falls apart and becomes simple.
DIANETICS A NEW SIMPLICITY
When a person has been taught scholastically by authoritarian teaching
methods a mass of facts forced down the student's throat on threat of
failing-he finds himself confused when a new fundamental appears because he
has to re-evaluate everything he knows about the subject. This may be
characteristic of that group of people who complain that Dianetics is over-
simplified. They are in reality complaining that a new fundamental has been
discovered which makes it necessary to re-evaluate and jettison some
thousands of ideas which before would not work properly. It took years for
those individuals to accumulate, memorize and study the ideas, and, just as
it is difficult to coax persons to give up some of their MEST, so it is
very trying to be asked to give up some of their facts and ideas. Robbing a
man of money is no more difficult than robbing a man of such a collection
of ideas and facts. A complicated unworkable mass of doctrine has made the
student feel important. He has not tried to resolve
Copyright(�) 1951 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
problems with his new-found knowledge, but has assumed that he knows all
that is necessary to be known about the subject. A new simplicity is an
attack upon this self-assuredness. He will resist. Thus it is that progress
in the field of thought or of physics or chemistry is met, usually, not
with acclaim, but with suspicion. What is acceptable to men is something
within their frame of reference fitting a majority of their facts.
Something which puts new facts into the field and removes old facts is
usually combatted.
Dianetics is basically epistemology, the study of knowledge. Man's
behavior is based on knowledge, or lack of it. The very act of trying to
study without knowing what knowledge is is nonsense. We study the human
mind because the mind is a computer for knowledge. A clarity of vision, an
ability to absorb, recall and compute with data is absolutely necessary
before the individual can adequately handle knowledge. Without these
abilities, he is powerless against his environment. In order to assure this
ability to use knowledge in the race of man, the computers of individual
men must be brought up to a high level of efficiency. The aberrated mind is
a problem of Dianetics because it is an imperfect computer. How can men
learn what knowledge is when they are violating the basic principles of
data?
SURVIVAL DEPENDENT UPON REASON
The goal of Dianetics is to spread some knowledge through the
societies of men so that, improbable as it may seem, the species might
survive and might even evolve into something better. So long as individuals
have imperfect computers which cannot even recover the data most arduously
impressed into them, the normal course of human events will, unfortunately,
continue. The address of Dianetics to aberration is for the purpose of
achieving reason in the individual. Any process which helps an individual
to reason and work and live better is a valid process.
The dianetic auditor should evaluate for himself what he is trying to
do with his preclear. He should evaluate all theory in this light.
Dianetics is not tender and fragile; it does not have to be approached with
the awe and reverence which is demanded in some fields. In Dianetics all
theory and technique should be submitted to this test: Does it make people
more reasonable?
EDUCATIONAL APPROACHES
Education can lie along two lines: The first is to give the student
data. The second is to teach the student to reason with the data he has.
Much modern education hardly recognizes the second method-developing the
ability to reason in the student. When we ask why a man needs reason, we
find that reason is the ability to extrapolate new data from the existing
data. Knowing "all there is to know" about a subject is not enough. The
individual must have the ability to know, as the necessity arises, the
things that are not known by extrapolating them from data. There is a
difference between memorizing and rationalizing. Knowledge is more than
data; it is also the ability to draw conclusions.
The confusion between reason and memory has entered into Dianetics.
People think that if they could just recall everything they had ever read
they would be reasonable. They think that they must have perceptics to be
reasonable. But many a wide-open case in which the individual has the
ability to recall practically everything that has happened to him is
extremely unreasonable in behavior. Memory is not reason; it is a different
order in the field of epistemology.
SELF-DETERMINISM AND REASON
Reason, the ability to extrapolate, is hand-in-glove with self-
determinism. As soon as an individual feels that he has a right to reason,
to extrapolate on data, he will do so. As his right to reason is inhibited,
his self-determinism is inhibited in direct ratio. As self-determinism is
inhibited, not only does he feel that he has no right to move where
he wishes or do what he wishes, but he feels that he cannot use the data he
observes. The rehabilitation of a person's self-determinism is the
rehabilitation of his ability to reason. They are almost the same thing.
His ability to move and act at his own command approximates his ability to
reason at his own will on his own data. Processing is not getting data out
of the preclear; it is not assembling his life for him as a complete,
consecutive play-it is increasing his self-determinism and his right to
reason. A man whose self-determinism has been three-quarters rehabilitated
may still have arthritis which hurts, but the auditor has done a good job.
But if the arthritis is gone and self-determinism is diminished, the
auditor has done a bad job.
TYPES OF PROCESSING CASES
There are two ways that an individual can be dominated. First, he can
be made to do things with his physical environment or prevented from doing
things with it. Second, he can be left alone, ignored. One becomes the
occluded case, the other the wide-open case low on the tone scale.
The wide-open case has been invalidated during his lifetime until he
feels worthless as an individual. He has been ignored and has been unable
to get the attention he needs. One such case, at 0.2 on the tone scale, had
been more or less deserted as a child. She was put into the sickroom and
seldom attended except to be fed. Nobody played with her or read to her.
Lack of strength or power to improve her position brought a complete
invalidation as a person. She was not interfered with, just neglected. As
an adult her perceptics were excellent, but ARC and reasoning were
shattered.
The occluded case has had self-determinism interrupted by being
manhandled with regard to MEST. He is told to get up, to go to bed, to pick
something up, to put something down, to come in the house, to go outside.
He is given shoes but is told exactly when to wear them and where not to
put them and when he must polish them and how he must not scuff them. He is
told that his clothes are his but that he has to take care of them and not
get them dirty. When he receives any MEST, he is controlled in how to use
it. He himself is controlled as MEST. He begins to handle his thoughts as
he handles MEST; they begin to be moved off the time track and shunted here
and there into occluded areas. His ARC may be quite good, but all his data
is gone. He has a hard time in school because the educational system is
based on the memorization of facts, and he had been forced to forget and
remember so much that his command of data is poor. However, he has been
forced to learn to reason at the same time, mainly by having to be shifty-
footed! Any time he has entered the vicinity of older people, he has had to
have an explanation for something he has or has not done. Not having much
data to fall back on, and always having the necessity to come up with an
answer, he has learned to extrapolate conclusions from the data in present
time. He has learned to reason on an emergency basis.
Hence the occluded case extrapolates well on practically no data. He
has confidence in his ability to fill in the blanks by reasoning things
out. On the other hand, the wide-open case extrapolates hardly any at all,
even though it has nearly all the data it has ever contacted. This case
more or less worries about the correctness of data, and corrects the words
of others because any departure from the known data is very uncomfortable
for him. MEST is unreal to this case; he is careless and destructive of it.
The occluded case, on the other hand, will acquire MEST.
These are the two main types of cases for processing. Sometimes one
encounters a mixed type, but rarely. Sometimes one encounters an open case
that is temporarily occluded, but never an occluded case that is
temporarily open.
PROCESSING APPROACHES
Which of these cases is easier to rehabilitate? What responses can be
expected in processing? The occluded case will show more benefit in terms
of reasoning ability than the wide-open case. Processing recovers data for
him. The more data he gets the
more actively he starts reasoning. However, this is not true of the wide-
open case. Here the auditor must realize that he is trying to rehabilitate
the preclear's reality as against the occluded case in which he is trying
to draw data and perceptics into view. Perceptics then are no index of the
ease with which the auditor can restore reason to the preclear.
It is an unfortunate thing in this society that women as recently as
fifty years ago were considered chattel, MEST. There seem to be more wide-
open cases among women than men for this reason. Society and the family
expect something by routine in the culture of men. They don't expect as
much of women. This is completely unfair. Many women have a whole lifetime
of invalidation. They are given a 1.1 education; they are dominated so much
that their only recourse is often covert hostility. The fact that they do
not uniformly act at this level is a sign of their ability to rise above
their education.
The little boy of the family who may be far more delicate than the
daughter gets no sympathy when he is beaten up by the kid next door. He is
told to take care of himself. All the hero tales he reads, from King Arthur
to Hopalong Cassidy, tell him to be a 1.5. So we have the battle of the
sexes: 1.5 against 1.1 ! Their education on the average postulates that
this condition will exist. An auditor, in processing an inharmonious
married couple, can predict with usual accuracy that this 1.5-1.1 conflict
is taking place.
Some girls, on the other hand, are raised well and are found high on
the tone scale; others are mauled around as thoroughly as the boys, and the
result is the occluded case in women.
A test of perceptics should tell; the auditor whether the preclear is
stronger on memory or on reason. He will then know whether to start on ARC
processing or on MEST locks. Since a completely reasonable individual
should be able to recall everything in his life and reason on it to the
fullest extent, in the aberrated person who can recall everything, the
auditor must rehabilitate the right to reason on that data in order to have
a whole being. In the individual who is occluded, the auditor makes efforts
to help bring data into view.
FUNCTION OF THE MIND
The consolidation of data and the resolving of problems relating to
the survival of an organism, group or species is functionally simple, so
simple it has been overlooked. So long as people failed to compartment
function from structure, the confusion between the two prevented either
from being satisfactorily identified.
The mind could be called the command post of an organism. Gradually,
through the ages, it evolved greater and greater structural complexities in
order to accomplish a functional simplicity which itself never changed.
This evolution of the mind has increased the number of ways the mind could
do this thing it was trying to do.
There is no reason to doubt that plankton thinks. Its thinking is not
obvious because the organism cannot easily be observed to react to changes
in the environment. In 1937 over a period of six weeks, certain experiments
were made to demonstrate the thought processes of monocellular organisms.
The subjects for the experiment were some slightly mobile bacteria in a
drop of water. When cigarette smoke was applied to the drop of water, the
bacteria were observed to retreat. This was repeated a few times, then
steam was substituted for the smoke. The same reaction was observed. When
the steam was first used, before any smoke had been applied, the bacteria
did not respond to it in any way. This is obviously a process of learning-
at a microscopic level.
These experiments seemed clearly to support the postulate that the
basic unit of life was a cell and that as the cell behaved, so the most
complex life organism behaved. That which is the purpose of a monocell is
also the purpose of the largest and most complex organism that exists. This
functional definition of thought, with no regard to size or structure, was
maintained and bore fruit. The monocell is trying to survive and procreate.
It must, therefore, approach and stay in the vicinity of pleasure and it
must avoid pain. The two vectors of approaching pleasure and avoiding pain
combine into one vector which is the survival not only of one cell but of
the whole line of monocells
through many generations. This is no different than the function of any
other organism, no matter how large. The apparent differences are only
those of complexity of the same function. A big organism has evolved so
many ways to be mobile and so many ways to perceive and can combine them so
much more intricately that it is easy to overlook that the purpose of the
monocell and the larger organisms is the same. The growing complexity of
life organisms has been a development of better and better ways of
approaching pleasure and avoiding pain in order to survive. This is a
fundamental concept. It is a very simple concept.
ATTITUDES TO ENVIRONMENT
It is unfortunate that many schools of thought propagate the theory
that the purpose of life is to adapt and that the person who does not is
maladaptive. The purpose of life is not to adapt. An individual or a
society which could get such an idea would be confessing that he or it was
defeated by the environment and was propitiating the environment in the
vain hope of not being killed for a little while anyway. Adjustment to the
environment! If man had begun with the idea of adjusting to the environment
he would have had to adjust to sabre-toothed tigers and mastodons; and that
adjustment would have been even more unpleasant and fatal than adjusting to
one's environment today. There wouldn't be any men around any more!
If adaption is the goal of life, what more beautiful life form is
there than the plankton and the algae? They are very well adapted. There is
nothing wrong with them. There is no reason for them to have gone on in any
direction except as monocells. They floated on the surface of the sea and
nothing menaced them. The plankton live on minerals and sunlight. They
convert eighty-six percent of the sunlight which strikes them into energy
for their own use. This is very, very efficient-ten times as efficient as
the operation of the human organism. The efficiency of the plankton is so
high, according to the work of a great biologist, that food could be
produced by photosynthesis to support one hundred persons for every one
which is supported now in the world. An acre of algae, raised in a vat,
will produce somewhere between two hundred and five hundred tons of food
per year. It can be pitchforked out of the vat straight into the mouths of
cattle. This is really an ideal life form. It is completely adapted to its
environment.
But life does not seem to know that it is supposed to adapt to the
environment: it keeps trying to adapt the environment to itself. Whenever
an individual stops trying to adapt the environment to himself, he is on
the road to an early grave.
The handiest and quickest way to estimate the tone of a preclear is by
his relationship with his environment: Is he adapting it or adapting to it?
If he is still trying to adjust his environment to himself, he will come up
the tone scale easily. If not, he will try in every way possible to
succumb, despite the efforts of the auditor. A person who is merely trying
to adjust to his environment is dying. Any species which thoroughly adjusts
to its environment dies.
A monocellular animalcule cannot adjust the environment to itself very
well. A monocell is not very mobile; it cannot swallow up a continent or
get to the moon or the planets-which same might some day be necessary for
survival. It becomes, therefore, very dissatisfied with being a monocell
and works its way up to being a sponge. As a sponge it discovers that it is
still held down by MEST and cannot control MEST to any degree so it becomes
an invertebrate; then it goes up and lies on the beach and becomes a
quadruped and then a bird and so on. All this in the interest of
controlling MEST.
THEORY OF NATURAL SELECTION
One must see this continual necessity of the organism to be in advance
of the environment before one can appreciate the value of reason. The
organism cannot discover how the environment is going to evolve test
species to see if they survive. This is Darwin's natural selection. But it
is only a small part of the process of evolution.
There are too many data about the development of various species that just
do not fit into natural selection. In order to put forth the theory of
natural selection, all the data which points to direction and planning in
evolution has to be hidden and disregarded. It has long been known to
paleontologists that the horn of the rhinoceros cannot be accounted for by
natural selection. There are many things in evolution which evolved slowly
and smoothly for no apparent reason unless it is admitted that planning and
experimentation was going on as a part of the life process. All of life is
a process of thought. There is every reason to think that theta, at least,
is capable of planning. Man is on the highest level of reason known, but
every life organism is using reason. The idea that "man thinks but all the
rest of the universe just happened" is absurd.
The effort to explain life in terms of organisms adjusting to their
environment leads to hopeless confusion. But when it is assumed that the
organism is adjusting the environment to it, everything falls into place
with great ease. In order to survive an organism must be theta, not MEST.
It must be a causative agent. The individual who can change his environment
can reason. If he cannot reason, he cannot change his environment. The wide-
open case low on the tone scale will only be able to change the environment
by destroying it, but he is still trying to change the environment. One way
or another the organism will go on changing the environment until death.
CONTROLLED REASON
The better a man can reason the better he can improve his survival
potentialities in his own environment. This may seem a rather obvious point
to stress, but actually there is a philosophy which teaches, "Ignorance is
strength, war is peace, freedom is slavery." Knowledge, learning, the
ability to think and reason are not dangerous; quite the contrary. But how
does one go about controlling a piece of MEST which is resisting, which is
hitting back? One tries to destroy the means the MEST has of hitting back.
And what do men hit back at men with? Reason. In order to control human
beings as MEST one has to convince them that they have no need to use
reason, that they only have to adjust to their environment. There doesn't
seem to be any way to convince a human being of this through reason, so it
is done with the use of MEST force. Whenever an individual is found to be
thinking, he is cured of this "bad" habit by the application of a greater
or lesser amount of MEST force.
The essential difference between a piece of MEST and a successful
organism is the ability to reason, the ability to keep the environment
under control. A successful organism cannot be owned, it has to be worked
with. Whenever one tries to own a successful organism, the organism tries
to gain control of the owner. The effort to own, control and motivate an
organism as though it were MEST must be attended by a cancellation of that
organism's ability to reason, because the reason of that organism has as
its sole aim survival through the control of its environment. Most marital
trouble comes from the effort of one of the partners to own, control and
motivate the other. The partner who is being so dominated then retaliates
with the use of nullification and covert hostility.
PROCESSING AS DOMINATION
Any processing which is done on an authoritarian basis is an effort to
control and dominate the preclear. It may succeed in turning off chronic
somatics, but it will inevitably lower the ability of the preclear to
reason. Even good co-auditing contains some lowering of the self-
determinism of the preclear. For this reason, the co-auditing team must be
kept clear as a group at all times in order to minimize this reduction of
self-determinism. ARC must be maintained at a very high level.
SELF-DETERMINISM EXPLAINED
The word self-determinism itself is misleading. The individual is not
just determining himself. If he is to survive he must determine everything
in his environment as
much as possible. Pan-determinism is what theta is seeking. Theta evidently
feels that it owns the whole physical universe. Human beings spend their
lives acquiring and controlling MEST. For minimal output of energy they
want maximal action and control of MEST. Why do people buy big, flashy
inefficient automobiles? They have in these automobiles thousands of pounds
of active metal-roaring monsters of MEST that respond to the touch of a
little finger. They will work thousands of hours and go without all sorts
of pleasures in order to acquire one of these expensive-to-operate toys. If
they were really properly adjusted to their environment, they would walk!
Maximal control of MEST for minimal output of energy is the output-
input formula of theta. When theta undertakes to control too much MEST all
at one time the MEST kicks back, and the theta for a short time will have
to adjust to the environment. But this is a sign of failure. Very soon
theta will be back on the offensive.
In processing, the auditor regains for the preclear his freedom of
choice in the physical universe. This freedom of choice allows him to
reason.
REACTION OF LIFE TO PAIN PERCEPTICS
Let us consider a fictitious monocell and call it the "mono-percept".
It has just one perceptic. It can perceive light. It has to have light to
live and it will die in darkness. This is fictitious as you know, because
there is always more than one perceptic in an organism. If this cell has
any ability to move at all, it will go in the direction of light and it
will go away from darkness. Sight in this organism means: light equals
survival, darkness equals non-survival. The basic unit of life lives on
light. Moths and animals and even man all seem to have a turn-toward-the-
light mechanism.
Let us consider, secondly, an organism of one cell which has only the
perceptic of smell. With this sense of smell, the organism would be able to
detect, let us say, food and poisonous substances.
Let us consider, thirdly, an organism which has only the perception of
sound. If this organism lives in the sea, there would be two general
classifications of sound. In one quarter would be surf, waves, tumult,
noise, danger, non-survival-jagged sound waves. In another quarter would be
quiet. Somewhere in the course of evolution, organisms developed an impulse
to go toward a smooth sound, but in general organisms go away from noise.
Jagged sounds mean surf, rocks, reefs, anger, tumult, storm, avalanche,
boulders. Throughout evolution noise has meant death.
In the field of tactile the smooth, the silky, the velvet has a
definite attraction for the organism. The rough causes a repulsion.
Each of these perceptics helps the organism to move toward survival
and away from pain. The ordinary pain is a force impulse which drives the
organism away from danger. The experiencing of pain is necessary to tell
the organism when to avoid non-survival. The experiencing of pleasure is
necessary to tell the organism when to seek survival. When all these
perceptics are combined in one organism, as they normally are, the organism
meets problems which must be reasoned out. For example, the organism may
encounter a situation in which darkness (non-survival) and the smell of
good food (survival) lie in the same direction. This is a conflict.
Darkness means "no." Good food means "yes." Now these two answers must be
compared to a third factor: Is the organism so hungry that it will die if
it does not eat? If not, the organism can go further in search of food.
This is the weight factor of basic reason. There is a yea-nay decision on
every datum, according to the weight that datum has. When the data are so
equally weighed that no decision is possible, the organism becomes anxious
and uncomfortable until a new datum is found which throws the balance one
way or another. Each perceptic which comes to the organism, whether light,
sound, smell or temperature, has weight on either the yes side or the no
side. This is all added up very quickly, and the reaction appears almost
immediately in movement toward survival or away from non-survival. This
process is reason. No matter how complex the reasoning becomes, it is still
this same process. The greatest problems of the world, on an international
level, still resolve on the basis of "How light is it? How dark is it? How
loud is the noise? How good does the food smell? How long have I gone
without food?
How cold is the water?" The answers to these questions come up in terms of
action: yes or no, approach or retreat.
OPERATION OF THE MIND
There is a system of algebra called Boolean algebra used for setting
up telephone switchboards. It is organized on the basis that to every
question there can be a yes or a no answer. The operation of the mind can
be demonstrated to be very much like Boolean algebra. If one asks every
question that he must ask of the universe so that it can be answered with a
yes or a no, he gets answers rapidly because this seems to be the basic
operation of the mind. The most complicated problems can be worked out with
Boolean algebra; pages and pages are required, but it can be done. The
mind, however, has no problem about lack of space and equipment. Every
computation in the mind is probably being run three or four times
simultaneously. Nature is very lavish. A man building a machine tries to
get the most function for the smallest amount of construction. Nature, on
the other hand, if the job requires one piece of equipment will use five or
five hundred or, in some cases, millions.
INTERRUPTION OF SELF-DETERMINISM
What is the efficient way then of destroying the ability of an
organism to reason? It is to prevent these yes or no answers from being
arrived at. It is to prohibit an individual from reaching his own
conclusions from his own data. It is to inhibit him from acting upon his
own data and to cause him to act upon data which is forced upon him. This
is the most fundamental level of aberration: "If the food smells good, go
away from it!" This is directly against the survival intention of the
organism. This must be enforced with pain. When the organism attempts to
run a series of computations on its own data, if this arbitrary datum is
introduced, confusion and indecision result. When an organism is in this
confused condition, another organism, or piece of theta, can take control
of and direct this organism for its own ends. The less self-determined the
organism is, the more it becomes MEST, and the more it can be controlled by
other organisms in its vicinity. The less theta is clear, smooth and
reasonable in this organism, the more easily it can be possessed by clear,
smooth theta.
In training a dog, a man extends his own theta over the dog, and the
dog becomes merely an extension of the man. The dog accepts his subordinate
and dependent position, his dog's life. A cat or a human being will not
accept such a position. A cat is an independent hunter and must make his
own decisions. If a child is trained in such a way that much of his self-
determinism is interrupted, he will not be a successful human being. He
will not even be acceptable to the people who were so careful to train him
into this apathy. Human beings cannot be trained successfully like dogs, no
matter how many parents and other authoritarians there are in the world who
think they can be or should be. A human being who is trained in an
authoritarian manner will either die or retaliate. The trainer will have
either a case of complete apathy to deal with or an angry rebel or, worse
yet, a covertly hostile rebel. Human beings have to be reached with reason.
To aberrate an organism it is only necessary, then, to interrupt the
reasoning process of this organism and force an arbitrary conclusion on the
organism. This organism is then owned and must be moved and motivated by
its owner if it is to survive. If it is not so moved and motivated, once
its ability to reason is interrupted, it will not survive. A parent who
trains his child this way is training his child not to survive.
In society every organism sees the whole world, including other
organisms, as MEST. Organism A tries to control organism B. Organism B
resents this and tries, in turn, to control organism A. Back and forth the
conflict rages. This is the tumult which is called modern living.
IMAGINATIVE QUALITY OF MIND
Eventually in the development of thinking organisms, a point is
reached where the organism begins to record the conclusions it makes for
use at a later time. The mind
becomes very clever. It does not have to reason out every problem each time
one is met. The mind merely calls up the conclusion which was previously
reached about this particular problem. The organism begins then to take
care of the future by imagining what is going to happen so as to be ready
for it. The organism tries to foresee, through imagination, all the
possible problems that will be met and to reach conclusions about all these
imaginary problems so that split-second action can take place when the
actual problem is met. This is imagination in its simplest form. As it
develops, it becomes more and more creative until finally it becomes the
imagination of the greatest artist and thinker. But imagination is,
basically, postulating future problems in order to solve them now, and
organisms do not long survive without this ability.
INTERRUPTED MOTOR ACTION
Whenever the motor impulses of an organism are not directly connected
to these yea-nay decisions on perceptic data, whenever the conclusion of
another organism is substituted for these, aberration results. Reactions
become slower. The individual thinks of walking but doesn't walk. He
misuses the MEST around him. This is the entire scope of aberration:
interruption between perception and motor impulse. Perception can be
interrupted in various ways, but the most effective way is by interruption
of the individual's use of MEST: matter, energy, space and time. If he is
prevented from going where he wants to go and doing what he wants to do,
touching what he wants to touch and seeing what he wants to see, and if he
is forced to go where he does not want to go and do what he does not want
to do, to touch what he does not want to touch and to see what he does not
want to see, he will become confused and he will be controllable.
An individual loses his ability to handle and control MEST in direct
ratio to the amount of interruption there is between perception and motor
impulse. An individual who wrecks an automobile does so because he fails to
make a decision on the perceptics which he has. He is receiving enough
perceptics to make it possible for him to avoid the crash, but he does not
make any motor action on these perceptics. Almost every accident requires
such a state of confusion in the drivers of both machines. If there were
perfect perception and motor action on either side, both would escape.
In processing preclears, an auditor discovers much about such
circumstances. The auditor who runs an automobile accident out of a
preclear will find, when the time factor has been stretched out, that a
state of paralysis and inaction took place in the preclear just before the
accident. One preclear in processing was discovered to have an inevitable
impulse when he saw an accident approaching to continue and make it the
most destructive accident possible. All this would take place in a split
second, entirely unknown to the individual. Arbitrary data was being
entered in from somewhere between the perception and the motor action of
this individual. That is aberration.
So the survival of man depends basically upon his ability to reason.
Man must be able to use his knowledge in order to survive; his best weapon
is knowledge. Any new discovery or simplification is valid and useful
directly in ratio to its enlargement of the individual's ability to reason
with the knowledge he has. This rehabilitates the person's self-
determinism. If Dianetics and the auditor save the preclear's self-
determinism, they save all. They are giving the individual back to himself.
SUPPLEMENT NO. 1 to SCIENCE OF SURVIVAL
September, 1951
From
The Hubbard Dianetic Foundation, Inc.
Wichita, Kansas
All Possible Aberrations
From a Lecture by
L. Ron Hubbard
The Central Dynamic of the individual is the urge toward survival. As
the urge is influenced by outside forces it either becomes suppressed or
alloyed with the purposes of other persons who are forcing their wills upon
it, thus becoming, to some degree, enturbulated.
A large vertical arrow serves to represent this Central Dynamic. As
the dynamic is cut back or entered upon by suppressing influences such as
the lack of the necessities of life-food, clothing and shelter -the arrow
becomes more and more bent and warped until it is headed toward succumb, in
the opposite direction. This is the direction of death. When the arrow
points toward death it does so in the same ratio that the dynamic is
enturbulated, and when it points toward survival it does so in the ratio
that the dynamic is clean and clear. When pointing toward survival it
reaches up into the high ranges of the Tone Scale.
Suppose we inspect this dynamic through a "magnifying glass. " We find
that the arrow is in reality composed of eight arrows, that the Central
Dynamic is subdivided into eight parts; that is, SURVIVAL may be considered
in terms of (l) Self, (2) Sex and Future Generations, (3) Groups, (4) Man
as a Species, (5) Life (in any of its many forms), (6) MEST, the Physical
Universe, (7) Theta (thought), and (8) The Creator.
Copyright (�) 1951 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
The First Dynamic is man's urge for survival for himself as an
individual organism. Past philosophies were worked out on the basis that
each man was a separate entity and that everything was done by him out of
motives of selfishness, and that this First Dynamic was the only dynamic.
Arranging everything in terms of receiving an individual reward for helping
groups, mankind and life is a clumsy and unnecessary procedure.
The Second Dynamic is man's urge toward survival as a future
generation. Through sex he creates other individuals, expressing through
children the urge to survive. Past therapies and philosophies dealt
exclusively with the Second Dynamic, attributing every motive man had
solely to sex. These philosophies and therapies decayed with the passage of
time. Because they attributed all evil to sex and declared sex to be evil,
their proponents did not procreate and so are not with us any more.
Then Marx propounded a theory that the only important thing is the
group. Entire nations operate on this one dynamic alone. They do a thorough
job of working out everything in terms of the Third Dynamic, but it leads
to a rather unbalanced situation, wherein the individual has no importance
and the family is absorbed by the state. Mankind is scheduled for
annexation by the state. Life and MEST belong to the state, spirituality is
denied by the state, and the Supreme Being is replaced by the state.
Currently there is in California a philosophy which teaches that
everything is attributable to man as a species, the Fourth Dynamic. It
advocates that nations, groups and sub-groups should not exist as such-only
man should exist. It stresses that the only urge man has to survive is as a
species.
Man's urge to survive as Life and to cause all life to survive may be
considered the Fifth Dynamic. He may erect bird havens, raise Pekinese
dogs, or go to extraordinary lengths such as a certain cult in India which
lives by the idea that the Fifth Dynamic is the only one. The members of
this cult would never step on a cockroach because they believe the
cockroach is Life, and that Life should never be subdivided into anything
smaller.
The Sixth Dynamic embraces the urge to survive for the physical
universe, or MEST. The "Cartoon Capitalist" falls into the category of a
group believing that the most important thing in the universe is MEST. "Can
I see it? Can I feel it? Can it be measured? Well, then it exists." He
holds that man exists solely by virtue of mud having one day become
animated. Such a materialist is often found in the scientific laboratory.
He uses Boyle's Law, and can make tractors and atomic bombs and can even
control the atomic bombs so precisely that when he pushes a button they go
BANG! but somehow he has never learned how to control the thumb that pushes
the button. The mud-to-man theory has been applicable solely to mud. The
idea that structure controls function has failed to predict or control any
function.
The postulate that function controls structure brings us to the
Seventh Dynamic. This is the urge of the individual to survive as thought,
or theta. Some day man may be able to start a flow of theta from one point
to another, but even now it works well as a theory. Through use of the
theta postulate human beings can be rather rapidly de-aberrated. Theta plus
MEST equals life. Theta energy, whether from a divine Creator or from a
battery somewhere in the sky, is not physical universe energy.
For a long time people have been talking about and fighting for and
dying because of the Eighth Dynamic. Every Sunday morning people go to
church to express their belief that the universe was created. Two or three
thousand years ago the Greeks were talking about the Prime Mover, Unmoved.
Every time the problem of the origin of the physical universe comes up we
have to postulate a Creator or else have no answer to give.
These eight dynamics are all part of the Main Dynamic. The same thing
can happen to each one of the divisions that can happen to the Main
Dynamic. Just as the Main Dynamic can be hit, interfered with and
suppressed until it changes polarity and goes toward Succumb, so may any
one of the eight divisions be enturbulated and have less survival value.
The eight dynamics are usually selectively aberrated. One's Second Dynamic
can be pretty well out and his Fourth Dynamic practically nonexistent (but
the rest of them functioning all right) and he'll get by. He could even
have half of the First, Second and Third and all of the Fourth gone, and
still pass for normal.
An individual has the urge to survive along each one of these lines. Life
suppresses one after the other, and a changed pattern of overall survival
appears. For example, suppose someone suddenly becomes afraid to own
anything: he has had the Sixth Dynamic selectively suppressed. Another
person believes that there is no divine Creator, and that life is just an
accident: he is selectively blocked on the Eighth Dynamic.
Any of the dynamics may be suppressed in two ways. The first is the
suppression which says "No!" A person who has been told since he was a
child that he was worth nothing, that he was no good and that he would
never be able to do anything is likely to have little or no First Dynamic.
The First Dynamic changes polarity and starts pointing toward death. This
person is capable of committing suicide, unless he is very strong on the
Third Dynamic and can live for the group. He may, however, needlessly
sacrifice his life for the group. This represents a suppression of the
dynamic-the survival urge of the First Dynamic is not sublimated over into
the Third; the Third is only more visible because the First has been
suppressed toward death.
The second way of suppressing a dynamic is by enforcement: "You've got
to be a good girl! You have to amount to something! We expect you to be a
credit to your family!" After a few years of such commanding the girl who
has been forced to be a great credit to her family is unable to do
anything. She has been interfered with. Mama has entered her own dynamics
into the dynamics of the child, with the resultant blunting of the child's
dynamics. If any dynamic is inhibited, it enturbulates, and if it is
enforced, it enturbulates. Either way, it is pushed toward death.
The principle of self-determinism, to be workable, dictates that a
dynamic should neither be suppressed nor too thoroughly enforced. On a
spectrum from shut off completely to center to maximum enforcement, self-
determinism would be found at the center. The individual who is surviving
best is exercising all possible rational self-determinism in an environment
which allows a maximum of self-determinism. In Europe, for instance, there
is much talk of liberty, but the environment has been for so long so
suppressive on both the First and Third Dynamics that the European's idea
of liberty is not nearly so expansive and all-inclusive as is ours. Self-
determinism is a relative state of being-the more rational an individual
is, the more self-determinism he will be able to exert and the more he must
be allowed to exert within the limits of his environment. Of course, the
more rational he is, the easier he will be to get along with and the better
he will handle MEST. An individual whose dynamic has not been enturbulated
is in full agreement and affinity with the world, and is in good
communication with the MEST universe (sight, sound, smell, touch, etc.).
Anything that aberrates the individual's urge toward survival will
aberrate his self-determinism. This is the basic form of aberration. But
how many manifestations does the basic aberration have? To answer this it
is necessary to examine the component parts of theta: affinity,
communication and reality. Theta must remain in affinity with, communicate
with, and have agreement with other theta in its vicinity. All three
together make for understanding. Computation, understanding, thought and
education all depend on affinity, reality and communication.
A graphic representation of aberration would be particularly valuable
if it could be seen to contain all possible aberrations. To provide this
representation a chart, based on the eight dynamics, is drawn with an A-R-C
triangle below, floating at some point on the tone scale, and the eight
dynamics with their A-R-C relationships listed above. Lines connect the
lower triangle with the dynamics above, representing suppressions of the
lower triangle down the tone scale.
By use of this chart, and by following the line of reasoning suggested
by the statement that both "inhibition" and "enforcement" suppress a
dynamic on the tone scale, the auditor can predict any possible aberration
that a preclear might have. Any seven of the dynamics may suppress or
enforce the remaining one in an individual. The technique which has evolved
from the use of the chart is called Dynamic Straight Wire. *
* This is the next advance over Hurdy-Gurdy Straight Wire, which is
outlined in SCIENCE OF SURVIVAL: Simplified, Faster, Dianetic Techniques.
[pic]
Dynamic Straight Wire
Consider the suppression of the Second Dynamic by the Third Dynamic:
what does the group think about sex? The first group which might come to
mind is the family. The family's affinity on the Second Dynamic, when
measured by the basic aberration that plagues society at the present time,
is very low. Sex is not quite nice and certainly not to be considered as a
communicable subject. Agreement within the family concerning attitude
toward sex is rare indeed. What is it for? What is it like? When is it
proper? Without agreement there can be little basis for reality.
If an individual has been or is a member of a church group which is
selectively "thumbs down" on sex, he has been suppressed on the Second
Dynamic by the Third. The auditor is interested in finding how a group
affected this individual's Second Dynamic. He seeks to find incidents which
enforced the dynamic, and incidents which inhibited it. "What did your
family think about children?" It is not always necessary that an attack be
made against an individual for aberration to manifest-the statements and
attitudes of the persons around the preclear might easily have upset him,
even though they were not directly aimed at him.
If the preclear has served a term in the army the auditor will have a
broad field for exploration of aberration along the Second Dynamic. "What
did the army think about sex?" This one is always productive of results.
"Did you ever go on a three-day pass and find an 'off limits' sign in the
choicest section of the city?" There are few occupied cities which do not
contain a rash of "off limits" signs. "Did you ever attend an army lecture
about venereal disease?" Of course he did, and if the usual gentle and
genteel service communications on venereal disease were given, the preclear
will have many locks on the subject.
One case was opened by working with the Second Dynamic as it related
to the group in this way: A young man had been raised in a very self-
righteous family, and attended church from earliest childhood. As he grew
older a very likeable preacher became the man he most wanted to emulate,
and one of this preacher's pet sermons was to call hellfire and damnation
down upon the head of anyone who would think or talk about sex. When the
young man went into the army he began to hear and see as a common
occurrence those very things which his preacher had called down. The
general attitude on sex in the army was so radically different from what he
had been used to that the difference between the inhibition of one group
and the enforcement of the other made him almost psychotic. The auditor
used straight wire on both the enforcements and inhibitions on sex, and
rapidly raised the young man's reality and general tone.
Sometimes a girl tells her auditor how nice her dear little pussycats are,
but that men and women are awfully nasty. She says that if men and women
were only as nice and considerate as her little pets everything would be
all right. Somebody in this girl's vicinity has been talking about how bad
people are, and demanding her agreement on the subject. Straight wire in
search of such locks will soon relegate her pussycat to its rightful place
in her life.
What of the suppressing effect of the First Dynamic on the Second? If
an individual has been told that he doesn't love anybody and can't love
anybody, he will have a hard time with his affinity for his children. If he
has been told that he has to be right all the time and that he has to make
other people do the right thing, his agreement with his children will come
chronically down to 1.5 on the tone scale. He will dominate the children,
or try to. If he has been told that he must talk, his children will have a
hard time attracting his attention to their ideas. In considering the
things in general that the preclear thinks about children and sex, the
auditor is considering the suppressing effect of the entheta of the Second
Dynamic on the theta of the Second Dynamic. He can in this way determine
that the Second Dynamic is suppressing the Second Dynamic. With this in
mind, the auditor immediately sees a set of questions to ask.
Suppression of the Second by the Fourth Dynamic is found in the
teaching of sections of biology about man, what man is and what sex is in
relation to man. Anthropological studies and the disagreements about
children and sex in the societies studied may cause enturbulation.
As to the suppression of the Second by the Fifth Dynamic, a preclear
from the farm has the subject of animal husbandry. One little girl had been
standing unnoticed while her father was talking to a neighbor about
breeding a prize cow. He was describing the procedure in great detail, when
suddenly mama discovered that the little girl was there, listening. Mama
violently scolded papa and sent the girl to bed. The girl was taken
completely by surprise and utterly bewildered. Why should she be scolded
and suddenly sent to bed and mama and papa have a fight? She worried over
this for a long time, eventually becoming thoroughly frightened of animals.
It was a relatively simple matter for the auditor to get considerable grief
off the case concerning this one incident alone.
Suppression by the Sixth Dynamic is usually heavy because it is caused
by MEST, producing engrams of physical pain, the basic cause of aberration.
An engram is a break between Dynamic Seven and Dynamic Six, or theta
hitting MEST too hard. Or it is a separation of Seven and Six, causing
grief due to loss.
How does MEST influence the Second Dynamic? Many wealthy individuals
have a prodigious amount of MEST under their control. The pretty girls who
tag along with them advertise that MEST has an effect on the Second
Dynamic. One of these individuals takes his beautiful admirers for rides in
his automobile and has a wonderful time, but one day the automobile is
stolen. There will be grief from this break between Six and Two. Or perhaps
the same fellow wants children, but has lost his property and home. He
feels that he can't support children without MEST, causing a break on the
Second Dynamic. Physical injury affecting the Second Dynamic also comes in
this category.
Communication comes in for a share of the breaks on Dynamic Two. One
just doesn't talk about religion and sex in the same breath, for instance.
Actually, in this society, communication about sex is inhibited in relation
to every dynamic. Anyone who does not talk naturally and easily about sex
has been inhibited, even if only by the general social aberrations on the
subject. The use of Dynamic Straight Wire on the times a person has been
cautioned not to speak of sex will uncover many suppressions of
communication.
There are suppressions of the First Dynamic by the Third; for example
the fellow who is self-conscious, who won't join a group because he feels
uncomfortable in a group. This also works the other way, by suppressing his
normal Third Dynamic by his First. Find out what this type of preclear has
been told about groups. It might be that he had to form a group before he
could even look at a woman. "You have to be married before you can go
around with a woman," is a common example of the Third blocking the First.
The Third Dynamic may be blocked by the Third because other baseball teams
beat the preclear's baseball team. Each time his ball team is defeated when
he is a member of the team his Third Dynamic is enturbulated.
On the Fourth Dynamic, there are races in the world today which
consider themselves suppressed by man. Somebody who had something to gain
has convinced these groups that they are minorities, and as a consequence
their ideas about the Fourth Dynamic are aberrating the Fourth.
An auditor processed a young Jewish boy by straight wire just on the
basis of locks on the Third, Fourth and Fifth Dynamics. He came up the tone
scale very markedly after running a few locks and secondaries from
childhood in which somebody said, "I can lick you-you're a Jew, and Jews
can't fight, and you don't belong to this club anyhow." His mother had
taught him that he must get along with the rest of the human race, and that
he must learn to be nice to people, and yet they delighted in kicking him
around.
The Dynamic Straight Wire chart indicates every possible type of
aberration that a human being can have. Each Dynamic can selectively
aberrate every other Dynamic. Select each Dynamic in turn and place it at
the bottom of the chart, and question the affinity, communication, and
reality of each of the Dynamics in relation to the one at the bottom.
What would an auditor do about a preclear who is aberrated on the
Eighth Dynamic? He would place Dynamic Eight at the bottom of the chart and
find out how each of the dynamics has acted to influence the Eighth. To
begin with, he inquires as to the affinity enforcement between One and
Eight, the reality enforcement, and the communication enforcement; and then
the affinity inhibition, reality inhibition, and the communication
inhibition.
An auditor asks: "What is God going to do to you?" Answers appear such
as, "God's going to take my soul."
Mama has said to him, "You know, dear, an angel will come to you in
your sleep."
"He will?" the child answers. "Well. . . I don't know if I want to see
an angel. What's this angel liable to do?"
"Oh, nothing, dear. All angels are good, except the ones that give you
bad dreams."
"But I thought you said angels were good."
"Well, most angels are good, but some of them are bad," mama
continues. "You know that angels exist."
"But Tommy says there aren't any angels, and Grandpa Dooley says there
aren't any."
It is little wonder that there is considerable confusion between
Dynamics Eight and One.
By using Dynamic Straight Wire a case may be unburdened of
irrationalities and miscomputations which are aberrative, and be put into
shape to run secondaries and engrams. It is a system for predicting all
possible aberrations caused by the suppression of the Dynamics. Any Dynamic
is capable of suppressing any other Dynamic. Many auditors have been
restricting themselves to the effect of the First Dynamic aberrations on
the First Dynamic, or the effect of the Third Dynamic aberrations on the
First Dynamic, but these are only a small fraction of the aberrations which
the preclear can have. All of the Dynamics in all of their combinations of
aberration should be considered. Find entheta wherever it is and convert it
to theta. What papa and mama have said around baby is very important, but
it is very very far from being the only thing in the case. The preclear has
gone to school, has belonged to the Boy Scouts or been in the army; he has
belonged to a church and he has suffered through a summer camp. And often
he has been hammered by some cynical atheistic fellow who tried to convince
him that his religious beliefs are all wrong. All these things are
discovered when using Dynamic Straight Wire. By using Dynamic Straight Wire
an auditor can question a preclear on a much broader, more thorough basis
than before.
SUPPLEMENT NO. 2 to SCIENCE OF SURVIVAL
September, 1951
From
The Hubbard Dianetic Foundation, Inc.
Wichita, Kansas
Validation Processing
L. Ron Hubbard
Past history of Dianetics has found too many auditors too often
addressing the entheta or frozen theta on a case. Processing which should
have been directed solidly toward the invalidation of aberrative
experiences many times primarily validated them. As a matter of course the
auditor neglected the analytical moments during the processing because he
felt they were not important, that they would continue to exist. True, but
by validating engrams and secondaries constantly the preclear sometimes
becomes so introverted on the subject of engrams that he tries to run
himself; he thinks about this phrase and that phrase, this enturbulating
experience and that enturbulating experience until he is thoroughly
restimulated. This is especially true of the low-tone case. Attacking
entheta with too much entheta simply enturbulates, and nothing positive
happens.
Theta has a peculiar characteristic of trying to attack enturbulated
theta and disenturbulate it. The individual best survives when pleasurable
experiences and prosurvival entities are brought into view. Hence tone
rises, for preclears and cases move along more rapidly as theta moments are
validated.
Let's suppose that for a while, without paying any attention to
engrams and secondaries, the auditor addresses only the theta side of a
lock chain. Can this make the preclear more reasonable and rational on a
subject about which he is severely reactive? Could this validate his
analytical mind?
As we know, an engram accumulates locks and secondaries which form in
chains in the reactive mind. Before the engram was received the organism
was potentially analytical on the subject of the content of the engram, and
remained so even then until the engram was keyed in. Finally, however,
after the addition of lock after lock piled on top of the secondary, the
engram gained a greater force on behavior than the organism could reason
around. Reason then became relatively impossible on the subject. How can we
go about restoring reason on the subject contained in the engram without
removing these locks and without running the engram?
Suppose the preclear has a certain chain of locks on the subject of
women: one girl left without saying good-bye, another stabbed him in the
back, and another ran off with his best friend, while another told him to
his face that he didn't amount to anything. These locks all charge up the
chain of engrams at the bottom which say bluntly: "Women are no good."
Perhaps this preclear is very occluded, or the time available is simply not
enough to enable running all the engrams on the subject, or the preclear is
very low toned. How could he be made analytical on the subject of women?
The key lies on the same lock chain. Validate the analytical side of
the ledger and neglect the reactive side. Run the subject of women as a
chain of analytical moments and keep away from the reactive material.
"Do you remember anyone who gave you cookies?"
"Oh, yes. There was an old lady in our block that gave me cookies."
(Aha, here is a woman who is some good!)
"Do you remember a teacher that you liked?"
"Yes, I remember a teacher who was pretty nice."
Copyright (�)1951 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
"Do you remember a girl you went with who was lots of fun?"
"Yes, there was one. I don't remember her name now and I don't know
what she looked like, but I'm sure there was one."
Then go back over the same material again, picking up the old lady who
lived down the block, the nice teacher and the times he had fun with the
girl he liked, and contact these moments.
As the preclear is calmly restrained from attacking the entheta, he
may begin to experience a somatic. The more pleasure or analytical moments
he hits, the worse the somatic may become. It is demanding attention. The
somatic is actually at least one of the engrams on the track having to do
with "Women are no good." The auditor finds it difficult to resist the
temptation of dropping down the track and running it. The auditor, too, is
theta trying to attack entheta, but he must restrain himself. He must
continue to run only the analytical moments on the subject, and suddenly
the somatic will turn off again. There have not been a sufficient number of
cases observed to date to see the permanency of the release, whether the
somatic stays off permanently or merely goes out of restimulation. In the
course of processing, however, the preclear becomes analytical on that
chain, so there is some stability connected with this type of processing.
Some preclears go through two or three locks all right with validation
technique, but suddenly dive into a reactive incident. The analytical mind,
when asked to be analytical about a subject, begins to discharge the
reactive mind. Keeping the preclear out of entheta on the chain may be
illustrated by the conversation which occurred while running one case on
validation:
"Oh, yes, I remember the nice old lady, and I remember my teacher.
Gee, that first grade teacher-I certainly hated her . . . oh, she was
terrible."
"Did you like your second grade teacher?"
"Oh, she was all right. I didn't have too bad a time."
"Did you ever go on a picnic with one of your teachers?"
"Sure, we went to a picnic, and we had lots of fun; but do you know,
that darned eighth grade teacher was there and she was such an old cross-
eye ...."
"Now, what did you have to eat at the picnic?"
It isn't easy to keep the preclear from dropping off into entheta; but
what must be done is to validate the analytical mind. That thing which is
validated grows stronger. Did you ever talk to a demon circuit while
processing? If so, you know that after a short time the demon gets
stronger.
Sometimes a chronic aberration is turned off by rote. Suppose this
chronic aberration or somatic is "wearing of glasses":
"How many lock chains are there connected with eyes?"
"Five."
"Can you give me the names of these chains?"
"Yes."
"Give me the name of the first chain."
The preclear gives the name of each chain in turn. The auditor then
starts with the first chain named and asks the preclear to scan vocally the
analytical moments on that chain, unless the preclear is too far down the
scale. If he is unable to scan, use Straight Wire or Repetitive Straight
Wire. (Repetitive Straight Wire is done simply by remembering incident
after incident on a chain, one at a time, and then doing the same thing
again and again in the same order.) After he has run the first chain as
long as he can on the analytical side of the ledger until he drops off into
entheta, the auditor asks for the second chain. Although the chains are
usually given out in the sequence that they should be run, the auditor
might ask, instead of for the second chain, for the next chain necessary to
resolve the chronic somatic.
Validation naturally makes vital use of present time also. The alert
auditor will arrange plenty of present-time theta moments, particularly
with the low-tone preclear; if not too many theta moments seem available in
the past, these present-time moments can be reviewed. Environment for
processing can be made pleasurable by perhaps a walk, coffee, sessions in
the park. Also the auditor can draw out the preclear to feel he
is making a contribution to the auditor as a person, even in meager ways,
as asking advice about purchasing a toy for his child or even taking the
preclear along on the shopping tour. Giving good present day is valid
processing!
Validation technique seems to be of definite value as a tool for the
auditor. It takes skill and ingenuity to use as does any tool, but you will
enjoy its use.
LRH TAPE LECTURES
24 September-1 October 1951
** 5109C24A OCTSER-OA Effort Processing-Description of effort and
life energy as it pertains to effort processing
** 5109C24B OCTSER-OB Effort Processing (cont.)-Behavior bands on
tone scale explained and motion tolerance
** 5110C0l OCTSER-OC Self-Determinism-Effort Processing
** 5110C0l OCTSER-OC Self-Determinism-Effort Processing (cont.)
OCTOBER MIDWEST CONFERENCE LECTURES
Wichita, Kansas
8-12 October 1951
"October 8th, 1951, found the Foundation (Wichita, Kansas) host to a
number of interested Dianeticists coming together from sections of the
country to gather information on latest developments in Dianetics. Fifty-
one persons were in attendance.
"Passed out to the attendees was a little paper-bound book called
Dianetics: Axioms This book was written as a text to the October Midwest
Conference and consists of a limited and curtailed list of the logics and
axioms of Dianetics. It was typed personally by Ron on mimeograph stencils
and run off for the conferees.
"Central attention was focused on the Hubbard lectures, presented at
8:00 p.m. from Monday until Friday evenings. Mainly they presented a
scholarly study of the axioms underlying the science of human behavior, and
lifted up a newly developed technique for Dianetic processing: Self-
determined Effort Processing.
"Mornings were devoted to staff-conducted discussions on recent
developments. The conference personnel formed co-auditing teams in the
afternoons in order to most effectively master the approved methods and to
experiment with these techniques on their own somatics and aberrations ."
-Dianetic Auditor's Bulletin, Volume 2, No. 4
** 5110C08 OCTSER-1A Axioms and Effort Processing-Demo
of Effort
Processing
** 5110C08 OCTSER-1B Axioms and Effort Processing
(cont.)
** 5110C09 OCTSER-2A Dianetic Axioms, 1-14
** 5110C09 OCTSER-2B Effort Processing-Statics and
Motions-Difference
between belief with and without
understanding
** 5110C10A OCTSER-3A Dianetic Axioms, 14-32
** 5110C10B OCTSER-3B Theory of Epicenters-1
** 5110C11A OCTSER-4A Dianetic Axioms, 33-51
** 5110C11B OCTSER-4B Theory of Epicenters-2-Self-
Determinism
** 5110C12A OCTSER-5A Dianetic Axioms-Randomity and
Motion, Part I
** 5110C12B OCTSER-5B Dianetic Axioms concluded-What to
look for in an
effort engram
CHILD DIANETICS
Dianetic Processing
for Children
Introduction by
L. Ron Hubbard
Published October 1951
Child Dianetics was compiled from the research and lecture materials
of L. Ron Hubbard by the staff of the Hubbard Dianetic Foundation of Los
Angeles, California, in January 1951 (before Science of Survival) and
published at Wichita, Kansas. L. Ron Hubbard wrote the Introduction in
August 1951 about the same time as the book was actually typeset. There he
tells about this book:
"Child Dianetics is being published to fill a need.
"It is staff collected and staff written except for this introduction
and that, necessarily, takes quite a while. Dianetics meanwhile has
advanced considerably. The 'Theta-MEST' theory, Validation Processing, MEST
Processing and other developments can spot considerable additional light on
Child Dianetics. This book is published because of demand, not because it
is up to date."
In his introduction, Ron tells adults about raising children: "The
main problem with children is not so much how to process them to sanity as
it is to live with them. The adult is the problem in child raising, not the
child."
After a chapter on the Basic Dianetics Principles comes a chapter
centering on "contagion of aberration." The Standard Dianetic Technique of
the time is described and illustrated with many examples. The complete text
of several sessions is reprinted so one can get reality on just how they
were actually run.
At the end there is a look to the future of Child Dianetics and an
excellent summary of Preventative Dianetics, Educational Dianetics,
Dianetic First Aid, Dianetic Processing and Things to Remember.
192 pages, hardcover with dust jacket, glossary. Available from your
nearest Scientology Organization or Mission, or direct from the publishers:
Scientology Publications Organization, Jernbanegade 6, 1608 Copenhagen V,
Denmark; or Church of Scientology Publications Organization U.S., 2723 West
Temple Street, Los Angeles, California, 90026, U.S.A.
THE DIANETIC AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
Volume 2, No. 4 October, 1951
Official Publication of
The Hubbard Dianetic Foundation, Inc.
Wichita, Kansas
Self-Determined Effort Processing
L. Ron Hubbard
The basic dynamic principle of existence is: SURVIVE! Underlying this
dynamic and essential to it is MOTION, for survival is accomplished by a
continuance of motion at a given optimum rate. To be at its best, an
organism must sustain an optimum motion. When motion is either too fast or
too slow, an organism becomes static, which is tantamount to death. There
is a tone scale of motion, from static on the too-slow side to static on
the too-rapid side with optimum motion between.
[pic]
Motion has, as a component part, effort or energy applied in a given
direction. The compelling or inhibiting of effort compels or inhibits
respectively the organism's optimum rate of motion. To rehabilitate the
individual, then, one must process out of existence any over- or under-
motion or times when application of effort caused enturbulation.
The individual organism is engaged in a contest between itself, other
organisms, and MEST. An organism seeks to maintain a motion pro-survival to
itself and its symbiotes. To maintain this motion it must overcome the
environment effort inhibiting or compelling its effort, termed counter-
effort.
An example of this principle might be considered to be the act of
driving an automobile. A driver, with an intentional line of direction, is
suddenly caused to stop his forward motion because of a stop light.
Although this does not usually bother him to any great extent, it does
cause a slight lock since it is inhibited motion. To add to the confusion,
a car speeding up from the rear bumps the stopped car, compelling a motion
which was unintentional. At this point there is a slight randomity* of
effort on the part of the first driver. Any additional incident involves
the driver in a contest to maintain motion of a survival tempo in a
direction of optimum survival.
*Randomity is the misalignment, through the internal or external efforts by
other forms of life or the material universe, of the efforts of an
organism.
Copyright (�) 1951 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
RATIONALITY DEFINED
The magnitude of the survival threat modulates the amount of effort
demanded by a rational mind. Aberration is a failure to add algebraically
the amount of effort necessary to the optimum solution of the problem. Such
a failure can be caused either by a lack of data available to the
individual involved or by his having met problems unsuccessfully in the
past. In either case the individual unwittingly determined nonsurvival
courses as to that effort by his own self-determinism at the time he
accepted the counter-effort. Thus even the mechanism of restimulation is
the individual's own self-determinism lifting the engram into present time.
In any engram the point of lowest awareness of effort is the deepest
point of anaten. Here is the effort unsuccessfully applied in all
directions so that there is no resolution of effort. Anyone who suffers
from such randomity to any great extent comes to the point where he is no
longer able to add up magnitude of efforts. He cannot be a rational being.
Rationality is ability to recognize and meet the magnitude of effort
(counter-effort) being applied to the individual.
NATURE OF MIND
The mind can be considered to be, basically, an aligned quantity which
is pliable and amenable. It is directional, aligning the efforts of the
organism or things of which the organism is a part. Gradually its original
aligned vectors toward survival become turned around and are pointed toward
succumb. This is illustrated in the following tone scale.
[pic]
Physiologically the individual mind is capable of being impinged upon
by inhibitive or compulsive efforts of others. In view of this we have
postulated randomity. A race, a group or even a family without an agreed
goal has randomity. Efforts to survive are being applied in many directions
and some of them impinge on individual minds to deprive those individuals,
if they allow it, of a portion of their self-determinism.
Every time a person's effort is compelled or impeded, he receives some
degree of anaten. His energy is flowing in a certain direction; counter-
effort throws the energy flow back upon itself. Because the central control
unit has not received contrary directions, it continues the line of the
original flow against the reversed vectors. Naturally the end result of the
effort is blunted, confused. Continuing this flow of random vectors will
carry enturbulation to the point of unconsciousness. Anyone applying enough
effort toward survival can cause unconsciousness; he is trying to overcome
more than he has ability to overcome. This may be exemplified by a person
trying to lift a car until he becomes unconscious. He underestimates the
magnitude of effort necessary for performance of the task. An unsolved
problem is an effort which has not been overcome and thereby causes
randomity of effort encysted in time. Anaten is the physiological
manifestation of this randomity of effort.
ACCEPTANCE OF COUNTER-EFFORT
What is this process of giving up self-determinism? Observe an
individual who is gradually succumbing to counter-effort control and you
will see it is a matter of his central control unit being transplanted.
Consider this person's "I" when it is in complete control and with full
self-determinism as a motorman. The motorman has to be constantly alert as
to where he is, what he is doing, what he has to oppose and what he has to
overcome in order to keep aligned vector energy. Then watch this motorman
participate in a boxing stance. Standing upright with arms extended, the
body is hit. "I" goes unconscious as randomity overpowers, and "I" releases
the control buttons. The last moment "I" was in control, the body was in an
upright position; the next moment when "I" endeavors to regain control, all
the levers have been changed. The body is flat on its back. It has been
moved in time and space. "I" now tries to hook up with the motor control
buttons again when none of them are the same. He grabs here and there,
finally clutching onto some old control post that monitored the organism at
another time in a point of consciousness. A counter-effort now controls the
organism to some extent; a valence presides. This can be only of a harmful
nature to the organism since harm was the sole purpose of that command post
when it was previously in control.
PERCEPTION POSTS
New centers are constantly being formed for commanding an organism,
but the same is not true of recording centers. Perceptics are always
recorded at the central point. Hence it follows that as "I" is constantly
forced to move farther and farther from the center, the individual loses
his perceptics. In some situations, however, "I" is overcome to the extent
that the "valence I" reaches completely over the entire surface of the mind
until its central point coincides with "I" at its central point. This
produces the wide-open case with all perceptics available. This assumed "I"
looks valid; it is right there, all fingers on the buttons, yet not
monitoring. It has no ability to reason or to handle the organism.
PROCESSING EFFORTS
Dianetic processing endeavors to strip the organism of its inhibitive
or compulsive factors with emphasis on the self-determined efforts of the
preclear. Moments when the preclear decided for himself upon non-survival
courses are recovered and reevaluated, and "I" is gradually brought closer
to its rightful position at the central command post.
In self-determined effort processing, the auditor's first step in the
usual case is to assist the preclear to discover his effort along a
survival course such as eating or going somewhere. He may attempt to
recover for the preclear the actual physical conscious effort toward some
MEST object, such as the act of lifting something in present time. When the
preclear has re-experienced the sensation of his own physical effort, the
auditor can then ask for the mental effort which ordered the action. By
working carefully and patiently, he can at length encourage the preclear
into actually re-experiencing the thought impulse and the motor control
impulses on the sides of the head. Here is the central switchboard area
which essentially is jammed up by counter-effort. The effort of the
preclear to act against these counter-efforts may turn on tingling or
painful sensations in the temples and sides of the preclear's head and down
the spine.
The auditor can ask for and the preclear will usually experience the
sensations of mental effort to engage on non-survival courses. (It is
interesting to note that the engaging upon survival courses does not
basically entail effort. The engaging upon nonsurvival courses, however,
does, since obviously it was physical force which thrust the preclear onto
these non-survival courses.) One asks then not for the times when the
preclear underwent stress and agonies concerning survival courses. One
wants, instead, the stress and agony of having to assume non-survival
courses, and the decisions to make those efforts.
The purpose of effort processing is to remove beliefs, statics, too much
or too little motion. Consequently the auditor wants to help the preclear
to find his efforts to halt energy and matter, to start and stop motion, to
resist, accept, change the physical universe. Together they want to find
times when the preclear has held on to data (causing randomity) and run
effort out of those beliefs and decisions. The auditor can ask for such
basic efforts as the effort to engage in non-survival activity, the effort
to do wrong, the effort to refuse to eat, his effort not to have affinity
for himself, his effort not to communicate with himself. They can run out
physical efforts to obey and should scan effort of all enforcements or
inhibitions of ARC. Questions can range along any of the dynamics, but it
is best to clean up the first dynamic first. Intersperse effort processing
with some validation-MEST processing.
General questions on effort may throw the preclear into an engram
along the chain being straight-wired for effort. It is probably wise also
to return to engrams previously contacted and re-run them with effort
processing. Once the self-determined effort is gone from an engram, the
rest of the force is nothing and evidently the engram no longer has power
to restimulate.
PROCESSING ENGRAMS
Engrams are run with Standard Procedure but with emphasis on effort
instead of perceptics.
In any engram there is counter-effort and there is the preclear's
effort against the counter-effort. The exertion of force against the
individual organism is not the same as the organism's force exerted against
the environment. Should the preclear concentrate on the effort that opposed
him, the counter-effort, he goes out of valence. To avoid this, the auditor
uses such leading questions as "What is your effort in regard to the
opposition?" "What is your effort to resist the counter-effort?" In this
manner the external effort source can be invalidated and the "I's"
opposition validated and experienced. For example, let us look at the basic
area. There it is easy to get the womb's effort-that is, the pressure of
the womb on the individual. Strive instead for the preclear's opposition to
or expansion against that pressure of the womb, or his acceptance of it.
With the sperm, do not go after the obstruction of progress but for the
sperm's effort against that progress; and reduce efforts to the point where
he is an unopposed sperm.
Self-determined effort processing is essentially for cases which can
be gotten into communication with the auditor. In low-tone cases simple ARC
validation-MEST processing is used in order to orient the individual in
present time.
SELF-DETERMINISM VALIDATED
Effort processing, then, lifts up for emphasis the fact that only
one's self determinism is important, and that the efforts and the counter-
efforts against it are the aberrating factors. Rediscovering times for the
preclear when he gave up his self determinism, and erasing the efforts
involved in these postulates and incidents is giving back that individual's
happiness and assisting him to move again in a survival direction.
WICHITA FOUNDATION AUDITOR'S COURSE LECTURES
Wichita, Kansas
15-26 October 1951
L. Ron Hubbard gave the following lectures to the Hubbard Dianetic
Auditor Course students at the Foundation in Wichita, Kansas, in October,
1951:
** 5110C1 5A FAC-1A Postulate Processing,
Part 1-ARC Effort Processing
** 5110C15B FAC-2 Postulate Processing, Part 2-
ARC Postulate
Processing (effort processing,
postulate processing,
and postulate processing's relationship
to self-
determinism, epicenters and the tone
scale)
** 5110C22A LECTURE The Human Mind Versus the Electronic Computer
** 5110C22B LECTURE The Human Mind Versus the Electronic Computer
(cont.)
** 5110C23A FAC-3 Three Methods of Processing
* *5110C23B FAC-3 Three Methods of Processing
(cont.)-On the 8th Dynamic
** 5110C24A FAC-4 Foundation Auditors Lecture,
Part 1-Overall
Processing: Conclusion Processing and
Effort Processing
** 5110C24B FAC-5 Foundation Auditors Lecture,
Part 2-The Dynamics,
Self-Determinism and S.C.S.
** 5110C25A FAC-6A&B Chronic Somatics and the
Service Facsimile
** 5110C26A FAC-7 Evolution of Man According
to the Facsimile, Part 1
** 5110C26B FAC-8 Evolution of Man According
to the Facsimile, Part 2
5110C26 FAC Evolution of Man, Part 3
LRH TAPE LECTURE
Wichita, Kansas
29 October 1951
* 5110C29A LECTURE The Theta Facsimile, Part 1
* 5110C29B LECTURE The Theta Facsimile, Part 2
ADVANCED PROCEDURE AND AXIOMS
by
L. Ron Hubbard
Published November 1951
Advanced Procedure and Axioms by L. Ron Hubbard, published in late
November 1951 at Wichita, Kansas, presents a more responsible look at
aberration: "Each and every aberration of the human mind and the human body
has an initial postulate to be so aberrated. Engrams are effective only
when the individual himself determines that they will be effective." (LRH)
Self-determinism is the key to the processing described in this book.
Advanced Procedure was the authorized advanced Dianetic procedure and
was the fifteen steps that the auditor would use on his preclear in
sequence.
The first edition was typed on stencils by L. Ron Hubbard from which
1,750 copies were mimeographed. A second edition was typed by secretaries
on stencils and 1,500 copies were produced. The book then was put into
regular hardcover format and has since sold a very large number of copies.
This book is a simple book, for it supplies the auditor with a step-by-
step technique to produce a "fifteen," as a Clear was called at that time.
"Fifteen" meant that he had finished the fifteen acts of Advanced Procedure
and Axioms.
". . . It was written as a companion book to Handbook for Preclears,
and the 15 acts of Advanced Procedure and Axioms are paralleled by the 15
self-processing acts of the Handbook for Preclears." -Journal of
Scientology, 11-G
Here are concise statements on locating and handling the Service
Facsimile, running emotional curves, Effort Processing, Postulate
Processing, principles and running of responsibility -together with the
first real printing of the Logics and the Dianetic Axioms.
104 pages, hardcover with dust jacket, or large format soft-cover,
glossary. Available from your nearest Scientology Organization or Mission,
or direct from the publishers: Scientology Publications Organization,
Jernbanegade 6, 1608 Copenhagen V, Denmark; or Church of Scientology
Publications Organization U.S., 2723 West Temple Street, Los Angeles,
California, 90026, U.S.A.
THE DIANETIC AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
Volume 2, No. 5 November, 1951
Official Publication of
The Hubbard Dianetic Foundation, Inc.
Wichita, Kansas
An Essay on Authoritarianism
L. Ron Hubbard
January, 1951
Considering authoritarianism in the light of the basic tenets of
Dianetics one rapidly discovers that one is dealing, in Group Dianetics,
with the manifestation of group engrams. The parallel, in Individual
Dianetics, would be the command power, in terms of pain and word content,
of an engram.
The tenets of Individual Dianetics show us that thought and force-
theta and MEST-become enturbulated in the person and manifest themselves as
irrationality. The reactive mind is only the composite of all moments in a
lifetime when thought and MEST were entangled chaotically. Out of this
chaos thought, when conquered and driven by MEST, commands the individual
without recourse to his reason as represented by his analytical mind. MEST
force, impinging on the analytical mind, cuts off reasoning power and
ability.
Reason could be said to be the orderly handling of MEST by theta. This
postulates that the entirety of reason depends upon a harmony of conquest
of MEST. Theta could be said to be complete reason; MEST could be said to
be complete force.
As we notice in aberrated individuals, the more MEST they have
enturbulated with theta, the less rational they are, and the less life and
vitality they have. As the individual is processed, his reason rises in
direct proportion to the amount of theta which is rescued from his engrams.
And while our observations and conclusions of theta and MEST are far from
complete-and may not be complete until theta itself is isolated as theta-
empirical observation of the subject seems to make it evident that
individuals, as far as their reason or unreason is concerned, might be
plotted on a gradient scale between theta as pure reason and MEST as entire
unreason. The amount of MEST enturbulated in the individual might be said
to measure his position on such a scale:
Decreasing Rationality --------------------> Force Increasing
Wholly Theta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wholly MEST
Clear Theta greater MEST greater Psychotic
than MEST than Theta
The conquest of MEST by theta seems to depend upon the theta's
increased understanding of the laws of MEST and then an orderly use of the
laws of MEST against MEST itself. By the discovery of some new natural law
of MEST more MEST can be conquered. The conquest of theta by MEST seems to
require the entrance of chaotic MEST into theta and the consequent driving
out of theta by Force. The complete conquest of a body by MEST is death,
wherein all the theta has been made to withdraw consequent to continued
enturbulation. Rebirth and growth of new organisms has been the theta
answer to this problem until Dianetics, when theta, in one lifetime, can be
rescued from MEST enturbulation by direct processing. Exactly how
Copyright (�) 1951 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
far theta can go in doing this has not been entirely determined, nor how it
affects geriatrics. But it is easily observed, even in a partial release,
that theta, rescued from the enturbulence, is far more able to conquer
MEST.
Postulates are as good as they predict new data which, when looked
for, is found to exist. on a Group Dianetic level, the release of theta
from enturbulation compares to the release of or reduction of an engram.
Release of theta from MEST, then, restores reason and removes Force from
the situation. A group engram seems to be any area from which Force is
emanating without reason, but such Force, not being obeyed, will administer
physical pain. Hiring and firing threats, physical punishment as in some
military organizations, jailing (reduction of the space and time controlled
by the individual) are all MEST actions. The engram, unless obeyed,
inflicts physical pain on the individual; it cannot be reasoned with and it
lowers the self-determinism of the individual. The last sentence applies at
once to an individual's engrams or to a group's engrams.
Apparently there is a law to the effect that theta and MEST, to
survive, must interact. And that enturbulated theta and MEST war to drive
out the theta on one hand and restore the MEST to chaotic action on the
other. The theta gets free to come back for a harmonious conquest of MEST.
The MEST gets free to continue its own combinations and recombinations,
apparently, to a chaotic state of being MEST or, possibly, to attack or
resist theta more ably. The latter postulated action of MEST seems to
predict the more data, for MEST apparently attacks theta when enturbulated
with it and surrenders to the reasonable organization of theta only after
the most brilliant effort on the part of theta. But it seems that if theta
is to attack MEST at all, then the attack begins by creating a turbulence,
withdrawing from the turbulence with now some understanding of the MEST,
and attacking again. All interactions of theta and MEST seem to begin with
a turbulence which is then resolved by theta's withdrawing and assaulting
again with a reasonable attack. MEST apparently wins, as in killing a
person. But theta, by having organized a biological line, has a new carrier
for the new attack. It is very curious, but if past lives are true data,
theta would seem to have worked out a level in theta for a new attack as
well as in life (lambda). Thus we get genetic lines. And, if there is any
truth in past lives, we would have theta lines, just as individuated theta
or the human soul.
This postulates that all theta is actually in now save as it has been
swept away in the time stream. But there is something curious about time
and it would seem that time is native to both MEST and theta and appears
halted when viewed by one from the other. Theta might look active to
timeless MEST, MEST might look active to timeless theta. One is standing
still compared to the other. Thus evolution might be viewed as a now
existing thing for theta where lower forms sweep out into greater
complexity, all in now, until, with Man, analytical theta, or pure theta,
can at last begin to manifest with a reasonable conquest of MEST. Hence
theta is uniting with MEST as enturbulation until it can extricate itself,
with knowledge from and of MEST, to re-attack MEST, not through rebirth but
in frontal onslaught. Possibly Man begins here his evolution into his
highest level of reasonableness or his theta self. However this may be, for
these are here but random postulates, we have highly valid examples of the
similarity between the group engram and the individual engram.
MEST enturbulated in a group's theta is highly dangerous to that
theta. MEST, in a group, could be likened to material possessions, and
money (which can be a theta or a MEST thing depending on its use for the
giving of charity or the purchase of power). The group which owns and
fights mainly for the group control of matter, energy, space and time as
owned things possessed by force, defended by force and the ownership
perpetuated as long as possible by force, does not own. Here MEST would be
seeking the ownership of MEST which is for theta a species of death. The
group which harmoniously conquers MEST by reason will continue to have the
use of that MEST.
As an example, Christianity owned the minds of men for two thousand
years, while the saber of Genghis Khan cowed men and territory for less
than eighty years. Christianity failed only when MEST, entering in, caused
Christian to fight Christian and won again only when its basic ethic and
ideal were restored. When all sides in World War I were conquering in the
name of God so much MEST entered in that the
hot flame of Christianity died down so low that in many countries a new
idea, Communism, completely supplanted it despite the fact that Communism
is probably much less theta than early Christianity.
A harmonious control of MEST makes a control by force unnecessary.
Just as the theta in a body must have harmonious (non-enturbulated) control
of that body, so must those things which a group uses be possessed by
harmonious control. The only trouble Dianetics really can have is from any
group which holds by Force the things which Dianetics, by theta, flows
over.
Example: Psychotics and prisoners which are the MEST of psychiatrists
and the police. Dianetics, being much purer theta than psychiatrists or the
police, will inevitably win, and without any slightest use of force.
The theta of a group would be its ideas, ideals, rationale and ethic.
This is an actual force. If one does not think a group has its own theta,
independent of but existing via its individual members, consider exactly
how far a society would go without its culture-each individual would,
without that culture, be reduced to his bare hands and complete non-
communication of ideas. The culture is an accumulated soul which flows over
and through a number of individuals and persists after the death of those
individuals via other individuals or even other groups. A complete
enturbulation with MEST means the death of a group-which is to say, a
society without its culture ceases to exist. The culture is theta.
We have discussed enturbulated MEST and enturbulated theta. These are
the components of any engram of the individual or the society. We had
better assign to these special names: enMEST and entheta, combining their
parts with the change of action in those parts. EnMEST could be considered
MEST with a somehow reversed polarity. It is fighting to get free from
theta. Entheta could be considered to be theta with a reversed polarity
which is fighting to get free from MEST. As soon as polarity is reversed by
the enturbulation, possibly by something not unlike the heat of fusion
caused by the pain of irrational collision, the entrapped enMEST seeks to
fight away from anything which even closely resembles entheta and so
attacks all theta. The entrapped entheta, seeking to fight away from
anything like enMEST, will fight or repel all MEST.
Entheta and enMEST will combine and stay combined until MEST separates
them, as by death, and theta separates them as with Dianetics.
MEST, it would seem on some examination, has a natural attraction to
theta. Theta has a natural attraction to MEST. They combine harmoniously as
witnessed by life (lambda). Show MEST and some theta will move over it.
Show theta and some MEST will move under it. The action is almost
automatic.
However, evidently, show entheta some MEST and the MEST will repel.
Show enMEST some theta and the theta will repel. The only times when these,
possibly, will not repel, is when there is a chance for the MEST to recover
pure MEST from it (a postulate for which we have no momentary example) or
when the theta has a chance to recover some theta, which we see happening
daily in Dianetics.
When an estate is to be given into the trust of someone, the donor
looks about for an idealistic, reasonable, honest man. When an idealistic
man, such as an artist, looks about for a place to be, he turns from the
embattled city and seeks a quiet countryside.
Note, however, that when pure MEST collides with pure theta there is
usually a turbulence. Note further that a turbulence is evidently necessary
for the theta to learn enough about the MEST with which it became
enturbulated to back off and conquer a new area of MEST.
Example: Enterprises of any age generally begin with ideas and ideals
being thrown over MEST. A turbulence occurs, even if a slight one, and from
it the theta learns enough of MEST to conquer it smoothly. One has to learn
that a cliff will cave in before he can buttress it against stopping a
stream.
The goal might seem to be maximal unison of theta with MEST, with the
creation of minimal enMEST and entheta.
Dianetics, as a group, is trying to attack a thing which normally
repels both theta and MEST-entheta and enMEST. This can be done in the
ratio that entheta is returned
into theta so more theta can attack more entheta and enMEST. Thus a
clearing service. Theta can attack entheta and enMEST only when the theta
is very high. And MEST is necessary to accomplish it (buildings and money).
The highest theta is the highest reason which means the highest ideal,
rationale and ethic. If the ideal falters the theta is also faltering and
so the attack is unsuccessful. Hence the Auditor's Code. If enMEST is
strong in the group either as individuals or as actual perversion of ethic,
then the group falters and fails to succeed. In Dianetics, the group must
have, by these mechanics, an enormously high ideal, a high ability to think
and a strong group ethic in order to succeed.
It has been remarked that the ideals of any group are never higher
than at the moment of their initial formation. This was before one knew
anything about clearing groups. MEST can be controlled by a group, even a
Dianetics group, so long as the control is not of enturbulated MEST,
property in question, perverted mores of people, unreasonable prices, war
with psychiatry, etc. etc. EnMEST comes about from a turbulent collision of
theta and MEST.
Now we suppose that an effort to conquer enMEST with theta will
succeed only when the group engaged in the conquest has continually
restored to it its theta which was caught up in the collision. In this way
the group can go on controlling more and more MEST and control it
permanently. But if the turbulences remain uncleared, the theta of the
Group will dwindle. Its ideal will fall low; its rationale will decrease.
Any group starting up in an established culture finds itself at once
confronted with already existing enMEST both in the individuals (as
engrams) and in the culture itself (as in group engrams). In fact, in an
aberrated culture most of the MEST present is being attacked by entheta and
enMEST, and most of the theta present is being attacked by enMEST. Such a
group must be particularly careful to avoid patent enMEST in its
acquisitions and obvious entheta in its dealings unless it recognizes the
enMEST and entheta character of many of the things in its environ and
drives against the enMEST to release it and the entheta to release it. In
this way it can be certain to acquire more theta and more MEST in a
harmonious control.
For example, the unclear title to a property must be swiftly cleared
if the group wants to use it or the property must be abandoned. Land, no
matter how small or how large, which is held by entheta is, of course,
enMESTed; and enMESTed land, when theta seeks to control it, will make
theta into entheta (lower the ideals and rationale of the group).
A new group has little choice but to handle enMEST and entheta or to
associate with it. It has only two possible courses of action as a group if
it wishes to survive. It must attack both enMEST and entheta, turn them as
soon as possible into MEST and theta, or it must avoid enMEST and entheta
and retreat from an action field and, monk-like, simply preserve the theta
it has. Thus a dianetic group can either attack enMEST or entheta with
punitive reason and keep itself carefully cleared meanwhile or it can find
some true MEST, such as a valley or a desert, and become wholly self-
supportive even unto issuing its own script, raising its own food and
surviving serenely without spreading. Thus any new idea becomes a complete
revolution, willy-nilly, unable to stop short of conquering a country or
the planet by knocking out entheta regimes and knocking out land titles and
entheta such as an atom bomb, or the idea becomes a cult wherein the
"world" is abandoned for the sake of harmony.
The question of creation and destruction, for such a group, is
answered by the equation of the optimum solution of dianetic theory.
Entheta and enMEST are, however, reversed vectors. They must be separated
and converted into theta and MEST or they must be nullified. No creation
can be accomplished without some destruction. The equation of how much
destruction and how much creation is answered by survival in how much time.
As the time shortens, the amount of destruction necessary to the solution
rises in proportion to the amount of creation which must be done or the
amount of destruction which must be nullified in order to make creation
possible. Any destruction tends to place in the group theta some entheta.
The group, if it keeps itself cleared (keeps its end in view and its
authoritarianism to a minimum), can deal with some destruction. That
destruction must be held to a minimum for the solution of the
problem and the enMEST and entheta must be swept out of the group as
swiftly as possible.
Alexander, for instance, began with a high ethic and rationale in his
troops but the destruction accomplished burdened the theta with enMEST in
the form of loot (enturbulated MEST) and lessened the ethic and rationale
by introducing entheta. Alexander made his troops destroy their baggage
several times. But this authoritarian action-a force action against force
actions-further enturbulated the theta and MEST present. Alexander was
forced to turn back short of his goal because his troops had lost their
impetus and were to a large degree now operating under entheta reactions.
Further he sought to conquer Man, not MEST.
Combat, as such, then, can be seen to have its uses and indeed, is
often necessary according to an investigation of history. It is not the
combat or the violence or the destruction which is important, it is the
amount of entheta and enMEST which remains in the group, unseparated and
unconverted, which destroys the group. But combat, once its immediate goal
is attained-and that goal must be one of reason, not owning, or else it is
not a theta goal-must be repaired by clearing out the theta and MEST of
entheta and enMEST. An attack upon a community which is ruled by entheta
and which is an enMEST community should first be attempted by reason and
should succeed with ARC-which is to say, the action of theta. If, however,
the community is an immediate threat to group and the time, for various
reasons, is too short, or if the community is so solidly entheta and enMEST
that it itself will not only not yield but prevents other communities from
being cleared, the group has no choice but to attack with the most
expeditious means available which, by minimal creation of enMEST (damage to
property) and entheta (hate, etc.), keeps the task of clearing that
community to the absolute minimum. The group, upon conquest, must then not
attempt to own that community. It must give the community back to itself as
soon as the entheta and enMEST are banished from it. Such service is worth
the wages of the group but these must be contributed wages, not commanded
ones. And in the line of combat, the group is, of course, forced to use the
most effective and least destructive weapons it has if it is to use weapons
at all. And its plan must be, for its attack, the most reasonable possible
plan.
Now as this applies to the group action against the community, so it
would seem to apply to the auditor's action against the entheta and enMEST
of and around his preclear. And so it does. If a man's wife is invalidating
him and hammering him into insanity faster than the auditor can free
entheta and restore sanity, then the auditor must, to the necessary degree,
interfere with the self-determinism of the wife or the family (group) of
the preclear to either remove the preclear from the environ or nullify the
wife or remove her from the environ. For the auditor must not be confused
to the point where he mistakes entheta and enMEST action as self-
determinism. It is not. Likewise the group has a problem when entheta and
enMEST are present in an individual or a section of that group. The group
can either convert the entheta and enMEST of the individual into theta and
MEST or it can remove the individual from the group if that individual's
presence is continually destructive to a point where he is making the group
more psychotic than it can be cleared. However, there is a third
consideration in this problem.
EnMEST and entheta are effective on a group in the ratio that they are
given altitude by a group. Hence, the aberrations of the leader of a group
may be reflected all through the group. The aberrations of a least member
of the group will have no effect at all upon the group.
This stems from the axiom that the effect of an individual on a group
rises in proportion to his altitude in the group. A man with a great deal
of theta and a small amount of entheta and with a solid concept of the
ideals, rationale and ethic of the group naturally rises to his own
position in the group. If the group is a true group, which is to say, if
its ideals, rationale and ethic are held solidly by all and if self-
determinism exists in the group individual to individual and if the group
goals are in fair view, then all the individuals of the group will more or
less fall or rise into their natural positions in the group under their
laws regulating such things.
But all groups and all life seem to have begun with impact and collision.
Authoritarian (arbitrary) actions are necessary to begin groups. If the
group remains rational or is cleared, the authoritarian action is undone in
the natural evolution of the group. Otherwise its ideals and rationale and
ethic will suffer and the group will dwindle.
Examining these various postulates and examples one begins to have
some concept of authoritarianism. An action which is unreasonable, produces
nothing creative and remains unexplained and is backed by threatened force,
such as deprivation of some or much MEST, is the ultimate in authoritarian
actions. As these factors drop away, the action is less authoritarian. Thus
authoritarianism is a graded scale, not an
absolute.
Arbitrary, without good reason, - Entheta,
dealing with
backed by force threat. enMEST.
Uncreative, unexplained.
Arbitrary, good reason, backed - Brief time
duration available.
by force. Unexplained. Entheta but theta
present.
Arbitrary, good reason, backed - More time
available.
by force. Explained. More theta, less
entheta.
Good reason (suppressor to group - Theta order. existing). Explained.
This is a crude scale. The actual scale is more complicated. But this
serves to point out that enMEST and entheta are active in a group when
authoritarianism is present.
What does enMEST do when it seeks to drive out theta, its primary
mission or, at least, action? This is evidently the simple problem of how
one knocks out theta. One, when he knocks out theta, has only to sever
communication, affinity and reality, or reverse their polarity into
enforced communication, hate and lies and one drops the theta potential of
the individual or the group. One drops his theta potential if one works on
an individual by severing his ARC internally-by creating engrams in him or
by charging up his engrams. One breaks the ARC of a group by stepping
across its communication lines and either severing them or distorting them
(reversing their polarity).
EnMEST and entheta will assault the theta and MEST of a group by
breaking or reversing the triangle of ARC or by taking the space, universe
energy, matter and time away from the group or by damaging or perverting
them.
The authoritarianist seems definitely to be driven mainly by enMEST
and entheta even when some theta and MEST are present in him. The highest
level of authoritarianist is one who is almost but not quite insane and who
yet can attach himself to ideals, rationale and ethic convincingly. He may
convince even himself but he can be easily singled out in any group, for he
has a tendency to own as MEST certain individuals and, depressing them, yet
dangles MEST before them enough to form a clique. The authoritarianist is
always for a clique, not for the whole group. Further, the authoritarianist
can be spotted by the number of orders he issues which have small reason
behind them, are backed by force or threatened force, and which he will not
explain. He can be further located by the suppression he places on self-
determinism of the various members of the group and on the self-determinism
of the group itself as a group. Further, for the ideals and rationale of
the group he supplants his own entheta.
The authoritarianist often would rather take enMEST than MEST, thus,
in possessing something, makes an enMEST thing out of it. There are
neuroses, for instance, wherein a man would rather have stolen money than
earned money. The authoritarianist will cloud any MEST with bad titles or
disputes.
Acting in subordinate roles, the authoritarianist is recognizable for
his action on communication lines. He cuts them, often out of a plea for
censorship as a need for security. Security is only necessary in
negotiations concerning enMEST, and while even theta dealing with enMEST
must sometimes drop a curtain of security in an action, the
authoritarianist's enMEST demands that all curtains be dropped. Reason, so
caged,
inevitably perishes and the entheta wins and the enMEST wins by driving out
theta and MEST.
A theta man, acting in too short a space of time, may issue authority
and orders without explanation. But he clarifies them and abolishes them as
soon as the emergency is passed. An enMEST man issues orders and authority
without emergencies and then hides any cause he might have had and exposes
others.
In subordinate roles the enMEST man, in severing the ARC of theta,
will halt any and all communications he can which are actually ARC
communications. He will let pass all reversed polarity communications. Or
he will reverse the polarity of communications he is supposed to pass
along. He apparently believes that he must protect himself and his friends
with whatever theta he has in him whereas he actually destroys them and the
basic intent was simply to destroy.
The enMEST man, the authoritarianist, accumulates Force greedily and
all things which mean Force. He prefers them to be enMEST items and entheta
Force.
Authoritarianism-or authority-exists in ratio to the amount a curtain
is lowered across ARC lines. An authoritarianist responds to this law by
bringing authority to himself by lowering curtains across these lines.
Authoritarianism also exists in ratio to the amount of theta which can be
given a reversed polarity. Thus the authoritarianist perverts affinity by
pretended affection, or by "examples" of how much hate there is that either
enforces him or he is "holding back". He perverts reality by altering
situations into greater desperateness than they contain or by reversing a
desperate situation into something he declares to be calm or of no
importance. He additionally perverts reality by interjecting data about
disagreements where no disagreement exists. This is how authority is
accumulated and held. But it is a perilous holding since it creates, by
contagion, more enMEST and entheta and ordinarily ends in the death of the
authoritarianist or other destruction to him.
Through these factors one can read the glimmering of an axiom that
truth and theta are close to the same thing and that affinity, reality and
communication are solid in direct ratio to the amount of truth in them.
The theta man, regardless of his past, will use truth to the full
extent that he sees it and feels it. He will drop a curtain between himself
and his target or the group and his target or change polarity of ARC only
when he is attacking enMEST or entheta and will raise that curtain as
swiftly as possible when the target is attained. Further, he uses such a
device so sparingly that only the greatest emergency will cause him to
employ it. In handling personnel he will never exaggerate or diminish his
reasons for his treatment of them or his feelings toward them.
We live in a society here in America where the ARC is very curtained
or perverted, for the whole group ethic rationale and ideal burns very low.
Our salvation lies in the fact that there is abundant free theta in the
majority of people and that authoritarianism has become so solid in some
quarters that their nullification springs into view enormous theta
reserves.
We must ably understand what authoritarianism is, first so that it
cannot be effective in our midst and second so that we can attack it, for
it is a source of MEST and theta once we free them.
Obedience and effectiveness are not, however, to be thrown out just
because authoritarianism might exist. During emergency the clearest group
must act spontaneously and under exactly timed orders. One should, in times
of lull, make very certain, however, that orders proceed from theta men,
not enMEST men, so that when an emergency arrives one can be certain that,
by exact obedience, the group may be forwarded toward its goals. And one
should make certain afterwards that every order given had behind it true
reason and that the reason was true.
In conclusion it should be pointed out that all things good evolve
from reason. Reason, for our purposes, includes not only the thinking but
the doing.
We have an interesting summation of this in the definition:
POTENTIAL VALUE EQUALS INTELLIGENCE TIMES DYNAMIC TO A POWER
(PV equals IDX)
The potential value of any group member must be weighed in terms of his
actual potential value to himself and to the group and to Mankind. He will,
if he is examined, demonstrate both intellectual value and dynamic value
potentially. His ability to think brightly and to execute his assigns well
may be potentially high. And then one must examine worth to himself and
worth to the group or Mankind.
This paper contains some actions which are symptomatic of the
authoritarianist. They may all be summed by the fact that the
authoritarianist does what enMEST and entheta will do since he is mainly
these-he will interrupt or pervert affinity, communication and reality and
he will make enMEST of MEST. By establishing, through past record, how much
he may have interrupted or perverted ARC and what he has done to actual
MEST one has a measure of his current state. His potential value, then, may
be, by observed performance, to himself or to the group, negative worth.
The worth of the individual to the group or himself or Mankind is
something different than his potential value.
In Dianetics we can, when we have time and theta to spare, bring the
authoritarianist up to a level where his potential value can be executed in
terms of real worth, which is to say, knock out his authoritarianism by
processing. But if we attempt this we must be extremely careful not to
permit this individual to occupy any position where he can, by altitude,
injure the group in any way. For although his actions may appear, in the
ordinary course of affairs, highly reasonable, lag computation will destroy
some MEST and theta in the group.
Because his authoritarianism is, of course, due to engrams, the
authoritarianist is ordinarily an intensely aberrated person.
This is important: Authoritarianism can be discovered readily in
psychometry. As a matter of fact a complete battery of psychometry was
developed in the war which singles out the fascist and the authoritarian
communist.
But this is also important: Education and example and reverence for
the group ethic, ideal and rationale may nullify the potential
authoritarianist's danger to the group and he may, thus educated, be used.
And when it is a potent part of the group rationale how one can identify
the authoritarianist, authoritarianism, sprung into view, may cease as a
practice of the individual in question. One should not fear or use these
tenets to escape obeying group orders. He should use these few partially
developed data, hurriedly given to you here, to keep the group strong, bold
and free.
THE DIANETIC AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
Volume 2, No. 5 November, 1951
Official Publication of
The Hubbard Dianetic Foundation, Inc.
Wichita, Kansas
A Brief History of Psychotherapy
L. Ron Hubbard
Efforts to remedy physical and mental disorders and improve the minds
and bodies of men have been attempted, evidently, since the earliest days
of homo sapiens.
In the barbaric societies which yet exist in the world one sees what
must have been the earlier methods still in use. The Australian bushman has
his witch doctor whose chief tool is a magic healing crystal. One finds
chants and drums in the Goldi region. One still finds a technique in China
of "letting out devils" by a puncture. With drums, chants, yoga, rattles,
herbs, prayers and electric shock, Man has fought a continuous battle with
mental aberration and psychosomatic illness since the very dawn of Man.
In that Man's best weapon was his mind, he has worked ceaselessly to
improve that weapon. He has continuously observed that an individual was as
healthy and active and successful as he had a healthy body and a quick
mind.
The searches of India go back into the ages before written history and
demonstrate that India itself has long since sunk into an apathy on the
subject, regardless of the data accumulated, for her goal is to abandon
life as the only means of obtaining serenity.
Many, many ages after India's highest efforts, we find the early Greek
absorbed in the problem, and his speculations formed until only yesterday
the main bulk of knowledge used in the Western World on the subject of the
mind. The Greek had an actual therapy which, though inefficacious, was yet
pursued as more than nothing. This therapy had two divisions. The first
consisted of shock treatments through the use of hellebore. The second
consisted of what we now call "dream therapy" or "narcosynthesis" or "drug
hypnosis." These techniques were poor enough so that the Roman resorted
only to his household gods or to the deity of fever, Febris, for his
remedies. But the early Greek treatment and the Asclepiadean practices in
general are found in modern sanitariums. The additional experimentation of
"psychosurgery," a technique closely approximated by the ancient Inca in
Ecuador, has proven a complete failure and is seldom used by reputable
mental practitioners, and then only as an experiment.
Convulsive shock from two thousand years ago, demon exorcism, gourd
rattles, prayers and chants received their first rival-memory catharsis as
developed by a Dr. Breuer-in Europe in the first half of the nineteenth
century. Sigmund Freud later worked with Breuer and developed the libido
theory, which became the background of psychoanalysis. Freud's development
in 1894 was largely intuitive and he himself concluded it to be unworkable
in 1920. Notwithstanding, Freud, repudiated even today by his own
followers, was closer to truth than any other worker in the field in any
age, as can be demonstrated.
After William James, in the last of the nineteenth century, a
consistent but somewhat disorganized effort was made to apply the
scientific methodologies to the human mind and much data was amassed in
psychology; but the data was not well aligned, was mainly speculative, and
so gave rise to countless schools of practice and investigation which
remained in sufficient conflict to largely nullify an incursion by
psychology into the society.
Copyright (�) by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
The general practice of "mental healing" had deteriorated by the first
third of the twentieth century from a ratio of around fifty human beings
for every shaman or witch doctor in a barbaric society to one "mental
practitioner" in the modem world to many hundreds of individuals. The
percentage of alleviation of mental distress, however, continued about the
same-an estimated twenty-two percent of the cases treated receiving
temporary relief, but with the liability that the incidence of suicide
amongst patients being treated markedly advanced.
This drop in the ratio of practitioners per populace is remarkable
since the incidence of insanity in the society is evidently far higher than
in barbaric societies. This might be construed to indicate that "mental
healing" had lost considerable ground.
However, despite an inability to remedy, the psychologist and medical
doctor tabulated considerable data about mental and physical illness. It
was discovered, for instance, that some seventy-one percent of all Man's
ills apparently resulted from mental stress; and it was supposed, but was
not proven since the methods of treatment were not known, that these would
relieve if one could solve the problem of the mind itself.
The data amassed by the mental practitioner and psychologist became
useful in the investigations of this science. Many of their phenomena were
improperly observed but such was the wide and diligent latitude of their
researches that they demonstrated many spheres in which the answer did not
lie, a necessary survey for any investigation.
Some two hundred new phenomena about the human mind have been
established firmly in the mental treatment area of this new science. Many
phenomena discovered earlier by the psychologist and mental practitioner
have been confirmed or re-evaluated.
Under quiet test for over a year in the hands of leading psychologists
and mental practitioners, the application of this science has been found to
resolve cases with considerable ease so that in at least one state all
state government treatment of the insane is shortly to be placed under
practitioners such as psychiatrists and psychologists who are skilled in
this new science.
LRH TAPE LECTURES
Wichita, Kansas
4 November-21 December 1951
5111C04 LECTURE AC&R
* 5111C12A LECTURE Basic Postulates
* 5111C12B LECTURE Prime Thought
* 5111C26A LECTURE An Analysis of Memory, Parts 1 & 2
* 5111C26B LECTURE An Analysis of Memory, Parts 3 & 4
* 5112C03A LECTURE Discussion of Advanced Procedure,
Part 2
* 5112C03B LECTURE Advanced Procedures and Cause &
Effect
* 5112C10 PLS-7 Dead Man's Goals (E-Meter use in
Dianetics)
* 5112C10 PLS-8 Resolution of Cases
* 5112C17A LECTURE Regret and Seriousness-Counter-
Efforts
* 5112C18 LECTURE Counter-Effort, Counter-Emotion,
Counter-Thought
* 5112C21A LECTURE Regret and Seriousness, Part 1
* 5112C21B LECTURE Regret and Seriousness, Part 2
* 5112C21C LECTURE On Handbook for Preclears-Service
Fac 1
THE DIANETIC AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
Volume 2, No. 6 December, 1951
Official Publication of
The Hubbard Dianetic Foundation, Inc.
Wichita, Kansas
Postulate Processing
L. Ron Hubbard
The success of any organism in any environment is determinable by the
measure of the degree the organism can change to control a new environment.
When a higher organism accepts the obvious fact that its mind is
practically the sole means for environmental control it must, to deem
itself successful, possess an ability to change its mind, for as
environment changes, thoughts must change. Unless that organism is
constantly moving, erasing old conclusions and postulating fitting new
ones, it becomes static and moves towards succumb.
An individual can thus become a product of his own statics, regardless
of their point of origin; he makes a conclusion and is subject to it as
long as he holds onto it as a belief. Non-optimum randomity is established
when his data, beliefs and decisions are not in constant review and re-
evaluation. The main point of tension in any engram or theta facsimile is
the moment the individual made a postulate, drew a conclusion from his
existing data, or made an agreement between himself and another entity at
the height of pain. His self-determinism is tied up at that point.
AREAS OF STATIC THINKING
The auditor's objective when applying Postulate Processing is to raise
his preclear from the state of compartmented static into a state of motion.
It cannot be achieved simply by giving new postulates to replace the old. A
first essential is to process the old conclusions and beliefs. Merely to
make a new conclusion which violates an undetected static in one's past
sets up non-optimum randomity; confusion exists between the new and the
old. Actually, earlier postulates are to the individual the valid
postulates, and will cancel succeeding ones to a great extent. Until the
basic postulate is processed out, a later one is unalterable, and a new one
laid on the same subject as the basic cannot but be invalid.
A baby lies in his crib and is unhappy about something the mother has
done. "I'll get even with her," he postulates. "I'll not drink my milk.
I'll be sick." Twenty years and many postulates later his wife asks, "Now
dear, don't you think it's time you had a glass of milk?"
"No!" he answers. "Milk makes me sick! I have an allergy to milk."
And so he has; it began with that basic postulate back in the crib.
GENERAL AREAS OF POSTULATION
Every individual has made literally thousands of postulates in all
areas of life. Of basic importance are those concerning decisions to
survive, to know, to understand, to experience, to communicate, to agree to
love, to want all emotions, to want all perceptics and desires. There are
as well the opposing decisions not to survive, not to know, not to
understand, not to communicate, not to agree, and not to want emotions.
Decisions concerning any of these areas may be statics for which the
individual has become effect.
Copyright (�)1951 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
A central aspect of any case is the desire to experience; life has to
experience in order to maintain itself in motion. Security and position are
statics. When an individual's desire to experience fades away he begins to
seek a static, a never-changing vista of what he believes to be security.
He feels that once he has attained "security" he will then be better able
to "experience," and yet he cannot attain his security goal without
experiencing. He faces a paradox. He puts forth valiant efforts to climb to
a "secure" position in life, unaware that he is climbing towards a static.
To arrive is equivalent to death even though it means five million dollars
in the bank, eight yachts and a fleet of Packard motor cars. From his
"secure" perch he will not be able to experience life as he had imagined
it, but instead will be spending his time defending and maintaining his
hard-won position.
Some who strive for years toward such a goal reach it only to discover
that the best way to experience life is with empty pockets. Experience is
motion; reality. Security and position are illusions, achieved only by
going through static cycles. Some men will shadow-box throughout the best
years of their lives for the "security" of a dull, monotonous job. Not
infrequently someone (who is truly experiencing, in all probability)
invents a machine that does the job better, and suddenly the "security"
vanishes. Self-confidence is self-determinism. It is one's belief in one's
ability to determine his own causes. There is but one security and that is
the security of self confidence.
The auditor's objective in the use of Postulate Processing is to give
the preclear back to himself. The times in the past when any individual has
desired others to create his security for him are abdications of his own
post-of-command. The preclear has postulated away his self-determinism by
deciding not to have himself. He will rise on the tone scale in direct
ratio to the degree to which he assumes responsibility for his own
problems.
Postulate Tone Scale
Above 4.0 An I-they-I series.
4.0 I am.
3.5 I am and they need me.
3.0 I'm working with them.
2.5 I'm even with them and I don't like it.
2.0 I'll be to spite them.
1.5 I'll be if I destroy them.
1.1 I'd be if I could get around them.
0.5 I'm not because they won't let me.
0.0 I'm not.
Processing moves a preclear up the tone scale from all the "I'm not's"
to the "I am's," restoring basic self-determinism. At the bottom of the
tone scale the organism is existing under another control center than the
"I," accepting a postulate that it is MEST.
At 0.5 the organism is accepting the role under which it is MEST for
another control center, and is not rebellious at the situation.
At 1.1 the organism is making some resurgence and effort to regain
control.
At 1.5 the individual begins to make an obvious fight against the
control center or environment.
When a person is at a point when "I" has control about one-half the
time, he may be considered to be at about 2.0 on the postulate tone scale.
At this point he argues with himself and with his environment.
At 2.5 the individual begins to feel he can stay in the game and pitch
even though he is but a tiny cog in the great machine. His attitude, if
expressed in his own words, might be, "I don't like it but here I am."
Not until one has reached 3.5 can he be assured of his own control.
At 4.0 the individual has full direction of his own command center.
The person in
this bracket is almost entirely extroverted, and the body acts almost as an
automatic response mechanism towards the environment.
Above 4.0 the auto-control center is far ahead of the environment, and
not at all introverted. It is in this range that one would expect to find
creative work rather than a more expert handling of the environment.
Any time anyone conceives that he has failed in any way he advances a
conclusion as to the explanation of his failure, picking up a theta
facsimile and presenting it as an excuse for failure; "Why, I thought the
gun wasn't loaded," to quote an all too common excuse for failure. Another
often heard is, "I had the right of way!"
The auditor assists the preclear to release these theta facsimile
excuses to which he has been holding, not by handing the preclear's "sins"
out to him, but helping him to recognize that he himself made the decision
which resulted in an engram.
PROCEDURE
Simple questioning is sometimes the best method of going about the
business of giving the individual back to himself. It helps him see the
situation and come to understand that he is aberrated by his own choice. A
computation such as this must not be forced. Rather, the preclear slowly
comes to see the truth as he contacts his own decisions to be aberrated,
giving a man a new respect for himself. The auditor, for example, asks,
"When did you first make up your mind that you were going to be sick?"
"I never made up my mind to be sick. Nonsense!" the preclear usually
answers, astounded that anyone might think he had wished his illness upon
himself.
"Well, when might you have done so? Is there someone around whom you
are sick more often than with other people?"
"Yes, my wife. When I go home I seem to get sick. That's funny; I
never realized that before. I wonder why that is."
"Did you ever decide actually, analytically, to be sick around her?"
"No! But yes, yes-we did have a quarrel one day and-I remember now-I
told her I had a headache and that I didn't want to fight with her any
more."
"Is there any other time in your life that you decided to be ill?"
"No, I don't think so. No."
"What about your school days?"
"School? Well, that's different. As a matter of fact, yes. I remember-
I can hardly place it, but there was a time in college I said I was sick so
I couldn't take the final exam. In fact, I went around for two or three
weeks showing everyone how sick I was. Sort of an out-of-valence feeling."
"How about grammar school?"
"There was the time when I told the coach I couldn't go out for gym
because I had sick spells. I get a good memory on that one. It always
worked!"
As the preclear proceeds he thinks to himself, "Am I doing this to
myself after all? Why should I treat myself this way? Ridiculous!
Incredible!" Suddenly he may recall some other data:
"My first day at kindergarten I was very sick. They had to take me
home. I had decided I wasn't going to stay there because I didn't like the
teacher. I really did get sick in kindergarten ! "
He will, if expertly questioned, turn up many more times when he
concluded it was better to be ill than otherwise.
In working with the very common aberration of glasses, the auditor may
ask the preclear to remember a time when he did not want to see, to
remember a time when he decided he could not see. He may offer some version
of the following:
"My eyes have been bad ever since I was fifteen, but I never decided
not to see. As a matter of fact, I was just never able to see.
"I do remember in prep school, though, I complained that the lights
were hurting my eyes because I didn't want to sit in the study hall. The
headmaster asked what was wrong and I told him, 'My eyes are bad.' They had
me fitted with glasses. . . I had forgotten all this until just now."
There will be many postulates on the communication of seeing. Processing
one or two postulates on one subject is not ordinarily enough to cause the
aberration to relinquish its hold on the individual. There are dozens of
them, and getting the earliest is essential.
There is a lie factor in the mind on the recovery of data which
sometimes causes z delay of a day or two for asked-for data to appear,
particularly in the case of the deep-agreement postulates. Times when the
preclear as a child was beaten down into apathy until he had to agree
created blind spots on the time track. Such postulates made on an obedience
basis lock in data rather securely for a while. The auditor, by simply
unburdening the preclear's decisions to obey, his decisions that other
people knew best, can often open up great sections of the preclear's life.
Processing an individual's postulates is done mostly by Straight Wire.
Whether or not the preclear has his full quota of perceptics is of little
importance. Behind most postulates, however, is an enormous amount of
effort and emotion which may have to be run before the postulate can be
contacted; or on occasion the effort may be run simultaneously with the
postulates. Often, merely contacting the postulate collapses the emotion
and effort tied into it.
If a postulate does not de-sensitize on first recall, Repetitive
Straight Wire is used. Help the preclear to recall a decision again and
again, or try to get an earlier one on the same subject. If he does not
experience relief, there is an even earlier key-in on the track. Later
postulates are lying as a sort of burden on the earlier ones.
Sometimes postulates can be located by flash answers if not by
Straight Wire, although only in a case reluctant to offer data would this
be necessary. Ask: "What postulate do we need to resolve the case?" "What's
the age?" "In the house?" "Hospital?" "Where are you?" The preclear may
soon recall the incident, as did a preclear when he offered this memory
data:
"My parents used to take me to my grandparents' home, and I hated to
go-I was miserable in the house. I couldn't move or go anywhere." The
auditor in this case went after the postulate concerning the first decision
involving the desire to remain away from the grandparents.
As long as a preclear rationalizes as to why he failed, as long as he
presents all sorts of reasons why he has to have a particular postulate, or
as long as he blames somebody else for it, the central computation has not
yet been reached. Work on emotional locks with Effort and Straight Wire. By
feeding a person's postulates back to him he will come to see that he is in
command of himself.
When a preclear comments about a situation look for the postulates
causing him to make such comments. If he says he never did like other
people, the auditor might reply, "When did you decide not to like other
people?"
"I didn't decide at all," replied one particular preclear to this
question. "I feel like this just because people are the way they are."
"When did you first decide they were the way they are?"
"Maybe I did decide at one time. I don't know when it was, unless it
was in the army. And that was because I hated the cook."
"Do you recall when you made up your mind that you hated the cook?"
"I didn't like the cook because my mother . . . but that's silly."
"When did you first decide not to like your mother?" the auditor
asked.
"I never decided that!"
"When did you decide that you had to honor your father and mother?"
"That was when I went to church. It's one of the Ten Commandments."
Thus it was found that the preclear was agreeing to obey and disliking
it since he was three years old.
SCANNING A-R-C
Standing behind each enforcement or inhibition of A-R-C is a postulate
concerning future action. Help the preclear to scan every time he decided
to feel affinity for a person-the instant of decision-because the static
lies at that point. Contact the times
the preclear agreed with anybody against his will. Exhaust the times he
decided to go into communication with anybody by word of mouth, by writing,
etc. Scan all the decisions on reality. And then, having finished scanning
each leg of the triangle once, re-scan it. Applying Postulate Processing to
A-R-C alone will knock out many somatics accepted from another person by
the preclear. In order to make a systematic session, scan the A-R-C,
inhibited and enforced, on each dynamic, using Postulate Processing.
BASIC GOALS
A basic purpose postulate lies at the beginning of every life. Each
preclear should locate and re-experience this basic postulate. Straight-
wire of the individual's goals and fears will often uncover this particular
postulate and will materially assist the preclear to re-define his goals.
Briefly, an outline for procedure could be summarized thus:
Future goals Future fears
Present factors Present fears
Past goals (specific in time) Past fears (specific in
time)
Past conclusions Past conclusions
Straight-wire the preclear over these six areas, beginning with future
goals. What are his main goals which concern his activities in the future?
Sometimes he may say he cannot resolve a goal, and such being the case, ask
what things he might be afraid of in the future (such as losing his job).
Whether a future goal or future fear is found, trace out the present
factors which make such possible or probable, and then ask what he is now
doing in order to bring such goals into fruition, or to remove the fears
from his horizon. It might be well to consider what factors if any are
present in present time that are making such a goal possible.
Next, seek the past goals, specific in time. The question might be
asked: "What are some past goals that compare with the future goals?" The
points where the preclear concluded (in the past) that he could not have
such goals are rather stickily fixed conclusions. Straight-wire these
fears. Find what he has to be afraid of "right now." Is there anything of
which he is afraid in present time? Is the boss unkind? When did he
conclude the boss was unkind?
Nearly any preclear will find goals in the past which were in
conflict. Locate these goals and the times of decision concerning them.
Straight-wire on conclusions inhibiting his attaining of any goals, seeking
always for the instant the decisions were made.
If there is but little response the first time, go over the six areas
again, working the preclear's goals on all of the eight dynamics, but
cleaning up the First Dynamic before going to the next. In this manner the
preclear is assisted to regain his self-determinism, placing him in a
positive approach to the future by removing fears and redefining his early
goals.
DEEP AND LIGHT PROCESSING
There are now two kinds of processing in which we are involved: Light
processing and deep processing. Light processing deals with postulates and
effects and can be done either on an individual or co-auditing basis. Deep
processing calls into use Effort and Advanced Procedure; and with it an
auditor is mandatory. Postulate Processing combined with Effort and
Advanced Procedure helps the preclear to pick up very early postulates,
incident by incident.
Whatever the method, deep or light, by which postulates are reviewed,
the individual eventually comes to the realization that he is the effect of
his own postulates. He postulates a conclusion; he moves forward in time
and becomes affected by that conclusion. An individual who can remember all
the postulates and decisions he ever made is a well person.
"that won't do you any good, it won't do you a bit of good." When papa
isn't looking, he tries to light that firecracker anyway. If he fails, all
the way down the scale he goes into apathy: "I don't want to light that
firecracker. I don't like firecrackers."
Then a simple example of theta endeavoring to occupy space: A fellow
wants to open the back of his car but the key will not move in the lock. He
goes down the tone scale, eventually kicks the car. He is furious with
anybody in it too (including his wife when she offers, "But, dear, if you
will just operate it smoothly; Junior and I have no trouble.") He may even
get a crowbar and-when the car isn't looking-try to apply it. That failing,
he goes down further in tone about the whole thing, and, although he will
not manifest grief (because men in this society don't cry), he will walk
away and say, "I didn't want to get in the back of that car anyway." As a
matter of fact, he did. All his clothes are in there. Theta has failed in
its survival attempt to conquer MEST.
THETA'S TENDENCY TO OWN OR BE OWNED
There is an additional theory underlying MEST processing. Theta has a
tendency not only to extend itself but also to be extended over; that is,
it is able to manifest itself as theta over the organisms around it or not
able to manifest itself as theta over the organisms and MEST around it. An
individual then is either self-determined, which is to say, theta
controlled in his own right (in which case he is healthy and sane), or is
controlled by organisms and MEST in his environment to the point where he
himself is MEST. The individual, in other words, could be said to own or be
owned. (When one starts owning MEST, the MEST starts owning him. Did you
ever have to mow a lawn?) Ability to own and control and fulfill the
various efforts of theta indicates self-determinism.
INTERPERSONAL RELATIONS
Ordinarily persons below 2.0 regard the organisms in their vicinity as
MEST and this initiates the battle of the weak and the strong. Here is the
general at 1.5 who treats Private Jones as MEST: "Stand at attention! Sit
down! Stand up! Salute! About face! To the rear march! To the rear march!
To the rear march!!" MEST! In other words, the attempt to dominate by
nullification is to treat individuals as though they were MEST. And at some
point on the tone scale individuals react to this domination as MEST. Above
2.0 a person tries to understand people, what they are thinking, what they
are talking about, to reason with them in spite of the difficulty in trying
to maintain a level of agreement with those below the 2.0 band.
Human relations are often worked out in this society on a 2.0 basis;
worked out almost exclusively on a MEST basis with little attention to
theta. It is a matter of who dominates whom. Not too long ago women were
regarded as MEST, chattel. Racial prejudice is another fresh patch of blood
on the nation's history. In husband-wife relationships often one or the
other considers the companion MEST; one is made to function as a physical
universe entity and ARC is lost. Children too fall into the category of
MEST, except for a few rare cases raised in high-tone environment. "My
child," is often the parent's fond manner of alluding to his offspring. But
that isn't "my child." That is Bobby-a person in his own right. Socialism
sounds logical but seems never to attain its principles in practice
because, low on the tone scale, it becomes a fine mechanism for the few to
take everything away from the many. So we have the concept of interpersonal
relations on a MEST basis, which is not at all a solid basis for survival.
No one succeeds in owning another organism. It cannot be done.
Parents rarely give children a chance. To get angry with a child that
is angry is rather unfair. The parent is a giant who, compared with the
child, is about twelve feet high. The child acts in a "Little David"
fashion in order to impress the giant and to hold his own against it, but
the huge monster slaps back at him, saying, "Get mad at me, will you?" The
child's will is quickly suppressed.
Perhaps a child will say, "I want to go swimming, daddy."
The parent answers, "No, you can't go swimming today."
"But Jimmy Jones goes swimming all the time."
SUPPLEMENT NO. 3 to SCIENCE OF SURVIVAL
December, 1951
From
The Hubbard Dianetic Foundation, Inc.
Wichita, Kansas
MEST Processing
L. Ron Hubbard
The fundamental axiom underlying MEST processing concerns itself with
theta or life force impinging upon the physical universe and attempting the
conquest of that universe. In its conquest it attempts to create, conserve,
maintain, acquire, destroy, change, occupy, group and disperse matter,
energy, space and time-or MEST. The basic purpose of theta is survival and
one of its methods toward survival is this conquest.
THE CYCLE OF CONQUEST
Survival is promoted by the proximity of MEST favorable to survival
and by the absence of MEST inhibitive to survival. Theta is engaged upon a
cycle of conquest of MEST which begins with an initial uniting, is followed
by growth, which is followed by death so that the theta can separate from
the MEST with its knowledge about MEST and return for a re-conquest and
another cycle. Death could, then, be considered a necessary part of the
activity of theta. Death occurs to the organism, but not to the theta and
not to the MEST, although alteration takes place in mobility and form. The
organism, then, avoids death by avoiding contra-survival matters, energies,
spaces and times and by acquiring matters, energies, spaces and times which
promote survival. Succumbing to death is a gradient scale as outlined above
and as displayed on the tone scale. The loss of a small amount of pro-
survival MEST, then, inhibits survival by just that much. The acquisition
of contra-survival MEST or collision with it inhibits survival and promotes
death by just that much.
Theta comes into harmonious conquest of MEST and remains there as long
as it can maintain its own self-determinism in regard to what it is doing
with MEST. When any particular unit of theta is forced by MEST or any other
theta unit in its creation, conservation, maintenance, destruction,
acquisition, occupation and dispersal of MEST, it is disturbed in its
conquest; when it is inhibited by some other theta unit, some life organism
or MEST itself from creating, conserving, maintaining, acquiring,
destroying, altering, occupying, grouping and dispersing MEST, it is
failing in its mission. When it is being forced to do what it would
naturally do, when it is being inhibited from doing what it would naturally
do, it is driven down the tone scale and finally to separation.
Observe human beings around you, particularly children, and you will
see them going through this cycle. A child comes in and asks for a nickel.
He can't have the nickel. He asks again for a nickel, this time rather
antagonistically. He can't have the nickel. So he gets angry, has a
tantrum, beats his heels on the floor. He still can't have the nickel. He
becomes covert about wanting it, goes into grief, apathy, withdrawal. In
other words, he goes through the whole cycle of the tone scale about one
nickel. This is theta trying to acquire a piece of MEST.
Or consider theta in an attempt to destroy MEST as a part of its
conquest: A little boy wants to blow up a tin can with a firecracker. Papa
says no. So the boy says, "I am going to blow up this tin can with a
firecracker." "No." Tantrum. "Be still," says papa;
Copyright(�) 1951 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
"I said you can't go swimming."
The child drops rapidly down the tone scale into grief, and from there
into apathy. Finally he says, "I didn't want to go swimming anyway."
After this cycle of events has happened a number of times, he no
longer goes through the anger band, but drops instantly into apathy,
becoming an automatic reaction pattern. Eventually when the subject of
swimming is brought up he merely says that he doesn't like to go swimming,
giving as an excuse that the water hurts his ears or eyes. Unless a child
is growing up in a 3.0 or higher environ, he will encounter this negation
reaction pattern.
Individuals in the 3.0 band operate by using data and by exchanging
ideas; and children understand and use data as well as their parents.
Parents are likely to wonder what should be done about allowing a
child to run around tearing up his room and breaking things. The answer, of
course, is contained in the question: What is the child doing in a room
containing expensive MEST? Such a room is certainly not a match for his
limited data. See that he has a room in which there are toys that are his;
and if he breaks the toys, remember that they are his to break or care for
as he chooses.
ATTACKING SELF
As an individual follows the dwindling spiral downward in regard to
MEST, he attacks smaller and smaller spheres of activity or MEST. If he
fails on a large sphere, he attacks a smaller one, and failing that then
attacks yet a smaller sphere until finally there is but the last sphere
available for attack: His own body. Psychosomatic illnesses then become
chronic and the individual slides downward toward death. Thus we see that
when the theta of the individual is unable to extend itself over the
organisms and MEST in the environ, it begins to attack the organism itself,
for it seems to be inimical to theta to be owned or to be considered MEST.
The attack on the organism of self is an attack on the only MEST available
to the theta of the organism, and, more importantly, seems to be an effort
on the part of that theta to remove the organism from the living so as to
begin a new cycle with another organism where it may have a better chance
to survive at optimum.
SYMBOLOGY OF LANGUAGE
Words are symbols for MEST action. They take on meaning as they are
related to actual physical events. The definition of language is in terms
of the physical universe and all communication of ideas is accomplished in
terms of MEST communication. Language, then, becomes simply a symbol for
MEST reality or MEST imaginary objects offered as reality.
Language itself is not so aberrative as has been previously validated;
the aberrative factor is the MEST action underlying it. True enough,
language has some aberrative elements (as is evidenced in the sentence, "He
rowed the horse"), and the reactive mind has a glorious time with it. But
these words are only symbols of reality. In the warning, "The tiger is
biting you," the danger is not the words, but the fact of the tiger's
biting you-not the language but the MEST action involved. Symbols, compared
to the actual MEST actions, are unimportant in MEST processing.
A child of ten months gets into the sewing box. Mother can say, "Get
out," but what she says is not important. It is what she does. She
forcefully drags him out of the sewing box. The baby has learned the
meaning of a bit of language; hereafter "get out" means being pulled out of
the sewing box. Later baby observes papa being pushed away while mamma
says, "Leave baby alone and get out." And baby suddenly gets the idea of
leaving. How does he get this idea when the words are nothing but
vibrations in air? They are not painful. True, but they tie up with
something that was painful, that had reality-MEST action: Being pulled out
of a sewing box. Baby goes on growing up, seeing, smelling, tasting,
hearing, feeling, and somehow or other all the combinations of physical
contacts with the material universe add up eventually into language. He
learns by observing or experiencing with regard to matter, energy, space
and time. Later on
the actions become translated into symbols but the actions themselves are
basic on MEST chains.
Underneath all the action phrases which give most trouble in
processing-phrases which hold the preclear on the track, which misdirect
him, which deny him information, which cause information to be forced upon
him, which up-bounce and downbounce him and group his time-are MEST
observations. Meanings for these phrases are learned, after the prenatal
bank has been filled with engrams, by the preclear's observation of MEST.
The action phrase is only a phrase, so many syllables in the air, so many
marks on a piece of paper. The MEST action is actual and real, having to do
with motions. Each and every action phrase has its MEST counterpart.
Recovering a chain of MEST action locks is more important than recovering a
chain of action-phrase locks. Furthermore, every circuit in the case,
however it is stated, has its MEST counterpart.
A person has the feeling of going through space when he moves on the
time track. He thinks in terms of going up, down, sidewise; in reality, he
is only moving through time. He has come to think in terms of motion when
he is actually going through time because all the words that have been used
to describe this are actually in terms of MEST motion: Matter, energy,
space and time. To go up means to go up, so he is on the time track and
hits a phrase "go up," and he moves into present time. Stupid reactive
mind! It isn't the words "go up" that make him go up; it is the translation
of the phrase reinterpreted by all the times he observed going up or was
forced to go up physically. The swiftest method of causing the preclear to
recover from obedience to action phrases is to clear him on MEST action
locks, not on chains of phrases.
AIMS OF MEST PROCESSING
MEST processing deals with this root of aberration and physical
condition by calling for physical manifestation rather than words. In the
past the symbology of language was too often over-stressed to the neglect
of the force behind those words. MEST processing reaches into that strata
underlying language and processes the individual in the physical universe.
It processes his communication lines directed toward matter, energy, space
and time. With it words are used somewhat as dreams are used in
psychoanalysis, to demonstrate where the actual lock lies.
PROCEDURE
Several approaches can be used in MEST processing procedure. We might
begin by asking for a time when the preclear had an object taken away from
him; we are interested in the actual departure of the object, not in the
words which accompany the departure. Or we may find times when he drew his
hand away from objects. One simple act like this may have collected
hundreds of locks when the preclear drew his hand away from an object. A
phrase describing the drawing away of the hand is not nearly so important
and is not even considered to be a part of this chain.
We might ask the preclear, "Is there an action phrase in
restimulation?"
Yes.
"Could you give me the phrase?"
"Get up."
"All right. Do you remember a time when anyone made you get up?"
"Yeah, my mother used to say that all the time."
The auditor doesn't want the phrase; it is just a shadow. What he
wants to dig out is the time mother pulled the preclear out of bed. Or when
brother booted him out. That is the lock desired. Mother could have boosted
him out while saying, "Abracadabra. Baby needs a new pair of shoes." It
makes no difference what she said. You want his actual actions of having
had to get up.
Aberration on getting up could proceed either from being inhibited
from getting up or sitting down, or on being enforced in either. The
auditor and preclear seek for these. They search for the times the preclear
watched somebody get up; the times he had
to get up every morning at six; the times mother took him by the feet,
threw cold water in his face and got him downstairs, got some breakfast
into him and got him off to school. Trace down such a "getting up" chain to
the basic MEST action on the chain.
When a preclear is responding to too many holders, find the times he
was held and made to stay in one place. More important, find when he was
stopped. Who used to stop him? Who forced him into motion? What put him in
motion? The objective is to find what the words stand for.
When the preclear has remembered an incident called for by the
question asked, the auditor may request another such incident and yet
another and another as called for by the one question. In other words, each
question can designate a chain of locks to be scanned, a subject for
Repetitive Straight Wire. For example, the auditor asks, "Can you remember
a time when you were forced to stay in one place?"
"Yes."
"Is there an earlier time when you were forced to stay in one place?"
"Yes."
"Now, can you recall an earlier time," and so on to the earliest
incident on the chain.
The auditor should take particular care that he does not send the
preclear into major engrams or secondaries. If he does so, he must be
prepared to run out the incident as an engram or as a secondary, but only
if the preclear's position on the tone scale warrants it.
PRO-SURVIVAL/CONTRA-SURVIVAL PROCESSING
It will be noted that MEST processing can be divided into two
portions. One is devoted to pro-survival objects or actions; the other to
contra-survival objects. The difference between the pro-survival object and
the contra-survival object is as follows: Harmony exists for the individual
when a pro-survival object is near at hand and when the contra-survival
object is absent. A point of indecision is reached by the individual, which
is to say anxiety, when either a pro-survival object or a contra-survival
object is at an uncomfortable distance from him. The tone scale for this
purpose on the prosurvival object is, broadly: 4.0 when the pro-survival
object is in comfortable proximity; and on down the tone scale to 0.0 as
the pro-survival object, energy, space or time recedes and finally
disappears. In the matter of the contra-survival object: 4.0 represents the
absence of the contra-survival object, energy, space or time; and so on
down the tone scale to the point of 0.0 when the object engulfs by
proximity. The whole gamut of emotion is run in either case.
The validation technique, then, can be used in MEST processing by
straight-wiring times when pro-survival objects, energies, spaces and times
are in harmonious proximity, at least, not threatening to depart from the
preclear, and when contra-survival objects, energies, spaces and times are
entirely absent or, if in view at all, have no bearing on the preclear.
It might be noted that the period before the known approach of a pro-
survival object, energy, space or time may contain more theta than the
actual arrival, since this is anticipation toward a goal, and that the
period immediately after the recession or departure of a contra-survival
object, energy, space or time may contain theta. The achievement of
bringing pro-survival objects, energy, space or time into proximity and the
achievement of banishing contra-survival objects, energies, spaces and
times are apt to be nigh analytical moments containing considerable free
theta which is just idle after a long period of hard computation.
It should be mentioned again that the preclear must be impressed with
the fact that he is being asked for MEST activity and not the word symbols
describing activity. One of the ways to demonstrate this to the preclear is
to ask him for actual departures and arrivals rather than the stated news
that a departure or arrival has taken place.
It should be particularly noted by the auditor who is doing MEST
processing that he is most in danger of getting grief into restimulation
when a pro-survival object, energy, space or time has departed from the
preclear and when a contrasurvival object, energy, space or time has
approached too closely to be rejected.
Similarly, he will find the anxiety of fear or terror manifesting itself
when a prosurvival object is on the verge of becoming absent or when a
contra-survival object has come almost, but not quite, to the point where
it cannot be rejected. The auditor will find lying, deceit and covert
hostility where a pro-survival object, energy, space or time appears to be
on the verge of departing but has not decisively departed and when a contra-
survival object, energy, space or time has demonstrated its force but still
may be rejected. The auditor will find hate, anger and destruction
manifesting themselves when a pro-survival object, energy, space or time is
not actually departing but is not easily recalled and has already receded
and where a contra-survival object, energy, space or time is not yet
imminent enough to elicit fear but may still be destroyed. The auditor will
find antagonism exerted by the preclear toward pro-survival objects when
they are still in close proximity but are not quite under the control of
the individual and toward contra-survival objects when they appear to be a
threat but not yet a fixed threat to the individual. Boredom will be
manifested when pro-survival objects, energies, spaces or times have become
too distant to be in harmony but not distant enough to threaten actual
departure and when contra-survival objects are in sight but pose no real
threat to the individual. Happiness and cheerfulness will be found to
manifest when the prosurvival object is in comfortable proximity or
commingled with the individual and when the contra-survival objects,
energies, spaces and times are either absent or very distant.
PROCESSING MEMORY RECALLS
It is one of the primary axioms of MEST processing that what the
individual will do with MEST he will do with his own thoughts and ideas.
Thus, if he has been forced to leave alone a great deal of MEST, he will
leave alone a great many of his thoughts or perceptions or recalls. If he
is forced to accept MEST, he is compelled to remember, and obsessive
behavior will result. In other words, to improve the memory of this
preclear, it is necessary to bring into view all the MEST, or much of it,
which he has been forced to leave alone and to de-intensify the MEST which
has been forced upon him. Forgetting and remembering are the basic abstract
phrases of thought, so far as can be established at this time, for here the
names of things as things and spaces as spaces grow into the complexity of
the handling or rejecting of these objects and spaces.
Further, the same object, energy, space or time can be both pro-
survival and contra-survival. A knife can be pro-survival when working for
the individual and contrasurvival when working against him. This engenders
an indecision in the preclear which is highly destructive of his ability to
reason and make decisions and is a specialized source of anxiety. Mother,
for instance, may be and generally is a source of considerable pain and
restimulation and in this guise is contra-survival. However, the natural
love of a child for a parent and the meaning the parent has in terms of
food, clothing, shelter and care make this object a pro-survival one.
Hence, there is an indecisiveness and a lack of resolution on the subject
of mother. The same may be true of father or the grandparents. Evidently
the reason allies disappear from memory can be found in the axiom that an
individual approximates with his thoughts and memories his handling of MEST
and the handling by MEST of him. The departed ally is fulfilling the basic
definition of "forget" and departs in the thoughts as well. The mind can
set aside and refuse to consider an item which contains too much
indecision, with resulting occlusion. Here is the case of the mind
compartmenting itself, recognizing that to stay sane it must lay aside
insane subjects. Irrationality and indecision are, more or less,
synonymous.
MEST processing, then, is of basic importance because it underlies
thought and all symbols and communication representing thought. It dives
into the vital area of theta conquering MEST, attempting to rehabilitate
the individual's control and ownership of the organism and MEST in his
environ. By releasing charge on MEST action, it establishes self-
determinism in direct ratio to increased ability to handle MEST. Thus
processing an individual in the physical universe and his communication
lines directed toward matter, energy, space and time can raise him to a
level where theta can continue successfully in its mission of creating,
conserving, maintaining, acquiring, destroying, changing, occupying,
grouping and dispersing MEST.
HANDBOOK FOR PRECLEARS
by L. Ron Hubbard
Published
December 1951
Handbook for Preclears by L. Ron Hubbard was the main theme of the
Second Annual Conference of Hubbard Dianetic Auditors at which it was
introduced (see following page).
This book contains a list of the Logics and Axioms, several essays on
the ideal state of Man, and the Hubbard Chart of Attitudes. This chart is a
chart of attitudes towards life, and might be called a "button chart" for
it contains the major difficulties people have. It complements the Hubbard
Chart of Human Evaluation but was specially prepared for this volume and
type of processing. The book contains a large amount of data and is a
backbone book to the subject whether one is simply studying or applying.
Intended as a companion piece to Advanced Procedure and Axioms, its 15
self-processing acts parallel the 15 acts of the latter. It was designed
for use by the preclear as self-help, or as a workbook used by the preclear
working with an auditor, or as a workbook used wholly by an auditor on a
preclear.
192 pages, 2 illustrations, glossary, hardcover with dust jacket.
Available from your nearest Scientology Organization or Mission, or direct
from the publishers: Scientology Publications Organization, Jernbanegade 6,
1608 Copenhagen V, Denmark; or Church of Scientology Publications
Organization U.S., 2723 West Temple Street, Los Angeles, California, 90026,
U.S.A.
SECOND ANNUAL CONFERENCE OF
HUBBARD DIANETIC AUDITORS LECTURES
Wichita, Kansas
27-30 December 1951
"Dianetic enthusiasm again mounted high in Foundation Halls with the
arrival of the Second Annual Conference on December 27-30, 1951. Lectures,
refresher courses, intensives to facilitate handling new processing
approaches, renewing 'auld lang syne' were various objectives of attending
members.
"Lectures, demonstrations and seminars evolved around L. Ron Hubbard's
latest book, Handbook for Preclears, introduced at this meeting, and
Advanced Procedure and Axioms. His lectures presented mainly effort,
emotion and thought processing, cause and effect and life continuum. They
were delivered in the Crystal Room of the Shirkmere Hotel. Tapes of the
lectures are available."
-Dianetic Auditor's Bulletin, Volume 2, No. 6
5112C27A DCL-1A The Handbook for
Preclears
** 5112C27B DCL-1B Definition of terms,
Scientology and Milestone 1 defined
** 5112C28A DCL-2A Chart of Attitudes
** 5112C28B DCL-2B Chart of Attitudes, Part 2-
Life Continuum Theory
** 5112C29A DCL-3A The Goal of Processing (The
Ideal State of Man), Part I
** 5112C29B DCL-3B The Goal of Processing (The
Ideal State of Man), Part 11
* 5112C29 LECTURE Resolution of the Life
Continuum Problem
** 5112C29C DCL-4A Cause and Effect and Remarks
on Second Dynamic
** 5112C29D DCL-4B Use of Handbook for Preclears
and Self Analysis
** 5112C30A DCL-5A Effort Processing-Notes on
Children's Illnesses
** 5112C30B DCL-5B Effort Processing-Yes, No,
Maybe Remarks
Ron's Home, Wichita
31 December 1951
On the Monday following the December Conference a group of
Dianeticists met at Ron's home for an informal discussion on auditing
techniques. Having just attended his five lectures covering the latest
theories, everyone was eager to have Ron demonstrate his skill in their
practical use.
For a transcription of part of this discussion and demonstration, see
the article "An Afternoon with Ron" on page 196.
5112C31 LECTURE Counter-Efforts
5112C31 LECTURE Discussion at Ron's Home
* 5112C31 LECTURE Discussion at Ron's Home (cont.)
THE DIANETIC AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
Volume 2, No. 7 January, 195 2
Official Publication of
The Hubbard Dianetic Foundation, Inc.
Wichita, Kansas
An Afternoon with Ron
On the Monday following the December Conference lectures a group of
Foundation Affiliates and a few others met at Ron's home for an
informal discussion on auditing techniques. Having just attended his
five lectures covering the latest theories, everyone was eager to have
Mr. Hubbard demonstrate his skill in their practical use.
After about a half-hour of discussion one member of the group asked a
question concerning the chronic somatic of wearing glasses, about how
quickly physical adjustment is encountered following processing, and
to what degree. We pick up the conversation of the group at this point
and proceed, presenting everyone's comments verbatim. Mr. Hubbard's
remarks are italicized.
"If you have hit the real cause of having to wear glasses dead center,
the change is instantaneous. If you are merely unburdening the problems of
the preclear, his eyesight will get better gradually, up to a point. At
that point any further improvement is dependent upon hitting the central
computations on glasses. This obtains by running regret, blame, sympathy,
etc."
"I would like to remark on a funny thing that happened to me once. A
year ago I wore two pairs of glasses, one for everyday and one for reading.
This got to be quite routine, and one day I changed glasses to read
something someone handed me. I read the paper through and suddenly realized
that I had actually put on the day-glasses to do the reading. I immediately
put them back on, tried to read the paper again and couldn't."
"Tell me this: Who's dead?"
"In my family there was only my father who had glasses. He's dead,
yes."
"How did you cause his death?"
"I wouldn't say I caused his death-I contributed to his death . . .
that is, in a way."
"Well, how didn't you cause his death?"
"I didn't contribute to his death ...."
"Either way?"
"Maybe I might have contributed in one way ...."
"How? "
"He didn't like me. When I was crying around the house he used to get
disturbed. It's a long story."
"How old were you?"
"They adopted me. My parents were disappointed because I wasn't a
girl. And he didn't want me around. I disturbed him and the more
disturbance I caused ...."
"Do you remember thinking this just after his death?"
"Ah . . . I did think so."
"Who said so?"
"I forget now."
"Did anybody tell you?"
"I wouldn't think so. Because he died when I was away from home."
"Would there have been any possible way for you to have kept him
alive?"
"I thought of that."
"How could you have kept him alive?"
[* The Second Annual Conference of Hubbard Dianetic Auditors, held in
Wichita Kansas, Thursday through Sunday, December 27-30, 1951.]
Copyright (�)1951 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
"Ah . . . by financial support."
"You didn't give it to him?"
"No."
"Do you remember regretting this?"
"Yes."
"You contributed then. . . ?"
"In a sense. That is a computation."
"Do you remember an early period in your life when you wanted to
contribute?"
"I do, but rather vaguely, when I was a boy of six. He made me work to
contribute."
"Were you forced to contribute?"
"Yes."
"Did you want to contribute?"
"No."
"Did you want to before that?"
"I'm sorry, I didn't hear ...."
"Did you want to contribute before you were six? Do you remember
anything about that?"
"I don't understand."
"Were you made to do something that earlier you wanted to do ? "
"Well ... "
"Do you remember where you were when you regretted the contribution of
financial support?"
"Yes, very distinctly. I was eight-and-a-half years of age, and I
earned some money; he took the money away and bought me a pair of shoes,
one of the first pairs of shoes I had. I was glad to have the shoes, but I
didn't think it was justified to take my money away."
"Do you have a visio on that?"
"Yes!"
"The one visio that seems important to you-just get a feeling of
regret on it. "
"I see the shoes. They were nice shoes, and the name on them was
Salamander."
"Just run a little regret off that now. "
"I wasn't emotional about it."
"Can you run the feeling of blame concerning the shoes?"
(Silence)
"Let's run a little more regret. "
"The feeling of regret is a sensation of my own problems. A family
problem. Regret I can feel."
"What's another visio you've got there, other than the feeling about
shoes?"
"Other than the shoes?"
"Yes. "
"Oh ... I stole something, and father beat me pretty badly ...."
"Do you have a feeling of regret on that?"
"Yes."
"Do you have a feeling of blame on it?"
"Yes, because my mother was punished for it too. He shouldn't have
done that." (Strong emotion very much in evidence-then forced laughter.) "I
don't want to put on an exhibition here."
"But you asked me to audit you. "
"Oh, I appreciate that, too. All right."
"Feel the emotion of regret on that incident. " (Deep sigh) "Did you
succeed or fail in your effort to help your mother?"
"Neither. I would say I didn't succeed, and I didn't fail."
"Do you get the feeling of being thwarted in your effort to help her?"
"I don't quite ...." "Do you get the feeling of being thwarted in your
effort to help?"
"Sorry, I don't understand this word."
"What's the effort to hold you in place when you try to get up to help
her?"
"The effort is hate; in other words, the inability of the position I'm
in. He puts his knees on me, hits me and he pushes my face in the dirt."
"How do your eyes feel at that moment?"
"They feel closed and red, and I scream. I am crying, and they hurt."
"Do you get your effort to repel those blows?"
"Yes, I do."
"All right. Feel the effort again; your effort to get out of the dust.
"
"I rise up but he holds me down too tight. I scream and then my mother
comes, and with her help I am able to push myself up and get away."
"What emotion are you feeling at that moment?"
"Emotion of relief in a sense, like escaping an enclosure."
"Can you scan straight through this incident from the first moment
that he challenges you, right straight on to the end of it?"
"Yes."
"All right. Do so. "
"Shall I vocalize it?"
"No, just scan it through. " (Deep sigh, muscular movements of
shoulders, shudders.)
"I'm through it."
"All right. Let's pick it up from the first moment he touches you
there and get your feelings of repulsion and disgust and effort to help,
etc. "
(Long silence)
"Can you get a visio there of your mother in the house?"
"Yes."
"Fine. Any regret on that? Run the emotion of regret as you watch. "
"I have had a lot of emotion on it. A lot of grief."
"Have you run the grief out already?"
"Yes."
"All right. Can you get the feeling of trying to stop mother's feeling
of grief?"
"Stop her crying?"
"Yes. "
"I did tell her not to cry. I went over to her and said, 'Mamma, don't
cry,' and I cried too."
"Do you get a feeling of not really being able to help her there?"
"Yes, a feeling of helplessness."
"All right. Can you run that on the incident?"
"Yes. It's a mutual helplessness." (Speaks very softly, throat
constricted, tears flowing freely.)
"Who are you blaming in that incident?"
"Myself."
"How did you cause this?"
"I stole, she got punished. He beat us."
"Now can you find just before that your effort to stop him, to push
him away?"
"No."
"What effort did you make to get up and stop him?"
"I tried with my hands, of course." (Long interval of silence, pc's
shoulders heaving, deep emotion in evidence.) "I felt much stronger. I push
myself loose and I get away and he calls curses after me."
"Get your effort along that line. "
(Sigh) "All right." (Voice apathetic, although not deep apathy.) "Now
how far are you carrying it through?"
"Through to the point where he left."
"Let's pick it up at the first moment you are apprehended about the
theft, and scan the emotion on it straight on through to the end. "
(Silence for a few moments, then sighs) "I feel a tenseness on my
spine . . . tenseness ...."
"Scan the emotion. "
(Deep sigh, immediately) "I'm through now."
"Through to the end of it?"
"Uh huh."
"Okay. Let's pick it up at the beginning again, and scan the emotion
straight on through, with all its variations. "
"I remember now that I was out of valence-I saw myself." (Long
silence, then deep sigh) "All right."
"Let's contact the beginning now. I think you'll find a little more
variation of emotion in there this time than you've been running. All
right, again. "
(Immediate deep sigh, silence, voluble crying for a few moments, short
stretch of coughing, many tears) "All right."
"Let's contact it at the beginning again. There's probably even a
little more variation in the emotion, in there, through the incident. Let's
scan it again. "
(Grief less in evidence, blows nose, sighs deeply, finally speaks with
throat choked with grief.) "Most emotion is on my mother. I have my
mother's strong emotion." (Deep sobs, changing to sighs) "That's the end
now."
"All right. Let's scan through from the beginning to the end of it
again. There's still a little more emotion there. Let's contact it.
Straight through to the end. This time contact your though t stream. "
"Another incident comes up with a similar situation ...."
"Just roll this one. "
"He hits me . . . I'd like to kill him. I want to bite him, kick him;
I did scratch him." (Few moments of deep sighing, heavy breathing.) "I felt
his hate."
"Tell me when you reach the end of it. "
"Yes, I'm at the end."
"All right. Let's contact the first moment of it and get your
thoughts, or statements. You don't need to verbalize these as you swing
through, still running the emotion. "
"Pain down in here ...." (Indicates stomach, solar plexus. Emotion not
so deep as formerly. Light sighing.) "There's a lot of fear here."
"See if you can contact it. "
"My arm in this position presses into me." (Indicates arm folded
beneath his body. Very deep, shuddering sigh.) "All right."
"Okay. Did you get any of your thoughts?"
"Yes"
"Contact the beginning of it and scan through it, and pay particular
attention to your thoughts. What are the fears there?"
"Fear he might kill me."
"Yes, continue." (Deep sigh, says "All right," as breath expires.)
"Let's contact the first moment of it again. You'll probably find
earlier thoughts than you .... "
"Yes, I have many thoughts on it."
"All right, contact those and go right on through the incident again.
There may be a little more emotion that you can contact again. "
(Sighs, quiet, little display of grief.) "Uh huh."
"All right. Let's scan it again. " (Blows nose. Emotion light, little
display, sighs.) "All right."
"Okay. Let's contact it once more through the line. " (Few silent
moments, short sigh.) "All right."
"Let's contact it once more. " (Few-moment silence, again short sigh.)
"All right."
"Once again. " (Very short time, few seconds, indicates finished with
incident.) "All right, once more. "
"I don't have any more emotion on it."
"What particular thought in there is related to your eyes?"
"A burning sensation."
"Yes, but what is your thought related to that burning sensation ? "
"It hurts."
"Did you comment to yourself in the incident?"
"Uh huh. Because the tears bum."
"Let's sweep past that thought. "
"I had to be taken to a doctor. He used to give me eye drops. My
mother took me to him."
"Was he sympathetic?"
"Yes."
"All right, once more. Let's run past that postulate you made about
your eyes in the incident. "
"The ground is dirt, loose dirt-there was no floor-and he pushes my
head down and the dirt gets in my eyes." (Short silence follows.)
"All right. "
"Then I rub it-it hurts."
"Do you get your emotion there as that's occurring? "
"Yes."
"Let's run your emotion on through. "
(Short period of silence, deep sigh.) "I'm through it."
"Let's run it again. "
(Sobs again, blows nose. Indicates by gesture at end of incident.)
"Let's run it again. "
(Pc laughs heartily.) "Do you want to know why I laugh?"
"Why ? "
"From what you said about eyes I started to think right away of my
eyes and it brought me up to this point, present time, to when we started.
I'm laughing about how I didn't ask for it." (Laughs again, then quiets
down, silence, speaks again.) "It's light now."
"Let's run through that part about eyes again. "
(Coughs, shows some emotion.) "What I said about eyes comes through
again. A half-dozen incidents about eyes come through-when I went to a
doctor, and he said I was short-sighted and must wear glasses, and I didn't
want to wear glasses. I bought glasses and then didn't wear them. And then
later a friend said, 'You're crazy! You ought to wear glasses-you'll ruin
your eyes!' He somewhat persuaded me against my better judgment, and from
then on I have had to wear glasses. He told me to wear them all the time,
and I wear them all the time. All of this came up."
"Let's scan through the emotion on that whole incident again. "
"You mean the first incident?"
"On that incident we have been running. Scan the emotion straight
through. "
(Sigh of boredom.)
"All right, let's run it again and see if there is a little more
emotion there somewhere that we have not yet contacted. "
"There is a heaviness. (Short silence) I'm very much in present time.
As long as it's purely a demonstration, how would it be if you would finish
the session?"
"How about scanning it one more time?"
"I have a feeling of resisting."
"Who are you resisting?"
"I am resisting myself, of course. And for a reason."
"Who are you blaming in that incident?"
"A... that's...."
"Let's talk about that incident. Run the emotion of blame straight
through that incident. "
(Sighs) "Of course, I blame my father for everything."
"Let's run the emotion of blame again, straight through that incident.
"
(Shifts uncomfortably.)
"Something more show up?"
"It shifted, from the pressure in my spinal cord to-in here, on this
side." (Indicates shoulder.)
"Let's run the emotion of blame straight through that incident again.
" (Short silence, deep sigh.)
"Okay."
"Let's try it once more, this time get the postulates-your thoughts of
blame, as you go through it. "
"There's a whole chain of it (expresses exasperation) in relation to
the question; fear, regret and all other sorts of associations."
"Let's get the blame off just that one incident now, just that one.
Roll it straight through. "
"All right." (Long period of silence.) "In all fairness, I'm
resisting, and I feel that I am resisting."
"Now; just let me ask you this question: Who are you blaming there?"
"I'm blaming my father."
"All right. Has any of this blame slopped over into present time?"
"Yes."
"Are you blaming your auditor a little bit because he is keeping you
going on this?"
"No."
"Who are you blaming in present time on this same emotion?"
"I wouldn't call it blame. I'd rather call it an awareness of having
my analytical awareness in the incident here; I somehow keep on a given
level and not let go completely, because if I let go completely I will cry
a lot."
"Get your postulate in that incident that you're 'sure not going to
show him.' "
"I never wanted to show him I would cry." (Hearty laughter.) "I didn't
want to show him that he wins." (More laughter.) "That's right."
"What do you want to do with this incident now?"
"I would like to have it run again. I'm an auditor myself."
"Do you think there is very much grief left on it?"
"No, but still I feel it a little bit."
"Sweep past the portion of it where you feel it in there. " (Laughter,
deep sigh.) "Find it?"
"Uh huh."
"What postulate is it?"
"It's actually, in a sense, a visio of a channel of grief related to
similar incidents."
"Another incident there?"
"Yes, a whole ...."
"Is there a tie-in in that incident when you think that this is going
to keep on going, or it's always this way, or a feeling of despair about
it?" "No." "Is there a feeling there that this is like many other times?"
"Yes."
"All right. Let's run that feeling in this incident. " (Silence, deep
sigh.)
"I'm through it."
"Got it?"
"Yes."
"Let's sweep through that a couple more times. "
"As much as I try on this particular incident, they pop up. I try not
to, but ...."
"What's the atmosphere of present time?"
"Awareness."
"Awareness of what? What is the counter-emotion of present time?"
"To resist."
"The counter-emotion of present time. "
"The people in the room are having a counter-emotion."
"Do you feel that?"
"Yes."
"All right. Let's feel it in your shoulders. "
"It has a little pressure, an effected pressure."
"Let's feel it in your back. "
"Yes ...."
"Let's feel it in your knees. "
"They're getting cold." (Laughter.)
"Let's feel it in your chest. "
(No response.)
"Is this atmosphere here friendly; unfriendly? How would you classify
it?"
"A little too friendly."
"Can you feel that?"
"Yes, I feel sympathy, sort of." (Laughter.)
"How does it feel?"
"I don't like it."
"How does it feel to your eyes?"
"My eyes are a little watery."
"How does this atmosphere feel to your eyes?"
"I wouldn't say I have a specific feeling."
"How does it feel to your nose?"
"My nose feels clear; I had a cold."
"How does the chair feel under you?"
"Okay."
"Feel the chair under you ? "
"Uh huh."
"All right. What's the atmosphere of the room, now? How does it feel
to your eyes, or to your eyelids as they are closed ?"
"A feeling that everybody's eyes are directed towards me."
"How does it feel to your shoulders?"
"Not bad."
"Your elbows?"
"There's a little-I don't know what to attribute it to-a little
tenseness, a little rigidity, I would say."
"Is that tenseness in the room here?"
"No."
"How does the room here feel to you?"
"I feel a little ... a little ... embarrassed ...." (Laughter.)
"All right. Let's call that the end of the demonstration."
"Thank you very much." (Opens eyes, sits up, reaches for glasses, puts
them on, takes them off and wipes them, puts them on again.)
"Do you mind if I discuss with the group what we were doing and the
reasons for it?"
"Not at all! In fact, if any questions are in the mind of anyone
present, I'd be very happy to answer them ...."
(Hubbard now speaks to entire group. No indication will be made as to
the identity of the individual asking any particular question. Hubbard's
remarks continue to be italicized.)
"You notice that the computation came up immediately when we scanned a
little regret and blame. Did you see how it works?
"Next step was to try to find out something about a life-continuum in
operation. This indicates the presence of personnel. Then we sought for a
little regret on the individual concerned, worked with that for a moment,
and suddenly the preclear dropped right into an incident, obviously the
'stuck incident. Instead of running the effort out of this incident we
began by running the emotions therein, one right after another. After
working like this for a short time-for demonstration purposes not as long
as I would have run it in a regular session-one knew immediately the
postulates were beginning to fall out of the emotion. The postulates having
begun to show up, we began to
run them. Running the postulates brought the preclear into a little closer
contact with the incident, and suddenly some more emotion showed up. So we
ran emotion and more postulates appeared. Suddenly we are confronted with
all sorts of material, indicating with certainty that there must be an
'endure ' in action. 'Endure ' gives the feeling that an incident will go
on for a long, long time. The continued unwillingness to express emotion
definitely demonstrated a postulate suppressing that emotion.
"Remember old-time Repeater Technique! In those days when the preclear
said, 'Well, I feel too hot, ' the auditor fired back, 'Well, run "too hot.
" ' You've all worked Repeater that way. We have a Repeater Technique in
Postulate Processing which is not a harmful technique. There is a postulate
present in every incident describing what the individual believes is wrong.
If he says, 'I can 't show emotion, ' there's a postulate that suppresses
emotion. If he says he feels too tall, there's a postulate there that makes
him feel too tall. This, however, can be overdone when used as a method of
processing. Don't wish off on your preclear a flock of postulates that he
doesn't know are there.
"Running the incident will eventually cause that postulate to come up,
and it's much better just to let it come up than to force it. But if your
preclear is having a rough time of it and you decide that you'd like to
remove a particularly bothersome postulate, just ask if there is such a
postulate there. He will either observe that he is to some degree
dramatizing and will look for it hurriedly, or he will not recognize that
he is dramatizing. If you find that it is necessary to feed postulates on a
suggestive basis, it is because the incident is soggy with emotion. This,
then, is your monitor: How much emotion is present?
"Any of the central computation incidents will furnish almost
unbearable pressure, as you will readily agree. It would be difficult not
to emote on such an incident. There were two choices of procedure if that
incident had hung up in any way-recall that he constantly mentioned
alternate incidents-we could have run those variations or we could have
picked up all the sympathy from the doctor. Sympathy affords a slight value
to the continued wearing of glasses; and from this deduction we might have
gone out on this track wherein the sympathy given by various doctors would
be run.
"It would have been possible to complete the running of the entire
incident without any discussion whatsoever of life-continuum, by running
the emotional curve. When a preclear is asked to run the emotional curve,
he will almost invariably present several incidents of various kinds, and
eventually hand you the central computation. The running of the emotional
curve will take the preclear quickly to the central computation.
"This particular incident, the beating, was preceded by the overt act,
which, failing, became sympathy. The overt act in which he tried to protect
his mother was picked up, but there is a more precise and central incident
available in which he will be found to be protecting his mother, or trying
to protect her and failing. Against whom was the earliest overt incident
directed?"
"Mamma!"
"That's right. The preclear did something against mamma at a very
early age, and now has to defend mamma. He weakened a portion of the
interdependency of life by the overt act against mamma, and therefore takes
it upon himself to assume the responsibility to defend that portion from
then on. The grief and sympathy is a product of the earliest overt act
against mamma. Doctors, sympathizing with the preclear's eyes, restimulated
his feeling toward his mother. Each time they gave him sympathy they turned
on the original overt act and depressed him down the tone scale. Sympathy
re-echoes the original overt act against some portion of the dynamics.
"The effort the preclear made to defend mamma tipped us off
immediately that mamma had been offended against, overtly and with full
self-determinism. He didn't necessarily crave the sympathy from the
doctors, but he accepted it, keeping the overt incident keyed in.
"This, then, is the viciousness of sympathy: because one 'sins against
one of the dynamics, ever afterward, through the key-in of sympathy, one is
forced to defend that dynamic against all enemies, real or fancied. "
"What kind of an act could one commit which would be against all
mankind?"
"I don't know, off hand. What kind of an act do you think it would be?"
"I suppose, to separate oneself from mankind."
"Yes, how would one do this?"
"Since I'm not computing out of my own case, I can't answer."
"All right. The preclear will tell you. You as the auditor don't even
have to know. You have only to start running regret, blame and sympathy and
the preclear will hand you the central computation. If he's so sympathetic
he has to protect all mankind, he's offended against every one of the
dynamics. "
"How would one offend against all dynamics?"
"One of the ways would be to offend against one's own form and shape.
An individual who may make himself weak or ridiculous somehow or other
computes that he caused a man harm and therefore has made all men appear
weak or ridiculous. Each person is a representative, an ambassador of a
race, and when one makes a confounded fool out of oneself, he, to some
degree, offends against the entire race. "
"It could go from dynamic one to eight to four, couldn't it?"
"Any number of combinations. Everyone has his own idea of what this
combination is. The auditor has the 'fortune telling cards, ' which
invariably furnish him with the correct computation.
"Let's run over the steps again: There is basically an overt act
against one dynamic, followed by a later effort which fails and is, of
course, followed by sympathy. Then there is a later effort to defend that
dynamic against any offender, which is essentially defending the world
against oneself. Look for a time when failure occurred on that defense.
Therein will be the computation. There will be several of these on each
case. "
"This might be a very profitable cycle to run just by itself."
"It is. "
"With this method of computation in mind, what makes an atheist?"
"For an atheist God does not exist, or he unreasonably hates God. "
"Why should one hate God?"
"You have the formula. First there is an overt act. There is offense
against something and sympathy for it thereafter; that's the first step.
Later the atheist is simply defending against other offenders this entity
which he once offended. Ask, 'Who is this person sympathetic toward? What
is this person sympathetic toward? How did God offend against this entity?'
Go early enough and you will discover that the preclear thought God
offended this person. Processing with these steps solidly in mind,
incidents can be disconnected, and you get the computation on the case. "
"I have a question. When you locate the original incident in which the
preclear commits the overt act, how do you work with it?"
"With the emotional curve. Run the offense as another incident. At
first the person will not care too greatly about it; then suddenly he will
put forth an effort to force something through. His tone will degenerate
into anger, then go on down the tone scale, because the person fails the
moment the other dynamic fails. In the incident his anger only hurt the
other dynamic. What he had wanted to accomplish by his overt act was
action, and what he succeeded in accomplishing was inaction. So he has a
failure on his hands and goes into sympathy. "
"You just use the scanning technique, then, to get off the grief. Is
that correct?"
"Yes, that's correct. Don't bother to verbalize-it takes too much
time. Notice how fast our preclear was rolling through the stuff today. How
long would that take under the old standard line of running? True, he still
has grief on that particular line, but not necessarily on the one incident.
We could unburden it now by continuing to run similar incidents, picking up
sympathy and regret, or by trying to find the overt act against mamma. It
wouldn't take long to blow it.
"Somebody recently said to me, 'I can spend hours just running one
grief charge. ' If you spend hours running a grief charge, this grief is
not prepared to blow. There's just too much of it. You can scan through it
for thought; thought is relatively instantaneous. "
"Ron, for the benefit of the group, while I was being run, I had a
concept of a tube, a round tube. Grief seemed to be coming from a whole
line of incidents through
that one tube, or incident. I felt I could cry for all the incidents just
in this one alone."
"That's correct; there is only one emotional curve. "
"It tends to drain off where you tap it then."
"That's right. Let's work out some computations using this auditing
technique. A fellow is very protective of his little brother; he hates his
grandmother. All right, what happened ?"
"Grandmother made him come in for meals at a certain hour."
"What's the whole picture, the whole curve?"
"Well, he hated little brother at first, then he sympathized with
him."
"He hated him and then what did he do?"
"He hurt him."
"And then what did he feel?"
"Regret, sympathy, remorse, shame."
"Go ahead. "
"Somebody tried to hurt little brother and he tried to protect little
brother. This effort failed."
"Who was the person who tried to hurt little brother?"
"Grandmother."
"That's right. Who's the villain of the piece?"
"He is."
"Who has he elected to be the villain?"
"Grandmother."
"All right. Now try this one: A girl feels very sympathetic toward
animals and hates men. "
"It has something to do with men in her life."
"Men in her life?"
"She has harmed an animal, then identified that animal with all
animals."
"Forget what she has identified; what has she done?"
"She felt sympathetic for the animal."
"She doesn't identify it: she'll only feel sympathetic toward one kind
of animal in each incident."
"She is trying to protect the animal from some man."
"The girl loves animals; she hates men. She thinks animals are too
darling, and people are cruel to them. All right, what's happened?"
"Well, first she has harmed an animal, then felt sympathy and tried to
protect the anima,', failed, then she ...."
"Right! You see, it's a specific drama that is played over and over. "
"Mr. Hubbard, I would like to know how hate comes off a case. By
pounding, beating the cot, etc.?"
"Not necessarily. Sometimes it does become rather violent. It isn't
necessary to get the preclear to articulate every phrase; the phrases
aren't important. "
"Ron, you emphasized here that phrases are not important. I have found
in many cases that a phrase leads into grief."
"You're forcing a person into a secondary. There is no doubt that this
phenomenon exists. But do you recall when I said that you want to get this
preclear up the tone scale past the counter-effort band? The fastest way to
speed him to the top is the best way. Validating language as aberrative
will slow his time en route.
"There seems to be some relation between emotion, the ability of the
person to handle counter-efforts and the type of phenomena evidenced.
Hanging onto 'maybes' slows progress also, and should be watched.
Theoretically, you should be able to make a preclear a fortified man
between the time he leaves home in the morning and returns at night.
Environmental restimulation in home or work is relatively ineffective now.
"But shall we cover these factors once more? The auditor finds the
individual is sympathetic towards some portion of the dynamics and is
antagonistic toward another portion. There is a sympathy line and an
antagonistic line. Some persons pick out an antagonist for a sympathy line;
thus sympathy and antagonism can come to be intermingled. The auditor knows
immediately that the individual has sometime offended
the thing towards which he is sympathetic. This sympathy could have
wavered; it could have gone back to further antagonism and back again to
sympathy. In other words, the preclear swings on this curve. The feeling
could be, 'I hate you, poor thing, ' alternating between hating and
sympathizing. The individual continues to dramatize the original curve on
this subject.
"If the preclear says, 'I love my brother, but I hate him, ' the
auditor asks, 'What did you do to him?' 'I took his car.... ' You run down
the original incident to where he hit his brother over the head with a
flatiron. His brother felt very cold afterwards, and suddenly he realized
he had offended against life. Then he felt sympathy for his brother. Four
hours later the brother revived, discovered the head injury, got a baseball
bat and banged his torturer over the head. The preclear could wear the
somatic of being hit over the head with a bat as the cause and reason for
the hatred of the brother. He wears it as a badge that he has been offended
against.
"At the bottom of a case is overt sympathy. Later the individual
defends this entity against an antagonist. He either has to defend against
the new antagonist or be the antagonist. So one has to hate, and the reason
one hates is an effort to reject being something one does not care to be.
(Turns attention to the preclear.) "How do your eyes feel? Did they
change any?"
"I have been paying attention to you, not my eyes."
"How about your eyes right now?"
"I feel my glasses need cleaning. I seem to see every speck of dust on
the glass where it made no difference before."
"Here is an item which all of you might want to tuck into your
notebooks: The absence of visio is the assignment of a tremendous amount of
CA USE to another individual. A dub-in is a picture of somebody telling a
story, and that somebody is occluded. A dub-in case has been surrounded by
persons who constantly evaluated situations FOR the individual. His next
step after occlusion is pictures. "
"I would like to ask about a preclear who has been psychoanalyzed. He
runs symbolic garbage for hours on the second dynamic with very little
fact."
"He is paying a penalty, as many of these cases are-self-punishment.
Scan the analysis and run sympathy on doctors. "
"This rather explains the work of a chiropractor, doesn't it? He keys
out the nerve block and interrupts the action of the facsimile. When the
individual becomes restimulated because of the original overt act, it keys
in again. So he goes back to the doctor for another unblocking."
"Check. A chiropractor brings a person up to present time but doesn't
necessarily help him there. The use of tactile communication sometimes
produces very marked results. The danger is that tactile can readily place
the preclear in a hypnotic trance. "
"But tactile is touch. How does tactile cause trance?"
"Communication is defined as the use of those sense channels with
which the individual contacts the physical universe. Any enforced
communication will cause hypnosis. That is what hypnotism is: an enforced
communication channel. "
"But touching a catatonic will sometimes cause his first moves toward
...."
"Certainly, because he goes into communication with you. But constant,
monotonous stroking fixates attention units to that sense channel. Your
desire is to accomplish an unfixed present-time attention, so should you
use tactile, use it with randomness and not with a static stroke. Rather
than stroking a man's back over and over, reach up every so often and hit
him on the side of the head. "
(Nearing the end of the discussion, the group again directs interest
to the preclear of the day.)
"Will you be audited when you get home?"
"Yes"
"And will you have a copy of this tape?"
"Yes."
"Make certain your auditor listens to it before running you. You are
only three or four hours from taking your glasses off for keeps."
WICHITA FOUNDATION LECTURES
Wichita, Kansas
1 January-8 February 1952
L. Ron Hubbard gave the following lectures to students at the Wichita
Foundation in January-February, 1952.
* 5201C01 LECTURE A Service Facsimile
* 5201C07A LECTURE Survival
* 5201C07B LECTURE Question and Answer Period
5201C11 LECTURE The Service Facsimile
* 5201C14 LECTURE The Emotional Curve
5201C14A LECTURE Some Aspects of Dianetics on Society: the time
element
required for body to repair after Dianetics
5201C14B LECTURE Some Aspects of Dianetics on Society (cont.)
5201C21 LECTURE The Anatomy of the "Overt Act"
5201C21 LECTURE The Anatomy of the "Overt Act" (cont.)
5201C28 LECTURE The Anatomy of "Service Facsimile"
* 5201C29 HDFL Anatomy of Service Facsimiles (evening lecture)
5202C02 LECTURE Psychogalvanometer, Mysticism Groups
* 5202C08 LECTURE Summary of Service Fac Chain
See page 315 for further data on the technical developments of this
time.
LRH TAPE LECTURE
Arcadia Theatre, Wichita
6 February 1952
On 6 February 1952 L. Ron Hubbard addressed the general public,
including many members of the faculty and student bodies of the Wichita and
Friends Universities, at the Arcadia Theatre in Wichita, Kansas. He
announced "what may be the successful accomplishment of the knowledge and
skills necessary to alter the basic nature of Man" and "that the savage and
criminal instincts of Man can be eradicated, permitting him to attain at
last a civilized culture in its true sense."
5202C06 LECTURE Dianetics, The Modern Miracle
THE DIANETIC AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
Volume 2, No. 8 February, 1952
Official Publication of
The Hubbard Dianetic Foundation, Inc.
Wichita, Kansas
Cause and Effect
From a Lecture by
L. Ron Hubbard
Each individual is representative of cause on all eight dynamics.
Whether there is a common source of all life, with man a mere
representative of that common cause, with all its characteristics, or
whether an individual appears from an independent source is beside the
point. Each individual is the potential of causation in any field of action
anywhere-self, children, groups, mankind, the physical universe, all life
and even the static self. Man is cause. When he is unable to be cause on
any dynamic, he has failed.
Cause and effect necessarily inter-operate as a person experiences
life. In order to live a man must have motion; hence he is forced to be
effect at times as well as cause. For a certain length of time he can be
cause only, without action, but cause without action is above 20.0 on the
tone scale and is potential cause. A man can potentially pick up an ash
tray. He postulated, "At this moment I am the cause of movement of this ash
tray." Then he moves it; but he had to come down the tone scale into an
optimum range of being in order to move the object.
When one decides to eat one becomes cause; the moment one eats he then
becomes effect. A person is cause, then, before he becomes effect; becoming
effect, it is not difficult to continue so until he becomes cause again. A
young man may suddenly decide that he is tired of his daily routine, quit
his job, buy a motorcycle and ride to Puget Sound. He became cause again,
for a while perhaps, by deserting everything which was making him an
effect. But to a large degree he deserted himself on the First Dynamic by
so doing, almost as if he were dead. He began a new existence, and a new
self. In such a manner does an individual become a chain of effects. When
he achieves the utmost in effect, the individual is dead. Full effect is
MEST-a dead body. Life, then, is an interplay of cause and effect.
Cause always precedes effect. The Prime Cause or thought of each
individual was "To be," the decision to move from a state of not-beingness
to a state of beingness; it was moving from Faith, the potentially
causative life static, into active existence. Once undertaken, the decision
"To be" enters into the sphere of motion or activity in life and continues
thereon with consistency. The only thing that can happen after "To be" is
modification. Upon the first decision, "I am now going to be," an
individual starts handling motion; and as long as he handles motion, he is.
And even when motion is handling him, he still is!
Each human being began with the Prime Postulate "To be" as he emerged
from cause into the state of being. All decisions thereafter are but
modifications of "To be" or "Not to be." As long as an individual answers
positively, as long as he makes clean-cut decisions "To be" or clean-cut
decisions "Not to be" on any subject, he remains sane regardless of
external threats. But between the two confusion results. "No" is a state of
not-beingness; "Yes" a state of beingness. The in-between state is "Maybe"
and leads to insanity.
Adults usually force children into "Maybe" roles sooner or later.
Innately, a child "knows" his prime postulate "To be" or "To cause."
Meeting force and opposition, he enters a 'Maybe" existence, no longer
quite the self-determined individual he started out to be.
Copyright(�) 1951 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
ELECTIVE RANDOMITY
Oddly enough, at the time the individual made the original decision
"To be," he was in a state of "Knowing." He knew everything there was to
know. He knew, yet pretended he did not know, since that is the way to
achieve action and progress. Such pretense provides the individual with
counter-effort to overcome. Simply postulating that there is something
outside himself which he does not control, of which he is not cause,
produces motion. Thus, man, to experience, chooses randomity.
Man creates artificial mechanisms for developing such randomity.
Government is divided into two opposed groups, the Democrats and the
Republicans, for such a useful pretense. A university sets the "pinks"
against the "yellows" so the school can fight itself and get action.
Knowledge is as a circle: At one point everything is known; at an
adjacent point nothing is known. Illustrating this somewhat, the Egyptians
had a meaningful character that is still carried forward on tarot cards.
This person is pictured as proceeding down a road, blindfolded, with an
alligator snapping at his heels. He knows everything, but uses none of his
knowledge. There is a difference in having Faith and applying Faith, in
having Knowledge and using Knowledge. With knowing there is potential
action; hence people scatter throughout the world, learning, pretending all
manner of things in a battle for existence.
Man is innately trying to maintain himself as cause on eight dynamics
and trying not to be effect on any, because the state of not-beingness is
the state of being affected by an exterior cause, and the state of
beingness is the state of cause. Even at 1.1 an individual is still cause;
he is less cause than he is effect but he is still trying. At 1.5 an
individual is more overtly cause, demonstrating by destruction-it is easy
to "cause" destruction but it takes great skill to construct. The highest
point of the one scale is "I am-I know." The lowest point is "I am not-I do
not know." As an individual descends the tone scale he does not cease to be
cause until he is dead; then, evidently, he becomes the cause of a new
self.
DESIRE FOR EFFECT
A person must want to be aberrated before he becomes aberrated. One
has to have the desire to be effect in the areas where he is aberrated or
on the subject of his aberration before he can suffer entheta to enter on
that channel.
Freud was nearly right in his libido theory. An individual usually
wants to be the most effect along the Second Dynamic. Along the Second
Dynamic it is often the case that an individual does not desire to be cause-
children are troublesome to raise, difficult to bear, and are usually
frowned upon by society if born out of wedlock. On the subject of love
people usually want to be effect; failing in this they easily accept
negative effects.
Similarly, one may choose to sit in a theater and be affected, or
desire to experience through art and music. When one fails in some way or
other in experiencing the wanted effect, he becomes the effect of effect,
rather than the cause of effect. He desires to receive sensations from life
and fails to bring his desire into fruition.
INTERACTION OF MIND AND BODY
There is an interplay on the cause and effect level between the human
mind and the human body. The human mind is cause and the human body is
effect, especially noticeable with mystics who make the body an effect
through negation. Bodily activity is associated with ability to be cause.
During the bombing of London there were few, if any, individuals who went
psychotic. The body during times of stress such as the bombing of London is
so busy affecting, being cause of rescue and reconstruction, so busy
keeping the body alive, that the mind stays sane. Action, in other words,
is causative.
GROUP RELATIONSHIPS
In the fields of theta and MEST there are certain causes which are
looked upon as natural laws or parts of a system. Operating within a group
consistently following within these laws, the individual survives well; but
trying to operate within a group which is unobservant of these laws, the
individual is made an effect.
During the war, one man-of-war was used as a laboratory for learning
how groups of men operate under stress, and whether the old naval code of
the flog and brig are necessary for handling men. When one hundred and ten
men were challenged with the idea that they could survive the war if each
and every one of them took full responsibility for the ship, one hundred
ten men arose to the challenge. Order came upon the ship. Seamen Second
Class whipped their deck into perfect cleanliness to enable them to point
out grease spots in the engine room. A court of justice was organized on
the men's own volition, and no further justice was needed from the captain.
They invented and imposed regulations resulting in satisfactory discipline.
Basic to such unqualified success was the theory that every individual is
cause on all dynamics, and when he is no longer able to be cause, he fails.
Individuals work better together when each one knows he is cause and is
permitted to operate as such. They cease bickering and work out a smooth
operation when each functions as "I am. " They forget the interplay of
wishing onto one another the less tasteful tasks which are necessary in any
well-running organization.
Through the pattern of social training human beings have been taught
that in order to get compliance and cooperation from another individual
that individual must be threatened with starvation, loss of security, cuts
in pay and other scarcities. But individuation gives power. When one is
worrying about his own power, he is a sick man. When he tries to rule for
the sake of ruling, he is afraid to be cause. He so distrusts others around
him that he cannot feel safe unless he has complete control over them.
Exemplary of these were Hitler, Napoleon and Alexander the Great.
These points are all very pertinent to dianetic processing.
Those undergoing processing have been raised in an atmosphere
dominated by one individual around whom others were an effect. The auditor
must discover whether his preclear is still trying to be cause, or if he
has resigned himself to being effect.
RESPONSIBILITY FOR ONE'S MEMORIES
A chief impediment against progress stems from a refusal by an
individual to take full responsibility for his theta facsimiles. He tries
to think away an unpleasant memory, blames it, plays volley ball with it,
so to speak. For every ache and pain there is a memory for which a person
will not take responsibility. Electing something outside his sphere of
control as cause for that memory, he loses its control. Thousands of
persons wear glasses because of a theta facsimile for which they refuse to
take responsibility; other thousands suffer daily with headaches. And each
facsimile becomes more painful or more troublesome as long as the
individual allows it to control.
When one individual assigns cause to another entity, he delivers power
to that entity. This assignment may be called blame, the arbitrary election
of cause. Blaming something else makes that something else cause; and as
that cause takes on power, the individual in the same act loses control and
becomes effect. Assigning an enemy as cause, then, is a most efficacious
method of making him powerful and self weak. When one ceases to handle a
theta facsimile, it begins to handle him. When one settles down to using
one's own memory and assuming responsibility for it, its ability to harm
disappears. Processing is slanted toward reconditioning the ability of the
individual himself to handle his own memory package.
Perhaps the most obvious symptom of the preclear who is low on the
tone scale is failure to take responsibility. Not only is he anxious to
avoid responsibility, but he assigns cause to various things by blaming
others as well as his environment. Efforts towards social approval may lead
him to place blame for his failings on others. Bill Jones desires to be "in
the groove," in complete ARC with everybody and everything
in his environment. Everyone approves of Bill, but even so, he develops
psychosomatic illnesses. He is trying so desperately to be approved by
everyone that there is really no Bill left. He resigns all his independence
and in short, himself. Life is restored for Bill by giving him back
responsibility for his memories.
A person who constantly reiterates, "It's my fault; I am to blame," is
sidestepping cause as much as is the individual who places blame on other
sources. His pattern of thinking moves similar to this: "I'm sorry that I
caused it; I'm sorry that I am cause; I'm sorry I'm alive; I regret being
an active causative force." When he regrets being cause, he is making a
declaration that he is not cause. Postulating that he is not cause, he must
then find something to blame. This is the mechanism of rationalization. Any
and all rationalization becomes assignment of cause.
A man is late for work: Full of regret, he walks into the office,
blaming others- "The car broke down. The motor wouldn't start. My wife
didn't get me up in time, anyway." Or he may blame self: "It's all my
fault. I never get around in time for anything. I can't seem to do anything
right." Either way, he is failing to be cause. Contrast the difference in
the person willing to accept full responsibility for his tardiness.
Entering the office buoyantly and seeing questioning eyes, some such
comment as "Well, I'm late" suffices; and he plunges into work without
negating to the bottom of the tone scale. This man controls environment and
his own theta facsimiles.
PROCESSING CAUSE AND EFFECT
Just as a preclear must be processed up to self-determinism, so must
he be processed into full responsibility for everything that goes on in the
universe. Somewhere en route he may be expected to come into a static state
on a high level where he elects to be cause of everything. From there he
comes down into action. A little journey up through static and down again,
and the individual will go out and elect randomity in order to stay in
motion.
The auditor should try to rehabilitate an individual to be cause on
all dynamics. One approach is to scan the times he was willing or unwilling
to be cause: What has the preclear been willing to cause? Did he carry it
out? Who or what made him fail? When did he want to be cause and become
effect? What in his past did he cause that he did not desire to cause? Scan
this willingness and unwillingness to be cause on all the dynamics. Make a
list of all the things he ever desired to be but which somebody else
postulated he could not be. Guilt, grief and sympathy will appear.
Then scan willing and unwilling with effect: When was the person
willing to be effect? Just before the point at which an individual was
willing to be effect, there is usually a failure on the part of that
person. Question the preclear: "Of what are you unwilling to be the effect?
What kind of effect are you unwilling to be? What kind of effect are you
willing to be?"
Postulates lie at the root of cause and effect. Of primary importance
is the individual's desire to be affected by life. At some time he decided
to be affected by his environment since he was not getting fun out of being
cause. He wanted life to push him around awhile. He got his wish; life
affected him. Those postulates should be found.
There were times, too, when each individual knew full well that he was
posing pretenses in order to achieve action. Pick up these postulates while
processing and the preclear rises in tone. Especially pick up the moment
when he no longer considered them to be pretenses. At that point life
became serious.
SERIOUSNESS
Nearly everyone has had to convince somebody that they were valuable
to the group.
Many individuals who were having fun in their activities have had to
convince somebody else that they were valuable to the group. The group has
long felt that people making a contribution should be solemn-faced, arduous
and hard-working.
When someone accuses, "That isn't really serious business. You should
buckle down to your schoolbooks," a child has to invent excuses as, "Oh, I
am doing this to learn all about machinery," even though he may only have
been taking to pieces an old alarm clock. There is an occasional husband
who is forced to convince his wife each evening that he put in a slavish
day at work, when actually he enjoys the stories, the jokes on the foreman
and the daily routine. Later he wonders why the work becomes so serious and
such a drudgery. When one pretends about this business of living, he has to
match up to his pretense.
When life becomes serious, a man becomes less cause and greater
effect. If life gets really serious, his value drops to practically zero.
Driving a car can become such serious business that one can wreck the car.
Running a business can become so serious as to make it fail. There is a
direct connection between insanity and seriousness:
Right Wrong
Cause Effect
Not Serious Serious
What is the emotion of thinking something is serious? Scan it. Scan
all the seriousness off the case. It is only when an individual progresses
in life to a point where much seriousness is attached to things that he
begins to have a hard time. The ancient Italian really knew what he was
about when he considered that the only psychotherapy was laughter.
WHAT IS HIDDEN?
What is the preclear trying to hide from others? Hiding things makes
for occlusion, often to the extent that the preclear hides them from
himself. Occasionally the auditor will find the preclear who has developed
an unenviable talent for remembering things that are not so, and has no
talent at all for remembering things that are fact. If one starts lying
about something it is necessary to keep those lies in mind. It's death to
forget what was told as a lie. One must concentrate so hard on what needs
remembering that he often forgets the truth; this makes the wide-open case.
Hiding can easily reach the point of substitution. It can grow to the place
that the individual will not permit himself to have the right facsimile,
but gets one either similar or one opposite to that one which should be in
evidence. He desires pleasure, he gets pain. He wants laughter, he finds
tears. Discover what the preclear is trying to hide from others and his
decisions to hide it. What did he unwillingly cause that he is trying to
hide?
Hiding a thing produces power. Because a thing is hidden and cannot be
faced, it looks dangerous. Anything in a society that is surrounded by
taboos, that is forbidden, will become aberrated in that society. It is
thus possible to develop an entire therapy by addressing only one-half of
the Second Dynamic.
CONSISTENT ACTION
Times of consistent and inconsistent action need review. When were the
times when of the preclear's own free will he decided an action and was
forced to carry it out? Every time he changed his mind but was held to his
original intent nevertheless, he became less able to handle his own
postulates. When were the times when he was forced to become a person of
his word?
A boy says, upon being presented with a new bicycle, that he will put
it away every night. It's a happy idea, all his own, to keep the bicycle
from getting rusty. By the second week and a few mud puddles later he
forgets all about the happy idea. Papa reminds him: "But you said .... You
want to keep your word, don't you? You want to grow up to be a good
business man ...." The scene ends with a sound spanking and the boy putting
away his bicycle every night because he said he would. Agreement with
environment forces consistency.
SYMPATHY
Sympathy on a case can bog it down considerably. Times when one gave
or received sympathy need to be run until the preclear arrives at a point
where he regains a power of choice in giving sympathy. Running out
sympathy, the preclear can arrive at a point where the human race cannot
affect him strongly, or where he can choose the effect.
Sympathy is responsible for many "epidemics." Josie has a cold. "Poor
Josie. She feels so bad." The sympathizer's throat begins to hurt, too.
"Oh, dear! I'm coming down with it too." He looked at Josie, sympathized
with her, and elected to blame what she was blaming; then became effect of
that same cause. Reading the newspapers, one says to himself, "Isn't it
terrible, how terrible it all is," assigning cause here and there; and
after finally discarding the paper feels terrible too.
TRUST-DISTRUST
A person with little recall may be having difficulty with the trust-
distrust "button." He is not trusting himself. He began life trusting
people; then the teacher plays a "harmless" trick, or his parents didn't
come through with their bargain to supply him with a Hopalong Cassidy gun
belt. He began to distrust along Dynamic Four. Mistrusting along one
dynamic, he tends to become suspicious of all others. Processing should
include much time spent scanning the trust-distrust chain.
BLAME AND REGRET
On a broad scale, go over all the dynamics with the preclear for blame
and regret. What are the times he accepted blame or blamed others? What
does he blame? Who does he blame? Scan regret throughout the entire life-
span of the individual. These two buttons are of extreme importance and
should be given optimum time and attention.
FULL RESPONSIBILITY
It is evident that the goal of full responsibility is not attained by
simply making new postulates. It is attained by discovering and reducing
the preclear's assignments of cause, by acceptance of his own facsimiles
and finding when he pulled them into use, by scanning mis-emotion as
regret, blame, and sympathy.
Does the preclear now accept the responsibility for having been cause
along each part of every dynamic? He may recognize that he has never been
cause of a group, but always an effect. He might realize that he had never
begun a conversation, suggested a game or served as chairman. One very
common computation here is, "Oh, I couldn't do that! I'd be blamed for
anything that went wrong." Anything for which the individual feels any mis-
emotion-antagonism, anger, fear, grief, apathy-is something for which he
has not accepted responsibility; and there is mis-emotion only when an
individual refuses to accept responsibility in that sphere of action. He
can control anything for which he has accepted the full responsibility. He
is unable to control that for which he has not accepted responsibility.
To be cause takes courage. A man has to be able to take all the
consequences up to death. To be willing to be the cause means to be willing
to be fully responsible for what people say. Is the preclear willing to be
fully responsible for what people say of him or to him? Is he willing to
take responsibility for war between the United States and a foreign power?
Understanding the laws of cause and effect gives an auditor a much
broader perspective over the field of auditing. There is a point between
cause and effect where one can produce maximum action; one can go far up
the tone scale and come down again to motion. It's fun as long as one
remembers that it is pretense in order to get action. Only when one has an
optimum consideration of cause and effect can one enter into the pretense
called the business of living and experience it joyfully.
SUPPLEMENT NO. 4 to SCIENCE OF SURVIVAL
February, 1952
From
The Hubbard Dianetic Foundation, Inc.
Wichita, Kansas
Effort Processing
L. Ron Hubbard
Life energy, the moment it becomes impinged upon the physical
universe, concerns itself with physical universe motion. This may be a
trifle difficult to understand at first but it becomes obvious when one
examines the nuclear physicist's formulae of composition of the physical
universe.
Motion is the one thing common to everything in the physical universe.
Matter is composed of atoms and molecules. Even in something as solid-
appearing as a table, these atoms and molecules are in continually changing
position; a molecule which might this year be at one comer of a desk may be
next year at another corner of that same desk.
Additionally, and more importantly, atoms and molecules, those
infinitesimal bits of matter, are evidently themselves composed wholly of
motion. They have a center and around this center swing particles of energy
much in the same way that the planets swing around the sun, but on a much
smaller scale. And these minute particles, the center and the bits which
swing around it, are themselves, evidently, nothing more than motion.
The modus operandi of survival is motion. Too much or too little
motion brings about that state of organism motionlessness called death.
Thus, life energy, engaged in a conquest of the physical universe, is
engaged upon a conquest of motion. Thus, the most important phase of
thought and action is effort. Effort is force with direction, motion with
purpose.
The organism is concerned with self-generated effort and the counter-
efforts it receives from the physical environment. An individual initiates
the effort to go forward; he receives the counter-effort of air pressure,
the force of gravity, even his own clothing.
There is a law concerning effort and organisms. Life energy effects
its conquest of the physical universe by taking the efforts of the physical
universe and turning them back against the physical universe. Life learns
by impinging upon the physical universe the laws of the physical universe
and then uses those laws to conquer the physical universe. One sees this
done in engineering continually. And any organism, with much greater
simplicity, can be found to be utilizing the energy of food to produce more
motion for itself. The basic food, as used by the algae, a tiny cell
creature, is sunlight and minerals. That is all an algae "eats." A higher
form of life lives on algae. And higher forms live on lower forms. But all
the way at the top of this scale, food is basically sunlight and minerals.
The trick of taking the force of a tennis ball as it comes at you,
and, by rolling your racket, returning it, is not unlike life's trick of
using the motion of the physical universe to conquer the motion of the
physical universe. There are many basic laws concerning this in the science
of Dianetics.
Most important to an individual is the fact that effort he himself
conceives to be necessary is the most important effort to him. This is self-
determinism. One determines how much effort he is going to apply or
withhold to accomplish certain thoughts and actions and then seeks to apply
that effort. All thought is concerned with the estimate
Copyright(�) 1952 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
of effort. When one makes a right calculation, its rightness is determined
by whether or not the desired action was accomplished.
Self-determinism is all important in the organism. An organism is as
successful as it is right. That is to say, it is as successful as it or its
group is self-determined. Trouble enters when the environment begins to
determine one's actions without recourse to thought. One begins to be a
puppet dancing on the strings of the environment.
Counter-effort to one's self-determinism is simply the efforts which
override one's decisions. One puts forth an effort. It meets counter-
effort. If that counter-effort is sudden and strong enough, its impulse
backs all the way into the awareness seat of the organism and
unconsciousness ensues; here counter-effort has won and self-determinism is
momentarily wiped out. However, the impression of that counter-effort
remains.
Reduced to its lowest level, all pain is a randomity of molecules and
atoms in the human organism caused by counter-efforts. Self determines the
alignment of an effort, whether to move or remain at rest, and a severe
counter-effort throws the atoms and molecules into mis-alignment. This is
extreme randomity; this is pain.
The trouble with pain is that it remains as a facsimile of the effort-
counter-effort moment. All the pain one has ever received is still on file
and can be re-experienced.
When counter-efforts get into present time, they become what people
have called "psychosomatic illnesses." These are simply past situations
where pain was present, brought out of their right position in time and
into present time where they do not belong.
Nothing is easier to prove than this part of Dianetics. Counter-
efforts remain latent and can come into present time.
This list, used long enough, may exhaust some old pain you have. Your
present attention is not only on the environment, it is upon an old pain or
on dozens of old pains you didn't even "know" you were experiencing. You
may be unaware of that wasted attention until your attention is taken to
some other part of the body. This list simply takes your attention to some
other portion of your body. You may feel groggy or you may feel a real pain
when you practice this list. You will notice that when your attention goes
to the part that hurts, the pain shuts off. You may also notice that the
old pain tends to wear itself out when you re-experience it several times.
Direct your attention to the parts of the body named, each one in its
turn. Concentrate on the aliveness of the part named. Feel as though you
were wholly alive only in that part. If any pain turns on in some other
part of your body, ignore it and go on with this list.
Feel the aliveness of:
1. Your right hand. 15. Your right ear.
2. Your left hand. 16. Your right cheek.
3. The back of your head. 17. Your forehead.
4. Your right foot. 18. Your left ear.
5. Your left foot. 19. Your left cheek.
6. Your right knee. 20. Your right shoulder.
7. Your stomach. 21. Your left shoulder.
8. Your left knee. 22. The back of your neck.
9. Your back. 23. Your brain.
10. Your tongue. 24. Your right side.
11. Your loins. 25. Your left side.
12. Your right leg. 26. All your fingers.
13. Your right arm. 27. Your nose.
14. Your left leg. 28. Your chin.
Do not concern yourself with any pain or grogginess which turns on.
Just keep doing the list. If you continue this practice, you might rid
yourself of some serious psychosomatic illness.
This list, by the way, is a wonderful game for processing children.
They will usually play it with you and thus you can turn off their coughs
and sneezes, aches and pains in a large number of cases.
PROCESSING OF AUDITORS
by
L. Ron Hubbard
(From The California Association of
Dianetic Auditors Journal [THE CADA JOURNAL],
February, 1952, Vol. 1, No. 2)
The processing of the auditor requires that the sessions he has given
preclears be run and that his general address and consideration in
Dianetics be processed.
An auditor's case presents a problem somewhat different from the usual
preclear. Before the service facsimile is attempted, before any other item
is addressed in an auditor's case, his own efforts, emotions, and thoughts
related to processing must be run. They should be run thoroughly. They
should be run no matter what the auditor drops into from them. In short,
they should be run. The auditor, by auditing others, has set up a computing
circuit on cases, including his own, and it is about as easy to run as any
other computing circuit. An auditor cannot be successfully audited until
his own auditing of others is run.
The following efforts must be located and run for every run the
auditor has given another:
1. Physical effort to make preclear move on track.
2. Effort to give preclear perceptics.
3. Effort to make preclear emote (tears, terror, etc.).
4. Effort to wait and wait and wait.
5. Effort to make preclear remember.
6. Effort to make preclear understand.
7. Effort to speed up preclear in work.
8. Effort to look and sound confident.
9. Effort to shut off exterior sounds from preclear.
10. Effort not to run own case while running preclear.
11. Effort to keep going despite restimulation.
12. Effort to give preclear strength to go through session.
13. Effort to make people believe in Dianetics and one's ability in
it.
The following emotions must be run for each and every session:
1. Emotion not to appear baffled.
2. Emotional curve of failures.
3. Emotional curves of every session.
4. Emotional curve of strain.
5. Counter-emotion of environment threatening preclear (in auditing
room).
6. Counter-emotion of preclear's pain, terror, grief, anger, apathy.
7. Counter-emotion of preclear's insults to auditor.
8. Counter-emotion of preclear's compliments to auditor.
9. All sympathy for preclear.
10. All feeling auditor is to blame for preclear's state.
11. Emotion to make people believe in Dianetics and one's ability in
it.
The following thoughts (postulates) must be run:
1. Dianetics in general.
2. About individual preclears.
3. About own case.
4. Regret and envy on easy-running preclears.
5. Computations on cases which were wrong.
6. Thought to make people believe in Dianetics and one's ability in
it.
HUBBARD COLLEGE LECTURES
Wichita, Kansas
18-25 February 1952
On 12 February 1952 L. Ron Hubbard founded the Hubbard College in
Wichita Kansas. During February he delivered the following lectures to
professional auditing course students:
* 5202C18A LECTURE Code of Honor
* 5202C18B LECTURE Care of the Body (and the cycle of birth,
growth, decay and death)
** 5202C25A HPC-1 Review of Progress of Dianetics and Dianetics
Business
** 5202C25B HPC-2 Summary of Aberrative Incidents (before time begins,
HPC-3 fac 1, helper, 300-400 base, motivator for violence,
HPC-4 basic to overt acts, world closed in incidents, how
early track eases up, overt act incidents-resume
of how these incidents run)
SUMMARY COURSE LECTURES
Wichita, Kansas
3 March-April 1952
During March 1952 L. Ron Hubbard gave the following lectures to
professional course students at the Hubbard College. Transcripts of these
lectures were rewritten a the first twenty-seven of the fifty Professional
Course Books; the tapes and booklet were then sold to individual
Dianeticists and Dianetic Groups as the "Summary Course."
** 5203C03 HCL-1 Introduction to Scientology: Milestone One
** 5203C03 HCL-2 Introduction to Scientology: Outline of Therapy
** 5203C03 HCL-2A Demonstration by Ron of E-Meter, Running Entities
** 5203C04A HCL-3 Axioms and How They Apply to Auditing
** 5203C04B HCL-4 Thought, Emotion and Effort, and the Tone Scale
** 5203C04C HCL-Spec Description of Facsimile One
** 5203C05A HCL-5 Thought and Preclears
** 5203C05B HCL-6 Emotion
** 5203C05C HCL-6A Question and Answer Period
** 5203C05D HCL-6 Spec Demonstration of Auditing
** 5203C06 HCL-7 Effort and Counter-Effort
** 5203C06 HCL-8 Attack on the Preclear
** 5203C07A HCL-9 How To Handle Facsimiles
* * 5203C07 HCL- 10 Indoctrination of the Preclear
** 5203C08 HCL-11 Resolution of Effort and Counter-Effort, Overt Acts
** 5203C08A HCL-12 Indoctrination in Use of E-Meter, Parts 1 & 2
** 5203C08 HCL-12A Indoctrination in Use of E-Meter, Part 3
** 5203C09A HCL-13 Thought, Emotion and Effort, and Counter-Effort
** 5203C09B HCL-14 Demonstration: Effort, Counter-Effort (Straightwire)
** 5203C10 HCL-15 Training Auditors: The Anatomy of Facsimile One
5203C10 HCL-16 The Anatomy of Facsimile One (Cont. Demo)
** 5203ClOC HCL-17 Three Demonstrations-Running Effort and
Counter-Effort
** 5203C10 HCL-18 Entities (Demo cont.)
** 5203C10A HCL-19 History of Man Series 1: Organization of Data-
Series 11: Main Theta Line & Sub-Theta Line (description
of the philosophies and religions as routes to
understanding)
** 5203C10B HCL-20 History of Man Series III: The Theta and Genetic
Lines
of Earth-Series IV: Principal Incidents of the Theta
Line
** 5203C HCL-21 Anatomy of the Theta Body
** 5203C HCL-22 How To Audit a Theta Line
** 5203C HCL-23 Theta Bodies
5203C HCL-24 Demonstration: Electropsychometric Scouting
5203C HCL-24A Theta Bodies
** 5203C HCL-25 An Analysis of Memory and Human Aberration and
Psychosomatic Illness, Part I
** 5203C HCL-26 An Analysis of Memory, Part 11
** 5203C HCL-27 How To Search for Incidents on the Track-I
** 5203C HCL-27A How To Search for I ncidents on the Track-11
** 5204C HCL-Spec Electropsychometric Scouting-Battle of the Universes
(MSH audits Ron)
LRH TAPE LECTURES
Phoenix, Arizona
15 April-6 May 1952
On 30 March 1952 L. Ron Hubbard announced the opening of his office
in Phoenix Arizona, where he immediately set about producing four new books
(Electropsychometric Auditing, Symbological Processing, Individual Track
Map and What to Audit), new editions of older books, and the Summary Course
(27 booklets and taped lectures). He continued to audit, to do research,
and to lecture, and moved the Hubbard College from Wichita to Phoenix in
May.
*5204C15A LECTURE Phoenix Talk about Wichita and Purcell
* 5204C15B LECTURE Theta Body Lecture
* 5204C15C LECTURE Demo and Brief Explanation
(whole track and bodies in pawn)
* 5204C16A LECTURE Anatomy of Theta Body
* 5204C16B LECTURE "Theta-Psychometer": Theta Body Demo
(last on series)
* 5204C20 LECTURE The Goals and Purposes of Theta and MEST
5205C06 LECTURE Anatomy of Thought
TECHNIQUE 80 LECTURES
Phoenix, Arizona
19 May-21 May 1952
Transcripts of L. Ron Hubbard's Technique 80 lectures were rewritten as
Professional Course Books 28 through 31. Also at this time, he was working
on the book Technique 88 which, expanded, became Scientology 8-80.
* 5205C19 T80-1A ARC Triangle in Relation to
Infinity, Beingness Along
the Dynamics
* 5205C19 T80-1B Definition of Technique 80,
Emotional Wavelengths
* 5205C19 T80-1C Tone and Ability
* 5205C19 T80-1D Wavelength and Tone Scale
* 5205C20 T80-2A Decision: Maybes, Time, Postulates,
Cause and Effect
in Relation to Dynamics
5205C20 T80-2B Early Methods of Dealing with
People, Entities
* 5205C21 T80-3A Therapy Section of 80: Clearing Up
Overt Acts,
Dependencies
* 5205C21 T80-3B Therapy Section of 80 (cont.)
Electropsychometric Auditing
OPERATOR'S MANUAL
L. Ron Hubbard
FOREWORD
Although the principal emphasis of this text is on the use of the
ELECTROPSYCHOMETER, an instrument especially developed for use in
Dianetics, the Modern Science of Mental Health, the data contained herein
is equally applicable to any "lie detector" as used by police and in
psychology laboratories.
The measurement of thought with a meter is not new; the understanding
and accuracy of measurement is new.
Einstein is reported to have said that all an observer should be
permitted to do is to read a meter and report the message of the meter.
This is true enough. But the observer of a human mind can read it with a
meter only if the meter is an accurate and constant meter, and only if he
knows what questions to ask. The constancy of the meter and the questions
to ask are the subjects of this operator's manual. E-Metering is a science
and an art.
HISTORICAL DATA
It has been known to a variety of beings for a very long time that
thought and electrical manifestations were closely associated.
This knowledge is to the sorrow of many. One can say with truth that
this bit of information, the connection between thought and electrical
impulses, is the most thoroughly overworked datum known.
In recent Earth times, less than two centuries ago, the relationship
between physical activity and structure and electricity was "revealed." The
first experiments were upon frogs and it was demonstrated that when a frog,
even a dead frog, is shot with a current of electricity, his legs jerk. The
"discovery" of galvanic action had a value which was not quite discernible
to the scientific eye. But, one might say, with the jerk of a frog, the
electronic era of the mind bowed into view on Earth.
The datum opened-or one might more truthfully say, re-opened-the doors
of knowledge. Along this track of knowledge have lain and will lie more
abuses and benefits to beings than in any other single area of information.
If electricity could make a frog's legs jerk, it naturally followed
that it would make psychotics sane. Thus psychotics are electric-shocked
wholesale, and although it rarely if ever makes any of them sane, it
certainly makes them jerk, which in itself is an interesting manifestation-
necessarily so since it has engaged the greatest "authorities" of "mental
healing" for many scores of years. There is an excellent method of treating
psychotics with electrical fields but it makes them well and does not make
them jerk and so has not been surveyed.
Some half century ago, the police became electrified by the discovery
that electrical impulses would betray guilt and, being quite fascinated
with guilt detection in any form, slowly put the datum into use in the form
of the "lie detector."
It has always been a popular sin to look into the mind of Man and see
what he really thought. This public tacit consent, grown out of a public
guilty conscience, no doubt, has considerably impeded the acceptance of
"lie detectors" by juries. However,
Copyright (�) 1952 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
very few modern police forces are without this interesting instrument for
reading the criminal mind.
The title and operation of the police "lie detector" are misnomers. In
the first place they do not detect lies and in the second place the police
have known too little about the human mind to know that their instrument
was actually accurate to an amazing perfection.
These instruments should be called "emotion detectors." And they do
not have "vagaries" or errors and, used with a knowledge of the human mind
and its actual history, they demonstrate an accuracy which borders on the
incredible.
The standard police "lie detector" consists of three units. The first
is a bloodpressure meter, the second is a respiration recorder, the third
is a galvanometer.
The principle of the instrument is stated to be as follows: "An
individual goes under emotional stress when he knows he is telling a lie.
The lie causes a change in his heart rate, respiration and sweat. By
measuring the rate of change of these, it becomes possible to establish
whether or not the criminal is lying." This explanation is very roundabout
and why one talks about lying at all is a wonder. For the police officer is
looking for a crime. The criminal under examination knows the police
officer is looking for the crime and that if the police officer discovers
it, the criminal will be punished. Thus discovery, fear of, is a
considerable factor. But the actual emotion involved in the incident where
the crime was committed is almost ninety percent of the charge which the
police officer discovers with his recording.
A proof of this, that the charge recorded by a "lie detector" is the
emotion residual in the actual moment of the commission of the crime, was
worked out and put into action by myself in 1947. On before and after "lie
detector" tests on the same crime, it was first shown that the criminal,
according to the machine and very correctly, was guilty of a certain crime.
The incident of the crime itself was then addressed by Dianetic processing
and the entire charge of emotion removed from the incident. After tests
then showed no machine reaction although the criminal was just as guilty
and just as surely faced punishment if apprehended in that guilt by the
machine. In the after tests the criminal lied. He stated that he had not
committed the crime. The "lie detector" agreed with him.
The "lie detector," then, is registering the emotion contained in past
incidents or present time situations which depend on the charge in the past
incidents. This applies to emotion. It also applies to effort and to
physical pain. And it applies to thoughts when the thoughts overlie emotion
or effort.
This is very simple. A man robs a bank. As he is going through the
actions of robbery he is under heavy stress of apprehension, fear, anxiety
and concern in general. This makes a memory, a "facsimile" which contains
this stress and anxiety. When this man is put on a "lie detector," any
question which tends to throw the actual incident of the robbery into
restimulation will cause a change to take place in his mind which
influences his physical being.
The blood-pressure device is an ordinary blood pressure measurer.
Effort or emotional stress causes the heart to beat more rapidly. This
makes a memory of the heart beating rapidly. When the memory is touched by
questioning, the heart action again approximates the way it was in the
actual incident and so there is a change in the strength and in the
rapidity of the heart action. This records on the machine.
The device measuring respiration records both the depth and rapidity
of the breathing. When questioning touches upon an incident where effort or
emotion affected the breathing, this same manifestation will occur again on
the recorder.
The third measuring device of physical-mental change has been
misunderstood. It has been thought that a galvanometer measured the sweat
exuded and thereby increased electrical conductivity of the hands. This
does not hold up under examination. The galvanometer measures, actually,
the density of the body. Under various stresses the body is more or less
dense and the density alters swiftly. Density naturally influences the
ability of the body to conduct electricity. Thus, the galvanometer portion
of a "lie detector" measures density-resistance of the body. A glance at a
man
showing anger will show you his increase in physical tension. He is giving
more resistance to his environment; when a trickle of electricity is going
through him he is capable of changing its flow by changing his density.
Of the three separate parts of the usual "lie detector" two are
impossibly complex and uncomfortable from the standpoint of the therapist.
Anyone keeping a standard blood-pressure meter on his arm for an hour
will feel the discomfort very intensely; further, the instrument breaks
down the capillaries and is physically destructive.
The respiration device tells much, but any auditor, simply by watching
the preclear's chest, can devine as much as the respiration device. The
psychotic breathes flutteringly and sporadically, with a pattern of long
pauses followed by rapid breathing. Long sighing, very deep, means grief.
Yawns mean a release of an incident. Snores mean that the preclear is
asleep.
Of the three possible devices, then, one to measure heartbeat, another
to measure breathing, a third to measure density, the first two are
impossible to the therapist, being uncomfortable and not very sensitive.
A device measuring density, then, must be the only useful method in
current electronics which would permit one to use the datum that there is a
relationship between thought and electricity.
When I first attempted to use this density factor, however, no
instruments of any kind existed which were adequate to the task. A Bell
engineer whom I had asked for data on it, casually informed me that one
sure method of measuring body density with a trickle of electricity would
be to hook electrodes into the neurones of the brain. I explained that this
was impractical as it necessitated first removing the skull and at least in
my field it was desirable to have patients live. He shrugged and told me
that it was still the only method.
The ordinary psychogalvanometer, the instrument used on police "lie
detectors" and others for single use are of very little value, for they are
insufficiently sensitive and are too slow. Further, a low-toned case cannot
be gotten on the machine and a hightoned case is also out of reach.
In the early days I used to audit preclears by keeping my fingers on
the pulse in their wrists and was crudely and unsatisfactorily able to
detect when my questions were leading to a heavily charged incident. But I
could tell almost as much from their hand positions and tensions. And no
instrument had been manufactured which could assist.
During a series of lectures in 1950 in California, I mentioned this
state of affairs and an HDA, widely known for his inventions in the motion
picture industry, heard the statement, went home and built the first
electropsychometer, the only instrument of its kind and the only instrument
capable of measuring the rapid shifts in density of a body under the
influence of thought and measuring them well enough to give an auditor a
deep and marvelous insight into the mind of his preclear.
This instrument is not just an aid to Dianetics. It gives Man his
first keen look into the heads and hearts of his fellows.
The nimble needle of the electropsychometer can detect with accuracy
things which would have been otherwise hidden from Man forever.
The invention of the electropsychometer, like so many important things
in this cynical and dull age on Earth, is not cited by our generation as
very important. Yet in a future time historians may well spend pages and
pictures upon it.
For if the truth be known, the electropsychometer utterly dwarfs the
invention of the microscope, for Leeuwenhoek found the way only to find
bacteria; the electropsychometer provides the way for Man to find his
freedom and to rise, perhaps, to social and constructive levels of which
Man has never dreamed, and to avoid perils in that route which Man, in
going, would have found more deadly than any bacteria ever evolved or
invented.
There may be those who underestimate this achievement; but they also
underestimate themselves.
THEORY OF OPERATION
The first thing one should know to understand and operate an E-Meter
(as Electropsychometers are called by auditors), is the concept of a
"facsimile."
In Dianetics it is conceived that a memory is a combination of
motionlessness, its base material, and motion, the material of which the
material universe is built.
This motionlessness is a "static," a "material" which has neither
wavelength, space nor time. This static is capable of holding the
impression of motion, wavelength, space and time.
The entire physical universe is composed of motion. From atoms to
mountains, one has only vibrations which, having a pattern in space and
time, behave to form gases, fluids and solids. One could say that the
physical universe itself was a series of motions, yet in motion, held on a
background of motionlessness.
Consider a lake. Here the smooth surface mirrors, apparently in three
dimensions, the trees and hills, flying birds, even the face of the
spectator. Consider the surface the "theta" or thought, the picture in it
the motion. Here is a good example of a "facsimile."
A human being acts or perceives action in the physical universe. This
action is more or less permanently engraved on his "theta." He has made and
stored a FACSIMILE of the physical universe.
Throughout his lifetimes, an individual is perceiving and "storing"
facsimiles. Anything he has ever seen or felt or heard or done is stored
somewhere and somehow in his "mind."
A facsimile has a double action. It receives and it impresses.
Anything which has been perceived and made into a facsimile can be
activated and impressed again on the physical universe. One receives
motion, one activates a facsimile and impresses motion on his environment.
His body is part of his environment. He has perceived what has happened to
and what he has done with and to his body. Every action is stored as a
facsimile. Now, to accomplish action again he is able to take these stored
facsimiles and use them to produce similar circumstances, actions and
conditions.
Those thoughts which contain considerable thought, emotion or effort,
including pain, can be called into action once more. When these facsimiles
come into action again, they have the power of creating their identical
circumstances on the body.
Further, any "heavy" facsimile (one containing considerable thought,
emotion, effort-or pain) can be called into action on the body by another
person. Suggest to a person how tired he looks and a "tiredness facsimile"
will come into action and he will FEEL TIRED. An old memory of being tired
activates at the suggestion of the other person and then an individual
feels the primary characteristic of the facsimile-tiredness.
A facsimile contains a recording of each perception of which the body
is capable, and these number well over half a hundred. Everything and
anything which can be formed of motion is included, as an impression, in a
facsimile. Weight, light, sound waves, heat, electrical fields and
impulses, pressure, the quality of surfaces, all these and many more have
their exact duplicates in memory. And when a memory containing any one of
them is brought into "restimulation," which is to say, recalled into
present time, that factor of the facsimile is capable of re-impressing
itself upon the physical universe. Memory, you might say, holds physical
universe factors in trust and places them again into action on command.
A facsimile has, as its primary parts (made out of the motion of the
physical universe), thought, emotion and effort. The pattern of the
attention units in the facsimile determines the emotion in part, wavelength
determines it.
Pain is an attention unit pattern of intense confusion. When a
facsimile contains pain, the facsimile is "heavier," which is to say,
contains more compact motion, than other facsimiles. Similarly, a facsimile
containing heavy emotion is "heavier" than other facsimiles. A facsimile
which contains heavier effort is again more dense than other facsimiles.
Thus, the difference amongst facsimiles. One is dense and confused, another
is light and containing even, flowing waves. Another is scarcely
discernible, so fluffy is the perception it maintains.
Now you should understand a very important thing about facsimiles.
Facsimiles themselves have no weight or wavelength, space or time. They
have "pictures," if in full color and motion and depth, of motion in space
and time. A facsimile has no "size." It has no geographical point of
storage. It isn't in a bin or a file or on a shelf or in a cell or
connected to some neurone. This fact is adequately demonstrated by very
exacting tests.
However, a facsimile has this ability: it can cause a reaction in the
material universe by imposing itself again upon the physical universe.
If you want to test this, now or later when you will be working with
your E-Meter, place the electrodes in the hands of a person. Then pinch
that person. You will see the needle of the E-Meter duck. Now tell the
person to go back to the moment you pinched him and "feel the pinch again."
He will do so and you will see that the needle ducks just as it did when
you first pinched him. In other words, you made a facsimile containing pain
when you pinched him. Now you command the facsimile to come back. You see
it read again on the meter just as it did when you pinched him. If you make
him go through the pinch several times you will find the needle action
grows less and less. This, in essence, is a primary principle in Dianetics:
that facsimiles exist. It is a prime factor in Dianetic processing that
facsimiles can be reduced in intensity.
The entire test of any theory is its workability. And you will find
that this theory works, and works so well that it should be called a law.
For people become physically and mentally better by using the laws of
Dianetics, and there is no other theory or law known on Earth which makes
them better.
A facsimile is a "picture" of motion. When the picture comes again
into play, it produces motion. When it is not in play, it is not producing
motion.
The relative thought, emotion and effort of a facsimile, then,
produces, when the facsimile is called into present time, relative thought,
emotion and effort on the body and even in the environment.
Some action or motion happens to a person. Whether he is asleep or
awake (as your E-Meter will prove for you if you ask what happened during
sleep or any unconsciousness) that action or motion will be recorded as a
facsimile. During the moment of the recording, the body is tense or limp,
emotionally charged or careless, under physical strain or without such
strain. When the facsimile is recalled into presence, by being attracted by
some similar circumstance in the environment, it imposes again upon the
body, the same conditions as when it was received-or if only lightly
called, a shadow of those conditions.
The E-Meter works on a very easily understood principle. It measures
the relative density of the body. The relative density is changed as the
facsimiles change. The E-Meter then registers shifts in thought. And it
registers in particular shifts in thought relating closely to the questions
asked by the E-Meter operator. The operator asks, the facsimiles shift
under his asking. The E-Meter measures the shift. Thus the mind is read.
MECHANICS OF OPERATION
If you understand the workings of a facsimile, it is very easy to
understand the workings of an E-Meter and to audit with it. If you are a
wizard in the field of electronics, if you have a Phi Bete in mechanics and
a magna cum laude in meters and yet do not understand facsimiles, forget
about results for you won't get them. But if you are an utter dub on
electronics, meters and physics and yet understand facsimiles, an E-Meter
will work for you in a beautiful and awesome style.
So if HE is an expert in wires and solder and you are not, if HE knows
all about ohms and you only know about omens, but if YOU know your
facsimile theory and
HE doesn't, don't be awed. You will be able to make an E-Meter play Strauss
while he can only make it play "where's the blasted part" on the repair
bench.
In short, and I cannot say it enough or with loud enough capitals, the
art of using an E-Meter does not depend in the very least upon a knowledge
of electronics. It depends upon a knowledge of facsimiles.
The designer knew all you had to know about electronics in order to
make the E-Meter work. If you have enough mechanical knowledge to turn on a
dial switch or adjust a needle, you have all the mechanical skill needed to
run this instrument.
Once he knows the theory of what is happening and knows what the
facsimiles are doing, or are capable of doing, he can become an artist with
an E-Meter; his preclears will get well rapidly, his auditing time per case
reduces to as much as an hour where he needed fifty or a hundred before-but
actually there is no time comparison, for without the meter he cannot get
comparable results. One has to be a meter auditor to produce optimum
results. An intensive run delivered without the pc holding the electrodes
is actually a theft of the pc's money, no matter whether you think that is
a sales talk or not.
The E-Meter is a sensitive but sturdy instrument. You cannot do very
much to harm one.
The principle on which it works is very simple. Electricity comes into
the machine from the wall plug. It is cut down in intensity by the circuits
and resistances in the machine. A very small trickle of this electricity is
permitted to run from one electrode (the can the pc holds) down through the
wire, into the meter itself, out through the terminal and up the other wire
to the second electrode (the other can), through the pc's body and so into
the first electrode.
In other words there is a very faint current of electricity, barely
discernible by the most sensitive preclears, running through the body of
the preclear during the entire time that he is holding the cans.
This current of electricity is a very constant flow of a very minute
amount. This is the secret and the superiority of the machine. Any old
fashioned galvanometer might work except that it varies wildly every time
somebody turns on a light or retunes a radio or pets a cat. A hundred
thousand dollar electroencephalograph also puts a current through the body
that is faint enough to register the effects of different thoughts. But the
patient has to be in a wire cage to cut out electrical fields which come
from car generators or the nearby trolley line or the doorbell. And the
current has to be graduated through fancy transformers, specially cooled
and balanced. And this hundred thousand dollar wonder isn't as much use to
an auditor as his fingers on the preclear's pulse.
The E-Meter floats one current in another current and stabilizes the
flow so that the meter reads minute changes of thought, and it reacts to
outside fields only when they are very heavy and sudden, and, such fields
being rare, keeps an even needle reading.
The E-Meter's trickle of constant electricity records on the dial of
the instrument the relative density of the preclear's body. DON'T MAKE THE
ERROR OF THINKING THAT THE E-METER GOES THROUGH FACSIMILES. It goes only
through the body.
The preclear, under the questioning of the auditor, pulls into present
time, usually without much conscious awareness of it, old facsimiles.
These, on a sub-awareness level, modulate or change the density of the
preclear's body.
The thought of the auditor translates into pc thoughts. These re-echo
in the thought, emotion and effort of the preclear. The facsimiles of the
preclear move into play. That is between the auditor and the pc.
The electricity measures density. This changes as the pc's facsimiles
change the density of the pc's body.
Stress makes the pc's body more tense. This tenseness makes the body
more resistive to electricity. This change in resistance shows up in a
needle reaction. The facsimiles usually can shift very rapidly while the
questioning is in progress. Therefore the density of the pc's body shifts
rapidly. Thus the needle reads rapidly, following the changes very closely.
Any time a situation containing stress, whether it is the stress of emotion
or pain or effort, comes into play under questioning, a reaction on the
meter can be read.
One is interested in METER CHANGE. He is not interested even in which
way the needle surges, but the usual charge shifts the needle to the left
as you face the machine. Fear, being a dispersal of attention units,
sometimes reads as an upsurge, but this is of no importance. The upsurge
usually means a difference from unpleasant subjects shifting to pleasant
ones. Or it denotes a pleasant experience, pleasure facsimiles being
lighter than stress facsimiles.
All that you read from an E-Meter, then, is change. The amount of
change tells you the amount of stress. Stress alone is aberrative (heavy
emotion or pain or effort or thought). What the auditor wants to find is
stress. The E-Meter tells him with accuracy where the stress is located.
An E-Meter detects a lie only because lies are emotionally full of
stress. The lie is told, a stress facsimile moves in, the machine
registers. That it detects a lie is very secondary in importance, mostly
because it does not detect a lie but the stress of telling a lie. In the
course of auditing, the E-Meter is never read for lies, but only for
stress. A surge does not mean the pc is lying. It means he has stress
connected with the question. And stress is what the auditor is trying to
find. For stress is the thing which makes the pc ill and aberrated.
Further, when a THOUGHT is a stress, that thought gains its density
from an underlying, usually earlier heavy emotion facsimile. And the heavy
emotion facsimile gains its force from an earlier effort facsimile which
contains pain. Thus, basically, the auditor, when he finds a thought
dropping the needle, can expect to find an earlier incident where emotion
is dropping the needle. And if he looks even earlier he will find that he
has a physical effort facsimile, very heavy, probably containing pain.
The auditor is looking for the needle to swing enough to tell him that
he has called up a heavy facsimile to the pc whether the pc is aware of it
or not. When he sees it swing he then knows that he has detected a
facsimile connected to his questioning. That's all he needs.
HOW TO READ THE NEEDLE
If you can turn on an electric light, you can set the dials of the E-
Meter. The setting of the dials is too easy to be greatly discussed. The
art and skill all lies in the interpretation of the meter needle.
The instrument is turned on simply by swinging the tone handle
clockwise. It heats up in a few seconds. If you have left the electrodes
touching each other (the cans), the needle will swing violently to the left
and stick and this is bad for the instrument; so it is better to give the
cans into the pc's hands and then turn the instrument on.
Turn the "sensitivity knob" so that it points straight up. Pull the
range expander over to minus position (all the way counterclockwise). Now
turn the handle until you get the needle reading in the black area of the
dial. If the needle persists in remaining all the way over to the left, put
the range expander so that it points straight up. Then work the tone handle
(the big handle at the upper left) back counterclockwise until the needle
is in the black area. If the needle is still over at the left solidly, put
the range expander all the way over to plus and then work the tone handle.
You can get a little more high range by putting the sensitivity knob all
the way over clockwise.
The reason the sensitivity knob is carried straight up is that this
gets an averagely good reading and good needle action, and by making this a
standard position, you can get used to judging the needle swings. So don't
ever carry it in any other position except in two cases: one, when you
cannot get the pc "on the bottom of the machine, at which time you back off
sensitivity until he will register; the other, when you are trying to get a
pc back on the machine when he has gone off the top.
Otherwise, standardize. CARRY THE RED SENSITIVITY KNOB VERTICAL AT ALL
TIMES SO THAT YOUR INSTRUMENT NEEDLE ALWAYS ACTS WITH THE SAME DEGREE OF
ACTION. This lets YOU adjust to judging the charge on a facsimile relative
to other facsimiles.
Always use the range expander in three positions only: all the way
minus, straight up at neutral, or all the way plus. Don't vary the needle
with the range expander or adjust the needle with the range expander. This
again is in the interest of letting you get used to standardized readings.
Vary the needle, handle the machine, pull the needle back into the
black all with the tone handle. Doing so, you learn to read constants. Vary
only one thing. Then you can tell whether your pcs are coming up session by
session or going down or what.
Now none of this is much in the interest of setting up the E-Meter to
use. That is simple. It is in the interest of reading the needle. Are your
pcs high or low toned? Are they getting higher in tone or dropping?
You can set the instrument constantly the same or be sloppy. If you
are constant in your setting, the term BIG CHARGE always means "big charge"
to you, small charge is what you call "small charge." By carrying the
sensitivity knob in various ways, the same charge can be made to look big
or small. Thus today you read BIG CHARGE with the machine set to magnify
charge, and tomorrow you read SMALL CHARGE on the same incident. The charge
didn't change, your settings did. So keep the settings constant as above
and then the machine will be easy for you to interpret once you have begun
to read it.
Carry the needle in the black area of the dial. You don't care where
the needle sets. All you want to know is how the needle reacts and how much
it reacts. Giving it the black area as a usual place gives it lots of room
in which to drop to the left if you hit a heavy facsimile. If the needle is
permitted to ride too far left as a usual position, a half a dial drop in
charge will not be observed, for the needle runs into the left side of the
meter and you don't know how much further it would have fallen.
Setting the needle with the tone handle also has a trick to it. If
you, as an auditor, want to lose as much as possible, you may fall into the
habit of asking a question and, before the needle can react as an answer,
setting the tone handle. This is a very clever trick and keeps the auditor
from winning. Just ask the question, set the tone handle, and the needle,
being in motion, won't tell you a thing.
Always set the needle, then ask the question, let the needle behave as
it will, and after that, if necessary, reset it again. Err on the side of
not resetting it enough, rather than on the side of always resetting it.
The reason for this is that the preclear often has sudden thoughts which
make the needle react strongly and into which the auditor should inquire
immediately with a "What did you think about just then?" This often gives
unexpected clues.
The whole point of the instrument is to get the needle to react, to
note how much it reacts and to note the characteristic of the reaction.
Thus we want the instrument with a constant set (the knobs as mentioned
earlier). And we want as little interference as possible with the needle
readings.
With 1952 techniques, you will discover that any incident which
drops the needle less than a quarter of a dial isn't worth auditing. The
only exception to this is the "stuck needle" which is the most
interesting of all.
Thus we are no longer interested in little eighth-of an-inch bobs
except as they may lead in as clues to heavy drops. So it is not necessary
to watch this needle with a magnifying glass.
When the incident has any importance, the auditor will find the drop
as noticeable as dropping the baby on concrete.
The drop of the needle is customarily to the right. A sudden lift to
the left (as in figure 2) denotes a cheerful moment, usually, or
enthusiasm. It once in a great while means fear, but the auditor, noting
this, can easily tell the difference between the way the needle lifts for
fear and the way it lifts for enthusiasm. Fear usually drops to the right.
There are five characteristic actions of the needle which are of
interest to the auditor.
Above these is reaction itself. The auditor knows that needle
action means facsimile change. A drop always means a heavier facsimile. It
takes a very heavy facsimile to make a heavy drop.
The auditor should also know that the E-Meter action is NEVER in
error. He should have full confidence in what the instrument tells him. If
there is a drop, there is a facsimile which should be audited, either blown
as a lock or addressed as itself.
The ONLY time the E-Meter registers on dub-in is when the pc is giving
the auditor some tale of a MOTIVATOR (something that happened to the pc) in
an effort to JUSTIFY an OVERT ACT. Once in every thousand facsimile
reactions, a very upset pc will start giving a THIS LIFETIME account of a
false incident. The E-Meter will register madly upon it. But it is very
improbable AND it will not reduce when audited but keeps on registering the
same after a few passes through the incident. The E-Meter is not lying. It
is registering for an earlier life motivator and it is honestly registering
a charge that is present. BUT the charge is on something the pc did to
somebody else, even though he says it happened to him. In other words, the
pc, not the E-Meter, is Lying. The pc may think he is telling the truth, he
may believe fervently that this horrible thing happened to him. The E-Meter
swings radically on the dial. The incident will not reduce. AUDITOR ACTION:
take the substance of this incident and make the pc tell when he did it to
somebody else. The incident will reduce and the action will subside on the
meter. But, remember now, this is not ordinary or routine. It is rare. And
it is resolved by the E-Meter. And the only criticism of the E-Meter here
is that it persisted in saying there was charge here and in appearing to
verify the pc's tale. Very far from all motivators act this way. This
instance is given as the single frailty in interpretation known. Otherwise,
verbatim, the instrument answers up with accuracy on motivators and overt
acts and tells correctly which is which. Only when the instrument reaction
will not subside after some recounting by the pc should the auditor suspect
that the motivator is actually an overt act with the pc "begging" to be let
have it happen to him instead. Even so there is always a motivator to match
the needle swing in an earlier life, so the E-Meter was really only in
error about WHEN.
The five reactions of the needle are as follows:
The first is the single drop. It is a slow downward sweep (to the
right) which may go from a quarter of an inch to a whole dial. This means
simply that a heavy facsimile has been brought into view.
The second is the stuck needle. The needle becomes motionless, is
sluggish when it does move. This means that the pc is stuck on the track,
usually in an apathy incident. It is a very important manifestation. The pc
is taken out of it by light auditing with TECHNIQUE 80.
The third is the "theta bop." This is a narrow, nervous "hunt" of the
needle. It goes from one end to the other of an arc perhaps a quarter to
half an inch wide, giving a tiny jerk at each extremity. This means that
theta is there still or thinks it is there. Auditing an incident which does
this produces a remarkable rise in tone, and actually is the only incident
manifestation which produces marked tone rise. So the auditor looks for the
"theta bop" and audits it by preference over any other incident.
The fourth is the wide, gradual upswing. This is manifested by the
needle proceeding gradually uptone to the left and means a gradual tone
rise and denotes improvement. The auditor keeps on working, ignoring this
save as an indication that he
is doing all right. As soon as he gets into a new, heavily charged area, he
is going to get a cessation of this manifestation.
The fifth needle action is the sudden jump to the left. This jump
means a release of charge. It is not too common.
Knowing these characteristics of the needle, the auditor can get
excellent results.
E-METERING THE PRECLEAR
After an auditor has been using an E-Meter for a while, he can take
one look at the preclear, set the machine and, putting the cans in the pc's
hands, find he has set the instrument correctly.
Certain things assist him in this. If the pc invalidates the
instrument, says, "Oh, one of them things. I hear as how they ain't
regular," the auditor knows he is dealing with a case he will have to use a
dredge on to find bottom. For this character sees in the E-Meter something
which is going to ''find him out," something he cannot cheat and lie
around, something which will locate and bring sunlight into the dark
caverns of his loathsome and horrendous guilt. In this E-Meter he sees a
tattletale which will expose his extracurricular activities on the second
dynamic, his masturbation at the age of one and the real reason dogs hate
him, why he shoots ducks and committed grand larceny in college and makes
improper proposals in the little boys' room. He doesn't spell it "E-Meter,"
he spells it '"Enemy." And when put on the instrument he will usually
register almost "off the bottom"; that is to say, the range expander will
be over at minus, the tone handle so low the light flickers and the
sensitivity knob so shut down that when asked about the time he murdered
his mother, the auditor has to have a magnifying glass to see if the needle
moved.
This case has to be detected with skill, of which good eyesight is the
better part. This is an apathy case. Handle him on light 80 or he'll spin.
This case will also tell people afterwards that he "controlled the
machine," a thing one cannot do except by getting tense or relaxing and
giving the cans a squeeze.
As a tip, to get a better read on him, get some huge, massive copper
wire as the leads to the terminals and make these leads as short as
possible. Then maybe he'll read on the machine.
The usual normal case runs on the instrument set of vertical
sensitivity knob, range expander all the way to minus, tone handle between
2 and 2.5.
A fairly live, quite dependable individual will register at neutral on
the range expander knob and about 2.5 on the tone handle.
A very high-toned person will ride with the sensitivity knob vertical,
the range expander all the way at plus, the tone handle well to the left
(above) 2.5.
If somebody goes off the top of the instrument (and they will if their
auditor is worth anything and knows 80 and 88), don't invalidate him to get
him back on. Replace the white lead wires to the electrodes with fifty feet
of single strand insulated wire for each lead, preferably thin wire. He'll
come back on again. Or put a resistor ahead of either electrode terminal.
Or connect the two electrodes together with ten or twenty feet of light
iron wire. In other words, put resistance into the circuit.
For low-toned cases which have difficulty in getting on the machine,
decrease resistance in the leads. For high-toned cases which fly off the
top, increase resistance in the leads.
A man is as sane as he is undense. So there was something to the old
folk saying about people being dense.
Some preclears mistake the cans for semaphore signals and wave them
around. Some confuse them with cymbals and knock them together. Some are
quite agitated about it all and jerk. Some have the idea they are holding
nose scratchers or back scratchers.
For those who bang the cans, put a rubber mitt over one can. That lets them
bang away without shorting out your readings.
For the nervous ones, learn to read through their jerks, for the jerks
and squeezes make one kind of reading, facsimiles another.
And there is the pc who proudly shows you that he can make the needle
react by putting fifty pounds of grip on the cans and shows you thusly that
the instrument "ain't reliable nohow." He overlooks the fact that his
changing grip reacts very slowly and distinctively on the needle and can't
be confused.
Then there is the preclear who thinks he is playing an ocarina and
keeps lifting his fingers, making sudden, violent surges on the needle.
In all these, none are as bad as the pc who, just as you ask the
incriminating question, coyly has to have a cigarette or gets a nose itch.
They do not know that these manifestations are each of them as good as
watching the needle. For these are all dodges and they mean the pc is in an
incident which is heavily charged. Light 80 will bring them up to a few
less jerks.
In handling psychotics, don't give them sedation and then put them on
an E-Meter, for it only stirs them up and they get worse. Most of them
cooperate after a fashion.
All these people can usually be persuaded into a recognition and
remedy of their error.
It does not actually matter much whether the pc sees the needle as you
work or not. Often, because you ask many questions which tend to contradict
him, you will find his tone and general alertness will stay up if he does
watch the needle with you. But if he does, don't let him start charging
off, altering his answers until he gets a needle reaction. You ask the
questions. Get his answer and ask another. Stop his tendency to go into an
argument with the instrument.
And remember this about the mind: It files first by time. Therefore,
your best approach is by asking WHEN. And ask until you get a reaction on
your numbers of years. And then, by small reaction adjust to bigger
reaction. Ask GREATER THAN? LESS THAN? your query. If it bobs left, it's
NO. If it drops right, it's YES.
Ask if it was tens of years ago, hundreds, thousands, millions,
billions, trillions. Ask until you get a drop, even a slight one. And then
go above and below that number until you get a really good-sized drop.
That's how long ago that facsimile was recorded. For facsimiles have sharp
date lines in them even when all else is foggy.
And use the newspaperman's questions: WHEN? WHERE? WHO? WHAT? HOW? and
WHY?
This E-Meter will find lost articles for anybody simply by dividing up
the area of the loss and going over each area with a question and then
narrowing it down until you get a drop. It will spell words of towns,
names, by dividing up the alphabet and asking. It sees all, knows all. It
is never wrong.
And now you're on your own.
Individual Track Map
L. Ron Hubbard
These charts give in brief form the three principal tracks in which
the auditor is interested.
The auditor is invited to fill in these incident "boxes" so that he
will know, at all times, what he has next to audit, what has been and what
has not been reduced, where motivators lie and where overt acts are to be
found. For this purpose some sample "boxes" have been drawn throughout the
charts. The auditor should draw others. The numbers in the boxes refer to
what should be written on the line after the number. Here is a sample
"box":
[pic] [pic] [pic]
The first line refers to the E-Meter action before auditing. This
means HOW the E-Meter acted, not what the reading of the meter was. There
are five ways a needle acts, as described in "Electropsychometric
Auditing." For the purpose of the above box, these symbols are recommended
for needle action:
V-violent, steep drops, half a dial or more.
M-medium drops, quarter of a dial.
L-light, barely perceptible drops.
S-stuck, fixed needle, very rigid.
U-upsurges (to left), a rising needle.
T-theta "bop," a hunting, jerky needle; a very desirable reading,
meaning
incident MUST be audited.
C-clear, or reduced.
This map is made for the use of TECHNIQUE 80 and TECHNIQUE 88. The
essence of "80" is that no incident of any kind makes itself obnoxious
unless the pc has used it against one of the dynamics. When it happened to
the pc, it was the MOTIVATOR. When he "dramatized" it or tried to use it,
it became an OVERT. When he used a motion (incident) too many times as an
OVERT, he came to have a DED (short for DESERVED ACTION); with a DED he
came to think of himself as being fair game for anything or anyone because
now he deserved to have something happen to him. The auditor then must find
the OVERT for every MOTIVATOR, a DED for every chain of OVERTS.
Thus the "box" is made out for any incident. If made out for an OVERT
which has been found, add a note to give the number of the motivator.
Some incidents, being very standard, have names. All other incidents
are numbered. The number of any incident is the number of years ago that it
occurred.
Copyright (�)1952 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
Thus the first incident on the track has the largest number. This may seem
paradoxical, but it is by far the easiest method of tabulation and is
easiest to mark down on the chart. It will lead to a simple accumulation of
much data. THE NUMBER OF ANY INCIDENT IS THE NUMBER OF YEARS AGO WHICH
CAUSES A RESPONSE ON AN E-METER. This may be, as the charts indicate,
hundreds of thousands or trillions. (You may not believe in incidents prior
to this life, but if you want well pcs, you'd better audit them; large
numbers of tests show that it is impossible to get recovery swiftly by
addressing current life only.)
Don't be afraid to mark up this chart. Don't be afraid to discover new
areas in it. If a chart isn't long enough for the area you are working, if
you find the space too limited, paste in another sheet for that area. The
numbering system permits this.
This is a chart of TERRA INCOGNITA for the most part. No explorer ever
had a present of so much little known or unknown territory as the human
time track. You and a pc and an E-Meter can do very great work by filling
it in.
The companion works of this Track Map are What to Audit,
"Electropsychometric Auditing," and Scientology 8-80. Leading to these are
the Lecture Summary booklets of the Professional Course.
[pic] [pic]
[Each of these track maps was originally on a page (8.5" x 14") by itself.
As the original booklet is generally unavailable, they have been reprinted
here in reduced size so that the student studying related material can see
what the Individual Track Map was. They are not intended for use in this
reduced size.]
[pic][pic][pic][pic]
[Each of these track maps was originally on a page (8.5" x 14") by itself.
As the original booklet is generally unavailable, they have been reprinted
here in reduced size so that the student studying related material can see
what the Individual Track Map was. They are not intended for use in this
reduced size.]
[pic][pic][pic][pic]
[Each of these track maps was originally on a page (8.5" x 14") by itself.
As the original booklet is generally unavailable, they have been reprinted
here in reduced size so that the student studying related material can see
what the Individual Track Map was. They are not intended for use in this
reduced size.]
[pic][pic][pic][pic]
[Each of these track maps was originally on a page (8.5" x 14") by itself.
As the original booklet is generally unavailable, they have been reprinted
here in reduced size so that the student studying related material can see
what the Individual Track Map was. They are not intended for use in this
reduced size.]
[pic][pic][pic][pic]
[Each of these track maps was originally on a page (8.5" x 14") by itself.
As the original booklet is generally unavailable, they have been reprinted
here in reduced size so that the student studying related material can see
what the Individual Track Map was. They are not intended for use in this
reduced size.]
[pic][pic][pic]
[Each of these track maps was originally on a page (8.5" x 14") by itself.
As the original booklet is generally unavailable, they have been reprinted
here in reduced size so that the student studying related material can see
what the Individual Track Map was. They are not intended for use in this
reduced size.]
A Key to the Unconscious
Symbological Processing
L. Ron Hubbard
THE WORK IN THIS VOLUME* IS DERIVED
FROM THE BASIC AXIOMS OF DIANETICS
FOREWORD
While this book* is primarily designed for counseling, it may be
employed by less skilled operators in the alleviation of either anxiety or
psychosomatic illness.
So long as study is given to the text and the question pages are used
without departure, only benefit may accrue.
Symbols have often been used hopefully in an effort to unlock the
unconscious mind and derive some answer to its terrible power over Man. The
use of symbols is not new. Their employment with these evaluation
techniques is new for here they are solidly backed by an understanding of
what the unconscious may be expected to contain.
The symbol is not the thing. The symbol is a code form of the thing.
Here we use symbols to discover reality, here there is no effort to codify
symbols for the sake of codifying symbols. Attempts to standardize symbols
have often been made. It had not occurred to past workers that symbols were
not standard, but varied wildly from individual to individual.
Here the individual is permitted to evaluate for himself what certain
symbols may mean to him and he is further pressed into seeking the reality
of these symbols he has himself envisioned with these aids.
It is hoped that this volume will answer the many requests to produce
a simple, workable method of counseling which would yet not interrupt the
self-determinism of the individual or increase his dependence upon the
counselor.
The Editor-1952
A BRIEF SUMMARY
OF HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
The goal in using this volume is the rehabilitation of the individual
ability to differentiate in general.
The process is based upon the axiom that identification is irrational
and differentiation is rational.
It is further based upon the axiom that the psychotic is wholly
concerned with the past and the problems of the past, the neurotic is
concerned somewhat with the past and then only with the present, and the
very sane is concerned only slightly with the past, somewhat with the
present and energetically with the future.
The volume is used three ways by the same person:
1. It is used first without writing in it.
2. It is used second by finishing the symbols with colored crayon.
3. It is used third by labeling the separate parts of the symbols
drawn.
The person being processed goes through the book first without making
any marks in it. Page by page he views the unfinished symbols and decides
what to make of them. The counselor then requires him, each time he has
decided on a symbol, to tell what person or object or thing in the real
universe, or what circumstance or state of Copyright (�)1952 by L. Ron
Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
[* References to "this volume" or "this book" refer only to this immediate
text (pages 239-263) which was originally published as a mimeographed,
staple-bound, 81/2" x 11 " booklet. ]
being, the symbol represents. The person being processed then is required
to recall an incident involving this person or object or state of being.
The volume is then turned upside down and the processee goes through
it again, first completing the symbol, then finding a real person or object
it represents, then discovering an incident involving the person or object.
This incident is then identified with every precision so that the exact
moment and circumstances are in view. And for each, the counselor demands
another involving something this object or person, or similar object or
person, did TO the processee. And each time the incident, or incidents
similar to it or containing some of the elements of it, is recalled the
processee is required to describe it and its elements until it is
completely real to him. And if the incident seems of great seriousness to
the processee, all similar incidents are recalled until the matter seems no
longer important.
Now, working a section or five pages at a sitting, the processee
finishes the symbols with colored crayons. And the symbols are then reduced
to real incidents. And the color is identified for what it is to the
processee, for it may mean much to him. But now the counselor wants to know
what the processee did to the person or object and wants to know the action
or emotion or thought which was overt or covert toward this object or
person.
In other words, when the processee has completed a section, the
counselor goes over it with him thoroughly, reducing each symbol into an
actuality and then requiring the processee to discover what he did that was
vicious and destructive to this actuality.
The questioning of the counselor is as follows:
"What do these marks mean to you in terms of symbols?"
"What does the symbol you have just named mean to you?"
"Who or what does the symbol represent in the real world?"
"Whom did you know in the past who was like that?" (Or "Who used such an
object?")
"What did this person (or object) do to you?"
"Recall an exact incident when it happened."
"Where were you standing when it happened?" (And other questions which put
the processee into the actual scene.)
If there were several times, "Recall the time most real to you."
"What is the earliest incident of this kind you can remember?"
Orient the processee in the incident. Have him glance through all such
incidents until he is again in present time. (The less talking he does
about what he THINKS about it, the better.)
Glance over this entire chain of incidents time after time until they
no longer interest the processee.
WHEN THE SYMBOLS HAVE BEEN DRAWN follow the same process but this time
alter it so that the processee addresses only incidents which the PROCESSEE
has done to the object or person the symbol represents.
IN SCANNING THROUGH CHAINS AVOID ACTUAL PHYSICAL PAIN. IF IT IS HIT
ANYWAY, RUN IT UNTIL IT IS DESENSITIZED. Get in particular when the
processee administered this pain to another.
NEVER FORCE A PROCESSEE BACK INTO AN INCIDENT.
ALWAYS SCAN A CHAIN UNTIL IT HAS A HIGH SENSE OF REALITY TO HIM.
CHAPTER ONE
The general purpose of this volume is to increase the ability of an
individual to differentiate amongst persons and objects and times to the
end that his orientation in the environment is enhanced.
The process which is here set forth permits a wide range of self-
evaluation and brings about a condition of increased self-confidence.
The counselor's skill is here expressed in his ability to widen the
usages of the actual incidents which are recovered to view by the
processee, as well as the skill he may employ in coaxing the processee to
find actuality in the symbols he creates or finds.
The process has a very wide latitude, depending mainly upon how much
the counselor may understand of the background technology of these
processes, for the volume may be used merely as outlined on the earlier
pages, or it may be used with an understanding of its texts, or it may be
employed by a wide comprehension of the subject of Dianetics, in which many
techniques exist which, by this method of discovering incidents by symbols,
can alleviate the type of incident discovered.
The goal of the book is to bring into full view the latent and
sometimes violent conflicts and turmoils which lie out of sight in what was
once referred to as the "unconscious" mind. More bluntly, the use of this
book brings to light those things for which the processee will not take the
responsibility and for which he was unwilling to have been CAUSE.
In many individuals the symbol alone can be faced, but once that is
faced, the person or object of the incident can be faced, and then, at
last, the incident itself may be confronted and, by Lock Scanning or
Repetitive Straight Wire, may be deintensified.
Skill in the use of Lock Scanning and Repetitive Straight Wire is very
desirable. More deeply, skill in deintensifying heavily charged incidents
is desirable. More deeply yet, the counselor may acquaint himself with the
techniques of eradicating facsimiles entirely. For this volume's use may
bring to view-and with forethought will always bring to view-basic reasons
why light and conscious level incidents have been aberrative.
We examine in symbols, not the source of difficulty, but the key to a
source of difficulty.
And we carefully permit the processee the fullest possible freedom of
evaluation and self-determinism as this volume is worked, a thing many
counselors, eager to help, sharply ready with advice and evaluation, may
discover difficult, much to the detriment of the processee.
This volume permits the individual to find that he can help himself,
easily the most valuable step which can be taken toward a high level of
sanity.
CHAPTER TWO
The employment of this volume by the counselor should follow a set
procedure, for if he is processing several individuals he may thereby keep
an accurate accounting of the progress of each.
Each book is made up in such a way as to permit the instruction pages
to be torn out. As a general rule, the processee should not be given the
instruction pages, and it is not necessary to explain to him what is
required save as he approaches each separate phase of the processing.
The volume, then, should have its instruction pages removed. Then it
should be labeled with the name of the processee. A data page for this
purpose is provided in the back of the instruction section and this,
remaining in the book, keeps check on the progress of the processee.
These two things done, the counselor then gives the processee the
remainder of the volume and lets him handle it and glance through it. The
counselor does not need
to indoctrinate the individual in any way and does not need to explain any
of the processes to him. He will find that processees, even children, even
psychotics, fall readily into the game of WHAT DO YOU SEE IN THIS?
The general steps covered in the earlier section and more expansively
in this section are then entered upon successively.
An important part of application is the attitude of the processing
counselor. The entire effect of the book can be destroyed if the counselor
is challenging, sarcastic or if he seems to want to "get something on" the
processee. Additionally, an attitude of constant evaluation, such as "The
reason you saw this was ...," will enervate the processee and bring him
into apathy, for here the counselor is usurping the processee's right to
evaluate. Further, the counselor should not become involved in arguments
with the processee. If the processee says that this is a fire engine in a
beauty shop, it is a fire engine in a beauty shop. The counselor should
beware evaluating for the processee for an excellent reason: This process
is aimed toward restoring the ability of the processee to evaluate. And
there is yet another reason: The counselor unwittingly may begin to force
his own aberrations at the processee in an effort to process out of him
what should be processed out of the counselor.
Quiet, interested insistence that the processee see something and that
he must then recall a real incident and must then process that incident
will produce results which, while seldom dramatically painful to the
processee, will be found to be very beneficial to him.
In general this is a slow process, which is to say that no sudden
results are obtained, but in a certain percentage of cases results so
sudden and startling as to reverse an entire personality will occur. The
counselor should be expecting the former and only gratified at the latter.
CHAPTER THREE
THE GENERAL CAUSES OF MENTAL ABERRATION are simple in fundamental and
complex only in development.
There are very few factors which mechanically underlie sanity,
neurosis and psychosis alike. These are contained in the two hundred and
nine axioms and logics of Dianetics.
AXIOM 25- THE BASIC PURPOSE OF REASON IS THE CALCULATION OR ESTIMATION OF
EFFORT.
AXIOM 29- THE BASIC ERRORS OF REASON ARE FAILURE TO DIFFERENTIATE AMONGST
MATTER, ENERGY, SPACE OR TIME.
AXIOM 30- RIGHTNESS IS THE PROPER CALCULATION OF EFFORT.
AXIOM 31- WRONGNESS IS ALWAYS MISCALCULATION OF EFFORT.
AXIOM 68- THE SINGLE ARBITRARY IN ANY ORGANISM IS TIME.
AXIOM 123-ALL EFFORT CONCERNED WITH PHYSICAL PAIN IS CONCERNED WITH LOSS.
From these axioms numerous therapeutic processes can be derived
easily. A study and understanding of these principles permits the counselor
to foresee the effects of various incidents on the mental state of the
processee and so to be able to stress what should be processed in the case.
One uses one's computational powers, memory and past calculations and
decisions to estimate past, present and future efforts. As an example of
this, consider the simple act of opening a door and you will discover that
it is necessary in the
present to estimate the future action of putting your hand upon the knob of
the door and exerting force. Now, if one in the past has been consistently
unable to open doors, he will take great care and possibly some time in
estimating this effort and perhaps even approach the simple problem with
some anxiety. If one has often opened doors and has consistently
experienced something anti-survival when he did so, he will again be
involved in the estimation of effort and he will take the data of the past,
calculate in the present to know what to do with the future. He will
calculate the effort of other things or persons in order to overcome them,
resist them or give way to them.
Even imagination is involved in the estimation of effort, and one who
imagines or daydreams consistently about being lazy is estimating how nice
it would be not to have to experience or deliver effort.
When one has been balked and rendered indecisive about efforts-
particularly that (indecisive) over a long period of time-he becomes at
first wild in his estimations, then resentful, then afraid, and finally
apathetic. His thinking is of the same quality as his success or lack of
success in the estimation of past efforts.
Let us view the effort of a child to obtain a nickel. At first he
merely asks for it. Not getting it, he begins to think up reasons why he
should have it. Not getting it, he may become angry. And when each
estimation, when put into action, fails, he at length says he does not want
the nickel; he sinks into apathy about nickels eventually.
Now let us examine the reverse situation where the child does NOT want
something. He is being made to take a nap. At first he playfully resists,
then he resists in earnest. Then he becomes angry. And, as persistence in
making him take a nap (counter-effort to him) continues, he finally cries.
This unavailing, he sinks into apathy and takes his nap.
There is a scale of emotional tones which the counselor should know,
for he can find anyone he processes fixed rather solidly somewhere up or
down this scale. The tone scale could be called a scale of "Relative
Success in Estimating Efforts." And it could be called the "Scale of
Potential Survival."
This scale has an actual series of precisely measured wavelengths, but
an arbitrary numerical value is given to each level.
4.0 HAPPINESS FEW COMPUTATIONS CONFLICTING USES EFFORT WELL
3.0 CONSERVATISM MANY KNOWN CONFLICTS USES EFFORT
CAUTIOUSLY
2.5 BOREDOM CONFLICTS KNOWN BUT OPPOSED USES EFFORT POORLY
2.0 ANTAGONISM CONFLICTS CONSIDERED DANGEROUS STRIKES BACK
1.5 ANGER UNKNOWN CONFLICTS BALANCED HOLDS AND DESTROYS
1.1 COVERT MANY UNKNOWNS USES EFFORT
HOSTILITY COVERTLY
1.0 FEAR SHARPLY FIXED ON UNKNOWN USES EFFORT TO
ATTENTION UNFIXED WITHDRAW
.75 GRIEF HOLDS UNKNOWN PAINS HAS GIVEN UP
.5 APATHY DOESN'T KNOW OR CARE EFFORT USES HIM
There are many aspects in this tone scale and many predictions of
behavior are possible from it. The counselor would do well to become
thoroughly acquainted with it in order to achieve superior results.
The processee will usually be found in one of the above
classifications. From 2.0 up, to generalize, he can be considered
relatively sane. From 2.0 down he can be found to be relatively insane.
Just as this is a scale of emotion, so it is a scale of computational
confusion. At 2.0, the processee is in an antagonistic mood toward
everything. And from there down his mood varies only to the degree that he
has been unable to make his environment behave. From 2.0 down there is
almost no real control of the environment and stimulus-response and close
association the only method of "thinking." At 2.0 there are many "maybes"
in the processee's life, most of which do not exist on a conscious level
but have been submerged or denied to conscious thought. From there down the
number of maybes and the depth they are buried increase markedly, until at
apathy all is confusion and nothing is conscious.
The counselor is chiefly concerned with MAYBE.
A maybe comes about in a very simple fashion. A person receives motion
which is antipathetic to his survival. Then, at some future date, he uses
this motion and offends against another sphere of existence. As soon as he
does this he is regretful and takes decision not to use this motion again.
But this is unfortunate because he DID have the motion and he SHOULD have
been free to use it, but he COULDN'T use it and still protect his survival
along his various interest lines in life. Whether he merely started to use
it and stopped (an overt thought) or simply expressed it emotionally (an
overt emotion) or struck out with effort in trying to use it and then
regretted it, the result was much the same. He has "decided" not to use
this motion. But he has it and this seems to indicate that he can use it.
But he can't use it and still remain social. This is a MAYBE.
When we find that a symbol leads to somebody who has done something to
the processee, then, we find the processee holding on to a motion received
from that person or a person like that person. And we can assume
immediately that this motion is such that it cannot be used by the
processee.
From 2.0 down we find the processee increasingly protective of the
"horrible things which have been done to him" and increasingly unwilling,
actually, to give up the hold such incidents have on him. FOR THESE
INCIDENTS, THESE MOTIONS TO WHICH HE IS HOLDING SO TENACIOUSLY, ARE HIS
JUSTIFICATION FOR HAVING USED THEM OR TRIED TO USE THEM LATER.
If a processee continually complains that he has been abused by some
person, BE SURE THAT THAT PERSON HAS BEEN ATTACKED OR ABUSED BY THE
PROCESSEE AND THAT THIS LATER OVERT SITUATION IS THE IMPORTANT CLUE TO THE
CASE.
Aberration, then, stems from receiving actions or abuses from life
which one cannot then use back against life and still remain social.
Aberration, then, is resolved by discovering first what the processee
states has been done TO him and then, later, relentlessly tracking down the
overt thoughts and emotions and efforts which the processee has done to
those of whose actions he complains.
By making the processee go over and over first the act that happened
to him and then the act that he did of a similar kind later, one after the
other, the incidents become resolved, for they are taken out of the MAYBE
classification. Processing, then, is a simple problem of resolving motions.
And processing by symbols makes it possible to discover the real motions in
the case.
CHAPTER FOUR
DIFFERENTIATION and IDENTIFICATION are two ends of a scale which could
be called from Sanity to Insanity.
So long as an individual can "tell the difference" between one person
and another, one object and another, he is sane. As soon as he begins to
confuse his wife with his mother, or his coat with his father's coat, he is
on the road toward insanity.
The identification of one person for another is very common. That does
not mean that the fact should be accepted as a desirable one or that the
average is necessarily sane. Any processee has many confusions and it is
the task of the counselor to resolve these confusions.
Because all motion contains time, time could be said to be the one
arbitrary. This would include space as an arbitrary since time cannot exist
independent of space.
The processee will be found to be confused mainly about time. It is
therefore very necessary to cause him to recognize with accuracy and
clarity the TIME AN INCIDENT TOOK PLACE. And because space is
interdependent with time, the location of the incident should be brought to
view.
Location in time and space promotes a feeling of reality. Reality is
thus enhanced by precisely locating incidents in time and space.
It may happen that the processee cannot recall anything that seems
real to him. This is a dangerous condition. The break between neurosis and
psychosis is easily established by the ability of the individual to recall
things which are real to him. Therefore it is vital that the counselor
establish for his own satisfaction, on each and every incident, whether or
not it is real and accepted by the processee.
The consigning of an incident to time and space greatly promotes the
ability to differentiate.
When a processee "identifies" badly, it might be said that all his
memories were so highly charged that they drew magnetically together and
formed a short circuit so that everything seems to be everything else. This
state is best processed by orientations, getting anything at all into a
proper time and space. Symbols markedly assist in bringing forth those
things which must be made to be real for the processee, for he will only
envision symbols when he is withdrawn from the actuality and he will only
give those symbols which lead to an actuality.
The counselor must work continuously to separate in the mind of the
processee those things which, one for another, he has identified.
[When the original booklet was used with a preclear, the above text pages
were removed and only the following pages were given to him.]
PROCESSEE .......................................................
Plate
No. Date Results
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
[pic][pic][pic][pic]
[Each of these symbols was originally on a page (8l/2'' x 11") by
itself. The preclear only used one at a time. As the original booklet
is generally unavailable, they have been photographically reduced from
the original so that the student studying the related text can see
what the symbols were. They are not intended for use in this reduced
size.]
[pic][pic][pic][pic]
[Each of these symbols was originally on a page (8l/2'' x 11") by
itself. The preclear only used one at a time. As the original booklet
is generally unavailable, they have been photographically reduced from
the original so that the student studying the related text can see
what the symbols were. They are not intended for use in this reduced
size.]
[pic][pic][pic][pic]
[Each of these symbols was originally on a page (8l/2'' x 11") by
itself. The preclear only used one at a time. As the original booklet
is generally unavailable, they have been photographically reduced from
the original so that the student studying the related text can see
what the symbols were. They are not intended for use in this reduced
size.]
[pic][pic][pic][pic]
[Each of these symbols was originally on a page (8l/2'' x 11") by
itself. The preclear only used one at a time. As the original booklet
is generally unavailable, they have been photographically reduced from
the original so that the student studying the related text can see
what the symbols were. They are not intended for use in this reduced
size.]
[pic][pic][pic][pic]
[Each of these symbols was originally on a page (8l/2'' x 11") by
itself. The preclear only used one at a time. As the original booklet
is generally unavailable, they have been photographically reduced from
the original so that the student studying the related text can see
what the symbols were. They are not intended for use in this reduced
size.]
[pic][pic][pic][pic]
[Each of these symbols was originally on a page (8l/2'' x 11") by
itself. The preclear only used one at a time. As the original booklet
is generally unavailable, they have been photographically reduced from
the original so that the student studying the related text can see
what the symbols were. They are not intended for use in this reduced
size.]
[pic][pic][pic][pic]
[Each of these symbols was originally on a page (8l/2'' x 11") by
itself. The preclear only used one at a time. As the original booklet
is generally unavailable, they have been photographically reduced from
the original so that the student studying the related text can see
what the symbols were. They are not intended for use in this reduced
size.]
[pic][pic][pic][pic]
[Each of these symbols was originally on a page (8l/2'' x 11") by
itself. The preclear only used one at a time. As the original booklet
is generally unavailable, they have been photographically reduced from
the original so that the student studying the related text can see
what the symbols were. They are not intended for use in this reduced
size.]
[pic][pic][pic][pic]
[Each of these symbols was originally on a page (8l/2'' x 11") by
itself. The preclear only used one at a time. As the original booklet
is generally unavailable, they have been photographically reduced from
the original so that the student studying the related text can see
what the symbols were. They are not intended for use in this reduced
size.]
[pic][pic][pic][pic]
[Each of these symbols was originally on a page (8l/2'' x 11") by
itself. The preclear only used one at a time. As the original booklet
is generally unavailable, they have been photographically reduced from
the original so that the student studying the related text can see
what the symbols were. They are not intended for use in this reduced
size.]
[pic][pic][pic][pic]
[Each of these symbols was originally on a page (8l/2'' x 11") by
itself. The preclear only used one at a time. As the original booklet
is generally unavailable, they have been photographically reduced from
the original so that the student studying the related text can see
what the symbols were. They are not intended for use in this reduced
size.]
[pic][pic][pic][pic]
[Each of these symbols was originally on a page (8l/2'' x 11") by
itself. The preclear only used one at a time. As the original booklet
is generally unavailable, they have been photographically reduced from
the original so that the student studying the related text can see
what the symbols were. They are not intended for use in this reduced
size.]
[pic][pic][pic][pic]
[Each of these symbols was originally on a page (8l/2'' x 11") by
itself. The preclear only used one at a time. As the original booklet
is generally unavailable, they have been photographically reduced from
the original so that the student studying the related text can see
what the symbols were. They are not intended for use in this reduced
size.]
[pic][pic][pic][pic]
[Each of these symbols was originally on a page (8l/2'' x 11") by
itself. The preclear only used one at a time. As the original booklet
is generally unavailable, they have been photographically reduced from
the original so that the student studying the related text can see
what the symbols were. They are not intended for use in this reduced
size.]
[pic][pic][pic][pic]
[Each of these symbols was originally on a page (8l/2'' x 11") by
itself. The preclear only used one at a time. As the original booklet
is generally unavailable, they have been photographically reduced from
the original so that the student studying the related text can see
what the symbols were. They are not intended for use in this reduced
size.]
[pic][pic][pic][pic]
[Each of these symbols was originally on a page (8l/2'' x 11") by
itself. The preclear only used one at a time. As the original booklet
is generally unavailable, they have been photographically reduced from
the original so that the student studying the related text can see
what the symbols were. They are not intended for use in this reduced
size.]
[pic][pic][pic][pic]
[Each of these symbols was originally on a page (8l/2'' x 11") by
itself. The preclear only used one at a time. As the original booklet
is generally unavailable, they have been photographically reduced from
the original so that the student studying the related text can see
what the symbols were. They are not intended for use in this reduced
size.]
SUMMER SESSION-TECHNIQUE 88 LECTURES
Phoenix, Arizona
23 June - 28 June 1952
"Nearly a hundred auditors attended the Summer Session in Phoenix,
Arizona, June 23 to June 28 .... Those attending the session were given 22
hours of lecture by L. Ron Hubbard on the developments of Scientology in
the field of processing. The subject of the lectures was 'Techniques 80 and
88.'
"Three of the volumes which were on the waiting list of publications-
the Individual Track Map, Electropsychometric Auditing, and Symbological
Processing- arrived in time to be issued to those attending."
-Journal of Scientology 1-G, August, 1952
52 ....C T88 Technique 88: MEST, Counter-Emotion, Parts I & 11
(possibly included in T88 list below)
52 C T88 Technique 88: Thought, Emotion, Effort
(possibly included in T88 list below)
52 C T88 Technique 88: Prediction Speed, Overts, Motivators,
Ded ( Lecture 3, Parts 1, 11 & 111 )
(possibly included in T88 list below)
52 C T88 Technique 88: Group Auditing, Tone Scale, SOP 8-C
(Lecture 4) (possibly included in T88 list below)
** 5206C23A T88-1A Technique 88: Course Outline, Disentangling Body
from
the Thetan, Wide Open and Occluded Case, What Are
Entities, Thetan/Body, Anatomy of Maybe, The Time
Scale, Decision To Be
** 5206C23B T88-1B Technique 88: Matter, Solid Thought, Home Universe,
Theory of Origin of MEST, Erasing Law on Time Scale,
Incidents, Space and Time, Restimulation, Forgetting,
Emotional Curve, Identity, Auditing
** 5206C23C T88-1C Technique 88: Mechanics of Aberration, Tone Scale
and
Maybe, Axioms, Effort, Nowness and Thenness, Axioms of
Knowingness, Pervasion, Q & A
** 5206C24A T88-2A Technique 88: Motion and Maybes, Attention Unit
Flows,
Flares, Hypnosis, Control, Shock
** 5206C24B T88-2B Technique 88: Tone Scale of Attention Unit Behavior,
Formation of Ridges, Around Hollow Spots, Attention
Unit Running, Motionless Areas, Apathy Incident
** 5206C24C T88-2C Technique 88: Concept Running, Deds, Aloneness,
Obsession and Motion
** 5206C24D T88-3A Validation and Invalidation
** 5206C24E T88-3B Overt Acts, Motivators and Deds
** 5206C24F T88-3C Overt Acts, Motivators, Deds (cont.)
** 5206C25A T88-4A Invalidation, Simplicity of Data, Counter-Effort,
Aberrated Thought, Overt Acts, Motivators, Deds
** 5206C25B T88-4B Technique 88 and the Whole Track
** 5206C25C T88-4C Technique 88 and the Whole Track (cont.)
** 5206C26A T88-5A The Anatomy of Dramatization, the Actions of Energy
** 5206C26B T88-5B Acquisition of Bodies
** 5206C26C T88-5C Theta and Genetic Lines
** 5206C27A T88-6A Confusion, Action of Track as Result of Energy
Behavior
** 5206C27B T88-6B Symbological Processing
** 5206C28 T88-7A Individualism
* 5206C28A T88-7 B Q & A Period
TECHNIQUE 88 SUPPLEMENTARY LECTURES
Phoenix, Arizona
8 July-4 September 1952
In July, August and September 1952, L. Ron Hubbard gave the following
additional lectures on Technique 88 to students at Hubbard College in
Phoenix, while completing the books What to Audit and Technique 88:
5207C08 T88 Supp-1A Standard Process of 88, Black and White, Part
A
5207C08 T88 Supp-1B Standard Process of 88, Black and White, Part
B
** 5207C08 T88 Supp-1C Standard Process of 88, Black and White, Part
C
** 5207C08 T88 Supp-1D Standard Process of 88, Black and White, Part
D
** 5207C24A T88 Supp-2A Behavior of Energy as It Applies to Thought
Flows
** 5207C24B T88 Supp-2B E-Meter Behavior Versus Flow Lines and
Patterns
** 5208C07A T88 Supp-3A Straightwire 88
** 5208C07B T88 Supp-3B Standard Process of 88
* 5208C07C T88 Supp-3C A Straightwire Process
* 5208C07D T88 Supp-3D A Straightwire Process
* 5208C28 LECTURE Talk for Associates about Fellowships, etc. [20
min.]
* 5209C04A T88 Supp Where We Are At
* 5209C04B T88 Supp Creation and Use of Energy (remedy for over or
under
abundance)
A HISTORY OF MAN
by
L. Ron Hubbard
Published July 1952
A History of Man, originally titled What to Audit, is dedicated to
Mary Sue Hubbard who helped Ron do the research at Wichita in late 1951,
and at Phoenix in 1952. It was, at the time, the most complete existing
account of the whole track, covering the present life, the genetic line,
the theta body line, and large specialized sections of the whole track.
Electropsychometric Auditing (see page 221) and Individual Track Map (see
page 232) were companion pieces to this book and were meant to be used in
conjunction with it.
A History of Man is the culmination of the Technique 80 and Technique
88 lectures given by L. Ron Hubbard in early Summer 1952.
Technique 88 is the process of locating the thetan, the "1" of the
individual, and the auditing of the thetan. Technique 88 depends upon a
knowledge of Technique 80 which is a mechanical process applicable to any
thought or thought mechanism.
A later edition made a few revisions and added in references to
Scientology 8-8008, and in some cases substituted "8-8008" for "Technique
88."
84 pages, one diagram, hardcover with dust jacket. Available from your
nearest Scientology Organization or Mission, or direct from the publishers:
Scientology Publications Organization, Jernbanegade 6, 1608 Copenhagen V,
Denmark; or Church of Scientology Publications Organization U.S., 2723 West
Temple Street, Los Angeles, California, 90026, U.S.A.
A STEP BY STEP BREAKDOWN OF 88
L. Ron Hubbard
SUGGESTED ROUTINE:
Symbological Processing on current life until pc is well in present
time.
Return pc to incidents where the thetan can be located as outside and
in good control of the body and run such incidents to orient pc.
In absence of an outside thetan, audit pc through failures to control
self. Use an E-Meter to locate youngest entity (newest bank in the body)
and audit its effort to control body. Then audit any transfer you can find.
Then audit blanketings until pc finds thetan is without a body.
Where thetan is outside, where he belongs, audit pc in current life
through any and all DEDs and DEDEXs and degrades.
Audit all present life transfers of the thetan, all switch and control
transfers that can be found.
Run off all incidents in present life where thetan and body create
boil-off. (Don't be surprised at thetan visios. You're auditing theta not
MEST perception.) Inscan and outscan thetan through present life. This
makes MEST Clear.
With E-Meter locate first implant about having facsimiles in thetan.
Audit it.
Locate first borrowings. Audit them.
Locate first blanketings. Audit them.
Locate DEDs and DEDEXs of thetan and audit them.
Locate each and every transfer on track. Audit them
The thetan concentrates on the body. He is usually about arm's length
from the body, concentrating on the body. When he is not concentrating on
the body there is a disturbance in the area and the thetan is being
distracted to another body or object. These distractions are important to
audit.
Don't ask your pc to get any other visio on the scene than the visio
of the body the thetan is manipulating. This is the usual thetan position
and only interest.
Don't be dissuaded that the pc is not the thetan. That he thinks he is
not is the aberration.
The most fixative emotions are resentment, antagonism and anger. These
tend to fix the thetan on the body. They confirm a transfer as permanent.
The thetan's aberration toward the body is to want things to seem real
to the thetan via the body. Actually the thetan should feel at least a
little remote and detached as though he weren't quite present. This
detachment will increase as auditing continues to the great benefit of the
intelligence and ability.
The pc gets better the better the thetan gets and that's all the
better the pc can get.
[The above text is taken from What to Audit. See previous page.]
T H E J O U R N A L O F
SCIENTOLOGY
Issue l-G [1952, ca. mid-August]
Published by
The Hubbard Association of Scientologists, Inc.
Phoenix, Arizona
What is Scientology?
L. Ron Hubbard
"Scientology" is a new word which names a new science. It is formed
from the Latin word scio, which means know, or distinguish, being related
to the word scindo, which means cleave. (Thus, the idea of differentiation
is strongly implied.) It is formed from the Greek word logos, which means
the word, or outward form by which the inward thought is expressed and made
known; also, the inward thought or reason itself. Thus, Scientology means
knowing about knowing, or science of knowledge.
A science is not merely a collection of facts, neatly arranged. An
essential of a science is that observations give rise to theories which, in
turn, predict new observations. When the new observations are made, they,
in turn, give rise to better theories, which predict further observations.
A science grows. Its most important growth is not in numbers of facts
but in the clarity and prediction-value of its theories. Many fields which
call themselves sciences substitute fact-collecting for theorizing, others
substitute theorizing for observation. Without both, there is no science.
The "exact" sciences contradict each other daily. This is not because
their observations are wrong, but because they cling to old theories that
conflict instead of finding the newer, simpler theories.
Scientology has introduced new simplicities of theory into the field
of human thought and has brought the study of human thought up to a level
at which it begins to embrace all thought and all life, not only of man,
but of all organisms.
Scientology is not a therapy for the sick, although from Scientology
such a therapy may be derived.
Thought is the subject matter of Scientology. It is considered as a
kind of "energy"-which is NOT PART of the physical universe. It controls
energy, but it has no wavelength. It uses matter, but it has no mass. It is
found in space, but it has no position. It records time, but it is not
subject to time. The Greek word (and letter �) Theta is used as a symbol
for thought as an "energy."
-Reprinted from the Introductory Lecture to the Professional Course.
Copyright (�) 1952 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
T H E J O U R N A L O F
SCIENTOLOGY
Issue l-G [1952, ca. mid-August]
Published by
The Hubbard Association of Scientologists, Inc.
Phoenix, Arizona
Electronics Gives Life to Freud's Theory
ASSOCIATIVE PROCESS QUICKLY BREAKS CASE WITH USE OF E-METER
L. Ron Hubbard
Years after free association as developed by Sigmund Freud had been
abandoned as a therapy, the development in electronics has revised, at
least in part, the techniques of the Viennese master.
In the days when none could expect a great deal from psychotherapy,
Sigmund Freud introduced the advance of free association. In this
technique, the patient was permitted to discourse freely and wanderingly
until the doctor could gain a clue as to the source of his trouble. The
doctor sought to obtain his data by evolving, from the clues given, that in
which the patient was seeking to escape, or what he was repressing. This
was the famous system of mental catharsis as developed by Freud and Breuer
in the years prior to 1894.
There were many difficulties with the technique of free association
but the main one was the lack of positive evidence for the doctor on what
the patient was avoiding, or repressing.
Years later, the technique is made workable for the first time by the
development of an electronic instrument, the electropsychometer. While this
instrument was developed primarily for the needs of Scientology, its
inventor has furthered its use by developing, as well, what he calls
"Technique 100," or "Associative Processing." The technique is so called
since it imposes and even guarantees absolute honesty on the part of the
patient and provides the doctor with adequate and useful clues.
It is said by those who have employed this process that they cannot
see how analysis could possibly be conducted without the use of the
electropsychometer. Now that associative processing has been developed, its
importance in the field of psychotherapy cannot be slighted or even
overestimated.
For the auditor or doctor who has minimum time to spend with his
preclear, or patient, an E-Meter and a knowledge of Technique 100 can bring
about an amazing shortening of the number of hours of processing necessary.
With the aid of an E-Meter and the technique of associative processing, it
has been estimated that the usual two-year psychoanalysis probably could be
cut to three or four months. In the field of Scientology, it is said that
an hour of associative processing is worth more than fifteen or twenty
hours of straight memory questioning.
With reference to psychosis, or severe neurosis, the technique can be
considered to be, and is considered to be, indispensible for both the
auditor and the psychoanalyst. In this state it is especially difficult to
pick from the babblings of a patient the clue for the material which, if
brought to light, may relieve his stress.
Despite its importance, associative processing requires very little
technical background or information. It can be utilized by one who has had
no more than the most elementary instruction on a psychometer-such as how
it is turned on, how the electrodes are connected, and how to keep the
needle balanced in the middle of the meter.
Copyright (�)1952 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
The patient is given the electrodes to hold. If he is particularly
disturbed, they are strapped to his hands with adhesive tape, and a mitten
is placed over one of the hands holding the electrodes so that banging them
together will not disturb the needle reading.
The patient is permitted to talk freely, discussing anything he cares
to discuss. The practitioner simply watches the needle on the E-Meter. The
discussion of the patient will shortly cause him to approach the subject
which must be relieved. As he begins to approach his clue, the needle of
the E-Meter will take a sudden and sharp drop.
Before permitting the patient to discourse, the practitioner makes a
pact with him, if possible, that at any time the practitioner says "Now!"
the patient immediately will tell him what he was thinking about at the
moment the word "now" was uttered. The pact includes, if possible, an
agreement with the patient that one hundred percent honesty would be
employed-thus Mathison's use of Technique 100, by which he meant one
hundred percent honesty.
The moment the needle drops, the practitioner says "Now." The patient
then tells him what he was thinking about while he was speaking. It
generally will be something connected with his speech, and therefore is
easy to detect if he is not telling the truth. Further, if he is not
telling the truth, the needle will dive again, under the stress of the
patient's repressing the information should the practitioner ask him, "Are
you telling me the truth?" and the patient tells him "Yes." Otherwise the
needle will drop in response to the charge of the data upon which the
patient has touched.
The practitioner then requires the patient to give him a fuller
amplification of the data which caused the needle to drop. The
practitioner, still watching the needle, observes that on much of this data
the needle does not react, but when it again drops suddenly, the
practitioner repeats the word "Now," and once more the patient tells him of
what he was thinking, below the strata of his speech.
By this route, considerable depth can be plumbed. The patient will
unburden rapidly much of his repressed hatreds and conflicts.
The patient is made all the more ready to do so by the fact he knows
the practitioner is watching the needle. This causes the patient to speak
with much greater honesty than he otherwise would observe, for he conceives
his mind to be "read" by the practitioner.
A practitioner should know the following manifestations:
(l) A sharp drop of the needle for emphasis to the right as you face
the dial denotes the existence of a heavily stressed subject. It detects,
for the practitioner, the existence and whereabouts of an emotional strain,
which, if talked about, may release.
(2) A steadily rising needle, which is one that keeps drifting to the
left as you face the dial, denotes an avoidance of a subject which, if
probed, will bring about the reaction of fear. This shows, in most
instances, an effort on the part of the patient to escape. The rise may be
continuous and carry on for some time. The rise is halted by asking the
patient what he would like to get away from, and why; whom he would like to
get away from; what situation he finds unbearable in the past. When this is
touched upon by the patient, the needle will stop rising and give a short
sharp drop.
(3) An idle needle, one which is drifting slightly to the right and
slightly to the left very easily and gently, denotes a comfortable status
of mind on the part of the patient, and tells the practitioner that he is
nowhere near any subject that distresses him, or, if it follows an
emotional outburst, tells him that the outburst itself is spent, and that
the subject now can be abandoned for the moment.
(4) A sticky, or rigid needle is one which does not change, but if it
does, changes very slightly and with a jerk. This sticky needle can be
interpreted, for the purposes of associative processing, as an effort on
the part of the patient to hold back information, or even use physical
effort to suppress information. The practitioner should ask the patient if
he is attempting to keep the machine from reading (which the patient
cannot) or if he is actively and consciously repressing some information.
If this fails to resolve the "sticky" needle, simply ask the patient to get
a whole concept of waiting
for somebody, or somebody waiting for him, or ask him to get a concept of
somebody standing still, or the patient holding somebody still, and the
needle may free. The patient should be reminded occasionally of the compact
with the practitioner as to the 100 percent honesty, as most patients have
many things which they are determined, very knowingly, to suppress and not
bring to light.
With this technique of associative processing, the hidden data which
the practitioner, if he is to advance the case, must bring to the surface
can be detected and released. No other effective method of doing this is
known at this time.
T H E J O U R N A L O F
SCIENTOLOGY
Issue l-G [1952, ca. mid-August]
Published by
The Hubbard Association of Scientologists, Inc.
Phoenix, Arizona
The Handling of Arthritis
L. Ron Hubbard
The disability commonly called arthritis is actually a chronic somatic
of the depository type.
Calcium or other minerals become deposited in the joint structures or
on the bones of the body, and there, impeding circulation and often causing
swelling, occasion considerable pain.
Joint limitation of motion is often marked, and quite commonly
progresses to a point where the individual must use crutches or a wheel
chair. The arthritic may have any joint or area of his bone structure so
impeded that the ailment may be manifested by claw hands, or hunched back,
or stiffened knees.
Characteristic of the disability is a certain immobility of the body
and muscles. This stillness is strongly contrasted to the spastic's
twitching motions.
The sufferer from arthritis generally is subject to endocrine failure.
The thyroid is deteriorated, the estrogen or androgen glands are relatively
inactive. The glands which monitor the calcium in the body and its solution
in the bloodstream are evidently particularly inactive.
Calcium in solution in the blood becomes deposited in areas having
restricted, or sluggish, flow. In Scientology, it can be demonstrated that
a restriction of circulation is present in those areas which have suffered
previous injury. The injury, although perhaps forgotten, or suppressed,
nevertheless can become active, thus placing a mental block over the area
to become affected and inhibiting normal mental communication and physical
functioning with and in that area.
The damage to joints in any arthritic can be demonstrated easily by
testing the individual on an E-Meter where it will be discovered that the
area affected indeed has been injured.
Arthritis, then, is structurally a deposit of calcium, or other
mineral, in an area which has been restricted by an old injury. The injury
is held in suspension and in place in the area by restimulation of the
environment which contains some of the factors present when that area was
injured. It is a condition of such an injury, in order to be in suspension
sufficiently to cause arthritis, that the sufferer himself must have
administered a like injury to another person.
The processing of the chronic arthritic may be pleasant or difficult.
This depends upon where the individual may be found on the tone scale.
Arthritis occurs at three places on the tone scale. The first is .375,
an area of extreme apathy where motionlessness in general makes it easy for
deposits to occur. The second is its harmonic, .75, the area of grief,
where the suppression of losses of allies or possessions causes a rigidity,
a belated effort to hold that which already has departed. The third is the
next harmonic, 1.5. This is the band of anger.
The .375 often is easy to process, but the apathetic state of the
individual occasionally denies the auditor cooperation, even though it
appears to be present. The .75 is best relieved by a discharge of grief,
where this can be obtained; but grief in a chronic .75 is quite often
occluded. The processing of the 1.5 is best effected by
Copyright (�) 1952 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
running anger, both the anger of others toward the preclear and the
preclear's anger toward others.
All three levels of arthritis can be affected interestingly by running
sympathy for persons who are in a motionless position, such as the ill, and
by running sympathy of others for the preclear when he has lain in a
motionless position, as in illness. The next most important thing to run is
waiting, or enduring, both on the part of the preclear, or others, and when
they have waited, or endured for him, or on his account. These incidents by
themselves have commonly produced an alleviation of arthritis.
The complete and entire reduction of arthritis, so as to inhibit its
return at any time in the future, depends on the running of electronic
incidents by Technique 80, in particular its famous black and white
process.
There are many things which can be done for the arthritic, many
processes which can be used. It is impossible in this short space to give
one of the many case histories of arthritis, under process, or to give all
the techniques, or complications of cases concerning it.
Of all the ills of man which can be successfully processed by
Scientology, arthritis ranks near the top. In skilled hands, this ailment,
though misunderstood and dreaded in the past, already has begun to become
history. Twenty-five hours of Scientology by an auditor who fairly
understands how to process arthritis can be said to produce an invariable
alleviation of the condition. Some cases, even severe ones, have responded
in as little as two hours of processing, according to reports from auditors
in the field.
PROFESSIONAL COURSE BOOKLETS
by L. Ron Hubbard
The Professional Course Booklets, also known as the 50 Course
Booklets, were compiled and rewritten from transcripts of lectures given by
L. Ron Hubbard during the Spring and Summer of 1952.
The first 27 booklets parallel the 27 lectures of the Hubbard College
Lecture Series given in Wichita in March 1952 (see page 218). Booklets 28
to 31 are taken from the Technique 80 Lectures of Phoenix, May 1952 (see
page 220). The remaining 19 booklets are based on the Technique 88 Lectures
of June 1952 (see page 264). Tapes of these lectures were supplemented by
the booklets and together they formed the Professional Course.
These "50 Course Books" carried forward all the basic technology of
Dianetics and Scientology, with particular emphasis on the material
developed between January and December, 1952. They contained an enormous
amount of material fundamental to an understanding of the mind, with many
illustrations. They could be said to have comprised a study course in
themselves, but were at the same time part and parcel of the Professional
Course.
Although they are out of print and generally unavailable today, the
data they contained can be obtained directly from the LRH tape lectures
mentioned, obtainable from Scientology Publications Organization,
Jernbanegade 6, 1608 Copenhagen V, Denmark.
T H E J O U R N A L O F
SCIENTOLOGY
Issue 2-G [ 1952, ca. early September]
Published by
The Hubbard Association of Scientologists, Inc.
Phoenix, Arizona
The Running of Concepts
L. Ron Hubbard
The running of concepts is a new development in processing which
replaces, to a large degree except in psychotic cases, what formerly was
called Straight Wire.
Individuals commonly are able to obtain a concept much more easily
than they can obtain a specific memory. Furthermore, when they run a
concept, it is run out of an incident in which they are fixed, rather than
out of the locks, where it does little good.
Concept Running is the term given to this portion of Technique 80, and
Concept Running alone is used for the light process running of Technique
80.
The dictionary definition of concept is "an abstract general notion or
conception." One has the concept, for instance, that another is tired, or
that people are bored, or that he himself feels sorry for himself. Thought
and emotion both are embraced in concepts.
Concepts are run on any and all dynamics.
Motivators, overt acts, DEDs, and DEDEXes (see What to Audit) all are
run lightly on the conceptual level.
Heavy processing of effort and attention units is done as before with
effort, counter-effort, attention units, and counter units.
The Hubbard Chart of Attitudes is one of the swiftest methods of
Concept Running. Across the top of this chart we have concepts of a more or
less ideal nature, such as I KNOW, I AM, CAUSE, CHANGE, WIN, etc. At the
bottom end of the scale on this chart we have the reverse of these
concepts, such as I KNOW NOT, I AM NOT, EFFECT, NO CHANGE, LOSE, etc. (The
complete chart may be found in The Handbook for Preclears.)
In the first, the auditor merely requires the preclear to "get the
concept of not being." In the running of changing concepts, the auditor
requires the preclear to get first the concept "I know not," and then
"scan" this up to the concept "I know." In other words, in the process
known as changing concepts, one runs bottom scale up to top scale concepts.
This can produce some very fast rises in tone and can take an individual
out of incidents in which he is fixed.
Additional Concept Running is done on the emotional scale of the Chart
of Attitudes, which goes from apathy, cowardice and fear, up to
exhilaration. One can run these as single concepts, which is to say, one
emotion, or as a changing concept, from a base emotion to a higher emotion.
In the latter case, one actually is running a reverse emotional curve.
Concept Running also includes specific thoughts. It does not include
phrases and the auditor must be careful not to let the preclear repeat
phrases, since these will repeat him into unconscious periods of engrams.
Let the preclear simply get the concept contained in a phrase, and feel
this concept rather than express it.
One also can combine a thought concept with an emotional concept. He
can ask a preclear to get a concept of not liking dogs and, as he gets the
concept, to actually feel
Copyright (�) 1952 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
that he dislikes dogs. Quite commonly the incident occasioning this dislike
will come into view.
In the running of concepts, it must not be omitted that a preclear is
quite often too low on the tone scale to remember things that are
absolutely real to him, times when he was in good communication, etc.
Further, the running of concepts actually can blunt his reality if he is
permitted to go into incidents which are too heavy with these concepts, a
thing an auditor finds difficult to prevent and about which he should not
particularly worry beyond this remedy: After every period of Concept
Running, the auditor should cause the preclear to remember specific
incidents on the time track which seem absolutely real to him, and in which
he was in good communication, where he felt affinity, or affinity was felt
for him, or good communication was being given to him, and where he was
able to give reality to someone.
Conditions and positions and states also may be run as concepts: the
condition of being poor, of being happy, the position of something being
near, far, high, or low-either socially, professionally, or actually-and
the state of something being still, somebody standing, somebody lying down,
something being in fast motion. The concepts in these cases can be combined
with the concept of the desire to stop somebody from moving, or to start
somebody who is not moving into motion.
The key concepts on any case are those to be found on the Chart of
Attitudes. One can amplify this chart by putting the words "Try to" or
"Trying to" in front of these conditions. Such as, the concept of trying to
know, the concept of trying to get somebody else to know, the concept of
trying to be, the concept of trying not to be, the concept of trying to get
somebody else to be cause, etc.
All Concept Running is productive of considerable result, but, as in
any type of processing, it must be remembered the preclear can get only a
limited number of concepts as overt acts before he has to get concepts as
motivators. He has to get a number of concepts as motivators before he can
get them as overt acts. Thus, be sure to run Concept Running along all of
the dynamics. For example, here is a routine that can be followed:
1. Get the preclear to get concepts about himself.
2. Get him to get concepts about other persons. Get him to get
concepts of trying to do something, or to be something about
himself, trying to do or be something with or about others.
3. Concepts of others feeling emotion toward him.
4. Concepts of himself feeling emotion toward others.
5. Concepts of a state of beingness, such as tiredness on the part
of others, as in making somebody feel tired, or in tiredness on
the part of self.
A chart of all possible aberrations would demonstrate that concepts
can be fitted into an inner play of dynamics, so that the first dynamic
feeling tiredness then could be rotated into the remaining dynamics feeling
tiredness. Or one could take a group feeling tiredness on the part of
individuals.
There is a validation type of Concept Running whereby one merely runs
happy or corroborative states and data, top tone scale material. This can
be run quite successfully, and often results in keying out low-level
engrams.
In running attention units and counter units, one quite occasionally
finds it advisable to ask the preclear to get a concept. The preclear is
never asked to get a phrase. Because of newer and more efficacious
techniques, phrases have not been run for almost a year.
Concept Running will be found quite as effective as Straight Wire,
which it replaces.
SCIENTOLOGY 88
by
L. Ron Hubbard
Published September 1952
Scientology 88 was a unique limited edition, hand-written by L. Ron
Hubbard on special lithographic plates, printed in blue and bound in hard
white covers lettered in gold. It was a special memorial edition, prepared
especially for those people who had contributed to the Hubbard Association
of Scientologists when offices first opened in Phoenix, in gratitude for
the aid they had given.
Also known as "Technique 88," the text of Scientology 88 was expanded
into Scientology 8-80, as the first ten chapters.
"In these simple techniques it may be difficult to discover the depth
of data which is Scientology, just as it was difficult in the complicated
techniques of Dianetics to discover a simple therapy.
"Dianetics was a productive field, a valuable step, but it was
experimental in application. Scientology is no experiment. Twenty-two years
of research are behind it-three years of widespread application are behind
it.
"Scientology is essentially 'knowing how to know.' It produces a state
of mind wherein it becomes possible to know Why you are here, How to attain
your goals.
"I am very proud to give you these techniques. I have spent some
eighty thousand hours in intensive investigation over the last many years
to bring about Scientology."
L. Ron Hubbard
Although out of print today, the technology from Scientology 88 can be
found in Scientology 8-80 (see page 288).
[pic]
[ The above is the last chapter of Scientology 88 (see preceding page).
When Scientology 8-80 was printed, incorporating the data from Scientology
88, the rundowns had changed so this was not included. It is reproduced
here so the student can follow the evolution.]
TECHNIQUE 88 SUPPLEMENTARY LECTURES
London, England
21-24 September 1952
In mid-September, 1952, L. Ron Hubbard flew to London, England, where
he immediately began to train auditors, work on Scientology &8008, revise
Self Analysis for the Self Analysis in Dianetics edition, establish an
organization and launch research projects-in short, to boom Scientology in
Great Britain.
His first series of lectures to London Professional Course students
were as follows:
** 5209C21A T88 Supp Basics of Scientology and Dianetics, Lecture 1, Part
I
** 5209C21 B T88 Supp Basics of Scientology-Nature of Flows
(elasticity of
flows), Lecture 1, Part II
* 5209C21C T88 Supp Basics of Scientology-Stuck Flows, Part III
** 5209C22A T88 Supp Scientology-Tone Scale Characteristics, Lecture 2,
Part I
** 5209C22B T88 Supp Scientology-Flows, Tone Scale, Lecture 2, Part II
** 5209C23A T88 Supp The Resolution of the Second Dynamic-Case Level V,
Lecture 3, Part I
** 5209C23B T88 Supp Blanketing-Exteriorization, Lecture 3, Part II
** 5209C24A T88 Supp Scientology-The Three Types of Energy Flows,
Lecture 4, Part I
** 5209C24B T88 Supp Activity of the Auditor (in theta clearing),
Lecture 4, Part II
T H E J O U R N A L O F
SCIENTOLOGY
Issues 3-G, 4-G & 5-G [ 1952, ca. late Sept., early Oct. & late Oct. ]
Published by
The Hubbard Association of Scientologists, Inc.
Phoenix, Arizona
Danger: Black Dianetics!
L. Ron Hubbard
Death, insanity, aberration, or merely a slavish obedience can be
efficiently effected by the use of Black Dianetics. Further, adequate laws
do not exist at this time to bar the use of these techniques. The law
provides that only the individual so wronged can make complaint or swear
out a warrant for offenders using these techniques.
A person on whom Black Dianetics has been employed seldom retains the
sanity or will to make a complaint, or does not know he has been
victimized. In addition, persons claiming such offenses against their
persons are commonly catalogued by doctors as suffering from delusion. Thus
the employer of Black Dianetics can escape unpunished under existing legal
procedures.
One invites, by the release of such powerful and insidious methods,
the censure of those who seek to hold society together. But a little
thought will tell one that these techniques are better released and known
to many than hidden and known to but a few.
A shabby, inefficient, and fifth-rate shadow of these techniques has
been employed by Russia and other governments. The cases of Mindzenty,
Vogeler, and Oatis reflect a faint forerunner of such methods. Even the
United States government, honorable above most governments, has sought
better ways to "influence" human beings.
Hypnotism is a rather old and untrustworthy method of influencing or
enslaving others. However, hypnotism is very unreliable even when it can be
effected upon an individual. The mechanisms of hypnotism, quite
incidentally and of no great importance, are circumscribed in Black
Dianetics.
One could not release this furiously violent poison unless one first
had the antidote. Processing, even that contained in Self Analysis, can
undo Black Dianetics unless, of course, the victim has been driven into
suicide or past the point of no return-a feat which is not difficult, but a
condition which is not desirable where the operator seeks real advantage.
Several people are dead because of Black Dianetics. Hundreds of
thousands are dead because of the atom bomb. Thousands may die because of
Black Dianetics.
Copyright (�) 1952 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
Millions may die because of nuclear physics. But also because of nuclear
physics man may reach the stars. And because of Scientology we may some day
win a world without insanity, without criminals, and without war.
Efforts to influence and prevail over the minds of individuals,
groups, and nations have been exerted since the dawn of time. These efforts
have utilized every known means of psychic and physical phenomena.
One of the earlier broad efforts consisted in the field of astronomy
where, in Chaldea, Babylon, and other early civilizations, priests procured
power by predicting solar and stellar activity such as eclipses and comets.
By first stating the phenomena would occur, the priests would be held to be
in league with the gods by a populace which beheld the spectacular
occurrences. The courses of men and nations could thus be swayed by a body
of men with recourse to phenomena known to them and yet unknown to the
vulgar.
Another effort of swaying minds occurred in Persia and Syria between
the 11th and 13th centuries A.D. A sect known as the Assassins utilized the
popular belief in Muhammetan Paradise to rule, viciously and powerfully, a
large segment of the known world. This sect enforced its will upon the
rulers and influential men of its time by assassination, and, indeed, that
is the derivation of that word. The leaders of this sect would ply
religious young men with hashish and then transport them to a marvelous
garden which contained all the sensual delights recounted in the Koran,
even to the forty black-eyed houris. The young men, believing themselves in
Paradise itself, would be told that they could not remain there unless they
obeyed the slightest wish of the sect and that they could not return unless
they were actually dead. The young men, so bedazzled, were then returned to
the "world of the living" and were used to slay important persons, for what
mattered it that the assassin was killed, since he would, at worst, return
to "Paradise." Thus any ruler or influential man in the world, once
threatened by this sect, would obey its mandates as to tribute or the
passing of new laws.
In India, down through the millennia, various methods of influencing
human thought have been practiced with greater or lesser success. One of
these wandered into the western world and became known as "hypnotism." The
variability of its success was such and the extravagant and unfounded
claims made for it were so out of the ordinary that even today there are
many people who do not believe it exists.
The basic technique of hypnotism consists of one individual, the
hypnotist, relaxing or coaxing into quiescence another individual called
the "subject." The operator then makes certain suggestions to the subject
and the subject may, during the session or after it is dictated, obey.
Hypnotic subjects are in the minority and skilled hypnotists are few and so
this method of influencing minds has had limited scope.
Further, the hypnotist claims curative powers in hypnotism and a
careful examination of the field demonstrates that hypnotism is far more
harmful to a mind than beneficial. Thus hypnotism, a curious phenomena, is
not greatly employed. But it has, nevertheless, been employed to the harm
of individuals and the "betterment" of operators.
It is claimed by hypnotism's zealots-and it has them in plenty-that a
hypnotized subject will not perform immoral or dangerous acts. Experiment
demonstrates a limited truth in this but it also demonstrates that a
hypnotic subject can be influenced against his best interests. The
charlatanism in this field is very great.
Other methods of influencing and swaying minds are all about us. They
range from the cold brutality of threatened death to the extensive practice
of advertising. Each depends upon some natural phenomenon or phenomena,
whether known or unknown.
PART II
The Loophole in Guarded Rights
Whenever phenomena become known to a small number of unscrupulous men,
these, by secrecy, can employ it to the enslavement of many. This, in a
thimble, is the history of the race.
It was inevitable that once natural law concerning thought became
known, it would be utilized by individuals to enslave, reduce, or even to
murder others.
Invalidation of Dianetics is now, fortunately, rendered impossible by
the vigorous program of proof and testing to which it has been subjected.
However, an invalidation of Dianetics as a process by which aberration can
be relieved, works in the direction of permitting Black Dianetics to be
employed without censure upon luckless human beings who may not even know
that it has been so employed.
The processes of Black Dianetics can be remedied by what might be
called White Dianetics, in most cases. If any group desired to use the
phenomena discovered in Dianetics to enslave an individual, a group, or a
nation, its first step would be to place White Dianetics out of bounds, to
illegalize its practice, and to condemn the tenets contained in it. To
debar the general public practice of White Dianetics is to make possible a
general unpublic practice of Black Dianetics.
At the present writing, there is one certain method of
disenfranchising a human being. In 1215 A.D. by the Magna Carta and in 1791
by the Bill of Rights in America, certain liberties of person and property
were delineated and given to certain nations.
In the absence of any known natural law relating to sanity beyond the
legal definition that it is the "ability to tell right from wrong" without
saying what right and wrong are, clauses relating to sanity were, perforce,
omitted from such documents. Thus a wide loophole was left in civil and
criminal structure. For whatever a sane man's rights may be said to be, it
is only necessary to declare him insane and his rights vanish. He has no
right to property. He has no right to trial. He has no right to be
confronted by his accusers. All processes of law are suspended the moment
an individual is declared to be insane. Indeed, on this whisper, even his
friends may desert him. He must have an appointed guardian for all his
affairs to whom he cannot object. He can be spirited away into a public
jail without other than a complaint that he is not sane. There he is
examined by men whose pretense it was to be able to distinguish sanity from
insanity and who, themselves, are suspect of being insane in most part. An
individual so accused can be incarcerated without any other legal process
and can be given "treatments" which will leave him a hopeless imbecile for
the remainder of his life. Or he may simply be killed by attendants.
Electric shock, "psychosurgery," other types of shock "treatment" are
at this writing accepted treatment of the "insane." Adequate documents
exist to demonstrate that these "treatments" never cure anything, that they
often break a man's spine or leave him even unable to control simple body
functions.
All this waits for the individual the moment he is pronounced
"insane." He is disenfranchised, his property is forfeited, he passes into
hands which have the power of life and death over him.
Thus we see that even the Magna Carta and the Bill of Rights are worthless
in the hands and under the manipulation of the unscrupulous.
In order to have a true bill of rights a citizen would have to be
given rights to his sanity and to his life. These are two rights which
cannot now be guaranteed. Until they are guaranteed, the Constitution, to
many, is a mockery.
In one insane asylum, at the behest of a government, a man that
government considers dangerous is held as "insane."
After Pearl Harbor in 1941 any naval captain who dared cry "Treason!"
when he saw how high administrative orders brought about a debacle was
shipped, quickly and without any recourse to friends or courts, to insane
asylums.
Thus it is possible, even now, in this "enlightened age" for a group
of men to function much as did the assassins, even without Black Dianetics.
By using the public fear of the insane, a fear born from the unknowns of
insanity, anyone can be discredited and imprisoned.
By using Black Dianetics, insanity itself can be brought about with
considerable ease.
In these turbulent times, with an A-bomb hanging over every city,
civil law is more and more withdrawn from the citizen, censorship is more
and more strict. Disaster breeds secret control and enslavement. In event
of a national disaster such as that envisioned in an atomic war, it is not
necessarily true that civilization may be destroyed, regardless of what the
president says but it is true that disaster may assume a magnitude
sufficient for any small group to seize control of the remaining populace,
a control very close to complete slavery.
In order to resolve insanity, it was necessary to release the natural
laws discovered in Dianetics. When they were released it became possible to
create insanity at will. And even more insidiously, complete control of a
human being can be effected without insanity being demonstrated by him.
The release of these laws and the whole of Black Dianetics is
necessary if a long range program of prevention is to be effected. So long
as Black Dianetics remains the property of the very few, a very great many
more will suffer eventually than those few who will die because of the
publication of this material.
Thus, the first basic principle of Black Dianetics: So long as a
natural phenomenon remains the knowledge of a few and is denied to the many
it can be utilized to control the many.
The first law of Dianetics which you should know is as follows: The
human organism receives and records all perceptions while under duress and
in a reduced state of consciousness.
Should you wish to know complete derivations of this law and its
proofs, you are invited to study the science itself. Here is contained only
sufficient material to delineate Black Dianetics in full.
PART III
Records of Mind Are Permanent
Man, for all his years, took the observation for the fact that when a
human being was no longer able to control its own operations and functions
and so long as it, again in control, could not recall what had occurred,
that the material was not recorded. This was wholly unwarranted as an
assumption.
Let us examine, first, pain. Pain, technically, is caused by an effort
counter to the effort of the individual as a whole.
The individual is a colonial aggregation of cells. Each cell is
seeking to live. Each cell and the whole organism is basically motivated by
a desire to survive.
The entire physical structure is composed of atoms and molecules,
organic and inorganic. While the individual is alive and conscious, these
atoms and molecules are in a state of optimum or near-optimum tension and
alignment.
On the receipt of a counter-effort such as that of a blow or,
internally, as in the case of drugs, shock or bacteria, the optimum or near-
optimum tension and alignment of these atoms and molecules, as contained in
the nerves, muscles, bones, and tissues of the body, are disarranged. The
result is a slackening or speeding of the motions of the physical body in
such a way as to cause misalignment and maltension of the atoms and
molecules.
This is pain. Counter-efforts to survival cause this effect to take
place. The technical name of this effect is randomity. The directions of
motion of the various portions of the body are disarranged into random
vectors or patterns. Pain results in loss, invariably, the loss of cells or
the loss of general alignment.
When pain departs, it is still on record. The record of that pain can
be called again into existence.
If you wish to make a very simple test, simply go back to the last
time you hurt yourself. Get as full perceptions as you can of the object
which hurt you and the surrounding environment. Seek to contact the painful
object again. Unless you are badly occluded, you should be able to feel
that pain once more. If you yourself cannot make this test because you are
occluded, ask your friends to try it. Sooner or later you will find someone
who can recall pain.
Another test: Pinch yourself and then go back to the moment you did it
and feel the pinch again. Even if you are occluded you should be able to do
this.
In short, pain is stored on record. But that is not all that is
stored. The whole area of any randomity is stored in full. The atoms and
molecules rearrange themselves, when pain is recontacted, into the pattern
they had when that pain was received. Hence the pain can come back. But
also the effort and all of its perceptions can come back when either the
pain or the general randomity come back.
The misalignment caused by a blow, shock, drugs, or bacteria causes an
inability of the control center of the mind to function. Thus, the control
center of the mind can go unconscious, can be overwhelmed by this
misalignment.
After consciousness is regained, whenever the control center of the
mind tries to recall what happened, it can recall only the randomity. It is
trying to recall a time when it could not recall and thus draws a blank.
Man thought that if he could not recall a thing, then it didn't
record. This is like the little child who hides his eyes and then thinks
you can't see him just because he can't see you.
With every area of randomity thus created by injury or illness or
shock or drugs, there is stored as well the counter-effort to the body. The
effort impinged upon the
body by the blow or the other misaligning factor also was stored. This is
physical force. When it comes back upon the body, it comes back as physical
force. It can distort features or the body by being in constant
"restimulation."
Restimulation is occasioned by some part of the early recording being
approximated in the environment in the present. This calls up the old area
of randomity. The body, confused, registers the old counter-effort.
Nearly everyone has these counter-efforts of the past being, some of
them, exerted against him in the present. His sub-level awareness is tied
up in resisting old counter-efforts-blows, sicknesses, drugs-which once
affected him and drove him into unconsciousness.
The moment an individual wholly concentrates his attention elsewhere
these old areas may exert their force again.
Feel the aliveness or full sense of being of each one of the
following. Feel wholly alive only in the member of your body named:
1. The right foot. 7. The back of the neck.
2. The left foot. 8. The nose.
3. The right cheek. 9. The right hand.
4. The left cheek. 10. The tongue.
5. The toes. 11. The left-hand.
6. The back of the head. 12. The stomach.
If you have gone over these members, investing carefully, aliveness
only in each, you probably will have received various aches and pains in
areas where your concentration was not fixed or at least experienced
grogginess. Try it several times.
Processing cleans up these old areas with resultant rise in health and
sanity.
Black Dianetics uses this mechanism to implant new compulsion.
SELF ANALYSIS IN DIANETICS
by
L. Ron Hubbard
Published October 1952
In the Fall of 1952 L. Ron Hubbard revised Self Analysis for use in
Creative Processing by rewriting the Processing Section text and the
introductory texts of each list and changing the commands to get the
preclear to mock up the items. This new book, Self Analysis in Dianetics, a
companion to Scientology 8-8008, was published in October 1952 in England.
The same text was then published in April 1953 in the United States with
the title changed to Self Analysis in Scientology.
It was this book that was used in certain British schools in early
1953 with resultant increases in IQ and reading ability and decreases in
absences (see pages 319-328 and 332).
In order to teach the use of Self Analysis in Dianetics with groups,
L. Ron Hubbard delivered six hours of lectures which were taped and made
into the London Group Auditor's Course (see page 306).
The original Self Analysis is the one now in use and it has replaced
this Creative Processing Version which is now out of print.
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE
FOR THETA CLEARING LECTURES
London, England
October 1952
The material in these lectures given by L. Ron Hubbard to the
professional course in London in October, 1952, parallels Scientology 8-80,
as well as the article "Procedures for Theta Clearing" in Journal of
Scientology 6-G, page 289.
This is Standard Operating Procedure 1. Copies of these tapes were
flown to Phoenix and Philadelphia in the United States and incorporated
into the professional auditors' course with Techniques 80 and 88.
5210C SOP-1 Title unknown
5210C SOP-2 Title unknown
5210C SOP-3 Title unknown
** 5210C SOP-4A "Summary of Technique 8-80", Thetans, G.E. Line
** 5210C SOP-4B Present Time Use of Energy Manifestations
** 5210C SOP-5A Theory of Flows-Counter-Elasticity
** 5210C SOP-5B Flows
** 5210C SOP-5C Basics of Scientology-Black and White Processing,
Discharging Flows
** 5210C SOP-6A Basic Summary on SOP of Technique 8-80
** 5210C SOP-6B Phenomena of the Thetan
** 5210C SOP-7A Service Facsimile Chain (Section E, Act 5. SOP,
Scn 8-80 Making a Theta Clear)
** 5210C30A SOP-8A The Role of Earth (incidents from the fourth and
fifth invader forces-their brief role on earth
as a prison)
** 5210C30B SOP-8B Illusion Processing and Therapy
LRH TAPE LECTURE
1 November 1952
5211C01 LECTURE Resolution of Effort and Counter-Effort
SCIENTOLOGY 8-80
by
L. Ron Hubbard
Published
November 1952
Scientology 8-80, much expanded from Technique 88, is the long-awaited
"How to Audit" which was to be the companion of What to Audit (later titled
A History of Man). This work was delayed, according to L. Ron Hubbard,
because of testing of the "Black and White" technique (a process included
in Technique 88). This technique is a considerable extension beyond the
data given in the Summer Session course (Phoenix, June 23-28, 1952), but
has that course as its basic.
Working on the basis that the individuality and the actual substance
of the person is an electronic field, L. Ron Hubbard spent considerable
time investigating all the manifestations of energy and its behavior. These
manifestations are few in number, and are readily identified. Once their
manifestation on the life field is understood, the running of the basic
incidents of the case becomes quite simple.
This book is an excellent rendition on the subject of the thetan and
electronics. It also contributes something to the field of electricity
and nuclear physics by pointing out some omissions in fundamental
electricity which, when remedied, make electricity more usable. It pokes a
hole in the theory of alternating currents and then fills it. A
contribution to basic science possibly comparable to some of Faraday's
work, it should be in the know-how of those broadly interested in Dianetics
and Scientology. It contains the entire technology of Black and White
processing, the manifestations of energy (flows, dispersals and ridges),
the tone scale for the thetan and other data. It is an extremely valuable
text. The technology itself is essential to the education of an auditor.
112 pages, 10 drawings, hardcover with dust jacket, glossary.
Available from your nearest Scientology Organization or Mission, or direct
from the publishers: Scientology Publications Organization, Jernbanegade 6,
1608 Copenhagen V, Denmark; or Church of Scientology Publications
Organization U.S., 2723 West Temple Street, Los Angeles, California, 90026,
U.S.A.
T H E J O U R N A L O F
SCIENTOLOGY
Issue 6-G
[1952, ca. early November]
Published by
The Hubbard Association of Scientologists, Inc.
Phoenix, Arizona
Procedures for Theta Clearing
L. Ron Hubbard
This is Standard Operating Procedure for Theta Clearing. This IS THE
ROAD. It applies to all cases of whatever kind. It does not change or vary
from case to case.
This process is done in steps. The auditor with EVERY preclear makes
no other judgment than to begin with Step I and, failing to accomplish that
immediately, to go to Step II; if he fails to accomplish this immediately
he goes to Step III and so on. When he is able to accomplish a step he
labels the case as that step number, i.e., a III. He then begins working
with that step. After a few hours of work he again starts at the top with
the pc with Step I and progresses on through. Eventually the pc becomes a
Step 1.
Step I: POSITIVE EXTERIORIZING. Ask the preclear to step a foot back
of his head. If he does, make him go back further, then up, then down,
practicing placement in space and time. Then one asks him to see if there
are any items in the body he would like to repair and proceeds to let pc
repair them according to pc's own ideas as to how he should do it. Then
educate the pc by making him create and destroy his own illusions into
finally getting a certainty of illusion and from this a certainty of
perceiving the real universe with all perceptions. (Note: The most real
universe is, of course, one's own illusory universe and should be
completely rehabilitated before one attempts to perceive or handle or worry
about the MEST universe. Rehabilitated, sonic, visio, etc., of the MEST
universe are clear and very certain. Clear perception in early stages is
not a test of being outside. The only test is whether the pc KNOWS he is
outside.) Failing the first line of this step, go to Step II.
Step II: NEGATIVE EXTERIORIZING. Ask the preclear NOT to be a foot
back of his head. (See sub-zero tone scale where all commands reverse.)
Give him commands in the negative which will be obeyed in the positive
sense. Then orient him in space and time (the thetan can be out of time
badly) and thereafter treat him as a Step I case. Failing this step, go to
Step 111.
Copyright (�) 1952 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
Step III: BY ORIENTATION. Ask the preclear, still inside, to locate the
inside of his forehead. Ask him to put a pressor beam against it and push
himself out the back of his head. Supplement this by asking him to reach
out through the back of his head and grab the wall with a pulling beam and
pull himself out. Ask him to steady himself outside and then, by means of
beams, to raise and lower himself while outside and to move to various
parts of the room while still outside. By orientation as a thetan, placing
himself as a thetan in time and space, he becomes sure of his whereabouts.
Have him find and cast off old lines which have their terminals fixed to
radiators and water taps so the energy will drain out of him. The III
ordinarily has enough lines to cause him to snap back in the head when he
releases beams. Failing this go to Step IV.
Step IV: RIDGE RUNNING. Ask the preclear to give himself a command to
walk. Let him locate the white flow line which results inside his head.
When this line goes dark, have him locate the tiny inside skull ridge that
stopped it. Have him run the flow from this barrier (these barriers are
tiny ridges, each having a thought with it such as "Can't walk" or "Too
bored to walk") back toward the spot where he told himself to walk. It will
run white for a moment, then go black. Have him give himself the command to
walk again and "watch" this flow line. It may run through two or three tiny
barriers and then stop. Again have him run the "objection" to walking. Have
him watch this "objection" flow until it goes black. Then have him give
himself the command to walk again and so on and so on. He will wind up at
some outside point. Now have him give himself the command "Listen" and have
him run this and its back flows on "black and white" until he is exterior
on the subject of listen. Then use the command "Talk" similarly. Then the
command "Nod," then the command "Move." Give "Look" last for it may "blind"
his perception of black and white. He may each time get out to a distance
in another quarter. If he can do all this start with Step I again. Failing
this step, failing to "see" black and white energy manifestations, go to
Step V. (See What to Audit.)
Step V: DED-DEDEX RUNNING. Audit the preclear on DEDs and DEDEXes with
particular attention to blanketings. Audit him also very heavily on
"Creative Processing" (Self Analysis, British Edition). Then go through
steps again. If pc is immediately perceived to have little or no reality on
ANY incident, go to Step VI.
Step VI: A-R-C STRAIGHT WIRE. Drill, by direct questioning, on locks
until pc can remember something really "real" to him, something which he
"really loved," something with which he was in communication. Then drill
him on creating illusions until he is certain he has created one which
really isn't real, which he is certain HE put the emotion and perceptions
into. (See Self Analysis, British Edition, with attention to "End of
Session Processing.") Then go through steps again. Failing Step VI after a
quick test, go to Step VII.
Step VII: PRESENT TIME BODY ORIENTATION. Have preclear locate a part
of his body and recognize it as such. Have him locate furniture, fixtures,
auditor in room. Have him locate the town and country he is in. Get him to
find something in present time which is really real to him, with which he
can communicate. Work on this until he can do this. Then go to Step VI.
Then go to Step I.
The Bibliography for SOP Theta Clearing is as follows: Dianetics: The
Modern Science of Mental Health, Science of Survival, Self Analysis
(British Edition as revised Fall, 1952), What to Audit, Professional Course
Books, Scientology: 8-80.
[Also in this issue of the Journal was a list of terms and definitions used
extensively in the theta clearing techniques. This same collection of
terms, with some revisions and modifications, can be found as the Glossary
of Scientology 8-8008.]
LRH TAPE LECTURES
London, England
6-16 November 1952
** 5211C06A LS-1 Methods of Research, the Thetan as an Energy Unit, Part I
** 5211C06 LS Methods of Research, the Thetan, Part 11
** 5211C06B LS-2 Creating Different Space and Time-Responsibility
-Code of Honor, Part I
5211C06 LS Creating Different Space and Time-
Responsibility
-Code of Honor, Part 11
** 5211C07 LS-3 Have as Homo Sapiens and as Thetans, Clearing by
Communication "Have", Part I
** 5211C07 LS Have as Homo Sapiens and as Thetans, Part 11
** 5211C14D LS-4A Be, Have, Do (time, space, energy, in relation to
do), Part I
** 5211C14E LS-4B Be, Have, Do (cont.), Part 11
5211C16 LS MEST-Self-MEST Universe in Connection with Creative
Processing
LOGICS AND AXIOMS LECTURES
London, England
10-12 November 1952
** 5211C10A L&A-1&2 Introduction-The Q List and Beginning of Logics
** 5211C10B L&A-3&4 Logics 1-7
** 5211C12A L&A-5&6 Precision Knowledge-Necessity to Know Terminology
and Law
** 5211C12B L&A-7&8 Logics 7-9 and 10-23
LONDON PROFESSIONAL COURSE LECTURES
(Standard Operating Procedure, Issue 2)
London, England
10-21 November 1952
** 5211C10 LPC-1 Introduction to the Course-Definitions of Dianetics
and Scientology, other philosophies
** 5211C12C LPC-2 8-8008 Continued, Time and Space
** 5211C14 LPC-3 Time, Create, Destroy, Have
** 5211C14B LPC-4&5 Standard Operating Procedure, Issue 2, Steps 7, 6 &
5
** 5211C14C LPC-6&7 SOP Issue 2, Step 5 (cont.) and Creative Processing
Assessment
5211C17 LPC-8 A R C
5211C17 LPC-8A A R C (cont.)
** 5211C17A LPC-9 ARC, Motion, Emotion, Tone Scale, Flows, Ridges,
Part I
** 5211C17A LPC-9 ARC, Motion, Emotion, Tone Scale, Flows, Ridges,
Part 11
* 5211C17B LPC-10 Creative Processing-the
basic anatomy of creative
processing, MEST universe, MEST, self
universe,
hypnotism, Part I
* 5211C17B LPC-10 Creative Processing, Part
11
* 5211C17C LPC-11 Ridges
** 5211C17C LPC-11 Ridges, Self-Determinism-Tone
Scales
** 5211C19A LPC-12 Attention, Part I
* 5211C19B LPC-13 Attention, Part 11
* 5211C19C LPC-14 The Control of the
Individual by an Unknown (Sound)
* 5211C19C LPC-14A What is Cause?
* 5211C19D LPC-15 Responsibility
* 5211C19D LPC-15 Responsibility (cont.),
Tone Scale of Responsibility
* 5211C20A LPC- 16 Creative Processing,
Lecture 1, Validation of M EST,
Have and Agree
* 5211C20B LPC-17 Creative Processing,
Lecture 2, Validation of MEST,
Have and Agree (cont.)
* 5211C20C LPC-18 Creative Processing
Directed Toward Breaking Pc's
Agreement with Natural Laws of the MEST
Universe,
Lecture 3
** 5211C20 LPC-18A Creative Processing (cont.)
* 5211C20D LPC-19 Creative Processing
(cont.), Lecture 4
* 5211C20 LPC-19A Creative Processing Directed
Toward . . . (cont.)
* 5211C21 LPC-20 Assessment of Pc-The Dynamics:
Be, Have, Do
5211C21 LPC-21 Creative Processing-How
Different Levels of the
Tone Scale React in Regard to Handling
Illusions
5211C21 LPC-21A Structure and Function as
Regards Mechanisms of
Processing-Clearing by Comm. "Have"
T H E J O U R N A L O F
SCIENTOLOGY
Issue 7-G [ 1952, ca. late November]
Published by
The Hubbard Association of Scientologists, Inc.
Phoenix, Arizona
Sanity Needs Creation-Destruction Balance
SPACE, TIME AND ENERGY HAVE THEIR PARALLELS
IN START, STOP AND CHANGE
L. Ron Hubbard
Self-determinism seeks as its goal the attainment of the goal of theta
itself.
Theta has the capability of locating matter and energy in time and
space, and of creating time and space.
Any action requires space and time, for space and time are necessary
to motion.
Motion can be defined as change of location in space, and any change
of location requires time.
Thus we have an interacting triangle, one corner of which could be
labelled space, another corner time, and the third energy. Matter is not
included in the triangle because matter is apparently cohesion and adhesion
of energy.
The cycle of a universe could be said to be the cycle of creation,
growth, conservation, decay, and destruction. This is the cycle of an
entire universe or any part of that universe; it is also the cycle of life
forms.
This would compare to the three actions of energy, which are Start,
Change and Stop. Where creation is Start, growth is enforced Change,
conservation and decay are inhibited Change, and destruction is Stop.
The two extremes of the cycle-creation and destruction or, in the
terms of motion, Start and Stop-are interdependent and are consecutive.
There could be no creation without destruction; as one must eradicate
the tenement before building the apartment house, so, in the material
universe, must destruction and creation be intermingled. A good action
could be said to be one which accomplished the maximal construction with
minimal destruction; a bad action could be said to be one which
accomplished minimal construction with maximal destruction.
That which is started and cannot be stopped and that which is stopped
without being permitted to run a course are alike actions bordering upon
the psychotic. Unreasonableness itself is defined by persistence in one or
the other of these courses of starting something which cannot be stopped
(as in the case of an A-bomb) or of stopping something before it has
reached a beneficial stage.
Unlimited creation without any destruction would be insane; unlimited
destruction without any creation would be similarly insane.
In actuality, insanity can be grouped and classified, detected and
remedied by a study of creation and destruction.
If one discovers in an individual where he will not use force, or
cannot tolerate force, he will find where that individual will also refuse
to be responsible. The definition of responsibility is entirely within this
boundary.
An assessment of a case can be done by use of the accompanying graph.
We see here creation with a line pointing straight downward and find there
the word insane;
Copyright (�) 1952 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
under this, we list the dynamics. Wherever along any of these dynamics the
individual cannot conceive himself to be able to create, on that level he
will be found aberrated to the degree that he does not believe himself able
to create. This might be thought to introduce an imponderable but such is
not the case, for the individual is most aberrated on the first dynamic
and, rightly or wrongly, conceives that he could not create himself. This
goes to the extent, in homo sapiens, of believing that one cannot create a
body and, rightly or wrongly, one is then most aberrated on the subject of
his body.
Potentially, because of the character of theta itself, an individual
in an absolute and possibly unattainable state, should be able to create a
universe. Certainly it is true that every man is his own universe and
possesses within himself all the capabilities of a universe.
To the extreme right of the graph, we have the word destruction and a
line pointing downwards toward insane, and beneath this, the list of the
dynamics. That individual who can only destroy along any of these dynamics
and cannot or will not create could be said to be aberrated on that
dynamic. He is aberrated to the degree that he would destroy that dynamic.
Looking again at the column of creation, one finds the individual
aberrated anywhere along the dynamics in that column where the individual
will only create and will not destroy.
In the destruction column, one finds the individual aberrated on any
dynamic in that column where he will not destroy.
Use of this graph and these principles enables the auditor to assess
hitherto hidden compulsions and obsessions on the part of the preclear.
This is an auditing graph. If one looks at it in another way than
auditing, he finds laid out what has been occasionally posed as a
philosophy of existence. Friedrich Nietzsche, in his book Thus Spake
Zarathustra, presents as a desirable code of conduct unlimited willingness
to destroy. In order to survive in any universe, conduct must be regulated
by a sense of ethics. Ethics are possible on a reasonable level only when
the individual is high on the tone scale. In the absence of such height,
ethics are supplanted by morals which can be defined as an arbitrary code
of conduct not necessarily related to reason. Should one attempt to
regulate his conduct on the basis of unlimited creation or destruction, he
would find it necessary to act without judgment to put his philosophy into
effect. It is noteworthy that the late Nazi regime can serve as a clinical
test of the workability of a scheme of things wherein unlimited creation
and destruction are held as an ideal.
T H E J O U R N A L O F
SCIENTOLOGY
Issue 7-G [ 1952, ca. late November]
Published by
The Hubbard Association of Scientologists, Inc.
Phoenix, Arizona
The Components of Experience
L. Ron Hubbard
The physicist long has been on a carousel with regard to the component
parts of the material universe.
He has had to define time in terms of space and energy, space in terms
of time and energy, and energy in terms of time and space, and matter as a
combination of all three. When three factors exist at such an altitude in a
science, there can be no further clarification unless the material can be
related to experience of an equal magnitude.
The current definition in Scientology has this liability: if self-
determination is the location of matter and energy in time and space, and
the creation, change and destruction of time and space, then there is no
comparable data by which to evaluate this level. The physicist has found
the interrelationship of time, space and energy to be invaluable and has,
indeed, produced a civilization from this interrelationship just as, with
our definition of self-determinism, it is possible to deaberrate an
individual and increase his potentialities in a way never before suspected
possible, and with a speed which exceeds all past estimates, even in the
science of Scientology.
Because we are now working from a higher understanding than time,
space and energy, it is possible to compare these to experience in such a
way as to broaden their use and modify their force or increase it. Control
of time, space and energy now comes well within our capabilities.
Space, time and energy in experience become Be, Have and Do, the
component parts of experience itself.
Space could be said to be BE. One can be in space without change and
without time; one can also be, without action.
The essence of time is apparently possession. When possession ceases,
the record of time ceases. Without possession, change cannot be observed;
in the presence of possession change can be observed. Thus it is deduced
that time and possession are interdependent.
The past could be subdivided into Had, Should Have Had, Didn't Have,
and Got, Should Have Gotten, Didn't Get, and Gave, Should Have Given,
Didn't Give.
The present could be subdivided into Have, Should Have, Does Not Have,
and Giving, Should Be Giving, Not Giving, and Receiving, Should Be
Receiving, Not Receiving.
The future is subdivisible into Will Have, Should Have, Will Not Have,
and Getting, Will Be Getting, Will Not Be Getting, and Will Receive, Will
Not Receive.
In each of the above-past, present and future-the word would apply for
any individual or any part of the dynamics to all the other dynamics.
The way one knows there was a past is by knowing the conditions of the
past. The most revelatory of these is the facsimile which was taken in the
past. However, without any possession in the present stemming forward from
the past, the past becomes unimportant; or, because possession ceased, the
past is obliterated. The single matter of the body of a past life not being
in the present life invalidates the existence
Copyright (�) 1952 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
of the past life to the individual who then does not-or does not care to-
remember it. Yet the facsimile can be, nevertheless, effective upon him.
Energy, whether in the field of thought, emotion, or effort, can be
summed into DO. It requires beingness and havingness in order to achieve
doingness. Here we have the static of space acting against the kinetic of
possession to produce action in the field of thought, emotion, or effort,
the various categories of doingness.
Should one care to test this as a process on a preclear, he will find
that the missing portions of the preclear's past have to do with loss of
something. Loss itself is the single aberrative factor in living. It long
has been known in this science that the release of a grief charge was an
important single improvement in the preclear. Grief is entirely and only
concerned with loss or threatened loss. Pain itself can be defined in terms
of loss, for pain is the threat which tells one that loss of mobility or a
portion of the body or the environment is imminent. Man has pain so
thoroughly identified with loss that in some languages the words are
synonymous.
Loss is always identified with HAVE, for if one doesn't have, one
cannot lose.
The Hindu sought to depart into his Nirvana by refusing to have
anything to do with Having. He sought thus to promote himself into Being.
He saw that so long as he retained a grasp on a body in any degree he was
Having, and thus was pressed into Being.
Having and Being often are identified to the degree that many people
attempt exclusively to Be only by Having. The capitalist judges his own
beingness solely by the degree of possession, not even vaguely by the
degree of action he is able to execute.
Possessions absorb and enforce time; only without possessions would
one be able to regulate time at will. This is a singular attribute of the
cleared theta clear, and to him possession of MEST is extremely
unimportant.
One can make up for a lack of Having by Doing, and by Doing
accomplishes Having and thus regulates time.
Having enhances either Being or Doing, as is sometimes severely
recognized by one who would like to take a vacation or a trip to foreign
lands.
Doing can enhance either Being or Having; a balanced Doing slants in
both directions, but if one Does without Having, his Being increases, as is
well known by anyone who insists on doing favors without recompense and
without gain.
There is an optimum speed of Doing. If one travels less than that
speed, he has little Being and Having; if one travels greater than that
speed, he has to abandon both Being and Having. This is applicable
especially to the MEST universe. The case of a race driver is in point. He
must assume a contempt for Being and Having in order to achieve the speeds
he does.
When change is too rapid both Beingness and Havingness suffer. When
change is too slow both Beingness and Havingness suffer. For Change is
essentially the redirection of energy.
In the assessment of a preclear, one can easily trace, by use of the
triangle, Be, Have and Do; and by placing this over a second triangle with
space at the point of Be, time at the point of Have, and energy at the
point of Do, find where the preclear is overbalanced and why the preclear
cannot handle time or why he is trying to occupy too much space without
being able to fill it, or why his life is complicated with too much
havingness and has reduced his beingness to nought.
In the MEST universe as well as in a constructed universe, these three
factors should be balanced for orderly progress.
SCIENTOLOGY 8 - 8008
by
L. Ron Hubbard
Published
December 1952
Scientology 8-8008 was written by L. Ron Hubbard in England in October-
November 1952. He had the first copy with him when he flew to the United
States and presented it at the opening of the Philadelphia Doctorate Course
on December first.
It was used as the professional course textbook. It is written as a
self-contained unit and is an exciting book to read, having a style that is
staccato and crisp. It conveys the maximum amount of information in the
minimum space.
As originally written it contained Standard Operating Procedure, Issue
3, and the entire professional course as given in Phoenix, Philadelphia and
London followed this text, the 62 lecture hours of that course being
organized as an expansion of the book and technique. Issue 4, went by
rapidly one weekend early in the Philadelphia Doctorate Course, and Issue 5
was used for the balance of the course. The last issue of Standard
Operating Procedure was number eight (SOP-8), which was broadly
communicated in May 1953. Then came Short 8, SOP-8A, SOP-8L (life), SOP-8C
(clinical), SOP-8D (delivery of heavy cases), SOP-80 (operating thetan).
Later editions of this book have successively added more material to
the original text including: The Factors (April 1953), SOP-8 (May 1953),
Certainty Processing (June 1953), Six Levels of Processing-Issue 5 (11
November 1955) and Games Processing ( 14 February 1956) . All of these will
be found in these volumes.
160 pages, hardcover with dust jacket. Available from your nearest
Scientology Organization or Mission, or direct from the publishers:
Scientology Publications Organization, Jernbanegade 6, 1608 Copenhagen V,
Denmark; or Church of Scientology Publications Organization U.S., 2723 West
Temple Street, Los Angeles, California, 90026, U.S.A.
PHILADELPHIA DOCTORATE COURSE LECTURES
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
1-18 December 1952
L. Ron Hubbard gave the Philadelphia Doctorate Course to a class of 38
auditors in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, from Monday, 1 December, through
Friday, 19 December 1952. As reported in the Journal of Scientology 9-G, "A
total of 62 lectures were delivered to these candidates by Mr. Hubbard,
each lecture an hour in duration. The material covered included a wide
analysis of human behavior, the handling and control of homo sapiens, the
highest level of atomic and molecular phenomena, a complete coverage of
Standard Operating Procedure, Issue Five, and a full expansion of the new
professional course textbook, Scientology 8-8008.
"Some 70 charts were drawn by LRH in the course of his lectures and
are being made directly into a book which will be used by students studying
this course in the future. Students are also having prepared for use a
class work booklet which summarizes all old processes, in which they must
be expert. A text on Creative Processing, which is for professional
application to preclears, is also under preparation.
"The lectures were recorded fully on plastic tape by a professional
sound engineer using high fidelity equipment, the first high fidelity tapes
ever made of Mr. Hubbard's lectures.
"These tapes, the book of charts which illustrate the tapes, the class
work booklets, the advanced text Scientology 8-8008, and the Creative
Processing text, comprise the complete equipment of the doctorate course."
The tapes and the book of charts are available today, as is the book
Scientology 8-8008, to which additional material on Creative Processing was
added.
** 5212C01A PDC- 1 Scientology: How To
Understand and Study I t
** 5212C01B PDC-2 E-Meter: Description,
Demonstration
** 5212C01C PDC-3 Creative Processing, Demo of E-
Meter Auditing
** 5212C02A PDC-4 Locks, Secondaries, Engrams,
How To Handle
** 5212C02B PDC-5 Gradient Scales of Handling
Space, Energy and Objects
** 5212C02C PDC-6 The "Q": Highest Level of
Knowledge, Axioms, Energy
Phenomena of Thought and Facsimiles,
Differentiation
** 5212C02D PDC-7 A Thetan Creates (MEST) by
Postulates-Q2
** 5212C03A PDC-8 The Track of Thetan/G.E.,
Space/Time
** 5212C03B PDC-9 Anatomy of Processing-Energy
Phenomena/Sensation
** 5212C03C PDC-10 Specific Parts of Self-
Determinism, Spacation
** 5212C04A PDC-11 Spacation: Energy Particlesand
Time
** 5212C04B PDC-12 Spacation: Locating, Space,
Time
** 5212C04C PDC-13 Spacation: Anchor Points,
Origin
** 5212C04D PDC-14 The Logics: Methods of Thinking
** 5212C04E PDC-15 The Logics: Infinity-valued
Logic
** 5212C05A PDC-16 Cycles of Action
** 5212C05B PDC-17 The Tone Scale: Moving the Pc
up the Scale
** 5212C05C PDC-18 Conditionsof Space/Time/Energy
** 5212C06A PDC-19 Axiomsand Logics-Further Data
** 5212C06B PDC-20 Formative State of Scientology:
Definition of Logic
** 5212C08A PDC-21 ARC/Cycles: Theory and
Automaticity
** 5212C08B PDC-22 More on Automaticity
** 5212C08C PDC-23 ARC, Force, Be/Do/Have
** 5212C09A PDC-24 What's Wrong With This
Universe: A Working Package
for Auditor
** 5212C09B PDC-25 Flows: Reverse Vector of
Physical Universe
** 5212C09C PDC-26 Flows: Characteristics of
** 5212C09D PDC-27 Flows: The Part Force Bears
in Clearing
** 5212C09E PDC-28 Flows: The Part Space Bears
in Clearing
5212C09 LECTURE Plus and Minus (could
be same tape as 4 above)
** 5212C10A PDC-29 Flows: Pattern of
Interaction
** 5212C10B PDC-30 Flows: Rate of Change,
Relative Size, Anchor Points
** 5212C10C PDC-31 Flows: Basic Agreement and
Prove it!
** 5212C10D PDC-32 Flows: Dispersals and Ridges
** 5212C10E PDC-33 Anatomy of the Genetic
Entity
** 5212C11 LECTURE Single Data and Its
Evaluation
** 5212C11A PDC-34 8-8008: Understanding the
Phenomena
** 5212C11B PDC-35 The D.E.I. Scale
** 5212C11C PDC-36 Structure/Function:
Selective Variations of
** 5212C11D PDC-37 Chart of Attitudes: Rising
Scale Processing
** 5212C11E PDC-38 Rising Scale Processing
** 5212C12A PDC-39 Game Processing
** 5212C12B PDC-40 Games/Goals
** 5212C12C PDC-41 SOP Issue 3: Postulate,
Creative Process
** 5212C13A PDC-42 Standard Operating Procedure
(SOP)
** 5212C13B PDC-43 On Auditing-How to
Succeed/Fail, Assess
** 5212C13C PDC-44 SOP: Assessment (cont.)
** 5212C13D PDC-45 Development of Scientology:
Characteristics of Living
Science
** 5212C13E PDC-46 Goal: Rehabi I itation of
Thetan, Case Step 1
** 5212C15A PDC-47 SOP Issue 5
** 5212C15B P DC-48 SOP Spacation
** 5212C15C PDC-49 SOP Spacation (cont.)
** 5212C16A PDC-50 SOP Spacation Step 3, Flow
Processing
** 5212C16B PDC-51 SOP Issue 5
** 5212C16C PDC-52 Memory (Not Human Memory)
** 5212C16D PDC-53 Memory and Automaticity
** 5212C17A PDC-54 Summary to Date: Handling
Step 1 and Demo
** 5212C17B PDC-55 Demonstration on Step One
(cont.)
** 5212C17C PDC-56 Discussion of Demo: Above
Agreement With Flows
** 5212C17D PDC-57 Continued Demonstration Step
4
** 5212C18A PDC-58 About the " P ress" Tone
Level: Psychometry
** 5212C18B PDC-59 Chart of Havingness
** 5212C18C PDC-60 How To Talk About
Scientology
** 5212C18D PDC-61 How To Talk to Friends About
Scientology
** 5212C18E PDC-62 Your Own Case: To You the
Student
LRH TAPE LECTURES
1952 (specific dates unknown)
52 .. C .. LON LECT Activity of an Auditor
52 .. C .. LECTURE Attention Units, Tone Scale of
52 .. C .. LECTU RE Confusion-Mest Bodies
52 .. C.. LECTURE Entities
T H E J O U R N A L O F
SCIENTOLOGY
Issues 8-G-12-G [ 1952, ca. early December-15 March 1953 ]
Published by
The Hubbard Association of Scientologists, Inc.
Phoenix, Arizona
New Data Doesn't Invalidate
Early, Proven Techniques
L. Ron Hubbard
J of S EDITOR'S NOTE-Auditors and preclears too often complain that
Scientology is invalidating itself; that today's techniques are making
those of yesterday obsolete. L. Ron Hubbard, in a recent lecture, said
definitely that you audit the preclear, not the technique; that the
first book still will do exactly what it said it would do, and new
developments have only one purpose: to give auditors newer and better
tools with which to work.
Because we feel that this lecture is of extreme importance, it has
been edited somewhat, and is being reprinted serially in Scientology.
This is the first chapter.
In the opinion of many people, this science changes-rapidly,
radically, sporadically and unpredictably. When someone tells you this, you
know he does not know his Scientology.
In DIANETICS: The Modern Science of Mental Health, in a chapter called
"The Cell and the Organism," there is a statement (though not in these
words) that the structure of the human body is a series of efforts and
counter-efforts. In the chapter on emotion, there is a discussion on
unburdening the misemotion by which the body is controlled. There is a
statement that emotion is a theta thing, which we can use though we do not
fully understand it.
This consistency of theory from the time of the first book to now is
easily observed. There is one major error along the line, of which I know:
the theory of valence. One glaring error out of all the hundreds of
theoretical building blocks of this science is not a bad record.
Valence, as we used it, was wrong. We do not want anyone getting into
valence. We want him to get out of valence. Why? Because if he is
thoroughly inside his body, the thetan has almost ceased to exist, and the
Genetic Entity is in control of the organism to a large degree.
Nowadays we are using Technique 80. That was not in the first book.
But does Technique 80 invalidate what was in the book? No! In the first
book we got around what we now do in Technique 80 by finding the basic on
the chain. You can bypass the whole of Technique 80 if you can find the
basic on the chain. But that is a long and tiresome search, and now
Technique 80 makes it unnecessary. Instead of running down chains of this
and chains of that, looking for the first counter-effort on the line,
Technique 80 just picks up any effort and counter-effort anywhere on the
line and takes it from there. Still, finding the basic on the chain was a
workable technique, though it required much greater art and many more hours
than Technique 80.
Technique 80 says that we can use any effort or counter-effort
anywhere we find it and unravel the track from that point. What has the
preclear done with this countereffort, and what has this counter-effort
done to him?
Copyright (�) 1952 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
The motivator and the overt, the DED and the DEDEX: that is Technique 80.
This is considerably easier than looking through all tangle and
confusion of incidents for the basic on the chain, but that does not mean
that the auditor should never have heard of basic-basic. Because one fine
day he may find a preclear who can go back to the first moment of pain or
unconsciousness in the life and run it out-and blow the rest of the track
clean.
The processing in the first book was designed for the wide-open case.
In a tougher case, you had to know how to shoot demon circuits, as they
were called. We don't shoot demon circuits much any more, but now and then
you may get a preclear who is being told what to do and think by a voice
inside his head, and if you know what it is to shoot a demon circuit you
can just turn it off at will and go on to the next problem.
There was a lot of art involved in processing in those days. Some
demons had to be attacked by running imaginary incidents. The more
difficult the case, the more art was required.
We have been replacing art with technology, until now the case which
was a great challenge in 1950 is only the standard routine, but that does
not mean that the firstbook case no longer exists. There are still cases
which have to be processed by 1950 methods before they can be processed by
1952 methods.
The first-book case is stuck in a prenatal engram. He is spouting the
words of the incident. The auditor ignores concepts, attention units,
effort, emotion, thought, and so on. He just gets the preclear to tell him
what is happening. The incident runs and reduces. Pretty soon the preclear
begins to laugh and line-charges all the way up to present time-or scans
the locks, as we would say it now. A great improvement has been made in the
case, because the auditor knew enough to use the appropriate methods-first-
book auditing for a first-book case.
Book One addressed the psychotic. But every time we turn around, we
find that our sights have gone up. In 1950 we were trying to take a case
and process him up to the point where he would no longer rub his mashed
potatoes into his hair. Now we are trying to recover the full identity and
knowingness of the being and causality of the immortal, imperishable self,
forevermore.
It is quite a different goal.
PART II
Thetan, to Be "Sane," Must Learn
How He's Been Caring for Body
One thing which was not covered by the first book on Dianetics,
because we did not know the answer to it, was the difference between the
wide-open and the occluded case. We observed a difference which we could
not explain.
Now we know that the occluded case, instead of becoming wide-open with
processing, wakes up as a thetan and begins to run on the whole track,
while the wideopen case, before beginning to run on the whole track, shuts
down and becomes an occluded thetan. The wide-open case is wide open
because it is running not as a thetan but as a Genetic Entity. When you
have processed this case for a while, on the genetic line, in prenatals, in
late life, in whatever has to be run, then it will stop running as a
Genetic Entity and begin running as a thetan. Then, instead of having a
MEST body under its own somatic direction, you have a thetan, in terrible
condition, with a MEST body inserted into the middle of him.
The upgrade is from a quite sane MEST body to a quite insane thetan.
But here is the catch: the thetan can handle his own affairs and get along
in the world. He is not considered insane by the society-only by us. He has
enough horsepower to override
his aberrations-or to use them to the disadvantage of everyone else. He may
be crazy, but he also may conquer the world. Our problem is to unaberrate
him so that he can conquer the world with reason instead of with force.
One of the things that this thetan has to find out, before he can be
sane, is that he has been wasting a lot of his strength in "taking care of"
his MEST body. And how has he been "taking care of it"?
You may get a pretty big line charge from this thetan when he finally
realizes that he has been "helping" his MEST body by crushing it in a vise
of energy. The preclear has headaches. Something feels like a tight band
around his head. He has been trying to help this MEST body by throwing
tractor waves over it, by feeding it engrams to run so that it will be
better off, and he has this MEST body as if he had a long wire around it,
choking it. He says, "Boy, I'm going to do a wonderful job for this body
and get it well!" He chokes it some more.
At no moment does he realize that he is out there with all that
horsepower and that this MEST body does not have the insulation to stand
it. He is feeding in tremendous electrical impulses. He strikes this body
with lightning every few hours-just to keep it in good condition-and he
wonders why he has a blank feeling in his prefrontal lobes.
Then, suddenly, in processing, he realizes the horrible truth. He is
complaining about this terrible somatic across his eyes and in his jaws,
and then he says, "-Oh, my God! I'm doing it!" He suddenly discovers that
he can tighten up or slack off this somatic at will, and he is very
embarrassed about the whole thing. "I've been doing it to me!" He has been
using this tractor wave for so long that he has forgotten how to control
it.
Or you will find a thetan who is obsessed by the image of some
individual. He just can't get this individual out of his mind. And then he
will discover that he has a tractor wave around this individual and is
holding this individual in one place and not letting him get away. The
facsimile bothers him and the individual obsesses him because of his own
efforts to keep the individual close to him. He is putting out a tremendous
effort to hold on to facsimiles of certain wavelengths, similar to his own,
and at the same time he is complaining that he can't get rid of these
facsimiles.
In the first book we had: What has been done to the preclear? That was
pretty low on the Responsibility Scale. Now we have: What has the preclear
done to himself? That is much higher on the scale. Unfortunately, if the
preclear is pretty low on the scale, he may have to run what was done to
him before he can run what he has been doing.
In December of 1951, some individuals heard the first half of a
lecture which said, "All you have to do is be self-determined!" So they
went off to be "self-determined." But they didn't hear the second half of
the lecture which said, "But you have to run engrams first." Some of those
individuals are now sitting around in apathy, anger, boredom, or
hydrophobia, growling, "Well, that's your reality ! " They just went up the
pole a little ahead of the technique.
I have no doubt that there will be a technique for doing this-possibly
next year, possibly tomorrow morning, possibly ten thousand years from now.
But right now we have to process preclears at the level where we find them.
PART III
Preclears Must Be Audited
According to Their Condition
A preclear must be processed according to the condition he is in.
If he is near the top of the Genetic Entity scale-if he is about as
high as he can go as a Genetic Entity, but the thetan is asleep or in
terrible condition-you will be able to
process him by the first book. This process will appeal to him. And the
funny part of it is that this is the process which will work on him.
Your goal is to unsnarl this case and get him up to the point where he
can perceive energy manifestations. You are not trying to clean up every
engram on the genetic line. You are only trying to get him unburdened
enough so that his thetan can take over.
Of course, you can use Technique 80-but do you have to? Perhaps this
case can go back to the first moment of pain or unconsciousness in his life
and blow out a whole chain of material in practically no time. He will come
up the tone scale.
As you bring him up, he will get premonitions of danger. He will sense
death in the afternoon. He will want to stop processing. And why? Because
the Genetic Entity is about to come under the control of the thetan. The
Genetic Entity feels pretty fine, but the thetan is a wreck. Naturally the
preclear wants to stay as he is.
Now, while this case is running as a Genetic Entity, he will have
somatics. You had better process them out. You may find that this person
cannot take much more than first-book processing. With it you can make him
feel a lot better. This does not mean that you should forget what you have
learned since reading the first book-it means only that you should not
forget what you learned when you read the first book. On some cases you can
use it: on some cases it is all you can use.
For the occluded case you will need another level of processing.
Science of Survival and the later 1951 techniques, particularly effort
processing, are what he will accept. If you can get him into effort, he
will be overjoyed. He will run efforts and counter-efforts with great
enthusiasm.
But then, using the E-Meter, you will notice that he is showing signs
of dropping into whole-track material. You may try to nudge him in that
direction. You may say, "It sounds as though you are outside your body,
running it from a distance."
Oh, no-he's not going to have anything to do with that. He's right
where he wants to be-stuck in a body. And he'll run efforts and somatics,
and sometimes secondaries. If you try to get him out of his body, he will
refuse.
Then, there is the individual who is always outside his body, watching
it, walking around it. In early processing we tried to get these
individuals into their bodies. We told them to get into valence.
These preclears got upset about being told to get into their bodies.
They didn't like that kind of processing. All this time they have been
walking around a body saying, "I wonder why I am tied to this post." All
the auditor has to do is say, "Yes, you are tied to this post, but now we
are going to get you untied and off of it." That is processing which this
individual will gobble up. Black-and-white, ridge running, and the late
techniques will be just what this individual wants.
The point in all this is: GETTING IN ADVANCE OF THE IMMEDIATE GOAL OF
YOUR PRECLEAR SWAMPS HIM. The preclear must be processed at his own level.
That is why the auditor must know both the old methods and the new methods.
In processing, you should not overlook the things we learned in 1949
and 1950, and you should not overlook the things we will learn in 1953 and
1954. Don't believe that we have to accept just what we have now. Don't
believe that "this is it." What we have today is no more IT than the first
book was IT. New techniques do not make the old ones unusable. They make
them better and more understandable and MORE usable, on the cases for which
they are designed.
If you know your old materials and your new materials, you are going
to solve more cases. You will not take a preclear who is exteriorized and
try to sell him on getting into his body. He doesn't want a body. You will
not take the Genetic-Entity preclear and try to get him out of his body
before he is even a healthy Genetic Entity.
What we are doing with the new techniques is not throwing out the old
techniques but making them more applicable to processing. Before Science of
Survival, we had very little in the way of a map of human behavior. When we
got that map, we found that first-book processing fitted into a certain
slot and made sense there. Very little has been added to that chart in
Science of Survival, but something has been added to its applicability. The
behavior of motion on the tone scale has made that chart more usable.
If you know about motion, you can use the chart better. But knowing about
motion is not a substitute for knowing the columns of behavior and
manifestation. It is a refinement.
Scientology is being refined and improved, but it is still
Scientology.
PART IV
Preclears Should Be Processed;
Education Isn't Auditor's Task
Don't educate your preclear: process him.
In the early days, before 1950, I processed many people by what later
became Dianetics. Most of the people I processed don't know to this day
that they have been processed by Dianetics. If two of my clients had even
got together, one of them would have said, "Isn't it wonderful!
Zoroastrianism has been known about all these years!" And the other would
say, "Where did you hear about that?" "Down at First and Asafetida
Streets," (which is where I was practicing). "Oh, really?" the other would
say, "Well, I know a fellow down there, too-it must be a different fellow,
though-he talks about electronics all the time."
In other words, a preclear would come in and say, "I hurt," or "I'm
unhappy," and I would just use anything on him that worked. Pretty soon he
would say, "What is this you are using?" and I would have to tell him
something. But what could I tell him?
Did you ever go down to the library and pick out a book that had been
read by many people? You look through it and you find the lines that are
marked. The people who read this book didn't read it to learn a single,
cockeyed thing. All they were looking for was something that would agree
with them. They would comb through the book, page after page, and finally
they would underline "God is good."
Do you re-educate people like this? No. The preclear says, "This stuff
you are doing is Chinese acupuncture, isn't it?" You say, "Sure, sure.
Let's go over that again, now."
Another says, "You know, I learned all about this by reading Sneeze's
The Breeding of Cats. After I read that, I figured out all these techniques
myself." You say, "Well, well! You discovered my source. That's wonderful!
Now, how about running that again?"
You don't try to educate your preclear. He says, "Well, well. This is
related to the work of Gutsbaum, isn't it?" You happen to know that
Gutsbaum was a chemist who did some work on dyes and had nothing to do with
teaching elephants to speak German-which is what he is talking about-but
you say, "Sure, that's right. And then what did your mother say?"
If you pound him in the head and correct his data, you may send him
down the tone scale further in one instant than you could bring him up by
20 hours' processing.
Inside of every preclear there is a tiny little spark which says, "I
have yet a core, an idea, which is my own. I am nearly gone, wiped out, but
I still have this."
Perhaps the preclear has the idea that the sun is really the source of
all life. As a child he got this idea, and it seemed right to him. So, it's
right to him! Don't extinguish this idea in the hope that you will improve
something else, because you won't.
He says, "I did some studying on the Egyptian Sun God, Ra, in the
University." He didn't do any studying in the University. He did it when he
was six years old. He says, "I have thought about it quite a bit." Do you
look him squarely in the eye and say, "That is old, superstitious malarkey.
That is a lot of bunk!"? No, you don't.
Who knows? Perhaps this preclear's highest aesthetic concept is the
sun. Perhaps his secret joy is the idea that the sun will bum people to a
crisp if they stand in it too long. Perhaps he thinks it is God smiting
them. Perhaps he merely likes to stand in it
himself. You, as the auditor, must not overlook the fact that you are
dealing with a human being.
To agree with the preclear endlessly, to spend all of your time
agreeing with his aberrations, is destructive to him and destructive to
you. But you have processes to use on him, and you have to agree with him
to the point where you can get the processes to work.
When the processes work and his self-determinism increases, he will
make up his mind about the Sun God, Ra-without any mention of the subject
from you. You are trying to increase his self-determinism. If, at the
beginning, all you can find of his self-determinism is the Sun God, Ra-
then, agree with it.
Trying to re-educate a preclear while you process him is no good. He
will find out for himself, as he comes up the tone scale. You can give him
a new idea now and then, if he wants one. But don't try to change his
ideas. They may be all there is left of him.
You are working with basic laws, powerful laws. If you have to educate
your preclear to make these laws work on him, you haven't got your subject
down worth a nickel.
PART V
Auditor First Should Know Tools
Before He Goes in for Artistic
The auditor is both a technician and an artist.
We still have art in processing, but thank God we don't need as much
as we used to. The more and better technique an auditor has at his command,
the less he has to be an artist. But some auditors persist in being very
"artistic" about some little corner of this science while ignoring the
rest. A real artist is not above using his technique. A real artist has
many techniques to use.
Compare, for example, Rembrandt and the dilettante. The dilettante
does not know how to paint, so most of his energy goes into selecting the
"right" brush or the "apt" line or the "perfect" pigment. Rembrandt does
know how to paint. He picks up the first brush that comes to hand, touches
it to the palette and-wham! A color. Rembrandt can be an artist, because he
has a lot of technique with which to be an artist. The dilettante has no
technique, and so he only plays the role of the artist.
There is a standard way to run an engram. There is a standard way to
diagnose a case. There is a standard technique to use for every level of
the tone scale.
On the wide-open case, you can run Responsibility. Times when he took
responsibility. Times when he shifted responsibility to others.
On a case in which you cannot find the first engram, you can use
Technique 80: motivators, overts, DEDs, DEDEXes.
Dianetics, Science of Survival, Self Analysis, Advanced Procedure and
Axioms, Handbook for Preclears, Technique 88-each is applicable to a case
at a certain level. There is not one of them that does not apply somewhere.
The wide-open case will need first-book procedure until he gets out of the
incident he is stuck in. Then he will need rehabilitation in A-R-C,
agreeing and disagreeing with affinity, reality, and communication flows
between him and the environment. The occluded case will need later
techniques.
These are the tools of the trade. They are graduated against the level
of the case. They are just as solid and usable as the tools in a plumber's
box.
When you start to audit, know these tools. After you know them, you
can be as artistic as you want about using them, because then you will have
the techniques to be artistic with, and you won't have to use a gallon of
art to every eye-dropper of technique.
LRH TAPE LECTURES
London, England
12-14 January 1953
After completing the Philadelphia Doctorate Course, L. Ron Hubbard
returned to London, England, to spend Christmas with his family and to
continue several research projects he had in progress there.
* 5301C12A LECTURE Agree and Disagree
* 5301C12C LECTURE Anchor Points-Driving Them In and Out
* 5301C14 LECTURE Group Processing and Individual Processing
PHILADELPHIA DOCTORATE COURSE SUPPLEMENTARY LECTURES
London, England
14-23 J anuary 1953
L. Ron Hubbard gave the following lectures in London, which are
supplementary to his Philadelphia Doctorate Course lectures (see page 298).
They cover Standard Operating Procedure, Issue 5.
* 5301C14A PDC Sup-1 SOP 5 Long Form Step 1: Quality
of Mock-ups at
Different Levels of the Tone Scale
* 5301C14B PDC Sup-2 Processing of Step 1: Cyclic
Aspect of Scientology
Research
* 5301C16A PDC Sup-3 SOP Long Form Step 11: Stage
Fright, Commanding
People
* 5301C16B PDC Sup-4 Demonstration
* 5301C19A PDC Sup-5 SOP Long Form Step 111:
Differentiation on Theta
Clearing
* 5301C19B PDC Sup-6 SOP Long Form Step 111 (cont.):
Spacation
* 5301C21A PDC Sup-7 SOP Long Form Step IV: Gita,
Space, Case Conditions
* 5301C21B PDC Sup-8 SOP 5 Long Form Step IV (cont.)
* 5301C23A PDC Sup SOP 5 Long Form Step V
* 5301C23B PDC Sup SOP 5 Long Form Step Vl
* 5301C23 PDC Sup Concluding Long Form of Step V-
Admiration
Processing
LONDON GROUP AUDITOR'S COURSE LECTURES
London, England
March/April 1953
"The Group Auditor's Course of six hours fits people to apply Self
Analysis in Dianetics to adults and children. It is being given away, run
every Saturday afternoon complete, by the HAS London. Teachers and others
regularly attend it. New faces continually show up (about eight or ten new
ones every Saturday). Many of the new ones enroll for the day or night
courses. The people attending it are getting wonderful results in schools
and elsewhere. It has just been taken into a training school of the Royal
Navy. Those who attend three Saturdays get a small certificate as a Group
Auditor for which they are not charged. That is, they hear these tapes
three times."
* 53 C LGC-1 Educational System, How to Group
Process
* 53 C LGC-2 History of the Organization,
Self Analysis
** 53 C LGC-3 Mechanics of the Mind, Source
of Data, Group Auditing
and the Tone Scale
* 53 C LGC-4 Gradient Scales, Admiration
Particle
* 53 C LGC-5 Creative Processing
* 53 C LGC-6 Mock-ups, Certainty, Group
Processing
LRH TAPE LECTURES
March 1953
5303C.. GR/PROC Group Processing
5303C .. LECTURE Notes on 18 Hours
LONDON SPRING LECTURES
London, England
23 March-24 April 1953
L. Ron Hubbard gave the following series of lectures on SOP-5 to
London students in March and April 1953:
* 5303C23A SPRL-1 Review of Dianetics,
Scientology and Para-Dianetics/
Scientology
* 5303C23B SPRL-2 What's Wrong With the Pc
* 5303C24A SPRL-3 SOP Issue 5: Steps 1 to 7
* 5303C24B SPRL-4 SOP Issue 5: (cont.)
* 5303C25A SPRL-5 The Elements With Stress on
How To Run Matched
Terminals
* 5303C25B SPRL-6 The Elements With Stress on
How To Run Matched
Terminals (cont.)
** 5303C26A SPRL-7 How and When To Audit
** 5303C26B SPRL-8 Present Time
* 5303C27A SPRL-9 SOP Utility
* 5303C27 B SPRL- 10 SOP Util ity (cont. )
* 5303C27C SPRL-11 Beingness, Agreement,
Hidden Influence, Processes
* 5303C27D SPRL-12 Types of Processes
(cont)
* 5304C07A SPRL-13 Data on Case Level 5,
Step for Case 5
* 5304C07B SPRL-14 Data on Case Level 5
(cont.)
* 5304C07C SPRL-15 Exteriorization-
Demonstration and Explanation
* 5304C07D SPRL-16 Demonstration (cont.)
* 5304C08A SPRL-17 Case Level 6 & 7
* 5304C08B SPRL-18 Case Level 6 & 7,
Psychotic (cont.)
On 24 April 1953, one day after he wrote The Factors, L. Ron Hubbard
gave these lectures in London:
* 5304C24A SPRL-19 The Factors
* 5304C24B SPRL-20 SOP 8
HOW TO LIVE THOUGH AN EXECUTIVE
by L. Ron Hubbard
Published April 1953
Subtitled "Communications Manual," this is a valuable text on
industrial communications. It presents a specific system for communications
that could be implemented in government or business. It gives the solution
to the executive who is so hampered by the great burden of communication
that he is unable to fulfill his proper function which is planning.
Recognizing that the role of the executive is planning and
supervision, L. Ron Hubbard originated and formulated the system covered by
this book. He had two chief objects in mind. One, to save executives' time
and make it possible for them to fill their proper role in an organization.
Two, to reduce the confusion amongst employees and workers, who, served by
inadequate communication channels and methods, can have no clear
understanding of the problems and concerns of management.
It includes a discussion of the group mind, and how it is different
from the minds of the individuals in the group. The communications system
presented is in part a method of constructing a "brain" for this group mind
to function through. The system itself has a capacity to recall what has
happened to the organization.
132 pages, 13 diagrams, glossary, hardcover with dust jacket.
Available from your nearest Scientology Organization or Mission, or direct
from the publishers: Scientology Publications Organization, Jernbanegade 6,
1608 Copenhagen V, Denmark; or Church of Scientology Publications
Organization U.S., 2723 West Temple Street, Los Angeles, California, 90026,
U.S.A.
T H E J O U R N A L O F
SCIENTOLOGY
Issue 13-G [ 1953, ca. early April]
Published by
The Hubbard Association of Scientologists, Inc.
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
Marital Scientology
L. Ron Hubbard
The name of this article could also be "Don't kill your mother-in-law:
mock her up!"
The severest criticism that could have been leveled at Dianetics was
entirely overlooked by the critics. This is not unusual, for a person, to
be a critic, must first have assumed that he could not create anything. It
required a certain creative ability to understand what went on early in
Dianetics, for the marriage and divorce rate was considerably shifted by
processing. Fortunately, there were more marriages and more saved marriages
than there were divorces, but this did not mean that there weren't
divorces.
Husbands and wives who had for years been coming to an explosion
point, faced with the technique of Book 1, exploded; in many cases, beyond
marital repair. Mismated in the first place, grown sour in harness, buckled
down by an economic system which could not have been bettered by the Devil
himself, it took very little to tip over what would have happened anyway.
One of the most serious parts of this was the husband-wife auditing
team situation. Husbands and wives tried to audit each other with too high
a percentage of failures.
To understand what takes place in a marriage it is necessary to
understand why a husband-wife auditing team is so often unsuccessful, and
will, now and then, blow up a marriage. And the answer to this is also the
answer to why marriages blow up. The introduction of the factor of co-
auditing team into the marriage is the only catalyst necessary to something
which will already give trouble.
From now on in these articles, you're going to hear a lot about
communication, for the solution of the problems of communication, and the
gaining of an understanding of its anatomy have resolved the problem of
auditing as well as marriage. Communication, then, is the root of marital
success from which a strong union can grow, and non-communication is the
rock on which the ship will bash out her keel.
In the first place, men and women aren't too careful "on whom they up
and marry." In the absence of any basic training about neurosis, psychosis,
or how to judge a good cook or a good wage-earner, that tricky, treacherous
and not always easy to identify thing called "love" is the sole guiding
factor in the selection of mates. It is too much to expect of a society
above the level of ants to be entirely practical about an institution as
basically impractical as marriage. Thus, it is not amazing that the
misselection of partners goes on with such abandon.
There are ways, however, not only to select a marriage partner, but
also to guarantee the continuation of that marriage; and these ways are
simple: they depend uniformly upon communication.
There should be some parity of intellect and sanity between a husband
and wife for them to have a successful marriage. In Western culture, it is
expected that the women shall have some command of the humanities and
sciences. It is easy to establish
Copyright(�) 1953 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
the educational background of a potential marriage partner; it is not so
easy to gauge their capability on the second dynamic or their sanity.
In the past efforts were made to establish sanity with inkblots,
square blocks and tests with marbles to find out if anybody had lost any.
The resulting figures had to be personally interpreted with a crystal ball
and then re-interpreted for application.
In Scientology there is a test for sanity and comparative sanity which
is so simple that anyone can apply it. What is the communication lag of the
individual? When asked a question, how long does it take him to answer?
When a remark is addressed to him, how long does it take for him to
register and return? The fast answer tells of the fast mind and the sane
mind, providing the answer is a sequitur; the slow answer tells of down-
scale. Marital partners which have the same communication lag will get
along; where one partner is fast and one is slow, the situation will become
unbearable to the fast partner and miserable to the slow one. Further,
Scientology when applied will be more swiftly active in the case of the
fast partner and so the imparity under processing will grow beyond either's
ability to cope with the matter.
How to audit a marriage and keep it a marriage is a problem a large
number of auditors would like to have answered. It is not too difficult a
problem. One simply takes the slow communication lag member of the team and
processes that one first, for this will be the harder, longer case. By
speeding up the slow one, parity is neared with the fast communication lag
partner, and no objection will be offered. If the fast one is chosen for
processing, or if both of them enter processing at the same time, the ratio
will not be neared but widened and a marital breach will ensue.
The repair of a marriage which is going on the rocks does not always
require the auditing of the marriage partners. It may be that another
family factor is in the scene. This may be in the person of a relative such
as the mother-in-law. How does one solve this factor without using a
shotgun? This, again, is simple. The mother-in-law, if there is trouble in
the family, is responsible for cutting communication lines or diverting
communication. One or the other of the partners, then, is cut off the
communication channel on which he belongs. He senses this and objects
strenuously to it. Under processing particular attention should be given to
rehabilitating his sense of being on communication lines.
Jealousy is the largest factor in breaking up marriages. Jealousy
comes about because of the insecurity of the jealous person and the
jealousy may or may not have foundation. This person is afraid of hidden
communication lines and will do anything to try to uncover them. This acts
upon the other partner to make him feel that his communication lines are
being cut, for he thinks himself entitled to have open communication lines,
whereas his marital partner insists that he shut many of them. The
resultant rows are violent as represented by the fact that where jealousy
exists in a profession such as acting, insurance companies will not issue
policies-the suicide rate is too high.
A person who is jealous has something wrong on the subject of
communications and, in selecting the partner to be processed first, the
auditor should select the jealous person.
Rapidity of communication is aberrated in some types of psychosis, but
here it is also non sequitur and is rapidly and hysterically told about the
cat. This is very easy to notice: even psychiatrists can tell it.
The subject of Marital Scientology could not be covered in many
chapters, but here are given the basic clues to a successful marriage-
Communicate!
ADMIRATION PROCESSING
15 April 1953
1. Convince any step 5 case that he can mock up or create a particle or
flow to be known as ADMIRATION. (The step 5 case is anyone capable of
using energy flows. ) The particle or flow of ADMIRATION should be
slightly of the frequencies of WONDERMENT and ACCLAIM.
2. Processing can be done in three ways. Select the one the pc can do
best. The three ways are: ENERGY FLOWS, CONCEPTS, MOCK-UPS.
3. ADMIRATION PROCESSING is based on the following demonstrable
theories:
a. Those things which are not admired, persist.
b. Undesirable conditions persist until ADMIRED.
c. The SERVICE FACSIMILE is simply a persistence of non-admired
things; which resolve when ADMIRED.
4. It is not necessary to FEEL the ADMIRATION. Just know that it is in
the mock-up.
An enormous number of particles or flows were tested to isolate
ADMIRATION as the most effective frequency or wavelength of thought. An
enormous number of things to admire were investigated and only the
following have been found to produce marked effects (favorable and speedy)
on the pc to date.
1. A mock-up will alter when its imperfections are ADMIRED.
Imperfections of the pc, mocked up in front of him, will alter and
succumb to ADMIRATION. Imperfections in others will do the same.
2. The running of ADMIRATION on FAST and SLOW COMMUNICATION lines is
intensely workable.
3. RUN ADMIRATION OF-ADMIRE-NOT ADMIRE:
1. FAST-SLOW COMMUNICATION
2. HOLDING-BREAKING COMMUNICATION
3. AGREE-DISAGREE
4. PAY-NO PAY
5. GIVE PAY-TAKE PAY
6. IDEAS
7. BEINGNESS
8. DOINGNESS
9. HAVINGNESS
10. WANTINGNESS
11. GETTING INTO TROUBLE
12. BEING IN JAIL: Produces marked effects in that the THETAN is in
jail in the body.
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE (SOP 5): AMENDED
STEP 1: same; but add, improving perception by ADMIRING the
imperfection of each perceptic.
STEP 4: same; but add, ADMIRATION of imperfections of childhood home
MU.
STEP 5: same; but add, ADMIRATION PROCESSING.
L. RON HUBBARD
From: L. RON HUBBARD Through: The Office
of L. Ron Hubbard
London 30
Marlborough Place
London N.W.8, England
ASSOCIATE NEWSLETTER
23 April 1953
Several items of interest to associates are submitted herewith.
The first is The Factors, which announces the gaining of the highest
echelon planned at this time in Scientology. This will be printed in the
next issue of The Journal of Scientology. The entire issue is devoted to
its expansion and explanation. By it results are being achieved which
embrace all levels of case and with it we can guarantee auditing with no
vaguest qualms.
The current lecture series is designed for the training of HCAs. It
contains The Factors and SOP 8. It is 20 hours in length, is quite basic.
It is best given in extension of the first 12 lectures of the Summary
Course and the six hours of the Group Auditor's Course.
An HCA course then consists of these items, a total of 38 hours of
lecture on tape. It is being given in 30 days in Phoenix and Philadelphia
and London. Phoenix and Philadelphia are charging $250 for it. In the
doctorate schools an additional month is given for an additional $250.
These schools credit associate training. Thus a graduate of an
associate school, an HCA, can procure his higher rating, H.G.A. and his
B.Scn., with an additional month's training in Philadelphia or Phoenix.
These schools, however, reserve the right to make an HCA review material.
The degree of Doctor of Scientology is given after the B.Scn. has
completed a series of cases and has completed a paper demonstrating his
application of Scientology to one particular illness and proving
Scientology as efficacious on that illness: the illness selected must be
passed upon by my office to guarantee wide coverage of Man's ills. It takes
at least a year to get a D.Scn. after graduation.
The course would probably be an HCA at an associate or doctorate
school, a B.Scn. at a doctorate school, a D.Scn. through a doctorate
school. D.Scn.'s will probably be scarce for a long time to come. Only five
have been issued to date.
THE GROUP AUDITOR'S COURSE of 6 hours fits people to apply Self
Analysis to adults and children. It is being given away, run every Saturday
afternoon complete, by the HAS London. Teachers and others regularly attend
it. New faces continually show up (about eight or ten new ones every
Saturday). Many of the new ones enroll for the day or night courses. The
people attending it are getting wonderful results in schools and elsewhere.
It has just been taken into a training school of the Royal Navy. Those who
attend three Saturdays get a small certificate as a Group Auditor for which
they are not charged. That is, they hear these tapes three times.
The Group Auditor's Course is being sold from here for $28.50. It is
air-freighted at a cost of $8.25. This is a total of $36.75. It is less
than cost.
The 20-hour HCA course is slightly more expensive due to our
difficulties in getting tapes copied. There has been a tape strike and
tapes are at a premium here. We have managed to reduce this price to $8.75
per reel. Air freight makes this $10.00 per reel. The set, then, is $200.00
with air freight included.
Both these courses are being mailed daily. If you have an order here
it is being filled or is already in the mail. Because of customs red tape
in America there are about ten days involved en route.
Copyright (�)1953 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
I have not heard from some associates regarding HCA certification price and
conditions. Because we do not want a large flood of HCAs and you may want
to train some without certification and because the HCA gets as well a
year's professional membership in the HAS, the price is $55.00. A notarized
statement signed by the associate as to the student's skill and attesting
that he has heard and passed an examination upon the tapes submitted and
has done the required work must accompany the request for his
certification. This request and the statement and the full name and home
address of the student and a membership application in the HAS must be sent
to me personally at 30 Marlborough Place, London, N.W.8, with check, cash
or money order (international) for $55.00. The certificate is airmailed
directly to the student unless the associate indicates otherwise. Airmail
these requests, for airmail takes three days, regular mail 17 days. It
costs 20 cents to airmail a half ounce to here.
Any funds due and owing to the HAS by reason of past training or books
should be sent here. The HAS accounts will be credited in Philadelphia.
The Philadelphia office of the HAS is at 237 N. 16th Street,
Philadelphia 2. The HUBBARD FOUNDATION has again raised the standard in New
Jersey, at Trenton. A new clinic is being established in the same building
as the HAS. The state of Scientology is so good that it ran out of
quarters. It is occupying about 30 rooms in the Philly area now (Trenton is
just across the river).
The move from Phoenix was too bluntly accepted by the field. We moved
the publications office only because we couldn't get the facilities in
Phoenix. The HAS main office and legal office is STILL IN PHOENIX. The
doctorate school is STILL IN PHOENIX. However, address HAS mail to Philly
or to me, preferably Philly. HUBBARD PROFESSIONAL SCHOOL mail and HAS mail
for Phoenix should go to 4248 N. 32nd St., Phoenix, Arizona. The doctorate
school is operating now at this Phoenix address under the direction of R.
Ross Lamoreaux.
The following are the associate addresses: D.O. McElvain, Hubbard
Associates of Puget Sound, Inc., 311 West McGraw Street, Seattle 99,
Washington; Doris Colbury Graffam, 1904 Sul Ross, Houston 6, Texas; Hardin
Walsh, Scientology Council, 7070 Hollywood Blvd., Hollywood 28, Calif.;
George Seidler, Institute of Self Knowledge, 859 Balra Drive, El Cerrito 8,
Calif. (San Francisco); Earl Cunard and Refa Postel, Detroit Dianetic
Center, 8901 Dailey Court, Detroit 4, Michigan; Adele and Roman Mazurek,
Chicago Dianetic Institute, 855 N. Dearbom St., Chicago 10, Illinois.
The doctorate schools are: The Hubbard Foundation, 122 N. Mole St.,
Philadelphia, Pa.; Hubbard Professional School (or Phoenix Scientology
Institute), 4248 N. 32nd St., Phoenix; The HAS, 163 Holland Park Avenue,
London, N.W.8.
Clinics are assumed to exist at each associate address. A central
clinic is located at 237 N. 16th St., Philadelphia-the Hubbard Consulting
Center.
On the subject of rumors, America sure likes to close terminals with a
lot of chatter. In three years, I have never heard a true story in
circulation about anyone. What a wild record! Recently so many reports
reached me in various ways about Walsh in LA that I wrote some real mean
letters in that direction. Further data revealed that not one of these
reports I had received was true.
How do you break up an organization? You just tell one section of it
how bad another section is until it falls apart. Simple? How do you kill
Scientology or Dianetics? Why, just convince everyone that "while the work
is all right, Hubbard is... well ...." How do you lose business? They tell
your potential students and preclears that "while the subject may have
merit, the people who run that associate school ...."
Just like many a preclear starts trouble amongst auditors. Auditor A
helps him but he tells Auditor B that Auditor A is a dog. Auditor B gets
self-righteous and tackles Auditor A. They discover that this pc gave a
wrong-end-up account of the whole thing.
Should you believe a psychotic 1.1 pc? Or does he cause more trouble
if you listen? Should you believe the Great American Grapevine? Believe the
Martians have
landed, believe that the sun has just exploded, believe that water runs
uphill, but believe John Public's favorite comm line? Never!
Here is some fact for a change. The Detroit squabble is tough on the
guys there and it got plenty of headlines BUT the fight is about RUNNING A
SCHOOL WITHOUT A LICENSE, not about Dianetics or Scientology, no matter
what the papers are printing. The police there will make none of it stick.
If they do, God help Detroit. But the point is that Detroit did not inquire
about licenses in the right quarter and didn't play it vault safe; the
first foundation in New Jersey, which had a schnook for an attorney, missed
the same boat, got in the same trouble.
Dianetics and Scientology are not and will not be under responsible
attack from any quarter that can matter. Bills against it have now been
defeated in EIGHTEEN STATE LEGISLATURES in three years. Most of them never
got out of committee. The only thing that can hold us back is the shadow
that we might have opposition. When one discovers after three years that
opposition doesn't exist, he ought to abandon the idea and crowd on the
steam.
So stand steady under rumor fire and know there is not and never will
be serious competition or opposition except in our own minds. Stay true to
our goals and to truth and we will attain these goals. I think they are
worth attaining.
L. Ron Hubbard
From: L. RON HUBBARD Through: The
Office of L. Ron Hubbard
London 30
Marlborough Place
London N.W.8, England
ASSOCIATE NEWSLETTER
28 April 1953
It probably has not occurred to the field at large what I am trying to
do in relationship to theta clearing and aberration. Theta clearing, even
to auditors who have taken the course, continues to be something very
special, perhaps allied with religion, perhaps a mystic practice, and
possibly just another form of Christian Science or plain Hubbardian
nonsense.
In order to understand what has taken place in theta clearing, an
auditor would have to have fairly good command of Book I. Dianetics: The
Modern Science of Mental Health, published about May 9th, 1950, described
the state of affairs wherein the analytical mind was perfectly sane but,
because it was in proximity to the reactive mind, could not behave
uniformly or predictably and could not reach optimum solutions because of
the stimulus-response mechanisms of the reactive mind which were built in
during moments of pain and unconsciousness. Therapies were designed and set
forth in that book to reduce the effectiveness of the reactive mind and to
free the analytical mind in such a way as to permit it to compute more
reliably and actively and to permit Man to reach something like his
possible potential as a man.
Science of Survival, following that, still addressed the problem of
the reduction of the reactive mind. The first editions of Self Analysis,
The Handbook for Preclears and Advanced Procedure and Axioms all have the
same goal: the reduction of the reactive mind. It was realized that the
self-determinism of the individual could only be trusted at such times as
it was not being influenced by unconscious and hidden influences which
would cause it to act in an aberrated fashion.
Early in 1952-January 1st, to be exact-I was already well launched on
another idea: Instead of attempting the resolution of this problem in terms
of the reduction of the reactive mind, would it not be possible to put the
analytical mind in such a state of alertness as to make it capable of
handling and nullifying the reactive mind? There ensued a considerable
investigation of the reactive mind to find out what had to be handled.
Overt acts and motivators, DEDs and DEDEXes, and the bewildering confusion
of the whole-track aspect and borrowed facsimiles brought into view the
fact that the reactive mind was not something that was going to be handled
very easily. Several key engrams were picked out which, when reduced, made
a remarkable change in the behavior and attitudes of an individual. Fac One
was one of these; others on the genetic entity line were found and
stressed.
And then it was discovered that there were two reactive minds. One
reactive mind was that which belonged to the genetic entity, the other
reactive mind was that which the thetan himself, the preclear himself, took
along with him on the whole track. These two reactive minds, combining in
influence, posed a problem which could not be easily handled in terms of
engrams and demonstrated adequately why homo sapiens could never get above
4.0, the goal of Dianetics: The Modern Science of Mental Health. The goal
of that first book was realized-it was realized over and over on many
people; but others found fault with the results and there were some cases
which could not be solved by routine auditing and which required very
expert skill indeed. As always, as in any wildcat therapy which enters in
from unreliable quarters, what we called the wideopen case was easily
resolved. The wide-open case continues to be easily resolved, but below
this level, in terms of recall, the problem is quite difficult. The
training and experience an auditor requires to achieve results on the more
difficult cases was
Copyright (�) 1953 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
beyond the scope of the Foundations to provide. I myself, no matter what
results I could get with cases, could not be expected to audit two billion
human beings, and it was obviously necessary that if we were going to have
a sane world, we would have to audit two billion human beings. What, then,
was the answer to this conundrum?
The formulations of Scientology are based on no other concepts or
precepts than those of Dianetics, except that those of Dianetics are
addressed to the treatment of man as an individual by a new form of
psychotherapy in the attainment of a goal of a better man. These are not
the goals of Scientology. Scientology attempts to achieve the highest level
of knowingness and beingness possible, whether the person remains a man or
becomes something else. Scientology is a popularized word which means
exactly the same thing as epistemology-which word, I think you will agree,
is not acceptable to the general public. What does Scientology do? It
handles the problem of the reactive mind by subtracting the analytical mind
from the proximity to the reactive mind or minds, puts the analytical mind
into the kind of thinkingness and beingness it should attain and then
permits it again to associate with the reactive minds. We have turned the
problem exactly around and answered it exactly on a 180� vector. Instead of
treating the reactive mind, I have found it possible to separate the
analytical mind-which we call the thetan-from the body and, while it is
separated, treat it until it is capable of handling with great ease any
quantity of aberration in the reactive mind. This is the process on which
we are working.
Would you please tell me how this process differs actually from the
goals we first embraced? It differs only in trying to attain a higher level
of beingness than was ever envisioned in Dianetics: The Modern Science of
Mental Health, and it differs in bringing the analytical mind up to the
point of handling the reactive mind instead of reducing the reactive mind
until it can be handled by the existing analytical mind. We have something
now which well exceeds the definitions and activities of psychotherapies,
for we are dealing solidly in the field of knowledge. It is now our purpose
to put minds into a condition whereby they can know, all by themselves and
without further coaching. A preclear who has been brought up to a high
condition of operating thetan knows that he knows.
Our process, then, is not to teach people to know; our process is to
put people into a condition wherein they can know. We do not puney data and
knowledge; we puney a process which brings people up to a level where they
themselves can accumulate all the data and knowledge which they desire.
Scientology is the science of knowing how to know. It is almost incidental
that it incorporates in its structure ways and means of achieving the goals
of Dianetics. The Modern Science of Mental Health and exceeding those
goals. But why the formulation of Scientology should in any way separate
the loyalties or confuse those who were first interested in Dianetics: The
Modern Science of Mental Health is quite beyond me.
As in all fields of research and activity, the inventor is imitated by
those who desire to make money from his inventions. It is an old experience
in a capitalistic society that the capitalist will seek to take from the
inventor his invention and then, holding that invention at a certain level
of saleability, puney it. A discouragement of continued research, wherever
I met it, caused me to abandon that terminal of discouragement. This
naturally led to a certain amount of enturbulence, but it also led to an
all-out endeavor to attain the goals which we have now attained.
Aside from telling you in a way which you can probably understand
better than before what we are trying to do with Scientology, this
newsletter also tells you that we have attained a process of knowing how to
know, represented by a paper called The Factors and by Standard Procedure
8, which is not likely to change for a long time to come, for it rapidly
produces the results which we desire.
I am not, and will never pretend to be, a philosopher. The task of a
philosopher is to go off and philosophize. Philosophers normally
philosophize all the years of their lives, and in the books of philosophers
all the absurdities and wisdoms of men can be found. My entrance into this
field of better minds was a forced one: I had a feeling
that man ought to progress. It was with astonishment that I discovered that
man, for all his prate of science, psychotherapy, all his yap of mysticism
and philosophy in general, did not even vaguely know how to improve
himself. Those systems of improvement which were in existence were actually
control operations and were harmful to the individuals who practiced them.
I was an expert in hypnotism and mysticism, mostly for my own amusement and
not as any preconceived plan. To these things I combined a knowledge of the
material universe found in nuclear physics to bring man up to a level where
he could operate as a culture instead of the pigpen type of civilization in
which he laughingly believes himself to be progressing. This was done
mostly by an observation of man himself in the environment rather than
observation of books man has written about man. This search for the tool
which could improve men's minds so that man could improve has been and
always will be a bypass, a detour, in my life. If it is called achievement,
then I care nothing for it. The true achievement is in its application and
its use as a tool by which the culture of man can be improved from the mere
barbarism which he now enjoys where he can be lifted from a level of war
and famine and pestilence, of crooked courts, of predatory governments,
sanctimonious religions and raw barbarianism under a hundred thousand
guises. Here on earth there is an opportunity to construct a civilization
such as earth has not before enjoyed. A tool has been provided by which
this can be done. The application of this tool, not its invention, is the
goal. That the forging of the tool has come to a successful conclusion does
not mean that the job is concluded.
It is not our purpose to be selective, competitive, credit-happy and
generally foolish about organizations and personal activities in the
achievement of this goal. This tool must be employed to make each and every
one of us above such things. It is up to us now to do a job which man has
never before been able to do.
We can process with Standard Operating Procedure 8 not only
individuals but groups from five to five thousand-five million if we had
the speaker systems. There is no lack of personnel to process. Man at
large, however, does not know that he has a reactive mind. It is not up to
us to convince him he is crazy so that we can make him sane. It is up to us
to employ such salesmanship as we can to make the able far more able. We
will succeed in direct ratio to the number of people we make more able.
At this writing, our organization is in a rough but workable for- . We
have associates spotted out here and there across the world. At these
Centers people can be trained and from these Centers the impetus can go out
to stimulate man into conceiving a better beingness. I do not believe
personally that a perfect organization can be brought into being, because
we must perforce include in our ranks people whose motives we will not know
until it is too late. Instead of trying to be selective, our Centers should
put out such pressure for forward progress that these unhappy persons and
connections are simply swallowed up in the general good. Even now there is
competition amongst the associates, competition exists in Philadelphia;
there is much snarling and snapping going on in our own ranks. I cannot
guarantee you that everything is going to be perfect; all I can ask you to
do is to see that the individuals most closely connected with this
operation are the best-processed individuals we have. There is no excuse
now not to be clear. A good thorough-going operating thetan should not take
more than fifty hours of auditing. Certainly we can afford this as
individuals. I have set an example in this, and am in a better state of
mind and action today than I have been in any of the years in my life.
You may see me recruiting from strange sources to get a show on the
road in the societies of man. You must expect in an advance to find
yourself allied to auxiliary troops with whom you might not ordinarily care
to associate. This does not mean that our goals are less; it means that our
goals are greater than partisanship. We are not disagreeing with man and we
are not trying to fight man into shape. He will not fight into shape. We
want to agree with man and get man to agree with us until he is in shape.
Tapes and materials are going out from here and from Philadelphia as
fast as they can be mailed. Sometimes they are scarce and a little time has
to go by before they can
be manufactured, but every possible pressure to get the show up to speed is
being applied.
I ask you for your loyalty and cooperation and I ask you, as well, for
your occasional tolerance and patience. I am honest and I am sincere. I
need your help, you need my help, but most of all man needs our help, for
we are today the only team even vaguely in shape on the face of Earth
capable of pulling him out of the mud and setting man on a road toward
destiny.
L. Ron Hubbard
T H E J O U R N A L O F
SCIENTOLOGY
Issue 14-G [ 1953, ca. late April]
Published by
The Hubbard Association of Scientologists, Inc.
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
Child Scientology
L. Ron Hubbard
Save the child and you save the nation.
If, in the course of the next fifteen years, Scientologists were to
specialize in the group processing of children, it might well follow that
all of the goals of Scientology would thereby be realized. Thus, by
processing children between the ages of six and ten, we would achieve in
fifteen years a sanity and alertness never before obtained in that portion
of the populace between the ages of 21 and 26, the age bracket which
contains the energy and influence most strikingly felt by a civilization.
Child Scientology could very well be, in terms of practice, the most
important single field of endeavor in the science. So used, without other
addresses or assistances, Scientology might well bring about the condition
of world peace-even if only by eradicating, through the restoration of
sanity, the enthusiasm of youth for the sham glory of war. Therefore, we
address here a subject which is broader than "what will I do to cure
Johnnie's sneezes." Whether or not we are interested in those sneezes,
whether or not we have tolerance or intolerance for children, whether or
not we care to give time to the problems of child adjustment and sanity,
each of us who has a vested interest in the continuation of Earth and of
Man should be willing to invest some of his industry in the investigation
and application of the group processing of children.
Hence, this article is written, not to those who are interested in
children, not to those who have family problems, not even to those whose
duty it is to instruct children, but to anyone interested in the goals of
Scientology.
In order to utilize Scientology in the attainment of the goal of a
sane stratum of the populace, do you need special training? No, not beyond
the contents of this article and a knowledge of the book Self Analysis in
Scientology, a simple text.
What passport do you need to help children? None.
What recommendations, papers, figures, historical documents,
statistics, and other buffoonery do you need to assist children? None.
Is there any lack of groups of children? No. Where are groups of
children to be found? In schools, in hospitals, in orphan asylums, in
children's societies, in boy and girl organizations such as the Boy Scouts,
in the YMCA's, in Sunday Schools, and anywhere that interested people
forward the battle to prepare the child of today to become the sane adult
of tomorrow. Theirs has been a gallant struggle in the face of almost
insuperable odds. It is time these people had some help.
Historically, child therapy has been as difficult as it is now simple.
Let us be very blunt-we are not interested in the problems of the
child's mind. In Scientology, we are no longer concerned with the
inopportune and conceited short-
Copyright (�)1953 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
circuit between epistemology and the human brain which has resulted in the
"science" of psychotherapy. The Scientologist practicing with groups of
children should disabuse anyone in authority of any lingering thought that
the Scientologist might be using psychotherapy. The concern of
psychotherapy is with the thinking processes of the human brain. The
concern of the Scientologist is purely with the beingness of the child,
which is to say his spirit, his potentialities, and his happiness. A
Scientologist working with children, who permits himself to be led into
arguments concerning psychotherapy is permitting to exist and be part of
the argument the erroneous concept that gains in learning and behavior are
attainable through a rearrangement, by direct address, of the physical
habits or fears of the child.
It is possible to reform a child's attitude toward existence by
working with his mind. The best results in the field of psychotherapy were
obtained by Dianetics, but even prior to Dianetics, many child
psychotherapists had obtained considerably improved attitudes and behavior
on the part of children by directly addressing the individual child and
forming with the child a personal friendship which opened the child's
interest sufficiently to permit an awareness of the existing conditions of
present time. This was possible because the child's awareness of present
time could be suppressed by incidents which, having force and stress
contained in them, sought to represent in themselves that they were present
time. But this does not say that the optimum results are obtainable by this
process of addressing the past in order to heal the present. Psychotherapy
could be said to be a series of processes by which the past is addressed to
remedy the present or by which physical matter, such as the human brain, is
rearranged (as in a prefrontal lobotomy) in order to inhibit odious conduct
in present time. The 500 or 600 percent gains obtainable by the application
of Child Scientology to groups of children are not obtainable by addressing
the past to remedy the present.
Scientology increases the beingness and potentialities of beingness of
the child in present time in order to secure the capabilities of the child
in the future. It does this by exercising the capabilities of beingness of
the child, and is about as closely related to psychotherapy as penmanship
might be, or, for that matter, any other subject in the school curriculum.
Thus, no one can reasonably object, on the grounds that psychotherapy is
being practiced, to the education of the child in present time so as to fit
him for his future.
It will be very difficult for the Scientologist to keep himself from
being led into this snare, because tests in child psychology on those in
his group will indicate that their reading ages leap under this process,
that children who have never been able to master even rudimentary subjects
begin to learn, and that behavior which, in the past, has been highly
lacking in good order and discipline turns markedly for the better. These
and many other advantages to be gained in the application of Child
Scientology to groups of children cannot be classified as psychotherapy
simply because they attain the goals of psychotherapy. Because a thing
obtains the goals another thing hoped to obtain, is no reason to assume
that the two are identical. This obtaining of goals was never accomplished
in terms of groups by psychotherapy, and, indeed, psychotherapy never
attained these goals-even on individual children. But that person who
immediately proclaims that we now have child psychotherapy simply because
we have Child Scientology is making an extremely bad error in thinking and
in semantics.
Significantly, camping out, hiking, hobbies, and excellent and
personable group leaders have obtained results similar to these, down
through the ages. But one does not classify these as psychotherapy. What we
have done in Scientology is render available to those in authority over
groups of children the means of procuring results of magnitude in the
absence of highly personable instructors, camping out, hobbies, individual
attention to the child, perfect home life, and other intensely desirable
but very scarce commodities. Any expert in the field of child study can
inform you that it is possible to take any child and, by giving him enough
time, improve him. Parents can tell you this. Anyone, in short, could have
gotten results from a child by sufficiently devoting himself to the child's
interests. When one realizes that this might consume dozens or thousands of
hours per child, one sees immediately that without the fundamentals of
Scientology the mass resolution of the problems of children is impossible.
The question
has been "How do we do it without devoting this special time to each and
every child, since it is not possible to devote that time?" The answer, of
course, lies in the fact that a group of 30 or 500 children simultaneously
can be given Child Scientology by one untrained person, and that these
children will accrue the various gains to be realized in the past only by
individual address and interest.
What is the process given to groups of children?
Taking a copy of Self Analysis in Scientology, the instructor, the
Scientologist, the scout leader, or other person, delivers to the assembled
group imaginary scenes to envision. The children envision these scenes, one
after another.
The imaginary scenes are taken from the lists found in Self Analysis
in Scientology. They are selected and re-formed from these lists in
accordance with the ability of the children to understand them.
This process is continued for about 20 minutes per day. It may be
continued for as short a time as three weeks for any group of children with
excellent results, but, more optimumly, may be incorporated permanently
into their routine activities.
The Scientologist will discover in his first session that the children
in the group divide roughly into three classes: (1) those who cannot get
any mock-ups at all, (2) those who get them too fast or too slow, and (3)
those who get them well. He divides his group into three sections. He gives
processing-as described above-to each of the sections, processing those who
cannot get mock-ups the most, and processing those who are too fast or too
slow slightly more than the third group, which is given the continued
routine processing. Ordinarily, it will be found that the three groups will
assume a parity in a short time, and so can be continued as one group.
The person delivering the lists must know that he should not give
special attention to individuals in the group simply because these
individuals are having trouble, for this would mean to each child in the
group that he or she would have to have trouble so as to get individual
attention.
The instructor must also know that the children often become quite
active, dramatic, and emotional when they do this process, for they find it
a great deal of sport, and, in the case of a school, he should be prepared
to have complaints from adjoining rooms, should he be so unwise as not to
arrange for a suitable period of the day for processing.
The instructor or Scientologist should know that a child will
occasionally "boil off." This, as a manifestation of unconsciousness, is
very mild, and simply means that some period of the child's life wherein he
was unconscious has been slightly restimulated. He should know that all he
has to do to arouse the child from this state is to have him remember
something that is real to him, a time when he was in good communication
with somebody, and a time when he felt that somebody loved him.
The person applying the lists should also know that he should not
rebuke, criticize, evaluate, or tease the children because of their mock-
ups or their troubles with them. He should also know that he must not
evaluate these mock-ups or try to interpret them as dreams, since whatever
relationship they may have to dreams and regardless of how fascinating they
may be, their interpretation will reduce the effectiveness and ability of
the child. In fact, their evaluation for the child is actually destructive
to his pride and beingness, and such interpretation not only has no part in
his processing but is expressly forbidden as being intensely harmful.
What else can be expected immediately?
A small percentage of the children will not respond at all. A small
percentage will become worried because of the activities and noise of the
other children. A small percentage will be unchanged, though responsive.
The remaining 75 or 85 percent will
advance variously in their intelligence quotients, their behaviors, and
their personal abilities (in particular, their ability to learn).
By experience, no disabilities will occur because of this process,
excepting those which are occasioned by sudden upsets in home life or by
reason of teasing or evaluation on the part of an applicator.
By all standard tests of learning ability, reading skill,
differentiation, and so forth, it will be discovered that the group, as a
group, has progressed very far beyond what anyone has ever had the right to
expect from the application of any form of child improvement. This should
not be labelled a wild claim; it is rather a sober fact which is based upon
very wide, careful testing and observation under many differing conditions,
under many types of instructors, and under many groups of children.
Quite incidentally, and certainly of no great interest except that it
makes good telling, psychosomatic difficulties, perception inhibitions
(such as stuttering), and various other disabilities, the correction of
which is classed entirely in the field of psychotherapy, have a tendency to
deintensify or disappear in the child who is part of a group undergoing
this processing. Such improvements-no matter how dramatic they may be-are
not the reason why this processing is given to the group, but instead are
simply an added bonus, and entirely a by-product. Indeed, it is a rather
grim joke that Scientology so employed and without direction toward the
release of such ills, does rather routinely what medicine has been unable
to do. It is of no great concern to the Scientologist that this happens.
Certainly, he does not want to prevent it from happening, but he must not
lose sight of the fact that he is not processing a group to make it happen.
He will be given his greatest thanks as a result of such cases and his
benefits will be measured by them, but this should not turn his head from
the main goal of the process, which is to make a group of able children far
more able. Parents, for instance, who have spent thousands of dollars on
little Johnny's asthma, discover one day, after he has been part of such a
group for some time, that he is no longer troubled with asthma. Further, it
is doubtful if he will ever be troubled with asthma again. Parents
presented with such evidence have a tendency either to become angry or to
be grateful, depending upon their level of sanity.
The group auditor is not there to cure, heal, repair, patch up, treat,
advise, counsel, or otherwise to mend children. By definition, the group
auditor is one who works to create a new state of beingness in a group of
people by the administration of lists prepared by the H.A.S. or himself. It
should be clearly understood that we are attempting something which has
never happened before. We are achieving a state in people which has not
previously existed. We are taking another step forward with Man. We are not
trying to bring children back to normal, nor are we trying to remedy
existing conditions. We are factually striking out to attain a level of
culture and civilization higher than those attained before, in which we
include any period of any nation anywhere. The group auditor has about as
much relationship to psychotherapy as a stonemason at work on a new city
has to the proprietor of a junkyard. The group auditor is not working to
return children to normal. They have never been other than they are and, in
the absence of what we know now, never could have been what we hope them to
be. People who try to classify the group auditor as one who is making
children normal by treating them are actually insulting the group auditor.
In the absence of Scientology, or whatever it would have been called had it
been discovered in the past or future, such repair work was the best that
could be done. The attainment of gains by the eradication of something
differs considerably from the attainment of gains by the creation of
something. All processing in Scientology today is positive-gain processing
and is, in fact, creative; the work of the auditor is creative whether he
is working on an individual or a group.
The special problems of individual children which confront the group
auditor should be referred by him to a professional auditor, or handled by
himself as a professional auditor providing he is trained in that capacity.
Therefore, parents or interested persons desiring special consideration for
individual problems should be directed elsewhere by the group auditor. The
group auditor's interest is in terms of mass production. He is creating
with his work a new state of beingness, a new type of childhood.
This is a state that is desirable not simply because it contrasts with
former states, but desirable because it means a better civilization or
perhaps one might say, a civilization.
What theory underlies this?
The group auditor needs no more theory than that contained in this
article and in Self Analysis in Scientology to succeed in his work. Indeed,
he need not even have a solid grip on that much theory for the process to
work for him. However, in the absence of background data, many things may
strike him as strange or unexplained, and, lacking the data, he may believe
himself to be dealing with an imprecise thing and so wander off course.
Thus, the best group auditor would be the one who is best founded in theory
and who is a professional auditor as well. The next-best group auditor
would be one who has studied this article and Self Analysis in Scientology
and who has attended the tape-recorded lecture course consisting of six
hours of lectures on this subject, which is available at the H.A.S., at
associate offices, or as reels from the Publications Section of the H.A.S.
Although this is apparently very simple-that we just get a child to
imagine something and the child is then better-and although people will
occasionally try to tell the group auditor that it has been long known that
creative imagination plays a considerable role in the life of the child,
yet mock-up processing from prepared lists is based upon fundamental
precisions which are quite invariable.
With much too much simplicity, it can be stated that here the
imagination is being utilized in such a way as to bring it under the
control, direction, and self-discipline of the child. The knowledge that we
are not actually dealing with imagination as it has been classified in the
past, and that in reality we are dealing with quite another function-
namely, clarification of the role of imagination-at least makes one feel
himself conversant with what is happening.
In mathematics, even in that pallid thing called arithmetic, it is
necessary to observe and realize the existence of a problem and the factors
of the problem, and to combine these to predict an answer. In the entire
field of life, it is imagination which delivers answers. If one cannot
imagine he cannot predict. The factors of life are more complex than the
factors of arithmetic, but they do not differ so far as mental functioning
is concerned. There are simply many more of them. One can teach a child by
rote that two plus two equals four, but many an instructor and many a
parent with the fondest hopes for the future of a child have, after the
child's education was complete, discovered that the child either cannot or
will not utilize the data to resolve problems in his own existence. In such
a child, the ability to imagine the answer by recombining existing factors
has not been developed or disciplined. Many an engineering school has been
embarrassed by turning forth honor graduates who yet failed dismally in the
reduction of rudimentary practical problems to workable solutions. Even a
thing as apparently precise as mathematics yet requires, in the good
mathematician, an enormous amount of imagination. In general, symbols and
figures, statistics and data, serve only to assist the functioning of the
mind in a solution of problems. These are at best crutches to be utilized
by an active intelligence. The mind is always the servo-mechanism of
mathematics, a thing which even the better mathematicians are apt to
overlook. Thus, when we are trying to teach a child, whether to be
proficient in geometry or in handling his body, we must teach him as well
to predict a future state of beingness; if he cannot predict a future state
of beingness, he cannot resolve problems. As a statement, the phrase
"prediction of a future state of beingness" almost encompasses the function
of the human mind. Prediction of beingness is somewhat different from
simple prediction. It is not necessary to have pictures to tell one what is
going to happen, but it is necessary to have the potentiality of imagining
what is going to happen to accurately assess a situation.
Thus, it may be seen that the inhibition of the imagination of a child
directly results in the inhibition of the child's ability to resolve
problems relating to his own environment and his own life. This
nullification of imagination should not exist;
however, the individual should be able to utilize this imagination, and the
imagination should be under the discipline of the individual. A good
instructor realizes that it is the discipline of the student's mind by the
student himself which accrues to the student the benefits of education.
The discipline of the imagination is essential in any learning
process. The infant and the child are peculiarly prone to utilize their
imaginations in such a way as to make their imaginations utilize them.
Their imaginations are not wild; they are simply not founded upon fact and
are not correlated with the existing state of affairs. At night, the child
is hounded by nightmares and delusions; by day his imagination conjures up
for him images based upon factual and unimportant data of his environment
which frighten and inhibit him. He is given to believe, then, that there is
some hidden thing in his vicinity which is inhibitive to his further
survival. Delusion is imagination out of control. The control and
discipline of imagination and its employment for the artistic and practical
gains of the individual would be the highest goal of a training process.
There have been great instructors in the past, great teachers who could
lead their students forward by their own personal magnetism. Their effort
was centered upon giving the student into his own hands, and this was
accomplished by causing the student to desire to discipline his own
beingness. However, the discipline of beingness is not necessarily the
limitation of beingness. It is better to be able to decide and control a
few things to be, than to be under the whip of an imagination which drives
one to be a great many things, none of which are under one's control. These
processes, then, aim directly towards disciplining the imagination and
bringing it under the control of the individual child.
Throughout the day, and every day of his life, the child is told that
things do not belong to him. If he is given a pair of shoes, he is informed
that they are not his shoes by the first command from the parent that he
polish them. In the case of nearly all children, even though they seem to
have possessions, they themselves do not believe themselves to own
anything. Their bodies, their minds, their toys, their clothes, their
habits, their mannerisms, and their likes and dislikes, are all under the
continuous impact of the MEST universe and other intelligences. There is
something, however, which a child can own-an image which he creates
himself. In fact, he will only attain to those images which he does create
for himself, because, in his opinion, any attempt to reach images created
for him by others (particularly by duress) is antipathetic to his survival.
At every hand he is driven from possession and driven from beingness, for
the child can possess only those things which he feels free to be.
The creation and control of mental images performs another function in
that it utilizes and disciplines energy. In creating mental images which he
then controls, the child discovers first that he can own something, next
that he can control something, next that here is something he is free to
be, and next that he has control over mental functions. Dignity and purpose
are native to the child; badness and uncontrol are not. Thus, by
envisioning images the child comes into possession of his own beingness and
is convinced that he is free to be something. The change which comes with
this realization is not an ultimate or absolute thing, for there is a
gradient scale of beingness and there are always new heights above any last
plateau reached. This is a gradual and continuous process, this creation of
beingnesses (or, symbologically, mock-ups), and the process continues in
any phase of life so long as the person has life in him. The direct attack
on this problem by the use of mock-up processing results as one would
expect; it brings the child under his own discipline and makes him capable
of being what he wants to be, not what he is forced to be. At the same
time, it renders him less reactive toward disciplinary actions undertaken
for his own good and toward educational measures which are provided for his
future security. Acceptance will be found to replace resentment of
education.
The goal of an instructor is to instruct. There is an old story about
the Rough Riders, a regiment in the Spanish-American War. Their most famous
exploit was the taking of San Juan Hill, yet there is an incident in this
which is worthy of our notice. The orders of the day were posted and stated
explicitly that they were to "jump off" from El Caney at five o'clock the
following morning and were to take San Juan Hill.
The Rough Riders awoke at 4:30 a.m. to discover that one small thing had
been omitted from their plans: they had, as yet, to take El Caney. Thus,
before they could execute their orders they had to assault and take another
objective, which they did take with severe losses, and from which they
finally carried out the main assault, many hours overdue, again with
enormous casualties. Thus it is that a military organization can suffer
frightfully from trying to fight one battle when another has to be fought
first. The instructor is supposed to educate children, the camp leader is
supposed to entertain them, and the hospital nurse is supposed to make them
well. Yet, standing as an obstacle before each one of these and any other
individuals attempting to handle children, is, in actuality, the lack of a
child. Bluntly, the child is not there. He is sitting in the classroom but
his mind is elsewhere. He is in the hospital as a body, but is maundering
about the scene of the accident which sent him there. He is supposed to be
having a good time in camp, yet he is actually at home playing with his
dog. Any attempt to work with a child is an attempt to contact and get into
communication with the child. Unless one can get into communication with
the child he cannot perform his duties as pertain to that child.
The task of communicating with a child does not begin with talking to
the child. It begins with finding a child to talk to. There are many tricks
which lead a child's interest sufficiently into present time to allow one
to communicate with him. Anyone dealing with children knows that this is
the primary problem in that task. But it is a very terrible strain trying
to maintain the child's attention in present time while one communicates
with the child. If one had a process which made it possible for the child
to be in present time and to get him there easily, that process would, of
course, be very welcome to the child. The group processing of children, or
the use of the same process on an individual child, is a workable answer to
this problem.
There is no reason to go back into the past after the child (as in
psychotherapy) if one has a modus operandi to bring the child into the
present. You certainly would not actively go after things which easily came
to you. Application of these lists in this fashion to groups of children
brings them into present time, and thus to their instructor or leader.
Consequently, once he has used it, an instructor finds this processing as
necessary a part of classroom activity as ringing the school bell. It is
one thing to get the body into class; it is another thing to get the mind
into class. The instructor is being paid to instruct, but before he can
instruct there must be somebody there to be instructed. This is terribly
elementary, but it is a problem which has been overlooked, and it is a
problem which, in many cases, has made education an arduous process.
Children in present time are very easy to look after, very easy to
instruct, and very easy to live with. Children out of present time, bent on
revenge, and fresh from a quarrelsome breakfast table in an antipathetic
home, form a noisy and rebellious group. The behavior of a child out of
present time is not easily predicted, and this unpredictability is a
considerable strain to the child's leader. A child out of present time
walks off the curb into heavy traffic, falls down fire escapes, gets hit
with gymnasium equipment, hurts himself in games, and causes those
multitudes of upsets which make the life of a child shepherd an onerous
one, at times.
The problem of the parent in the home is no different from the
problems of the instructor. The continual nag-nag-nag necessary with
children is occasioned solely by two things: one is that the child has no
real understanding of his role (for it has never been explained to him) and
so has no beingness in the house as part of the family, part of an economic
unit, or part of a work team; and the other is that the child is not there.
The more one corrects and punishes the child, the less the child is there,
since, in essence, correction is "go back into the past and pick up
punishment data to remind you that the future is going to be unpleasant."
The process of mocking up is peculiarly suited to children, for in the
main they possess brilliant ability. An adult preclear is filled with envy
at the ability of a child to obtain mock-ups and control them. The time to
salvage a human being and get him out of the past into the present time is
when that human being is a child, for he thus benefits most from his
environment and all his education within it. Out of present time, the data
and experience are going nobody knows where.
All the theory one needs to know in order to apply Child Scientology to
groups is contained here. There is a great deal to know in addition to this
(although almost all of it is as simple) and it should all be known before
much individual work is done on a particular child. This, however, will
suffice for groups.
What is a mock-up?
A mock-up is not a mental image but an additional beingness. One is
afraid and troubled by those things which he cannot be but must fight.
One's effort is mainly expended in fighting shadows in the belief that
these shadows are things which one must not be or cannot be. The
limitation, rather than the increase, of beingness is the common course of
existence. One finds out "by experience" (most of it incorrect) that he
cannot be a great many things. His ability to be is also his ability to
communicate, for the things which he is are those things which demark the
amount of space he can occupy.
A mock-up, then, is more than a mental picture; it is a self-created
object which exists as itself or symbolizes some object in the MEST
universe. It is a thing which one can be. One can be it because one can see
it. Those things which one cannot see, he cannot see because he cannot be
them. In terms of human experience, beingness is space. Space is a
viewpoint of dimension. The points which mark an area of space are called
anchor points, and these, with the viewpoint, alone are responsible for
space. The creation of anchor points, then, is the creation of space, which
is, in itself, the creation of beingness. The essential in any object is
the space which it occupies. Thus, the ability to be an object first
depends upon the ability to be the space which it occupies.
When one puts out pictures which he himself creates, he at once
demarks space and occupies, with his own creation, an area of space. Thus,
he knows it is safe to occupy this space. Thus, he knows that he can be
that space. Thus, he can be that object. It does not follow that he is that
object simply because he creates that object, but he has assumed by its
creation that there is a new thing which he can be and a new space which he
can occupy.
A mock-up, then, is a picture, preferably in full color, with three
dimensions and in motion. There is, however, an astonishing variety of
disabilities connected with mock-ups. The mock-ups of one individual are
flat, those of another have no color, and yet another gets them only on the
far side of a black curtain. Some mock-ups have no motion in them, and some
have too much. The term "mock-up" embraces all these conditions.
"Mock-up" is derived from the World War II phrase which indicated a
symbolized weapon or area of attack. Here, it means, in essence, "something
which a person makes up himself."
The mock-up actually contains energy and mass. It occupies space. It
should be under the control of the individual.
A mock-up differs from a delusion in that in order for a thing to be a
mock-up, it must answer three conditions: (l) it must be created by an
individual, (2) he must know that it is his, and (3) he must get it under
control so that it does not do things unless he commands it.
A mock-up can be of anything, and it can be located in any direction
or at any distance from the individual creating it.
The ability of an individual to get a mock-up is an index of the
individual's distance from present time. That person who gets very clear,
brilliant mock-ups which are definitely under his control and which do not
perform erratically without his consent, is in present time. This graduates
on down to an inability to get mock-ups of any kind, which means one is
very far from present time.
One can generally establish the quality and character of a person's
mock-ups, and, consequently, the distance of that person from present time.
How will other factors in the child's environment affect this process?
The child who is a member of a group can be expected to have many
factors in his environment which are antipathetic to his best survival.
Such things as quarrelsome
homes, lack of parents, and physical disability, all occasion problems for
the group member which are beyond the scope of the applicator of these
processes. Children who have special problems need special processing. This
does not mean, however, that these special problems would not be alleviated
in greater or lesser degree by the child's being a member of a group which
is being given Scientology. Many remarkable gradual or sudden recoveries
from disabilities, as well as adjustments to antipathetic surroundings,
have been noted and logged when these techniques were in their experimental
stages, but such recoveries or adjustments should not be expected of the
process.
A child who receives Scientology as part of the group can be expected
to cope better with those problems which are assailing him than he could in
the absence of Scientology; just as a child who is poorly fed at home can
be expected to do better if he receives a hot meal in the middle of the day
at school.
Invalidation of the benefit he might get from group processing might
be given the child by a neurotic parent. One case has been noted where the
child returned to the group after a short absence and was unable to get any
mock-ups of any kind whatsoever. It was discovered, however, that as the
work progressed without any further special attention than noting the child
was suffering from a sudden disability, the ability returned. The parental
admonition, in other words, had no lasting effect upon the child. It might
be a matter for caution on the part of the applicator not to discuss the
process with the parents, although this would be rather an extreme measure,
taken to prevent such invalidations and resultant temporary inabilities, in
a small number of cases.
One applicator who consistently did not give end-of-session processing
after having given ten minutes of mock-ups to his group, found that one
child was badly out of present time as a result of the process. The error
in this case was the omission of end of-session processing, as contained in
the back of Self Analysis in Scientology; the total damage involved was the
momentary inability of the child to demonstrate an arithmetic problem. The
child was only a little way out of present time. He had become so entranced
with his mock-up that he was still with it.
Children occasionally experience sharp pains while doing mock-ups, and
in such instances, they're letting go of old incidents and punishments. The
end-of-session lists take care of any such occurrence.
It is noteworthy that a group undergoing this processing during an
epidemic of measles had a lower loss-of-attendance rate than the other
classes in the same school which were not undergoing processing.
Here's how it is done.
The applicator opens his copy of Self Analysis in Scientology, goes to
the beginning of the list, looks for a mock-up (the first one in that list
that he can use for delivery to children), and says, "All right. Now let's
see if we can get a picture of you enjoying something." He pauses, and as
soon as it is apparent to him that the majority of the class have such a
picture, he gives the next application.
After a short period of this, he asks for a show of hands to find out
how many have been getting mock-ups easily. He then selects this group out
of the group, and then asks for a show of hands as to how many got no mock-
ups at all and selects this group out. He then has three groups. He can,
himself, render processing to each of these groups separately; or he can
delegate the processing of the no-mock-up group to a student of that group,
and the processing of the too-slow group to another student, retaining for
himself the easy group. It is desirable that he retain the processing of
the easy group for himself, because this group will be the largest group
and out of it will come the very best results. He should always remember
that he is trying to make the able more able, and he should repress in
himself any instinctive closure with the most nearly disabled.
The two groups which are not as able as the easy group are processed
exactly as the main group is processed; the reason for their separation is
that the less able hold back the able, and the ability of the able rouses
the envy of those who are poor at the game and tends to press them into
apathy about it.
The applicator gives approximately 15 minutes of Scientology out of the
lists to his group, and then gives the group the end-of-session list which
is Exercise 14 of the book Self Analysis in Scientology. This consists of:
(l) rapidly sketching over the session, (2) sketching over what has been
going on again, with particular attention to how each member has been
sitting, (3) going over the session again with regard only to present-time
surroundings, (4) fixing each individual's attention upon a pleasant object
near to him now. This is repeated until the group is refreshed, and
requires only five or ten minutes. The total period of application of the
entire process is about 20 minutes, and should be done at least once a day
for a period of three weeks to get a very marked change in a group. When
achieved, however, such a change is then noted to be considerable. Children
who have never been able to study before, or who have been very poor at
their lessons will be found to be interested in and good at them.
There's a special case of the child whose school work is of a low
quality, yet who has a very high I.Q. This child is found to be unable to
mock up anything he hasn't actually seen. He would be able to mock up his
instructor, and he would be able to mock up a glass of soda water, but he
would not be able to mock up his instructor drinking a glass of soda water
since he has not actually seen this. This child should be watched for; it
will be discovered that the mock-ups he gets are not really his. This is
remedied by simply changing them until he knows they are his. He is
actually a no-mock-up case although he can get pictures; a picture is not a
mock-up, a mock-up belongs to the preclear. If a child cannot mock up
creatively, his work will bear no relationship to his I.Q. If a child has a
high I.Q. but no creative mock-ups, then his work will be poor.
This is all the background one needs to apply Scientology to groups of
children or groups of adults. Groups of adults are handled in exactly the
same way, and they respond as well as, but with not quite the same lucidity
as, children. On this basis, an individual can build with his own
experience. Such experience is essential to a deep insight into what is
happening, for nothing written here beyond the basic data can supplant the
actual experience of taking a group and bearing with it for several weeks
and then seeing what has happened to it and in it. This, in itself, is
sufficient recompense for the trouble taken.
It is expressly recommended that the professional auditor take up the
processing of groups of children by going to local schools and institutions
and getting the consent of those in charge to conduct this game. He need
have no qualms about what might happen, for, as tests have proven, the
institution and even the highest authority in relation to that institution
will not be anything but pleased with what occurs (unless, of course, some
intensely personal factor enters).
A professional auditor would do well to acquire the six-hour taped
lecture course on group processing which supplements the above data, and
give it free-of-charge to school teachers and others in his area. First and
foremost, it will accomplish the goals of Scientology, and second, but
sometimes important to an auditor, here is opened the most certain source
of preclears known, for parents who are aware of the benefits being
achieved with the child are prone to see that the child gets even further
benefit in the form of professional processing. People, wisely or not, will
pay more to have their children well than they will pay to have themselves
well. Thus, even in the narrowest economic sense, it is extremely good
business for a professional auditor to give great quantities of his time to
the processing of groups of children or adults. He can be certain that he
will get auditing assignments at least equal to the amount of time invested
with such a group.
This particular highway of approach to the problems of the world has
been found workable. It is extremely easy to introduce these processes into
a school and to incline instructors into their use. It is easy to put these
processes to work in nursing homes, in veterans' establishments, and in
many other places. The amount of help an individual can deliver per capita
with these processes easily is greater than with any other single method
now in existence, for he is giving men back to themselves, and there is no
greater gift at his command.
SCIENTOLOGY 8-8008
UNLIMITED TECHNIQUES
As of May 1, 1953, we have several techniques which are susceptible of
being audited without time limit. These we call Unlimited Techniques. They
are Positive Gain Processes. Engram running, Expanded Gita and all negative
gain processes can be audited with benefit only a short time. Double
Terminal is an excellent assist-it cannot be audited more than a few hours
before the case must be patched up with an unlimited.
HOLDING MEST POINTS: The pc is requested to shut his eyes and to
locate and then "feel" the upper two corners of the room and sit there
without thinking, just keeping contact, being interested in the two upper
corners of the room. Circuits clamor and other interesting things happen.
He must not cease from his interest in the two corners. Can be done for
thousands of hours, evidently, always with benefit. Gets pc to PT.
COMPARISON: Two similar MEST objects are observed in fact (not in
memory) by the pc and compared one to the other. Then two new objects or
spaces are observed, their difference noted. This is done outside and
inside with cars, people, trees, grass blades, anything. Spaces, of course,
are different because they have different boundaries. You see what happens:
He is matching terminals and then stopping the discharge by seeing
differences. This is one of the most valuable techniques we have, simple as
it is. Can be done for thousands of hours. Pc uses MEST (body's) eyes.
DUPLICATION: The pc is shown a MEST object, person or space. Then
beside it he mocks up a mock-up like it. Then he finds the difference
between them. Of course he cannot get mock-ups of any duration or value at
first. He simply keeps it up, each time taking a new object, person or
space, each time noting the difference. This triggers out the automaticity
of making facsimiles. It cuts down the competitive feeling about his own
and the MEST universe. Can be audited endlessly, always with benefit.
LIST MOCK-UPS: Self Analysis and similar lists.
SPACATION: Putting out one, then eight anchor points to make a box in
space either in general or around mock-ups or objects. This is the creation
of space.
UNMOCKING: Practicing seeing through MEST objects or spaces, done by
creating new space where they are and in which they do not exist.
You see what makes a technique unlimited: It builds up confidence in
pc's own universe as in straight LIST MOCK-UPS; or it causes pc to confront
the existing state of present time and discover that the MEST universe
seldom bites; or it gives the difference between one's own universe and the
MEST universe and raises ability to differentiate between them. Unlimited
techniques are all differentiative, all deal with present time.
L. RON HUBBARD
From: L. RON HUBBARD Through: The Office of
L. Ron Hubbard
London 30 Marlborough Place
London N.W.8, England
ASSOCIATE NEWSLETTER NO. 2
[1953, ca. early May]
Associate, please send me name and address of every HCA you have in
your files, including every HDA and B.Scn. I have no roster of auditors and
wish to compile a directory of professional auditors. The omission of any
name, including your own, may mean its omission in the directory by
oversight so please make your list as complete as possible. I am putting
all HCAs on a direct mailing basis for my office here in an effort to
collect case reports. Volume of releases is the best publicity weapon which
we have. If one HCA gets one cure in sinusitis, it makes very little
impression, but if 45 HCAs get 45 cures in sinusitis we have cured 45 cases
of sinusitis, and I can put it forward as a demonstration of what
Scientology is doing. I wish to circulate case report sheets which can be
sent to me here and compiled. It is about time that we had a central filing
of this now that our processes are at a level where we can assure results.
We must continue to work together as a very close team for very many
reasons. We must recruit the HAS and swell its membership ranks as high as
possible. There are various kinds of members: early issues tell you about
them. Membership in the HAS is membership in an organization which is
determined to free Man.
As of a letter of 29th April, Hardin Walsh has been requested to
handle mailing to 70 groups with which he is in contact and to furnish
those groups with Group Auditors' Courses. Group Auditors' Courses are
therefore available from Philadelphia and from Los Angeles. Any associate
can sell Group Auditors' Courses (six hours of tapes) to anyone for any
price he cares to charge. Because of the complications of manufacture, it
is suggested that people requesting courses be referred to Los Angeles,
Philadelphia or London, where the tapes are already being manufactured and
shipped daily.
The Phoenix office of the HAS has not been closed. The main legal
office of the HAS is in Arizona. The HAS can be addressed there c/o R. Ross
Lamoreaux, 4248 North 32nd Street, Phoenix, Arizona. R. Ross Lamoreaux is
operating the doctorate school in Phoenix. It is running at an advanced
level over its former status. It is charging the same price. It is giving
the advanced course in one month to those who have recently been certified
by associates. Ross credits any associate HCA and reduces his doctorate fee
accordingly. Doctorate level schools, then, are located in Phoenix,
Philadelphia and London, as before. There is no change in this program, but
there has been some change of address.
I am specifically looking to any associate for the management of his
area, and even greater than his area. Do not worry about overlapping: there
is no dearth of public. Don't worry about duplication of function: the idea
is to get people trained, to get people processed and to keep this
information going out.
You have a very stable package of information now. It consists of:
Self Analysis in Scientology, in hard cover ordered from the HAS in
Philadelphia, $3.00 per volume; the Communications Manual, ordered from
Philadelphia, $3.00 per volume; Scientology 8-8008, paper cover, HAS
London, $5.00 per volume; the 50 course books, $25.00 per set.
The doctorate schools are giving a B.Scn.; associates are giving an
HCA. Groups may obtain the first 12 lecture tapes from the HAS in
Philadelphia and the Group
Copyright (�)1953 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
Auditors' Course of six hours in tapes. These items listed are all staple
commodities.
Outside of the fact that Scientology 8-8008 is being revised at the
moment, I do not expect these publications to change for many years. Added
to them is Introduction to Scientology by Richard de Mille, procurable from
Los Angeles associates. I do not know what discounts he will care to give.
Self Analysis in Scientology and How to Live Though an Executive (the
Communications Manual) are suitable for bookstore distribution in your
area. Where you give an order to the HAS to be shipped to a bookstore, your
discount is 50%; your general discount for books is 40%. Remember to allow
for and include postage.
You may re-manufacture and distribute at your discretion, providing
proper credit is given and no details or data are omitted, SOP-8, its
Appendix and The Factors. The HAS will put these out in printed form
shortly.
Any associate should constitute himself an office of the Hubbard
Association of Scientologists as an organization and should take
memberships, form chapters and hold chapter meetings and get the HAS into
shape as a local organization.
If you have not sent money for your tapes to London, please do so, for
we are shipping straight out without regard to cash and your order is
probably already on its way. There were more tapes and the cost was
slightly greater than you were informed in an earlier letter.
In case you missed it before, send a notarized statement as to the
skill of your HCA applicant signed by the person in charge of the associate
office, and a check for $55.00 to me here in London, and a certificate,
properly lettered and signed, will be sent immediately to the home address
of the applicant or, if the associate elects, to the associate for his
remailing. The applicant will also receive his membership card as a
professional member in the HAS.
The first part of this job has been done, but it is only the first
part of this job. It was my task to get workable techniques which could be
used on more than one individual and techniques which could produce rapidly
a high level of effectiveness in Man. We have those techniques.
I do not personally see any reason to go on looking for faster
techniques because my experience tells me that they probably do not exist.
We are at the roof of this universe. There are hotter techniques, but not
for MEST universe. I know three principle data beyond those I have
released. It is not likely that I will divulge them, for they are not
important so far as the job we have to do is concerned.
Thus this stream of communication coming from my office and from me at
this time is signalizing a shift of emphasis in operation and finds me no
longer buried in investigation and out of communication but devoting my
time to the improvement of business and public relations and the
improvement of general acceptance of Scientology. It has moved as fast as I
have worked on it and I am trying to move it rapidly forward now. Please
adjust your own viewpoints and those of the people in your area to
realization of this.
Please send me the letters you are receiving from people so I can
write personal answers to them. I don't care how long it takes the letters
to get here. If you are processing any preclear or have processed any
preclears, you will find out that a letter from here enquiring after his
health and asking for a report will do much to improve his general attitude
and alertness, for it is simply a token of somebody else being interested
in him. I don't much care whether I have to answer these letters or not, or
whether I have them for my own viewpoint, but I wish to be of all possible
service to associates; and you will find, I am sure, that this will show up
in your accounting books on the blue side of the ledger.
_____________________________
If you don't think we are going places, let's look at the developments of
just the past few weeks. Aside from the American picture, the HAS in Great
Britain has come up to a level of financial stability which assures its
continuation. The main problem now is adequate quarters. Here in Great
Britain every week several schoolteachers are trained to use Self Analysis
in their classes, taking the free Group Auditors' Course at the HAS
headquarters. A few weeks ago I addressed the London Head Teachers'
Association (D.O.9) and the invitation of that body to address it was
probably an effort to expose a "charlatan"; and, although some of the
bigwigs of the public school system were present with that definitely in
mind, at the end of the talk which merely concerned itself with the
education of children and bringing them up to present time and the use of
their imagination, there was no dissenting voice. On the contrary, there
was considerable compliment, and since that time official ripples are
nonexistent.
Little by little, then, the public school program of group auditing is
moving up into official status and one of these days will be a standard
part of the curriculum. That may not happen for some time but it is on the
road to happening. All we have to do here is maintain a constancy giving
that course every week, making sure people know about it, keeping the books
available and simply keeping it rolling. It requires no real effort to keep
it rolling, since once it was started, it was bound to continue.
In New Zealand, in Auckland, an associate school is going in to serve
the down under area. The personnel is on the way there, the tapes have been
made and are on the way, and the manager of that school has completed his
training with honors here at the HAS. In other words, the South Pacific has
an associate.
The Middle East now has an associate. Owen Nasr, going back to the
Lebanon, is establishing an associate quarter there. The tapes are on their
way and he is ready to get going. Strangely enough, that area's educational
stratum speaks English, so here is the area of primary knowledge being
invaded by Scientology.
Most important, probably, is the fourth doctorate school which is
going in in Germany. You can imagine the appeal of Scientology to a country
which has had all roads blocked and its reality badly smashed. More
important than this is the proximity of that doctorate school to the
Russian zone. This doctorate school will be conducted in German and will
take in all the Teutonic-tongued nations. The various standard texts are at
this time undergoing translation into German.
Aside from these associates and the new doctorate school, which are,
of course, something very special, groups are continuing or starting up in
many other nations. The amount of enterprise being demonstrated by auditors
in areas where the ploughing must be of the most primitive kind, where no
great wealth and no high level educational mean exists, rather puts to
shame operations existing in wealthy areas where the population almost
averages the first year of high school in education which have difficulty
in remaining solvent.
Your attention is called to some data concerning what the public wants
which does not appear under that heading in the recent material. In SOP-8
on Step IV, Expanded GITA, a workout of wasting and accepting under duress
pain demonstrates the sensation hunger which exists in the individual. This
technique lays bare for the first time the actual thirst for agony, its
receipt and delivery, of homo sapiens. If you have had this run on yourself
or if you run it on a case or two, you will be startled to discover an
apparent goal and desire on the part of the thetan.
Throwing this over into the general public, one finds then that the
general public very aberratedly will patronize those places and those
techniques which will deliver pain. Those techniques are preferable which
deliver pain in good quantity without permanent damage. The protest of the
general public against people delivering pain is actually a protest against
other people getting pain and the protester receiving no pain. Pain is a
precious commodity. If you were to tell people that
these techniques were extremely and intensely painful, but that they left
no permanent damage, and brought the person up to a level where he could
obtain more livingness and beingness than before, you would find an
immediate response, according to what I have worked out here in terms of
preclears. I have not made this experiment but it seems indicated in the
light of what turns up with Expanded GITA on the subject of pain.
The psychiatrist will continue to be supported, the surgeon will
continue to be supported so long as they can be hired to waste pain at a
price. People are trying to waste pain although they really want pain. This
is a rather strange outlook. However, it is true that an individual up the
scale is cured of this obsession for pain. Individuals who appear quite
sane to you or me are actually too low on the tone scale to demonstrate
this desire for pain. As you bring them up the tone scale they pass through
a wide band of desire for pain. When they get up above this, for the first
time they begin to appreciate what sanity is. Anything which is scarce
becomes valuable. Thus pain, if it becomes very scarce and is prohibited,
becomes automatically valuable and is desired. The prohibitions in use
against having pain, against touching hot stoves, get an idea into the head
of the preclear that pain is valuable, that he can't have it and it is
therefore desirable. Institutions such as war, hangings, psychiatry, will
continue in any society so long as this desire for pain exists.
You might make a test of this by telling people that these techniques
were productive of far greater pain and agony than any other technique ever
invented but that they leave no permanent damage on the individual. Just
make the test and let me know how it comes out. You understand, of course,
that above this band and into the realm of sanity this desire for pain does
not exist. This is merely a comment on the fact that homo sapiens is
actually below the level of sadism and masochism.
As an additional comment on techniques you will find SOP-8 resolving a
lot of things which we have found it difficult to touch before. It is
fantastic that the craving for work disclosed by running Expanded GITA is
so strong in the individual. The very lazy person who won't work, won't
work simply because work is so scarce that he can't have it. Running
Expanded GITA remedies this. It is remarkable to see people going into
action after a very few minutes of this process. Those people who complain
how hard work is are simply complaining so that other people will be driven
off the work they are doing. Those people who complain about how hard work
is are actually unproductive because work is already quite scarce to them
and although it's lying right in front of them, they know that they don't
dare touch it; they want to drive people off from it, but they themselves
can't have it. This is remedied very easily. Run wasting work and such
people come well up very rapidly.
This aspect of work is very pleasant to contemplate, for it means that
people processed are going to see immediate reaction and that people who
are around those people are going to observe a change in them. There is no
change as desirable in the society at large as seeing a lazy man become
ambitious. I recommend this process very strongly (Step IV, Expanded GITA)
to auditors who can't find preclears. If they will waste preclears for a
while and waste working on preclears for a while, they will find themselves
capable of procuring far more people to process than they ever have before.
An auditor should waste processing. He will find it is so scarce that he
himself can't have processing. Then immediately after that he finds that it
is so valuable that only he can have processing. Then on the next step up
he realizes that it is quite plentiful and so he can give it to people.
Wasting anchor points is right up there with the more important things
of Expanded GITA. In order to perceive this universe at all, somebody must
have had to convince the individual that he had anchor points out there
someplace. The thetan has to have anchor points in space which he uses to
see anything; if a thetan can't see anything it means that he doesn't think
he has any anchor points out there, or, if he has had anchor points, that
he has now lost them. Thus rehabilitation of the visio depends upon wasting
anchor points for a while: having other people take them away or break
them. Naturally, there should be anchor points clear out to the various
limits of the MEST universe which one had once-or thinks one had-and has
now lost. By far
the most important single button in this whole line is healthy bodies and
sound minds. You will find that preclears will waste these for a long time
before they can have anything like a healthy body or a healthy part of the
body. You will also find sex playing a remarkably strong role and remaining
unsolved until eating is run. Eating is that thing of which sex itself is a
symbol.
I am totally revising Scientology 8-8008 as the professional course
textbook and putting into it SOP-8. The copy for this probably won't be
available for another five or six weeks. A surprisingly small amount of
change is necessary to bring this book up to date. Nothing is being deleted
from this volume. What is getting stressed is communication: it is found
that communication is terribly important; communication outranks by far
affinity and reality. Processing space, beingness and communication is the
road through to fast clearing. Any kind of communication, even painful
communication, is more desirable than no communication; just as the thetan
would rather be anything than nothing.
Speaking of communication, the Journal of Scientology is taking a
pretty long while getting settled down as might be expected. The Children's
Issue is probably in the mails as this is written. This edition probably
more or less makes up for the delay, for it is a twelve-page issue devoted
to group processing and children. Immediately following this issue is an
issue called "This Is Scientology." Copies of this issue will be available
for 50 cents per copy. This is actually a textbook and will be another
twelve-page issue. It will contain a simplified rundown of the whole
procedure, including The Factors, and is actually a breakdown of The
Factors into a book.
This is the third Associate Newsletter although you are probably not
aware of the fact that a news service has begun here. In fact, I have not
been aware of it myself until I realized that with a raised communication
level, I had quite a bit of information here which should start going out.
Having pretty well completed this job and having techniques which are doing
well in auditors' hands, I am giving more attention to getting the
information out. I will continue to send you these newsletters, for I think
they are a needed communication line. The data contained in them is
probably more intimate than would be circulatable to professional auditors
and certainly far more intimate than that which could run in the Journal of
Scientology. In addition to this newsletter I am contemplating a paper to
go out every week to professional auditors. This would be the professional
newsletter and would carry case data, case reports and so forth. It is for
this professional auditors' communication line that I want the names and
addresses of all the HDAs of whom you have any knowledge. I have no list of
HDAs and only a limited list of HCAs.
I have a small Gestetner mimeographing machine and either myself or
the secretary here cuts the stencils and Susie and I then run them on this
Gestetner. They are then mailed by my secretary, so you can see that this
is a sort of informal communication line. However, data keeps piling up
here and organizational matters keep cropping up. You send in letters to me
and then I answer them, but the information is of service to other
associates and would be useful to professional auditors.
This is the beginning of a new cycle. You may or may not realize how
thoroughly I meant what I said in the early Fall of 1950 and, indeed, you
are probably not aware that I said it at all; but I made a forthright
declaration that at that moment I cut loose from any and all managerial
organization and activities, for I had discovered that I could not even
vaguely continue in a managerial capacity and conduct my researches and
write material and give lectures as necessary.
I had become aware of the fact, and become convinced of it by
September of 1950, that I had evidently done with preclears many odds and
ends and extra flourishes which I did not know enough about to communicate
to auditors and that the subject was too difficult to teach, and I left
organizational activities because, having become aware of this fact, I knew
I would have to get up and dust to finish the subject off and bring it to a
conclusion so that it was workable in the hands of the many. We didn't want
a specialized expert subject. The only excuse I had for putting it out at
all
was that it was much, much better than anything which had existed prior to
it, and the reason I continued to put out the techniques I developed was
that they were much better than techniques we had had before.
Auditors have a tendency to overlook the fact that each one of these
techniques made man the owner of a better psychotherapy. Auditors are not
aware of this and don't understand this mostly because they don't
understand the general lack of psychotherapy and its absence in man's
knowledge prior to 1950. If an auditor knew and had worked in the field of
psychoanalysis or psychology prior to 1950, he would know-oh, so well-that
the techniques of Dianetics put a real weapon in his hands.
I have been criticized for being optimistic about each process as it
came out. That's very true: I have been, mostly because it was a good
process when used properly and partially because I considered that, having
fired the first shot, it was up to me to keep people encouraged toward the
final goal. Maybe I overdid this; I don't much care whether I did or not:
the point is, the decision to leave management alone in September of 1950
was evidently a sound one, for here, in the Spring of 1953, we have a SOP-
8, a technique which, while it might not lift the dead out of their graves,
yet solves anything we want solved in this universe. Of course, it can be
improved, but, my experience here is telling me, not very much.
Most of the criticism of my management capacity was levelled at me
from September onwards of 1950. The criticisms should have been couched,
"Ron won't take any part in management," for it was my opinion that it was
much sounder, even if things went completely to hell in the Foundations
(which they did), to keep on with investigation, knowing that the
organizations would eventually be as sound as the subject and no sounder.
You will see this work out.
A sound, simple, uncontrovertible subject delivers into our hands the
best basis I know of for a smooth-running organization. The public coming
to us and going away satisfied is all we need; they're not just satisfied
here in England, they're hysterical. They come back a couple of days after
a session walking two feet off the pavement. This is all we needed and
we've got it, so here you find me back in management.
Hello !
LATE BULLETIN
Theoretically, anything an associate wants to know is also desired
information by other associates and the doctorate schools. Thus much that
is contained in the Associate Newsletter is in response to some inquiry
whether or not that is so stated. Thus I may omit a direct answer to your
letter and answer your letter instead in this bulletin.
The Associate Newsletter has limited circulation. It goes to the
doctorate schools, to associates and to centers. It is not intended for
HCAs, groups or the general public. However, students may be interested in
many of these items. But the student is more properly and directly
addressed by the professional auditor's publication. I am at this time
putting out news as follows: The Associate Newsletter, The Professional
Auditor's Bulletin, The Journal of Scientology and personal correspondence.
Additionally, papers such as SOP-8 and The Factors are to be circulated.
The news is intimate to the general operation in the order of The Associate
Newsletter-business and promotion; The Professional Auditor's Bulletin-
technical and promotional on a professional auditor and professional
student level; The Journal of Scientology-broadly of interest, general
members.
The Associate Newsletter will come out fairly often. The Professional
Auditor's Bulletin will come out every couple of weeks. The Journal remains
on a twice-a-month level. One has to be an associate or a center to get the
Newsletter, one has to be a professional auditor or student to get the
Bulletin. The Journal is sent to subscribers.
PUSH THESE BOOKS: Self Analysis in Scientology, The Communications
Manual, full sets of Course Books. You get 40% discount. Push Journal of
Scientology subscriptions: you get 40% discount on every one you send in:
you collect $3.50; you send in, on your stationery, the subscriber's name
and $2.10 cash. Post a notice to this effect.
Send all cash for books and subscriptions and tapes you buy (from Philly
only) to Philly. Send all certification fees and data and tape cash (for
London mfg. only) to me at 30 Marlborough Place, N.W.8-London.
IF YOU WANT BUSINESS, ONE NIGHT EVERY WEEK GIVE FREE PROCESSING USING
SHORT 8A to groups of people in your place. Advertise it in the papers that
you are processing groups of professional and working people to make the
able more able. SHORT 8 and SHORT 8A (better) will give them, on only two
hours a week, miracles. You will get professional processing and students
from such a group. Start it and it will grow. This and giving the GROUP
AUDITORS' COURSE free will, in a very short time, swamp you with business.
Professional auditors will be asked, as well, to start such groups. This is
how we can begin to clear Man. We've got the process.
LRH
T H E J O U R N A L O F
SCIENTOLOGY
Issue 15-G [ 1953, ca. May]
Published by
The Hubbard Association of Scientologists, Inc.
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
"The Old Man's Case-Book"
L. Ron Hubbard
(The following material is an extract from the case-books of Dr.
Hubbard or advice he has given in letters or personally to auditors
concerning the running of cases.)
Mr. Brennan, HPA (Gt. Britain), phoned me concerning the treatment of
an eighteen-months-old baby expected to live one week according to medical
opinion. Medicine as usual had given up the case and the family as well,
evidently, as the family doctor had insisted that a consulting
Scientologist be brought in. The baby was conscious and fairly alert. Mr.
Brennan was informed that this is a very trying type of case and results on
it are not within reasonable expectancy.
He was informed of procedures as follows:
Leukaemia is evidently psychosomatic in origin and at least eight
cases of leukaemia had been treated successfully by Dianetics after
medicine had traditionally given up. The source of leukaemia has been
reported to be an engram containing the phrase "It turns my blood to
water."
The reduction of an engram in an eighteen-months-old baby by Dianetics
is, of course, impossible; therefore keying out procedures or automatic
type running or direct communication with the thetan are indicated.
The first procedure Mr. Brennan was given was to have the baby get two
anchor points in present time. This to be done with tactile and the baby's
hands. The theory of this is, of course, that contact with present time is
contact with the material universe. By slightly agitating, pleasantly or
unpleasantly, the fingers of the baby, thus attracting his attention to his
fingers for a period of time-at least two or more hours- there is a
possibility that the baby could be brought into present time. This, of
course, is a key-out of an engram.
The second procedure given Mr. Brennan was a somewhat imaginative one
based upon the conduct of two mocked up matched terminals. The MEST
universe is a two terminal universe; by having one object of everything
there is no discharge of the environment; thus the MEST universe remains
constant. By mocking up two terminals facing each other, both the same, a
preclear often experiences physical reaction and the charge on that type of
terminal can be found to dissipate without the preclear knowing what has
happened. This is a limited technique used in assists. In this case it was
suggested that two effigies made out of pillows and clothes or two dolls
similar to the baby be placed in sight of the baby, facing each other, and
that the baby's attention be permitted to rest on these two objects. By
doing this, there is a faint chance that the charge on the baby itself
might discharge automatically.
The third technique consisted of a type of processing used on animals.
The basis of this is that man's health is proportional to his belief in his
dangerousness to his environment. Animals are processed by building up in
them the belief that they are
Copyright(�) 1953 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
capable of frightening or driving something away. A cat or a dog is taken
and gestures are made at its hands. The moment it makes the faintest return
gesture in retaliation, the auditor backs up as though frightened. He does
this very quietly, for the animal is liable to be frightened itself at this
first venture. The animal is led more and more to strike out at the auditor
on a gradient scale, until the animal is very cocky and confident about its
approach to the auditor. It will be found that neurotic or depressed cats,
dogs and mice will alter their social behavior and will become well if this
process is followed. This is about all there is to animal therapy. It was
suggested that this be tried with the baby by getting the baby to strike
back. It was particularly cautioned that the first advance the baby made
should be met by the auditor with the very gentlest of withdrawals, for the
baby is quite often surprised if an exclamation of fear and a sudden
gesture of withdrawal are made. This is the application of gradient scale,
getting more and more of something built up.
The final method is one which has been reportedly used by several
auditors with success. The baby's body, facial expressions and voice are
disregarded as communication mediums. The auditor addresses the thetan and
continues in confidence that the thetan understands him. The auditor
applies Step I and, even though the baby gives no sign of understanding,
the auditor goes right on working Step I. He exteriorizes the thetan,
orients the thetan in the room by putting the thetan in various places of
the room, and then eventually asks the thetan to patch up whatever is wrong
with the body by locating deposits of energy on nerves or in other places
in the body, turning them white and discharging them. The auditor continues
this process for several sessions, each time going back to the first part
of Step I and going through Step I completely; then completing an
orientation and asking the thetan to patch up the body. This reportedly
works. I have not myself done this to babies. I have been informed that it
has worked on babies as young as four months. In working babies I normally
use the first three steps given above.
BIRMINGHAM LECTURES
Birmingham, England
21 May 1953
* 5305C21 BL-1 Three Universes
5305C21 BL-2 Three Universes (Cont.)
5305C21 BL-3 Tone Scale - ARC, Present Time
5305C21 BL-4 Tone Scale (Cont.)
From: L. RON HUBBARD Through: The Office of
L. Ron Hubbard
London 30 Marlborough
Place
London N.W.8, England
ASSOCIATE NEWSLETTER NO. 3
[1953, ca. mid-May]
Enclosed herewith, prior to release, is Professional Auditor's
Bulletin No.1, which is sent to you for your information, particularly the
last part.
We have here a new type addressing machine. It has the faculty of
being able to run off reels of gummed labels from its stencils and does so
with great speed. This means that as I collect the mailing list, I can
repeat and bundle up this mailing list in a gummed roll for your use should
you wish to utilize it. If you will send me any current and valid mailing
addresses which you have, provided you've collected a sufficient number to
warrant the trouble here, I will be happy to send in return this master
mailing list. I am sure that pooling our names and addresses should prove
profitable and beneficial to all of us.
Could anybody tell me what goes on in Seattle? McElvain of the Hubbard
Associates of Puget Sound has written me a couple of times and then the
line has gone silent. I don't seem to be able to get anything out of them.
Maybe somebody amongst you knows more about this organization than I do: if
so, shoot the data to me.
GROUP PROCESSING PLAN
The following arrangements, possibly with some modification, are
tentatively being established by a group of consulting Scientologists at
237 North 16th Street, Philadelphia. The plan is not yet in operation but
it is based on group processing experience obtained in the professional
school in London and in British public schools.
The group process which will be used in this instance will be Short
Eight. It will be administered, probably, in the auditorium at 237 N. 16th
on several nights each week. It will be delivered there for about two hours
by a professional auditor between, probably, the hours 7:30 to 9:45, with a
fifteen-minute break between the two hours. It may be that a slightly
shorter period will be adopted; but, in any case, the processing period
will not be under two hours. The difference will come in the number of
breaks that are taken.
The processing will be regularly scheduled and will continue to be
given regardless of audience.
By direct mail means, advertisements in suitable publications or
papers, it will be announced in a very dignified way that the HAS has
embarked upon a program of free processing for the working people and
executives of the city with the goal of making the able more able. It will
be stated that this is educational and aimed at improving reaction time and
intelligence quotient and at rehabilitating the goals and energy of those
who work hard to keep the culture running. The actual advertising copy will
be adjusted against the response and what is learned from those who attend
the sessions.
Exactly in keeping with the plan announced in Professional Auditor's
Bulletin No. I as to the material at hand, it is believed that the
processing itself will pay for itself and that it will provide preclears
and students for organizations in that area.
Although this is subject to modification as to its procurement of
persons to take the free processing and in its actual performance, it is
offered here as a general outline of what is intended.
Copyright (�) 1953 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
TAPE SHIPMENTS
The doctorate schools at Phoenix and Philadelphia have received all
the late 1952/1953 tapes; that is, a set of Philadelphia lectures made
there in December, 1952 on Standard Operating Procedure No. 5 (Expanded)
and called SOP-5 (Expanded), the Group Auditor's Course, a set of six hours
made for use with Self Analysis in Dianetics (or Self Analysis in
Scientology) for group auditors, and the London Spring lectures on latest
procedures and theory, 20 hours in all, called the HCA tapes. Those
associates who have ordered the HCA course may have as yet received only 18
hours; the other two hours which come at the very end of the series are
also being copied and will be sent on very soon. Joanna Walsh's HCA course
is being shipped on May 27th. I have no note of the Chicago associate
asking for tapes; if Roman and Adele Mazurek want them, will they please
write? No order has been received by the London HAS.
All tapes ordered with the exception of the last two hours of the HCA
course have been shipped.
GENERAL
News on the general scene looks very good. I am in receipt of floods
of letters from auditors congratulating me on these new techniques. On
every hand I am hearing of cases busting which have been hanging fire for
as long as three years. And, in addition to this, these people are not even
in possession of what I said was the final solution; they are in possession
of SOP-8. SOP-8 is a gunshot safe technique which can be put in the hands
of people who are not particularly well trained. The solution of Case V
requires much longer assay and will be the subject of PAB No. 2. You will
get airmail copies of PAB No. 2, whereas they will go out regular mail to
the list of auditors.
This whole thing wound up as simplicity itself. You're going to hear
of Scientology as "the science of certainty." Anything we consider certain,
which is to say the three universes and the multitude of viewpoints of them
and the repair and increase of the awareness of these certainties which is
awareness itself since certainty itself is knowledge and certainty alone is
awareness, are the meat which we underline as Scientology.
Now we take whole-track facsimiles, prenatals, engrams under pain and
unconsciousness and anything else there's ever been a question about-
anything on which anybody has any slightest possible maybe-and we call
these things para-Scientology. These are the things one can be or cannot be
aware of, but the time to judge whether or not they exist or whether they
do exist by the individual is when he has a high enough awareness level to
observe. If his awareness level isn't up there, there is no reason why we
should try to shove them down his throat. In other words, we're going off
on a complete certainty. A case advances as fast as it is certain.
SOP-8A, which is not released, does nothing but establish certainties
and on a gradient scale brings the person up in terms of certainties,
higher and higher and higher until he knows. We take no interest in what he
finds out when he knows how to know. We've given him some hints in the past
as to what might lie around for him to find out; we're only interested in
his becoming certain.
With this line of approach I think any and all opposition or
questioning we have ever had will simply be wiped out flat. It makes a very
simple basic subject which thereafter can become more and more
interestingly complicated as one advances into higher levels of certainty.
But one never runs for a guess when he can grab a lead-pipe cinch. Right
now, we're going to deal with the science as a lead-pipe cinch. This ought
to make it a lead-pipe cinch in terms of salesmanship and getting the job
done. I was keeping this shot in the locker. It will be pointed up in 1 6-
G. Professional auditors are going to get it and we are ready to hit our
stride. I think these techniques all by themselves will override and make
silly any opposition we have had. It was my theory originally that this is
what would happen and, sure enough, it is happening here. The more simple
and the more certain this science gets in England, the better student
reaction we are having and the better field reaction.
The keynote of processing Case V (as a little advance notice) is "is here"
and "isn't here." In other words, the theta-MEST theory, "there is
something," "there is nothing." This can be run in terms of brackets, it
can be run as matched or double terminals and it can be run on any thought
or subject. It is best to be applied for a Case V simply by running these
two things.
The technique is broadened by "there isn't anything here," "there is
something here" in any numb or painful part of the body. You simply run
these two things alternately over any place in the body that has no feeling
or where it does have feeling, and you get rid of chronic somatics so fast
that it's wonderful to behold. This goes additionally into "there isn't
anything there," "there is something there."
Now you understand that there is a certainty about "there is something
here" and there's another certainty on "there is nothing here." These two
intermixed become an uncertainty or a maybe. We avoid the maybes. We can
even go so far as to run a question occasionally like, "Is there sex?" and
then "There is sex" and "There isn't any sex"; but we avoid, to a large
extent, the maybe area. You start running maybes and the case goes
downscale; you start running certainties and it goes upscale.
The most certain certainty there is is that "there is something,"
"there is nothing." We don't care what the something is and we don't care
what is absent to make it nothing. You'll find out that any maybe on any
subject will resolve by running brackets on "There is something," "There is
nothing." These are certainties. We never deviate from the certainties and
we don't give a damn for the computations of the preclear. We don't, in
other words, ask him what he thinks. We never care what he thinks and we
don't let him think. He'll figure, figure, figure himself to death if we
permit it.
Now it happens that the most certain certainty is blackness and this
is the last certainty. So your V turns the last thing on of which he can be
certain, which is blackness. There isn't any lighting shade or shade of
lightness which has the same certainty as blackness. Here's a man who has a
terrific amount of certainty. It's all black. Now, of course, although he
has blackness, he has no pictures, so we can run something like "There are
pictures," "There are no pictures." We can even run it as concepts,
although this isn't as good as positioning it out from somebody. A
variation on this is "It is solid," "It is not solid." One of the high
levels of certainty is solidity. A Case V has engrams packed round him so
tight that he's practically solid.
By matching terminals-that is to say, getting one person facing
another person in terms of mock-ups and having each agree on the certainty
that something exists and the certainty that nothing exists, and having
these things be somebody else putting them up and the preclear putting them
up-we resolve an awful lot in an awful hurry.
A remarkable thing about this technique is that it can be audited very
easily. The main danger is that the auditor starts going into a lot of
things he shouldn't touch; which is to say, he lets the preclear figure
computations, tries to force things on the preclear, tries to get him to
run this or that.
Now we come to the entities. The entities are important, they have
always been important, but I didn't have anything that would gunshot them.
This "reach" being the basis of uncertainty and being the basis of insanity
(can't reach, can reach, must reach, must be reached, can't be reached) is
a basic resolution of a case, but even in brackets, matched terminals and
all other things, it becomes very tough auditing. In fact, it is so tough,
I wouldn't trust it into the hands of a preclear. You can have some
preclear who is apparently being audited only during sessions but, believe
me, he goes home and starts auditing. He starts running this "reach" all by
himself and he's a gone goose, for it is uncertainty plus, even to the
degree of insanity. In fact, you can reproduce the emotion of insanity in
any pc merely by having somebody hold something way, way out from him in
mock-ups and having him get the feeling that he must reach it.
Now on the matter of entities, we find out that the entities
themselves are working against the preclear. They are pretending to be
there and pretending not to be there and so forth. We simply run these on
"There is something here," "There isn't anything here." The entities will
put up pictures of all sorts and descriptions to try to distract the
attention of the preclear. The pictures are ignored.
You will find that in a V one-half of the body is darker than the other
half. The dark part of the body is pretending it isn't there. This goes
back on down the track to the clam and so forth. Case Levels IV and V on
"We are taking care of the reactive mind, we are directly processing the
reactive mind."
The main trouble with most thetans is "they cannot reach away from
MEST." It is very important in this case to give attention, if you were
running reaching, to this fact. If they can't reach away from MEST, they
can't reach away from circuits, and so they go on figure, figure, figuring.
Quite incidentally, they can't get out of their body. A faster way to run
this is "There are bodies," "There aren't any bodies"; "There is a future,"
"There isn't any future"; "I can create something," "I can't create
anything." You will find a person has to hold onto things which he no
longer believes himself capable of creating. That actually is the gist of
the techniques. More of a rundown is given to them. We run certainties, in
other words, and we get places with these cases we have never gotten
before.
PERSONAL NOTE
I am going over to France for the summer because I have an enormous
amount of material to write and I have to give a lot of heavy concentration
to getting us curriculums and texts very precisely lined up and very simply
done and so that I can finish up the summary of discoveries and materials
in an understandable way. What I am actually doing is making ammunition.
Now there happens to be something like a shortage of cash around here and I
am asking you to actively remember what I am up to in these coming months.
In the first place I have started a heavy communication line flow, timing
it to coincide with hot and fast results for auditors plus ways and means
for auditors to make money, plus ways and means to get Scientology on the
road. It costs me quite a little money to keep this communication line
running-not just these Associate Newsletters: the communication line is
much broader than that.
The only reason you had a lot of competition around was because there
was a scarcity of information, a scarcity of books, a scarcity of cheap
material, a scarcity of results. I have set myself to remedy these
scarcities. It is my belief that if results start to be obtained in the
field, plus the fact that if auditors start to make money by processing
groups and by other modus operandi which I have here at hand and will
release from time to time, that more and more people will be trained. The
more people who are trained, the more this information is let loose into
society, whether those people become practicing auditors or not. Therefore
we should never go on the basis of refusing training, except, of course,
when a case is so psycho that it's impossible to keep an orderly class with
such a person in it. I have ways and means of obtaining income, but the
best method former enemies of this subject used was the denial of income
and funds to me. They did this very grandly and, for lack of funds, I have
been unable to function as widely as I could. All kinds of rumors, wild
stories which hurt my personal reputation and so forth, could go around
simply because of this scarcity of communication. As long as this scarcity
of communication existed, then, anybody pushing the ball along in
Scientology got hurt whether he realized it or not, for he could be fought
by E-therapy and Q-therapy and P-therapy. And these things existed because
Dianetics was not producing the results that it ought to produce, mostly
because it was too hard to train people into a technique which was easy.
Now we have a super-simple technique and if we get heavy on the
communication lines-buying advertisements in national magazines of a very
conservative nature and so forth-we will find ourselves relatively
unopposed. I am depending to a large degree upon the Associates to produce
sufficient income in this direction to keep up a communication line flowing
in that direction. I am assembling master mailing lists and doing other
expensive things, and I daresay it will cost me about $2,500 a month to
keep the ball rolling and to keep new publications coming up, for I now
have the job of standardizing this whole work across the field. This means
I have to go through everything, recodify it; that means the books have got
to get into print, and that means, too, that we have to publish those books
and sell them cheaply. So your role in the commercial side of this is not a
light one, and I am depending heavily upon it.
Over in France living is not very expensive, and I am not apt to be very
bothered in this highly concentrated effort. I would very much like to
travel round the U.S. and give talks at various Associate addresses, but I
do not believe it would be economical at this time. Let's make sure we have
all the powder properly prepared and the ammunition ready to go, have
everything sleeked down and nailed down, and then I will give talks
anywhere and everywhere. I figure it will take me about a year to get
everything written that should be written and everything put together the
way it should be put together for rapid teaching and rapid use. So it will
be about a year from now that I will be able to come around and say hello.
I mention this at this time because I have had several offers from you to
give a series of lectures and this will tell you when those offers are
being accepted. They are accepted at a slightly extended date. If we work
hard, and if everything goes well, we will be talking to thousands where we
would only be talking to hundreds now.
My own frame of mind these days, if anyone is interested, is
incredibly relaxed. I am getting an enormous amount of work done; and yet,
at the same time, I am getting in an enormous amount of leisure. I didn't
know before that one could work like mad and loaf all the time at the same
time: this is a new experience.
I write this in the throes of getting visas, shipping papers for my
motorbikes and racing car and amidst the mounds of paper which Great
Britain and Europe consider absolutely necessary for any move from one room
into another. The paper is far more important than the person.
It is astonishing that Scientology is doing so well in Great Britain.
It is traveling slowly, but with good security as it goes. However, the
general public is hardly aware that it exists and I have just made probably
the most disastrous lecture in terms of attendance in the city of
Birmingham up in the middle of England. There were 100 people present, and
every one of them was deeply interested in the subject and well advised
about it. They probably constituted all the people in that area who had
even heard of it and they were well informed of it, but as far as general
public attendance or any curiosity audience is concerned, it didn't exist.
In view of the fact that the lecture was given in the Town Hall which seats
anything up to 2,500 or 3,000 people, this 100 made about the emptiest
looking hall you ever wanted to stare at from a lecture platform. Any talks
I've given in Great Britain have found the audience small, well informed in
Dianetics and Scientology, very intense and with the typical British slow
burn on all jokes told. It's almost as if the Dianetic population of Great
Britain was static, yet it increases; but as it increases, it gains
entirely conquered territory. One of the most interesting facts in Great
Britain is the personal courtesy I am shown and the almost complete lack of
enturbulence and wildcat activities. You never saw such a calm vista; it
would drive any of you mad because it just doesn't seem to expand. Yet it
does expand. Now with the new ideas about groups, however, this expansion
should be more rapid. I will soon modify group processing on reports as I
get them in, for experience is bound to bring about some changes. The
question is simply "How much processing can a person take as a part of a
group?" The answer is, evidently, "quite a lot," but I am approaching it
cautiously.
I want to thank those of you who are writing me quite regularly and
point out that there are a couple who don't. I need to know what's
happening with you and, to be frank, I need and like the communications.
You're going to see a change of curriculum very shortly with some
additional material, but this has nothing to do with the tapes you have on
hand. It is mainly in the field of what an auditor does to become a Doctor
of Scientology. The training in the doctorate level schools is going to be
rather different-not in terms of how it's administered, but in subject
matter-from the HCA schools. It will fall upon the shoulders of the HCA
school to teach all there is to know on the subject of Scientology. It will
fall upon the shoulders of the doctorate schools to cram into people the
additional knowledge and presence to make expert psychotherapists. Thus you
can teach in the HCA schools a great many people who will not become
auditors even
though they are certified. Auditors who have been around for a long time
will get a crack at this new material.
We are about to do a terrible thing to the general morale of
psychotherapists in America. I have just gotten through a complete review
of Freudian psychoanalysis, and I find out, Lord knows how he did it, that
Sigmund Freud was hitting some very hot buttons. He was not hitting the
button and he was not hitting buttons which had any therapy value with any
technique he could possibly have invented. I don't know how psychoanalysis
has survived as long as it has, but the techniques with which he was
fooling around and the computations on which he was working were so wide
apart that it is a wonder that he didn't produce complete raving insanity
on the part of about 80% of his people. Any and every diagnostic conclusion
drawn by Sigmund Freud can be found to have validity and can be processed
in the preclear. This is not the fastest way to clear preclears, but it
certainly is the fastest way to get into the sordid depths of the reactive
mind and stir it around. Running reaching and suppression with all the
Freudian diagnostic labels converted into Scientology finds us capable of
resolving any problem in psychoanalysis. We can do a two years'
psychoanalysis and do it properly and correctly in any small number of
hours. Now, if you're very bright, you can figure out from that what we are
about to do. This is extra-curricular and in addition, but it certainly
does suddenly monopolize psychotherapy. Freud's books certainly are doing
well out there on the bookstores.
The additional training, aside from a brush-up for the individual in
the doctorate school, will include, according to my present plans here, a
fast review of Freudian psychoanalysis to the end of obtaining a fast and
certain command of diagnosis and definition as outlined by Sigmund Freud.
Next a command of philosophy as represented in the books of Will Durant
which give a fast and accurate review. Next, a fast glance through of
general semantics, although it looks at this time as though I will have to
write a short enough book as none of the books now existing are
sufficiently comprehensive to be susceptible to easy teaching. Further, we
have made certain changes in the subject. Next, a history of psychotherapy.
Next, an outline of psychology, experimental psychology and psychiatry as
practiced. Next, a short look at a study of giant brains of the electronic
type.
Naturally a person could not possibly assimilate that in a short time.
Therefore what we are going to do is give him once-over-lightly, make sure
he's absolutely on the beam with this additional subject matter, give him
some extended training in Scientology itself, and then, with his work
assigned, direct him after he leaves the doctorate school in a long course
of study which may continue at least a year. At the end of that time he
must have produced various results, have case histories to submit, have
applied Scientology in some specific illness or field, and be able to pass
examinations on the subjects I've just listed. In this way, we will get a
trained expert in the field of the humanities. And we will, furthermore, be
able to point to our doctors as people who, although very intensively
trained for a short period, did long and arduous work in the actual field
under our supervision. And we'll be able to claim that with their
professional formal training and their field work, we are the best trained
people in the world on the subject of the humanities. In other words, from
the poorest trained, we intend very thoroughly to graduate into the best
trained. An HCA, for instance, could undertake a study of the work as
outlined after he leaves an associate school, take his doctorate training
at any time in the future from then on. It would be necessary for him to go
to a doctorate school, but it doesn't matter whether he goes to it in the
first part of his year or in the last part. The point is that there is just
so much information he will have to soak up, and just so many hours he will
have to put in in a classroom. Therefore it is up to the Associate to turn
out a good, solid, accurate auditor who, by rote if necessary, can resolve
any and all kinds of cases, and who is capable of understanding and
applying the goals of Scientology. This is the HCA by definition.
Although I hadn't particularly counted upon it, all the above work I
have outlined in the doctorate school depends to a large degree upon my
burning the midnight oil and boiling it down into acceptable material, so
that people can be trained on it. Actually, the amount of actual data
involved in the above subject is slight. It is our
purpose to teach what data was or is on that subject, not to teach what
somebody's concept of that subject was, but to teach what was basically
considered to be that subject. No brief, accurate textbook exists on any of
those subjects, and this writing is quite in addition to the writing I
mentioned earlier, which is getting Scientology straightened around; so you
can see I will be quite busy. Turning out a synthesis of a subject when you
have Scientology to orient that subject is, however, quite simple; although
the experts in those subjects would faint when you said that. You could
state Freudian psychoanalysis from beginning to end in 5,000 words.
I hope you are aware of the fact that the Axioms as such have not
suffered any damage in later work and are as valid today as they were.
There are a couple of higher level Axioms and there are more Axioms just
ahead of the first Axioms, but these do not sweep aside or knock out any of
the later Axioms. Thus, I hope you include training in the Axioms along
with your regular curriculum. I have found out that auditors who knew the
Axioms did a tremendous job of auditing and auditors who didn't know the
Axioms sooner or later wandered off to practicing Indian swamp ritual or
some other offbeat practice.
You can find data in these Newsletters for working preclears and data
to add to your training and perhaps be tipped off way in advance before
anything happens, thus bringing you up to a better level of security about
what's going on.
L. Ron Hubbard
P.A.B. No. 1
PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
From L. RON HUBBARD
Via The Office of L. Ron Hubbard
30 Marlborough Place, London N.W.8
_____________________________________________________________________
10 May 1953
GENERAL COMMENTS, GROUP PROCESSING and
A SUMMARY OF NEW WORK: CERTAINTIES
This is the first issue of the Professional Auditor's Bulletin, mailed
as of May 10, 1953, from 30 Marlborough Place, London N.W.8. It will be
followed from time to time, probably every fortnight, with its successive
issues.
The bulletin is airmailed where the professional auditor to whom it is
going has provided airmail postage, a sum of $10 for one year of 26 issues.
It is sent regular mail to all others. Airmail arrives into the United
States and other parts of the world in four days. Regular mail arrives in
seventeen days. The cost of the bulletin is covered in the professional
membership fees of the HAS and although I am putting it out and paying for
it, it is to be considered a service of the HAS.
The content of this bulletin is technical and promotional. Its intent
is to give you and your preclears the best possible processes and
processing available at the moment it becomes available. And it intends to
assist you in getting preclears. And it intends to arm you with statistics
which will make your arguments stick. And it hopes also to help us organize
into a team and coordinate our work with the associates and groups. Its
outright intent is to make professional auditors as a class wealthy and
respected.
Why this sudden burst of enthusiasm from Ron after all these years of
comparative silence? The answer is SOP 8, SOP 8A, SHORT 8, SHORT 8A. I've
up and took "El Caney."* In September of 1950 I found that the science
wasn't working too well for many on many cases. I forthrightly and loudly
said that I was going to leave business and organization alone and continue
with investigation until I had a process that worked fast for everybody on
anybody. I said I was going to do that and let organizations go to hell if
they did but that the subject would go as fast and far as it worked and
that a fast, workable general process was the basic of a sound organization
and that I would get that first. I continued to release everything I
discovered and did what I could to keep up morale without actually going
into organization itself. I didn't care who or what this antagonized or
what it did to press or what rumors would start. The only answer to any
problem we had was a fast, completely workable process. Parasitic
publications, money mad millionaires, crooked, dishonest and incompetent
management were not important when stacked up against a workable process
for all.
If you read the enclosed paper on what I am trying to do you will see
that our very first goals, the control of the reactive mind and betterment
of the analytical mind, are reached. Instead of reducing the reactive mind
until it is tame, we detach the
[* El Caney was a strategic village near Santiago, Cuba, which had to be
taken by the American Rough Riders during the Spanish-American War before
they could attack their intended main objective of the day which was San
Juan Hill. See LRH comments in Child Scientology, Journal of Scientology
14G, April 1953, page 324.]
Copyright(�) 1953 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
analytical mind and boost it up until it can handle ANY reactive mind. How
does that differ from Book One? You bought that goal. Now we are achieving
that goal.
Not a scrap of your training has been wasted. True your patience has
been tried, in many cases beyond endurance. Many of you have taken your
loyalties elsewhere. Many of you have panned me mercilessly. Sure, why not.
I let you down by overestimating the ability of auditors to handle a
process, by underestimating how tough some cases can be. Or you let me down
by calmly or frantically demanding of me a non-human job of sweeping up all
the aberrations of Mankind and handing out the answer tied with a silk bow.
Any auditor who knew his business got results from May, 1950 forward. But
lots of cases stalled and too much Book One processing actually started
cases down instead of up, a thing which doesn't happen now. Well, who cares
who has done what. That was yesterday. This is today, May, 1953, so let's
come up to PT and get a good look at what's happened here.
Guess what! We can process groups of from five people up to as many as
we can reach with speaker systems if necessary. And we can get excellent
results all the way. And anybody in any group so processed should see some
change in himself as a result. Now because group processing is gunshot
stuff, special auditing is quite vital to reach above the group high.
What does this mean to the auditor? It means he can process groups for
free and get the special auditing which results in good pay. It means that
at least one night per week a professional auditor can group process a
group with SHORT 8 or 8A at no charge to any member of that group. And it
means that any member of that group will feel that something has happened
in just those two hours in the group. And it means that some of them are
going to want special-personal-auditing. So the professional can fill up
his appointment book with paid auditing in the ratio that he gives free
group auditing.
Does group auditing work? Ask the instructors and students at the
professional schools where they do nothing else these days. And are you
going to get results on the individual preclears? On the occluded cases, on
the neurotics who WANT to be sick? You sure are if you only use SOP 8 or 8A
and leave the engrams alone.
If we start out as a group of skilled people to audit whole sections
of the population, we'll attain every goal we ever thought a good one to
attain. Thus group auditing just doesn't get preclears for you, it goes
right out on the main line and gets the job done. Of course some auditors
will tend to settle down and get fat when they have a wide group and a good
practice but men's communities are always subject to this thing.
Today, instead of going all out on an IDEAL level and having to have
everything "just right" before we begin, let's look over our tools, collect
our groups and begin. Maybe if we do that first, everything will get "just
right" second. In other words, let's get terribly PRACTICAL about this.
Let's realize we aren't all white knights but let's realize too that we
aren't all goldbricks and bums either. Let's realize that each of us has to
eat, but let's also understand that there's enough business to keep us all
eating and forego a spirit of "competition" by which some would eat and,
because of gossip and rumor, others would starve. And let's keep the
snapping and snarling amongst ourselves and snap and snarl if we must, but
present at the same time a good unified face to the public and meet their
snaps and snarls with a blank refusal to condemn other HCAs or the
organization. Let's be a team and make it our individual responsibility to
keep the team going. Not one of us will lose by it.
The thing which solves all our problems in economics is ABUNDANCE. So
long as preclears are scarce, we will have team difficulties. The moment
they become plentiful, teamwork of the very highest sort becomes possible.
Now what will create that abundance? A group process which changes for the
better the members of the group so much that they KNOW we have something
will bring in members of that group for individual processing to a
sufficient extent to keep us in a good state of solvency. We have that
process in SHORT 8 or SHORT 8A. It gets around the fact that some people
can't get mock-ups. By substituting tactile for sight, it even reaches the
blind.
How would we put this group processing formula to work? Well, the
package is very standardized both as to procurement and delivery. Our
slogan is "making the able more able" and our appeal is to people to
increase the cultural level and production standards of the country. In a
newspaper, a magazine, on the word-of-mouth line, by sending direct mail
invitations to lists out of the classified phone directory (such as to all
osteopaths or all registered nurses, etc., etc.) we collect, as an HCA, the
first group. On a certain night, say Thursdays, of each week, we pack into
our own quarters or into a hired room at a hotel, we process this group for
two hours using SHORT 8 or SHORT 8A. We charge them nothing, not for the
hall or anything else. We sell them nothing. But we have available certain
things.
First we have available a little sheet, neat and brief, even part of
the first Pro Course Booklet, which says what SCIENTOLOGY is. Then we have,
on the back of that sheet, what professional processing is, how much, and
the name and address of the auditor of this group. We make clear on this
sheet that our purpose in processing people is part of an international
effort to make the able more able in order to bring about, in their fields,
a bettered society for Man. We don't get glowing or fanatical and we don't
condemn the existing society.
Next we have available membership forms in the HAS, again making it
clear that we don't care if anybody joins or not. The auditor collects, as
a membership fee �2.10.0 or $7.50 U.S. and he sends �1.15.0 or, in the
U.S., $5.00 to the main office of the HAS along with the form. The HAS
makes out the card of membership and returns it to the member and sends as
well, for one year, the magazine Scientology, a fact which is made plain on
the form available for the group.
On hand also is a form which requests special processing. This again
has the auditor's name and phone number on it. But it doesn't pressure sell
individual processing.
Also to hand are various texts on Dianetics or Scientology. The
auditor can procure these, in most cases, at a 30% discount from associates
or the main HAS office.
Revenue from books and memberships should itself pay the auditor well
for processing a group, and pay the costs of mailings. But the auditor will
have respect and effectiveness and response to the degree that he is casual
about selling and to the degree that he stresses this as part of a program
to raise the cultural level of Man by putting its leaders into a very high
state of effectiveness, and other similar arguments.
An auditor can also give the Group Auditor's Course for teachers and
others but he will find this a convenience only and should not look to it
to produce revenue beyond good public relations unless, of course, he has
started out on the line of processing children by interesting teachers in
processing children, as groups, with Self Analysis, as discussed in the
Journal, Issue 1 4-G. An auditor can carry forward both programs.
An associate, by advertising and direct mail procurement of people to
be a member of groups, can turn off such persons to auditor's groups,
benefiting only by training. And indeed, with auditors doing the auditing
and associates doing training and general advertising and good will, all
this not only could work out but is working out in several quarters.
Well, you've got SOP 8A coming shortly. SOP 8, mild as it looks, tears
cases to pieces and assembles new people. SHORT 8A is effective on both
groups and individuals and is very easy to audit. You may cling to the idea
that the pc has to suffer through engrams even if SOP 8 makes him well. If
so, use some yourself. Waste some pain and find out why.
And now your own case. A lot of auditors are here to help their own
cases. SHORT 8A, if you have the persistence, if used without deviating
from it, is a self processing technique. And it can make you clearer than
Book One ever could have made anybody. But nothing beats good auditing from
a good auditor so look to you and another pro being a co-audit team. No pro
can be audited by some pc he's taught. If he thinks he can, he's fooling
himself.
Write me. I've got answers here. You need me and I need you. So here,
with PAB No. 1, let's get, as a team, a show on the road.
L. RON HUBBARD
SUMMARY OF NEW WORK-MAY 8, 1953
CERTAINTY ITSELF IS KNOWLEDGE. A DATUM IS
SECONDARY KNOWLEDGE.
THE MOST CERTAIN CERTAINTY IS PERCEPTION.
THE LEAST CERTAINTY EVALUATION.
A triangle of certainties would indicate the following formula of
certainties. There are three universe-types, on each one of which one can
achieve a certainty. The most important of these types is one's own
universe; the second most important is the MEST universe; the third most
important is the class known as "others' universes." A certainty on each
one of these universes could exist in each of three time categories. The
most important of these is the present for each universe; the second most
important of these from the standpoint of desirable certainty is the future
of each universe; and the third most important of these is the past of each
universe. Two conditions of certainty can exist for each class of universe
and for each time aspect of universes, and one is a certainty that it
exists and the other a certainty that it does not exist. Thus we have
eighteen certainties derived from this formula. The rehabilitation, then,
of any one of these certainties will find a resurgence in the case; the
rehabilitation of all these certainties, if possible, would take one
theoretically to the highest possible levels of the tone scale. In addition
to these there is the certainty of controlling and a certainty of not
controlling. There is also being the effect of these as a certainty and a
cause of these as a certainty. As we proceed down from one's own universe,
i.e. mock-ups, and a certainty that they are there, are not there, or can
be controlled, we are going into important but less desirable certainties.
This tells you why Self Analysis mock-up processing present time is such a
desirable process. This process has the following advantages:
1. It unfixes the attention or remedies a dispersal of attention by
putting one again into control of his attention.
2. It creates new space and, when one banishes the mock-up, it
banishes space, which is to say uncreates space.
3. It opens communication, for communication is the interchange
between an awareness viewpoint and a dimension point.
4. It creates beingness since beingness is dependent upon space.
5. It creates forms which one can be or destroys forms which one
does not want to be in terms of his own universe.
6. It utilizes the control of objects.
By taking the catalogue of eighteen certainties and applying these steps or
working out these steps in each one of them, one can see that one has an
expanding perimeter of certainties. The most desirable certainty, of
course, is certainty of one's own universe. From this all other things
proceed. But the problem is enterable in any corner of the triangle and the
individual rehabilitates accordingly. Any point of this triangle of
universes or triangle of certainties, if increased in certainty, will
increase the certainty on the other two corners of the triangle, and any
suppression on any corner of the triangle will suppress the other two
corners of the triangle.
The professional auditor in processing this has these processes at
hand, then:
Differentiation in one universe: one object in the universe
differentiated from a similar object in the same universe, and this for
each of the universes, and including differentiation between thereness and
not-thereness.
Differentiation between one universe (which is to say, one corner of
the triangle) and another universe (or another corner of the triangle)
which is to say differentiation between one's own universe and the MEST
universe, the MEST universe and another's universe, another's universe and
one's own universe.
Creation of objects for each universe and the destruction of objects
for each universe.
The task of the auditor would seem to be indicated under the heading
of pulling apart or unconfusing one universe from another universe. For
instance, one has no certainty whatever when his own universe is confused
in his mind with the MEST universe, or when his own universe is confused in
his mind with another's universe. The preclear has been making facsimiles
continually of the MEST universe and has used the MEST universe as a
pattern of the facsimile pattern of his own universe to such a degree that
his own universe appears to be at first glance simply a duplicate of the
MEST universe. Taking an object in the MEST universe and then putting a
mock-up similar to it beside it and seeing the difference between the two,
will resolve eventually not only this confusion but will resolve the
automaticity which causes the preclear to continue to make facsimiles of
the MEST universe.
Of all these awarenesses, awareness of present-time circumstance of
any of these universes simply rehabilitated in all forms of communication
(by which is meant perception, not talk and ideas) simply continued on and
on and on produces all the desirable results and gives a certainty to the
future and the past and of the various aspects of these universes.
You can see easily now that communication embraces both the creation
of space, the beingness and performance of particles, and that greatest
certainty exists at the instant of actual observation. Therefore the
auditor is most interested in communication when he considers the relative
values of communication, affinity and reality.
COMMUNICATION
What are the values of Affinity, Communication and Reality with
relation to each other from the standpoint of behavior or the auditor?
Affinity is type of energy and can be produced at will.
Reality is agreement; too much agreement under duress brings about the
banishment of one's entire consciousness.
Communication, however, is far more important than affinity or
reality, for it is the operation, the action, by which one experiences
emotion and by which one agrees.
Communication is not only the modus operandi, it is the heart of life and
is by thousands of percent the senior in importance to affinity and
reality. And this is easily demonstrated, for only if the auditor
concentrates on communication can he resolve problems, predict behavior and
alter or control minds. Sharply then, alert to this value of communication
and do not go on trying to make a thirst for love, make love all or a hope
for agreement the all. The important answer is found always in the modus
operandi of communication. Communication is at once the strongest hope for
resolving any problem of behavior and the weakest commodity in the case one
confronts. Fail to obsene the singular magnitude of communication when
evaluated against agreement and affinity and fail with cases. It almost
does not matter what is communicated if it is communicated.
The one test of aberration is communication lag index. How long does
it take to get an answer from the preclear? He is as aberrated as he takes
time. He has in the degree that he handles particles. The handling of
particles, of motion, is communication. Reality is the consideration of
particles. Affinity is the opinion about particles and sensation.
Consideration is not beingness. Opinion is not beingness. Only
communication ranks with beingness.
The only accurate test of whether or not a case is improved is whether
or not there is a communication change. By communication change we also
mean perception change. Perception is all. And any form of communication is
known alone by perception.
A thetan can be what he can see. He can see what he can be. If he
can't see it as a thetan (not as MEST eyes) he can't be it. If he can't be
it he can't see it.
A viewpoint puts out anchor points. It now has space. How does it know
it has anchor points out? Because it can see them. How does it know there
are anchor points at all? Only because it can see them. Then how does it
know it has space? Because it can perceive. How does it perceive? By
knowing. By knowing a datum? No, by being certain. Knowingness is being
certainness. One is as certain as he can communicate. He can communicate as
well as he can be.
Further, one is as responsible as one can communicate. One is not
responsible for that with which he cannot communicate. One will fight only
that with which he cannot communicate.
How does one communicate? The method of permissible communication is
via MEST. One places his ability into hands, eyes, etc. and by sound waves,
light particles and others, communicates. He has "put the blame on MEST."
Actually all these particles are his own immediate creations by agreed
upon, implicitly believed ritual. His body, even the sun, are there because
he co-believes with many other viewpoints that they are there. He mocks up
the MEST universe continually as can be tested by comparison of a MEST
universe terminal with a mock-up terminal many times, each time noting the
difference. The circuit that automatically mocks up MEST comes to view and
under control.
Get an invalid by whatever means, pleasant or unpleasant, into
communication with a withered limb and it will heal. It requires hours,
perhaps, of massage (and the massage or sensation must be sufficiently
irregular to continue to command his attention) but it will work, not
because of faith but because of continuously commanding the invalid to
perceive his leg.
There are many levels of communication. The best is self-determined
communication by postulate containing no effort. But any is better than
none.
The best communication is by the thetan's own creation, dispatch and return
of dimension points. That which he thus perceives is really real to him and
he takes full responsibility for it. He puts out golden clouds of "flitter"
in order to so perceive. Simply by putting out, by postulate, this flitter
the occluded case can, after several times trying, unmask the black
facsimile behind which he is hiding. This is direct thetan communication,
the best.
Beingness, communication, space are, in action, synonyms. The 0.2 case
has no space. Get him to communicate, he has space. He may feel his body
and facsimiles are rock hard. Get him to communicate, to waste anchor
points in Expanded GITA (following) and be things and he becomes less
aberrated, less in pain, less solid.
If a person cannot communicate, if he has a long communication index
lag, he has no great beingness, no space. Spacation (following) solves it,
imitating beingness solves it, doing routine mock-ups of any kind solves it
(for these are anchor points which make space), and any communication
betterment process solves it. Even finding present time solves it.
Thus, see the role that communication plays in the game called
Existence.
THE DOUBLE TERMINAL ASSIST
The process known as Double Terminaling is an ASSIST. As in the case
of admiration processing, the running of double terminals cannot long be
continued on a case without the benefit turning into a downgrade. The
downgrade in tone, when reached, whether in a few hours or many with the
process, indicates that a POSITIVE GAIN PROCESS is now indicated, for the
preclear has, in running a negative gain process, come into an uncertainty.
The state of uncertainty, whenever noticed or reached in any preclear, is
remedied by the prompt use of such things as Self Analysis or certainties
in any one of the three universes.
One double-terminals as follows: He has the preclear mock up something
or someone facing its duplicate, then he gets another such pair beside, in
any position, the first pair. It will be noted that the mock-ups discharge
one against the other like electrical poles. A double terminal may also
consist of an unmatched pair such as a mock-up of a husband facing a wife
and, parallel to this, the husband facing the wife again. Or a person
facing an inanimate object, then, beside that pair, the same person as
another mock-up facing the same object as another mock-up. It will be
observed that when TWO pairs are used, there are, even so, only TWO
COMMUNICATION LINES. The lines are more important than the terminals; one
wants two communication lines, parallel to each other. This, of course,
requires four terminals.
Injuries, engrams, emotions, existing mental states, postulates,
aberrative persons, deformed body members, either side of the body against
the other side, anything, in short, that could be run in Dianetics can be
double-terminaled. Accidents can be run out with particular ease with it. A
Case V can double-terminal emotions or concepts although he cannot see the
mock-up. In case the pc becomes ill acutely while double terminaling,
continue the action until the symptoms go away, for they are part of the
operation.
The pc unable to remain out of his body is a problem in terminals. The
body as one terminal, and the pc as a thetan as the other terminal, snap
together because the body is too heavily charged. Thus the pc cannot stay
or even get outside. Have him mock up own body and create and uncreate
space until he can stay out.
[Enclosed with this PAB were SOP 8, Short 8 and "The Factors," which
are also part of the Journal of Scientology 16-G, page 374.]
P.A.B. No. 2
PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
From L. RON HUBBARD
Via Hubbard Communications Office
4 Marylebone High Street, London W.1
____________________________________________________________________________
______
[1953, ca. end May]
GENERAL COMMENTS SOP 8 and
A SUMMARY OF SOP 8A
GENERAL COMMENT
According to the letters I have been receiving SOP 8 fell like a minor
bomb in some quarters: and all the letters are reporting the sudden
resolution and dissolution of cases which had previously been considered
very difficult. Some of the letters reflect the fact that none of the
materials of Scientology had been available because the auditor had been
out of touch. But the main thing which is being reflected is the sudden
understanding of what I've been trying to do in Scientology. It had not
occurred to many that the effort to treat the reactive mind was lengthily
unnecessary if one could actually separate out the analytical mind and
bring it up to a point where it could handle any reactive mind. Where we
want the strength in validation is of course in the analytical mind. I went
into this pretty thoroughly in Issue 1 5-G of the Journal of Scientology
released a short time ago, and it is wonderful and beautiful to me (l) how
auditors everywhere completely missed the point and (2) how I had
overlooked telling them what the point was. It is very gratifying in some
quarters that this realization alone makes us all friends again.
I am also getting some early reports on groups and some suggestions
concerning the handling. One of the suggestions is of very great interest.
After one has a group formed and is group processing it, it is very well
worth his while to take the names and addresses of his group members and
make a personal call around on these people, without any formal
appointment, and ask them how they're going along and if the group
processing did them any good and so forth. This all by itself seems to
produce the personal contact necessary with some to ask for private and
personal auditing. This is a pretty easy thing to do after all. One simply
makes sure that he gets the names and addresses of everyone who comes into
the group and then one calls around on them personally after they've been
there a time or two and finds out how they're getting along. The same
auditor also remarked that most of his preclears came from the vicinity of
preclears where his results had been successful, and that he did his best
acquisition of preclears by writing to all of his old preclears at regular
intervals and asking them how they're getting along. In other words, after
he'd processed a preclear, he made a point, about a week later, of writing
him a letter asking him how he was getting along. About three weeks after
that he wrote him another letter. About a month after that he wrote him
another letter. And then he let a period of about three months elapse and
wrote him again. This quite often produced an additional intensive run and
it certainly produced, in the vicinity of the preclear, new preclears.
I have also received the comment that hardly any auditors ever took me
at my word when I said that one could simply go out on the street and stop
people who had
Copyright(�) 1953 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
things obviously wrong with them, make an appointment and process the
person and get paid for it. Every auditor who has tried this has found that
it was a successful method of getting the word around. One simply stopped
somebody on the street, inquired after his health, asking him how he got
that way. Then he simply tells him he's going to give him some processing.
An auditor who has a professional card on him with a definition of
Scientology printed on the back of it, can give the person a card, but he
should not count on the person to make any advance because that person is
out of communication. If a person has anything wrong with him, that person
can be reached but that person will not reach. Therefore it's up to the
auditor to do the reaching. If he sits and waits for the public to come to
him, the public who has anything wrong with it cannot and will not come to
him simply because they cannot reach out away from themselves and
communicate, but they can be communicated to and can be reached, and are
actually quite obedient to anybody who reaches to them. This is such a
workable method of getting a practice going that we are considering
installing it as a necessary act in professional training.
I received a letter not long ago from an auditor who had gone around
the manufacturing plants and had pushed his way in to see a big enough name
to get action with the proposition that he cut down the loss of work hours
of the company by giving emergency treatment to absentees who were just
then costing the company money. He also stated that he was able to walk
through plants and pick up the names and addresses of people who were
absent and then tell the management he was going to send them back to work,
which he did. This was intensively productive of interest, and was quite
remunerative.
Remember and do not forget that in the building of a practice and its
continuance, one is dealing only with people who can be reached but who
will not reach. These people are dramatizing "must not reach," but only a
few of them are dramatizing "must not be reached"; and all of them can be
reached but it is up to the auditor to go out and do the reaching. Any
occluded case is actually dramatizing to some degree "must not be reached."
An auditor who is an occluded case is liable to take himself out of the
general swim and wait for the lame, halt and blind to come to him. The
lame, halt and blind do not come to him for the simple reason that they are
waiting for him to come to them. They do not know he exists.
Many of you would consider it brassy in the extreme to go from house
to house down one block after another and ask at each door if there were
anybody chronically ill in the household; then explain what he was there
for and say he was going to straighten them out and make an exact statement
that his fee was so-and-so. An auditor who would not do such a thing
actually is going to have a poor practice. An auditor who would not do such
a thing is suffering from stage fright. Under new techniques which you will
know about, this auditor should simply run the concept in brackets:
"Audiences exist" "Audiences do not exist", and not fumble about any
uncertainties but simply run the positive and negative of the fact that
audiences do and do not exist. This stage fright will turn on and off and
go away; and after that he can go out and procure preclears. He can run in
concepts, mock-ups or in brackets "People exist" "People do not exist" and
without touching any in-betweens discover, after he's done quite a bit of
this, that he's capable of reaching people. In order to have any kind of a
practice it is necessary for the auditor to reach people because the
practice which he will build will be built out of people who must not
reach. Anybody who has anything wrong with any part of his body simply
cannot get into communication with it. This means he cannot reach that part
of his body. If a person cannot reach a part of his body how can he reach
another person? And how can he reach an auditor? An auditor who waits for
people to come and apply to his group for entrance, who waits for preclears
to come and knock at the door, is liable to sit there for a very long time.
He must practice on quite a few people in any given area before the word
starts to get around. All he has to have is a few successful cases and the
word will begin to get
around and people who can reach will be bringing around people who can't
reach. But even so, this is a slow way to go about it.
The number of hours of auditing which preclears need is steadily
reducing and an auditor could actually start building his practice in terms
of very short sessions, seeing a great many people for a very short time
rather than seeing one person for a long time.
It has been observed that a lot of auditors impede their practice by
standing around trying to explain what Scientology or Dianetics is to
somebody. A patient doesn't want to know what Dianetics or Scientology is:
he wants to get well. The auditor is most successful with new preclears who
simply says, "I am a consulting Scientologist; we handle all sorts of human
difficulties and malfunctions. Now what's yours?" And sails on from there
to get results. By explaining there is something new in the world he is
immediately bringing the preclear into the state of uncertainty of "Will it
work or won't it work?"
Burke Belknap wrote in to say that one of the first things he did with
a preclear was to run concepts on the basis of auditors were no good, the
thing wouldn't work on him, nothing would ever change. This is very
excellent. Under present techniques this could be run in this fashion:
"Nothing will ever change" "Everything is going to change." One runs this
in concepts, mock-ups, brackets, and runs it until he has a preclear that's
going to change. It doesn't take very long to do this. He will immediately
discover that the preclear isn't changing because the preclear's afraid
that if he starts to change, everything will go into complete confusion.
When the preclear discovers it doesn't, he is then willing to change. You
could work the most beautiful techniques in the world on a pc who was
trying madly to stay stable, and produce nothing if you did not first shake
loose the fear of change. You are trying to change this pc's communication
lines, therefore it's necessary for you to hit the case on the basis of
change. Another thing: you want to make your pc more aware; he will get as
well as he becomes aware. If you want anybody to become aware, you have to
raise their communication line. If a person is madly holding onto
communication shut-offs, how can he become more aware? The test as to
whether or not a case is getting well is whether or not that case suffers a
communication change. The communication lag index is the most important
method of telling whether or not a person is sick or well. A person who
answers quickly (and rationally) is in much better condition than a person
who answers after a long consideration. A person who's being impartial,
conservative, etc., is hung up on a maybe so hard that it would take tugs
to get him off.
One old-time auditor has written in to tell me that auditing still
remains an art and no matter how hard I try to teach it as a rote, it will
still be an art. This has some truth in it. Therefore, if an auditor wants
a pc to get well, the auditor had better be a shining example of something
that is well. This in itself inspires certainty and confidence. More
important than this, a person has to have a very high level of
communication before he can indulge in art. One is actually to date
creating new people rather than repairing old, broken down homo sapiens.
Creation is the work of the artist. In order to do very well, run
"Something can be created" "Nothing can be created" on himself until he
recovers all those artistic impulses of his youth. True enough, it will
help his auditing.
I recently had an interesting example of how case level influences the
numerousness of a practice and the number of results which an auditor got.
Two auditors were in the same area. One had had a lot of successes and had
a good practice; the other had had several failures and had a very poor
practice, and was, in fact, thinking of chucking it all when SOP 8 and the
Group came out and revived his activities. The second auditor was an
occluded case. Now, with these techniques which take apart an occluded
case, there isn't any excuse for an auditor to be occluded and be low in
tone. By the way a trained Scientologist can to a marked degree audit
himself. This isn't
possible for somebody who isn't trained in the subject because that
somebody runs across all sorts of computations and circuits and starts to
figure, figure, figure, and almost drives himself mad because he's into so
many maybes. A person can stay in the field of certainty and audit himself.
He's got to have enough training and enough sense to stay in the field of
certainties and not wander off into uncertainties and speculations. Anybody
who starts self-auditing should audit to technique which is laid out in
front of him. Anything I am giving you in the way of technique in this
bulletin can be done by an individual on himself. However, he should be
very careful not to stray off. The technique starts exciting circuits into
action and the auditor starts doing figure, figure, figure, which is very
far from certainty.
In Issue 16-G, which may be a bit delayed, I am laying out this whole
subject of Scientology as "Science of Certainty." Scientology deals now in
nothing but certainties. Those things which are uncertainties, such as
metaphysics, spirits, other worlds, space opera, whole track, GE Line, are
all being put into the bin called para-Scientology. The auditing we do is
directed towards the establishment of certainties, and in itself works only
with certainties. Prenatals, engrams and facsimiles-anything which anybody
would consider uncertain does not belong on the main line.
What is the level of awareness which we will accept as being a level
of awareness? It would be: Can a man stand looking at a tree and know that
he is standing there looking at a tree, or if he is blind, can he stand
there and feel a tree and know that he is feeling a tree? This man is
sufficiently aware to be considered for our purposes fairly sane. Awareness
goes from there on up into expanding certainties. How aware is awareness?
It is as aware as it is certain. What is knowledge? Knowledge is certainty.
Is data knowledge? No, data is not knowledge. A certainty is knowledge.
Therefore knowledge depends upon perception. Is certainty an absolute? No,
it is relative. What are the two ends of the spectrum of certainties? Here
you're looking straight at the theta-MEST theory. There is nothing, there
is something. Here you have the nothingness of the static and the
somethingness of all motion. Now, what are we considering, then, at the
bottom level of all acceptable certainty? It is a certainty when one is
standing looking at a tree and one sees a tree; or, if one can't see,
having no MEST vision, one can feel a tree: that is certainty. And that is
the bottom level of certainty that we're going to accept as a certainty.
What's the top level of certainty? Well, we're not interested in the top
level of certainty because it goes too high to observe. In the last
bulletin I talked about three universes. There are numbers of viewpoints of
these universes and one is as certain as he is certain of these three
universes. But one can become more certain than that to the degree that he
is aware. Communication establishes awareness as a mechanism. The three
universes give us something of which to be aware. Therefore, this
perception is in itself certainty and this certainty is in itself knowledge
and thus we can achieve what we would consider an acceptable certainty.
What is an acceptable certainty? It is a certainty that the three universes
exist in terms of perceptions: one's own universe, the MEST universe and
the other fellow's universe. When we have established these, we will find
that an individual can assume viewpoints which are not dependent upon the
body and can perceive these universes as an analytical mind directly. We
don't ask anybody to be certain of this until it happens. Thus from these
three certainties with MEST eyes, we go into these three certainties on a
direct level. What we will call a "stability" for want of a better word at
this time and to replace the word "clear" about which there is a tremendous
amount of confusion, would be one who can, without the assistance of MEST
eyes, perceive with complete certainty the three universes from many
viewpoints. We reach this state with a person by leading him up the
gradient scale of certainties, taking him at the certainty level where we
find him, wherever that is-even if it is psychotic, neurotic or normal
level-and raising him on upscale until he is certain of his own universe,
the MEST universe and other people's universes.
You have observed the phenomenon of people who were theta exteriors
getting back into the body and not being able to get out again. This is
because they were
actually insufficiently aware and because they ran into this one single
aberration: "They must not reach away from MEST."
If you think for a moment that it is the purpose of Scientology to
produce something intensely spectacular like a ghost that can move
cigarette papers or mountains, you have definitely gotten the wrong idea.
We are interested in well men, we are interested in people with well bodies
who think straight and who co-operate on optimum solutions. We are not
making magicians. There are a great many things which a thetan or the
analytical mind can do, but all these, until you are certain of them,
belong in the field of para-Scientology and are only interesting data. We
have no interest in their truth or untruth. If you start filling your pc
full of an education about the whole track and electronic incidents and
other doubtful things, you are giving him more and more uncertainties and
he'll start on down tone scale. By giving him a gradient scale of
certainties, you will surely and securely bring him up the line to
stability. The actual horrible truth of the matter is that an individual
below the level of what we are calling "stability," will continue
throughout the remainder of his life going on down tone scale. We can make
a 4.0 in Dianetics by very arduously swamping up via negative-gain
processing the reactive mind, and he will remain relatively stable and with
greater longevity, and is as defined in the first book; but we have not put
aside the normal course of ageing in the body nor have we completely
proofed this individual against the shocks and upsets of existence which
would come from new incidents of pain and unconsciousness. It has been
completely overlooked that the first "clear" was a relative thing and
definitely not an absolute thing. It was an intensely hard thing to gauge.
An auditor had to be a very good expert on the subject to produce anything
like a 4.0 because the uncertainty in the auditor himself about what he was
doing would introduce uncertainties into the pc and so would impede the
processing. I fought this for a couple of years before I got it through my
own head that pcs reacted to my certainty, got their recalls back simply
because I was certain they would, and were content to drill never beyond
their own depth but always in the level of what they could reach when they
could reach it. A few auditors achieved this but they were all certain
people. Even so we got lots of clears, but the bashfulness of the beast
dropped him out of sight, for everybody insisted on making a circus
curiosity of him and everybody was so uncertain about his state that they
very often took an uncertain clear and turned him into an aberree again. I
have had this thing happen to theta clears. Man is not exactly kind to his
fellow man. Man is basically good, but, believe me, he has a long way to
travel up the tone scale to reach that basic goodness. If you don't believe
that Man can be slightly unkind, look what the more aberrated amongst us
say about yours truly.
Now you have some sort of idea about what I mean by a positive-gain
process. A positive-gain process is a positive-gain of certainty; a
negative-gain process, although it eradicates engrams and alters the
pattern of behavior of the individual, actually makes that individual at
times more uncertain than before, for he has been plunged into things he
didn't know were there and in fact has been made wrong. If you keep on
using negative-gain processes such as erasure, remember to back them up
right away with positive-gain processes. Otherwise you've not brought the
pc up toward being a "stability."
Now in the last bulletin I told you I'd resolved this problem and sent
to most of you SOP 8, "The Factors" and Short 8. I sent those along so you
could get acquainted with them, not because they contain all the basic
information you should have to work them. There is a philosophy and goal
behind that modus operandi which must be employed in order to produce the
results which are expected. And you don't have the final technique on this,
for that requires the essay which follows. There is a whole process which
is devoted to and dedicated solely to cases of Step IV and V. This we call
SOP 8A. SOP 8 solves these when they are not too bad, but SOP 8A should be
immediately employed the moment it is discovered the pc's very uncertain of
his own
mock-ups or if he is occluded. The IV and V steps work in SOP 8 but there
is a much faster way of going about it which blows the occluded case.
Within these faster processes and SOP 8A we also resolve at one fell swoop
special kinds of trouble; any pc who steps up with a special somatic or a
special worry is run on SOP 8A. It then is actually an office technique and
in 10 or 15 minutes produces quite marked changes in the individual. I will
not say how many hours it takes to resolve a completely occluded case,
since some cases are more occluded than others, but it doesn't take very
many hours. All this got shockingly simple, and if you don't do it simply,
you're simply working yourself unnecessarily, putting the pc through a lot
more things than he should go through.
In the first place, in the use of SOP 8A, we omit any explanations to
the pc. If he happens to know Dianetics or Scientology, that's tough, but
it is included in the techniques of SOP 8A. These things can be self-
audited, but remember, auditor, that they can only be self-audited by a
trained Scientologist. These buttons are hot. It is not even a dramatic
statement to say that one had to walk along the edge of hell to find these
techniques and that these techniques lie straight through insanity itself.
Thus, when one is auditing a pc, he can expect momentarily, even in one he
has considered very sane, fantastic reactions.
An auditor recently mentioned to me that everyone around a certain
area considered anything I had labelled as "unlimited technique" and a
"positive-gain technique" as a necessarily faint or weak technique. Just
because a thing could be done forever seemed to indicate also that it was
weak in its operation. The matter of two anchor points to the back comer of
the room and holding them there was considered by the auditors round the
area to be a faint technique. Actually that is about the hottest technique
you ever threw a pc into. To understand this you will have to understand
that "reach" and nothing but "reach" is in itself the basic center of the
hurricane called insanity. You have somebody reaching with theta energy to
the comers of the room. He is not supposed to reach away from MEST. You
could run simply the concept of must not reach away from MEST and produce
some very interesting results in an individual. When a person has been told
to hold the comers of the room in this fashion as in SOP 8, an auditor
should expect repercussions, if not during the session, certainly during
the next day or two. The technique has to be done over and over because
there is an enormous amount of material which it sets loose. The individual
is made thereby to let go both sides of the engram. He is holding the
engram in to him and not knowing that he is doing so and he feels the
effect of doing so and holds it out from him. You're asking him simply to
let go and reach MEST. He's reached MEST, he's not supposed to reach away
from it. Certainly all of his old holds on the bank will disappear and the
technique is very effective and it can be done for long periods of time. Do
not think for a moment it is a faint technique; it definitely isn't. Any of
those unlimited techniques are powerful above and beyond running engrams as
the Empire State Building is bigger than a doll house. So make up your mind
to the fact that you have a handful of dynamite. You have to use it for a
little while to discover this and then use it for a little while longer to
be certain that, carried through, it brings about the desired result.
It is definitely none of my business how you apply these techniques. I
am no policeman ready with boards of ethics and court warrants to come down
on you with a crash simply because you are "perverting Scientology." If
there is any policing done, it is by the techniques themselves, since they
have in themselves a discipline brought about by their own power. All I can
do is put into your hands a tool for your own use and then help you use it.
Now one further comment: There is a further issue of "The Factors"
which contains two or three new lines. The basic motivation and the reason
behind the decision to be is the desire or curiosity, the enforcement and
inhibition of production
of effects. Don't mistake it for a moment and think this is not the center
button. It is the reason behind beingness: the production of effects, the
enforcement of effects, the nullification of effects. All the pc is trying
to do when he first comes to you is to produce an effect upon you; don't
forget this. He is using sickness to produce effects. Any effect is better
than no effect. Anything is better than nothing. Any sensation is better
than no sensation. Any circuit is better than no circuit. And as far as
badness and goodness are concerned, these things are evaluations,
determined by viewpoint. So anything bad is better than nothing. This
should explain human behavior to you as nothing before did. What is your pc
trying to do? He's trying to produce an effect. How sick is he? He's as
sick as he has to be in order to produce an effect. If he's sick at all, it
means that he hasn't been able to produce effects without being sick. If
you try to take away from him the modus operandi of producing effects, i.e.
his service facsimile or his sickness, you're in for trouble. Thus you have
to rehabilitate in him the belief that he can produce effects and that he
could obtain good effects from others. His goal is to produce effects upon
others and obtain good effects from others; that's all his goal and that's
why he's being what he is being. That is the reason behind the decision.
You've many times asked what is the reason for all this? The answer is to
produce an effect. What is the basic mechanical operation of producing an
effect? It is reaching, pushing and pulling. Reaching is the keynote of
this. What is the basic certainty? The basic certainty is dual; there is a
positive and a negative certainty; there is no in-between certainty: there
either is an effect or there isn't an effect, so the basic certainties are
"There is an effect" "There is no effect." The next basic certainty to that
is "There is no beingness" "There is beingness."
I am not going to try to give you very much in this bulletin. There
are other bulletins to follow. I want to know whether or not you want these
bulletins. Thus I am writing down here the basic heart of SOP 8A which
follows:
A SUMMARY OF SOP 8A
In order to be and to produce effects one must have knowledge.
Knowledge is certainty. Certainty is awareness. Awareness change is the
indication of effect. One must then be able to produce changes of
awareness, which is merely changes in communication, in order to be certain
he has produced an effect. Certainty of the production of effects and
uncertainty as to the production of effects are the up and down of
lifetimes.
"There is something here" "There is nothing here" are the basic
certainties of beingness. One runs a chronic somatic simply by picking out
an area of the body which is painful or numb and having that area of the
body alternately state to the pc by having him run the statements in that
area or having him run feelings which approximate the statements in that
area "There is nothing here" "There is something here," "There is nothing
there" "There is something there." Does one for a moment ask what the
something is or let the pc evaluate about the something or nothing? No, he
certainly doesn't. All manner of queer sensations, covertnesses, malice and
so forth turn on in the areas; we're not even vaguely interested in these
reactions and these effects. The pc will try to pass them off on us as
effects; we're not interested in that, we're interested in getting that
area of the body alive or over its pain. Any numb area of the body run in
this fashion will recover feeling; any pain in the body any place will
recover a normal state if this is done.
To realize the full value of SOP 8A one must know something about
entities. The pc has compartmented off various parts of the body for which
he takes no further responsibility. These appear to be individuals
operating against him. Actually these parts of the body have individual
characteristics and answer up on E-Meters. These are basically demon
circuits but they are the things which produce the circuits; they are
the things which hold on to facsimiles, they are not themselves facsimiles.
Each one of these is holding on to numerous facsimiles, and they supply
these facsimiles to the pc. The pc says he's not responsible for this. We
run in each area where there is any disturbance, first in the pc and then
as though it's happening out in front of the pc alternately, "There is
something here" "There is nothing here," "There is something there" "There
is nothing there." This knocks out the entities and, therefore,
automatically knocks out the mechanisms which are making the pc sick. We
don't care whether there are entities or aren't entities; it's simply that
he is certain that something is deviling him from a certain area. He is
certain of this; we can be certain of it because he complains of it. We use
this technique to knock it out. The word "entity" simply designates an area
of the body which has an independent point of communication.
Going back to the theory of epicenters, one then finds that there is a
sub-brain in various parts of the body. When one is dealing with a Case IV
or V, he is dealing with the reactive mind and he has to take apart the
reactive mind to some degree in order to produce freedom for the analytical
mind. The epicenters would be such parts of the body as the "funny bones"
or any "judo sensitive" spots: the sides of the neck, the inside of the
wrist, the places the doctors tap to find out if there is a reflex. These
things are sub-brains picked up on the evolutionary line probably-we're not
even interested in where they come from, we're not even interested in the
pictures they hold; we are interested in the fact that they have a
monitoring effect on the body and the individual. We run these on the above
techniques and we produce a considerable change in the reaction in
communication of the individual.
We recall at all times while running this technique that we are
dealing with a positive in the vague certainty, but nevertheless certainty,
of "something," and in the negative certainty of "nothing." And what do we
have here? We have the theta MEST theory. How simple is this problem? This
problem is the direct application of the theta-MEST theory to auditing as
directly as it can be applied. Life is essentially nothing but something
which can produce an effect. There is one thing Life must not be and that
is nothing. You can run on a pc as a matched or double terminal "I can be
nothing" "I can be something," "I can be nothing" "I can be something" and
produce a considerable release in him since he has been forcing himself all
along the line to be something so that he could produce effects, and he has
never been able to be anything. Of course he can't be anything, he is
nothing. Fear of being nothing, then, is the driving fear. "There is no
future" "There is a future." These are essentially dichotomies, but they
are more precise dichotomies than we have ever run before.
We handle the whole problem of pictures simply in this fashion. "There
are no pictures" "There are pictures." Any occluded case vaguely remembers
having recalled pictures. Pictures start to turn on when this is run or
start to drop out. We can apply this to any mechanism, and we can apply it
with creative processing, we can apply it with any concept running, we can
apply it with brackets, we can apply it with matched terminals. A matched
terminal is simply a mock-up, no matter how black, facing a mock-up.
Why is the occluded case occluded? He actually isn't occluded, he's
holding on to the last certainty he has anything to do with. There are
several things which turn a case black. One is the defection of a friend.
This is the loss of another viewpoint. Another is simply loss, and loss in
any form. What happens when an individual loses something? He starts
holding on to any certainty he can hold on to. The most certain certainty
he can hold on to is blackness. No light or painted object is as certain as
a completely black object. Blackness is an effort to disappear and hide.
Blackness has many uses. When blackness shows up, one can run "can't reach"
and he will have wider blacknesses there.
A person gets into blackness which is like glue. This can be run on the
positive negative basis of "There is something" "There isn't anything."
Does one run this to agree with how long the blackness stays on and when it
turns white and when it turns black again? No, one does not, because this
is agreement with the MEST universe. One runs these things almost at
random.
Betrayal is the action of having things pounded in and held against
one. Ridicule is the action of having something taken out away from one and
held there where one cannot reach it. Both of these things are matters of
reaching. If one wants to go on and run reaching concepts one must be
prepared to run into the hottest of suppressions and the hottest
compulsions he has ever been called upon to handle. It may be necessary to
run some of these. However, the concepts of "There is something here"
"There isn't anything here," "There are pictures here" "There are no
pictures here," "Pictures can affect me" "Pictures cannot affect me" and
particularly "There is change" "There is no change" produces superior
results to running reaching. One must know about this button reaching
because it is THE button of insanity. Compulsion to reach and the inability
to reach combined produce a state of mind which one wouldn't wish on
anyone.
Sex plays a very heavy part in all of this because it is the symbolism
of mock-ups and many other things. Thus one would do well to run "There are
men" "There aren't men," "There are women" "There aren't women," "There is
sensation" "There isn't sensation" in order to resolve this problem. But
basically below all this there is "There is something here" "There is
nothing here," "There is something there" "There is nothing there."
Does one pay any particular attention to blackness? Yes, sometimes it
is necessary. It will be found in an occluded case that one side of a body
is blacker than the other. This comes about from an old imbalance of
control centers. One control center is reaching and ignoring the other
control center. The control center which is ignored and can't reach is
black. Thus one finds the blackest part of the body that part of the body
which is the most disabled by the other part of the body. Fears of war and
of anarchy inside the body which come about in terms of control centers
have nothing to do with the analytical mind. The analytical mind is very
puzzled as to why this body is suddenly so disobedient. One can run the
basic combination of something and nothing here, something and nothing
there on the body or on an idea of the body.
Is it better to run things in the body or away from the body? It is
usually better to run things away from the body as this has the effect of
putting out anchor points. When one runs too many things close to the body,
one has the effect of concentrating the individual's attention on his own
body. This actually has a tendency to collapse his space. Thus these
concepts should be run at a distance from the body.
One handles one of these concepts as long as the pc can hold it there
as "certain there is nothing" or "certain there is something." This is very
beneficial in terms of matched terminals. One runs matched terminals by
having the pc put them up as though they were himself facing himself and
then as though somebody else is putting them up facing somebody else on the
same concept and on others putting them up for others. In this way, one
runs out matched terminals and brackets simultaneously, a combination of
techniques which is very effective.
Does the pc have to have a mock-up in order to put up a feeling or
concept in front of him? No.
It must be kept in mind that the basic disability of the pc is to
reach away from MEST; it is not to reach MEST and it is not not to reach
MEST; it is the disability to reach away from MEST. MEST has a gravitic
attraction for him and he's gotten to the point where he can't escape it
and therefore all of his space is collapsing.
It will be discovered that running any of the techniques of SOP 8 on a
positive negative basis on a low level case is beneficial. Thus one has a V
level case with his MEST eyesight compare two MEST objects which are
similar and then see nothing in those two spots with his MEST eyes. This
runs "there is something," "there is nothing." He can do this. You have to
run these alternates on a IV and V because he's incapable of getting up to
a level of disobedience of MEST laws. One wants to get him up to a
disobedience of MEST laws as fast as possible because this gets him into
command of energy rather than being the effect of energy.
The trouble with a V is that he cannot permit himself to be reached
while he himself must reach. This can be run directly or much more swiftly
with the basic technique. In view of the fact that one is holding on to
blackness because it is a certainty, one has to have a higher level of
certainty on something else before he can let go of any of the blackness.
The more MEST one loses, the more sensation one is suddenly denied, the
less one feels he can create, the more one has to hold on to any certainty
he can reach; and when that certainty is as low a level as blackness, an
auditor really has to do some auditing in order to give the individual a
high enough level of certainty so that he can let go some of the blackness.
The blackness is being held in place in most instances by things which are
no longer under the control of the pc. Thus it is an automatic holding-in-
place. The pc is not directly doing this himself.
This is a preview of the process. The only thing that one must do and
be careful of in the process is to keep the preclear from figuring,
thinking, guessing, wondering and so forth. One has to deal in certainties;
the certainty of nothing and the certainty of something are the basic
certainties of life itself.
SOP 8A attacks the problem of uncertainty armed with new and important
data which ranks with the discovery of the engram. The first is that
certainty is knowledge and knowledge is certainty. Art itself is certainty,
and where one has failed in the arts, he has failed simply because too many
uncertainties have been introduced. The anatomy of maybe could be restated
as the anatomy of uncertainty; and with this I have evolved the fact that
uncertainty stays in suspension in time simply because one is holding on so
hard to certainties. Thus by processing out the certainty on any subject,
one processes out at will, paying no attention to it, the uncertainties on
that subject. One does not process the uncertainties, one processes the
certainties. The pc's holding on to the certainties and trying to avoid the
uncertainties; thus the uncertainties are available for processing. The
techniques I evolved to take care of this concern brackets, matched and
double terminaling in terms of brackets; which is to say a person putting a
thought out in front of him facing another thought for himself, having two
thoughts out there as though placed there by somebody else, and having two
others placing thoughts out there for others. This can be done by the most
occluded case. It can also be done by mock-ups and one gets an automatic
discharge on the double terminal system. This runs out and exhausts
aberrative material. The things which are there to be exhausted are the
certainties. The auditor who possesses uncertainties is playing into the
hands of aberration.
The next important datum is the matter of viewpoint. People have
viewpoints confused. Viewpoint is only a point of awareness from which one
can perceive. That is an actual viewpoint. People think of viewpoints as a
method of thinking about something from a certain attitude. This is an
uncertain affair and is a circuit. If one can see something completely, he
certainly doesn't do a lot of supposing and predicting about it. One must
get rid of the circuit compulsions in order to get perception. The greatest
scarcity is the scarcity of viewpoints. This brings him out to the point
where he thinks he's avoiding other people's opinions. Opinions are
unimportant. The points of awareness from which things can be viewed are
important; and this law comes forward with this: That a person most heavily
uses the viewpoint of another when the other has evaluated for him. Any
person is heavily using the viewpoints of people who have
evaluated for him. Thus, where he has had an ally who is dead, he has once
had a viewpoint which was alive and now can no longer use that viewpoint.
This is the basic loss and the basic occlusion. It is the loss of a
viewpoint. If mother, father, grandmother, grandfather, etc., at all
evaluated greatly for the pc, then the pc's using their viewpoints. He is
as occluded as he has lost these people; hence his blackness. The viewpoint
has arrested it somewhere in time and he cannot see beyond that spot; this
brings him into the past. He is doing a life continuum and is in the
valence of that person who has evaluated the most for him. The technique to
run is being able to reach and not being able to reach other viewpoints.
These life continuums show up automatically and, more importantly, they
resolve. Another factor which has arisen here is the fact that one wants a
viewpoint in order to create an effect and therefore will assume the
viewpoints of those who create the greatest effects.
Running in matched terminal brackets "I (he, she, it, they) have a
viewpoint" "I (he, she, it, they) do not have a viewpoint," "I (he, she,
it, they) do not want viewpoints" "I (he, she, it, they) want viewpoints,"
"I (he, she, it, they) cannot reach a viewpoint" "I (he, she, it, they) can
reach a viewpoint" "gunshots" the reactive mind and the thetan and resolves
all of his aberrations of whatever kind. One runs these only so long as the
person runs them in a mood of certainty. The moment he gets uncertain
(which will show up on an E-Meter) he switches over and runs the other side
of the dichotomy from that which he was running. He holds each one as long
as he is certain; he uses this technique simply over and over. Where one
has spotted a specific life continuum, he runs "I have the viewpoint of
(grandfather, grandmother, mother, father)" "I do not have the viewpoint of
(the person)" and reversely "(The person) has my viewpoint" "(The person)
does not have my viewpoint." He runs this in matched terminals and
brackets.
Of course, the reversal of to reach is withdraw; reach away from is
not quite the same as withdraw, but withdraw serves. That which is wrong
with a V is that he cannot withdraw from MEST and MEST and engrams will not
withdraw from him. He is in a situation where he hopes he cannot be reached
and that "they" will never reach him. His conviction that he cannot
withdraw is such as it would never enter his mind unless an auditor told
him to run it. The idea of withdrawing or anything withdrawing from him is
novel and unsupportable. Immediately below this, of course, there is a
level where everything has withdrawn from the person. This is handled by
"(Any dynamic) will not withdraw" "(Any dynamic) will withdraw" and is
assisted by running "They will reach me" and "They will never reach me" and
running with "Bodies will not withdraw" "Bodies do withdraw," and this is
assisted by running "There is space" "There is no space." The glee of
insanity and other manifestations show up. One must remember to run
whenever he touches these reach and withdrawal techniques, the certainty
that there is something there and the certainty that there is nothing there
afterwards, because the phenomena which show up in running such techniques
are so explosive that they leave a V considerably unsettled. He must then
reach a certainty on the matter by running out the certainties of something
and the certainties of nothing.
This is actually all there is to the solution of a Case V. He has an
uncertainty about everything. He has to figure about everything; he has to
know before he goes, and he has to hide but he knows he can't hide, and he
depends on logic to serve for all of his predictions because he can't look.
An amazing array of complexities can arise and an amazing number of "new
techniques" can be developed off these basics. However, it is well to
remember that these are the basics and when one strides too far off them,
examining single pictures, he should remind himself that he will do better
running on the pc or himself techniques which take care of all pictures;
for the number of pictures are limitless.
There are thousands and thousands of variations of this and this is
far from all there is to know on this subject, but it is easy auditing and
it will work easily for you
in the resolution of cases. I will have considerably more data on this in
succeeding bulletins. It got awfully simple, didn't it?
I would appreciate those HDAs, HCAs and BScns who are not yet members
of the HAS to apply for early membership. Founding Members who are also
HDAs or HCAs are automatically professional members from here on.
Professional membership brings with it a year's subscription to the Journal
of Scientology, brings the Professional Auditor's Bulletin, brings direct
referral service. Professional membership is $25 per annum. Only
professional memberships valid are those of Founding Members, those who
have graduated from associate or doctorate schools since the 1st of
January, 1953, and those who have already submitted their professional
membership. Anyone else has had his professional membership run out and
should renew it. Fees for professional membership should be sent by
personal check or cash to the HAS in London, 163, Holland Park Avenue,
London W.11, England. This does not mean that all professional memberships
are in the British organization; it simply means that this is the
coordination of communication headquarters at this time. Professional
memberships can also be procured from Philadelphia. Those who are not
professional members already amongst certified graduates are, at this time,
in the minority.
I am going over to France for a while to get some material assembled.
These bulletins will continue. I am very glad to hear from you. What you
care to write is very acceptable and will, whether positive or negative,
assist other auditors. My address will continue to be 30 Marlborough Place,
London N.W.8, England.
L. RON HUBBARD
From: L. RON HUBBARD Through: The Office of
L. Ron Hubbard
London 30 Marlborough
Place
London N.W.8, England
ASSOCIATE NEWSLETTER NO. 4
[1953, ca. end May]
This newsletter concerns itself with the training and skill of
auditors.
I have had considerable experience in training auditors, but I only
occasionally check up on auditors who have been trained in the various
schools. Ordinarily the results are quite good in these schools, but now
and then the results are so sour that I wonder what could have happened.
Naturally, under a policy which trains anyone who comes in, one is going to
get duds. But if one gets a dud he should certainly let the old man know
about it, for sooner or later I get involved in some kind of scramble
concerning this dud and some cases messed up.
You would be surprised at the amount of traffic of this character I
have had in the last three years. Generally it is based upon just one
thing: the dud didn't even vaguely know what Dianetics or Scientology was.
Quite commonly, he had been trained thoroughly in metaphysics, mysticism,
psychology, or booja witch doctoring. When he was trained in whatever
school, he received the information with no conviction whatsoever.
Occasionally this lack of conviction is traced to a lot of wild rumors
about my own character which then disabused him of any idea that he should
accept these "opinions." Training which is done with this color is rather
detrimental. I don't happen to care very much what people think about me,
but where it enters into the skill of an auditor, and where it will
continue through to mess up a preclear, it becomes quite important.
Germane to this I spent the other evening on the phone-literally that,
about two hours-with an auditor who was busily processing a preclear who
had suddenly gone into a large maybe about continuing processing.
Mentioning no names, this preclear had previously had a mystic master of
some note and renown and this mystic master had come to me and had informed
me that this neophyte in his cult was being processed by one of my auditors
and had informed me that this auditor was paying no attention to the fact
that this girl through concussion or some such thing had only half a brain.
This auditor phoned me and, frankly, I have never seen a longer
communication lag in anyone. It was from ten to thirty seconds, and the
answers he gave me and the data he gave me were all salted down with
"maybes." This auditor, by the way, had not been granted certification but
was practicing more or less professionally. His attitude toward me was
extremely challenging. He referred to Dianetics and Scientology as "your
stuff." A review of the student record later demonstrated that this man,
during the entire training period, had been subjected to considerable
marital difficulties and during the training period had missed, day after
day. Further investigation revealed he had been trained in mysticism and in
psychology. He had proceeded to go through an entire period of training and
what had leaked into his head as Dianetics and Scientology, as disclosed in
a long and arduous cross-questioning by myself with this communication lag
intervening, bore little or no resemblance to anything taught in any
training school. He did not know nomenclature, he did not know techniques;
he knew how to run an engram, perhaps, but Matched Terminals were called
Double Terminals by him; brackets were unknown to him. He claimed he had
fished around in "your stuff" and, while he had found that nobody could
possibly be "exteriorized" (his own case was never opened and he himself
had no interest in opening it) and had evolved a "technique" in which he
"fished up" the anchor points of the preclear "just like you
Copyright (�) 1953 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
said in your stuff' and then Double Terminalled them (while he was actually
only getting two of them up whereas a Double Terminal gets four of them up)
and so achieved some effect upon the preclear according to him.
In the first place, he had no idea of what an anchor point was-he
thought it was a person; in the second place, he had jumped Standard
Operating Procedure "because it was a drill," even though he had never
tested it to find out if he had gotten results by it. He had developed a
"sensitive insight into preclears, and was able to evaluate for them their
troubles," and yet was unable to recall ever having been told by an
instructor or on a tape that evaluation for a preclear was verboten.
Careful and arduous cross-questioning determined that this individual
had processed this woman with Matched Terminals, yet he did not know the
difference between a limited technique and an unlimited technique, which
was old news in the school where he was being trained. Although it had been
said to him probably no less than twenty times, he did not realize that a
limited technique was one that you employed until it was proven to be very
uncomfortable upon the preclear, at which time you went into an unlimited
technique-which is to say a very positive contact with-reality technique-
and carried on with the latter until the preclear was upscale enough to
carry on again with the limited technique. Expanded GITA, Matched
Terminalling, Double Terminalling, running of concepts are all limited
techniques, just as the running of engrams will eventually lead into the
depths if continued too long. Very, very close questioning against a
considerable communication lag elicited the fact that this individual of
all things was not sufficiently up on his business to know that the next-to-
the-last list in Self Analysis in Scientology (or Dianetics) existed. He
had never heard of the technique whereby the individual was asked to
remember something that was real to him. Not only that, but it had never
occurred to him to apply Standard Operating Procedure to the preclear with
half a brain, which would have led him directly into Step VI whereby this
was indicated.
If he had used Standard Operating Procedure, he would have discovered
in the first 15 minutes of auditing that his preclear was a neurotic; he
would have discovered also that this preclear's case would not have
advanced an inch until the next-to-the-last list in Self Analysis had been
run. As it was, he had used about 18 hours more or less of processing on a
neurotic who had a physiological infirmity and had succeeded in hanging the
person up on a maybe.
In addition to this, it was somewhat amusing to note that the
auditor's name, which will go unmentioned, was the kind of a name which
lends itself to an engram phrase. An example of this would be (an actual
case) where the individual had severe asthma and was named Sneezy and had
lost his asthma simply because a professional auditor asked him one day
whether or not he was trying to live up to his name. An individual (a
thetan) is trying to be something rather than nothing and he will try to be
the literal meaning of his own name and try to dramatize it. Well, a thetan
can never be. The auditor in this case had a name which lent itself
peculiarly to failure and this had never been touched in the school.
Evidently what had happened in this case was that the auditor had
absented himself continuously and when present had sat in the back of the
room and had never obtruded into the instructor's notice. He had then
failed in his examinations and, instead of continuing on at the school
until he could pass the examinations, had simply drifted out into the
public and had represented himself as a certified auditor more or less and
so had gotten things into a beautiful snarl.
Many auditors, however, who go through schools come out with something
less than certainty on the subject of Dianetics and Scientology. They are
pounded with whole track and other uncertainties, have no subjective or
objective reality of these things and may have sat for weeks clinging hard
to the fact that God was good and that all was illusion, and yet might have
assembled enough glib information to pass an examination. Such people are
liabilities. You can't avoid them and I can't avoid them, but we can do all
we can to prevent this happening.
It is essential that an auditor leaving the school leave with a
certainty that the materials he has been presented with work. He should
leave with the certainty that he
can produce an effect with the materials he has been taught, and that
moreover he can produce an effect with them as they have been taught and as
they are represented. It is peculiar that the only failed auditors, the
only rebel auditors, we have are those who never learned the techniques
with which they were presented.
This poses a peculiar teaching problem. It is first a problem of
getting the student into the classroom, not just as a body but as a mind;
and it is dependent secondarily but very importantly, upon (and read this
twice) processing out of him in terms of Matched Terminal Brackets every
certainty he has had in the past that some process of the mind did or did
not solve all of his problems. In processing this individual the instructor
will put himself very far ahead by making sure that the student's co-
auditor knows that the first duty in a school where an auditor is being
trained, is to get rid of the plus certainty and the negative certainty on
current lifetime subjects dealing with the human mind or the human body.
This is a very simple thing to do.
It is a very easy thing to understand what is wrong with somebody who
cannot be trained in Dianetics or Scientology. This somebody has been
trained in medicine, in psychotherapy, in psychology, in mysticism and has
gone through exactly this cycle. At first, with high hope, he has assumed
that the materials being taught to him in medicine or whatever, were
absolutely, completely and ultimately the last word and would solve all of
his problems. He finished the course or went out into practice with the
realization that those things which he had been taught were so much
buffoonery. Now between these two positive and negative certainties, that
the thing did work and then that it did not work, lies a tremendous maybe.
It is this maybe alone which produces first the uncertainty in study and
second the tremendous communication lag of such people. This is the reason
they cannot be trained easily in Dianetics and Scientology. They have in
the past been very certain first that something worked and then have been
very certain that it did not work. The resultant maybe impedes all further
training.
This is the student who gives the instructor a great deal of trouble,
who asks non sequitur and senseless questions, who involves the class in
endless arguments which are not germane to the subject, and who spoils the
entire atmosphere of a school. This individual has collapsed communication
lines. He collapses upon the instructor and utilizes precious minutes in
utter balderdash. I repeat, it is because he has first had a certainty on
some subject such as medicine or psychology and has then afterwards had
another certainty; and the first certainty was that psychology would solve
everything and the second certainty was that psychology would solve
nothing. This is the anatomy of maybe in terms of intention and concept.
When any student continues to collapse communication lines upon the
instructor, which is to say, talks a great deal to him, comes up to him
after class, questions and doubts, upsets other students, this is what has
happened, and this is what must be processed in the student. The first
moment the student shows up with this manifestation, the instructor should
know instantly what is wrong with this student, and he should assign to
another student the task of "certainty processing" which is nothing more
nor less than matching terminals of "I am sure psychology works" "I am sure
psychology doesn't work." Then somebody else as a matched terminal saying
"I am sure psychology works" "I am sure psychology doesn't work"; and then
others saying to others "I am sure psychology works" "I am sure psychology
doesn't work." By running the certainties only and by never touching the
uncertainties, this individual is at length given freedom from the circuit
which is generated by these two certainties, for he is holding on to the
certainties in the face of all the uncertainties which lie between. (Now
read all that again.)
The instructor is continually being subjected to the uncertainty of
students. Thus the instructor has to enter into a convincing attitude. He
has to start convincing students of the existence of engrams, of the
existence of this, the existence of that, against all these doubts. He has
to continue a convincing attitude. This is not good for the instructor, but
it is not particularly harmful. His first step should be to get rid of via
the above processing the students who require all this convincing. The next
thing he should do is to run the Certainty Processing on himself to the
effect of "Dianetics is
the solution" "Dianetics is not the solution," "Scientology is the
solution" "Scientology is not the solution." He should also run "There are
engrams" "There are no engrams," "There is whole track" "There is no whole
track," "Hubbard is right" "Hubbard is wrong," each in matched terminals,
which is to say the idea or the person with the idea facing the same person
with the same idea in brackets until he himself is free. The instructor
might also do well to run "I need processing" "I don't need any
processing," "There is something wrong with me" "There is nothing wrong
with me," again in matched terminal brackets, and each time anything is run
in Certainty Processing it is run with the feeling of certainty, and in
matched terminals, that the opinion is correct.
In the case of the student whose case will not move it will be found
that the student is under the compulsion not to let anything happen, and
this is resolved by "I must not let it happen" "I cannot prevent it from
happening" and "I must maintain control" "I must lose control," for this is
a compulsive case. A little lower on the tone scale the student will be
found to respond to "They are preventing things from happening" "Nobody can
prevent things from happening." The general subject comes under the heading
of "Things happen" and "Nothing happens," which last is, of course, the
gunshot on the case; the others are the compulsive and inhibitive factors.
Training is essentially picking up the communication speed of the
individual by utilizing techniques which break up old communications
systems. If in training auditors these things are followed, we will find
that we will have less trouble in the field with preclears. Further, we
will find that we have less rebellion, for we have a condition in many
people whereby they must produce any effect as better than no effect. The
foremost reason behind life is to cause an effect. A person gets too far
down the tone scale, and he becomes desperate about causing an effect.
Hence you get your very rebellious auditor who is unwilling to utilize
knowledge of somebody else to produce an effect, but must design something
to produce any kind of an effect. The result of this, due to the lack of
training of the "originator," can be very harmful to our general forward
motion.
In addition to all this, it is extremely important-I repeat, extremely
important that the auditor knows, and knows that he knows, how to do all
those techniques listed as effective procedures in the Appendix of SOP-8.
He should know these things backwards and forwards and in his sleep. If he
gets out of a school without learning them, then you have an opponent, and
I have an opponent, and that opponent is uncertainty. The public perceives
this man, this woman, as having gone through a school. They do not perceive
any result except rebellion, upset, a low-toned case, and we are damaged
accordingly.
With existing procedures, there is no real excuse to let a student go
through school in a very low-toned state, and there is certainly no excuse
to recommend certification for such a student. One should be pretty tough
on a student concerning his knowledge of fundamentals. What we call
fundamentals are those things which are listed as effective procedures in
SOP-8. If an auditor can do these things, he will produce effects; if he
can produce effects, the society will alert; if society alerts, our goals
of sanity for man can be accomplished.
Alert particularly to this manifestation of collapsed communication
lines. Collapsed communication lines simply denote a complete lack of
admiration in the life of the preclear. Admiration Processing will get the
person who has severely collapsed lines into trouble, but nevertheless
Certainty Processing on the subject "There is admiration" "There is no
admiration," "There is applause" "There is no applause" can do wonders for
such a case. This is the case that is giving us a bad time; an instructor
should be hard-boiled enough to turn around to a student and say, "Look
here, if you want to get your certification, I have a task for you, and
that's to uncollapse these collapsed terminals on this student."
The entire process of auditing has to do with withdrawing
communications from individuals. This is based upon the idea that
communications are harmful and that the body cannot handle communications.
It is an excellent technique that "The body can handle communications" "The
body cannot handle communications" in matched
terminal brackets. The frailty of the body is almost a cult in this
society; if any cult exists, this is it. By communication we mean anything
from talk, through letters, through sex tactile, to bullets. This process
of withdrawing communication finds the auditor going downscale if the
auditor has not had resolved in his case reach and withdraw: the two
primary actions of putting out and bringing in anchor points. This is
resolved by "I can reach (an any dynamic)" "I cannot reach (an any
dynamic)" and "I can withdraw (an any dynamic)" "I cannot withdraw (an any
dynamic)."
By the Auditor's Code, if he follows it, he is inhibited from reaching
into the preclear with a communication but must withdraw communications
from the preclear. We already know how much this can do for a case. Let's
consider the auditor's case and realize that students will become auditors.
Thus in students the entire category of reach and withdraw, as above,
including desire, enforcement and inhibition of reaching and withdrawing,
should be resolved in the GE; otherwise the GE is going to grab hold of the
thetan; and the auditor, one day, even if he is a theta clear, will not
again be able to get out of his body.
Perhaps it requires a lot of auditing to get an individual over the
idea that he cannot withdraw from MEST, but this is dependent upon the fact
that the preclear is dependent upon MEST. Those things upon which the
individual is depending are those things which have a command value over
him. This would include father and mother, and it would also include, more
importantly, the MEST universe. That thing upon which the individual most
depends is that thing upon which the individual has the greatest amount of
aberration. That person who has most evaluated for the individual is that
person whose viewpoint the individual is liable to have. We used to call
this valence shifting. We can still call it that, but it's actually an
enforcement of viewpoint.
We have, then, as primary aberration: the curiosity about, desire for,
enforcement of and inhibition of, viewpoint. And we mean by viewpoint not
the opinions but the actual perceptions of the individual.
In passing here now, let me mention the genus of facsimiles.
Facsimiles are a compulsive duplicating of the MEST universe. The fact that
one must duplicate the MEST universe is represented in facsimiles and
accounts to us for the first time for why the low tone exists on the wide-
open case. Eidetic memory is not desirable, for memory is not of this
category. This is quite a wide departure from Book I, but these things
which an individual re-perceives in his memory are not necessary to his
memory, for we have gone way above anything like this at 4.0. The occluded
case has eventually rebelled against the idea that he had to duplicate
everything in the MEST universe.
In the training of students it is desirable not that the student knows
so much nomenclature, but that the techniques, if he performs them, work.
He cannot know this if his ears are closed, his eyes shut, and his point in
time stopped on a maybe when he was 22 and had just finished becoming a
Doctor of Philosophy.
GENERAL NEWS
I am going over to the Continent of Europe. My purpose in going is to
stir up some interest in Scientology. I will be stopping at the various
spas and have an idea of entering this little hot bomb of a racing car I
have in a few of the all-outs in Europe. The car has a 2 1/2-litre souped-
up Jaguar engine. It is built of hollow steel tubing and aluminum and
weighs nothing. Its brakes sometimes work but its throttle never fails. I
have also a British motorcycle which might do well in some of these
scrambles. Motion has gotten altogether too slow. I think by spreading a
few miracles around the spas, I will be able to elicit considerable
interest in Scientology. This should come back in terms of students to the
British HAS, but more importantly it might serve to do something active in
the matter of war.
In Great Britain, auditors who have been trained in SOP-8 are doing
excellently well and two notable cases which had hung fire have resolved on
Certainty Processing.
In view of the fact that foreign exchange is what it is, my tour of the
spas and the production of, if possible, a few miracles amongst the lame,
halt and blind, falls directly upon American shoulders. The HAS in
Philadelphia is breaking exactly even. The British HAS, due to the
inability to export funds, cannot contribute to this activity, but has
contributed markedly to research and investigation these last many months
and should have a breather. Certification funds, therefore, are what are
counted upon to effect whatever is effected in Europe. The new doctorate
school in Germany will not be functioning actively for almost a year. I may
have a few light moments which have to do with speed, but the truth of the
matter is I sail pretty close to the wind on finance. The bulk of the money
I receive goes out immediately upon testing techniques, the PAB newsletter
and other services, and when I find myself with any excess cash, I
generally finance some operation that happens to be limping. I was looking
at my account books the other day and I find out that the money I have
invested out of my own writing in Scientology is quite great. Very little
of this has ever been realized back and, if one were dealing on a profit
and loss sheet, one might wonder why I had ever indulged in such a level of
research and investigation; but I am afraid that there are a lot of us who
feel that, but who feel as well the game is worth more than the economic
profit. I wish all of us felt like that.
The point is I am going around to the various spas and in the process
of this I am going to get together summaries of the various things
necessary to the doctorate course and make tapes and write books to
summarize this data, for as far as I am concerned, cases are cracking up
far too rapidly under existing processes, which includes Certainty
Processing, to cause anyone much concern. I have done what I set out to do
many years ago, which is to say, develop a technique. Now it is going to
take me years to get this down into workable form in terms of public
interest.
You see one of the examples of that in Issue 1 6-G, the copy for which
has already been mailed to Philadelphia. 1 6-G is an entire book. The funds
which you send away in this direction for certification and in percentage
are entirely the funds on which I am operating. With these funds, I am
trying to get into a highly acceptable public form the technologies which
have been involved and the experience we have gained. For instance, I have
to boil down and put on tape the entire subject of Freudian psychoanalysis.
It doesn't exist unfortunately in a native and fundamental form. Likewise I
have to get together all co-related material where Scientology applies to
the society at large. It's going to take me twenty years to knock together
everything that is to be known and which I have found out.
These funds also serve to keep auditors happy in the field. I am
making it my business to try to give them a successful business. This is a
new departure in policy on my part, but only because I have found it
necessary. The auditor, ordinarily, lacks imagination enough to establish
himself. He's like a fellow with ten-dollar gold pieces who doesn't know
what to do with them. Thus I am continuing to service the auditors you
graduate and continuing to spread the word throughout America and the rest
of the world, but particularly America, on the subject of what we're trying
to do. Thus, keep the ink in your pen because I am depending on you to put
in on checks to me so that we can get this show on the road.
Germane to funds, I am recently in receipt of material from George
Seidler suggesting an alternative in certifications and carrying with it
the news that Sequoia University would like to authorize associates to give
certain courses. With all due respect to Sequoia University and the
project, I have to hand legal opinion that this protection will not stay
the heavy threat when levelled. I think we have a better idea and I think
Sequoia University has its role and will eventually be woven through the
woof and warp of what we are doing. It happens that I have under
preparation summaries of psychology, psychoanalysis and so forth which your
certification fees are going to finance. Now just why a large portion of
these certification fees should go to Sequoia University, I am not quite
sure. I do know that if a large portion of them do go to Sequoia
University, I will be strapped down financially in the preparation of this
material and, believe me, material costs money. I estimate that the tapes
you play cost
about $800 an hour. That might be a shock to you, but it is a sober fact.
It isn't because I spend money like water, it's because those tapes are
made only after a great deal of outlay in terms of testing and in terms of
organization and material; and, even then, it is very cheap investigation.
If this condensation of general semantics, psychoanalysis, psychology,
electronic brains, etc. were being done by Sequoia University, I could see
some point in this.
Issue 16-G will very soon be in your hands. It is 50 cents per copy
and I am sure that continuing copies of it will be published. It contains
the second issue of The Factors, an entire breakdown of Scientology, SOP-8
and Short 8. I don't see it changing for a long time to come and in
addition to existing course booklets which are still quite vital, I
recommend to you that you train out of this issue as the court of appeals,
for students reading it before they enroll will be disappointed if they
find anything less than this level of certainty in the school. This issue
has an enormous number of advance orders already. The issue was late simply
because I was waiting for the test reports on the techniques and mailed the
copy only when I had those. Issue 16-G is actually a complete book. It is
also necessary for the student to have Scientology 8-8008, Self Analysis in
Scientology (or Dianetics) and the Professional Course Booklets. Without
all this material he would be lost. The first and second books of
Dianetics. The Modern Science of Mental Health and, what do you know, old 8-
80 has come up for a further look, for it dealt with communications within
the body. The Axioms were never as valid as they are today, just as they
appear in the Handbook for Preclears. Thus you can shove a lot of material
at a student.
Ross, by reports, is doing very well with his doctorate school.
Detroit is recovering and Ann Arbor, in the same state, is dealing with an
influx of activity, possibly stimulated by the adverse publicity. According
to my reports here, we have quite a large enrollment throughout the various
associate areas and this enrollment, with the certainty of Certainty
Processing, and the materials in its hands, can make a very large dent in
America.
To repeat, I remind you that certification fees should be sent to 30
Marlborough Place, London N.W.8, until further notice. There will be
immediately returned, first a letter stating that the student whose
application has been received has been certified and next the certificate
of that student. Letter and certificate will be sent to the address
designated by the associate, either to himself or to the student directly.
Your attention is called to the fact that man does not want to get
well. He wants to produce an effect. Low on the tone scale the only effect
he can produce is destruction and pain. It is also called to your attention
that according to Evans Farber, a disciple at one time of Howard Scott's,
money is the attention unit of a social group, and that as much money comes
in to any part of that social group as it attracts attention. Your success
depends upon the production of an effect, your finance depends upon
attracting interest. If you find finance faltering, you will discover
immediately why if you realize that the financial system is a
communications system and that communications systems are the background of
what you are doing. A person who is trying to prevent communications from
occurring will try to prevent money from being received. If a person finds
himself diffident about money, he need only run "I can have money" "I
cannot have money" and, in addition to that, the negative and positive on
accepting and delivering communications. Money is not a sordid subject, it
is the measure of the amount of attention you are attracting. If you are
trying to prevent observation from viewpoints, you will not make money.
Things are looking up. The fears which are being voiced have been
voiced for three years without materializing. The solidarity of our team,
frail as it may appear sometimes, has never been better.
Three associates have written me suggesting that financial arrangements
between myself and associates be changed from a flat rate for every
certificate, and that a percentage of training fees be forwarded to me on
the entire training income of the associate. One has suggested 15%, one has
suggested 10%. If you would like to shift to this ultimate plan of 15% of
the training fee of everyone enrolled, I would be very happy to pay into
the HAS the sum necessary for his professional membership, give each
student the Journal of Scientology, whether certified or not, and supply
without further charge certain training materials for each student. This
would definitely be in the interests of better training. I could give each
student, for instance, a complete set of Professional Course Booklets and
some other materials, and they could be shipped personally to the student
on evidence of his enrollment and the payment of his fee to the associate.
Doctorate schools have a slightly different problem and are not
included in this discussion, but the shipment of the booklets and so forth
to the doctorate schools could also be instituted.
Here's what we are facing. We need the Journal of Scientology being
widely circulated, we need the Professional Auditor's Bulletin, we need
various other promotional lines. I have changed the policy of the
publications section toward the procurement of students rather than the
procurement of income on books. This means, of course, more students,
better promotion, and a greater amount of available material at very low
price. It also means that the HAS income will drop. If you cared uniformly
for this 15% arrangement, you would find materials were being paid for to a
large extent and promotion was being paid for to a large extent out of an
organization which was not in itself making money out of promotion. I think
that the circulation of materials at very low cost would mean a very great
deal in stimulating business, but it would also mean that we would all have
to recognize our responsibility in keeping the HAS going in Philadelphia.
Issues of the Journal, one after the other, would carry material at very
low cost and books would be brought out and circulated at very little cost.
I think this is what we all want. In order to accomplish this it would
seem wise to shift, then, over to a 15% basis with the recognition that the
1570 was paying for training materials, public promotion, as well as the
development of those materials by myself. I have an enormous amount of
codification to do, and the many training booklets which are still
necessary and which answer the questions which are being asked about the
applications of Scientology in various fields could be cared for. I would
hand out certificates on the same representation. Fees would be paid to the
International Office in London. Materials would be authorized to be shipped
from Philadelphia to the student from London and money sent from the
International Office to the Philadelphia Office to cover this.
In the process of evolution, our organization is showing up what is
most desirable. I wish you would give this matter some thought; because of
the recentness of enrollment on the latest materials, no certification cash
to amount to anything is to hand. If you approve this plan, simply change
the order of things on your books and send 15% of your training fees
received from, on and including, 1st April forward to the HAS, 30
Marlborough Place, London N.W.8. Your certifications will be honored as you
submit them. Course Booklets will be immediately sent to your students and
any student who has enrolled since April 1st. The other materials will be
forwarded through.
There are now four ratings: HCA, HGA, B.Scn., D.Scn. The HGA
certification is intended to designate auditors who have considerable
experience and whose reputation is well known, but who do not necessarily
have credits and attendance at the doctorate schools. It means Graduate
Auditor and is intended to compare with a Dean of Psychiatry. I am
following, more or less, in certifications a time-honored pattern which was
first begun in the field of medicine and was later followed through in the
philosophic and healing arts. It has been customary for the founder of a
subject, such as one or another branch of medicine, one or another branch
of psychiatry or psychology, to act as the certifying and training agency;
and, indeed, today the British Medical Association grants degrees in no
other way. And the only degrees for medical doctor granted
in Great Britain which are accepted in the BMA are based on the very type
of training which we are doing. We are in the stage of doctors training
doctors. Back in Freud's day, and continuing through to the present, deans
of psychiatry arrived there solely by association with those trained by
Sigmund Freud. I tried two or three times to get away from this and each
time got slapped around in the mails.
An HGA certification is by nomination or by selection. The nominal sum
of $28.00 is charged for certification in HGA to cover the cost of
certificates and handling. The point of the HGA certificate is to shuffle
through HCAs and HDAs and find those who are consistently producing
excellent results and to form a grade by which these results can be
recognized. B.Scn. is there to signify training in a doctorate school and
eligibility for further training and experience to the grade of doctor. A
doctor eventually will be required to have a rather wide command of
psychotherapy, philosophy, psychology and other allied things, including
Freudian psychoanalysis.
L. Ron Hubbard
[Enclosure: PAB No. 4]
T H E J O U R N A L O F
SCIENTOLOGY
Issue 16-G [1953, ca. mid-June]
Published by
The Hubbard Association of Scientologists, Inc.
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
This is Scientology
The Science of Certainty
L. Ron Hubbard
FOREWORD
For nearly a quarter of a century, I have been engaged in the
investigation of the fundamentals of life, the material universe and human
behavior. Such an adventure leads one down many highways, through many
byroads, into many back alleys of uncertainty, through many strata of life,
through many personal vicissitudes, into the teeth of vested interests,
across the rim of hell and into the very arms of heaven. Many before me
have made their way across these tumultuous oceans of data, where every
drop of water appears to be any other drop of water and yet where one must
find THE drop. Almost everything I have studied and observed has been
evaluated otherwise somewhere, at some time, in relation to this or that.
What equipment must one have to venture upon these wastes? Where are
the rules-books, the maps, the signposts? All one perceives when he peers
into the darkness of the unknown are the lonely bones of those who,
reaching before, have found their hands empty and their lives destroyed.
Such a thing is a lonely drama; one must cheer one's own triumphs and weep
to himself his despair. The cold brutality of the scientific method fails
far back, almost at the starting point. The airy spirallings and dread
mysteries of India, where I drank deep, lead only into traps. The euphoria
of religion, the ecstasies of worship and debauchery, become as meaningless
as sand when one seeks in them the answer to the riddle of all existence.
Many have roved upon this unmapped track. Some have survived to say a
fraction of what they knew, some have observed one thing and said quite
another, some looked knowing and said naught. One engaged upon such a quest
does not even know the answer to that most important question of all: Will
it be good for man to loose upon him, all in a rush as an avalanche, the
knowingness of eternity?
There are those who would tell you that only a fiend would set you
free, and that freedom leads at best into the darkest hells, and there are
those to inform you that freedom is for you and not for them, but there are
also men of kind heart who know how precious is the cup and drink of wide,
unbounded ways. Who is to say whether man will benefit at all from this
knowledge hardly won? You are the only one who can say.
Observation, application, experience and test will tell you if the
trek has been made and the answer found. For this is the science of knowing
how to know. It is a science which does not include within it cold and
musty data, data to be thrust down the throat without examination and
acceptance. This is the track of knowing how to know. Travel it and see.
Copyright (�) 1953 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
THE FACTORS
(Summation of the considerations and examinations of the human spirit
and the material universe completed between 1923 and 1953 A.D.)
1. Before the beginning was a Cause and the entire purpose of the
Cause was the creation of effect.
2. In the beginning and forever is the decision and the decision is TO
BE.
3. The first action of beingness is to assume a viewpoint.
4. The second action of beingness is to extend from the viewpoint,
points to view, which are dimension points.
5. Thus there is space created, for the definition of space is:
viewpoint of dimension. And the purpose of a dimension point is space and a
point of view.
6. The action of a dimension point is reaching and withdrawing.
7. And from the viewpoint to the dimension points there are connection
and interchange. Thus new dimension points are made. Thus there is
communication.
8. And thus there is light.
9. And thus there is energy.
10. And thus there is life.
11. But there are other viewpoints and these viewpoints outthrust
points to view. And there comes about an interchange amongst viewpoints;
but the interchange is never otherwise than in terms of exchanging
dimension points.
12. The dimension point can be moved by the viewpoint, for the
viewpoint, in addition to creative ability and consideration, possesses
volition and potential independence of action; and the viewpoint, viewing
dimension points, can change in relation to its own or other dimension
points or viewpoints. Thus comes about all the fundamentals there are to
motion.
13. The dimension points are each and every one, whether large or
small, solid. And they are solid solely because the viewpoints say they are
solid.
14. Many dimension points combine into larger gases, fluids or solids.
Thus there is matter. But the most valued point is admiration, and
admiration is so strong its absence alone permits persistence.
15. The dimension point can be different from other dimension points
and thus can possess an individual quality. And many dimension points can
possess a similar quality, and others can possess a similar quality unto
themselves. Thus comes about the quality of classes of matter.
16. The viewpoint can combine dimension points into forms and the
forms can be simple or complex and can be at different distances from the
viewpoints and so there can be combinations of form. And the forms are
capable of motion and the viewpoints are capable of motion and so there can
be motion of forms.
17. And the opinion of the viewpoint regulates the consideration of
the forms, their stillness or their motion, and these considerations
consist of assignment of beauty or ugliness to the forms and these
considerations alone are art.
18. It is the opinions of the viewpoints that some of these forms
should endure. Thus there is survival.
19. And the viewpoint can never perish; but the form can perish.
20. And the many viewpoints, interacting, become dependent upon one
another's forms and do not choose to distinguish completely the ownership
of dimension points and so comes about a dependency upon the dimension
points and upon the other viewpoints.
21. From this comes a consistency of viewpoint of the interaction of
dimension points and this, regulated, is TIME.
22. And there are universes.
23. The universes, then, are three in number: the universe created by
one viewpoint, the universe created by every other viewpoint, the universe
created by the mutual action of viewpoints which is agreed to be upheld-the
physical universe.
24. And the viewpoints are never seen. And the viewpoints consider more and
more that the dimension points are valuable. And the viewpoints try to
become the anchor points and forget that they can create more points and
space and forms. Thus comes about scarcity. And the dimension points can
perish and so the viewpoints assume that they, too, can perish.
25. Thus comes about death.
26. The manifestations of pleasure and pain, of thought, emotion and
effort, of thinking, of sensation, of affinity, reality, communication, of
behavior and being are thus derived and the riddles of our universe are
apparently contained and answered herein.
27. There is beingness, but Man believes there is only becomingness.
28. The resolution of any problem posed hereby is the establishment of
viewpoints and dimension points, the betterment of condition and concourse
amongst dimension points, and, thereby, viewpoints, and the remedy of
abundance or scarcity in all things, pleasant or ugly, by the
rehabilitation of the ability of the viewpoint to assume points of view and
create and uncreate, neglect, start, change and stop dimension points of
any kind at the determinism of the viewpoint. Certainty in all three
universes must be regained, for certainty, not data, is knowledge.
29. In the opinion of the viewpoint, any beingness, any thing, is
better than no thing, any effect is better than no effect, any universe
better than no universe, any particle better than no particle, but the
particle of admiration is best of all.
30. And above these things there might be speculation only. And below
these things there is the playing of the game. But these things which are
written here Man can experience and know. And some may care to teach these
things and some may care to use them to assist those in distress and some
may desire to employ them to make individuals and organizations more able
and so give to Earth a culture of which we can be proud.
Humbly tendered as a gift to Man
by L. Ron Hubbard, April 23,1953
THIS IS SCIENTOLOGY
Scientology is the science of knowledge. It contains many parts. Its
most fundamental division is Scientology itself and Para-Scientology. Under
Scientology we group those things of which we can be certain and only those
things of which we can be certain. Knowledge itself is certainty; knowledge
is not data. Knowingness itself is certainty. Sanity is certainty,
providing only that that certainty does not fall beyond the conviction of
another when he views it. To obtain a certainty one must be able to
observe. But what is the level of certainty we require? And what is the
level of observation we require for a certainty or a knowledge to exist? If
a man can stand before a tree and by sight, touch or other perception know
that he is confronting a tree and be able to perceive its form and be quite
sure he is confronting a tree, we have the level of certainty we require.
If the man will not look at the tree or, although it is observably a tree
to others, if he discovers it to be a blade of grass or a sun, then he is
below the level of certainty required and would not be able to grasp
Scientology. Some other person, helpfully inclined, would have to direct
his perception to the tree until the man perceived without duress that it
was indeed a tree he confronted. That is the only level of certainty we
require in order to qualify knowledge. For knowledge is observation and is
given to those who would look. Things about which there is observational
difficulty, such as mirror mazes, items hidden in smoke, objects guessed at
in the dark, are outside the boundaries of Scientology.
In order to obtain knowledge and certainty, it is necessary to be able
to observe, in fact, three universes in which there could be trees. The
first of these is one's own universe; one should be able to create for his
own observation in its total form for total perception a tree. The second
universe would be the material universe, which is the
universe of matter, energy, space and time, which is the common meeting
ground of all of us. The third universe is actually a class of universes,
which could be called "the other fellow's universe," for he and all the
class of "other fellows" have universes of their own. A complete clarity on
all three universes would be well above any goal attempted even in
Scientology, and it is not necessary that one be as certain as this of
three universes before one can be certain of Scientology, for certainty of
Scientology requires only the same order of certainty one would have to
have to know he was confronting a physical universe tree.
Para-Scientology is that large bin which includes all greater or
lesser uncertainties. Here are the questionable things, the things of which
the common normal observer cannot be sure with a little study. Here are
theories, here are groups of data, even groups commonly accepted as
"known." Some of the classified bodies of data which fall in Para-
Scientology are: Dianetics, incidents on the "whole track," the immortality
of Man, the existence of God, engrams containing pain and unconsciousness
and yet all perception, prenatals, clears, character, and many other things
which, even when closely and minutely observed, still are not certain
things to those who observe them. Such things have relative truth. They
have to some a high degree of reality; they have to others non-existence.
They require a highly specialized system in order to observe them at all.
Working with such uncertainties one can produce broad and sweeping results:
one can make the ill well again, one can right even the day which went most
wrong; but those things which require highly specialized communication
systems remain uncertain to many. Because Dianetics is placed in this
category does not mean it is disowned; it means simply that it is a
specialized thing based on theory which, no matter how workable, requires
specialized observation. It does not mean that Dianetics will cease to
work, but it means that Dianetics is not easily or quickly forwarded into a
complete certainty. Yet Dianetics is more of an exact science than many
which have before borne that name; and Dianetics is an intimate part of
Scientology, for it is through its special communication processes that the
data was won which has become Scientology.
Also under the heading of Para-Scientology one would place such things
as past lives, mysterious influences, astrology, mysticism, religion,
psychology, psychiatry, nuclear physics and any other science based on
theory.
A doctor, for instance, may seem entirely certain of the cause of some
disease, yet it depends upon the doctor's certainty for the layman to
accept that cause of the disease. Here we have a specialized communications
system. We may have an arduously trained observer, a highly mechanistic
observation resting upon a theory which is not, even at this late date,
entirely accepted even in the best circles. That penicillin cures certain
things is a certainty to the doctor even when penicillin suddenly and
inexplicably fails to cure something. Any inexplicable failure introduces
an uncertainty, which thereafter removes the subject from the realm of an
easily obtained certainty.
Hypnotism, no matter how certain the hypnotist may be that he is
effective on some people, is a wild variable and, even in expert practice,
is a definite uncertainty. The use of drugs or shock produces such variable
results that they class far down a gradient scale which would begin with a
fair degree of certainty and which would end with almost no certainty of
any kind.
We have here, then, a parallel between certainty and sanity.
The less certain the individual on any subject, the less sane he could
be said to be upon that subject; the less certain he is of what he views in
the material universe, what he views in his own or the other fellow's
universe, the less sane he could be said to be.
The road to sanity is demonstrably the road to increasing certainty.
Starting at any level, it is only necessary to obtain a fair degree of
certainty on the MEST universe to improve considerably one's beingness.
Above that, one obtains some certainty of his own universe and some
certainty of the other fellow's universe.
Certainty, then, is clarity of observation. Of course above this,
vitally so, is certainty in creation. Here is the artist, here is the
master, here is the very great spirit.
As one advances he discovers that what he first perceived as a certainty
can be considerably improved. Thus we have certainty as a gradient scale.
It is not an absolute, but it is defined as the certainty that one
perceives or the certainty that one creates what one perceives or the
certainty that there is perception. Sanity and perception, certainty and
perception, knowledge and observation, are then all of a kind, and amongst
them we have sanity.
What will Scientology do? It has already been observed by many who are
not that doubtful thing, the ''qualified observer," that people who have
travelled a road toward certainty improve in the many ways people consider
it desirable to improve.
The road into uncertainty is the road toward psychosomatic illness,
doubts, anxieties, fears, worries and vanishing awareness. As awareness is
decreased, so does certainty decrease; and the end of this road is a
nothingness quite opposite from the nothingness which can create. It is a
nothingness which is a total effect.
Simplicity, it would be suspected, would be the keynote of any
process, any communications system, which would deliver into a person's
hands the command of his own beingness. The simplicity consists of the
observation of three universes. The first step is the observation of one's
own universe and what has taken place in that universe in the past. The
second step would be observation of the material universe and direct
consultation with it to discover its forms, depths, emptinesses and
solidities. The third step would be the observation of other people's
universes or their observation of the MEST universe, for there are a
multitude of viewpoints of these three universes.
Where observation of one of these three is suppressed, hidden, denied,
the individual is unable to mount beyond a certain point into certainty.
Here we have a triangle not unlike the affinity, reality, communication
triangle of Dianetics. These three universes are interactive to the degree
that one raises all three by raising one, but one can raise two only so far
before it is restrained by the uncertainty on the third. Thus, any point on
this triangle is capable of suppressing the other two points and any point
of this triangle is capable of raising the other two points.
[pic]
THE TRIANGLE OF CERTAINTY OF AWARENESS
This drawing could be called the scale of awareness. It is also the
scale of action and the cycle of action. The numbers represent entirely
arbitrary levels which yet can be found to mean levels of predictable
attitudes. It would be found that humanity at this time hovers in terms of
awareness at the level of 2.0, slightly above or slightly below; here is
scarcely any awareness at all compared to the awareness which is available.
It is very puzzling to people at higher levels of awareness why people
behave toward them as they do; such higher level people have not realized
that they are not seen, much less understood. People at low levels of
awareness do not observe, but substitute for observation preconceptions,
evaluation and suppositions, and even
physical pain by which to attain their certainties. In the field of Zen
Buddhism there is a practice of administering a sudden blow by which is
obtained a feeling of certainty. Here is a relatively false certainty-the
certainty of impact, although all certainty actually is derived below the
level of 10.0 from prior impact for its conviction. After a brutal accident
or operation under anaesthetic, it can be observed that individuals will
sometimes react with an enormous conviction which yet does not seem to be
based upon any fact. A certainty has been carried home to them in terms of
a physical impact. This, then, is not a self-determined certainty and the
self-determined certainty carries one into high echelons. The mistaken use
of shock by the ancient Greek upon the insane, the use of whips in old
Bedlam, all sought to deliver sufficient certainty to the insane to cause
them to be less insane.
Certainty delivered by blow and punishment is a non-self-determined
certainty. It is productive of stimulus-response behavior. At a given
stimulus a dog who has been beaten, for instance, will react invariably,
providing he has been sufficiently beaten, but if he has been beaten too
much, the stimulus will result only in confused bewilderment. Thus
certainty delivered by blows, by applied force, eventually brings about a
certainty as absolute as one could desire-total unawareness.
Unconsciousness itself is a certainty which is sought by many individuals
who have failed repeatedly to reach any high level of awareness certainty.
These people then desire an unawareness certainty. So it seems that the
thirst for certainty can lead one into oblivion if one seeks it as an
effect.
An uncertainty is the product of two certainties. One of these is a
conviction, whether arrived at by observation (causative) or by a blow
(effected). The other is a negative certainty. One can be sure that
something is and one can be sure that something is not. He can be sure that
there is something, no matter what it is, present, and that there is
nothing present. These two certainties commingling create a condition of
uncertainty known as "maybe." A "maybe" continues to be held in suspense in
an individual's mind simply because he cannot decide whether it is nothing
or something. He grasps and holds the certainties each time he has been
given evidence or has made the decision that it is a somethingness and each
time he has come to suppose that it is a nothingness. Where these two
certainties of something and nothing are concerned with and can vitally
influence one's continuance in a state of beingness or where one merely
supposes they can influence such a state of beingness, a condition of
anxiety arises. Thus anxiety, indecision, uncertainty, a state of "maybe,"
can exist only in the presence of poor observation or the inability to
observe. Such a state can be remedied simply by eradicating from the past
of the individual, first the conviction that the matter is important, next
the conviction that it is totally unimportant, next all the times when he
was certain of the somethingness and then all the times he was certain of
the nothingness. One merely causes the individual to observe in terms of
the three universes.
We face, then, two general types of mind. One is an analytical thing
which depends for its conclusions upon perception or even creation of
things to perceive and bases its judgment on observation in terms of three
universes. This we call the "analytical mind." We could also call it the
spirit. We could also call it the "awareness of awareness unit." We could
call it the conscious individual himself in the best of his beingness. We
could call it the mathematical term thetan. Whatever its name we could have
precisely the same thing, a viewpoint capable of creation and observation
of things created which concludes and directs action in terms of the
existing state of three universes, as they are observed directly.
The other type of mind resembles nothing if not an electronic brain.
It receives its data in terms of conviction, delivered by force. It is
directed by and reacts to hidden influences rather than observed influences
and is, to a large extent, the reverse image and has reverse intentions to
the analytical mind. This we call the reactive mind. It is an actual entity
and it operates in terms of experience and theory. It sets up thinking
machinery around uncertainties and the course of its thinking is downward.
It seeks to direct and dictate out of pain and the effort to avoid pain.
The primary difference between these two "minds" is that one, the
analytical mind, is without finite duration, and the other, the reactive
mind, is susceptible to death.
These two minds are a certainty since they can be observed by anyone, even
in himself. He knows he is aware of things around him, and he knows that he
has definite desires which are perfectly reasonable and he knows, if he is
a homo sapiens or animal, that internal commands and compulsions, even
those which tell him to eat and tell his heart to beat, are not directly
within his control.
All thinking can then be divided for our purposes into thinking based
upon direct observation and conclusions from observation, and thinking
which has to know before it can be or observe. Analytical thought can be
called analytical thought because it directly observes and analyzes what it
observes in terms of observations which are immediately present. The
reactive mind concludes and acts entirely on experience and with only a
fragmentary regard to things present which could be observed. The reactive
mind begins and continues with uncertainties; and, where the course of the
analytical mind is progressively upward, the course of the reactive mind is
progressively downward.
The reactive mind comes into being as a servant of the analytical
mind, and is set up by the analytical mind to work upon and store data
about the basic uncertainty that there might be something and there might
be nothing. The reactive mind then continues in growth and from the
servant, if the analytical mind does not observe it, tends to become the
master.
The goals of the two minds are not separate goals. The reactive mind
is a makeshift effort on the part of the viewpoint to perceive things which
it believes to be unperceivable except by comparison of uncertainties. Both
minds are seeking to persist and endure through time, which is to say,
survive. The analytical mind can, unless it becomes too uncertain and by
that uncertainty has set up too many reactive mechanisms, persist
indefinitely. The reactive mind pursues the cycle of life span.
The analytical mind seeks by creation to cause an effect; the reactive
mind seeks by duplication, borrowing, and experience to cause an effect.
Both minds, then, are seeking to cause an effect, and this is their entire
motivation for action.
Each of the three universes seeks to persist indefinitely. Each is
continuously caused, and each is continually receiving an effect. Each has
its own adjudication of what it should receive as an effect and what it
should cause.
Time itself consists of a continuous interaction of the universes.
Each may have its own space; each has its own particular energy.
The urge of any of these three universes towards survival is
subdivisible for each of the three universes into eight dynamics. There
are, then, four groups of eight dynamics each: the eight dynamics of one's
own universe, the eight dynamics of the physical universe, the eight
dynamics of the other's universe, as well as the eight dynamics of the
triangle itself.
These dynamics could be subdivided as follows: the first dynamic would
be that one most intimate to the universe which could be said to be the
dynamic urging the survival of self. The second dynamic would be that one
of the persistence of admiration in many forms in one's own and the other's
universe. This admiration could take the form of sex, eating, or purely the
sensation of creation such as sex and children. In the physical universe it
would be that light emanation similar to sunlight. The third dynamic could
be said to be that dynamic embracing persistence of groups of objects or
entities. The fourth dynamic would concern itself with an entire species.
The fifth dynamic would concern itself with other living species and would
embrace all other living species. The sixth dynamic would embrace, in terms
of survival, the space, energy, matter and forms of the universe as
themselves. The seventh dynamic would be the urge to survive of the spirits
or spiritual aspects of each universe. The eighth dynamic would be the
overall creativeness or destructiveness as a continuing impulse.
Each impulse is concerned wholly with systems of communication.
Communication requires a viewpoint and a destination in its most elementary
form, and as this grows more complex and as it grows more "important,"
communication grows more rigid and fixed as to its codes and lines. The
reason for communication is to effect effects and observe effects.
Each of the three universes has its own triangle of affinity, reality and
communication. These three things are interdependent one upon another and
one cannot exist independent of the other two. Affinity is the
characteristic of the energy as to its vibration, condensation,
rarefaction, and, in the physical universe, its degree of cohesion or
dispersion. Reality depends upon coincidence or non-coincidence of flow and
is marked mainly by the direction of flow. It is essentially agreement.
Communication is the volume of flow or lack of flow. Of these three,
communication is by far the most important. Affinity and reality exist to
further communication. Under affinity we have, for instance, all the varied
emotions which go from apathy at 0.1 through grief, fear, anger,
antagonism, boredom, enthusiasm, exhilaration and serenity in that order.
It is affinity and this rising scale of the characteristics of emotion
which give us the tone scale. The tone scale can be a certainty to anyone
who has seen other beings react emotionally, who has himself felt emotion,
and who has seen the varied moods of the physical universe itself. The
periodic chart of chemistry is itself a sort of tone scale.
There is a downward spiral on the tone scale and an' upward spiral.
These spirals are marked by decreasing or increasing awareness. To go up
scale one must increase his power to observe with certainty; to go down
scale one must decrease his power to observe. There are two certainties
here. One is a complete certainty of total awareness which would be at 40.0
on the tone scale, and the other is a certainty of total unawareness which
would be 0.0 on the tone scale or nearly so. Neither end, however, is
itself an absolute for the analytical mind, and the analytical mind can go
below 0.0 of the reactive mind. However, these two classes of certainty are
very wide in their satisfaction of the qualifications of a certainty.
Because the two extremes of the scale are both zeroes in terms of space, it
is possible to confuse one for the other and so make it appear that total
awareness would be total unawareness. Experience and observation can
disabuse one of this idea. The scale is not circular.
The characteristics and potentiality of the top of the scale or near
the top of the scale are unbounded creation, outflow, certainty, going-
awayness, explosion, holding apart, spreading apart, letting go, reaching,
goals of a causative nature, widening space, freedom from time,
separateness, differentiation, givingness of sensation, vaporizingness,
glowingness, lightness, whiteness, desolidifyingness, total awareness,
total understanding, total ARC.
The bottom of the scale and the vicinity around it includes death,
inflow, certainty, coming-backness, implosion, letting-come-together,
pulling together, holding together, withdrawing, effect goals (ambition to
be an effect rather than a cause), contracting space, no time or infinite
time in a moment, connectingness, identification, identity, receivingness
of sensation, condensation, blackness, solidification, noawareness, no
understanding, no ARC.
These various characteristics or intentions are observable for any
dynamic and any universe.
Between these two extremes is the mean of action where complete
freedom to do any of these things of the top or bottom of the scale is
exercised. Therefore, somewhere between 3.5 on the tone scale and 36.5
there is action.
The above conditions of top and bottom of the scale, of course, reach
away from the extremes and toward each other.
As awareness becomes more fixed, intentions become less flexible in
action. Communications systems become more rigid, more complex and less
susceptible of alteration. One alters these communications systems,
however, by raising or lowering certainty on the three universes.
The principal difference between the analytical mind in a state of
awareness itself, and the reactive mind, is that the analytical mind,
highly aware, knows that it is not the thing but is the viewpoint of
things. Of this it can be very certain as it increases in awareness.
The reactive mind conceives itself to be the thing.
The analytical mind is in a state of becoming without reaching the
point of being. The reactive mind conceives itself to be in a state of
being and so resists becoming.
Perception is accomplished by the analytical mind in a high state of
awareness by its own outflow and inflow or by its receipt of inflows which
it can outflow. The reactive mind perceives by inflow only, and makes
complete recordings of the inflow.
The analytical mind is capable of developing its own energy. It is the
energy of the analytical mind which empowers the reactive mind, but the
reactive mind can be empowered as well by the energy of other minds and by
the life energy contained in any living thing. Thus the reactive mind can
become the servant of all things, it can believe it is anything, it can
believe it is owned or has the identity of anyone, regardless of whom it
was created to serve. The analytical mind serves itself in a continuing
knowledge of serving itself, but it serves as well and knows it serves the
other two universes.
The analytical mind extends from it points or observes points extended
from it and thus conceives space. Space is only the viewpoint of dimension.
The dimension depends upon those points which give it boundary. Within
these dimensions called space, the analytical mind can create energy and
form and thus, by change of form, beget time.
Whether created by or within any one of the three universes, flow of
energy is accomplished by setting up a terminal and flowing toward it from
a viewpoint a stream of energy or by setting up two terminals and causing a
flow between them. Each universe could be said to be a two-terminal
universe, but flows can be set up on a basis of more than two terminals.
The basic unit of any universe in terms of energy is two. This, however,
does not restrict or qualify the number of viewpoints which any universe
can have. A physical universe, however, is observably a two-terminal
universe and a two-point universe, and it is also observable that the other
two universes set up almost invariably two terminals or more and utilize
two viewpoints each.
Very low on the scale in terms of awareness, the analytical mind
conceives itself to be the reactive mind and so does not act or perform to
put out dimension points so as to get space, and does not generate for its
own accountability energy. It does, however, always generate energy whether
it admits it is doing so or not.
The concern of two viewpoints is attention. Each viewpoint is apt to
be curious about or desire the attention of another viewpoint. The most
valuable part of an attention interchange is admiration. Admiration is a
special particle. It is a universal solvent. It is the very substance of a
communication line, and it is that thing which is considered desirable in
the game of the three universes. Admiration goes into the interplay of the
universes in the form of made-up objects or even in the form of bodies.
These made-up objects could be called "creative pictures." These, as they
become more complex in form, take on the aspect of a life of their own and
become animated beings.
Two viewpoints setting up terminals to be viewed by the other
viewpoint demand attention one from the other and will invent all manner of
"reasons" to command the continuing attention of the other viewpoint. One
of the primary methods of operation is to make one's object or action of
object so strange that the other viewpoint cannot look away. Another is to
make the object or action of object so artistic or colorful or interesting
that the other viewpoint cannot look away. Another method is the command by
force for attention. Another method is to inhibit the attention so as to
invite it solely to one's objects. One can plot this as a cycle of demand
for attention with curiosity below 40.0, desire below that, enforcement
down to as low as 1.5 on the scale, and inhibition at 1.1 on down. The
lowest methods of this scale are quite observable amongst men, and the
primary operation, very low on the scale, is inhibition of attention
elsewhere. By cutting the communication lines of another viewpoint, an
effect is created on the other viewpoint by which that viewpoint fixes with
whatever emotion (since any attention is better than no attention) upon the
products or objects of that one who cut the communication line. There are
many methods of cutting communication lines. A common one could be
summarized as "It's too horrible over that way for you to look." Viewpoints
are thus given the understanding that they are surrounded by horrible
things which they have never perceived and which, indeed, have never
existed but which are said to be there so that they will be forced to give
attention.
Hidden influences are the commonest methods of enforcing attention. Of
course, any analytical mind is itself a hidden influence since it cannot as
itself be perceived. Only its energy and objects can be perceived. Thus
comes about the worship of the hidden influence, the fear of the hidden
influence, the neurosis about hidden influences.
The goal of seeking attention is to receive the particle admiration.
One creates effects simply in order to create effects, but he is given the
bonus of admiration when he creates sufficient effect or, what is most
important, when he demands, commands and is able to effect admiration by
duress.
It might be said that there was no eating until one was so furious
about not being admired that one slew as a punishment. The tiger, walking
through the woods with his beautiful stripes, it could be humorously
offered, would never have eaten a thing and would not be eating today if
some monkey had not chattered insults at him instead of admiring him. The
tiger compelled the admiration of the monkey by pinning him down and eating
him up. It can be observed that the eating of living flesh or live cells
delivers a kind of admiration to the taste, and it can be observed that
under torture, duress of all kinds, the tortured one will suddenly, if
degradedly, admire his torturer.
Energy pictures which we call "mock-ups" are created things which
themselves contain admiration. It could be said that these are prior to
bodies.
The acquisition of admiration by pain, by eating, or by devouring
something that belongs to somebody else was later succeeded by a better
communications system which would prevent eating on such a rigorous scale.
This thing was sex, which is an interchange of condensed admiration
particles which forwards new bodies into being. So far as the body of homo
sapiens is concerned, its desire not to be eaten has been answered
evidently by sex, and sex performs the function of continued survival of
form. Thus, so long as one has the symbol of sex to offer, one feels
relatively secure and when he does not have that symbol to offer, one feels
insecure.
But of this evolution of admiration and of evolution itself, we have
no high degree of certainty as we first begin to observe, and it is offered
here as an explanation of why it is a thing we do not particularly need and
a thing of which we will or will not gain a future certainty as we go up
the scale of awareness. Many things are non-existent low on the scale. Many
things are uncertain on the scale at low levels, which become high level
certainties up on the scale; but this certainty only depends on the
positiveness of observation or the positiveness of observation which says
the thing does not exist. It is not the purpose of Scientology to present
an uncertainty and then demand that it be accepted, for here is the
gradient scale of a process by which one can become more certain. If there
be immortality or even the lack of necessity on the part of the analytical
mind to be a specific object, then one will find it out in due course as he
is processed. If they do not exist, again one will find it out. This would
be a matter of progressive observation. Where a thing exists in the form of
an uncertainty it has a tendency to plague the reactive mind, for the
reactive mind itself deals only with uncertainties and its convictions are
based entirely on blows and pain.
A very basic uncertainty comes about on the subject of applause. High
on the scale one performs for an effect and knows that it is an effect,
whether or not there is any attention or admiration, which is to say
applause. A little lower on the scale, one desires a nod or the actual
substance of admiration. If it does not come, he is not concerned. But even
lower on the scale the individual actively invites and requests applause.
Lower than that, he becomes angry in the absence of applause. Lower than
that, he exhibits fear, grief, and apathy in the lack of applause. Apathy
is the realization that there will never be any applause for any effect.
That which is not admired tends to persist, for the reactive mind does
not destroy. One can become fixed upon producing a certain effect simply by
insisting that it be admired. The longer it is not admired, the longer one
is likely to persist in demanding that it be admired, which is to say
exhibiting it, until at length it breaks down scale to a lower level and he
realizes it will not be admired, at which time he becomes the effect of it.
Here one has become the effect of one's own cause. Here is the
psychosomatic illness which began as a pretended infirmity in order to
create an
effect. Perhaps it was once applauded but not sufficiently, and after a
while was not applauded at all, and one was forced to applaud it himself
and believe it himself and so it came into existence and was for him a
certainty. This, too, is the course of responsibility which degenerates
into irresponsibility. At the top of the scale one knows that he is causing
the effect. Lower on the scale he says he is not causing the effect (even
though he is causing the effect, only he knows he causes it). Even lower on
the scale he does not take the middle step; he causes an effect and
instantly believes that something else caused the effect rather than
himself and that he is the effect of the effect.
One can see cause and effect working in terms of viewpoints. If one
has not been applauded for many things, one will begin to take the position
of the audience. One does the trick, creates the thing, and then goes out
front, sits down over the whole theatre and applauds it, for one can be a
knowing viewpoint from many places. This is often the case with a writer
who is seldom confronted by his readers. Indeed, most editors are so low
toned that they cut off all the admiring letters of a writer and leave him
to wonder. As other things influence the writer, he goes down scale to a
point where he believes the things he writes are not admired, and so he has
to go out and sit in the audience. This is the first step to becoming the
effect of his own cause. After a while he thinks he is the audience. When
he does this, he is no longer the writer. Thus with the painter, thus with
anyone.
The little child is quite bent on causing effects and getting things
admired. He is continually being evaluated in terms of what is to be
admired.
Evaluation is the reactive mind's conception of viewpoint. The
reactive mind does not perceive, it evaluates. To the analytical mind it
may sometimes appear that the reactive mind has a viewpoint. The reactive
mind does not have a viewpoint, it has an evaluation of viewpoint. Thus the
viewpoint of the analytical mind is an actual point from which one
perceives. Perception is done by sight, sound, smell, tactile, etc. The
reactive mind's "viewpoint" is an opinion based on another opinion and upon
a very small amount of observation, and that observation would be formed
out of uncertainties. Thus the confusion of the word "viewpoint" itself. It
can be a point from which one can be aware, which is its analytical
definition, and it can be somebody's ideas on a certain subject, which is
the reactive definition.
Because the analytical mind and reactive mind in men can become
confused one with the other, one is most prone to assume the actual
perception point of that person who has most evaluated for him. Father and
mother, for instance, have evaluated about art, habits, goodness, behavior,
badness, how one should dress, what manners are, to such a degree that the
child has no choice, it seems to him, but to assume their "points to look
from," and so we will find the child observing things as his father or
mother would observe them and even wearing his father's glasses or his
mother's glasses as he grows older. He has confused evaluation with actual
perception. Where he has been told that he is bad looking, ugly,
ridiculous, unmannerly, crude and so forth by somebody else continually,
his reactive mind (which, like a prostitute, cares nothing for its master
and serves anyone) eventually causes him to lose his viewpoint of himself
and he sees himself not by observation but by evaluation as something
undesirable. Of course, he would rather be something than nothing. He has,
indeed, a horror of being nothing. So it is better to be something ugly
about which he is guessing than to be nothing at all, and so he persists
and continues as he is. Furthermore, because he has been talked to so much
about talking, about looking, about perceiving in general, he has gotten
the idea that his communications system is unalterable. His whole business
of living actually is a communications system with the motivation of
causing effects. Thus the lower he is on the tone scale the more he
persists without change except downward.
The characteristic actions of the energy produced by the analytical
mind are summarized above in terms of the top and bottom of the scale.
However, the most important of these seem to be reaching and withdrawing.
In the MEST universe, we have start, stop, and change as the
characteristics of motion. The analytical mind, however, with its dimension
points, is more concerned with reaching and withdrawing. This
is the way it perceives. It can control by creating or using energy such as
that in the physical universe, and it uses this energy to start, stop, and
change other energy. But in itself, its handling-of-dimension-points
direction consists of reaching and withdrawing. Compulsive reaching,
compulsive withdrawing, bring about many odd and interesting
manifestations.
The sensation of pain is actually a sensation of loss. It is a loss of
beingness, a loss of position and awareness. Therefore, when one loses
anything, he has a tendency to perceive less, for there is less to
perceive. Something has withdrawn from him without his consent. This would
be the definition of loss. This brings about eventually a condition of
darkness. This could also be called an ARC break. If he has lost something,
the guilty party is probably in the other two universes. It is either the
physical universe or another's universe which has caused the loss. Thus he
has less communication since he is unwilling to communicate, which is to
say, put out things in the direction of something which is going to take
them and carry them away without his further consent. This brings about a
reduction of the desire to be aware which is the reduction of affinity,
reduction of agreement (reality) and the reduction of communication in
general. In a moment of severe disappointment in one's fellow man, the
universe around him actually grows dark. Simply as an experiment, one can
say to himself that he has the only viewpoint there is, that all other
viewpoints are simply mocked up by him; he will get an almost immediate
diminution of lightness around him. This is the same mechanism as the
mechanism of loss. The result of too much loss is darkness.
Another mechanism of the darkness and unawareness settling over a
person is brought about by the loss of a viewpoint which has greatly
evaluated for one. One has had a mother or a father who overevaluated about
everything, and then this parent or guardian or ally in life, such as a
teacher, died or inexplicably disappeared. One was depending for actual
looking, seeing, hearing, upon the continued existence of this individual.
Suddenly that individual goes and all becomes dark. After that one is not
able to perceive one's own universe, for one was most of the time actually
perceiving the lost person's universe, and now that universe is no longer
there, which gives one the idea that he has no universe to perceive. This
even dims his perception of the physical universe, of course, because of
the interdependence of the triangle of the three universes.
When one has had an insufficient amount of admiration from sexual
partners, the physical body, which depends mainly upon sex for its
sensation and continuance to almost as great a degree as upon eating, will
actually begin to change viewpoint to the other sex. Thus we find some
older men becoming as women, some older women becoming as men. Thus we get
the failure of the androgen and estrogen balances and the resultant decay
of the body. Here in the matter of sex, one finds reaching and withdrawing
rising to considerable magnitude. The reactive mind operating the body
conceives itself to be withdrawing and does not know from what it is
withdrawing, for it perceives itself to be under the compulsion of reaching
and does not know for what it is reaching. In terms of processing, it is
withdrawing from or reaching toward sexual partners. When it withdraws a
great deal, or when it has been withdrawn from a great deal, the reactive
mind conceives the body to be covered with blackness. This resolves in
terms of sex and eating. It should be fully understood, however, that this
is the resolution of the problem of the body and this resolution is
employed only when the analytical mind cannot be brought itself into an
immediate height of awareness, using SOP 8. When one addresses the body
itself, and only the body, one addresses the subject of sex and the subject
of eating in terms of reaching and withdrawing. The particular processes
used on this are called Matched Terminalling or Double Terminalling. This
is done in the following fashion. Even when the individual cannot create
forms of his own, he can at least create two ideas in front of him. He can
put a form with an idea or an idea itself facing another idea out in front
of him, both of them exactly alike, "withdrawing from sex" "reaching toward
sex." He will very often find other terminals he did not create suddenly
appearing. When he has run withdrawing, those things he puts up will be
black and the object from which it is withdrawing will
be white. He should get the idea that the whitish object is reaching and
the blackish object is withdrawing. He should then run this identical
terminal as though it is being put up by somebody else not himself, again
with withdrawing for blackness, reaching for greyness. And then he should
run it as though somebody is putting it up for somebody else other than
himself. These three causations of putting up this identical idea facing
itself are himself, another for him, and others for others. This is called
Matched Terminalling. Double Terminalling simply puts up two pairs of
matched terminals. The pairs may each be of two different things but each
pair contains one thing the same as the other pair; in other words, husband
and wife is one pair and husband and wife is the other pair. These,
parallel, give one the two-terminal effect necessary for a discharge. One
will find that these terminals discharge one against the other. However,
this is a physical body technique and it is limited in use. If one becomes
very ill in doing it, he should turn to what is called later on an
unlimited technique; or he should do the next to the last list in the book
Self Analysis in Scientology and do it over and over, or he should simply
go straight through Short Eight. It has many remedies. This Matched
Terminalling for oneself, others for oneself, and others for others on the
subject of reaching and withdrawing on sex, can of course be considerably
expanded as a technique. It can have in it compulsion to reach, compulsion
to withdraw, compulsion to reach while somebody else is withdrawing,
compulsion not to reach, and it can be addressed in terms of all those
complexes and things which Sigmund Freud observed empirically while
investigating in his practice.*
Sigmund Freud observed, even as you may have observed, that a person's
concern and trouble with his body commonly began at the age of puberty, and
that a cure of his ups and downs did sudden changes at those points where
he was defeated sexually, where his sexual impotence ceased and where it
increased. Dr. Freud unfortunately developed no fast or deeply workable
techniques to resolve problems posed by these observations, mainly because
the selection of sex as the prime motivator was not the selection of the
basic mechanics of beingness. However, the brilliance of Freud's theories
and his extrapolations from a limited amount of data, and his courage in
standing before a whole world and declaring that an unpopular subject was
the root of all evil, has no parallel in history. The complexes he
mentioned, each and every one, are discoverable in the mind by direct
observation or electropsychometry and are resolvable in the body by the
technique of "Matched Terminals in Brackets" which is the proper name for
the above.
Where the level of the case is Step IV or Step V or below in SOP 8, it
is necessary to free the analytical mind of the grip of the body. The
analytical mind cannot withdraw. The body is most swiftly reduced to
compliance by running the second dynamic. This is very far from the end-all
of processing, but it is the fastest method I have developed for remedying
occlusion or accomplishing exteriorization in low step cases. In sex and
eating, the body desires to be an effect most strongly and in these things
one does find the strongest desire on the part of the body in terms of
immediate accessibility. The analytical mind, on the other hand, can create
its own sensation, but it has become dependent upon the body. Even so, it
is that part of the beingness which desires to give sensation rather than
receive it. Thus one has the conflict of desire to give sensation crossed
with the desire to receive sensation on the part of the reactive mind. The
body's desire to receive sensation is so strong that an extremely powerful
and persistent uncertainty ("maybe") develops, and the primary conflict of
the analytical mind and the body's reactive mind comes about. I cannot help
but give forth my own admiration to a man who, working without prior art,
without electropsychometry, without nuclear physics, without any broad
observation of primitive tribes or ethnology in general, separated from his
conclusion by every convention of his age, yet hit upon and set forth with
the weight of logic alone, the center of disturbance in the human body. He
did not live to see his theory completely validated. He was deserted
* L. Ron Hubbard studied Freudian psychoanalysis under the tutelage of
Commander Thompson (MC) USN, who was one of Freud's star pupils. Commander
Thompson studied under Freud himself in Vienna to introduce to the United
States Navy the theory and practice of psychoanalysis, and was sent to
Vienna for that purpose.
by his students, who began to write fantastic theories, completely
unworkable and far from the point, which yet were better accepted. In
discouragement, at the end of his career, he wrote a paper called
"Psychoanalysis, Terminable and Interminable." Freud, with no method of
direct observation, spoke of prenatals, birth trauma, and verbally, if not
in writing, of past existences and of the continuing immortality of the
individual. No praise can be great enough to give such a man, and the
credit I give him for my own inspiration and work is entirely without
reservation or bounds. My only regret is that I do not know where he is
today to show him his 1894 libido theory completely vindicated and a
Freudian psychoanalysis delivered beyond his expectations in five hours of
auditing.
The analytical mind can be processed directly, and it improves simply
by changing its mind about things. But so long as it believes itself to be
closely dependent upon the reactive mind and the body, it cannot change its
opinions. These opinions, however, are not simple shifts of mind. They are
changes of experience. The analytical mind must discover that it can
perceive, that it can perceive accurately in three universes, that it does
not need to be dependent upon the body and that it can handle any reactive
mind. This is done by increasing its powers of perception, increasing the
number of viewpoints it can assume, and increasing its ability to locate
spaces, actions and objects in time and space, and by increasing its
ability above that to create space, energy and objects. This is done by
drills and by the procedures of the first three steps of SOP 8.
It should not for one moment be thought that one is trying to perform
by the gradient scale of increasing certainties in Scientology all the
tricks and exhibitions of which the ancients speak. We are not even vaguely
interested in moving physical universe objects, throwing lightning about,
or in creating solids which can be seen by others. We are only interested
in the rehabilitation of the analytical mind to a point where it can handle
any reactive mind, whatever its proximity to that reactive mind. We are not
interested, in other words, in the objective reality from another viewpoint
of the capabilities of the analytical mind in performing various types of
tricks. Whether it can do these things or not do these things falls into
the realm of Para-Scientology, for it is completely beyond the ability to
be certain where the analytical mind is not processed well up and where the
observer is very low on the tone scale. We are not trying to achieve the
certainty of mysticism, necromancy, or, to be blunt, the Indian rope-trick.
We are trying to make sane, well beings.
The analytical mind, when it is in close proximity to the body, is
unwittingly continually restimulating a reactive mind which, some say,
evolved through very difficult and savage stages. Just as Freud said, the
suppression in the mind is the suppression of things so bestial, so savage
that the preclear undergoing professional processing is extremely shocked.
Almost anything, and almost any impulse, including a thirst for pain and a
desire to create any kind of effect, no matter how bad, will manifest
itself while processing the reactive mind. Cannibalism, purely for
sensation, so as to get the last remnants of admiration of the tortured and
dying being, becomes a subjective certainty to the preclear who undergoes
processing and has to have his reactive mind addressed before he can be
himself, which is, of course, his analytical mind. The more suppression
this reactive mind gets, the more it restimulates its beastliness. The
analytical mind is basically good. It has suffered from this proximity to
the reactive mind. It is no wonder that Plato wrote as he did in an essay
about the conduct and behavior of man. It is no wonder that states are
completely convinced that man is a beast and must be held in check at
pistol point. The wonder is that, in a civilized world, so few crimes are
committed. Our desire is to reach the basic goodness of the individual and
bring him into a level of activity where he does not have to do terrible
and gruesome things in order to produce an effect. There are various levels
as one goes up scale where these manifestations seem to be the all and
everything of existence. One becomes completely downhearted at the thought
that one goes upscale simply to get to a point where he can kill and maim
and hurt with impunity. One's feelings of honor, ethics, all his finer
beingness, is revolted at the idea that this is, in actuality, life. He
should say instead that this is life in a stupid conflict of uncertainties.
The goal is not
to get above such things and ignore them. The goal is to achieve the basic
decency which is inherent in all of us.
Although I have given you here "Matched Terminal Brackets" on the
subject of reach and withdraw, with particular attention to sex, you must
understand that this is a professional auditor's technique. The first three
steps of SOP 8, when they can be done, can be done by alert, interested
people. From Step IV down, a professional auditor is not simply desirable,
he is completely necessary. This technique which I have given you here
turns on, when one runs its compulsive aspects, particularly when one runs
must reach and can't reach, the emotion which we see in sanitariums which
is called insanity. And although the turn-on is brief and temporary and
would wear away in about three days, an inexperienced auditor could become
quite frightened. Simply by carrying on with the technique or by getting
back to unlimited techniques or by taking Self Analysis with its next to
last list, these things could be remedied; but these techniques walk on the
rim of hell where they are addressed to cases below the level of IV. If the
test subject or the preclear cannot make space, which is to say Step III of
SOP 8, let a professional auditor have him. The professional auditor, by
using "Matched Terminal Brackets" of reach and withdraw with attention to
sex, will be able to exteriorize this analytical mind and turn on its
perceptions. This is skilled work, however, and is a little too shockingly
intimate to the seamier side of life for tender hands and tender minds.
Even the operation of wasting which is contained in expanded GITA is
capable of turning on a vast amount of illness and somatic on the part of
the preclear. Expanded GITA is a limited technique, which is to say it can
be audited perhaps only for ten minutes, and at the most for 50 or 60
hours, without finding the preclear on the downgrade. One has to turn to an
unlimited technique such as contained in Short Eight if the preclear
becomes too ill trying to waste things.
Just because an unlimited technique is labelled unlimited, is no
reason why it is a faint technique. These unlimited techniques are
extremely powerful. They're very simple, but again, when one of them
becomes too strong for the preclear, it is necessary to turn to something
simpler and easier.
Simply getting the idea in two places, the idea, so to speak, facing
the idea "There is nothing," will turn on a sick sensation in many
preclears. This fear of being nothing is very great. He will be anything
rather than nothing.
A safe technique is that technique which always-I repeat, always-deals
in things of which the preclear is certain. When one deals with
uncertainties, one is dealing with circuits. One can use double
terminalling, which is to say, two pairs of matched terminals, of the
preclear being certain of things. One never runs things or puts the
preclear up against things of which one is uncertain or of which the
preclear is uncertain, if one wishes the preclear to come on up the tone
scale. As an example of this, on any object, thing or idea, on any
psychosomatic ill or any numb portion of the body, one has only to run
"There is something there, there is nothing there." Have it saying, "There
is something here, there is nothing here." One can do a complete bracket on
this, having the numb or painful or injured area saying, "There is
something here, there is nothing here," having it then say, "There is
something there, there is nothing there," having the preclear say about the
area, "There is something there, there is nothing there," and then the
preclear about himself, "There is something here, there is nothing here."
This makes a complete bracket. This turns on and off interesting somatics.
A professional auditor could get the somatic or numb area to get the
feeling it is reaching while the preclear is withdrawing, the preclear
reaching while it is withdrawing, and bring about a change in any somatic.
As one is dealing with communications systems, one must realize that
communication depends upon certainty of despatch and receipt, and certainty
of what it is that is being despatched and received. Thus one does not deal
in uncertainties. There is something, there is nothing, are, of course,
observable certainties because one is topscale, the other is bottom-scale.
One does not say what the something is and, of course, nothingness needs no
qualifications.
In the case of the person who has been and is trying to become again,
one should run out by concepts the former successes, the triumphs of that
person and the times
when he was absolutely certain he had failed. One does this with double
terminals or "Matched Terminal Brackets." This is a professional technique.
It was mentioned to me by Meredith Starr, one of the great mystics
from Cyprus, that Jung had once had a great experience and had sought ever
since to recover it. He gave this as another man's opinion of Jung. This
gives you some clue as to what happens to someone who has a great triumph.
He ever afterwards is not seeking to duplicate the triumph, he is seeking
the triumph itself. This puts him back on the time track. This is
particularly applicable to old people. One hangs, then, on to certainties.
The certainties are important. The uncertainties are important only in
their production of psychosis.
It is possible to take a sick animal and rehabilitate his idea that he
is dangerous by dodging every time he strikes out, no matter how faintly,
at one. It is possible to rehabilitate an individual who is very low on the
tone scale merely by coaxing him to reach out and touch the material
universe and, touching it, to be certain that it is there, and having
touched it, to withdraw the touch and to be certain that he could withdraw.
Certainty is a wonderful thing. The road toward realizing what
certainty is has led these investigations through many uncertainties. One
had to find out what was, before one could find out what could be. That
work is done. It is possible to take large groups and, using Short Eight,
to bring them, each and every one, into higher levels of certainty. And
bringing them into higher levels of certainty brings them into higher
levels of communication, communication not only with their own bodies but
with others and with the material universe. And as one raises that level of
awareness, one raises also the ability to be, to do, to live.
Today this world suffers from an increasing incidence of neurosis
brought about by a dependency upon mechanical things which do not think,
which do not feel, but which can give pain to those that live. It suffers
with an overdose of agreement that there is only one universe. So long as
it believes that there is only one universe, that there is only one
universe to study, to be studied, only one universe to agree with, it will
continue to seek the lowest end of the scale, which is to say, that point
where all universes become one universe. Where the triangle vanishes to a
single point it vanishes completely, and where one studies but one corner
of the triangle and ignores the other two comers of the triangle, and
agrees only with one corner of the triangle such as the physical universe,
one will tend toward that point where that corner of the triangle is
coincident with the other two corners, and this is death.
The curse of this world is not actually its atom bomb, though that is
bad enough. The curse of this world is the irresponsibility of those who,
seeking to study but one universe, the physical universe, try to depress
all beings down to the low order of mechanically motivated, undreaming,
unaesthetic things. Science as a word has been disgraced, for the word
science means truth and truth means light. A continual fixation and
dependence upon only one universe while ignoring the other two universes
leads to darkness, to despair, to nothingness. There is nothing wrong with
the physical universe; one should not cease to observe the physical
universe, but one certainly should not concentrate upon it so that he can
agree with it and its laws only. He has laws of his own. It is better, far
better, for the individual to concentrate upon his own universe than to
concentrate upon the MEST universe, but this in itself is not the final
answer. A balance is achieved in the three universes and certainty upon
those universes.
All control is effected by introducing uncertainties and hidden
influences. "Look how bad it is over there, so you'll have to look back at
me." Thus slavery is effected solely by getting people to fix on one thing.
That one thing in this case is the physical universe. Science, so called,
today produces machines to blow your nose, produces machines to think for
you, produces every possible argument as to why you should consider your
body frail and unexpendable. Science, under the domination of capital,
creates scarcity. It creates a scarcity of universes in fixing one upon one
universe only. Those things which are scarce are those things which the
individual has lost his faith in creating, in having. An individual who
cannot create has to hold on to what he has. This leads him into holding on
to what he has had. Where he has had a certainty in the past that something
existed, he begins to grip it closer and closer to him; his space
lessens, his beingness lessens, he becomes less active. The reactive mind
that cannot create children, has lost its hope of creation. It then can
influence the analytical mind into believing that it can no longer create.
The analytical mind creating artistically in the MEST universe and not in
its own universe at all, and not in other people's universes that it can
recognize, goes down scale until it meets on its own level the reactive
mind. And here at this level we find the enslaver, the person who makes
things scarce, the fellow who uses his ethics, so called, to enforce his
crude judgments and to make things out of beings that could be men.
Here, where the reactive mind and the analytical mind have come into a
parity, we have the only effect that can be produced-the effect of pain.
Where we have an active desire for pain masking in a thousand guises, where
every good impulse high on the scale is turned into a mockery, here we have
crime, here we have war. These things are not awareness. These things
merely act on a stimulus-response mechanism. Up scale is the high, bright
breadth of being, breadth of understanding, breadth of awareness. To get
there all one must do is to become aware of the existence of the three
universes by direct observation.
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE 8
STEP I-Ask preclear to be three feet behind his head. If stable there, have
him be in various pleasant places until any feeling of scarcity of
viewpoints is resolved. Then have him be in several undesirable places,
then several pleasant places; then have him be in a slightly dangerous
place, then in more and more dangerous places until he can sit in the
center of the Sun. Be sure to observe a gradient scale of ugliness and
dangerousness of places. Do not let the preclear fail. Then do remaining
steps with preclear exteriorized.
STEP II-Have preclear mock up own body. If he does this easily and clearly,
have him mock up own body until he slips out of it. When he is exteriorized
and knows it thoroughly (the condition of all exteriorization) do STEP I.
If his mock-up was not clear, go to STEP III immediately.
STEP III-SPACATION. Have preclear close his eyes and find upper corners of
the room. Have him sit there, not thinking, refusing to think of anything,
interested only in the corners until he is completely exteriorized without
strain. Then do a spacation (constructing own space with eight anchor
points and holding it stable without effort) and go to STEP I. If preclear
was unable to locate corners of the room easily with his eyes closed, go to
STEP IV.
STEP IV-EXPANDED GITA. (This is an extension of Give and Take processing.)
Test preclear to see if he can get a mock-up he can see, no matter how
vague. Then have him WASTE, ACCEPT UNDER DURESS, DESIRE and finally Be Able
to TAKE or LEAVE ALONE each of the items listed below. He does this with
mock-ups or ideas. He must do the sequence of WASTE-etc. in the order given
here for each item. He wastes it by having it at remote distances in places
where it will do no good, being used or done or observed by something which
cannot appreciate it. When he is able to waste it in vast quantities the
auditor then has him accept it in mock-up form until he no longer is
antagonistic to having to accept it even when it is unpleasant and great
force is applied to make him take it. Again, with mock-ups, he must be able
to bring himself to desire it even in its worst form; then, by mock-ups of
it in its most desirable form he must come to be able to leave it entirely
alone or take it in its worst form without caring. EXPANDED GITA remedies
contra-survival abundance and scarcity. It will be found that before one
can accept a very scarce (to him) thing, he has to give it away. A person
with a milk allergy must be able to give away, in mock-up, enormous
quantities of milk, wasting it, before he can accept any himself. The items
in this list are compounded of several years of isolating what factors were
more important to
minds than others. The list lacks very few of the very important items, if
any. Additions to or subtractions from this list should not be attempted.
Viewpoint, Work and Pain should be heavily and often stressed and given
priority.
Waste, Have Forced Upon, Desire, Be Able to Give or Take, in that
order, each of the following: (Order of items here is random.) Viewpoint,
Work, Pain, Beauty, Motion, Engrams, Ugliness, Logic, Pictures,
Confinement, Money, Parents, Blackness, Police, Light, Explosions, Bodies,
Degradation, Male Bodies, Female Bodies, Babies, Children Male, Children
Female, Strange and Peculiar Bodies, Dead Bodies, Affinity (Love),
Agreement, Beautiful Bodies, People, Attention, Admiration, Force, Energy,
Lightning, Unconsciousness, Problems, Antagonism, Reverence, Fear, Objects,
Time, Eating Human Bodies, Sound, Grief, Beautiful Sadness, Hidden
Influences, Hidden Communications, Doubts, Faces, Dimension Points, Anger,
Apathy, Ideas, Enthusiasm, Disagreement, Hate, Sex, Reward, Eating Parents,
Eaten by Mother, Eaten by Father, Eating Men, Eaten by Men, Eating Women,
Eaten by Women, Start, Broken Communications, Written Communications,
Stillness, Exhaustion, Women Stopping Motion, Men Stopping Motion, Changing
Motion Women, Changing Motion Men, Changing Motion Babies, Changing Motion
Children, Starting Motion Men, Starting Motion Women, Starting Motion
Children, Starting Motion Objects, Starting Motion Self, Omens, Wickedness,
Forgiveness, Play, Games, Sound, Machinery, Touch, Traffic, Stolen Goods,
Stolen Pictures, Homes, Blasphemy, Caves, Medicine, Glass, Mirrors, Pride,
Musical Instruments, Dirty Words, Space, Wild Animals, Pets, Birds, Air,
Water, Food, Milk, Garbage, Gases, Excreta, Rooms, Beds, Punishment,
Boredom, Confusion, Soldiers, Executioners, Doctors, Judges, Psychiatrists,
Alcoholic Liquor, Drugs, Masturbation, Rewards, Heat, Cold, Forbidden
Things, God, The Devil, Spirits, Bacteria, Glory, Dependence,
Responsibility, Wrongness, Rightness, Insanity, Sanity, Faith, Christ,
Death, Rank, Poverty, Maps, Irresponsibility, Greetings, Farewells, Credit,
Loneliness, Jewels, Teeth, Genitalia, Complications, Help, Pretense, Truth,
Lies, Assurance, Contempt, Predictability, Unpredictability, Vacuums, White
Clouds, Black Clouds, Unattainables, Hidden Things, Worry, Revenge,
Textbooks, Kisses, The Past, The Future, The Present, Arms, Stomachs,
Bowels, Mouths, Cigarettes, Smoke, Urine, Vomit, Convulsions, Saliva,
Flowers, Semen, Blackboards, Fireworks, Toys, Vehicles, Dolls, Audiences,
Doors, Walls, Weapons, Blood, Ambitions, Illusions, Betrayal, Ridicule,
Hope, Happiness, Mothers, Fathers, Grandparents, Suns, Planets, Moons,
Sensation, Looking, Incidents, Waiting, Silence, Talking, Knowing, Not
Knowing, Doubts, Fac One, Remembering, Forgetting, Auditing, Minds, Fame,
Power, Accidents, Illnesses, Approval, Tiredness, Faces, Acting, Drama,
Costumes, Sleep, Holding Things Apart, Holding Things Together, Destroying
Things, Sending Things Away, Making Things Go Fast, Making Things Appear,
Making Things Vanish, Convictions, Stability, Changing People, Silent Men,
Silent Women, Silent Children, Symbols of Weakness, Symbols of Force,
Disabilities, Education, Languages, Bestiality, Homosexuality, Invisible
Bodies, Invisible Acts, Invisible Scenes, Accepting Things Back, Games,
Rules, Players, Restimulation, Sexual Restimulation, Space Reduction, Size
Reduction, Entertainment, Cheerfulness, Freedom for Others to Talk, Act,
Feel Pain, Be Sad, Thetans, Personalities, Cruelty, Organizations. TRY
FIRST: Healthy Bodies, Strong Bodies, Good Perception, Good Recall.
WARNING: Should your preclear become unstable or upset doing this process
take him to STEP VI. Then return to this list.
COMMENT: The mind is sufficiently complicated that it can be expected to
have computations on almost all the above. Thus there is no single clearing
button and search for it is at the dictate of a circuit, the mechanism of
circuits being to search for something hidden. Thus, your preclear may
begin to compute and philosophize and seek to find the "button" that will
release all this. All this releases all the buttons so tell him to relax
and go on with the process every time he starts to compute.
NOTE: Running the above will bring to the surface without further attention
the "computation on the case" and the service facsimile. Do not audit
these. Run EXPANDED GITA.
STEP V-PRESENT TIME DIFFERENTIATION. EXTERIORIZATION BY SCENERY. Have
preclear, with his body's eyes, study and see the difference between
similar real objects such as the two legs of a chair, the spaces between
the back, two cigarettes, two trees, two girls. He must see and study the
objects. It is not enough to remember the objects. The definition of a CASE
V is "no mock-ups, only blackness." Have him continue this process until he
is alert. Use liberally and often.
Then exteriorize by having the preclear close his eyes and move actual
places on Earth under him, preferably places he has not been. Have him
bring these up to him. Find two similar things in the scene and observe the
difference between them. Move him over oceans and cities until he is
certain that he is exteriorized.
Then, preferably while exteriorized, have him do STEP I.
This case has to know before he can be. His viewpoint is in the past.
Give him present time viewpoints until he is a STEP I by the methods given
for STEP V.
(COMMENT: PRESENT TIME DIFFERENTIATION is a very good general
technique and resolves chronic somatics and improves tone.)
Assume other people's viewpoints as a drill-not what they think about
things, but as they look at things in the material universe. Attempt to be
in the location of a leaf, blade of grass, car head lamp, etc., and view
the universe.
STEP VI-A-R-C STRAIGHT WIRE using next-to-last list of Self Analysis in
Scientology which asks preclear to recall something really real to him,
etc. Then use the lists in Self Analysis. This level is the neurotic. It is
identified by the preclear having mockups which will not persist or which
won't go away. Use also PRESENT TIME DIFFERENTIATION. Then go to STEP IV.
At any drop in tone, return case to STEP VI.
STEP VII-PSYCHOTIC CASES. (Whether in or out of body.) The psychotic
appears to be in such desperate straits that the auditor often errs in
thinking desperate measures are necessary. Use the lightest possible
methods. Give case space and freedom where possible. Have psychotic imitate
(not mock up) various things. Have him do PRESENT TIME DIFFERENTIATION. Get
him to tell the difference between things by actual touch. Have him locate,
differentiate and touch things that are really real to him (real objects or
items). If inaccessible, mimic him with own body, whatever he does, until
he comes into communication. Have him locate comers of the room and hold
them without thinking. As soon as his communication is up go to STEP VI,
but be very sure he changes any mock-up around until he knows it is a mock-
up, that it exists, and that he himself made it. Do not run engrams. He is
psychotic because viewpoints in present time are so scarce that he has gone
into the past for viewpoints which at least he knew existed. By PRESENT
TIME DIFFERENTIATION, by tactile on objects, restore his idea of an
abundance of viewpoint in present time. If he has been given electric
shock, do not process it or any other brutality. Work him for very brief
periods, for his attention span is short. Always work psychotics with
another auditor or a companion present.
NOTE: All steps for all cases. If in doubt as to condition of case, test
with STEP VI.
NOTE: An operating thetan must also be able to manufacture particles of
admiration and force in abundance.
APPENDIX NO. 1 TO SOP 8
(Any alterations in SOP 8 will appear in appendices, as they are
expected to be
minor and to make no radical change in the design of the steps in
general.)
STEP I-The Operating Thetan must be able to manufacture and experience to
his complete satisfaction all sensations including pain in mock-up form,
and all energies such as admiration and force. It will be found that some
STEP I cases will not be able to manufacture admiration particles.
STEP II- Be very careful not to make a lower step preclear, while still in
a body, mock up his own body too long. Any mock-up will appear if it is
simply put there often enough and long enough-providing the preclear
doesn't spin in the process. The long-term manufacture of mock-ups of one's
own body and of admiration may not produce quite the results expected-
communication lines which should remain shut may open with bad results.
These lines that are shut appear like hard, black cords to the preclear.
There are two types of techniques in general, POSITIVE GAIN and
NEGATIVE GAIN, as defined in the above text. POSITIVE GAIN Can Be
Administered in Unlimited Amounts Without Harm. NEGATIVE GAIN techniques
such as the reduction of engrams and locks, double-terminalling, black and
white, are often limited in the length of time they can be given. After a
few hundred hours of early type auditing the case could be found to slump.
Thus we have in POSITIVE GAIN the unlimited technique which improves the
analytical mind. In NEGATIVE GAIN we have a limited (in terms of the time
it can be audited) technique. In SOP 8 the following steps and processes
may be audited without limit: STEP I, STEP III, STEP V, STEP VI, STEP VII.
The following steps are limited and should not be audited many hours
without changing to another type (unlimited) for a while, after which the
following steps could be resumed: STEP II, STEP IV.
The following steps can be used on groups: STEP III, STEP V part I and
part 2, STEP VI, STEP VII.
APPENDIX NO. 2 OF SOP 8
CERTAINTY PROCESSING
The anatomy of maybe consists of uncertainties and is resolved by the
processing of certainties. It is not resolved by the processing of
uncertainties.
An uncertainty is held in suspense solely because the preclear is
holding on so hard to certainties. The basic thing he is holding on to is
"I have a solution" "I have no solution." One of these is positive, the
other is negative. A complete positive and a complete negative are alike a
certainty. The basic certainty is "There is something" "There is nothing."
A person can be certain there is something; he can be certain there is
nothing.
"There is something" "There is nothing" resolves chronic somatics in
this order. One gets the preclear to have the center of the somatics say
"There is something here" "There is nothing here." Then he gets the center
of the somatic to say "There is nothing there" "There is something there."
Then the auditor has the preclear say toward the somatic "There is
something there" "There is nothing there." And then he gets the preclear to
say about himself "There is something here" "There is nothing here." This
is a very fast resolution of chronic somatics. Quite ordinarily three or
four minutes of this will resolve an acute state and fifteen or twenty
minutes of it will resolve a chronic state.
This matter of certainties goes further. It has been determined by my
recent investigations that the reason behind what is happening is the
desire of a cause to bring about an effect. Something is better than
nothing, anything is better than nothing. If you will match terminals in
brackets "There is nothing" you will find that a lot of your preclears
become very ill. This should be turned around into "There is something."
The way one does Matched Terminals is to have the preclear facing the
preclear or his father facing his father. In other words, two of each of
anything, one facing the other. These two things will discharge one into
the other, thus running off the difficulty. By bracket we mean, of course,
running this with the preclear putting them up as himself to himself; as
though they were put up by somebody else, the somebody else facing the
somebody else; and the matched terminal again put up by others facing
others.
The clue to all this is positive and negative in terms of certainties. The
positive plus the negative in conflict make an uncertainty. A great number
of combinations of things can be run. Here's a list of the combinations:
The button behind sex is "I can begin life anew" "I cannot begin life
anew," "I can make life persist" "I cannot make life persist," "I can stop
life" "I cannot stop life," "I can change life" "I cannot change life," "I
can start life" "I cannot start life."
A very effective process: "Something wrong-" "Nothing wrong-" "with
you, me, they, my mind, communication, various allies."
A very basic resolution of the lack of space of an individual is to
locate these people and these objects which you've been using as anchor
points, such as father, mother and so forth, and put them into matched
terminal brackets with this: "There is father" "There is no father," "There
is grandfather" "There is no grandfather." In the compulsive line this can
be changed to "There must be no father" "There must be a father." One takes
all the allies of an individual and runs them in this fashion.
The basic law underneath this is that a person becomes the effect of
anything upon which he has had to depend. This would tell you immediately
that the sixth dynamic, the MEST universe, is the largest dependency of the
individual. This can be run out, but then any dynamic can be run out in
this fashion. "There is myself" "There is no self" and so on up the
dynamics. "(Any dynamic) is preventing me from communicating" "(Any
dynamic) is not preventing me from communicating" is intensely effective.
Any such technique can be varied by applying the sub-zero scale as found in
Scientology 8-8008 which is also to be found in an earlier issue of the
Journal of Scientology.
One runs any certainty out because he knows that for this certainty
there is an opposite negative certainty and that between these lies a
maybe, and that the maybe stays in suspense in time. The basic operation of
the reactive mind is to solve problems. It is based on uncertainties about
observation. Thus one runs out certainties of observation. The most general
shotgun technique would have to do with "There is sex" "There is no sex,"
"There is force" "There is no force." This could be run, of course, in
terms of matched terminal brackets or even as concepts, but one must not
neglect to run the overt act phenomenon, which is to say getting somebody
else getting the concept.
The processing out of certainties would then embrace "I have a
solution" "There is no solution." These two opposite ends would take care
of any individual who was hung on the track with some solution, for that
solution had its opposite. People who have studied medicine begin by being
certain that medicine works and end by being certain that medicine doesn't
work. They begin by studying psychology on a supposition that it is the
solution, and finish up believing that it is not the solution. This also
happens to superficial students of Dianetics and Scientology; thus one
should also run "Dianetics is a solution" "Dianetics is not the solution."
This would get one off the maybe on the subject.
We are essentially processing communications systems. The entire
process of auditing is concentrated upon withdrawing communications from
the preclear as predicated on the basis of the body and that the preclear
cannot handle communications. Thus "The preclear can handle communications"
"The preclear cannot handle communications" is a shotgun technique which
resolves maybes about his communications.
An intensely interesting aspect of Certainty Processing is that it
shows up intimately where the preclear is aberrated. Here is the overall
basic technique. One runs "There is-" "There is not-" the following:
Communications, Talk, Letters, Love, Agreement, Sex, Pain, Work, Bodies,
Minds, Curiosity, Control, Enforcement, Compulsion, Inhibition, Food,
Money, People, Ability, Beauty, Ugliness, Presents, and both the top and
bottom of the Chart of Attitudes, positive and negative in each one.
Basic in all this is the urge of the preclear to produce an effect, so
one can run "I can produce an effect upon mama" "I cannot produce an effect
upon mama," and so forth for all allies, and one will resolve the fixations
of attention on the part of the preclear. Thus fixations of attention are
resolved by Certainty Processing, processing out the production of effect.
One can occasionally, if he so desires, process the direct center of the
maybe, which is to say doubt itself, in terms of Matched Terminals. This,
however, is risky for it throws the preclear into a general state of doubt.
The key to any such processing is the recovery of viewpoints. "I can
have grandfather's viewpoint" "I cannot have grandfather's viewpoint" and
so on, particularly with sexual partners, will prove intensely interesting
on a case. "There are viewpoints" "There are no viewpoints," "I have a
viewpoint" "I don't have a viewpoint," "Blank has a viewpoint" "Blank has
no viewpoint" resolves problems.
One should also realize that when one is processing facsimiles, he is
processing at one time energy, sensation and aesthetics. The facsimile is a
picture. The preclear is being affected by pictures mainly, and so "There
are no pictures" "There are pictures" forwards the case toward handling
pictures, which is to say facsimiles.
A person tends to ally himself with somebody whom he considers capable
of producing greater effects than himself, so "I, she, he, it can create
greater effects" "I, she, he, it can create no effect" should be run.
When one is processing, he is trying to withdraw communications. Reach
and Withdraw are the two fundamentals in the action of theta. Must Reach
and Can't Reach, Must Withdraw and Can't Withdraw are compulsions which,
when run in combination, produce the manifestation of insanity in a
preclear.
"I can Reach" "I can't Reach," "I can Withdraw" "I can't Withdraw"
open up into the fact that remembering and forgetting are dependent upon
the ability to reach and withdraw. You will find that a preclear will
respond to "You must" or "You can," "You must not" "You cannot," "There is"
"There is not" forgetting and remembering.
The only reason a person is hanging on to a body or facsimile is that
he has lost his belief in his ability to create. The rehabilitation of this
ability to create is resolved, for instance, in a person who has had an
ambition to write, with "I can write" "I cannot write"-and so forth. The
loss of this creative ability made the person hang on to what he had. The
fact that a preclear has forgotten how to or no longer can himself generate
force makes him hold on to stores of force. These are very often mistaken
by the auditor for facsimiles. The preclear doesn't care for the facsimile,
he simply cares for the force contained in the facsimile because he knows
he doesn't have any force any more.
It should be kept in mind that reaching and withdrawing are intensely
productive of reaction in a preclear. But that preclear who does not
respond to Reaching and Withdrawing and Certainty thereon, is hung up in a
very special condition: he is trying to prevent something from happening.
He also prevents auditing from happening. He has lost allies, he has had
accidents, and he's hung up at all those points on the track where he feels
he should have prevented something from happening. This is resolved by
running "I must prevent it from happening" "I cannot prevent it from
happening," "I must regain control" "I must lose all control."
Blackness is the desire to be an effect and the inability to be cause.
"I can create grandfather (or ally)" "I cannot create grandfather (or
ally)" solves scarcity of allies. "I want to be aware" "I want no
awareness" is a technique which is basic in attitudes. Run this as others,
in Matched Terminal Brackets or in EXPANDED GITA.
Certainty there is a past, Certainty there is no past; Certainty there
is a future, Certainty there is no future; Certainty it means something
else, Certainty it does not mean anything else; Certainty there is space,
Certainty there is no space; Certainty there is energy, Certainty there is
no energy; Certainty there are objects, Certainty there are no objects.
SHORT 8
This is a short form of STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE 8 of Scientology
8-8008. It can be used on any preclear without any survey of the case and
will not get him into any difficulties and should resolve his various
computations. This can also be used on groups. Just do the lettered steps
in order.
(A) Next-to-last list in Self Analysis, Remembering Something Real
etc., until auditor is certain preclear has and can do so easily. In a
group ask for a show of hands the moment something real is recalled. Take
those hands that went up in a couple of seconds and use them for the rest
of this. Take the no-hands or slow hands as a special group under somebody
else and simply drill them on this step until their speed is well up. Then
put them back into the main group, or keep all in one group and so on.
(B) Examine and compare two similar MEST objects or spaces and tell
the difference. Keep this up for at least 20 minutes. It can be kept up for
hours with astonishing case improvement.
(C) Run Wasting Healthy Bodies, then Accepting Them Under Duress, then
Wasting Them, then Accepting Them Under Duress. Do this for 20 minutes or
an hour until preclear or group shows signs of relief or amusement.
(D) Run next-to-the-last list of Self Analysis for five minutes.
(E) Run DUPLICATION. This process is the basis of making facsimiles.
Have preclear or group look at a MEST object, then have him or them mock up
a mock-up similar to it but beside it. Have the MEST object and the mock-up
compared to tell the difference. Some people get none of the duplicates for
quite a while but will eventually. Some start making much fancier objects
of the same sort. In any result, keep this up for 20 minutes.
(F) Have preclear or group close eyes and locate the corners of the
room behind them and keep interested in those corners and not thinking for
several minutes.
(G) Have preclear or group move MEST scenery under them individually
but at the command of the auditor. The scenery is, preferably, that not
before viewed by the preclear or preclears. Don't let them invalidate what
they see. This is Exteriorization by Scenery. Keep up for 20 minutes.
(H) Do next-to-last list of Self Analysis. Five minutes.
(I) Examine and compare two present time objects.
(J) Have one of the members go to the window and look out of the
window. Have the remainder of the group assuming his viewpoint to see what
he sees out of the window. Do this for ten minutes.
(K) Start at beginning again and use list over and over. What they
waste each time through can be changed to work and anchor points. Avoid
pain with this Short 8. Run "healthy bodies" for it instead.
SOP 8 is a professional auditor technique which deals with the
problems of the reactive mind. SOP 8 from Step IV down and including Step
IV is a professional auditor technique. Short Eight is done by someone who
has been trained, preferably by a professional auditor. It can be done on a
group no matter how large. Self Analysis in Scientology is a group
technique aimed at the rehabilitation of one's own universe so as to bring
it up to a level of comparability with one 's observations of the MEST
universe, and can be delivered to groups of children or adults by a person
trained only through the text of Self Analysis in Scientology. Associates
have courses in group auditing which are given free of charge and which
consist of six hours of tape lectures by L. Ron Hubbard on the
administration of Self Analysis in Scientology and the general techniques
of group auditing.
_____________________________
THIS IS SCIENTOLOGY, SCIENCE OF CERTAINTY, was written especially for
the Journal of Scientology by L. RON HUBBARD and contains a summary of his
work for the use and interest of the general public.
[The above text starting from "STEP IV-EXPANDED GITA", page 390, up to
"APPENDIX NO. 1 TO SOP 8", page 392, was reissued as HCO B 7 May 1972,
Expanded Gita.]
P.A.B. No. 3
PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
From L. RON HUBBARD
Via The Office of L. Ron Hubbard
30 Marlborough Place, London N.W.8
_____________________________________________________________________
[1953, ca. mid-June]
CERTAINTY PROCESSING
The anatomy of maybe consists of uncertainties and is resolved by the
processing of certainties. It is not resolved by the processing of
uncertainties.
Issue 16-G is recommended to you for your processing and your public
representation. It contains the anatomy of certainty.
An uncertainty is held in suspense solely because the preclear is
holding on so hard to certainties. The basic thing he is holding on to is
"I have a solution" "I have no solution." One of these is positive, the
other is negative. A complete positive and a complete negative are alike a
certainty. The basic certainty is "There is something" "There is nothing."
A person can be certain there is something; he can be certain there is
nothing.
"There is something" "There is nothing" resolves chronic somatics in
this order. One gets the preclear to have the center of the somatics say,
"There is something here" "There is nothing here." Then he gets the center
of the somatic to say, "There is nothing there" "There is something there."
Then the auditor has the preclear say toward the somatic, "There is
something there" "There is nothing there." And then he gets the preclear to
say about himself, "There is something here" "There is nothing here." This
is a very fast resolution of chronic somatics. Quite ordinarily three or
four minutes of this will resolve an acute state, and fifteen or twenty
minutes of it will resolve a chronic state.
This matter of certainties goes further. It has been determined by my
recent investigations that the reason behind what is happening is the
desire of a cause to bring about an effect. Something is better than
nothing, anything is better than nothing. Any circuit, any effect, any
anything, is better than nothing. If you will match terminals in brackets
"There is nothing" you will find that a lot of your preclears become very
ill. This should be turned around into "There is something."
The way one does Matched Terminals is to have the preclear facing the
preclear or his father facing his father; in other words, two of each of
anything, one facing the other. These two things will discharge one into
the other, thus running off the difficulty. By bracket we mean, of course,
running this with the preclear putting them up as himself to himself; as
though they were put up by somebody else, the somebody else facing the
somebody else; and the matched terminal again put up by others facing
others.
The clue to all this is positive and negative in terms of certainties.
The positive plus the negative in conflict make an uncertainty. A great
number of combinations of things can be run. Here's a list of the
combinations:
Copyright (�) 1953 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
The button behind sex is "I can begin life anew" "I cannot begin life
anew," "I can make life persist" "I cannot make life persist," "I can stop
life" "I cannot stop life," "I can change life" "I cannot change life," "I
can start life" "I cannot start life."
A very effective process: "Something wrong with (you, me, they, my
mind, communications, various allies)" "Nothing wrong with (you, me, they,
my mind, communications, various allies)."
A very basic resolution of the lack of space of an individual is to
locate those people and those objects which you've been using as anchor
points, such as father, mother and so forth, and putting them into matched
terminal brackets with this: "There is father" "There is no father," "There
is grandfather" "There is no grandfather." In the compulsive line this can
be changed to "There must be no father" "There must be a father." One takes
all the allies of an individual and runs them in this fashion.
The basic law underneath this is that a person becomes the effect of
anything upon which he has had to depend. This would tell you immediately
that the sixth dynamic, the MEST universe, is the largest dependency of the
individual. This can be run out, but then any dynamic can be run out in
this fashion. "There is myself" "There is no self' and so on up the
dynamics. "(Any dynamic) is preventing me from communicating" "(Any
dynamic) is not preventing me from communicating" is intensely effective.
Any such technique can be varied by applying the sub-zero scale as found in
Scientology 8-8008 which is also to be found in an earlier issue of the
Journal of Scientology.
One runs any certainty out because he knows that for this certainty
there is an opposite negative certainty and that between these lies a
maybe, and that the maybe stays in suspense in time. The basic operation of
the reactive mind is to solve problems. It is based on uncertainties about
observation. Thus one runs out certainties of observation. The most general
shotgun technique would have to do with "There is sex" "There is no sex,"
"There is force" "There is no force." This could be run, of course, in
terms of matched terminal brackets or even as concepts, but one must not
neglect to run the overt act phenomenon, which is to say getting somebody
else getting the concept.
The processing out of certainties would then embrace "I have a
solution" "There is no solution." These two opposite ends would take care
of any individual who was hung on the track with some solution, for that
solution had its opposite. People who have studied medicine begin by being
certain that medicine works and end by being certain that medicine doesn't
work. They begin by studying psychology on a supposition that it is the
solution, and finish up believing that it is not the solution. This also
happens to superficial students of Dianetics and Scientology; thus one
should also run "Dianetics is a solution" "Dianetics is not the solution."
This would get one off the maybe on the subject.
We are essentially processing communications systems. The entire
process of auditing is concentrated upon withdrawing communications from
the preclear as predicated on the basis of the body and that the preclear
cannot handle communications. Thus "The preclear can handle communications"
"The preclear cannot handle communications" is a shotgun technique which
resolves maybes about his communications.
An intensely interesting aspect of Certainty Processing is that it
shows up intimately where the preclear is aberrated. Here is the overall
basic technique. One runs "There is-" "There is not-" the following:
communication, talk, letters, love, agreement, sex, pain, work, bodies,
minds, curiosity, control, enforcement, compulsion, inhibition, food,
money, people, ability, beauty, ugliness, presents, and both the top and
bottom of the Chart of Attitudes, positive and negative in each one.
Basic in all this is the urge of the preclear to produce an effect, so one
can run "I can produce an effect upon mama" "I cannot produce an effect
upon mama," and so forth for all allies, and one will resolve the fixations
of attention on the part of the preclear. Thus fixations of attention are
resolved by Certainty Processing, processing out the production of effect.
One can occasionally, if he so desires, process the direct center of
the maybe, which is to say doubt itself, in terms of Matched Terminals.
This, however, is risky for it throws the preclear into a general state of
doubt.
The key to any such processing is the recovery of viewpoints. "I can
have grandfather's viewpoint" "I cannot have grandfather's viewpoint" and
so on, particularly with sexual partners, will prove intensely interesting
on a case. "There are viewpoints" "There are no viewpoints," "I have a
viewpoint" "I don't have a viewpoint," "Blank has a viewpoint" "Blank has
no viewpoint" resolves problems.
One should also realize that when one is processing facsimiles, he is
processing at one time energy, sensation and aesthetics. The facsimile is a
picture. The preclear is being affected by pictures mainly, and so "There
are no pictures" "There are pictures" forwards the case toward handling
pictures, which is to say facsimiles.
A person tends to ally himself with somebody whom he considers capable
of producing greater effects than himself, so "(I, she, he, it) can create
greater effects" "(I, she, he, it) can create no effect" is quite
effective.
When one is processing, he is trying to withdraw communications. Reach
and Withdraw are the two fundamentals in the action of theta. Must Reach
and Can't Reach, Must Withdraw and Can't Withdraw are compulsions which,
when run in combination, produce the manifestation of insanity in a
preclear.
"I can reach" "I can't reach," "I can withdraw" "I can't withdraw"
open up into the fact that remembering and forgetting are dependent upon
the ability to reach and withdraw. You will find that a preclear will
respond to "You must" or "You can," "You must not" "You cannot," "There is"
"There is not" forgetting and remembering.
The only reason a person is hanging on to a body or facsimile is that
he has lost his belief in his ability to create. The rehabilitation of this
ability to create is resolved, for instance, in a person who has had an
ambition to write, with "I can write" "I cannot write"-and so forth. The
loss of this creative ability made the person hang on to what he had. The
fact that a preclear has forgotten how to or no longer can himself generate
force makes him hold on to stores of force. These are very often mistaken
by the auditor for facsimiles. The preclear doesn't care for the facsimile,
he simply cares for the force contained in the facsimile because he knows
he doesn't have any force any more.
It should be kept in mind that Reaching and Withdrawing are intensely
productive of reaction in a preclear. But that preclear who does not
respond to Reaching and Withdrawing and Certainty thereon, is hung up in a
very special condition: he is trying to prevent something from happening,
he is trying to maintain control. If he prevents something from happening,
he also prevents auditing from happening. He has lost allies, he has had
accidents, and he's hung up at all those points on the track where he feels
he should have prevented something from happening. This is resolved by
running "I must prevent it from happening" "I cannot prevent it from
happening," "I must retain control" "I must lose all control."
Blackness is the desire to be an effect and the inability to be cause.
"I can create grandfather (or ally)" "I cannot create grandfather (or
ally)" solves scarcity of allies. "I want to be aware" "I want no
awareness" is a technique which is basic in attitudes. Run this as others,
in matched terminal brackets or in Expanded GITA.
Certainty there is a past, certainty there is no past; certainty there
is a future, certainty there is no future; certainty it means something
else, certainty it does not mean anything else; certainty there is space,
certainty there is no space; certainty there is energy, certainty there is
no energy; certainty there are objects, certainty there are no objects.
___________________________
Professional membership in the HAS gives you the Journal of
Scientology, Professional Auditor's Bulletin and other services as they are
developed. It gives you as well professional standing. A certificate of
membership for framing is sent to all the professional members. All the
latest materials are sent to professional members and the fee assists in
the general public interest in Dianetics and Scientology. We have here now
Scientology, the Science of Certainty. We have sidestepped all the
questionable material and have techniques which are built on things of
which people are very certain. This is the beginning of a big push. Your
membership fee is necessary to make it possible. Founding Members and
Fellows of Scientology are professional members, where they are HDAs, in
perpetuity without further payment. Send your $25.00 membership fee by
check, U.S. money order or U.S. cash to the International Office of the HAS
located at 30 Marlborough Place, London N.W.8. Your card and certificate of
membership will be forwarded to you. Give the number of your certificate
and the school that issued it.
There are a few auditors in the field whose experience is such as to
command considerable respect from other auditors. The grade of Hubbard
Graduate Auditor has been instituted and is awarded by nomination from
other auditors or by selection from the HAS to designate those auditors
whose experience and results have brought them into prominence. The
doctorate schools award BScn and HGA, but only HGA by nomination. This is
more or less an honor award. Please send your nominations for such auditors
through to the International Office. A small fee is charged to cover the
cost of handling and certifying and the certificate itself. The fee is
$25.00. When HGAs are awarded the Journal carries notice of the fact. Be
very certain in your own minds that this is not an effort to get another
$25.00; it is an effort to winnow out the very good auditors and give them
a public recognition which their work actually elicits. While it does not
in any way reflect upon the students who attended, the main reason for
severance with the last Foundation was its diploma mill attitude about
certificate awards, and it gave certificates to all comers. This has since,
as it did then, posed many problems. The HGA certificate is an effort to
recognize the merit of the really good auditors and to remove from their
minds any feeling that their skill has not been recognized and to give the
public certain auditors of whom they can be very confident.
END
From: L. RON HUBBARD Through: The
Office of L. Ron Hubbard
Sitges, Spain 30
Marlborough Place
London
N.W.8, England
ASSOCIATE NEWSLETTER NO. 5
18 June 1953
After a fast and violent passage across most of the countries of
Europe, we are catching our breath in Spain. We will be here for quite a
while.
We went to take a look at what all the fighting has been about, the
invasion routes as they appear in peacetime, the nations experiencing
recovery. With Susie in a racing car and myself on a motorcycle we crossed
Belgium, Germany, Luxembourg, Austria, France and part of Spain. We covered
the primary invasion routes of two wars and looked over the probable
fighting terrain of the third. Diana remained in England with her nurse, to
be flown here in a few days.
I came down to Spain for a rest and to organize the material for the
doctorate degrees. Living is better here than in many other places and it
is certainly beautiful enough to encourage anybody.
We are at the Hotel Miramar in Sitges, Spain. This is Old Catalonia
and although Spanish is the general language, Catalonian, the native
tongue, predominates and slurs the imported Spanish.
Exchange in Europe is so outrageously bad for American and British
money that none could afford touring Europe as such. A loaf of bread, a
gallon of gas and bills of large denomination in U.S. and U.K. currency
vanish. It is an incredible fact, useful only to those who wish to export
products to Europe. And this export is being done on a large scale. Belgium
is full of American cars, large new ones, and other equipment is in
evidence elsewhere.
Germany, speaking of materiel, is almost crushed flat. France is used
to war, builds of stone so that the materials will not get scattered about,
rebuilds when the shooting is done-I suppose France has been doing this for
thousands of years.
I had two important things to do in Europe. One of them concerns
doctorate degrees. You may have heard of Milan degrees. These are
acceptable in universities throughout the world. I am making similar
arrangements for doctorate degrees in Scientology, a fact which is at this
writing confidential, for it will be a very large shock, when accomplished,
to state legislatures and others that Scientologists have better degrees
than psychiatrists and psychoanalysts. Of course we will have to have
curriculum and study to support that fact in fact. And the most important
part of any training we do will be HCA and HPA level training. We must not
overlook the fact that to be well respected we must be well represented.
Good representation, first and last, is the auditor getting good results
with exactly what we teach.
I must prepare the complete curriculum for the doctorate degree before
it can be authorized and in our schools, and by correspondence this
curriculum must be put into action. I have already made the proper contacts
in Austria and am making them in Spain. It needs about two thousand dollars
which I am now collecting in order to bring about the highest possible
level in doctorate diploma. Amazingly enough, I find myself very well
accepted in European professional circles and much amusement in these at
the American news stories about my work. Their knowledge of Dianetics,
slight as it is, has brought them far toward thinking of American doctors
necessarily as a lot of quacks. The axioms are what did it, for these
created the first wide organization and codification of the field of the
human mind according to these people. Of course, this doesn't displease me.
Copyright (�) 1953 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
The people you are training this very moment, as well as those you have
trained, are going to benefit intensely from this doctorate arrangement
upon which I am now working and you yourselves will benefit from it to the
extent of dominating the field of the mind with it. I am trying very hard
to do all that I can to assist you in several vital ways. I have every
confidence that you will not let me down.
With Issue 16-G you see a new simplicity. As always people will
mistake a change in form for a change in substance. Changes in form have
been necessary in order to establish communication on material which has
never been communicated until the last three years. Gradually you find me
stripping the vocabulary of our science of coined words and putting in
their places common words which mean exactly what they say. As the material
is better communicated it works better. As several old-time auditors have
already said, it all works. But it doesn't work for that one who has not
been communicated with about it. Hence a wide variation in communication
forms and the appearance of continual simplification of what we know and
what we can do.
My communication channel is from you to 30 Marlborough Place, London
N.W.8, and from there to me. From me to London and to you.
I will have some news for you in a very few weeks on the subject of
doctorates which will astonish you even though I have given it a preview
here.
And now I must get to work.
Ron
T H E J O U R N A L O F
SCIENTOLOGY
Issue 17-G [ 1953, ca. end June]
Published by
The Hubbard Association of Scientologists, Inc.
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
The Limitations of Homo Novis
L. Ron Hubbard
(J of S Editor's foreword: L. Ron Hubbard pulled no punches when he
wrote these words, first published early in 1952. The importance of
theta clearing could not be more clearly or vigorously described )
The theta being is the principal target of the auditor.
The preclear is the theta being.
A homo novis is limited in his self-determinism by all the economic
and social restrictions of an aberrated society. He is not free of the need
for food, clothing or shelter. He dies when you get him too cold, he
perishes when the oxygen content drops too low. He is living in a tolerance
band which keeps him cramped to the face of one second-rate planet in a
tenth-rate system, prey to all the ill will that blows. Is this being free
or self determined? Maybe he is good enough to overlord his fellows into a
security for himself never before possible. But that is his only real route
toward security. He must fight and command for his three squares, he must
use police protection in order to keep himself free of bullet holes and
bumper marks. Compared to a homo sapiens, homo novis is very high and god-
like. Compared to a truly self-determined being, homo novis is an ant ready
to die under anybody's misstep.
This universe is a rough universe. It is a terrible and deadly
universe. Only the strong survive it, only the ruthless can own it. Given
one weak spot a being cannot long endure, for this universe will search it
out and enlarge it and probe it until that weak spot is a festering wound
so large that the being is engulfed by his own sores.
Fighting this battle for survival, and fight it he must, a being in
the MEST universe cannot seem to afford decency or charity or ethics; he
cannot afford any weakness, any mercy. The moment he does he is lost-for he
is surrounded by chilled, coarse rock and molten energy which, no matter
the state of aberration of his social surroundings, will engulf him the
instant that he ceases to obey the very laws of MEST.
This is a universe of force. It is not a universe of reason. Brutal,
unthinking, without decency or mercy, MEST force awaits with punishment any
being with any weakness.
The possession of a MEST body is a liability, for through that body
the being can be given pain, can be regimented by the routine demands of
eating and care from harm until at the very, very highest he can be but a
puppet dancing to the spin of some unthinking planet under the strong glare
of a remote and careless sun. Under these conditions a being, burdened with
the care and liability of a body, made uncertain by an unknowingness, bows
to strange and nonexistent gods, resorts to terrible makeshifts in lieu of
justice, cringes before the mightier bomb, the sharper blade.
You have examined an engram. A standard engram is simply the collision
of the body with the MEST universe with sufficient impact to produce the
confusion of attention known as "unconsciousness."
Copyright (�) 1952 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
Should you care to make a test, just run "care of the body" as a total
therapy. You will discover that by running out the postulates of a pc about
his body and its care and his injunctions and insistences to others that
they care for their bodies you can produce soaring changes in tone. An
entire book can be written concerning this therapy. An entire book has been
written about it-the first book in Dianetics. This therapy could be styled,
"The efforts of a theta being to reconcile the frailty of a MEST body with
the ethics of a theta being." They do not reconcile, these two.
Schopenhauer, Zeno and names without number in philosophy have been trying
to make this reconciliation for eons. One says, "Defeat it all and die, for
only by dying can you defeat it." Another says, "You can't win, therefore
the only victory is in refusing to try to win."
Christianity and a million other -anities have struggled with this
problem, and the result is a pot-pourri of answers, none of which can
reconcile the problem. You have a soul-it goes off somewhere, you don't
know about it. You are a soul, you don't know about it.
Today we live in a vast cult called "Worship the body." Medical
doctors, school teachers, parents, traffic officers, the whole society
unites into this war-cry, "Care for the body." This stems from the concept
that the body is all that one has, that he will have just one body, that
his total devotion is the care of that body.
A body is a vegetable. It is not even a sentient vegetable, for it
lacks perception in the whole theta range. Like any vegetable it grows from
seed and has habit patterns which help it survive. And, like any vegetable,
one way or another, it gets used by others.
Early theta beings saw MEST bodies acting and being as though they
were selfmotivated. This was a curiosity. The early theta being did not
know that these MEST bodies depended wholly for their wits upon the
guidance of a decayed theta being. The bodies looked like entities of
considerable force and skill. The theta beingness of them was hidden and
unapparent. Thus, even theta beings have been fooled by MEST bodies.
A MEST body, whether it belongs to the race of Man or the race of ants
is only an animated vegetable. Given a theta being to guide it, it becomes
part of a composite such as homo sapiens. Here we have a theta being,
decayed into unknowingness, devoted to the care of a MEST body. The "I" of
this body, the actual volition of it, all its wits and skills are theta
things derived from the guidance of a theta being. By itself the body would
live, walk around, react, sleep, kill, and direct an existence no better
than that of a field mouse or a zombie. Put a theta being over it and it
becomes possessed of ethics and morals and direction and goals and the
ability to reason; it becomes this strange thing called homo sapiens, a
being above animals and yet an animal.
Give this MEST body a psychotic theta being and you get a sort of
Frankenstein's monster. Give this MEST body a nearly unconscious theta
being and you get a zombie.
The body is a carbon-oxygen engine which runs at 98.6�F. The theta
being is the engineer running this engine in a homo sapiens. There is
already an entity running this engine, the genetic entity, but there is
here only a total devotion to avoiding pain, seeking survival factors of
the meanest sort, begetting new MEST bodies. Every cell in that body has
its own theta-the genetic entity is theta. A theta being is something else
entirely.
In the first place, the theta being came into being without the need
of a MEST body, without the need of motors. It is close to a perpetual
motion machine in that it can create energy and impulses. It thinks without
facsimiles, it can act without experience, it can know simply by being.
When we have talked of optimum performance in Dianetics or Scientology, we
have talked about the actual top level capabilities of the theta being, not
the capabilities of the MEST being. Early work in Dianetics treats of the
composite called homo sapiens and treats that composite for what it is, an
identity of several parts which act in greater or lesser coordination. You
can go right on treating this composite being as a unit, you can go right
on treating him and getting results for which you will be praised. But you
must know that you are not treating the actual identity when you treat the
MEST body. You are furthering a composite, and actually you are subscribing
to the International Cult called "Care of the body."
You can, at your own choice, go on living with and processing this
composite known as homo sapiens and create homo novis. You can use
Dianetics to make hitherto impossible strides. But be advised that in this
choice you are living with paradoxes which no philosopher in all the ages
ever reconciled-the injustice of death, the depravity of human beings as in
Plato, the penalty of assisting another, the impossibility of having good
ARC and survival too, the liability of being kind and merciful and every
"unanswerable" religious paradox known. You, by persisting in yesterday's
reality are persisting then in problems which have never been resolved with
the factors accepted. You are demanding of a MEST-theta composite that he
be self-determined when every zephyr from a hard universe contains death
for him and can turn him like a top; you are demanding that he be "careful"
when his only salvation is to be carefree; you are saddling him with all
the unanswered riddles of an aberrated life in an aberrated world. And you
are condemning a preclear to the dwindling spiral-for the theta being as
part of the composite decays fast and soon dies forever in the rigid apathy
of MEST.
Thus Scientology is given you. In lieu of this data the only thing
which could be given Man is the answering salute to the gladiators-they who
are about to die.
As an auditor, the choice is yours to make-the paradoxes or the
answer.
P.A.B. No. 4
PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
From L. RON HUBBARD
Via The Office of L. Ron Hubbard
30 Marlborough Place, London N.W.8
_____________________________________________________________________
[1953, ca. end June]
BEINGNESS and CERTAINTY PROCESSING
The reason behind beingness is the drama of cause and effect. It has
been isolated that the total reason for activity which explains all other
activities is "to produce an effect." In this we have a dimensionless CAUSE
ambitious only to produce an EFFECT and to handle effects which are
produced on it.
BEINGNESS is the modus operandi of effects. The thetan would rather
have less than more identity and becomes only when he cannot otherwise
produce an effect.
The one thing a thetan is afraid of being is what he is in terms of
this universe: nothing. Thus it is better to be anything than nothing. So
it is better to handle, produce or have any effect than to handle, produce
and have no effect. Thus the service facsimile, thus the conduct of the
preclear.
Awareness on high scale is aware of producing effects and of effects
without proof via energy. Awareness lower on the scale requires the proof
of perception and thus energy and force.
As one moves from pure CAUSE into beingness one becomes involved with
his own developed energy and the energy of others. Living is the battle of
effects. Dying is the final dramatic effect one who has a body can always
produce.
The thetan is never otherwise concerned than with effects. The problem
of awareness and of effects in general is communication. Communication, not
affinity or reality, is the monitor of any processing.
The phenomenon of facsimiles is produced by the thetan to prove to
himself what he has done. He knows without facsimiles. He is already low in
tone when he starts dealing with them. Energy, force, responsibility and
perception are the same order of problem and thing.
Occlusion is the loss of viewpoint of effects. When one has lost a
viewpoint with which to perceive effects and upon which he depended for all
perception of effect he is very occluded. Viewpoint and evaluation are,
aberratedly, synonyms. Thus a law: a person takes the viewpoint of that
person who has most evaluated for him. If that person then dies, the result
is the apparent loss of that other's viewpoint which brings about loss in
general. This is solved by remedying the need of the now dead viewpoint.
Communication is defined as any RITUAL by which effects can be
produced and perceived. Thus a letter, a bullet, the output of theta
"flitter" are all, to us, communication. Men communicate with women with
difficulty mainly because they have found that women cannot handle their
communications: force and sexual particles. But men
Copyright(�) 1953 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
communicate even more poorly with men for there is no particle adequate.
Women communicate poorly with men because they have found danger in the
receipt of any male communication. Hence the breakdown of interpersonal
relations. Women find it all but impossible, for instance, to communicate
with women; there is no particle.
Awareness is the first requisite of a communication system. If one is
TOO aware, he is hurt. If one is not aware enough, he is hurt. A bad
communication is a sudden impact. Gentle communications are seldom
remembered.
Any certainty can be classified as knowledge. Certainties exist in
three universes from many viewpoints. Awareness of a heavy flood of energy
becomes a certainty.
Any certainty, just as any effect, is better than no certainty. Thus
we find the preclear suspended on the track anywhere he has had a high
certainty. Thus his suspension in electronics and such. A certainty is
positive or negative-that something exists, that something does not exist.
Run, as though it speaks, "There is something here" and "There is nothing
here" in any numb or painful body area, and then the pc the same as though
he speaks to it, and the somatic will abate or the numbness vanish. This
can be applied to the outer areas around the preclear as well.
Matched or Double Terminals in brackets is a fast and effective
technique. It is run on certainties. One runs only those things of which
the pc is certain. They alone create a "maybe" and a "maybe" alone
aberrates. A high level process is Matched or Double Terminals in brackets:
"I want more awareness" with the emotion of certainty; "I want less
awareness" with an emotion of certainty. "I want no awareness" "I want some
awareness." This pin knocks a case that is hanging fire into a willingness
to perceive and, hence, communicate better. One resolves also the problem
of lost viewpoints with brackets on "I have my (mother's) viewpoint" and "I
do not have my (mother's) viewpoint" and on all persons who saw or
evaluated for the preclear. Also in brackets "(Any dynamic) can handle
communications" "(Any dynamic) cannot handle communications. "
The key theta actions are "REACH" and "WITHDRAW." The auditor is
trying to withdraw communications from the preclear. This restimulates in
the auditor trying to withdraw or wait for communications in his own past.
An auditor must match-terminal "I must (must not) withdraw the
communication" on himself to get into good shape to audit.
My best to you.
RON
From: L. RON HUBBARD Through: The Office of
L. Ron Hubbard
Seville, Spain 30
Marlborough Place
London N.W.8, England
ASSOCIATE NEWSLETTER NO. 6
[1953, ca. early July]
This is a brief one about organization. It has taken me three years to
try to fit some kind of organization and some kind of processing to our
present society. You may think that founding a science was tough-tougher
has been organization. You've no idea of the state of managers in the
United States today and you've no idea of the incredible occurrences in the
early foundations. Well, just as we are beginning to get national polite
recognition (Time June 8, Medicine and other publications) we have, I do
believe, an organization which ( I ) can't be swept away by carelessness or
organized attack, which (2) gives us the benefit of versatility on the part
of many managements, (3) permits me to investigate, write and publish
without terrific economic duress (for it would stun you to know that NO
earlier organizations spent a thin dime on this one), (4) which permits a
service organization, the HAS, to provide publications and national
service, and (5)-most important-which gets the job done.
I have been some time trying to evolve what we are doing. It's quite
one thing to plan a thing, quite another to see it go into action in MEST.
I've made a lot of fits and starts trying to straighten things out with
everybody's agreement and liking and I think, from what I hear from you,
that we've just about got it in the following form:
The associate schools train to an HCA level, giving whatever courses
below that rating they desire, such as basic and group courses. A unit,
more or less the HAS, gives a correspondence-associate assist course in the
history of psychotherapy, psychology, general semantics, electronic brains
and Freudian psychotherapy; this comes before, during or after HCA training
and is not required for an HCA. With field practice and this correspondence
course, the HCA qualifies toward a doctorate. The doctorate course is a
very high level course and leads to a very superior degree ranking with or
above psychiatric degrees. What we call doctorate schools teach lower level
courses and the doctorate course (otherwise they wouldn't be able to
survive until we had the demand for the upper-upper level course) but
someday become a sort of university finishing school. An HCA who finishes
his general correspondence course and does a lot of field work can qualify
for an HGA as a designation to denote experience and senior standing. Thus
we have the ratings of Group Auditor (GA), HCA, HGA, B.Scn. (pending
doctorate) and D.Scn. (awarded from a very high source abroad). There would
be an additional course but it wouldn't, at least at this time, be a course
leading to anything but better auditing; I get occasional requests to be
studied with and someday I'll have to run a clinic to make this possible,
but this matter is no great concern to an associate for the only people who
are demanding it are real old-time HDAs and HCAs. Associates also run
clinics if they choose and clinics exist without schools. This is pretty
clear cut and agreed upon amongst you, from what comment I have had, and
follows a general trend.
The HAS on its part issues to every student the moment he is enrolled
and paid up in the associate school and has his name passed into the Philly
HAS, a set of 50 course books, a Self Analysis, a Handbook for Preclears
(so he'll have the Axioms) and a copy of "This Is Scientology." He is put
on the PAB list as a conditional professional member and is made a
conditional professional member of the HAS. He is also sent, thereafter for
a year, the Journal of Scientology. On graduating the associate airmails
his name to the London HAS and a letter of award of HCA is immediately sent
to the student direct or via the associate as indicated and is followed by
the regular certificate (since the latter takes a little time to prepare
and sign). When the letter of award is issued, a card as professional
member of the HAS is also issued.
Copyright (�)1953 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
The associate sends 15% of the enrollment fee of the student to the HAS in
London and remits on the first of each month. This fee is divided between
the HAS for books and materials and membership and myself for the purpose
of PABs and maintenance. The 15% fee includes all books and materials as
above, professional membership for the student, the Journal et al and
should, by reason of materiel, make the course more saleable by the
associate.
The associate could have on hand a few sets in a neat package for his
prospective students and could order replacement sets rather than direct
sets for the student in the interest of cutting down the time it would take
for the student to receive the course booklets which, presumably, would be
immediately necessary for the student's training.
The HAS would, in view of this support, cease to try to make money or
exploit Scientology for its own maintenance and would exist as a general
promotional organization for the various associates, publishing the Journal
and books in order to net a wide interest level from which the associate
could profit. The Journal would carry associate ads without charge, would
keep auditors interested via the PAB, would place book and subject ads in
various national publications on a very professionally high level and
would, in short, keep its nose clean.
The mailing lists of the HAS would be available to associates by area
or in general, at postage and handling costs. The London HAS has automatic
addressing and addresses on tapes. The HAS would then be a mail address
center.
Aside from general book circulars and special issues (for promotion)
of the Journal, nothing else would go out to the HAS mailing list. The
member and subscription lists would, of course, get their publications.
Now it happens I know this will work because it is more or less
working right now. All the pieces are in place on the board for things to
go this way and nothing new is needed to make this work, for it is already
working without much confusion. Things sort of drifted in this direction.
You have now in existence three possible methods of handling associate
fees. The first is ten percent straight on all fees; the second is $55 per
certification; the third is 15% of training gross and all books furnished
the student. These systems have been worked out from various suggestions by
associates. I advocate the 15% of gross for all associates and doctorate
schools because it means a large saving to the associate in terms of books
and means more books in student hands, for I don't say there that the
associate cannot charge a little more for including the books. You can
choose any one of the three but it is my hope that we can standardize on
the 15% and stop changing it around to agree with this associate or that
one and so that my office can get back its sanity in bookkeeping.
The associate, by this system, obtains a much more saleable course and
takes out of existence HAS competition which comes about when the HAS
exchequer drifts too dangerously low. The HAS can exist then to interest
the public for the associate and to keep the HCA happy, for an unhappy HCA
can really hurt one's activities.
This would permit us to continue calmly on without much mad scramble
to a point where we are the training and guiding units of psychotherapy in
general for the U.S. We are trending that way with no strain. All we've got
to do now is keep turning out good auditors and getting results and in two
to five years, we'll be the say-so, each in his own area, of who mans the
sanitariums and who runs child guidance in the schools. Medicine and
psychiatry started much too late to do something about it.
Now here and there you see Mongrelology, an original duplicate of what
we're doing, start up and attract a lot of people. One, Conceptology in San
Antonio, is the latest flash in the pan. Don't worry about these. They help
us real fine. The people they attract get educated enough, eventually, to
wonder what the basic science is and because, whatever you may think, I get
lots of real good notices and publicity, they'll come right over to get the
whole story from us for, believe me, we've got a three-year lead on any
upstart and we're publicly miles above any hangdog "Dianetics is all right
but Hubbard is no good" outfit. The latter attitude almost always brings me
an eventual letter which says, "They kept telling me you had something
awful wrong with you and they kept saying it so hard I finally decided you
must be okay . . ." etc. etc. etc.
These beavers all chew and chew and chew and when they drop the tree, there
it is in our pond. Been doing that now for three years. The bad press I've
had is getting older and older. It takes two to three years for a repute to
alter or blow over and our various opponents shot their bolt. They shot it
so hard that now very few believe them about anything. It's like the kid
that cried wolf. Well, however fatuous this may sound to you, however
impatient you may be about a lot of things, how do we really profit by our
past? We simply saw wood. Now is the time to get calm and conservative, to
be vested interest. We aren't the wild-eyed revolutionary any more because
we've been around too long. We're on the verge of being the marble-fronted,
soft-spoken voice of calm authority on the subject of psychotherapy. We
better be what we are. All we've got to do is be what we are-an
organization which has really taken a beating but which learned how in the
meanwhile. And we'd better realize that our strength lies in a good
friendship one for another, unit to unit, and a realization that while
we'll never have the glory of hanging desperately for our Cause, we'll have
the satisfaction of occupying the fort for an awful long time to come.
Do you know that your total enrollment as of now is almost five times
the student enrollment at the peak of the "boom"? As an organization we
have three times the membership of the foundations at their height? Do you
know you are partners with schools in every quarter of the globe? That the
course you are teaching is also being started so close to the Russian
border that the Russ guards are visible from the window? That the pcs we
used to sweat hard over are easy today? That the most ancient things we
know are becoming big news to the professional world? You might be a little
stuck on the time track and if so, think about these things for a minute.
And think about this- they've been howling about my "repute" for three
years and for three years I've kept on working and producing toward the
same goal, and year by year, in terms of processing, your reality has come
closer to my cursed optimism.
Well, I ought to be optimistic. I've never known otherwise than (l)
that this was a tough fight and (2) that it was going to be won.
The biggest part of the winning of this fight has to do with you. The
continuous support and loyalty and hard work of most of you has more than
offset the attacks upon. You've been mauled around and doubted and you've
stuck your necks out and you've stayed in there with preclears and fought
the same economic fight I have. I don't forget things like that and I
appreciate them.
_______________________________
On the matter of techniques, SHORT 8A has been breaking up occluded
cases rather easily even if the auditing is not very brief. I know actually
and truthfully of only two processes now which break up easily the second
type of occluded case. Occluded cases can be broken into two types-one type
which is black and on almost any process well applied comes out of it, the
incident being simply an incident in which the pc is stuck. The other type
of occluded case is that one which is not only occluded, it will not let
anything happen; the first method of solution I used was a sort of auditor
personality approach in which I gently led the attention of the pc into a
security and confidence of being able to see his facsimiles by coaxing him
patiently through light locks. The other technique is recent. Results with
all our techniques have been, in the hands of auditors, very spotty on the
second type of occluded case. Call this second type not just a V; call it a
RESISTIVE V. This case, as I knew when I released SOP-8, is not solved by
SOP-8 unless one puts in many-many-many hours on alternating V and VI. That
is a very tough sled to pull. Hence there is SHORT 8A, and SHORT 8A is a
rote process for the resolution of the RESISTIVE V.
Thus if you have a few RESISTIVE Vs around, wait until I get SHORT 8A
into your hands rather than waste much time with them, for they break an
auditor's heart with their "Nothing Must Happen Or Change." This is a
mechanical condition and doesn't yield to pulling postulates. The pc can't
help it. I am writing up the notes on SHORT 8A for there's a lot of
technology behind it even if it could be done without much training. So it
will be with you soon.
Ron
P.A.B. No. 5
PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
From L. RON HUBBARD
Via The Office of L. Ron Hubbard
30 Marlborough Place, London N.W.8
___________________________________________________________
[1953, ca. mid-July]
ABOUT PABs
The response in terms of letters to the Professional Auditor's
Bulletin is very heartening. Some have called it "the first auditor's
newscast since Book I." Reports of cases which had long "hung fire"
breaking under the onslaught of the data in the PABs puts a "long
continuation" on the service.
The Professional Auditor's Bulletin was inaugurated to be timed with
the simplicity of data as contained in the Journal of Scientology Issue
"THIS IS SCIENTOLOGY, Science of Certainty." Here begins an era lacking in
doubt and complexities for we gaze now at a solved problem, the human mind
and human behavior. Many other problems may be solved as well but we KNOW
and we are CERTAIN that change can be effected in any preclear in a
reasonable length of time. And we have as well, various group techniques
which are many times as effective as the individual techniques of '50-'52.
It was entirely necessary to pass through and to release data about
many things which can be found in people and we are fortunate in having
this data. But it is no longer necessary to answer challenges about the
"authenticity" of things which have been mysterious these thousands of
years. Like recent medical society releases (Time Magazine, June 8, 1953)
demonstrate a growing alertness as to the actuality of "birth" and
"prenatals" as described in Book One, someday perhaps all these other
matters such as "whole track" will likewise receive widespread agreement.
This is beside the point. The point is that the engram can be solved
in quantity lots irrespective of content and a man can be made free to his
desired limits of freedom. This is all we have tried to do, make Man
happier and better in a sometimes unkind universe. Perhaps the basic
difference between "investigation" and "research" is that the investigator
should seek truth, and "research" all too often seeks only agreement from
the crowd. I find what I do and do what I do either because it is, to my
way of thinking, the best thing to do or is the only thing I can do at the
moment when confronted by many difficult obstacles; I have been too long in
the "professions of applause" to care much for applause; my goal is the
simplicity of getting a job done. And the job of making Man well is the job
I have had the temerity to assume, not because I thought it would enrich
anyone and certainly not for that odious thing called fame-for it is rather
amusing that my name is not Hubbard and the fame, if it ever came, would go
only to a legal trademark, a thing without body or spirit. Little men with
great fears have often made the task hard; but it is being done and its
results are being reported in the Professional Auditor's Bulletin.
L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright(�) 1953 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.]
From: L. RON HUBBARD Through: The Office of
L. Ron Hubbard
Spain 30
Marlborough Place
London N.W.8,
England
ASSOCIATE NEWSLETTER NO. 7
[1953, ca. late July]
Strategy and Tactics:
Just as a preclear sometimes must be approached with a very quietly
deft campaign, so the U.S. has had to be approached organizationally with
Scientology. It may seem to you sometimes that there is confoundedly little
reason behind all this organizational set-up but the truth of the matter
is, organizational patterns for what we are doing did not exist in 1950.
The campaign had to be cut from whole cloth. The original planning was
completely overridden by one fact-an instant popularity; the staggering
effect of this upon the first Foundation was enough to wreck it and wreck
as well, in the reaction, the second Foundation. There was a very basic
flaw in the entire Foundation type operation: It did not permit individuals
to act on their own initiative and it robbed the science of that skill
which should evolve in the field of management and it hung the science with
poor managers selected politically, one might say; these managers uniformly
had the drawback of knowing business but not Scientology; the two don't mix
well. By the way, I got to a point finally where I would almost scream when
somebody suggested that what we needed was a "good business man": these
were death and ruin to us primarily because what we do requires a good
heart and a desire to help, things remarkably absent in the buffoonery of
modern business. There was another flaw in Foundations: they set up a
single target of attack. Any time one sets up a single target for the enemy
to fire at, trouble will happen and it did happen. The shafts and arrows
that come my way are an almost inevitable result of being a single target:
Chaucer's "Ballade of Ye Goode Counsel" was never so true, never so true.
Well, what do we have today and why?
We have an organization of sufficient plasticity that it does not
require extraordinary methods of financing and which is sufficiently
dispersed to immunize it against attacks; its lack of need for finance
before it can function makes a future "angel" unnecessary; its lack of
corporate interconnection makes a would-be attacker such as the AMA stay
its hand in the face of an impossible task, for in order to "stop"
Scientology such an attacker would have to sue at least twenty different
places and companies in that many different locations and that would cost
in legal fees alone a fortune. So the attack never develops and if it
starts it vanishes before anything very wide happens, as in Detroit where
all is getting quieter and quieter and the interest in Scientology higher
and higher. By remaining interconnected in name and purpose and style of
training and level of result, our many-faced organization yet presents to
some upstart a vested interest of considerable power and our vested
interest grows and grows strongly for a change. It is difficult to educate
an entire public, for it is actually pretty crazy but, by keeping our
general name and style and by staying connected under a goal as well agreed
upon as ours, we can and only then can educate the public. We have the
benefit now of many skilled managers whose skill would have been and indeed
was lost under the Foundation system. We have defense in depth, a broad
reach and a future which, by these things, grows stronger and stronger.
We are, in truth, as individuals, getting on our feet, as individual
companies and clinics and schools just now getting into the swing of
things. Mail by mail one, then another, shows more strongly across the
world. Here a new building has just been bought, there an instructor has
just decided to retrain a whole class as ''unfit by
Copyright (�)1953 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
current standards", another is well advanced into a campaign to reach
industries, and so it goes. I would that you could see yourselves as an
entire picture as I see it through these many communication lines. It is
getting to be a very, very good view indeed.
Some day those amongst us who worry will see in a very successful
fellow associate a distinct asset, not a rival. A good show in Phoenix is
worth much to San Francisco. A good clinic in the Middle East will help
bring prosperity to one in New Zealand.
We have the cream amongst us of all the auditors trained to date.
Those who aren't "with us" were never with their preclears or their own
cases either, so no loss. The best have survived what has been in truth a
very bad battle and the best are numbered, every one, amongst our
associates and loyal supporters. They are not the best because they are
with us, they are the best because they know their Dianetics and
Scientology and can solve cases. Bluntly, the "auditors" who aren't with us
can't solve cases and they can't because they don't know their business-I
know because I get the kicks from the preclears processed by auditors who
also are intensely critical of us and of me.
We have several very strong organizations and they daily grow
stronger. Amongst these are the Hubbard Foundation in Camden, Lamoreaux's
in Phoenix, and London and Los Angeles. Any one of these is strong enough
in itself to carry the whole burden but, in the absence of help, would be
enturbulated on the single-target basis. And naming just these does not
mean that there are no others as strong.
Organizationally speaking we have first the HAS itself. What is it
actually? It is several companies in different places, each one autonomous.
It would be almost impossible legally to penetrate these concerns by suing
one to obtain the rights of others. Each one of these companies has in
itself certain rights and copyrights. One and another have different
membership responsibilities. The function of the HAS is very simple: it is-
they are-publishing and dissemination firms for data for one thing. The
Pennsylvania HAS is solely a publishing company. It publishes the Journal
of Scientology and several other books. The Arizona HAS has certain rights.
It has as well in itself the founding members. The British HAS has its own
charter, professional and founding members and again, does publishing on
its own.
Each associate has a contract with me personally which calls for a
percentage of the gross training income of that associate in return for
service, good will, support and advertising. These contracts are assigned
to one or another of the various HAS companies. They are, however, not
cancelable by anyone but myself for I have contracts with the HAS to that
effect. The income sent to me is devoted to the various functions in
Scientology. The associate sees that income again in terms of books in
people's hands, disseminates material and solved cases.
Each and every part of each HAS company is solvent and, in view of the
small overheads and apportionment of work, is not likely to be otherwise
from here on out. They have small staffs, small overheads and a good
financial history. Every HAS company pays its bills.
Amongst the various operations the one I have just been in most
continuous contact with, London, is one of the finest we have. It is
managed by Reg Gould. Its chief instructor is one of the best in
Scientology-Denis O'Connell. This organization has increased its number of
groups from seven to forty-two in about three months. George Wichelow, an
outstanding auditor and public performer, is now going about the country
pulling in people by their ears with extremely well-organized enterprise.
Another major operation is the HUBBARD FOUNDATION in Camden where
Helen O'Brien keeps the lions very precisely lined up, if sometimes
snarling, and where Dr. John Noyga, with a deftly convincing but offhand
way is getting upper level Scientology across. Helen is also the "big
wheel" in the Philadelphia HAS, although the Hubbard Foundation and the
Philly HAS are not in any way connected.
Probably the most succumb-proof personality we have, Dr. Ross
Lamoreaux, who is also one of Scientology's most skilled auditors and
instructors is bringing the Phoenix Scientology Institute into higher and
higher levels of beingness. This organization, under Ross, has the skill of
making itself heard in very far places and, lately in
particular, has been taking scalps from the HAS-nots, as one might call
those who oppose the HAS.
In Los Angeles Hardin and Joanna Walsh do a very excellent job of
matching the area with the argument. You might not suspect it, but it takes
REAL genius to do anything at all in Los Angeles-imagine every student you
get being an ex-authority on Slinkism, imagine every technique of
Scientology you release tonight turning up tomorrow in the hands of some
crackpot as Scoism. To have a good operation in Los Angeles is incredible
and yet the Walshes have achieved it. They have with them my good friend
Richard de Mille, the world's greatest 1.5 in addition to his abilities in
Scientology. As Los Angeles has always more or less handled groups since
Remi Stone's time, Joanna of course handles groups for the U.S. They also
dabble a bit into Latin America.
In Detroit the Catastrophe is getting to be history as I suspected it
would when the cops got next to what they really had by the tail. The cops
got bit in the form of an increased interest in Michigan like you never saw
before. So Refa Postel and Earl Cunard are surviving and doing well again
and will soon do better. It ought to be a moral to us all that all a court
can do is wave sheets of paper around and deprive a body of locomotion for
a while.
In San Francisco, George Seidler, assisted by my friend John Farrell,
has been running a very good organization. It's getting sounder and
sounder. George got a note the other day "cancelling his associateship"
which gave him a bad shock as it should have since he's doing fine. I don't
know who sent it to him but I didn't. I haven't cancelled any
associateships and don't intend to. If you want to know how well George is
doing you need only know how bad that area was before he put his lariat on
it: it even had a company in it called, I think, Sickness and Sadness and
the streets were thick all over with stuff from Cherry Papdelaine. A sad
bunch of auditors, trained (God help them) in the first days of L.A., were
trying to act in some direction or other. So George has done quite a job.
Doris Colbury Graffam in Houston, Texas, is doing a good job on Texas.
She keeps right on coming along and I'm real proud of her.
Chicago is held down by the Mazureks and I hear quite a bit from their
clientele. Spokane and a lot of country around there is in the hands of
Walter Hanan. Ray van Wyck up across the border has just completed an
entire year of training on one group of students and infers that their
quality is pretty high above the standard trainee as of course it should be-
if these people know they know. Hubbard Associates of Puget Sound are
settling down after the usual shifts and tumults.
Ernest (Jester) Kish has just taken on, for a fight to the finish, the
State of Ohio. I am expecting Washington, D.C., to be taken over one of
these days-it's always been a rough spot.
And all the others are doing well.
There is some interesting data about the above organizations which I
give you on a sort of I-told-you-so basis. The most stable and prosperous
of them haven't deviated from techniques as handed out one milli-inch. The
least stable get snarled up on technique maybes and perhaps this has
something to do with their financial upsets. The public is buying
increasingly and ever increasingly exactly what the HAS is selling and
isn't buying dilutions. I have some almost frantic appeals for help here
from nonauthorized "foundations" who started for glory on "converted
procedure" and wound up in the strange state of mind that I should now bail
them out.
As for publications, the fifty Course Books remain standard. The
axioms haven't changed and won't-but will be added to with several pre-
logics and axioms which simplify the rest but don't change them. And with
"THIS IS SCIENTOLOGY" you are into a stretch of simplicity we can all use.
What a heck of a time we had with data-but how much richer we are that that
data isn't a Big Mystery when we encounter it now.
The Journal is getting an increasing number of subscribers every week,
is getting out wider and wider.
And what of the "opposition"? I guess under that heading you could group
the whole of prior vested interest in keeping things scarce. But there is
no real opposition. It's dwindled down to a pathetic campaign over
"communication networks." I've tapped several and honest, they must make
friends for us like mad. "They" have gone down so low now that they condemn
us for being "only data sources." That's like saying the sun's no good
because it gives light. A fellow from Los Angeles wrote the other day that
what I take to mean the usual source of entheta was about to invest "over a
quarter of a million dollars in litigation in the next few years" and that
I ought to make some kind of offer. He doesn't know that I have made, to
date, about a dozen offers, all very reasonable and that every one has been
turned down without an invitation to any discussion; a few people still
think that certain people really want to get Dianetics going even though
those same people have yet to do anything, so far as I can see, but harm it
and make things tough for me. The fact that a suit was served on me EVERY
time I gave a lecture series finally convinced a lot of people that the
entire effort there was to stop me from teaching people Dianetics. For the
suits came to nothing and coincided every time with a lecture series and so
did not seem very coincidental. So by August first, so far as I can
predict, there won't be any real opposition within the science that I can
place.
And what of techniques? Well, I up and solved it as I told you a
little while back. I've been rationing it now against digestion. Don't want
to shock people too hard. You see, what I solved was exactly how pictures
are made, by what and why. So the rest was simplicity itself. A person
starts resisting the MEST Universe with "flitter" and, of course, starts
taking pictures by sheer mechanical fact of wave vs. wave. His resistance
distance is the distance away from him that he is taking the picture. When
that is close, you get the "wide-open" case. When he won't take pictures,
you get the occluded case. It's totally a problem in flitter (that gold
stuff the thetan puts out) and a conflict between the body taking pictures
and the thetan taking pictures and the amount of MEST Universe action
present which causes one to resist (and so take pictures). The basic
circuit for the GE is "There is (is not) something behind it, under the
surface, below it, above it" for the picture is of the surface only but
gravity demonstrates an unseen but felt greater mass. For the thetan the
basic circuit is "There must be something to start it" when, of course,
there is NOTHING at the start, the start being boundaries for nothingness.
So circuits, so pictures.
Old Survive comes in strong again with "Life cannot (can) persist,"
"Life is important (not important)," "Life is scarce (abundant)," "Life is
worth (not worth) living," etc. etc. This is run very workably with an
incredibly summated summarized process: White terminals of people, matched,
in brackets, with the effort to reach, not reach, withdraw, not withdraw,
with hordes of people below admiring all this. In other words, if you can
do it, you can shoot the works with everything from effort processing
forwarded all in one chunk. This is done on MEST objects, not people. When
one fails, he gets the ambition to be the valence that won, whether it is a
tooth, a fist, a piece of paper. Ambition is trying to become what has
whipped one. And that's evolution. One runs a process like this on the
lines of Short 8 and we get Short 8A wherein we use the above and steps
like it in between each of the unlimited steps of Short 8.
I'm just giving you advance notice of this. You can play the organ
with all the stops open if you want. Effort to reach, not reach, withdraw,
not withdraw, in matched terminals, in brackets, admired by mobs from
below. Wow! It isn't the easiest technique to work.
Another technique is "transferring." One swaps matched terminaled
people into himself, himself into them, back and forth, back and forth, and
then a matched terminaled self (in brackets) into objects and objects into
self (particularly working tools). And we get the mechanisms of sympathy.
Giving sympathy is turning one's self into others (letting them eat one)
and obtaining sympathy is turning others into self (eating them). This runs
out the mechanism of the winning valence. And then we change matched
nothingness into matched somethingness and vice versa.
Beingness processing is a process, like the last paragraph, but done
straight wire. One discovers what the pc is trying to be in terms of names,
MEST objects. The goal of the pc will be to become a person or a MEST
object. As the thetan can only approximate conditions of beingness and
cannot himself be, the pc is, of course, pretty well shifted out of
himself. Find the first time he failed in this life and "transfer" him into
what made him fail and back again if you like. Or by straight wire. And
there you have it. Of course, by the brackets you get as well all the overt
acts.
If you don't catch all the above rapidly, it's because so much of it
is old stuff packaged up to work like fury.
Wasting things, by the way, is a very superior technique but on a lot
of cases you have to run admiration or they just don't move.
The whole cycle of wasting is as follows: Get the pc to waste, get him
to get others to waste, get him to keep others from having the item, get
him to get others to keep him from having the item, get him enforcing the
item on others, others enforcing the item on him, get him desiring, others
desiring, being curious about, others being curious about the item, get it
in GITA in abundance and it is really RUN. BUT it is not necessary to do
all this or work any one item long. I give it about ten minutes or less per
item and simply get the pc to skim along, thus getting him to some hot
buttons faster and not getting him bogged. Run expanded GITA like a swallow
flies and you've got it. Labor it too hard and it tends to get the pc.
The button "You are self-determined" "not self-determined" is
fascinating when run in matched terminaled brackets.
You see, all this sort of thing boils down to MECHANICAL interchange
between "flitter" and the actions of the MEST Universe which include
gravity, vacuums, and various kinds of energy. Theta "flitter" can react
against MEST. The first fatal step of the thetan is to RESIST. The moment
he uses "flitter" to resist incoming MEST waves, he first gets pictures of
the SURFACE of the MEST, then (because these pictures contain all aspects
of MEST) all the energy actions of MEST such as gravity. He is "pulled
down" and "condensed" by MEST. Gravity will not let him withdraw. And so he
is in a terrible state at last. The contest is between FORCE and ADMIRATION
(sensation). Admiration dissolves force, force cancels admiration. Forbid
the use of force, restrict the use of admiration and a thetan becomes
powerless. A collapsed track is gravity working on masses of theta energy
which has actual mass. The remedy is either breaking the mass up with
admiration (a long but effective process) or restraining the thetan to use
his force not to resist MEST waves but to make new objects of his own
design (STEP VI, SOP-8). Agreeing with MEST, using flows, lots of other
things simply pin him deeper into this problem. Automaticity is this fact
of taking pictures automatically simply by putting out "flitter." A
confusion about time is this condensation of old energy by gravity. Time is
also the basic on LOSS. Every moment is LOST. A major loss then keys in
this continuous loss, energy condenses, gravity acts on the thetan's
facsimiles and the thetan refuses to take any more pictures (mechanically,
he can't) and so finds himself in the "past" and entirely lost.
The above with rapidity, but there so you won't be caught off guard
when it appears much later in PABs. It actually needs a lot of explanation.
THE FACSIMILE, ITS ORIGIN, BEHAVIOR AND SOLUTION will be the next big
Journal Book Issue.
THE LOGS AND AXIOMS will be the next big issue after that.
In between there will be a lot of filler issues, good dope, comments,
etc.
SOP-8A I am going to release slightly differently than forecast, as
already mentioned above. It uses every trick I know about to get a low-step
case and includes much of the above, interlarding the process with material
which rebalances the case.
I am also writing up a book on the subject of Freudian Self-analysis.
It will be published in the Journal. The reason for this is very plain. The
Freudians and psychoanalysts all agree more or less on a lot of hogwash
about the second dynamic (utterly missing the brutal sixth). Sure enough,
solving the second dynamic is fairly important in a case. This lean towards
Freud is to show that those things on which people in
psychiatry etc. have agreed are solved with sudden finality by Scientology.
That makes up the agreement continuation of all psychotherapy and gives us
legal standing. It also gives us the impact of all Freudian lay following
which isn't slight. So bear with me on this Freud excursion. We're not
okaying Freud and saying Sex is all. We simply say we solve Freud too.
ITEM: At the Hubbard Foundation we are issuing a small gold key to the
ace graduates with the word "SCIO" on it.
BECAUSE IT IS GOING TO TAKE TWO YEARS AND MORE to make competent
doctors under the present planning, we are bridging the gap as we can in
order to designate our very best auditors. At the doctorate schools a very
few of these gold keys will suffice. In the field in general we are going
to issue, on recommendation, the certificate of H.G.A. which says, "HUBBARD
GRADUATE AUDITOR-we know this auditor is honest and trustworthy and can
solve your case." Only a few will be issued. WOULD YOU PLEASE SEND ME THE
NAMES AND ADDRESSES OF AUDITORS YOU FEEL REALLY DESERVE THIS. We are not
now going to charge for it (changing the last bulletin) in any way except,
of course, if the auditor doesn't happen to be a member of the HAS and
decides to become one, a thing which is incidental. Some auditors are
astonishingly better than others and we ought to recognize the fact.
My wider reaction to the 15% is very good. I think it is a good idea
as it gives the associate all the books for the student, gets material
around better and makes bookkeeping much simpler in my office. It does not
change any contract I have with you. It simply permits, by the payment of
an extra 5% when the 10% is paid to secure the books the student should
have. I hope all associates decide to standardize on this at this time. It
is 155'o of all training fees, the HAS then providing the associate with a
prepackaged set of books for each student enrolled in an HCA Course.
________________________________
Went to a bullfight yesterday. It's all stacked against the poor bull.
He comes snorting and pawing into the arena, looks around for something to
take revenge upon for all his indignity. He never gets a chance to see the
fences. People start waving capes and off goes this mountain of strength to
get his man. But he doesn't see the man, he is distracted by the cape and
charges it. Of course, there's nothing behind the cape so he keeps charging
into nothingness. Every time he gets himself all set to ruin a toreador,
the cape is there to distract. After running himself weary after capes, he
is suddenly encouraged to find a picador confronting him. The picador is
mounted on a horse and the bull for once can get his strength and horns
into this horse and he proceeds to do so, BUT, the picador leans in with a
long pike and every time the bull gets a good thrust at the horse, spikes
go into his back inches deep with plenty of force behind them. This cures
the bull of butting very hard-a nice, big engram. Then men start sailing at
him at fast speed on foot to plant bandilleros (spiked sticks!) in his
back. He's got the engram now so he doesn't try hard to get them even
though they are right in front of him.
The bull now knows. He knows he is going to die. That is the first
time this has occurred to him and the shock is severe. He stands there sick
at his stomach, guts heaving, covered with his own blood, getting weaker
and weaker. And then comes the matador and makes him dip and lunge a few
more times at a red cape. It's all over. The bull knows it. But he still
reacts enough to make his lunges. And the matador, with a pretty dance,
slides a long rapier from in front and into the hump and down into the
heart. The bull still tries to make it but there are the capes again to
make him turn around and around and so make him pump enough blood to kill
himself. And down he goes and they sink an axe in his skull and he's dead.
And the pretty little horses come out and hook to his horns and sail away
dragging him to the tune of jingling bells. And they sweep it all up and
sprinkle new sand and let in another bull.
MEST Universe, what would happen if the bull ever charged the fence?
Best regards,
Ron
T H E J O U R N A L O F
SCIENTOLOGY
Issue 18-G [1953, ca. late July]
Published by
The Hubbard Association of Scientologists, Inc.
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
Off the Time Track:
L. RON HUBBARD lecturing, June 1952
"Free theta is attention units free enough to be directed of your own
volition .... An unreduced facsimile is one that still has the capability
of absorbing your attention unit output .... At 1.8 you will find real pain
.... A human being behaves like an attention unit. This is factual .... The
concept of aloneness was installed as a control mechanism .... The
aesthetic band is practically a disintegrating band. For instance, you can
generate music and practically own people .... You become to some extent
that with which you agree.... Somebody thought this universe up-literally-
that's why you can disintegrate engrams .... You can place on your future
track facsimiles of future high level beingness.... Unawareness of your
present time body is good health.... The more heavy facsimiles you pick up,
the less active you are-for example, an athlete.... Bring two free energies
together and you get matter.... Invalidation occurs at cancellation of any
thought, emotion or effort by any thought, emotion or effort .... Regret is
trying to make time run backwards .... The only way you can control people
is to lie to them.... Decision is sanity. The degree he's capable of
decision determines his sanity.... Sex is a harmonic of aesthetics and
pain.... Theoretically, if you were high enough on the tone scale, you
could run matter as an engram and disintegrate it .... MEST is motion in
super apathy .... Give a psychotic time and space .... Care of the body is
the worst obsession we have. It's like taking care of a baby by painting
his toys .... Only the very aberrated love their eccentricities .... The
preclear will tell you everything wrong with his case in the first session,
but he'll usually give you the wrong side of it .... Moses was so good he
could probably enter into a cave and cause it to bite people .... The
degradation of Man is primarily on the fourth dynamic. Every time a man
does something dishonorable or unethical he has the feeling that the whole
race is degraded.... On the seventh dynamic, look for overt acts against
aesthetics.... If you could look at a man's facsimiles, it would look like
an alarm clock some kid had taken apart.... This business of requiring
photons for sight is a major aberration .... Run all the times a preclear
tried to keep someone from knowing.... The mind is very good at
approximating, at setting up symbols.... Data which is socially
unacceptable is almost always aberrative.... You can probably process the
main body of theta with technique 80 .... You don't need a MEST body to run
engrams .... You identify people as their MEST body and they identify you
as your MEST body. Straight wire back to the first time you identified
somebody by their MEST body .... As you go up tone scale, you reach new
levels of ARC with your own kind .... At the level where you don't feel the
need to arm-yourself-against, where you trust, that is the level of true
brotherhood...."
Copyright(�) 1952 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
P.A.B. No. 6
PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
The Only Unbiased and Accurate Professional
Publication in Dianetics and Scientology
From L. RON HUBBARD
Via Hubbard Communications Office
4 Marylebone High Street, London W.1
___________________________________________________________
[1953, ca. end July]
CASE OPENING
Here begins the first of the series of Professional Auditor's
Bulletins which deal with the auditor's own case and which can be "self-
audited." Later the auditor may care to use the steps of this series on
difficult preclears.
I am assuming throughout this series that the auditor is a difficult
case but to get to the top and stay at the top the auditor, whatever he
believes his case to be, should follow through on these steps.
We are going to pursue the following course here: the body, the
analytical mind, the reactive mind, the rehabilitation of force and
perception. We are going to take, at one session every two weeks, quite a
little time at this. You've been ruining yourself for a score or two of
years so you can expect a score or two of weeks to get unruined.
Now, to begin, I have often offered a point to you which is nearly
always missed-the mind and the body are part of a gradient scale of
creation. The mind is at a high point on this scale, the body at a low
point. The mind has all the capabilities of the body, but the body has lost
many of the capabilities of the mind. Thus the mind can function
independently of the body so long as it does not have its attention
continually on the body.
When the mind fixates wholly upon the body we have that extreme degree
of introversion visible in psychotics or neurotics. No exterior world
remains-there is only the body. The dwindling spiral toward oblivion is
this road of greater and greater fixation upon the body.
You can observe that the child is very exteriorized in interest,
sympathy, projects and you can trace the curve of his growing unhappiness
through a life which at last is most concerned with eating or the inability
to eat.
The downward curve of any case is this curve.
How does the mind become fixated upon the body? If you know your
engrams you can see the sudden introversion caused by a blow. Kick somebody
and observe his attention turn to the point of contact and only then turn
out again to resent the kick. If you keep on kicking him and if he cannot
use the motion to kick you he will turn all the way inwards about kicks and
be in apathy. He is now a body willing to accept the exterior directions of
your mind.
The compounded poundings of a lifetime bring about, in the natural
course of events, this fixation upon the body. To get well, you must
reverse this course, not by
Copyright (�)1953 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
going into the past where there were no kicks (the effort of the neurotic)
but by reducing or erasing the impacts (as per Dianetics) or by
extroverting the attention (as in Scientology). These two methodologies
have been developed by myself in order to make people well. There are many
ways in Dianetics and Scientology to achieve this. None of these ways
include shocks and impacts upon the body, as these, of course, reverse the
process and parallel the dwindling spiral of the MEST Universe.
If you have studied Issue 1 6-G of the Journal of Scientology, you
will understand the simplicities with which we are dealing. While there is
much more to Scientology than will be found in 1 6-G, none of it exceeds
these basics.
Some are so extremely dense or so spun in that such simplicity of
background is subject to grave suspicion and some are so far gone on voodoo
that this separation of high level mental awareness (the analytical mind)
and low level awareness (the reactive mind) must, of course, be witchcraft
or charlatanism. When we separate the analytical mind from the body we
discover most often that it very unclearly perceives this universe. It
knows it is not in the body but it can't see walls. It can't even move
mountains. The body is convinced about walls; the analytical mind, more
highly aware, isn't convinced about walls for it hasn't been hit by that
many walls. Very much more aware of truth, the analytical mind, wonderfully
serene, sees or doesn't see walls at choice. The point is, the conviction
of the existence of a universe depends upon the chronic restimulation of
impacts. A fabulously interesting, utterly unbelievable communication
system, complete with its own time, comes about through these impacts. The
reactive mind (the body) believes it utterly. It isn't sane to be MEST or
to be a body. Watch the skidding psychotic and observe his greater and
greater conviction that thought is MEST, that words are objects, and watch
first his growing anxiety about the body and then his frantic efforts to
retain sensation and then his loss of all. This cure is worth studying, for
it is the cure of illness, aberration and difficulty on any dynamic.
The primary difference between the analytical mind and the body is the
ability of the analytical mind to have nothing and the inability of the
reactive mind, the body, to have nothing. The body knows things exist and
knows there are things it must have and things it must not have. By things
we mean things with molecules in them.
Thus in this first session, we are going to ask the preclear, namely
you, to put some attention on your body-medically and dietetically.
You won't find in any of my lectures or writings any discounting of
the physical ills of the body. They comprise 30% of the 100% of Man's ills.
On the contrary, you will find me asking time after time to be aware of, to
observe, that your preclear may be physically sick. Physical illness is
predisposed by, precipitated by and prolonged by mental aspects and
difficulties. But you don't run engrams on a preclear with a curable
physical ailment. Cure the ailment or alleviate it and then run engrams.
All right. Now observe the mental curve of a physically ill person. It
approximates, in the various stages of the sickness, the various depths of
the tone scale. A physically ill person is a mentally ill person. In the
sanitariums if they had anybody there to observe it, some percentage of
their "insane" are only ill physically, but this chronic physical illness
is bad enough to make them act insane. One notable case comes to mind of a
psychiatrist electrically shocking an inmate many times to discover finally
(without any embarrassment, being professionally beyond shame) that the
patient was in continual agony from cancer. An operation arrested the
cancer. The electric shock was not so easily repaired.
Very well, not to infer anybody is insane, be aware that a chronic low
tone, anxiety and insecurity can stem from a prolonged but not entirely
suspected physical illness which in this day of Aureomycin may be cured.
Being particular about my practice, unlike some people I won't name, I
always send a preclear to a medico before I audit whenever I suspect some
chronic illness for maybe the medico can cure it quickly. If he can, then I
can audit with speed. Auditing a physically sick preclear is slow work. In
many instances where Dianetics failed in auditors' hands, the auditor
didn't look at his preclear. He audited a preclear who secretly took drugs,
who was ridden by some disease, who didn't eat properly-in other words the
failure was a failure to observe the simple rule that when a man is
thirsty, while auditing might help a bit, it's easier to give him a drink
of water.
All right. In this session, I am going to ask you to see if you aren't
thirsty or hungry or sick before we go into your engrams.
How about dropping in on the local insurance examiner for a fast three-
dollar checkover, asking him in particular to look for any possible chronic
illness.
Now, it is 70% possible that whatever worries you or (if it is) makes
your case hard to run, is psychosomatic. Let's wipe out the 30% chance that
any trouble you're having is a physical stick on the tone scale, not a
mental one.
Of course, you may be having no trouble with your own case. Fine. But
if you are holding on to your bank and your body like mad, remember that it
may be because your body is holding on to you.
In those around you and in preclears, you will find it very sound
advice to observe for physical ills as well as mental. It may be true that
all ills are mental BUT it may be possible to cure something fast with a
simple diet change.
As for food-I can tell you at once, without even looking you over that
you are deficient across the boards. I'm no food faddist and I would use
Gaylord Hauser for you know what, but I've fed men on three expeditions and
during an entire war and modem rations are so deficient in vitamins and
minerals that it's a wonder you stagger around at all. Get this-the B1
normal of the average being comes about only through administering in
tablet form about 250 mg. per day. By knocking B1 out of the body I can
reproduce any and every kind of restimulation. It is a bumper between the
restimulable engram and the preclear.
As for the body itself, it was made to be used-worked. Not used, it
goes to the devil quickly. The favorite whine of America is "I don't want
to work." You might as well say "I want to be sick." The American Banker
has sold America and a lot of Great Britain on the glories of getting
enough saved so one can retire. Death and retirement, if you care to look
at the statistics, are damned close together. Retiring or "going away for a
rest" are usually followed by illness. The only ambition of a sane body is
to be permitted to work in harness until it drops dead in harness.
Now you happen to be using a body. Before we worry about your mind
let's clean up the primary communication relay point, the body. And for two
weeks, let's do these things:
1. Clean up your MEST, get done the various odd jobs you've "been
meaning to do."
2. Bring yourself up to date socially and give a letter or a ring or a
personal call on people you've neglected.
3. Take a one-hour walk every day, simply starting away from home very
early (dawn is best) for half an hour and then walk back, a different
direction every day. (If you can't walk, get out in the yard and throw
things for half an hour. If you can't throw, spit at something for
half an hour-and I mean throw and spit literally.)
4. Get a physical examination and if anything is chronic get it
cured.
5. Take twice a day 100 mg. of B1 (200 mg. total) and supplement it with
250 mg. of vitamin C.
If you will do these things, you will be ready in a couple of weeks
for some auditing. And if you feel you're in such top condition you need no
auditing, I dare you to do the above and feel the change.
This is good advice. But it is better than advice. It's an invitation
to start living.
If you won't take it, then you want auditing to supplant living and
you think processing will furnish you with an easy regimen or a painless
suicide.
How about it?
L. RON HUBBARD
P.A.B. No. 7
PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
From L. RON HUBBARD
Via Hubbard Communications Office
4 Marylebone High Street, London W.1
_____________________________________________________________________
[1953, ca. mid-August]
Come on and bear a hand with your professional or special membership.
Send your $28 or �10, if you haven't already sent it, to London-4
Marylebone High Street, London W.1, or to the HAS in Philadelphia-237 North
16th Street. I need your fee to help bear the freight on investigation,
PABs and the Journal. You need this data, this service.
Occasionally you may not like what I say but remember that small fault
can be found with silence. You may not like what people say I do-remember
that all you know for sure about what I do is that I do my job-it being my
simple-minded belief that that is the only way for anybody to get anywhere.
I want you as a member. There are darned few of us to get this show on the
road as it is. So send in your membership fee if you haven't already. I
need it. If you have a better "reason," charge it up to $28 worth of
auditing from Hubbard.
The International Congress of Dianeticists and Scientologists is
scheduled September 30, 1953 (Tuesday to Saturday inclusive) in
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. Write to HAS, 237 N. 16th Street, Philadelphia
for more data-or just be there if it is in easy reach. The entrance fee
will be minor. I'm going to give ten hours of rundown on SOP 8L and
auditing and demonstrations. And there will be lots of case reporting.
Professional organizations will get under way in earnest for the first
time. You may not be aware of it but with 16-G and other material, we are
toeing the mark to take over psychotherapy in the U.S. That's not
ambitious, there not being any besides ours. Hope you can make it. If you
can't, a few months later there will be a Western conference in Phoenix.
Somebody may be interested in a personal project of clinical and
research training. We have too few top-notch boys and girls in auditing and
almost none in investigation. For the six weeks following the Congress I am
going to groom a handful personally, picking out the most promising I can.
There will be an $800 fee, a guaranteed clearing, and an award of HGA to
the successful ones. Needless to say, I only want experienced auditors for
material. Also, I will listen if somebody is impatient to have his case
cracked by me. I'm cracking occluded ones, even in Spanish and French these
days-and I speak darned little of that!
As a personal note, I'm homeward bound by freighter, being shepherd to
a couple of racing vehicles. Susie, who knew no Spanish at all but pronto
(and all Texans know that), now holds long and involved conversations with
the baby's Spanish nurse, shopkeepers, professors and officials.
Confidentially, her accent is very Texan-Spanish with a southern drawl. The
baby, of course, isn't speaking anything even though she understands what I
tell or ask her. She's a real cute kid. All grin and giggle.
Copyright (�) 1953 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
About Scientology, the universities in America would be ashamed of
themselves if they could see and hear the high repute in which the work is
held in Europe. Over here they know something happened in 1950.
Well-to business.
SIX STEPS TO BETTER BEINGNESS
Easy to Learn, Quick to Act
With regard to your own case or any case, be advised that as of this
writing of August, 1953, six short easily learned processes exist which,
separately or in combination, markedly and simply alter and improve a case.
They solve those problems encountered in Dianetics as well as in
Scientology. These processes are unlimited. They are not difficult to do.
They work fast and they require no more time to learn than it would take to
instruct a preclear.
When I step back and look at them I am a little shocked at myself for
not developing them 25 years ago instead of this year, and I am more than a
little shocked that Man, in 3,500 or 4,500 years of written history, could
have remained ignorant of them.
Of course Man, in many cults and systems, borders on these. But make
no mistake-if you think you know one of these because you saw it in
Mysticism or Capitalism or some other cult, read it again here, for you
have missed it. "Taking nothing" is not denial, for denial implies a
shunning of something, and "taking nothing" doesn't even imply a something
exists. This, for example, is an all technique. It is a certainty of
nothing-in-existence. Hard to do at first, perhaps, but productive. And so
it is with other processes. Read well, for the thing may be so simple you
will miss it.
Now what are these six wonder-workers? SOP 8? No, but they appear
there. Formula H? Takes skill to use that. SOP 8L? No, we aren't even
covering these here. Our six processes have been around for a while and
they are given to you as tested, for many auditors have worked with them.
And they are given to you as self-processing techniques, for a trained
auditor can use them on himself. Any one of these, used alone, would
probably effect a theta clear. But that isn't our goal just now. Many of
you have no reality in that. Instead, let us use, one after the other,
these six just to become better beings.
In subsequent PABs we will do processes which bring you to know about
Life through your own certainty. In this one we will aim toward the goal of
getting you to know that you are alive. Oh, you do already? Not, I am
afraid, to as great a degree as you could. In this PAB we are going to
cover the certainty that something can happen.
Now those of you who exteriorize easily need alter these processes
here only to the extent of doing them while exteriorized. These apply to
any case, mock-ups, black or what-room.
The processes are, by proper name:
(1) Ten Minutes of Nothing.
(2) Duplication (Step E, Short 8).
(3) Spacation (Step III, SOP 8).
(4) Contact (Step VII, SOP 8).
(5) Self Analysis (Step VI, SOP 8).
(6) The Opposite Pole.
They rank approximately in the above importance and they can be run in the
above order.
Certainty Processing, Formula H, and SOP 8L are to be the subjects of
later PABs. The above six serve our purpose here. They serve our purpose so
well, these six-that an auditor cannot use them on a preclear without
changing markedly the state of the case. In fact, it is my belief that an
auditor, after testing these on himself and a preclear, could not honestly
go back to using off-brand psychotherapy unless he had something else
besides psychotherapy in mind, such as, shall we say, sadism or coercion.
For these six by themselves or with Certainty, SOP 8, Short 8, SOP 8L and
Formula H, produce any beneficial mental result possible according to my
experiments, data and reports. Remember, all these are Scientology, they
are not Dianetics. They go on a 180� vector to Dianetics. I developed these
in 1953. I carefully point this out in order to unstick a few people on the
time track. The phenomena in Dianetics are still there but Dianetics
requires too much skill and leaves too wide a margin for unscrupulous
auditing. Dianetics isn't better-it's just too difficult, and takes too
long.
These six are a backbone of Scientology, Science of Certainty. And
they give you and your preclears all the certainty of recovery you could
desire. They undo travail. They do their job easily without auditor
restimulation. And you can self-audit them.
(Read ALL the PAB before Self-Processing.)
To begin the session, if you were here in person I would ask you to
double terminal with certainty "I can't make people well" "I can make
people well" in brackets, for it might be standing in your road. You can
try it if you like but you don't need to. We'll pick up all that when we
learn about LIFE in SOP 8L. Or I might have you run "Must reach" "Can't
reach," "Must withdraw" "Can't withdraw" on your favorite somatic first.
But again, that isn't necessary.
Let's go straight to (l) of these processes:
(l) Take Ten Minutes of Nothing. This technique means Oh so literally
what it says. It isn't ten minutes of "relaxation" or "relief" or "rest."
It isn't ten minutes of you, a body. It isn't ten minutes of somatics. It
means ten minutes of no body, no engrams, no walls, no MEST Universe, no
sound, no thought, really nothing. All one's life he is trying to get, to
work, to be, to perceive SOMETHING. Now for Ten Minutes let us have utterly
NOTHING. The gettingness of something makes a one-way flow. Also the
dwindling spiral. Also, the one thing the analytical mind cannot be, it
thinks, yet all it is is nothing, is in MEST terms: Nothing. Mind you, fear
of NOTHING is enough to make one's stomach curl for Nothing is death
itself. This is unlimited in running time. It always improves a case in the
long run if not instantly, as it often does. The preclear discovers sooner
or later he CAN be nothing, that he doesn't have to strive to be. What a
relief! Lao-tse was so right about striving.
The MEST Universe itself is mainly nothing even in the science of
physics. In sound, concentrate on the silences between the beats, not the
beats, for instance.
You can use NOTHING in Matched Terminal Brackets, you can have Nothing
of particular somethings such as dead kinfolk. But the basic technique and
the one used here is simply "Ten Minutes of Nothing."
If you or the preclear get too ill the first time (the illness would
abate if the process were kept up and always abates in subsequent periods)
use the next-to-the-last list of Self Analysis (something real, etc.).
Now to (2). This is Duplication. This process appears in Short 8 as
Step E. But it appears so briefly that its use and variation has not been
understood.
The analytical mind has come to depend entirely for perception upon the
body while, it can be demonstrated easily, it is itself capable of vision.
Further, the body has a nasty and uncontrollable trick of duplicating
everything it sees. This makes engrams. The body perceives continuously as
we learned in Dianetics. Duplication is the action of making mental
pictures. Duplication processing brings the mechanism of taking pictures
under the aware control of the analytical mind. The body "makes pictures"
of everything. It is certain of MEST because it has apparently been
punished into agreeing with the solidity of MEST.
The analytical mind is not so "sold" on MEST. Thus, remember this, it
doesn't make clear pictures or "see" well at first. It dubs in a thing of
no consequence in theta clearing. The process begins by having the preclear
(or yourself) look with the body's eyes at MEST objects and, one by one,
put beside each object selected a mock-up or duplicate of it. This is done
rapidly with far more attention to quantity than quality. This is done for
a couple of minutes. The second, longer step consists of advising the
preclear or yourself to "look" with eyes shut at MEST objects and, eyes
still shut, put a duplicate or mock-up beside each object selected, and
perceived. One does not at first select the preclear's body. One selects
objects in the room, then outside the house. The last necessitates "seeing
through walls." At no time lead the preclear, if doubtful, to do more than
"pretend to see." But don't tell him he must only pretend either, for this
is invalidation. The certainty comes in on the duplicate. The preclear
knows he is duplicating even if he is only pretending to see the actual
object. Tell him to see the house next door and duplicate it with a mock-up
beside it. Tell him to see a bush and duplicate that. Keep this up for many
many objects. The preclear may or may not tell you he feels he is away from
his body. If he is, good. Don't tell him to get back in. Just keep up the
process regardless. You are not interested at this stage or with these
processes in theta clearing, but it happens anyway.
Finally have the preclear view and mock up beside it his own body and
parts of his body from various angles. This process resolves scarcity of
engrams and viewpoints and is intensely useful and valuable.
(3) Spacation is Step III of SOP 8. This is a specialized version of
nothingness. It is very murderous to aberration. Its first phase is to have
the preclear, with his eyes closed, "reach" up and find the two corners of
the room behind him and get interested in them and NOT THINK. You can do
this for hours. No matter how bad you feel or from what, you can always
improve with this one. This puts the preclear in present time. And as
circuits are never in present time, they key out. This process resolves all
your out-of-present-time Dianetic problems.
The preclear is holding on to both sides of the engram bank, taking
responsibility for one side only-thus he is an effect. This is "Spacation
with MEST." Your preclear, I am sorry to say, will eventually exteriorize
whether he knows about it or not.
A total spacation is completed by having the preclear put eight anchor
points of his own out, ignoring MEST, to make and use his own space. There
are many uses for this process. All ills are basically lack of one's own
space. This Step III is basically a nothingness process. People who are
afraid of nothingness can't make space.
(4) Contact is Step VII of SOP 8. More data is needed here. Auditors
have been writing me frantically telling me that their "sane" preclears get
big tone rises on this and that this is not limited to psychotics. The
process consists of having the preclear see, feel or otherwise sense
objects in the room, reach for them with hands and then withdraw from them.
It can be repeated theta-wise.
(5) Self Analysis (Step VI of SOP 8) is, of course, the total of Self
Analysis in Scientology, published by the HAS in Philadelphia. It is mock-
up processing. It (a)
creates space, (b) takes attention off engrams, (c) recovers the use of
energy, (d) improves aesthetics, and several other things. The next-to-the-
last list in the book is still excellent-Recall a time when something was
real to you, when you were in good communication, when you knew some
affinity was present. This can be supplemented by having the preclear mock
up an entirely fictitious series of past and future incidents-for TRUTH
when it means MEST Universe is Total Agreement with the past; and that is
death, that is MEST.
(6) Opposite Pole processing is new to you but it is a logical follow-
through on three universes. We have here more than adequate to make one
sure of his own universe, enough to make one sure of the MEST Universe, but
not enough to make the preclear certain of the "other fellow's universe."
(See Issue 16-G of the Journal of Scientology, "This is Scientology," [page
378].) Certainty on three universes is necessary.
The Opposite Pole is, as I will cover in later PABs, quite important.
Here I will give the rudimentary process:
There are two phases. The first is allied to Certainty Processing. The
second is a resolution of valences. Its name is "Wearing Heads."
In the first, one puts an imaginary point before, behind, above,
below, to each side of him, one place at a time, and has this point think
"I am going to destroy you"; also have the points saying "I will betray
you" and "I won't reply" and then the preclear thinks at the point "Nothing
there." This is a simple form. The point can think all sorts of threatening
or cowardly things, and also "Nothing there" meaning all manner of things
at the point. But the primary phase of having the point think "I am going
to destroy you," "I will betray you" and "I won't reply" and having the
preclear think "Nothing there" and varying the position of the point will
suffice when Opposite Pole is used with the remaining five processes.
"Wearing Heads" is the second phase of Opposite Pole. One has the
preclear, or himself, make a list of early allies, pets, enemies, current
associates, the wife or husband and objects and then, one after another,
put on the head (mocked up over his own head or around him if exteriorized)
of the other person or thing. One does this rapidly. The preclear gets some
insight into the 3rd Universe. "Wearing Heads" is quite effective. If there
are some heads he won't wear or if he gets one "stuck on" and "can't get it
off," recall that this process is the last on the list and one goes from it
to "Take Ten Minutes of Nothing" and around we go again.
Now if you really are serious about your own case or about getting
results on your preclear, you will sit down or lie down for half an hour or
an hour or so a day for the next two weeks and go through each one of these
six, giving each a few minutes and then going on to the next. I won't tell
you you'll be a clear in two weeks. You will have to have an insight of
some depth into life to be a stable clear and you get that by getting
audited on or auditing yourself on Certainty, Formula H and SOP 8L on the
routine to be given in future PABs. But if you use these six steps as given
here and don't wander and don't let your circuits get you into "mazes of
philosophy" and don't get fascinated by engrams, you'll be a passable
release after a while. You may even find out you're alive! Breathing and
everything!
Here's the routine:
SIX STEPS FOR SELF-AUDITING (SSSA):
(1) Ten Minutes of Nothing.
(2) Duplication.
(3) Spacation.
(4) Contact.
(5) Self Analysis.
(6) Opposite Pole.
Do each not longer than ten minutes at a time. Do all in one session.
Use for any case, for auditing or self-auditing.
Send in for your membership so I can see you next fortnight.
L. RON HUBBARD
From: L. RON HUBBARD Through: Hubbard
Communications Office
Seville, Spain
4 Marylebone High Street
London W.1, England
ASSOCIATE NEWSLETTER NO. 8
[1953, ca. late August]
The big news is the International Congress of Dianeticists and
Scientologists scheduled for October 1, 1953 by the HAS, 237 North 16th
Street in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. The Congress will last five days,
beginning Wednesday and closing Sunday night. The new material will be
given and demonstrated by myself. Professional organization will be
stressed business-wise. Case reports on current data will be given. Group
Processing will be undertaken and demonstrated by myself and others.
I am, by present plan, homeward bound in September after an absence
from the U.S. of one year. During that year I believe I have achieved a
great deal-a strong and successful operation in England and
internationally. And I have brought the science to a point of simplicity
which works excellently even in poorly taught hands and upon groups.
I have one more process which I am saving for the Congress, a process
which makes the preclear, no matter how unhappy, quickly satisfied that
something is happening for the better and which strikes down even the
extreme cases of "I don't want to get well." This is 8L and is a final
answer to engrams and what life is about. It has not been detailed in any
paper. It is pro-auditor and self-processing.
We have now university backing of magnitude in Europe and also
university arrangements in the U.S. And I think the amount of trouble I can
expect is slight, although I am informed that some fellow in the Middle
West urged in Denver a "police force to keep auditors from using Hubbard's
techniques." I have booby-trapped the line on this guy. He will, of course,
as he has in any series of lectures I have given, launch some petty suit at
me to annoy me. This lets me sue back in the East. I think he will be very
unhappy, I hope. I'm not looking for trouble but today I have the funds,
the science and the time to get real nasty on these squirrels. Always
before I had first to think of investigation, second to think of business.
The boys took ample advantage of my preoccupation with trying to get to
where we could really help people easily. I am ashamed for them but that
won't stay action from me.
Now following the Congress in Philly, I am going to take on personally
for training some few top crust HDAs or HCAs. This is the start of the
doctorate routine. It looks like the pattern will go this way:
The Road to Doctorate:
1. HCA from an associate or doctorate school.
2. B.Scn. from a doctorate school.
3. Correspondence Courses on various subjects such as philosophy,
psychology.
4. Special training by myself.
Three and four above may be changed at times so that they finish with
my prepping before they finish their correspondence courses.
The people I will undertake to train immediately after October 5 will
be advanced people. The course will be clinical in nature and will last six
weeks. Its fee is $500. If you can see your way clear, send me somebody
real good so we can have some carefully coached auditors around.
Copyright (�) 1953 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
According to plans we will have, I believe (but not for certain), a Western
Congress in late December at Phoenix.
In Philly I hope to get the HAS a bit more active and solvent, a thing
I always work on anyway, so don't be concerned for the moment on the non-
receipt of books.
There will be conference tapes, about 10 hours at $10 per hour. Order
through HAS, Philly.
The Journal will now be catching up on its issues. The big drawback
here has been its lack of copy from me. I have been pretty busy and for
some time without a dictaphone. Its earlier punctuality was due in some
part to my having good facilities and getting the copy there on time. Also
to Hart's heavy newspaper indoctrination. Poor ole Green Eyeshade will have
to get unoccluded now on 8L.
Hardin and Sequoia have received a go-ahead on a four-year training
program which includes some "residence training." We are now seeking to
work out a schedule whereby he can use the Sequoia Correspondence Courses
in various subjects to supplement associate training through the associate.
These are apparently good courses Sequoia has. I have asked Ross to look
into using the purely correspondence material on philosophy, etc. in a
general program for associates. This doesn't, by the way, put anybody under
Sequoia. The reason for this study in old subjects lies in my observation
that most auditors lack knowledge of Man's struggle with knowledge. They
cannot, with this lack, recognize first the value of their own work,
second, cope with cultured if incompetent academic psychologists, and
third, they appear ignorant to preclears who, if their trouble is severe,
are quite often extreme experts on psychology and philosophy. This is part
of raising the cultural level of auditors as a whole.
As a side comment, isn't that Ghost of Scientology raising hell with
people! Delightful.
As another comment, people process and act in Spanish according to the
rules and tone scale.
Still another, my God is it hot in Seville!
NOTE: Run Certainty on "Can (Cannot) make people (self) well." Be
surprised how this changes an auditor.
Best,
Ron
P.A.B. No. 8
PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
From L. RON HUBBARD
Via Hubbard Communications Office
4 Marylebone High Street, London W.1
_____________________________________________________________________
[1953, ca. late August]
VIEWPOINT PROCESSING
A few weeks ago I was able to tell the various schools of the HAS in
an Associate Newsletter not to bother with or work with their extremely
tough cases for a little while since I had to hand a process which easily
remedied their difficulties. I discovered Viewpoint Processing about the
same time as The Factors, but wished to make completely certain of the
results to be obtained by Viewpoint Processing and to go on for a few
months investigating the possibilities that there might be another even
more easily workable process by which the difficult case or any case could
be resolved.
To give you an entire list of the processes developed and examined and
applied for the purposes of test would be a lengthy and at this time
unprofitable task. I should, however, for the use of future investigators,
give you some outline of the processes developed and investigated. In
addition to the developments which you see in the various books and
articles I have written on the subjects of Dianetics and Scientology, and
which delineate many processes, and in addition to lectures I have made on
my investigations and applications in the field of the human mind, I have
tested in excess at this date of ten thousand mental combinations of
computations, various types of nothingness, facsimiles, postulates, force,
perception and other factors designed to alter, enhance or nullify mental
conditions. In addition to this purely thought investigation a great many
mechanical aids, biochemical combinations of substances, various diets and
regimens have either been tested or developed and tested in an effort to
resolve endocrine and purely structural problems attendant upon mental and
physical deficiencies in an effort to locate in structure a sweepingly
simple answer. All of these efforts pointed toward and assisted in the
development of the technology and methodology of SOP 8, Short 8, Six Steps
for Self-Auditing (SSSA) and techniques evolved directly from the data
given as The Factors, the five Pre-Logics and the Axioms and Logics as
given in the Handbook for Preclears.
Investigation forced one toward the conclusions which follow: The
problems of structure and bacteria are best resolved first by a direct
address to the mind; second (but first in the case of emergency surgery)
mechanical rearrangement of structure; and third, diet and regimen within
the tolerances of the body; fourth, the administration of biochemical
substances of a preventive, supplementary or curative nature, but only in
the presence of obvious and well established acute or chronic illnesses or
deficiencies. From the standpoint of technique, it could be said that those
techniques which most apply creation and observation produce the best and
most rapid effects. Those techniques which employ nullification or
eradication are substantially less effective, and those techniques which
employ evaluation for the patient or which cause him to combat or shun one
phenomenon or another are directly harmful. Techniques which stress
viewpoint creativeness, space and action are far superior to techniques
which stress ideas or objects. Techniques which bring about anaten in any
form or which stress somatics are not in the long run workable above a very
low level. Any
Copyright(�) 1953 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
technique which introverts is inferior to a technique which extroverts the
attention. The goal of processing could be said to be the restoration of
the highest possible level of freedom of attention for the purposes of
creation and observation. Emergency mental conditions alone excuse the
running of engrams, the use of concepts, matched and double terminals; but
such a practice should be altered to unlimited techniques after no more
than half an hour. Certainty Processing is apparently the only exception to
this rule, but here the ingredient of certainty alone on past, present and
future excuses the use of nullification. Some hundreds of tests applying
viewpoint attention and other matters to Certainty Processing demonstrate
it to be an emergency technique to be employed only to that level where
observational creative techniques can be used. The remedying of scarcity
and abundance in terms of Creative Processing as represented by SOP 8 (Step
IV) is senior to, by far, Double Terminaling, Matched Terminaling and
running concepts or Postulate Processing in any form. Restoration of the
patient's ability to evaluate and an eradication of invalidation by
restoring his confidence through direct observation are excellent
techniques.
Auditing failure evidently comes about by the unwillingness on the
part of the auditor to have other people "look." Auditing difficulties are
found to lie more generally with the auditor than with the preclear. It
could be said generally that an auditor is not in a position to audit
unless he can comfortably out of a clear conscience permit other people to
observe. The auditor's own fear of discovery of data in his own life is
found to impede the progress of preclears markedly and is the basic reason
for auditor fixation upon nullification techniques rather than
observational techniques.
There are in the process of test four mechanical aids for the
treatment of the psychotic which may or may not obviate auditing.
Nevertheless such mechanical aids would have to be applied by an auditor.
Pending the final testing of these mechanical aids, the auditor is invited
to let alone for the time the problem of the psychotic and psychotic
patients. But if he does feel called upon to treat the psychotic, his
attention is invited to Step VII of SOP 8. It is highly probable that this
step, succeeded by as much of the remainder of SOP 8 as can be assimilated,
is the only mental treatment in existence for the remedy of psychosis or
severe neurosis which will deliver good results without danger of worsening
the psychosis. A long investigation of shock treatment by an unbiased
investigator financed by myself has resulted in the incontrovertible
conclusion that shock treatment of any kind, whether by use of noise, gas,
electricity or physical blows, not only worsens but confirms mental
derangement and is used in this civilization at this time solely because
the level of acceptance of the psychiatrist is a psychotic person, which
level of acceptance will not permit a raising of that person into the level
of sanity. The use of surgery and shock upon the mentally deranged is
bluntly criminal.
The recommended battery of techniques for the betterment of the
preclear as of this date is as follows:
Viewpoint Processing
SSSA
Certainty Processing
SOP 8
Short 8
Formula H
SOP 8L
Viewpoint Processing is contained in this issue of the PAB. SSSA has
been covered in PAB No. 7. Certainty Processing is contained in Appendix 2
for SOP 8 [PAB No. 3]. SOP8 and Short8 are contained in Issue 16-G of the
Journal of Scientology. Formula H [PAB No. 9] and SOP 8L will be covered in
later PABs.
Although viewpoints may be handled in many ways and are best handled purely
from observation, there is that case which is intensely occluded which
cannot at the beginning of auditing observe well as a body if at all as a
thetan. This is either the occluded or the delusory case. If the case is
delusive, its entrance is via Step VII of SOP 8. If the case is merely
occluded the obvious and immediate entrance to the case is Viewpoint
Processing.
The blackness on the case is indicative of a scarcity of viewpoints, a
necessity for safeguarding and protective "screens," a defensive and
propitiative attitude towards existence, too much loss of allies and goods,
too much loss of space, and finally and most importantly, loss of those who
have evaluated for the preclear. The sudden departure of the person who has
evaluated for the preclear results in loss of that viewpoint which the
preclear unwittingly had assumed. That one person evaluates for another
solely in the most common concourse of communication is not aberrative, but
where evaluation has taken on an extreme aspect as in the case of a mother,
father, husband or wife, then the preclear has come to assume that if the
person evaluates for him, the person is looking and listening and feeling
for him as well. The loss, by any cause, of the evaluating personality
causes the preclear to believe that he has lost his source of perception.
There is no radical difference, and only a gradient scale, between
"observing for" and "thinking for." "Thinking for" is much lower than
"looking for" the preclear.
Direct observation is infinitely superior to thought which seeks to
know before looking. Thought could be said to be the manifestation of
evolving a low-level certainty of observation from a number of past
observations. The combination of past observations to derive a future
observation could be said to be the process of thinking itself.
Thus we find the occluded case very often very brilliant, very sane
and very reasonable but inhibited in observation. The brilliant occluded
case has achieved the almost impossible level of being able to know through
past experience without looking at all. This could be said to be the
generation of a theory: the combining of past experience to predict future
experience, the role and function of a theory. Where the ability to think
is combined with the ability to observe directly, one has a genius. The
case which can observe but thinks poorly or shallowly is known to us as the
wide-open case. The case which cannot observe but thinks obsessively is
known to us as the psychotic. This does not mean that there are not
combinations of wide-open and occluded cases, and it does not mean that all
wide-open cases cannot think, nor does it mean that all occluded cases
cannot observe. I have here presented only the two extreme aspects of "all
observation without thinking" and "all thinking without observation."
All manifestations of thought break down into relative positions in
space. A person is happy when contra-survival things are far from him and
pro-survival things are near to him and unhappy when contra-survival things
are close to him and pro-survival things are far from him. In other words,
all manifestations of thought and all difficulties of thought find as their
basic the five Pre-Logics, the substance of which is that theta locates
things in time and space and creates time and space in which to locate
things and creates things to be located in time and space.
It will be found that the spatial concepts and observations of the
difficult occluded case are at fault: things are too near to him or too far
from him; things are in improper relation one to another. The use of Step
VII of SOP 8 upon an occluded case, even where the case is not even vaguely
"insane," all can produce this startling result, for this step remedies
relative position in space of various objects. This is mentioned in passing
because the occluded case who comes to the auditor is usually merely
worried or wants to be better and the auditor overlooks the fact that here
is a very powerful mind holding well in check and compensating for lack of
reality on spatial position. It
will be found immediately that this case has been from early childhood
extremely concerned one way or another by spatial position. This denotes a
former dependency upon one person or another for the MEST universe itself
to keep objects located relative to one another in space, and dependence
upon the judgment of another as to whether things are near or far. It will
be found immediately that somewhere in the current lifetime background of
this preclear there was a person who was extremely concerned about the
nearness or farness of things and who was obsessed on the subject of
distances. A quick relief of this condition is the discovery with an E-
Meter of the identity of this person and then the application of Viewpoint
Processing, using that person as the one who has most evaluated for the
preclear. The E-Meter, not the preclear, will be able to locate this
person.
Although the occluded case will always inform one with great rapidity
that he cannot get mock-ups, his statement is quite relative and is based
upon his desire to defeat the auditor. It will be found that the case can
get some vague impression in one fashion or another sufficient to work the
case.
The occluded case is afraid of sight. He will be found to recoil from
a momentary bright mock-up or a facsimile. These frighten him. In Para-
Scientology it has been discovered that a cycle of Can't-See, Can-See, has
taken place somewhere in this occluded case's past. It has been offered
that a person was blind in a lifetime and on death, of course, recovered
suddenly his state of vision. So long as he was blind he was alive, the
moment he could see he was also dead, so to see means to die. This has
solved some of the blindness cases in Scientology. It will also be noted
that the occluded case, when asked to exteriorize or when he exteriorizes
for the first time, will feel a considerable amount of grief. In Para-
Scientology this has been traced to past lives and the death (for
exteriorization is an approximation of death).
It does not particularly matter whether the sadness of the occluded
case, on the thought of exteriorizing, is occasioned by "past deaths" or
whether his fear of perceiving is traceable to sudden visions of a body,
now dead, to the end of believing that seeing makes him dead. These are
matters for Para-Scientology and they only feed the occluded case's circuit
which compels him to look always for a prior cause, a reason.
Indeed, his search for a reason is what marries him so thoroughly to a
body, for a body always has reasons, reasons for everything. How far can
you get from observations? A reason. The occluded case has to know before
he can go, has to compute what he will see before he looks. He is the best
customer for the map-maker.
The dear old Royal Auto Club with its wonderful fund of knowledge
about touring, its beautiful travel directions, yet is an example of having
to know before we can go. The RAC can tell you the number of pebbles on any
road in Tibet, much less France. It is the best and most efficient club of
its kind in the world. Just so, we do not object to this trait of the
occluded case-to have to study books and maps before he can move-but the
occluded case himself at length concludes that he isn't too happy even when
he gets there. His longing for adventure is thwarted by his thirst for
knowing before he is. He has to know, for example, all about the conditions
of being a clear before he is audited. Then he approximates in auditing
what he has now computed a clear should do. And his case stands still. Why?
Because it isn't being audited-his circuits (calculators) are. On concepts
and nullification techniques in general his improvement is very, very slow,
for he is processing something while the auditor is processing him-and the
auditor is not processing the preclear, but, via the preclear, a circuit.
The answer to this is blunt: "Look! Don't think! Look!"
It will be found that the occluded case never looks at a thing. He
looks at something besides a thing. He is "steered off" that which he would
observe by charge. Ask
him for an observation-you will get an indirect reply, a reason, an
explanation, a description-and if he is in "bad shape" you will get an
answer, not to your question, but to something else. By this alone you can
tell an occluded case. A case pretending to be wide-open is actually
occluded if it behaves thus. Many a "wide-open" case with "clear recalls"
actually can't see anything or is seeing nothing but delusion. The positive
key is, how direct is the communication with this person?
Another characteristic of the occluded case is that he "has been
betrayed." Any case that talks much about betrayal is an occluded case,
even if he represents himself otherwise.
The occluded case is sometimes a criminal, sometimes intensely honest.
In a search for truth, he has interpreted truth as "agreement exactly with
the past." This is honesty. It is also being MEST itself. So if you cannot
get a case to lie to you, know that it is occluded. If you cannot get a
case to act without a reason, it is occluded. If a case claims to be doing
one thing and is actually doing another, if its actions are hidden behind a
mask of TRUTH (if it is really a liar) you have a spun occluded case that
has entered delusion. This person is crazy. And dangerous to the auditor
and his reputation.
The only safe way to audit is with an E-Meter. Only then can an
auditor know the preclear is doing what the auditor says. Spend twenty
hours of auditing an occluded case if you will, without an E-Meter, come to
the end of the period, as you will, without any marked benefit to the case,
assume then that the technique didn't work (and you will), but don't expect
any sympathy from me if you don't always use an E-Meter. If the preclear is
running as you direct there is always a needle response, particularly on
the new Mathison 54-no occluded case can get by one-but they can get by an
auditor for the whole being if the occluded case is geared to defend and
defeat other motion while yet emanating motion.
There is a type of occluded case, very low in reasoning ability, which
may have given rise to the "vampire" idea-the personality which absorbs the
life and lives on the life of others. This case, of course, is near-
psychotic (you must understand that occlusion and psychosis are not
synonymous). It has a peculiar trick which identifies it-it ignites and
extinguishes matches. I remark on this type because it typifies in a
peculiar way what the occluded case is doing: THE OCCLUDED CASE IS DOING
ALL POSSIBLE TO STOP OR ABSORB MOTION.
Here we have the gradient scale of cases:
Clear viewpoint (Cleared On)
Viewpoint of facsimiles
Viewpoint partially occluded (the average case)
Viewpoint entirely occluded
Viewpoint partially occluded, partially delusive
Viewpoint of delusive facsimiles (the dub-in case)
It is a shock to the occluded preclear to find out what he is doing-
for he is using every facsimile or ridge he can muster to absorb around him
light, sound, feeling, motion, distance, and viewpoints. He is rigging
himself up as a sponge for all motion that is forbidden or destructive.
When you start to process this man, you will be astonished to find he is
holding to him (with no responsibility) waterfalls to deaden sound, stove
lids to stop fire, mats to deaden impacts. He is a walking soft-armor tank.
In a light stage he is heavily built. When he is thin, he has begun to
retreat from his armor plate.
He has followed this scale downward:
40.0 Cause (Emanating)
30.0 Mainly Cause, sometimes Effect
20.0 Half Cause, half Effect
4.0 More Effect than Cause (High Toned Man)
2.0 Mainly Effect, destructive Cause down
0.0 All Effect
Note: 4.0 was and is the goal of Dianetics. 30.0 to 40.0 is the goal
of Scientology. This goal of Dianetics was so difficult or impossible to
attain by my early auditors that I returned entirely to investigation in
October of 1950. I had considerably overestimated the capabilities of
auditors and seriously underestimated the difficulty of some cases.
Whatever process you use on an occluded case, you will find the above
holds true. And of course it continues to hold true down into delusion. To
make this case recover by wiping out engrams or postulates is bluntly
impossible, for the case has mimicry of gravity and is grasping to it every
incoming impact.
It is remarkable that the delusive or dub-in case is best told by its
pretending to have facsimiles (a complete corruption of an intolerable
past) and yet manifesting the other manifestations of a completely occluded
case. There aren't many of these delusive cases around; auditors in the old
days commonly mistook these cases for near-clears, and thought to bring
them up to a state of clear by auditing out engrams. Of course, the
preclear could manufacture and believe (automaticity of engram manufacture)
more engrams than could ever be eradicated by auditing and the case would
simply stay on the same level or would even get worse. The auditor had
failed to apply the small tests offered in Book One to distinguish a dub-in
case. The wide-open case (delusive but clear recalls of non-factual
material) is distinguished, then, by having the same manifestations in life
as the occluded case, which is to say, a fear of and protest against sound,
a general protest against life, a defensive and defeating attitude. But
this case is in far worse condition than the occluded case and this
condition is most easily noticed by endocrine disorders. This is denoted by
sterility, untimely fat on the back of the ankles (startlingly common in
the current civilization) and perceptic difficulties. In auditing this
delusive case, it will be found that sonic and visio go off and the case
becomes an occluded case before it rises far enough up the tone scale to
have (and not need) proper facsimiles, or a good memory of past events. If
the auditor thinks the occluded case is difficult, he should realize that
this wide-open case is death and destruction to all around it, for the case
is capable actually of nothing but destructive action and desires no other
mental state in those around it than a complete apathy. The occluded case
quite commonly supposes himself to be badly off; the delusive case rarely,
if ever, believes there is anything wrong with him or her. The occluded
case is high toned for homo sapiens and is therefore far more common
amongst the leaders of society than even auditors suppose.
In Viewpoint Processing we are looking for the person in the
preclear's past who did not enjoy certain positions on the tone scale. You
must know that love, hate, enjoyment and admiration are not positions on
the tone scale. You will not find them on any tone scale that has been
released by me for they are attitudes toward emotion or characteristics of
energy rather than emotion. Emotions are a set band of reactions. Any
person who can be freely emotional and enjoy a "good cry," or even enjoy
being apathetic, also can hate "having a good cry," and so it is as well
with love and admiration. In what the Russians laughingly call a
civilization (and you would be shocked at how far that is from anything
Europe or America thinks is civilized) practically the only enjoyed
emotions are apathy, grief and fear. The remaining emotions in that culture
are all but unknown. This holds true on the tone scale, in spite of the
fact that these emotions are actually enjoyed.
In the old days the Russians thought nothing was more fun than for
everybody to go into the barn and burn it down. They have not much changed.
In Germany the most enjoyed emotion is hate amongst the Junkers class. They
hate up and down the entire emotional band with an abandon which brings out
the sporadic excursions they take down into France. Love, if you have ever
noticed, does not much care where it sits on the tone scale, as we find a
young man deeply in love starving himself to death (a characteristic of
apathy) and a young girl in love in a dreamy enthusiasm which makes her
bloom. We find love used in Christianity about twelve feet below 0.0 and in
New York precisely at 2.5 on the tone scale. Admiration is a particle which
unites and resolves like the universal solvent all types of energy,
particularly force. Hate coheses and hardens energy. Love is the human
manifestation of admiration. All this so you will know why it is that an
occluded case sticks at being an occluded case while another case does not.
The reason is in the people who have evaluated for the preclear. One of
these has taught the preclear arduously to dislike (hate) all manner of
things, has taught the preclear that many things are bad (it's so bad over
there you'll have to look back at me). Another has taught the preclear that
he must love everything. The predominant teaching is "Do not enjoy," "Do
not be happy" (happiness being a state of admiration of things).
The cycle, then, of the preclear who has been taught to hate things is
that he begins to resist them and eventually piles up energy against them
to such a degree that he makes an actual deposit, which is an occlusion and
which has on his side of it complete blackness and on the reverse side of
it the piled-up facsimiles of that thing which he is resisting. This
screen, then, has a hunger for the thing which it was resisting, and if
this screen is fed whatever it was set up to resist, it will dissolve. This
accounts, in part, for the step of Expanded Gita. As a test, I fed the
screen of one preclear the loathsome item which it had been set up to
resist for thirteen hours before the screen resolved.
In processing it is far better to pick up the evaluation which began
the screens than it is to set out on the adventure of trying to dissolve
the screens.
However, if you want to see a cleared MEST body it is probable that
you will have to feed these screens on Expanded Gita, wasting and accepting
in brackets for, perhaps, a hundred hours. This solves the actual hunger
which depresses the acceptance level of the preclear down to the things
which he is resisting.
The best trick the MEST universe has is to teach somebody he must not
enjoy something, that that thing is bad and therefore he must resist it.
Once this cycle of resistance is started, the preclear edges down toward
the bottom.
In auditing Viewpoint Processing, then, with the preclear on the E-
Meter, one should take an assessment of all the people with whom he has
been surrounded to discover which one of those people enjoyed things the
least and hated things the most, and which one of those people insisted
that the preclear love everything. It will be found that both of these will
probably wind up with a stuck needle when discovered, for the preclear
winds up hating the individual who insisted upon love for everything. The
sudden loss of a sexual partner runs the cycle from love to hate with
rapidity and leaves the preclear hung at that portion of the track where he
lost the person. By resisting the loss he resists the person, and if the
person has done anything to engender hate, we will find the preclear in a
strange state of hating love. If he has to resist all love and affection,
then, the chances of his getting enough particles of admiration to make
life enjoyable to him are nil. This person is probably earlier in the
preclear's life than marriage.
What we are trying to do here, then, is not to run out all the engrams
in the bank, but to release and free the viewpoints which are being
resisted. This is somewhat like opening a safe. It was difficult to learn
the proper combination; the proper combination
consists of breaking down the resistance of the preclear to that viewpoint
which loved everything and which evaluated for the preclear and tried to
get him to love everything. It will be found that this person has departed
from the life of the preclear and the preclear will probably tell you with
a sudden realization, yes, his emotions shut off just about that time.
The screen which has been set up to resist this person may be based on
an earlier screen, so one should take a second look and find out if there
was somebody else who loved everything who is resisted by the preclear. It
will generally be found that there are one or more earlier screens than the
first one the auditor will discover.
Having found this screen, it is necessary then to have the preclear,
whether he can see his mock-ups clearly or not, mock up in abundance the
person being resisted in the attitudes of "looking for the preclear" and of
"pointing things out to the preclear to be loved."*
Another variation of this process employs a principle which is very
old to us- Cause and Effect. The actual computational difficulty with this
case is that the case is seeking to be an Effect rather than to be a Cause.
The case will tell you that it has been betrayed. This is, in essence,
saying "I have been the effect of a bad action"; it is an apology for
failure. It will tell you during one session that such-and-such was cause,
during the next session that so-and-so was cause, during the session
following that that somebody else was cause, during the session following
that the engrams so-and-so were the cause, and will actually, when it is
very badly off, write you very long notes concerning computations as to
what was cause. All of these computations break down into the category of
"Something else is cause other than myself." This is what the auditor is
trying to remedy, for unless this cause can assume the role of causation,
the case cannot emanate energy sufficient to remove the bank or to move
around the spaces in which his engrams are contained-for his problem in
being unable to move his engrams around is the problem of being unable to
handle space. If he could handle engrams and could handle space, it would
be a very simple matter for him to pick up all these black screens and hang
them on some building and forget about them. But so long as he is saying
that something else is cause other than himself, he will not handle space,
he will not handle energy and, truth told, he backs away from objects. And
this level of case tends to accept very poor and out-of-repair objects,
energies and spaces. This case and cases below this level will dramatize
the poor man's outlook and will accept enMEST rather than MEST.
Thus it is very simple to get this case to run anything which will
place the cause somewhere in his environment rather than in himself. The
case actually wants to be an effect so as to receive sensation. This
accounts in part for the absorption screens which are found in its
vicinity. The desire-enforcement-inhibition curve runs down from wanting to
be an effect through having to be an effect to trying to inhibit being an
effect. When it gets down to inhibiting being an effect, it begins to fight
the entire environment.
*This preclear can give the auditor a rough "go," for the auditor is
trying, by the evaluation of the preclear, to point out the fact that the
preclear should be in contact with other human beings, should get better,
should like the world and should enjoy life. The auditor, in other words,
whether he says so or not, represents to the preclear the road toward love
and happiness. Thus the preclear puts up his first and most immediate
screen straight at the auditor. This makes it very difficult for the
auditor to audit, but it makes it very easy to discover the person involved
on the E-Meter when the engram is immediately presented to hand to be run.
On a much broader scale, amusingly, the state of my own reputation at the
hands of some people suffers from the same cycle. I am pointing out that
life can be better. The full flood of unreasoning hate, then, can be and is
poured out by many persons in my direction. It would be upsetting to me if
I had not been experiencing savageness from neurotics for many, many years,
and if I did not understand the principles on which this was operating.
When I did not understand the principles on which it was operating and had
not seen it in basic operation and had not resolved cases by it, it was
very upsetting to me to have my reputation so kicked around.
-LRH
In more than one occluded case I have found the assumption to be the basic
cause. Although this is part of Para-Scientology it is interesting that the
auditor encounters it so often. The occluded case has stolen the baby.
Papa, mama, no one else, must realize this. And at length the case itself
will not realize it. The occluded case quite often is found stuck in birth.
But it is stuck at the assumption point, where the thetan has taken over
the baby, rather than the obstetrical end. Now and then some auditor starts
to run a birth and finds a black hand reaching in for the baby. This is not
the doctor's hand: the doctors do not reach in very often: this is the
assumption. It will be found that the preclear will immediately steer away
from this and, indeed, some preclears will fight it so hard that it cannot
be run. Those preclears who fight this very hard are those preclears who
have had families who did not appreciate them. The family was thought by
the preclear to be saying continually, "See what you have done; we do not
want you," and so on. This makes the preclear try to disavow his
responsibility in having taken over the child. Wasting babies has a marked
effect upon such a case.
Using the motive of cause and effect in Viewpoint Processing, one runs
the preclear in vast quantities saying to the environment "You are cause,"
saying to people "You are cause," saying to his engram bank "You are
cause," and runs vast quantities of people saying to the preclear "You are
cause" and people saying to other people "You are cause"; then large
numbers of the preclear saying "I am an effect," large numbers of people
saying to the preclear "I am an effect" and large numbers of people saying
to large numbers of people "I am an effect." The wording of the thought can
be varied in the last: "You have betrayed me-an informer-it is your fault"
or "You are to blame." One preclear on whom this was run after a couple of
minutes sat up on the couch with a startled look on his face and said, "You
know, it isn't saying that to me." When I asked him what he meant he
informed me that although he had not before realized it, he considered that
every wall and every tree was saying to him, "You are to blame for this."
His case took an immediate upsurge.
Assigning cause and declaring effect is very high echelon processing
and is a primary variation of Viewpoint Processing.
It should be realized that all the foregoing material consists of
variations of Viewpoint Processing which is in itself susceptible to many
combinations and uses.
VIEWPOINT PROCESSING
This process seeks to resolve the problems set up by the evaluation of
one being for another. It resolves in particular dependence upon people,
objects, bodies and special systems of communication.
Expanded Gita resolves scarcities. Viewpoint Processing resolves
dependencies.
A being tends to close terminals with anything on which he depends,
and attempts to widen terminals on things on which he dare not depend.
Upset and disillusionment about life becomes an obsessive desire for
independence which in a body is, of course, impossible. The concept "I must
be the only one" demonstrates the terrible urge not to be dependent upon
anything. However, life works in two directions. A person who is trying to
be "the only one" at the same time will be trying to make other beings
dependent upon him. Thus the dependency of other beings upon him will
eventually bring him downscale no matter how hard he tries to be the only
one. "The only one" is a resistive computation and in a body is impossible
to carry out and so results in a dwindling spiral.
To be "the only one," in other words to be entirely independent, in
the lower tones the individual resists all evaluation for himself and
evaluates for others. This in
the higher tones is a native characteristic of life, but, just as any other
characteristic of life can be debased and exaggerated, so it is in the
lower tones. All life seeks to be independent; it is only when it becomes
obsessively independent that difficulty results. In a democracy, for
instance, the general feeling that all must be equal is fought against so
that one finds in a democracy an excessively large number of people
maintaining "computational" independence.
A body is grossly dependent upon other life forms and other MEST
combinations for its existence. It is quite impossible for a body eating
every day to be independent. The analytical mind in close position to this
body and believing itself dependent upon the body eventually, of course,
begins to believe that it itself is the body and thus we get the buried and
mysterious loss of identity on the part of the thetan, who is, in essence,
the analytical mind to the body.
One runs Viewpoint Processing on all dynamics. In particular the 5th,
6th, 7th and 8th dynamics must not be neglected.
In sanitariums the briefest observation demonstrates that the 8th
dynamic is most prominently the aberrative dynamic, for here we have the
idea that God inhabits all space, thus making it impossible for the
preclear to have any space of his own. The preclear must either have no
space or must be himself God. To solve the God problem, one simply rigs up
large spaces in abundance "full of God" and more large spaces "full of
preclear" until the preclear can have large spaces of both. It is
interesting that in preclears whose families were connected with the
Church, the problem of space is most acute.
This process is done by mock-ups of a very large order and of no
particular distinctness.
Although any computation can be run, the following computations will
prove effective: Cause, Effect, enjoy things, hate things, look, don't
look, motion, no motion, sound, sight, feeling, work, pain, no-sound, no-
sight, no-feeling, no-work, no pain, babies, no-babies, spirits, no-
spirits, Christ, no-Christ, God, no-God.
The technique is run in this fashion: Brackets are used. One has the
preclear put up a number of people or objects as himself putting them up,
then has him put up people or objects as though somebody else were putting
them up; then has others putting them up for others, all in quantity.
One should use those things of which the preclear is certain. In other
words, where you have a case which has a great deal of black silence on it
and constricted space, you should run cubes of blackness which is silent,
the preclear putting them up for others, another putting them up for the
preclear, and others putting them up for others.
The object here is a great many items put up rather than one set put
up and held. One should put up many sets and should not hold them. If all
he can put up are black cubes or patches of blackness, then he should put
these up with the thought in each one such as "Cause."
It must be kept in mind that what one is doing with this process is
resolving some of the evaluations which have been done for the preclear to
the end of resolving a scarcity of viewpoints. The reason one keeps putting
up very large numbers of points which are evidently thinking toward a
direction is, in essence, the remedying of a scarcity of viewpoints. One
takes it at the level of accepting less desirable viewpoints, and it will
be found that more desirable viewpoints are much more easily wasted by the
preclear, so that the process can be varied by having these viewpoints, as
mocked up,
waste large amounts of desirable things, such as babies. These viewpoints
as mocked up will waste things that are desirable in torrents. We at once
remedy the scarcity of viewpoints and the evaluation which those viewpoints
have done. Thus one mocks up hundreds of thousands of grandfathers,
pointing this way or that, or saying things are too distant, or saying
simply, "You are the cause"; and one mocks up thousands of the preclear
having him evaluating for others.
Don't-depend-on-me and depend-on-me is a key button, but all the
buttons included in Step IV of SOP 8 can be used in this process.
The primary requisite of the viewpoint is that it has position
relative to points. A change of viewpoint necessitates on the actual level
a change of positions rather than a change of idea. The change of position
is primary; the change of idea is secondary. Evaluation is the shifting of
viewpoints or the effort to do so. On an actual rather than a thought
level, this would necessitate transplantation from one spatial position to
another spatial position. Shifting a baby from one side of the room to
another side of the room is, in essence, evaluating for him, for it
demonstrates to him a new point of view and new points to view. Dropping a
curtain before one would be, in essence, evaluating for him. Locking a
person in a closet or forcing a child to stay or sleep in a dark room would
be forcefully evaluating for him.
A child best accepts his mother's viewpoint if his mother has been
that person who most changed his position in space and who furnished for
him locomotion. Not in quite the same order, an automobile or an aeroplane
evaluates for one by shifting his spatial position from one point to
another. Fixation upon vehicles of transportation is very noticeable in
people and the loss of a vehicle is bound to be damaging to perception, for
the vehicle furnished not only a point from which to view but changed that
point. Thus distance is definitely involved, both in viewpoints and in
evaluation. You will find preclears "stuck on the track" in places where
their position in space was forcefully changed or interrupted. This could
be said to be a forceful evaluation. All problems of thought reduce to
spatial relationships, quantity, velocity or characteristics of energy, and
these interacting bring about time.
Gaps in time such as in unconsciousness are a loss of viewpoint and
are dependent upon others to view during the period, thus all evaluation
for an individual brings about a restimulation of unconsciousness-those
periods when a person lay unconscious, not knowing where he was, completely
dependent for the safeguarding of his possessions upon others about him or
completely at the mercy of those others. The first being safeguarded is
restimulated by protective evaluation such as "If you do so-and-so you will
get hurt," and the latter is restimulated by betrayal; because periods of
unconsciousness contain within them pain and discomfort, protective
evaluation and betrayal restimulate alike somatics, and could be said to
bring about psychosomatic illness.
Where the preclear has had about him someone who told him what he did
while he was asleep, he is likely to get that person confused with a doctor
or nurse according to sex, in some operation, thus bringing the operation
into constant restimulation. This is resolved simply by mocking up in
brackets this evaluating person evaluating to the preclear and being
evaluated to by the preclear.
Mocking up hordes of doctors and nurses will restimulate the somatics
of operations. This is best resolved, if it becomes very acute, by simply
feeding the preclear a great many operations much worse than the one he has
and placing these in future; for he is running in the case of any operation
which restimulates "It must not happen again."
The entire sub-zero tone scale is of great use in Viewpoint
Processing. Ownership could be said to be that area being covered and
protected by the preclear. As he goes
on in life, this area will narrow down to just his own body and then to
just a portion of his own body. This is because he has been driven back,
step by step, conviction by conviction, to the point where he does not
believe he can protect anything. He gets to the point where he apparently
does not want a viewpoint but wants instead battlements, ramparts, caves,
and any other place in which he might be able to hide. He tries to make his
engram bank into such a fortress. In this case it is very good to give him
tremendous numbers of protective viewpoints; stone walls, doors, caves, and
thus satisfy his "hunger" for a place in which he himself cannot be viewed.
He will gradually come up on this to a point where he is cautiously willing
to view something. I have had a preclear give tremendous sighs of relief at
being permitted for an hour to insert in the darkness about him barricades
of various sorts.
A preclear who is very occluded does not think himself strong enough
or does not sufficiently trust himself to offer very much protection to
anything. Thus he cannot take responsibility for items around him and will
be found not to be taking responsibility for several areas of the body.
The preclear will be found to have, if occluded, an enormous desire to
view the future and will be found to have had in his past association which
pretended to evaluate the future for him. Spirits are the commonest; thus
one must not neglect the 7th and 8th dynamics.
The time factor of the viewpoint is tremendously interesting. The
occluded preclear does not view the present. From the present he started
viewing the future, and from the future started viewing the past. What he
calls knowledge is the certainty of impact which has happened to him in the
past and which he is certain is going to happen to him in the future. He
knows that this is going to happen again. He knows in ratio to the violence
of the impact. Thus seeking knowledge, he finds impact. If you ask him to
run simply "It is in the present" he will rapidly discover that much of the
blackness he is looking at is believed by himself to be in the future. In
this case a special point of Viewpoint Processing is used wherein
quantities of horrible and terrible events are placed in the future. As
this is done, it will be found quite ordinarily that he begins to move on
the time track and may quite suddenly get with these future mock-ups
brilliantly clear forms and adequate space. In other words, we give him a
viewpoint of the future in its most terrible and drastic form (he is,
remember, not actually interested in the past: he is interested in the
future and knows that such horrible things have happened and will happen
again that he cannot adventure further in time).
It will be found additionally that he is expecting a great many people
to appear in the future. The preclear is quite startled when Certainty
Processing is used to find out that he actually believes certain people are
present. This knowledge is suppressed, and Certainty Processing brings it
to light. In Viewpoint Processing one gives numbers of people to the
preclear coming to him from the future, particularly enemies he has known
in the past.
It is peculiar to the occluded case that he believes himself, quite
often, under arrest; therefore one should give him a great many police and
uniformed people calling him here and taking him there; and one should also
give him large quantities of schoolrooms and jails-there being very little
difference between them in the preclear's mind. He will become quite upset
in this process unless he is also permitted to waste motion in wide spaces.
The school and the courtroom have much in common in that they dispose of
spatial positions with no recourse on the part of the preclear, and
evaluate for him also on a thought level.
Books can, say, "do the looking" for one. This is one of the best
reasons why science stagnated and why science becomes increasingly complex
instead of increasingly
simple. All the scientists are very busy looking in the books of other
scientists instead of at the material universe and their own universes. To
remedy this one can have the preclear get enormous stacks of books with the
idea that they are looking for him. In the case of fiction, the books also
feel and hear for the preclear; and more than one preclear's sonic is lost
in the silence of the written word.
In that a viewpoint does not only look but also perceives along other
channels, it will be found that the preclear who has very little perception
is actually expecting a totality of non-perception in the future. He
believes that death is such a totality. He is holding on to incidents in
the past which tell him that he will lose all perception in the future and
this, in itself, shuts off his own perception. To remedy this, one should
get in the future being deaf, being blind, being solidly stuck in coffins,
and in general, having no viewpoint.
Invalidation is basically non-attention. Attention itself is quite
important, for attention is necessary before an effect can be created. Thus
the attention of the preclear will be found to be fixed or dispersed and
not entirely under his control, which would account for the phenomenon of
occlusion. The preclear cannot unfix his attention from things which he
expects to happen. The auditor actually shifts his attention by having
these things happen in the future in mock-up form and in tremendous
quantities. One need not be too particular to discover what the preclear is
afraid will happen; one only need take various possible disasters, all of
them summing to a loss of viewpoint.
That thing which is most feared is that thing with which the preclear
will close terminals. He actually creates those things which he fears.
Viewpoint Processing can be combined, of course, with Certainty
Processing.
It will be found that Viewpoint Processing is very effective but that
it does not even vaguely supplant observation. Certainty Processing and
Viewpoint Processing should be used in conjunction with such a process as
SSSA, using it between the six steps. It is, like all concept, postulate,
matched or double terminal processing, a propitiation of the circuits.
_____________________________________
Now I have given you this rather expansive look at Viewpoint
Processing so that you would understand what we are trying to do to run the
computation amongst all computations, the center central of all thinking,
which can be run on an occluded case. It is one thing to have, you must
realize, the center of all thinkingness and quite another thing to have it
in a form which can be run. I am giving you here following the form in
which it can be run. The technique with which it is run is Viewpoint
Processing.
In other words, we have here three things in conjunction. We have the
center centerness of all thinking; we have the form in which it can be run,
which is to say, the words which express the thought which will run on the
case, no matter how occluded that case is; and we have the technique with
which it is run. These are three separate items.
The center centralness of all thinking is, of course, change of
position in space. If you recall your Axioms you will understand that this
is known to us as time, it is also known to us as motion. A particle moves
from one position to another position and this change requires a certain
amount of what we arbitrarily call time. The change cannot take place
instantaneously, otherwise the particle would be in both positions at the
same time.
At the International Congress of Dianeticists and Scientologists [
September 30-October 4, 1953, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania], this matter of
spatial position will be given at length and probably as you receive this
will already have been given, in which event the tapes most likely will be
in the possession of your nearest Associate.
The change of position of spaces is an operation in which the preclear
must be able; if he is not able to change the position of his own spaces,
then he cannot change the position of his facsimiles. The inability to
change these spaces means an inability to "keep up with time" and sticks
the individual in the engram.
The two most prevalent viewpoints to impress one with how bad
something is are that one must change his position in space and that one
must not change his position in space. Indeed, a communications system is
dependent upon not changing one's position in space. Thus attention tends
to fix one in space.
The dwindling spiral of the MEST universe is the desire to remain
fixed in space. This eventually immobilizes a person. Perception, action,
doingness, sensation, sonic, hearing and even happiness depend upon an
ability to change in space. Money, security and communications systems
themselves tend to fix a person in space.
All this twist to thinkingness comes about from motion itself. An
explosion is not enjoyable to the person in the center of it. Thus one
attempts not to disperse, which is to say, change position all over space.
An impact seeks to fix a person in space. People dramatize the dispersal by
insisting that everyone move around in space, as in the case of an
enthusiasm dramatization (which, by the way, most people bent on security
do not like) or that, in the case of the impact, people stay where they are
and not move. Because impacts are more common than explosions it could be
said that the engrams dictate a dwindling spiral with greater and greater
fixation upon being "well fixed," to use the colloquial term which best
fits the master engram of them all.
In the Axioms you saw where thought is preceded by motion. This is
quite true. Obsessive thoughts are preceded by too much motion in too
little time. This, indeed, produces the sensation of pain.
Along with this we have, of course, the insistence that one must not
change spaces. Here in the MEST universe we have only one space actually,
but to have a time track one must continually make space. One confuses MEST
universe space with his own ability to make and put space into the past and
so becomes extremely tangled the moment he decides not to have a great deal
of mobility. This is seen in the young man who gets married and has to
"settle down." The 1.5 is obsessed with the idea of people staying in one
place, remaining fixed, not moving. This, of course, is death.
You have also noted the franticness which comes over some people when
they have lost some material object. It has disappeared into space, which
is to say, it cannot be located or it cannot be fixed in space, much less
changed in its spatial position. It is then, without observation, evidently
changing its spatial position. This is the action of a hidden influence and
is quite frightening to the individual. All religion uses this fear in
order to evaluate for people.
With Viewpoint Processing, one mocks up hordes of spirits, gods,
people declaring first that everything is lost in space, then that
everything must be fixed in space, then that everything must be changed in
space, then that the spaces must be changed and then that spaces must be
fixed. One does this and intersperses it with minutes of nothingness; the
last is necessary to run out the suppression the preclear has put on these
viewpoints. One runs it as well in brackets. One has hordes of the preclear
in various forms and aspects declaring that nothing can be found in space,
that everything must be fixed in space, that everything must be changed in
space, that spaces must be changed, that spaces must be fixed.
One does not bother with the reasons why the spaces must be changed; the
body has lots of reasons for everything. They are entirely unimportant. The
biggest bugaboo your preclear has is that he has to have a reason to do
something. If he has enough reasons, he'll be good and dead.
One does not, when he is running this process, permit the preclear to
go wandering off and running people with other ideas than this simple one,
change in space. Once in a while he will want to re-phrase the same idea
and that is, of course, quite permissible.
Getting two spots out in front of the occluded case which are saying,
"Do not change in space" is quite effective and will quite likely produce
considerable somatics of tiredness, for that is the main excuse for not
changing in space: one is too tired to go.
Your occluded case, then, breaks down to one of two kinds: one will
get mockups which will persist and not go away, the other will get mock-ups
which vanish instantly. The former is stuck in an impact engram, the latter
is stuck in an explosion engram.
The phenomenon of seeking to know is actually a search for a
certainty. The greatest certainty is the certainty of impact. Thus, when
one goes toward a great certainty without this knowledge and these
techniques one tends to go downhill toward engrams which contain an impact
and which, of course, remain more and more fixed in space. Thus you have
the scholar who becomes more and more immobile and, indeed, you have that
operation of the State known as "education" wherein the State delivers into
the mind of the child in sixteen years of sitting still in classrooms
knowledge which could be delivered in a compact form in two or three years
at the most. It is, in short, a control operation.
In running this, one will find the phenomenon of black and white
turning up. If he is running lots of people with "must not change in space"
and the field of vision remains black, then he should be running "must
change in space," at which moment it will be seen that the field lights up.
Sometimes "must change in space" and "must not change in space" alike do
not light up the dark field; at this, one should run "lost in space" or
"lost in the darkness," at which time the field will probably light up.
This can be watched on the E-Meter. Whenever the field goes entirely dark
the E-Meter sticks; in addition, the energy involved in the material is not
running out when the needle is stuck. So long as the needle is gradually
rising, the auditor can be sure that the field is fairly white before the
preclear. When somatics flick on the needle, when it gives small jumps or
sticks, it is time to reverse the concept. When all concepts tend to make
the needle stick, simply give the preclear in brackets a moment or two of
nothingness until the needle is again free.
We will call this Triple Process of the right button with the right
phrasing with the right mechanical process "Change Processing" for further
reference.
If you cannot now finish off your occluded cases with a few hours of
auditing, I disown all of you.
________________________________
This is the third of the series of the Professional Auditor's
Bulletins which delineate techniques to assist the auditor's own case and
to give him data he may use upon his preclears.
Viewpoint Processing may be self-audited within reason if the
individual thoroughly makes up his mind to use it as an intermediate step
between the steps of
Process SSSA as delineated in PAB No. 7. Otherwise it will leave him
wallowing in his circuits, not that this, for many an occluded auditor,
would be anything new.
Author's Note: This paper was written in Seville, Spain, in what the
Spaniards laughingly call a civilization. They have electricity of varying
voltages which is off for many hours of the day, water which only comes out
of the faucets between eleven and one, a mailman who, surprisingly enough,
delivers packets. Of course the castanets and beautiful nights make up for
all this and nobody worries about anything and it all somehow gets done
manana, but it doesn't particularly add to the quality of technical papers
which get dictated, when there happens to be electricity, from notes which
the maid overlooked destroying in her clean-up. Understand, then, that this
paper is very informal. It is sent through to you now as it is because the
information is three years overdue already.
LRH
LRH TAPE LECTURES
3-23 September 1953
5309C03 LECTURE Training Auditors
5309C23 LECTURE G.E. Track, Exteriorization
P.A.B. No. 9
PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
The Only Unbiased and Accurate Professional
Publication in Dianetics and Scientology
From L. RON HUBBARD
Via Hubbard Communications Office
4 Marylebone High Street, London W.1
____________________________________________________________________________
______
[1953, ca. early September]
FORMULA H
In early 1953 I developed Formula H as a basic resolution in terms of
emotion and effort of insane impulses, neuroses, obsessions and
compulsions. It is a limited technique. Formula H is the end development of
Effort Processing, and is run with all the technology learned in Effort
Processing itself.
FORMULA H: THE EFFORT TO REACH AND WITHDRAW, TO GRASP AND LET GO OF
ONESELF, OF OTHERS FOR THEMSELVES, OF ONESELF FOR OTHERS AND
OTHERS FOR ONESELF AND OTHERS FOR OTHERS: FOR FORCE, PERCEPTION
AND ADMIRATION WHEN RUN RESOLVE THE TENACITY OF ENGRAMS.
The first example of the use of Formula H would be applied to present
time. One would ask the preclear to run the effort to reach and to withdraw
into and from present time in terms of force, in terms of admiration and in
terms of perception. He would run as well for force, admiration and
perception the effort to grasp and the effort to let go. He would then run
present time as an entity, reaching and withdrawing, grasping and letting
go the preclear. He would find that there is a duplicity of effort wherein
the preclear can run withdrawing while something else withdraws, reaching
while something else withdraws, withdrawing while something else reaches,
and reaching while something else reaches, grasping while something else
grasps, grasping while something else lets go, letting go while something
else grasps, letting go while something else lets go. This can be run in
brackets, which is to say with the preclear doing it as though others were
doing it and the preclear doing it for others doing it in regard to others.
One could run this generally, which is to say without any specific
object in contest with the preclear, and one could run it on pictures alone
or on engrams alone if the preclear knows what an engram is.
Of course, this is a limited technique. It can be run only until such
time as the preclear's case is moving more easily.
The technique can be run slowly or rapidly, which is to say, one can
run the cycle and withdraw as fast as the preclear can think it or slowly.
This would depend in large measure on the use of an E-Meter. The needle
should keep rising while the preclear is reaching and withdrawing, but when
it reaches a stop then the effort should be changed or reversed.
Copyright (�) 1953 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
The use of Formula H is entirely an emergency measure. Formula H is not
intended to clear anyone. It is intended to put a case in shape to run more
easily. Immediately after Formula H is applied, Acceptance Level and SOP 8
can be applied. In other words, Formula H should not be continued
indefinitely. The reason this technique should not be used indefinitely
lies in the fact that after it has shaken the case loose, its continued use
will bog the preclear down in some other part of the time track, for the
use of the technique primarily is to shake the preclear loose from the time
track. The emotion of insanity-and indeed, there is an emotion of insanity-
is discovered in the preclear by having him run something withdrawing while
he is reaching or something reaching while he is withdrawing. This is an
actual emotion; such a case has insane impulses. This technique should
find, bring to view and run out these impulses, for it is an intensely
uncomfortable emotion.
Reaching and withdrawing, grasping and letting go are the actions of
theta itself. It does this with beams, particles and forms. Thus the
formula exactly parallels theta operation, thus its effectiveness. But its
continued use on the individual, the analytical mind or the thetan, the
production energy unit, or whatever else you want to call it, in the body
produces sufficient energy to shake loose engrams which might be better
left untouched. Thus the limitation of its use.
It will be found while using it that the emotion of insanity can be
turned on or a manic state can be turned on in a case. These emotions will
run out simply if the auditing session is continued a little longer. If
these become very acute, however, turn to Step III of SOP 8 and have the
preclear hold the two upper corners of the room. This will clear away these
impulses.
Commonly a preclear runs with this formula into a situation where, if
he is a man, the sensation of a woman trying to eat him and a woman being
white and himself black, in reversing the reaching and withdrawing, he
finds himself trying to eat a woman, himself white and the woman black.
This situation, when encountered, can simply be run one way and then the
other way until all these impulses cease. Considerable sexual sensation
will turn on during the running of this and they should not be left in
restimulation. Formula H is called Formula H because the "H" stands for
Hope. It can be used on a very difficult case if it does not immediately
respond to auditing. Something can happen with sufficient drama and he can
know he can get better. This gives to the auditor a tool which will produce
relatively fast effects. It also gives the reassurance that the auditor can
do something with this person which has not been done to this person
before.
Formula H can be self-audited because, of course, Formula H applies
mostly to the body. But if so used, it should not be used very long and it
should be used with Six Steps to Better Beingness [SSSA] .
RESOLUTION OF GEOGRAPHICAL AREAS
It is quite important for the auditor to understand the nature of
geographical areas in their role in aberration. As an example of this, let
me tell you a story about a little dog on a ranch I once had which, indeed,
is responsible for calling my attention to the fact that it is the location
not the personnel that is at fault.
This little dog was running down a quarter-of-a-mile-long road when a
careless driver hit him with a front bumper. At the moment of impact the
driver reacted with sufficient speed to keep the wheel from going over the
dog. The driver did not see the dog had not gone under the car, and when he
got out the dog was gone. Evidently it had run immediately after being
struck into the brush beside the road. He was gone for three days and could
not be found in the entire area although looked for. At the end of the
three days he came back, running up the same road. When he came within 30
feet
of the spot where he had been hit, although no car was now standing there,
he lit out into the brush and scouted the area, coming back on the road
again well beyond the spot, thus avoiding the place in the road.
On subsequent days the little dog, coming down this road came closer
and closer to the area where he had been struck, each time noted it and
avoided it. He had at the same time no fear of the car which had struck him
and no fear of the motor of the car and no fear of the people who had been
in the car.
After about two weeks, he would walk all the way down the road without
going into the brush. Each time he passed the geographical spot where he
had been hit he lowered his head and looked frightened when he passed.
There is no difference between this dog's reaction and the reaction of a
man. In Book One you will find the mechanism of avoiding a restimulator.
The person will not look at (as discovered in a hypnotic test) the thing
which is motivating his action. If the signal he is being given in a post-
hypnotic command is the hypnotist touching his tie, he will find fault with
the room, with the hypnotist, with the hypnotist's clothes, but very rarely
with the hypnotist's tie, the actual signal. This tells you, then, that man
avoids geographical areas and will not look at them, and at the same time
will say that he is not in that area because of people, because of
incidents, because of many things. He has been injured in some geographical
area. Pain and unconsciousness have taken place at some point on the globe,
some city, some ocean, some altitude, some depth. Afterwards, he avoids
such a point.
In Para-Scientology, it has been established without any great
certainty that man has been here in this universe for some time and that
men have a great many recorded experiences much earlier in existence. It
does not matter whether this is true or not; it does matter that men have
geographical antipathies. They are avoiding many spots in their own home,
around their own towns, around their own state, their own country, their
own continent-all over the world. This comes to a pass, finally, where a
person is avoiding the entire world. Also in Para-Scientology we have
turned up in many cases what the preclear claims is "space opera." The only
thing that is very certain in each one of these cases is that the preclear
so claiming actually avoids space. He avoids space just as the little dog
avoided the point on the road. In other words, this person has been injured
in space and because space is so difficult to locate and points in space
are so difficult to establish, he begins to avoid all space and so we get
the case which is hard packed all around with engrams. He is trying to be
solid so as not to have any space. If we work this case on the Formula H
given above as we discuss in a moment, we will discover that there are many
points specific and exact in space in the vicinity of the solar system
which the person is particularly antipathetic towards. He may or may not
have an explanation for this but the point is he does avoid space and
points in space.
In view of the fact that the person who wants no space is avoiding the
entire MEST universe and because any point in or the entire MEST universe
can be a geographical area, we get what is this tremendous antipathy for
the MEST universe on the part of preclears. This resolves by processing
geographically all of the areas of which the auditor can think or read
about from an atlas.
Geographical processing is quite surprising in its results. It is done
with Formula H. One gets the preclear's efforts to reach and withdraw from,
to grasp and let go, various geographical areas; and gets the preclear
getting others trying to reach and withdraw from, grasp and let go, the
same geographical areas; and gets the geographical areas trying to withdraw
from and reach, grasp and let go, the preclear; and gets the areas reaching
and withdrawing from, grasping and letting go, others.
The peculiar nostalgia generated by reason of a person's being raised
in a certain area (which in its acute state is homesickness) is resolved by
the use of Formula H on
the area of the childhood home. If one were to be processing children in a
summer camp, he would find that many of these were suffering acutely from
homesickness and could not enjoy themselves. If he would simply take a
group of them and get them to reach and withdraw from home, he would
possibly, through a bath of tears, restore the vitality of many who were
ailing.
Particularly for the case who is having difficulty with space, this is
a recommended process. An example of its running follows:
Auditor: Get the effort to reach the place you lived when you were five.
Preclear: Tries to recall place and cannot.
Auditor: What part of the United States was it in?
Preclear: Somewhere in the Midwest.
Auditor: Try to reach the Midwest.
Preclear: Does so.
Auditor: Get trying to withdraw from some place in the Midwest.
Preclear: Does so.
Auditor: Now try to see (reach) some place in the Midwest.
Preclear: Does so.
Auditor: Now try not to see some place in the Midwest.
Preclear: Does so.
Auditor: Now try not to admire (withdraw from) a place in the Midwest.
Preclear: Does so.
Auditor: Now try getting to admire a place in the Midwest.
Preclear: Does, remembers that it is Sioux Falls and achieves a visio on
the area
and develops at the same time a considerable body warmth which
is uncomfortable.
Auditor: Now gives the preclear the same as above, as though Sioux Falls
were
trying to reach and withdraw from the preclear. Then the
auditor runs:
Auditor: Get the effort to let go of Sioux Falls.
Preclear: Does so.
Auditor: Get the effort of Sioux Falls to let go of you.
Preclear: Does so.
Auditor: Get the effort of Sioux Falls not to look at you.
Preclear: Does so.
Auditor: Get the effort of Sioux Falls to grasp you.
Preclear: Does so, and suddenly finds himself engram wise in a room
having the
measles.
This is the hold on the track about Sioux Falls. Somatics become
acute, warmth excessive. The preclear keeps saying that the sickroom
alternates with the county jail. It suddenly develops that he was in
quarantine during his illness and felt like a prisoner and has felt
degraded ever since.
The auditor now uses Acceptance Level Processing or Expanded Gita. As
the former has not been covered, the latter will be illustrated.
Auditor: Start mocking up lots of rooms full of measles.
Preclear: Does so, and is astonished that they keep falling in on him. He
does this
and suddenly remembers how nice his mother was to him during
the measles.
Auditor: Gets the preclear to throw away rooms full of measles until the
preclear
can do so easily.
Preclear: Fever has abated, engram has been run out.
Auditor: Gives the preclear the effort to reach and withdraw from
present time,
and the effort of present time to reach and withdraw from the
preclear until the preclear is very alert.
End of Session.
You will find that Formula H used in any combination is productive. If
used in conjunction with geographical areas, it is extremely productive.
It is recommended for all cases early in processing; it is not
recommended for cases late in processing which are progressing
satisfactorily. It is not recommended that Formula H be run longer than for
two or three hours on a case except where the auditor has set out to
process geographically the entire MEST universe. Processing the entire MEST
universe and points in its space would be identical with the above
illustration except that points in the MEST universe would be substituted
for first the Midwest and then Sioux Falls as the "Sioux Falls" particular
points showed up with the preclear.
It cannot be too forcefully stated that the emotion called insanity is
an actual emotion and is turned on and is run out by Formula H. It may or
may not be good processing for an auditor to attempt to discover and locate
this emotion of insanity on preclears who aren't neurotic or insane and so
discharge it. This would depend entirely on the skill of the auditor. When
the emotion of insanity is turned on in a preclear who is otherwise sane,
it should simply be run out by Formula H.
L. RON HUBBARD
From: L. RON HUBBARD Through: Hubbard
Communications Office
4 Marylebone High
St.
London W.1, England
ASSOCIATE NEWSLETTER NO. 9
4 September 1953
Requested Report
All Associates of the Hubbard Association of Scientologists are
requested to submit the following data to the HAS.
The period covered for this data is from the time of beginning
operation or from January 1, 1953, whichever is the earlier, to September
1, 1953. All data should be inclusive of January 1, 1953 and September 1,
1953 for all business. Those Associates who began business later than
January 1, 1953 should report on their actual beginning of operations to
September 1,1953.
NAME OF ASSOCIATE:
CORRECT OPERATING ADDRESS:
TOTAL NUMBER OF STUDENTS ENROLLED FOR ANY COURSE OF ANY KIND:
TOTAL NUMBER OF STUDENTS GRADUATED TO HCA OR B.SCN:
GROSS INCOME FROM TRAINING:
TOTAL SUM (CALCULATED ON BASIC CONTRACT PERCENTAGE IN FORCE) OWING TO HAS:
WHAT PART OF SUM ALREADY PAID (LIST ALL PAYMENTS AND AGENCIES TO WHICH
PAID):
SUM NOW DUE AND OWING TO HAS AND ENCLOSED HEREWITH:
ATTACH A COMPLETE LIST OF ALL STUDENTS ENROLLED WITH THEIR HOME ADDRESSES
SO THAT THEY CAN BE PUT ON PAB AND JOURNAL LIST.
Signature: ______________________________
(Director)
RETURN THIS REPORT AND SUM OWING TO DATE IF ANY TO THE HUBBARD ASSOCIATION
OF SCIENTOLOGISTS, 4 MARYLEBONE HIGH STREET, LONDON W. 1, ENGLAND. DO NOT
PAY TO ANY OTHER ADDRESS OR AGENCY.
As of this date, Associate Schools of the Hubbard Association of
Scientologists will cease to receive gratis the Professional Auditor's
Bulletin; Associate Schools and members of the staff of Associate Schools
are requested to submit with a payment of $28-and $10 extra if airmail
delivery is desired-their application for professional membership as an
organization or as individuals. Business done by some Associates is too
slight to warrant further expense from this office, and free PAB service
cannot be continued to such agencies.
L. Ron Hubbard
Copyright(�) 1953 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
P.A.B. No. 10
PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
From L. RON HUBBARD
Via Hubbard Communications Office
163 Holland Park Avenue, London W.11
_____________________________________________________________________
[1953, ca. late September]
CHANGE PROCESSING
In Professional Auditor's Bulletin No. 8 we have a variation of Change
Processing which utilizes the factors given in that PAB to excellent
advantage.
We find as a law that a person takes the opinion viewpoint of that
person or thing which has most changed him in space.
It will become apparent immediately that the reason soldiers will obey
a sergeant's command to go forward into battle lies in their training in
close order drill. This sergeant has placed them here and there on the
drill field, has posted them on sentry duty-in other words, fixed them in
space-and in general has altered their positions in space to such a degree
that now the opinion of the sergeant that they should go forward even to
certain death has much higher validity than the soldier's own opinion.
We see as well that the mother, having carried the child in the womb,
having carried the infant here and there, and the father, having carried
the infant about and having changed the mother in space during gestation,
both, then, have enormous opinion value for the individual. This is basic
on the reason why the preclear is so anxious about his personal relations
with his parents. This is also why he has obeyed his parents so implicitly
or has had to fight so hard not to obey them. Because his parents have
changed him in space, his parents evaluate for him.
It will also be seen in a motor-happy society that machinery very soon
begins to evaluate for the individual, for a car changes the person in
space. Machine tools and large stationary engines fix a person in place. It
is as much evaluation to fix a person in space as to change him in space,
for, indeed, fixing a person is actually to make him do otherwise than he
himself would do, so is, in effect, a change in space against the person's
own self-determinism.
As soon as we examine fixation in space, we are examining fixations on
subjects. We have here, in a breath (but with a rather dirty trick beneath
it which will be covered in a later PAB), the entire secret of education.
They fix the student in space and thus can evaluate for him. This is doubly
vicious as it also reduces the space of the individual. If you wish to see
your preclear upset and dumbfounded, simply have him fit the corners of his
kindergarten and early grade to the corners of the room in which he is
being processed and keep duplicating these rooms, which is to say, fixing
the old space in this new space, until he gets a good facsimile of his
early school. Incidents where he was punished or degraded will immediately
turn up. This is an investigatory rather than a therapeutic process, for it
takes much too long.
Of course there are two sides to moving things in space. It is a
question whether the child moves the mother in space more than the mother
moves the child in space. Of course, the child, being smaller, is apt to
take the view that the mother is moving him
Copyright(�) 1953 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved
in space; yet the mother's actions are being monitored continually by the
necessities of the child. In such a way there are two evaluations of an
automobile. One is that an automobile is moving the person in space and the
other is that the person is moving the automobile in space. The difference
between these two viewpoints is self-competence. We are looking here at
above 2.0 on the tone scale and below 2.0 on the tone scale. Above 2.0 the
individual feels that he is moving the automobile in space; below 2.0 the
individual is certain that the automobile is moving him in space. This is
also the difference between happiness and unhappiness. A person is happy as
long as he feels that he is the causative mover and is unhappy to the
degree that he feels that he is the effect of something which moves him.
Illustrative of this point is an airline pilot, one of the best on the
Company payroll, who, as long as he flew the airplane, was an excellent
pilot. This individual at the end of his run would quite often "deadhead"
to the city where he had his home. He would ride as a passenger, and it was
a source of amusement over the entire airline that this crack pilot in the
smoothest air would be airsick every time he was a passenger. In the first
case, he was moving the airplane in space; in the second case, as a
passenger, the airplane was moving him in space. Being moved in space by an
airplane occasioned terror; moving the airplane in space occasioned
happiness.
During the constructive or active moments, the thetan is moving the
body, but there are times when the body's necessities-as in the case of
urination and bowel movements-move the thetan. Thus we find that the latter
are quite aberrative in the individual.
In the Pre-Logics we found that the prime function of theta was to
locate or alter objects in space and time, and also to create space and
time and objects to locate in them. So here we have viewpoints and the
prime purpose of theta interlocking-and discover that we have come on two
roads to the same point.
A method of running evaluation, particularly aberrative evaluation
where the preclear has been surrounded by somewhat neurotic parents or
marital partners, is a very simple one consisting of mocking up the parent
and then, in mock-up, having the parent shift a mock-up of the preclear up
in the air, down low, to the right, to the left, before and behind. One
then repeats the process of having the mock-up of the preclear move the
mock-up of the parent before and behind, to the right, to the left, above
and below. One can even have the preclear simply mock up the parent and
start moving the parent until he is certain that the parent can be moved.
One has the preclear move the mock-up of the parent from before him to
behind him, to his right, to his left, above him and below him. One does
this with the parents, marital partners and working machinery, and also
with vehicles.
As soon as one starts Creative Processing to the end of convincing the
preclear that he can change things in space, he begins to find quite
ordinarily that the preclear will get visios of roads. The road, of course,
is the one thing which constructively changes the preclear in space. There
is, of course, a scarcity of roads, and one remedies this with Viewpoint
Processing by having the preclear mock up a great many roads for himself,
somebody else with roads for themselves, and others mocking up roads for
others, until the scarcity of roads is remedied. The road is also
aberrative because it threatens momentary impacts to those persons who have
been in accidents. Automobile accidents are, then, excessively aberrative
since they are a hold-motion and a fixation on something which is intended
as a continuance of motion. One of the simplest ways to handle this latter
situation is simply to run the engram of the accident or to mock up
accidents until the preclear is surfeited with them (by this last, of
course, I mean that one has the preclear mock up the accidents).
One can also repeat this by having the preclear mock up the thetan
moving the body as above and having the body moving the thetan. This last
process is very
productive. One does it in brackets. One has the preclear mock up something
which he calls the thetan and then has this move the body as in the case of
the parents above. Then he has others being moved around by their thetans
and thetans moving others around, and then others doing this for others.
L. RON HUBBARD
From: L. RON HUBBARD Through: Hubbard
Communications Office
4 Marylebone High St.
London W.1, England
ASSOCIATE NEWSLETTER NO. 10
[1953, ca. late September]
TECHNIQUE BULLETIN
Cases which bog down in the process of auditing normally come up
against the computation of the workability of techniques.
People have consistently believed and disbelieved in a cycle that
something would solve everything and, regardless of the workability of a
technique, people continue to follow this cycle. The interruption of this
cycle in any case-and, I repeat, any case-is extremely desirable.
The cycle is interrupted by running on the preclear in brackets "The
remedy is unworkable," "The technique is ineffective," "The solution will
not apply," and so on, so as to cover techniques, cures, medicines,
computations and systems of communication. The workability of any of these
is under question, for the preclear has been often disappointed and
betrayed. Thus, his case has a tendency to hang up.
It will be discovered that the belief that something is workable is
the beginning of the cycle with considerable space, and the belief that
something is unworkable is the end of the cycle and is the equivalent of
death. Death itself is a solution of sorts, but it is an unworkable
solution and the preclear recognizes its unworkability. When unworkability
is run in terms of brackets, as in Viewpoint Processing, it will be found
that the space of the preclear narrows down to nothing.
Running this in brackets is done by mocking up the people with the
concept-as many people as possible, each one with the same thought. The
preclear mocks them up for himself, has another mock them up in thousands
for himself, and has others mock them up in thousands; each one with the
idea that the remedy is workable, and again with the idea that the remedy
is unworkable.
This can be specifically applied to Dianetics but is effective only
when the person has long been in contact with Dianetics. We have, in
Dianetics, a consistent change of technique, not because each one has
proved unworkable, but because new techniques have shown up which were
faster. However, to many dull people, this has given the appearance of
change of technique because the last technique which was once considered so
workable, is now considered unworkable. Thus we have consistently and
continually run the cycle on these people and worn them out. If these
people are to be renovated, running the change of technique as workable and
unworkable on them in brackets as above, will remedy the condition.
This is the center of the whole idea of hope, dreams, illusions and
plans.
What one is trying to do and what one is trying to solve is to get
through time; in other words, to survive as long as possible.
Modem medicine has begun to run this cycle with greater and greater
rapidity. In Dianetics and Scientology, the continuing field of discovery
has a different pattern. Techniques have gone through from entirely
introspective techniques to conceptual techniques through direct energy
handling techniques up to purely observational techniques. This is because
Man does not want to look at something. Man always looks beside something.
I refer your attention to Book I and the dissertation on the subject of the
restimulator in the environment: people will not look at the restimulator
but look, instead, at associative restimulators. We are actually finding
how we can bring people up to a point where they will look at things. It is
discovered that if they will
Copyright (�) 1953 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
look at things directly, the threat of those things disappears. Actually,
energy, directly observed, will dissolve. The only way the universe keeps
going, really, is because nobody theta-wise looks directly at it. Thus we
have gone from looking at the thing furthest from actuality that was still
real-the engram containing pain and unconsciousness-up to staring straight
in the teeth of the actual thing. Methods have been discovered by which
this can be done, as you found in Six Steps of Self-Auditing.
The concept in large masses "There must be no other cause" falls into
the general category of the above and resolves as well the "I must be the
only one" computation which inhibits so many people. The idea that there
must be no other cause but himself comes about because any person can trace
immediately back to the fact that his own decision started the
concatenation of events which led to disaster. Going out for an automobile
ride which concludes with an accident was done on the free decision of the
individual; thus he traces his own decision to go for a ride as the prior
cause which led to the accident. Thus he begins to conceive that only those
things which he himself has desired or caused can at length affect him. He
believes he can only be attacked by those monsters which he himself has
created. He gets this idea from his early work in his own universe.
This does not apply in the MEST universe. The accident has, if the
preclear desires to trace it, thousands of other causes. His fixation on
being the only one is, of course, a self-protective measure, and is a
defensive measure in the extreme. People who have the idea that they are
the only ones who can be cause have actually been punished so hard and so
much that they are extremely defensive. Their assumption of cause is
assumption of self-responsibility for many things for which they have no
reason whatsoever to assume responsibility. This is remedied by clarifying
the scarcity of causes.
The invention of God as represented for the MEST universe is an effort
to fill all space with cause so that one will not then become the only one,
for becoming the only one is an extremely fatal operation which goes down a
fast dwindling spiral.
One has to recognize that there are three universes. Thus, all things,
including wasting, Acceptance Level processing and concepts, have to be run
in brackets. Otherwise, one leaves out the idea of other causes. If one
omits this from the processing of a preclear, he drives the preclear
further and further and further into being the only one. Thus Dianetics,
after 500 or 600 hours of auditing, reversed itself and began to do harm.
For one reason, it had driven people into being the only one, and for the
other reason, it had made engrams scarce by erasing them.
FIRST INTERNATIONAL CONGRESS OF DIANETICISTS AND
SCIENTOLOGISTS LECTURES
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
30 September-4 October 1953
Nearly 300 delegates attended the First International Congress of
Dianeticists and Scientologists September 30 through October 4, 1953, at
the Broadwood Hotel in Philadelphia. L. Ron Hubbard had returned to the
United States to resume his active role in this country as the Founder of
Dianetics and Scientology.
"Beginning on September 30 with the continuous playing of eight hours
of Doctorate lecture tapes at the Hubbard Foundation, followed by an
evening lecture by L. Ron Hubbard, the Congress progressed through the 1st,
2nd, 3rd and 4th of October, with mornings and evenings spent in group
processing and seminars, and afternoons devoted to lectures by L. Ron
Hubbard on new material and the expansion of SOP-8.
"Twelve formal hours of lectures were given, and the same material was
put into practice in the group processing sessions. During these lectures,
L. Ron Hubbard offered a summation of his work of the past year, which
culminated in SOP-8, SOP-8L, and Six Steps to Better Beingness. These are
the processes he has intended for general use.
"It was the theme of Mr. Hubbard's lectures that we had to have a
science before we could have organizations, and he stated that the last
three years were, in effect, a social study wherein the material he chose
to release at that time was used to determine the best means of giving
Earth a psychotherapy. He commented that while this may seem a brutal
method of going about the introduction of a science, there was no other
method available at the time. He further commented that his own work was
the natural activity of Life which, having entered deeply into the physical
universe, as described in the Axioms, perforce must withdraw in order to
achieve a more orderly conquest He said that if he had not carried forward
this program and advanced these techniques (and the science itself) that
life in some other way would have done so, in the long run. He was very
insistent upon the fact that smooth organization and management depended
entirely, in Dianetics and Scientological organizations, upon the existence
of a completed science. He said that with the completion of the science
there must now take place high level function in organization and
dissemination. He announced, in effect, D-Day for action!
"The Congress terminated with a lively business session. It was
clearly established that the will of the membership of the HAS was the
establishment of a Professional Auditors Chapter (PAC) which would in
itself act as a certifying body for Dianetics and Scientology. As an
immediate result of Congress action, the PAC is now in a state of
formation."
-Journal of Scientology 21-G
* 5309C30A ICDS-1 History and Development of Dianetics
* 5309C30B ICDS-2 The Problem to Be Solved
** 5310C01A ICDS-3 Processing and Its Goals
* 5310C01 B ICDS-4 The Most Favorable Processes
* 5310C01C ICDS-5 SOP-8
* 5310C01D ICDS-6 SOP-8
* 5310C02A ICDS-7 SOP-8, Additional material
* 5310C02B ICDS-8 SOP-8, Step 1, 2, 3
* 5310C02C ICDS-9 SOP-8
* 5310C03A ICDS-10 Six Steps to Better
Beingness
* 5310C03B ICDS-11 Uses and Future of
Scientology
* 5310C03C ICDS-12 Processes for Rough
Cases
* 5310C04A ICDS-13 Wasting
* 5310C04B ICDS-14 Effort
1ST AMERICAN ADVANCED CLINICAL
INDOCTRINATION COURSE LECTURES
Camden, New Jersey
5 October-14 November 1953
"Before L. Ron Hubbard returned from Spain, he announced he would
train a handful of the better auditors in the latest techniques. The
announcement was met by an immediate landslide of applications. He accepted
ten, and later, after the course had started, two more. In addition, he was
forced to schedule, for the sixteenth of November, a second clinical
graduate course under his personal instruction."
-Journal of Scientology 21-G
* 5310C06 AICL-1A Looking, Definition of Static (1ACC-1)
* 5310C07A AICL-1B Q & A, Step V (1ACC-2)
* 5310C07B AICL-2A Exteriorization (1ACC-3)
* 5310C08A AICL-2B Thetan Control, Handling Occlusion (1ACC-4)
* 5310C08B AICL-3A Occlusion, ResoIve of ( 1 ACC-5)
* 5310C09A AICL-3B Psychotics, Classification of Cases (1ACC-6)
* 5310C09B AICL-4A Occluded Case (1ACC-7)
* 5310C12A AICL-4B Exteriorization, Difficult Cases (1ACC-8)
* 5310C12B AICL-5A SOP: Step 11 (1ACC-9)
* 5310C12C AICL-5B SOP: Step 11 (cont.) (1ACC-10)
* 5310C13A AICL-6A Anesthesia in Bodies (1ACC-11)
* 5310C13B AICL-6B Anesthesia in Bodies (cont.) (1ACC-12)
* * 5310C14A AICL-7A Randomity, Control and Prediction, Part I
(1ACC-13)
* * 5310C14B AICL-7B Randomity, Control and Prediction, Part 11
(1ACC-14)
* * 5310C14C AICL-8A Inverted Dynamics (1ACC-15)
* 5310C15 AICL-8B Thinking Action, Machines (1ACC-16)
* 5310C16A AICL-9A Subjective Processes (1ACC-17)
* 5310C16B AICL-9B Subjective Processes (cont.) (1ACC-18)
* 5310C16C AICL-10A Subjective Processes (cont.) ( 1 ACC-19)
* 5310C1 7A AICL-10B Thinking Processes ( 1 ACC-20)
* 5310C17B AICL-11A Forget and Remember, Good and Evil (1ACC-21)
* 5310C19A AICL-11B Forget and Remember, Good and Evil (cont.)
(1ACC-22)
* * 5310C19B AICL-12A Change Processes, Action (1ACC-23)
* * 5310C19C AICL-12B ChangeProcesses (cont.) (1ACC-24)
* 5310C20 AICL-13A Certainty of Anchor Points Processing (1ACC-
25)
* 5310C21 AICL-13B Liabilities of Being Processed (1ACC-26)
5310C21 AICL-14A Processing to Step I (1ACC-27)
5310C21 AICL-14B Speed Up-Wasting (1ACC-28)
5310C22 AICL-15A Wasting Effects, etc. (1ACC-29)
5310C22 AICL-15B Wasting Effects (cont), Looking (1ACC-30)
5310C23 AICL-16A Looking (1ACC-31)
5310C23 AICL-16B Change Processing (1ACC-32)
* 5310C26A AICL-17A Restimulation of Engrams, Experiences ( 1 ACC-
33)
* 5310C26B AICL-17B An Assumption, Lines, Chords, Havingness (
1ACC-34)
* 5310C26C AICL-18A Time, Assumption, Facsimiles, Overt Acts, DEDs
(1 ACC-35)
* 5310C27A AICL-18B Fixed Attention, Duplication, How To Audit
Children
(1 ACC-36)
* 5310C27B AICL-19A Assessment, Memories, Ridges; Demo: Acceptance
Level Processing ( 1 ACC-37)
* 5310C27C AICL-19B Acceptance Level Processing (cont.) (1ACC-38)
* 5310C28A AICL-20A Case Reports, SOP-8C, SOP-8L (1ACC-39)
* 5310C28B AICL-20B SOP-8 L (cont. ) ( 1 ACC-40)
* 5310C28C AICL-21A Anchor Points, Space, Games, Indicated Drills
of
Processes ( 1 ACC-4 1 )
* 5310C29A AICL-21B Spacation, AnchorPointsand Attention (1ACC-42)
* * 5310C29B AICL-22A Study of the Particle (1ACC-43)
* * 5310C29C AICL-22B Study of the Particle (cont) (1ACC-44)
* 5310C30A AICL-23A The Particle with Regard to Time (cont.) (1ACC-
45)
* 5310C30B AICL-23B Consideration, Extent of Viewpoint, Step 111
Commands ( 1 ACC-46)
* 5310C30C AICL-24A Part 1-How To Run Change Processing (1ACC-47)
* 5310C30D AICL-24AA Part 2-Considerations and the MEST Universe
(1 ACC-47A)
* 5311C02A AICL-24B "Cause and Effect, Automaticity, Ridges"
Processing
(1 ACC-48)
* 5311 C02B AICL-25A Occluded Case Reports-Black Spot Processing,
Certainty ( 1 ACC-49)
* 5311C03A AICL-25B The Logics-Their Relation to Aberration and
Space
(1 ACC-50)
* 5311C03B AICL-26A AnchorPointsandSpace(cont.) (1ACC-51)
* 5311C03C AICL-26B The Logics,-Part 2 (1ACC-52)
* 5311C04A AICL-27A Randomity and Automaticity, Process to Resolve
(1 ACC-53)
* 5311C04B AICL-27B Process to Resolve Randomity and Automaticity
(cont.)
( 1 ACC-54)
* 5311C04C AICL-28A Process to Resolve Randomity and Automaticity
(cont)
( 1 ACC-55)
* 5311C05A AICL-28B Certainty (1ACC-56)
* 5311C05B AICL-29A Communication-ARC-Demonstration (1ACC-57)
* 5311C05C AICL-29B Communication-ARC-Demo-Space(cont.)
( 1 ACC-58)
P.A.B. No. 11
PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
From L. RON HUBBARD
Via Hubbard Communications Office
4 Marylebone High Street, London W.1
____________________________________________________________________________
______
[1953, ca. early October]
During these last many PABs, I trust that something has been happening
to your own case. I am trying to bring it along on a self-auditing basis.
All techniques I have been giving you since we started in these sessions
can be self-audited.
You will find, however, as you self-audit things, that a very basic
law is at work. This law consists of THE ENTIRE PROCESS OF THOUGHT IS AN
EFFORT TO OBSERVE SOMETHING WITHOUT LOOKING AT IT. You will find yourself,
if you self-audit, dramatizing this by preferring those techniques which
deal with thoughts and concepts rather than those techniques which
specialize in looking. Thus, I dare say, you will have avoided doing the
Six Steps to Better Beingness and will probably have done Viewpoint
Processing in preference. Let me assure you, however, that the Six Steps to
Better Beingness are on a higher level than any process which merely
processes thoughts.
There is another law involved which explains this matter of not
wanting to look which we will take up in PAB No. 12. In this present PAB we
will set forth what the thetan is trying to do.
WHAT THE THETAN IS TRYING TO DO
With all the books of philosophers before you, with all the religions
of the world to consult, with all the closest scrutiny of Man and his
involved behavior, it would still be difficult to guess what the thetan is
actually trying to do. Indeed, one would be more prone to believe that the
thetan is entirely idle and is not trying to do anything; for, such is the
complexity of behavior resulting from the extreme simplicity of the
original effort that the entire activity is lost in a maze of complexity.
The thetan is trying to do something very simple: he is trying to put
up mock-ups of his own; that is really all he is trying to do. But in order
to do this, he comes in conflict with other thetans and he finds that his
effort is complicated to the degree that these thetans, putting mock-ups in
front of him, seek to obstruct him, even when they only want these mock-ups
admired. Thus the thetan's activity enters its second step, which is to
nullify or divert mock-ups placed before him, which is to say his
viewpoint, by other thetans.
As soon as he enters this activity of trying to destroy or divert mock-
ups placed before him, he runs into the first levels of subterfuge. These
consist of the various emotions by which people seek to convince him that
his activities in shunting their mock-ups aside are very bad. Of course he
himself has begun this subterfuge in trying to put up mock-ups of his own.
He is trying to convince others that when they destroy his mock-ups, they
are doing something very vicious and wicked to him.
After a few failures in getting mock-ups of his own which persist and
failures in destroying or diverting mock-ups which are thrust in front of
his face, he conceives the idea of being multiple. He becomes more than one
viewpoint or he teams up with other
Copyright (�) 1953 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
thetans and these, together then, seek to put up mock-ups which persist.
These are fought back against by other groups of thetans and so on up the
dynamics. This, in effect, is the basic game all of us are playing. This is
adequately proven out by processing.
The field of least certainty is the observation of what others are
trying to do to others. This, then, becomes aberrative. One doesn't quite
know what the rest of the world is doing or thinking. And this becomes
complicated because others pretend to be the friend of the thetan, only to
betray him. As soon as this occurs he begins to watch very closely the
behavior of other thetans' mock-ups in order to gauge what is happening to
them so as to prevent things from happening to himself.
With these three things-the thetan trying to put up mock-ups of his
own which persist, trying to divert the mock-ups of others, and trying to
observe what others are doing to others-we have what we call a "bracket" in
Scientology.
The processing of this activity is of the simplest kind. You will
find, even on an occluded case, that there is a zone beyond the occlusion
where the preclear can put up a mock-up. The worst cases will not be able
to see it, but they will know that they have put a mock-up out there. In
view of the fact that the basic impulse of the thetan is simply to put a
mock-up out there which will move and which will persist, we have as our
most certain-if by far not our shortest process-that one given in Self
Analysis in Scientology. One simply has the preclear go on putting mock-ups
out there until the preclear at length can put them up in excellent order
and condition.
One can enter this in a little more complex vein and have the preclear
receiving before him mock-ups which "others" have put up and destroying
these mock-ups. It will be found at first that the preclear has a very hard
time destroying mock-ups which so appear before him, even though he himself
is putting them there for others. After a while he will be able to divert
and destroy these mock-ups at will and his tone will improve as a result.
No matter how much complexity may enter into this, no matter how many
lines of thought, how many values of knowledge or evaluations occur, at any
given instant the basic impulse of the individual is to create something
and maintain it while preventing the mock-ups or creations of others from
interfering with his activity. The best test of this process is its
workability and it is found that the process is extremely workable.
Very few auditors have the patience to sit through a couple of hundred
hours of Self Analysis in Scientology. They are prone to assign it as
homework or to avoid it. However, remember it is the very best process
which we have, for it exactly parallels what the thetan is trying to do.
As the auditor processes this on the preclear, the preclear will begin
to notice various things, which is to say he will put up three mock-ups,
one after the other, and will find that the third mock-up is much weaker
than the first one he put up. This is because he believes that the first
two have been destroyed and thus his impulse to put up a mock-up is
lessening. One alters this simply by having him put up more mock-ups.
Additionally, this process feeds energy into an energy-starved bank.
By using this process in company with the other five steps of Six
Steps to Better Beingness and with SOP 8, results are enormously speeded.
But remember, whatever else you know, you would be able to make clears
simply if you persisted with the process given herein and which is detailed
at some length in Self Analysis in Scientology. Perhaps with this
understanding and evaluation of what the thetan is trying to do, you may
care to go more deeply into this, even on your own case, to using Self
Analysis half an hour a day.
IMPORTANT ADVANCE
Change Step 6 (Opposite Poles) of SSSA to be done as follows:
Get a point before, above, etc. the preclear to say "You will be
ridiculed" and have the preclear say "Nothing there." Then have the
preclear say to a point as before "You will be ridiculed" and have the
point say "Nothing there."
In "Wearing Heads" have the preclear put on various heads and have
others take them off and hold them away. Then have the preclear take
various heads off (mock-up) people and have him hold them away.
The reason for this change is my observation that everyone suffers
from contracted space. This inferred that they were most afraid of expanded
space. Expanded space (held out anchor points by others) gives the emotion
of ridicule and this change when I tested it on preclears brought the
highest tone rise observed for a single quick process. People are afraid of
ridicule-they prefer the serious attitude of betrayal. Ridicule includes
scorn.
This technique can be employed using brackets and all pronouns.
L. RON HUBBARD
Tape lectures from the 1st ACC continued from page 460.
* 5311C06A AICL-30A Inverted Dynamics, Inflow-Outflow, Material,
Time
(1 ACC-58A)
* 5311C06B AICL-30AA Inverted Dynamics (cont.) (1ACC-59)
5311C06C AICL-30B Space (1ACC-60)
* 5311C06D AICL-30BB Demonstration: Havingness, Energy, etc. (1ACC-
60A)
* 5311C09A AICL-31A Randomity, AnchorPoints, etc. (1ACC-61)
* 5311C09B AICL-31B Randomity, Anchor Points (cont.) (1ACC-62)
* 5311C09C AICL-31BB Exteriorization by Feeling (1ACC-62A)
* 5311C09D AICL-32A Exteriorization by Feeling (cont.) (1ACC-63)
* 5311C1OA AICL-32B Types of Processes, Space, Create-Destroy
(1ACC-64)
* 5311C10B AICL-33A SOP-8C Steps (1ACC-65)
* 5311C10C AICL-33B SOP-8C Steps(cont.) (1ACC-66)
* 5311C11A AICL-34A Group Processing (1ACC-67)
* 5311C11B AICL-34B Future Processing (1ACC-68)
* 5311C11C AICL-35A Questions: SOP-8C, 3 Universes, SOP-8,
Significances,
Exteriorization ( 1 ACC-69)
* 5311C12 AICL-35B Process to Use on Cases, Gradient Scales (1ACC-
70)
* 5311C12A AICL-36A Process to Run by Gradient Scale on Specific
Cases
( 1ACC-71 )
5311C12 AICL-36AA Self-Determinism in Relation to a Thetan (1ACC-
71A)
* 5311C12B AICL-36B Gradient ScaleStraightwire (cont.) (1ACC-72)
* 5311C12C AICL-37A Gradient Scale Straightwire Demo (cont.) (1ACC-
73)
* 5311C12D AICL-37B Gradient Scale Straightwire Demo (cont.) (1ACC-
74)
* * 5311C13A AICL-38A Final Talk on First Course (1ACC-75)
* 5311C13B AICL-38B Last Lecture of Advanced Course, Camden 1953
Reviewing Students' Ability to Process (1ACC-75)
* 5311C13C AICL-38C Group Processing After Afternoon Lecture
T H E J O U R N A L O F
SCIENTOLOGY
Issue 21-G [ 1953, ca. late October]
Published by
The Hubbard Association of Scientologists, Inc.
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
The Theory of Communication
L. Ron Hubbard
As we have gone forward in Dianetics and Scientology, we have come
into possession of more and more significant evaluations of the
interrelated factors of life. One of the simplest and yet one of the most
significant emergences has been the factor of communications as the most
important single factor in the triangle of Affinity Reality-Communication.
This ARC triangle, when I formulated it in Elizabeth in the early
summer of 1950, resolved a great many things for auditors, but for the
following three years much discussion ensued on the nature of the triangle
itself. Generally, though, acceptance of it was swift and glad, for with
its use came an understanding of human behavior, and with that triangle the
tone scale itself, as it appeared in Science of Survival, was born. The
earliest tone scale is in Book One, and is the first chart in that book.
Communication did not certainly emerge as a more important factor than
either Affinity or Reality until the inclusion in the science of new data
concerning the physical universe. It then became apparent that
communication was, in essence, the shift of a particle from one part of
space to another part of space. In its crudest definition, this is
communication. It does not matter whether the communication particle is a
bullet, a word, a thought or a light particle. It is still communication if
it travels from one part of space to another. Not even terminals are
necessary in order to establish the existence of a communication, but in
the accepted sense of the word, communication is something which emanates
from one terminal and travels through space to arrive at another terminal.
To achieve a full understanding of how communication is important, one
need only do a very simple exercise to discover that almost any process
involving itself with communication is powerfully effective on the mind.
If one seats himself in one of two chairs which are set facing each
other, and looks at the other empty chair, and then gets up and sits down
in the other empty chair, then rises and sits in the first empty chair,
then goes and sits in the second empty chair, he will realize that
something can happen with this technique, even though no words are spoken
and no thoughts thought.
In the most accepted sense of the word, communication expects a
return. In other words, a particle going from Point A in space to Point B
in space is expected, if Life has anything to do with it, to then of
itself, or with an approximation of it, go from Point B back to A again. A
complete communication cycle is from Point A in space to Point B, and Point
B back to Point A. In order to demonstrate the degree to which this affects
human behavior, one need only perform another simple technique.
One takes two chairs, sitting some few feet apart, facing each other.
He sits down in one of the chairs and looks at the empty chair and says,
"Why don't you answer?" He says this aloud to the empty chair. He then gets
up and sits down in the empty chair and faces the chair he just vacated and
refuses to answer. He gets up again and returns to the first chair, sits
down, and says, "You must answer me." He then removes
Copyright(�)1953 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
himself to the second chair, then actually looks at the first chair, then
says, "All right. What do you want to know?" He then gets up out of the
second chair and goes to the first chair and says, "Are you all right?" He
then removes himself to the second chair and says, "Yes, I am all right."
He will experience full relief if he does this.
Almost any computation of this chair act can be worked out, but the
one having to do with answering is the most effective. This explains to you
why a communication lag on the part of another person can be transferred as
an aberration.
We discover, then, that the most basic communication is one which does
not have any reason connected with it. It is simply the interchange of a
particle from one space to another space, and, preferably, the return of
that particle, or a particle like it, to the first position in space.
Any communication is an anchor point. In order to understand the
significance of an anchor point, one only has to realize the actual
definition of space. For many centuries, in fact, during all of written
history, man has not had an accurate, workable, definition of space. This
omission is extremely peculiar, because he lives and exists continually in
space. Of course, he really avoids space. He would much rather look at a
person who is occupying a space, than the space surrounding the person. He
is avoiding space to such a degree that he is always trying to work toward
something, and is never trying to work toward the gain of nothing, except
during some low-toned activity like war.
You can readily establish for yourself the correctness of this
definition of space. Space is the viewpoint of dimension.
In the earlier editions of the Encyclopaedia Britannica, one discovers
under the heading of "Time and Space" a long article which says bluntly
that time and space are matters of psychology, not matters of physics. They
must be resolved in the field of the human mind before they can be resolved
by the physicists. This proves to be true, for with the introduction of
space as a viewpoint of dimension, not only human behavior, but many
intricate and complex problems in physics fall apart. Like all things worth
knowing, this definition is idiotically simple, but tremendously workable.
It is workable to the degree that its direct application in processing can
produce, with no other aid, a clear.
The first application of this definition in the theory of processing
is to have the preclear sit in a chair and from "inside himself" reach out
to the two upper corners of the room behind him and simply hold on to those
corners, without thinking. If he does this for a long period of time, he
will simply become better and better. He may have some bad periods while he
does this, but nevertheless the technique inevitably results in a better
condition. If just this technique and no other technique were used this
person, at the end of perhaps fifty or eighty hours, would be in good
physical and mental condition, if not a Theta clear.
In this technique we are putting theory directly into practice. More
and more, we are beginning to use these two things as identities. Theory is
practice, and that auditor or that instructor who is trying to separate
theory from practice is missing a great deal in the science, and is not
getting too good results in his practicing.
In essence, holding on to two comers of the room is making space, but
again, this is maintaining a condition of communication. One has an anchor
point of his own up in each of the two back corners of the room. One can
just as well hold all eight corners of the room with an anchor point of his
own and his eyes closed. However, this technique is often too vigorous for
a preclear. He can also do a total spacation, which is to say, perform Step
III of SOP-8.
When we understand that communication is a fundamental, and is a first
action of space, as well as the first action which takes place in space, we
can advance our processing markedly. In the first place, we have an
immediate index as to how aberrated our preclear may be. Preclears are
aberrated if they have a communication lag. They have a communication lag
as long as they have no space. In other words, communication lag is inverse
to the amount of space a person has. This may sound very technical, but it
is only as technical as you care to make it. There is nothing simpler than
sitting down and making with eight points a cube of space, and then moving
a
particle, which you have created, from one point to another point inside
the space you have created. In this way, it is possible to understand both
space and communication.
Affinity and Reality have taken secondary roles because they are
dealing with nothing more than the particle pattern or the number of
viewpoints which agree upon the particle pattern. The pattern or velocity
of the particle creates the degree of affinity, whether emotion or effort,
and the reality depends upon the number of viewpoints which are in
agreement upon the pattern of the particle. In both affinity and reality it
can be traced that these are secondary to the condition of the existence of
a particle and its change in space.
In working Standard Operating Procedure 8 (as given in Issue 16-G of
the Journal) one does not have in the seven steps an immediate index of the
sanity of the individual. These are steps relating to techniques used at
various levels of difficulty with techniques. These are not necessarily an
indication of the sanity of a person, even though Number VII is marked
"Psychotic" and Number VI "Neurotic." VII and VI are so marked only to
direct the auditor's attention to the fact that these two techniques are so
good that they can be used on any level of case and that he should not use
other techniques on psychotic or neurotic people. These definitions of the
steps are not to be construed by a preclear, if they are used upon him, to
mean that he is psychotic. In order to have a theory of evaluation of cases
which matches with the seven steps of SOP-8, it is necessary to move the
preclear out of the seven steps and into a step gradient we could call A,
B, C, D, E, F, G.
This step gradient would be the gradient scale of the communication
lag of the preclear. This is a direct index of sanity. A, which compares to
Step I, would be an almost instantaneous response, and G, at the other end
of the gradient scale, would be a lag so long that it did not return. In
other words, this is a communication-return index.
In using SOP-8, if one exteriorizes an individual by using Step III,
he often finds that the individual's communication speeds up markedly or
slows down. If he is to continue the practice on the preclear while the
preclear is exteriorized, then it is necessary for him to re-evaluate the
preclear. If the preclear remains at the same communication speed as before
being exteriorized, the auditor simply goes on using the same step level
which exteriorized the preclear. However, if the communication level of the
preclear speeded up markedly, then the auditor shifts from the step which
he used to exteriorize the preclear to a higher, faster motion step. If the
preclear's communication lag became greater when exteriorized, then the
auditor moves over into the ABCDEFG scale, locates his communication lag,
and moves back into SOP-8, using a lower level step such as VI or VII on
the preclear, after the preclear has been exteriorized. As communication is
the single most important factor today in processing itself, the auditor
will do well to regard it as such.
P.A.B. No. 12
PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
From L. RON HUBBARD
Via Hubbard Communications Office
163 Holland Park Avenue, London W.11
_____________________________________________________________________
[1953, ca. late October]
THE CYCLE OF ACTION OF AN EXPLOSION
The role which an explosion plays in Scientology processing is as
spectacular as the explosion itself.
To experience the impact of an atomic bomb, it is not necessary to
know the mechanics of nuclear fission. Just so, a preclear need not know
the Scientology mechanics of the explosion and its role in experience to
benefit from the process. An auditor, however, should understand the
mechanics underlying explosions in order to use the process to its fullest
extent.
That thing which most closely approximates life itself in the material
universe is the explosion. It changes things in space; it disorganizes
MEST; it puts out particles from an apparent viewpoint; it alters
compounds; and it has closely following its beginning a mirror effect,
which is to say, that if one could stop an explosion in its flight, he
would find that its center was sufficiently smooth to act as a mirror. It
is, then, extremely simple for theta to identify itself with an explosion;
and theta has done this to such an extent that science itself, at least at
this writing, subscribes widely to the theory that life originates solely
from the interactivity of chemical compounds. It could be said that the
explosion itself is the basis for this mis-identification.
The cycle of action of life in the MEST universe is the cycle of
action of an explosion. In the first book on Dianetics you will find
repeated the ancient Vedic formula that things are born, grow, decay and
die. I have expanded this to include the end action. First there is
nothing; then there is a something; the something increases, then
decreases; and again there is nothing. Thus you have a complete basic cycle
of action.
There is a process known as Cycle of Action Processing wherein the
preclear with creative mock-ups completes the cycles which he has begun and
which he has not ended. It will be found that the preclear is trying to
complete cycles of action begun often at some long forgotten time, and this
accounts for some of the goals which he is rationally or irrationally
attempting.
The basic cycle of action of life itself in this universe is the cycle
of action of an explosion. While this is not true of all universes, it
applies very firmly to the MEST universe. Life has attempted since its
inception to approximate things in this universe so as to effect a conquest
of the MEST universe. That thing in the universe most like life is the
explosion, and life, therefore, in this universe follows the cycle of the
explosion. This will become adequately apparent in processing and upon
further examination.
An explosion begins with nothing, grows, recedes and at its end there
is again nothing. Here we have the desire-enforcement-inhibition cycle and
here, indeed, we
Copyright (�) 1953 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
have the pattern of all the cycles mentioned in the doctorate lectures and
the book Scientology 8-8008.
It should be remarked that an explosion here is meant to include all
varieties of impact including implosions and impacts themselves.
Cellular life runs on a motor basis and very tiny explosions provide
the heat necessary to run the cellular motors. In other words, life has
used the explosion as the pattern of the motors which it builds both in the
body and in engines such as those used in vehicles. Thus we have the
interesting fact that an inability on the part of the individual to
tolerate explosions or their symbols, such as noise, is reflected in a
repression of the actual operation of the carbon-oxygen low-heat engine
which the human body is.
The overall life cycle of an individual in one lifetime approximates
the explosion very closely. There is an apparent nothing; then there is
something, and the something brightly expands up to its limit of expansion;
then darkens, recedes and vanishes. Here we have pre-conception, birth,
youth and, at the end of youth, the darkening period which continues on
until death, at which time nothing is again present.
It should be closely noted that an explosion follows this cycle. There
is nothing; then there is a point of intense light which, expanding,
becomes larger but less brilliant; and at the limit of expansion, ceases to
be bright, turns dark and dwindles. The particles which make up the
explosion, even in its moments of intense brightness, turn black after the
recession point is entered. You as an auditor should be intensely
interested in this, for this is occlusion. The preclear is fixed in an
engram-of what age we care not-where he is confronting the dark particles
which have been formerly bright. Just as one is not hurt ordinarily by the
immediate glare and blast of an explosion so one is not hurt by the energy
of youth. But this receding, as in the case of an explosion, seems to leave
one in the midst of the particles which have been crushed against him by
the blast and which particles are painful. In any effort to run the
blackness which surrounds a thoroughly occluded preclear, both the E-Meter
and the preclear remark the pain which attends any shifting of that
blackness. Similarly an individual who had been caught in an explosive
blast would be caked with dark particles which, when disturbed, would give
him intense pain.
The explosion is apparently a very definite basis in all engrams and,
for our purposes here, can be considered to be basic-basic. And it could be
remarked with this PAB that basic-basic for all cases has been discovered
and is being delivered into your hands to be run.
How does one run basic-basic? The process is intensely effective but
is extremely simple and is even apt to be slightly monotonous. Thus the
running of basic-basic is accompanied by inserting this process as a
between-step in each of the Six Steps to Self-Auditing. One would run Step
I of SSSA; would then run the cycle of the explosion as given here; would
then run Step II of SSSA; would then run the cycle of explosion as given
here; would then run Step III of SSSA; and so on. At each address to the
problem of running the explosion, about five minutes would be devoted to
auditing it, before one went on to the next step of SSSA. He would do that
step of SSSA and would then devote another five minutes to the running of
the cycle of the explosion. By doing this he would maintain the interest of
the preclear and would markedly advance the case. There is no reason why
the cycle of the explosion cannot be self-audited by one trained in
Scientology.
The cycle of the explosion is audited in brackets. This is to say that
one has the preclear run the cycle as happening to himself several times,
then run it as though someone else were running it and run the cycle that
way several times, and then run
the cycle for others confronting others. There is a mirror effect running
the cycle of the explosion which gives some therapeutic value to having the
bracket repeated as though the preclear were sitting about twenty yards in
front of himself and doing it there, which is to say the preclear would be
far in front of himself, putting it up for himself, having others put it up
for others, and then others putting it up for himself; and then the
preclear, where he is, would put it up for himself, would have another put
it up for himself, and have others put the cycle up for themselves.
What exactly is the cycle of the explosion? One gets the preclear to
get nothingness, then a growing expansive whiteness, then turn the
whiteness black, have the black dwindle and get nothingness again. You will
readily see the similarity of this to Black-and-White Processing and,
indeed, this is the furthest extension of Black-and White Processing, but
is many times more effective and useful.
In a case which has a direction reversal (confuses left and right) one
should run the cycle backwards, having the preclear get first nothingness
then blackness, then whiteness, then nothingness. This runs out regret.
When a case has a weak heart or is chronically ill, one should be
careful to run this cycle lightly and on such things as the chronic somatic
only, or on words coming from the preclear's mouth (in brackets), getting
the words absent, then black, then white, then absent. At any event, be
careful of a case that is very ill. On such a case perhaps SSSA or SOP 8
(omitting Step IV) would be best.
This cycle, forward or backwards, used in brackets, betters chronic
somatics well enough to prevent their return-an important gain, for chronic
somatics sometimes return when audited with older techniques.
In PAB No. 8 you saw that masses of mock-ups could be run in brackets,
and that the most important of these were changes in space. The explosion
is the most forceful change in space. Thus from the high echelon mechanic
of theta's purpose in changing things in space, one can go immediately into
the first pattern theta uses in the MEST universe, which is the explosion,
and he can run this in brackets.
Remember to do the cycle of the explosion exactly as given.
Nothingness, then growing whiteness, then the whiteness turning black, the
black receding and nothingness again. It does not matter how poorly the
preclear runs this. It does not matter if his nearest approach to whiteness
is simply the idea that something might be white if he could see it.
The cycle is run without effort, which is to say one does not permit
the preclear to strain and use effort while running the cycle of the
explosion.
One can expect an occasional electrical discharge, but if the cycle of
the explosion is run in brackets and in masses, this discharge will be
minimal. It should be remembered that you are not trying to run out basic-
basic, you are trying to feed an enormous hunger. In other words, you are
trying to feed enough explosions into the bank to satiate the scarcity of
explosions.
Any and all thinkingness, reasoningness, moralness and ethicalness is
derived from the cycle of the explosion. This becomes immediately apparent
for, while running the cycle of the explosion on circuit cases, it will be
found that they tend to philosophize considerably. This should be ignored.
But, for the interest of the auditor, it should be noted that all moralness
and ethicalness are directed towards minimization of the wild uses of
explosions. Things are right or wrong connected with explosions depending
upon whether or not the explosion favors or disfavors oneself or one's
group.
Certainty is knowledge. Knowledge is basically an impact. After a sharp
impact, it will be found that a person believes himself to be possessed of
knowledge. When this is coupled with anaesthesia-which is to say, when a
patient is anaesthetized and given a sharp and terrible explosion such as
that occasioned by the stab of a surgical knife or the yank at a tooth-he
will awake from the operation in the confusion of something nothingness and
be certain that there is knowledge for him to discover.
After the brightness of an explosive blast, people wonder about the
significance of the blast. The most uninformative thing there is is
darkness. Darkness is greatly intensified in its blackness after a bright
explosion has appeared. Thus, all the times one has looked into darkness
and wondered whether or not something was there are, so to speak, collected
together into this great wonder about the significance. The blackness is a
concern about "What is the significance of it?" As an investigatory process
but not for the purposes of therapeutic processing, one can have an
occluded preclear simply run in brackets "What is the significance of it?"
and he will find the preclear quite taken with the process, for the
preclear is trying to do just this: he is trying to discover the
significance of the blackness.
This simplicity brings upon us a very grim jest. Soldiers, after an
explosive war, are deeply concerned with the significance of it all. Men,
after operations or bad accidents, are quite often concerned with the
significance of things. But, much more important than this, the entire
field of learning is today dramatizing the significance of blackness.
The jest is terrible, when one realizes how he has been betrayed by
education. Print is in black, the page is white. In order to read, one has
to put forth an effort to suppress the whiteness of the page. This keys in
gradually the suppression of the brightness of an explosion, a thing which
is automatic, and which is succeeded by darkness. The black letters
apparently contain knowledge-and actually often do-but they lead the poor
student deeper and deeper into "What is the significance?" And the more he
studies, the less he knows, until he is left at length in a complete
mystery of darkness. You can run this just to see how it is, not for
therapeutic value, and find that Effort Processing on reading will bring
out letters on pages. One lets the blackness come through, one suppresses
the whiteness of the page. Further, in that the scholar is seeking more
knowledge, and in that the knowledge is written in blackness, the scholar
is led to suppress the whiteness of the page consistently until he is
suppressing all whitenesses. This makes him suppress the whiteness on the
cycle of an explosion and thus moves him on the time track past the peak of
youth long before his time. The continuous suppression of whiteness retards
the metabolism of the body and reduces energy. Educators uniformly
dramatize the cycle of the explosion, of course, for their field is
thought, and the first thought consists of energy particles not of
concepts. Thus the processing of concepts on an occluded case does not
resolve occlusion. Processes which utilize and multiply energy are far
superior to and infinitely more effective than processes which look for
postulates or concepts.
And, mentioning education brings one to the most terrible thing which
can happen to the thetan. This is to have a guarantee of no explosions.
Once the thetan cannot have, either by manufacture or acquirement,
explosions or facsimiles of explosions, he is finished. Prison is so
terrible merely because it denies the thetan explosions. The interim after
death is terrible to the thetan because it is without explosions. Education
as done on the public school system guarantees long periods in cubicles
which contain no explosions; and education free from the printed page for
long years in cube space is easily the most destructive and effective
method of destroying the vitality of a race and the initiative and energy
of those who should be its leaders and is, to say the least, rather typical
of the MEST universe.
This is the seventh of the series on self-auditing the auditor's own
case. These steps, of course, apply equally to the auditing of preclears.
Our task at the moment,
however, is to bring about as high a state of case as we can in all of our
auditors. Not long ago an auditor in an area where many early auditors had
practiced told me that the certificate was degraded in that area. This is
not surprising if these auditors have not followed through with processes
and have not given their own cases attention; but it is surprising that the
auditor who wrote me has not taken over the responsibility of remedying
this situation, for this auditor is quite well trained in Scientology. It
would be extremely simple to discover the HDAs and HCAs in one's own area
and bring them together for the purposes of mutual betterment and use on
them Short 8, Six Steps to Self-Auditing on a group level and, on those
cases which are particularly occluded, cycles of explosions with SSSA. This
would at once establish a better reality on the part of any auditor who has
slipped away and would give him some of the benefit for which he hoped when
he studied Dianetics. In fact, I cannot conceive a man being interested in
Dianetics and Scientology and knowing these techniques and knowing as well
that in his area there are people who have not utilized their training and
yet who would not gather these people together-with a blackjack if
necessary-and see that they receive group auditing. If one does not like to
have himself compared unfavorably with an inexpert auditor who is yet
practicing, then the thing to do is to bring up the case level of the
inexpert auditor and to give him at least the rote procedure to use on
preclears of SSSA.
Auditors have been quite confused here and there in the past because
they got their techniques and news of new techniques by rumor and because
they did not possess the insight to see that all of this work is of a piece
and that the goals we are now attempting are simply higher goals than those
we first attempted and yet, though higher, more easily attained. But it
would be very difficult for an auditor to fail to understand all the uses
involved in Six Steps to Better Beingness (PAB No. 7) and to use these
steps with success. He would only have to know this much and he would have
well cases. There is no slightest excuse today for an auditor not to get
rapid results with Scientology. Because I continue to put out techniques is
no reason that old techniques do not work. These new techniques are
developed and codified out of experience in auditing by myself. They do the
work faster. I am even getting complaints from auditors that some of these
processes work so rapidly that after a one or two-hour session the
preclears are so well they never come back for a second session. I cannot
see how this would be hard on an auditor's pocketbook unless the auditor
had not applied the techniques to himself and was unable to go out and dig
up preclears. There are today on earth in excess of two billion human
beings. In that active auditors number about a thousand, this would seem to
give one auditor a fairly good-sized practice. I myself doubt that I could
audit more than two or three million people a year and still keep up with
my hobbies. So I feel very sorry about these techniques working so fast and
ruining people's practices. (The auditor who wrote me the above should
receive all this as humor, not criticism.)
L. RON HUBBARD
HUBBARD ASSOCIATION
726 Cooper Street
Camden 2, New Jersey
October 28, 1953
STEP III AUDITING COMMANDS
The preclear is not supposed to think of anything while he is doing
this process. If he thinks of something do not stop him from thinking of it
in such a way as to cut communications with him as a preclear, but let him
know that this is part of the process.
1. Put eight anchor points around yourself, for yourself (if case is
occluded have him put eight black anchor points around himself).
2. Have somebody else put eight anchor points around himself.
3. Have other people put up eight anchor points for other people, with
you in the space.
4. Have other people put up eight anchor points for other people, with
somebody else in the space.
5. Have somebody else put up eight anchor points for you.
6. You put up eight anchor points for somebody else.
7. From where you are hold on to the eight comers of the room.
8. Have somebody else hold on to the eight comers of the room.
9. Have other people hold on to the eight comers of the room for other
people.
10. Have somebody hold on to the eight corners of the room for you.
11. You hold on to the eight comers of the room for somebody else.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:- rd
Copyright (�) 1953
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
P.A.B. No. 13
PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
From L. RON HUBBARD
Via Hubbard Communications Office
163 Holland Park Avenue, London W.11
_____________________________________________________________________
[1953, ca. mid-November]
ON HUMAN BEHAVIOR
It greatly facilitates the work of the auditor to know the most
aberrated and most aberrative types of personality.
Kraepelin in Germany a long time ago made a long and varied psychotic
classification. This has been refined and made, if anything, even more
unwieldy in modern times. It is valueless since it does not lead to the
immediate remedy of the situation. Further, we are not very interested in
types. There is really no such thing as a special type of psychosis or
neurosis, beyond those types which are quite aberrative around the
preclear.
If we could isolate a particular set of traits as being the most
aberrative traits, we could more quickly process the preclear by using
Acceptance Level Processing or Viewpoint Processing on such people.
Probably the truly aberrative personalities in our society do not
number more than five or ten percent. They have very special traits. Where
you find in the preclear's bank a person with one or more of these
characteristics, you will have the person who most thoroughly tried the
preclear's sanity.
What we will call the aberrative personality does the following
things:
1. Everything bad that happened to the preclear was (a) ridiculous,
(b) unimportant, (c) deserved.
2. Everything the preclear and others did to the aberrative person
was (a) very important, (b) very bad, (c) irremediable.
3. Those things which the preclear could do (a) were without real
value, (b) were done better by the aberrative personality or by
others.
4. Sexual restraint or perversion.
5. Inhibition of eating.
Such people would be better understood if I called them the "merchants
of fear." The most degraded control operation of which the GE is capable is
utilized by these people for their sole method of getting on in the world.
They have lost all ability themselves to create, they cannot work
themselves, they must either amass money which is never to be spent or must
prevent others from amassing money. They produce nothing, they must steal
one way or another, and then devaluate whatever they obtain. They speak
very sternly of honesty or ethics and put on a formidable front of complete
Copyright (�) 1953 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
legality. They are impartial, which is to say they are incapable of
decision but ride continually a maybe. They close terminals easily with
courts, for courts are, sad to say, more or less of this disposition
themselves. They feel called upon at no pretext to become adjudicative on
subjects where their opinion has not been invited.
Probably a society could be cleared and allowed to bloom if these
people were simply rounded up and removed from contagion with the remaining
populace, for they are not numerous. Yet they are in sufficient number that
it is doubtful if your preclears who are more seriously badly off have not
had at least one in their past. It is particularly true of the occluded
case that he has been victimized by one of these "merchants of fear."
Although there are many characteristics which are undesirable in such
aberrative people, it is remarkable that only those listed above are
aberrative. These wind sinuously as a threatening thread through all of
their conversations. Such people are a mixture of paradoxes to the observer
who does not understand the basic ingredients of human character.
Such people are themselves a continuous maybe, and therefore will be
found very easily in the bank, for they appear most often. Where you find
one, two or three people appearing almost continuously in the preclear's
bank, or his lamenting conversation, you will find that these people answer
the above-numbered characteristics.
The method of processing these people is to have the preclear mock
them up in large masses with the certainty that they are there, and then,
with them unmocked, with the certainty they are not there. Then, mocked up
again, with the certainty that they will be in the future, and, unmocked,
with the certainty they will not be in the future. One also runs the above
concepts in masses and in brackets.
A case cannot be said to be well so long as these aberrative
personalities continue to reappear in his thoughts and processing.
Therefore the auditor will find it extremely profitable to use all
available means to process these people out of the preclear's bank. When
the auditor has succeeded in doing this, he will find that the preclear now
believes himself to be very much better than before and, indeed, he will
be.
It should be remembered that such people have invited many overt acts.
The "merchants of fear" specialize in being offended themselves and, even
though the overt acts against them are slight, these have become magnified
in the preclear's bank until such people, on the overt act phenomenon
alone, occupy a major role in the preclear's thinking.
It will often be discovered by the auditor that the preclear has
"swapped terminals" with these aberrative persons. The weight of aberration
is such that the preclear has been swung into the valence of such people,
for they have obviously won.
The truth of the matter is: such people never win. If one traces out
these people, as I have done occasionally after processing a preclear, he
will discover that the aberrative personality is very close to the brink of
a crack-up, has a very low survival level, and quite commonly goes insane.
It should be understood that anyone going down tone scale in moments
of anger is apt to use the above-numbered steps one way or another. But
this is a momentary thing; the above steps belong, of course, on the tone
scale and are significant of a level on the tone scale. Thus, one going
down tone scale into anger or into apathy, is inclined to use these
operations momentarily. This is quite different from the aberrative
personality. The aberrative personality is at work with this operation 24
hours a day. Ceaselessly, relentlessly, calculatingly, with full
knowingness, the aberrative personality continues this onslaught against
those around him.
The entire computation of this aberrative personality is that he is
worthless, he himself knows himself to be completely worthless. One might
feel a little pity if the harm were not so great, for there is nothing more
terrible than this knowledge. The aberrative personality feels he cannot
succeed unless he drives others away from him with fear, preferably with
terror. He assumes aspects of ugliness in matters of clothing; he is quite
prone to ugliness. Very often this personality does not bathe, his breath
is very often foul, his feet become odorous, the endocrine system has
failed one way or another, the person has considerable bowel trouble. Other
people than the aberrative personality occasionally manifest these
difficulties; unfortunately, it all stems from the same idea-to drive other
people away.
The communication lag of the aberrative personality is his easiest
clue. These people are slow to respond, they are very thoughtful about what
they say. They "think twice before speaking once," if they speak at all.
When they do speak it is very often not on the subject. Their favorite
phrase is "You do not understand." They preface their statements with,
"Well, I don't know but...." There is no decision in such people; they do
not know whether to go up the street or down the street. Put into a certain
routine and forced into that routine they will carry on, but they do not
themselves produce anything, they are entirely parasitic. This parasiticism
is gained either by the inheritance or other accumulation of money or by a
direct and forthright nullification of those around them into the status of
slaves. For this person knows above all other things that he cannot produce
an honest day's work.
Now in case you err and try to apply this classification too widely,
there is one definite characteristic you must not overlook. This
characteristic makes the difference between the aberrative personality and
run-of-the-mill human beings. The secrecy computation is the clue. The best
index to a secrecy computation is a refusal to be audited. Because of this
factor of the secrecy computation, and for no other factor, it chances to
follow that the aberrative personality can be known by his refusal to have
any auditing of any kind, or, if he has any auditing, accepts it very
covertly and will not permit it to have any effect upon him. He will not
have a second session. He has all manner of excuses for this such as
"altitude," but in any way, shape or form he escapes auditing. If your
preclear's unwilling to be audited, he himself may fall into this
classification.
Because justice in this society prides itself upon impartiality, these
impartial people-the aberrative personalities-are quite often listened to
by those around them. The pose of being impartial is an effort to escape
decision. People who get things done or who are worth anything to the
society make decisions. The impartial people make no decisions if they can
possibly avoid them, and at the very best put off decisions as long as
possible, as in the case of a court of law. These people, being well
downscale, are very close to MEST and have a very solid agreement with
MEST.
Very often you will find aberrative personalities addicted to
religion, but the addiction will not be accompanied by any belief in the
human spirit. Just how this paradox is accomplished a professed avowal of
Christianity and a complete unwillingness to accept any effort to heal or
help the human spirit as opposed to the body-is just another one of this
bundle of paradoxes which mark the aberrative personality. For, you see,
the person is such a complete maybe that anything about him is indecisive,
and people trying to make up their minds about this person, of course, fall
into the state of maybe, because that is the clue to the personality.
Impartial personality- the maybe personality-and the "merchant of fear" are
more or less of the same order and are alike aberrative.
Men in the field of the arts are very often victimized by these
aberrative personalities. The "merchant of fear" closes terminals rapidly
with any area which contains a great deal of admiration. Since the person
is actually incapable of decision, this is a mechanical closure. The
presence of admiration around anyone else begins to dissolve
some of the completely stultified bank of the "merchant of fear" and this
finds him very close to the source. Orchestra leaders, painters, writers
are always having the terrible misfortune of closing terminals with such
personalities. There is hardly a man of art or letters who does not bear on
him the scar of having associated with a "merchant of fear," for these are
vampire personalities. They are themselves so starved of admiration and of
sensation that they drink out of others around them any possible drop of
admiration in any form. Where a woman becomes a "merchant of fear," sexual
starvation is continually attempting satiation and all the while the
"merchant of fear" will protest and, to all visible signs, follow a life of
complete celibacy.
While it is not my purpose here to revile, I wish to impress upon the
auditor that the "merchant of fear" is extremely dangerous, both to
creative impulses and to sanity. One could say airily, "Why don't we just
audit these people upscale, since they are so few," but these people will
never present themselves for auditing and will discourage anyone else from
having any auditing. A solution to the "merchant of fear" probably does not
lie in the field of auditing.
The society at large is so accustomed to association with MEST and the
"merchant of fear" so closely approximates some of the characteristics of
MEST-the maybe, for instance-that the public quite commonly misassigns
strength to such aberrative personalities and thinks of them as strong
people or as wise people. They are neither strong nor wise, and before an
even indifferently forceful attack quickly capitulate. They live their
whole lives in terror of attack.
One often finds these characteristics in company with paresis or hears
the aberrative personality has actually contracted a dreadful disease to
add to his repulsiveness.
The auditor should not err in thinking that these people always
present a repulsive appearance; repulsive conduct precedes a repulsive
appearance. At first they operate only mentally in trying to make everyone
afraid. Then this begins to show up more and more in their own MEST and
finally will demonstrate itself in their personal appearance. Thus one can
mark the state of decay of these aberrative personalities.
Now and then some violent man in one country or another has undertaken
programs to rid a society of these points of contagion. Kings in olden
times handled the problem by decapitating people who continually brought
them bad news-this was a very wise measure. In more recent times it has
been said that Gomez, late dictator of Venezuela, discovered that the
contagion point of leprosy in the country was the beggar. He found that the
beggars of Venezuela were using leprosy in order to beg. People would pay
in order to have the ugly thing taken away from them (the basic philosophy
of the beggar is to be paid to go away). Gomez had the beggars told that
they were going to be taken to a very fruitful part of Venezuela and given
a colony of their own; he had them collected on a river bank and loaded
aboard two large river boats. The river boats proceeded into midstream,
their crews left them in skiffs and the boats blew up with a resounding
explosion. This was the end of leprosy in Venezuela. I am not telling you
this to advocate the immediate slaughter of the "merchants of fear"; I am
merely giving you an historical note. The extreme impatience of people
trying to get something done in a society will eventually center upon those
who will not work and, in the case of kings or tyrants, such people have
very often been done away with. Thus the precedent is very old of a society
cleansing itself by removing from its ranks the non-workers.
Revolutions very often have this as an objective. The French
Revolution recognized in the existing aristocracy a state of will-not-work,
and saw in these people the character of the "merchant of fear," and for
several years there in France, shortly after America became free, the
tumbrils formed an assembly line to the guillotine. People in societies are
extremely punitive about those who will not work and about those who
depend on fear for their sustenance. But society going downscale can become
more and more apathetic toward the "merchant of fear" until the "merchant
of fear" predominates as a class.
Just as the king or the society revolted against the "merchant of
fear," so has your preclear tried to get the "merchant of fear" to work and
to contribute something besides bad news. This effort, of course, was bent
toward an organism which was already rotten at the core. Whether the
"merchant of fear" used money or beauty to excuse his own lack of labor,
only added to the maybe. The law forbade the preclear to use the measure of
the tyrant or the Gomez, for the law is utterly infatuated with such people
and defends them at every turn just as such people use almost exclusively
the law. As your preclear was balked in his natural impulse to clear the
way he was brought into staring recognition of the fact that the necessary
act-murder-was halted by the existence of police and courts. This brought
the preclear to the point where he conceived himself to be put upon by the
society and the law. Many of your preclears, as a result of this, are
startled to find, when it is run on them, that they believe themselves
under arrest, even though any arrest they have been subjected to was as
minor as a traffic pick-up. I am not advocating, again, violence; I am
merely trying to explain to you the state of mind of the preclear and the
most aberrative person he has confronted. He wanted to, and didn't, kill
these people. If your preclear is of the kind who produces or creates or
who works and makes his way in the world in general, you can find the
aberrative personality in his bank immediately by asking him-with an E-
Meter, of course, because he probably won't tell you direct-if he wanted to
kill anyone. The E-Meter will say that he did, and on discovery of this
identity the auditor will find the aberrative personality. This even
follows through with women, although women go more quickly into apathy when
confronted with an aberrative personality than do men.
You should understand that the aberrative personality has not become
an aberrative personality by being confronted by another aberrative
personality. You are not getting here the pattern of stimulus-response, you
are getting the decay of a human spirit to complete inactivity so that the
entire modus operandi becomes that of the body itself, and a body, in the
case of the aberrative personality, which itself is too deteriorated or
exhausted to work. Not all bodies becoming so exhausted and unable to work
turn into aberrative personalities, but the aberrative personality is born
entirely out of the decline of the ability of the individual to produce.
When the individual really recognizes his utter worthlessness to the
society, he becomes an aberrative personality. Many people who cannot work
physically turn to other lines of progress. They are getting on one way or
another. The aberrative personality is so badly off that he can lead only a
parasitic existence. You will understand, then, that people going down tone
scale do not immediately and automatically become aberrative personalities,
in our definition as here used. People become aberrative personalities out
of a malevolence which insists on a high level of survival without the
production of anything.
2ND AMERICAN ADVANCED CLINICAL COURSE LECTURES
Camden, New Jersey
17 November-22 December 1953
Twenty-one auditors attended the 2nd American ACC at Camden, New
Jersey starting November 16, 1953. L. Ron Hubbard, developing SOP-8
Clinical, gave the following lectures:
* 5311C17A 2ACC-1A Opening Lecture: Emotional Tone Scale
* 5311C17B 2ACC-1B SOP-8C First Lecture
* * 5311C17C 2ACC-2A Getting Up Speed-Part I
* * 5311C17D 2ACC-2B Getting Up Speed-Part 11
* 5311C18A 2ACC-3A Step I of 8-C, Beingness
* 5311C18B 2ACC-3B Black Mock-ups, Persistence, MEST
* 5311C18C 2ACC-4A Step 11, Automaticities
* 5311C18D 2ACC-4B Waste a Machine
* 5311C19A 2ACC-5A Effects, Reaching End of Cycle
* 5311C19B 2ACC-5B More on Machines
* 5311C20A 2ACC-6A Resistance to Effect
* 5311C20B 2ACC-6B Plan of Auditing
* 5311C23A 2ACC-7A Formula "Phi", Creation of MEST
* 5311C23B 2ACC-7B Summary of Steps 1,11,111 of SOP-8C
* 5311C24A 2ACC-8A AnchorPoints, Knowingness of Location
* 5311C24B 2ACC-8B Steps 5, 6, 7; Duplication, Unconsciousness
* 5311C24C 2ACC-8BX Additional Remarks
5311C24 2ACC-8B The Death Wish (could be same tape as above)
* 5311C25A 2ACC-9A Steps 5, 6, 7; Time
* 5311C25B 2ACC-9B SOP-8C, Summary of
* 5311C25 2ACC-9 Machines, Attention (could be same tape as
above)
* 5311C26A 2ACC-10A Electronic Theory, Anchor Points
* 5311C26B 2ACC-10B Exteriorization
* 5311C26C 2ACC-10BX Additional Remarks
* 5311C27A 2ACC-11A Anchor Points, J ustice
* 5311C27B 2ACC-11B Symbols
* 5311C28A 2ACC- 12A Wasting Machines
* 5311C28 2ACC-12B Machine Duplication
* 5311C28B 2ACC-12 Demonstration: Group Processing
* 5311C28C 2ACC-12 Special Session-Experimental Process
* 5311C28D 2ACC-12 2nd Demonstration: Group Processing
* 5311C30A 2ACC-12BX Additional remarks
* 5311C30B 2ACC-13A Space, Perception, Knowingness
* 5312C01 2ACC-13B Space, Lack of, Resistance
* 5312C02A 2ACC-14A Ron Junior Remarks on 2ACC-13 A & B
* 5312C02B 2ACC-14B Blackness
* 5312C03A 2ACC-15A Time as a Barrier
* * 5312C03B 2ACC-15B Time, Cause and Effect
* 5312C04A 2ACC-16A Plan of SOP-8C
* 5312C04B 2ACC-16B LRH Questions the Class on Exteriorization
* 5312C07A 2ACC-17A Barriers, Occlusion
* 5312C07B 2ACC-17B Outline of SOP-8C
* 5312C08A 2ACC-18A Essence of SOP-8C
* * 5312C08B 2ACC-18B Problems of Auditing
* 5312C09A 2ACC-19A Summary: The Dynamics
* * 5312C09B 2ACC-19B Bodies
* 5312C10A 2ACC-20A Knowingness
* 5312C10B 2ACC-20B SOP-8C: General Discussion
* 5312C11A 2ACC-21A SOP-8C: Patter
* 5312C13A 2ACC-21B Force-Part I
* 5312C13B 2ACC-22A Force-Part 11
* 5312C14A 2ACC-22B SOP-8C: Step 8, Definitions
* * 5312C14B 2ACC-23A Cause and Effect, Assignment of Cause, G.E.
* 5312C15A 2ACC-23B SOP-8C: Step 5
* 5312C15B 2ACC-24A Energy Problems
* * 5312C16A 2ACC-24B Techniques Which Do or Do Not Assign Cause
* * 5312C16B 2ACC-25A Comm Line: OvertAct-MotivatorSequence
* * 5312C17A 2ACC-25B SOP-8C: Formulas
* 5312C17B 2ACC-26A Space Opera
* 5312C18A 2ACC-26B The Only One
* 5312C18B 2ACC-27A Beingness
* 5312C18C 2ACC-27B SOP-8C: General
5312C18 LECTURE Philadelphia 1953 last hour
* * 5312C19 2ACC-28A Mass
5312C LECTURE Mocking Up Mass, Putting It on Head
(could be same tape as above)
* * 5312C20A 2ACC-28B Communication
* * 5312C20B 2ACC-29A Auditing by SOP-8C, Formula H
* 5312C20C 2ACC-29B Reach/Withdraw
* 5312C21A 2ACC-30A Ability to Accept Direction
* 5312C21 B 2ACC-30B Knowingness and Certainty
* 5312C22A 2ACC-31 A Remedy of Havingness
* 5312C22B 2ACC-31B Postulates
* 5312C23 LECTURE Problem of Auditing Handled
A special series of 6 hours of lectures given by L. Ron Hubbard
summarizing Clinical Procedures (SOP-8C), as part of the 2nd Advanced
Clinical Course, were reproduced for release as a tape package. Per Journal
of Scientology 22-G, "These lectures, designated 'SOP-8C(G)' when combined
with the Philadelphia Congress Lecture Tapes, as a package, make a
comprehensive course in Standard Operating Procedures of Scientology."
LRH TAPE LECTURES
December 1953
5312C .. LECTURE Chart of Attitudes
5312C .. LECTURE Exteriorizing-Group Auditing
5312C .. LECTURE Group Auditing-Tone Scale
From: L. RON HUBBARD Through: Hubbard Association
Camden, New Jersey 726 Cooper Street
Camden 2, N.J.
ASSOCIATE NEWSLETTER
19 November 1953
Dear Associates:
Since coming back, I have gotten a conference through, and have
trained the first group of auditors in the processes we now have. This has
been a very busy time and I have not had sufficient opportunity to
communicate with you and give you some kind of idea of what is taking place
and what I think should be on the time track in the near future.
The first class here served as a good sounding board for training
these techniques. The cases of all present have changed remarkably, and are
continuing to change for the better, as most of these people are near
enough so as to be here weekends where they meet as a club. The best news
in all this is that we are now handling the processing of occlusion or
blackness or inability to see while being exteriorized with such ease that
it is being done to the second group on a group basis. Of course, the
second group inherits all of the "know-how" which was established about
training while the first group was here. The second group is therefore
slightly larger than the first group. But in spite of this, and in spite of
the fact that this is only their second day here, their cases have done
almost as much shift upwards as the first group did in their first two
weeks. This is all very good news for all of us.
I have found that we should have had one called "American procedure"
all this time. America runs to some degree the "only one" computation, and
is afraid of an effect. This fear of being an effect is so marked that any
process which is found to work on the individual is immediately braced
against by the individual. This is almost a national phobia. Thus, the
processes which were actually the cause and reason for such things as
occlusion and no mock-ups had to, of themselves, be exposed and techniques
perfected to remedy them before much effect could be achieved upon the more
difficult American cases. Although these techniques have been in existence
for over eight months, the combination of them now being used is new; and
the methods being used to communicate them are equally original, and
responsible for the results which are being obtained.
I am going on training groups for the excellent reason that we have
all too few top-notch auditors. It would make me very happy if, like the
Washington, D.C. associate, other associates were able to go through this
six-week course, see the material at work first hand, and become cleared.
This is not a recruiting gesture for this unit. It is the best solution, if
not the most easily obtainable solution. Group by group these processes
refine; but the day is here when I can break an occluded case which has
resisted all previous auditing in one hour's auditing of a scattered step-
level group of which that occluded case is a member. This has happened to
two such cases in the past two days. Three cases, of which I am sure you
know as being famous resistive cases, have been smoothly brought to full
perception in the past two weeks. A case of muscular dystrophy in a child,
where the mother had had twenty-four electric shocks and where the father
was deaf, and the child beyond all medical help and in constant agony, has
not only been resolved itself, but the auditor, working for short periods
for about five days, has resolved the deafness of the father, the sanity of
the mother as well.
As though this was not enough in the way of miracles, we are hitting
levels of theta clearing which we dared not think about in the past.
Copyright (�) 1953 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
All this is good news; but it means very specifically that we must work
fast and thoroughly to achieve the best possible organization we can for
the dissemination of this information and its utilization in the resolution
of individual and social problems in America. We will simply have to get
out of the narrow confine of trying to keep something vaguely moving along,
trying to fight back those amongst us who have tried to hold us up, and
will have to go out on the level where we belong. Our organization gestures
of the past have been aimed toward keeping an organization going while a
science was being developed. A science has been developed. It is time it
got the organization going.
I hope to see many of you at Phoenix between the twenty-eighth and
thirty-first of December of this year, where I will give clinical procedure
as the subject of a twelve lecture series-the first lecture being in the
afternoon of the twenty-eighth-and where I will do group processing on
those present, and where there will be seminars. The fee for the Congress
is $50.00 per person, without rebate or discounts, except in the case of a
husband and wife where the couple will be admitted for $75.00. Burke
Belknap will be in Phoenix sometime before, and is in charge of the
Congress as it will be held there. His address will be c/o Phoenix
Scientology Institute, 4248 North 32nd Street, Phoenix, Arizona.
Reservations should be placed with him at that address. Everything possible
is being done to minimize the cost of housing and to solve the problem of
temporary housing in Phoenix during that period. The reason the Congress is
not being given at Los Angeles is my conviction that that city is the most
aberrated city in America-without any real doubt the most aberrated city in
the world. Further, we are planning a broad clinical establishment in
Arizona-and Arizona, after all, is our home ground, and is the home state
of the HAS.
All books and orders of whatever kind should be sent here to 726
Cooper Street, Camden 2, New Jersey.
SPECIAL ANNOUNCEMENT! We are preparing a special series of tapes,
professionally recorded, on clinical processing (SOP-8-C), which tapes are
the result of the present training program here in Camden using and
developing clinical procedure. There will be about twelve hours of lectures
available only to our associates. Write or wire for quotation on the price.
The Hubbard Foundation, and what the Hubbard Foundation was trying to
call the HASP, are no longer in existence, and the personnel of those
organizations are no longer connected with Scientology in any way. The
reason for this is their failure to provide Journals, book orders and
adequate responsibility for what they were supposed to do.
I will be writing you later concerning material which is specifically
available, discounts, new course materials, and certification arrangements.
In the meanwhile, let me hear from you.
Best regards,
L. Ron Hubbard
P.A.B. No. 14
PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
From L. RON HUBBARD
Via Hubbard Communications Office
163 Holland Park Avenue, London W.1
____________________________________________________________________
[1953, ca. late November]
Why has Man chosen to degrade himself below the level of the beasts
which serve him?
In the past a knowledge of his own character was an unpalatable fact
to Man since people sought to force him to achieve that knowledge solely
through condemnation. He resisted what he was and he became what he
resisted and ever with a dwindling spiral he reached lower dregs. If ever
once a man were to realize with accuracy what he was, if he were to realize
what other people sought to make him, if he could attain this knowledge
with great certainty, there are no chains strong enough to prevent his
escaping, for such would be his astonishment that he would brave beasts,
gods and Lucifer himself, even governments and churches, to become
something better than what he had beheld in his own heart.
The only tragedy of all this is that Man has lacked any method of
estimating himself with certainty so as to know what it was he was trying
to improve. In this PAB you will find such a method and, in applying it,
you will also find improvement; if you also find vileness and rottenness
beyond the most base ravings of Dostoevsky or Sigmund Freud, you have the
comfort of knowing that you already possess in 16-G and in these PABs the
means of bettering that condition and of rising once more toward the sun
rather than sinking further into the sewer.
ON HUMAN CHARACTER
As you will find in The Factors, and as the actual application of
processing will rapidly prove, the basic impulse is to produce an effect.
In relatively high-toned beings, the very upper range of Man and
above, the impulse is to produce something out of nothing: one can only
cause a creative effect by causing nothingnesses to become something.
Lower on the tone scale, the effect most desired is to make nothing
out of something. The general range of Man occupies this area of the scale.
Man on the lower ranges is entirely dedicated to the goals of the body
itself. The body, to exist, must make nothing out of something. This, as
the simplest illustration, is the goal of eating. It may or may not be
necessary to life to eat; it may not even be necessary for the body to eat.
In Para-Scientology there is some evidence that the stomach once produced
sufficient life energy to motivate the body without any further "food," but
the body of man and beasts in general is not equipped so today, and of that
we are very certain.
The body's single effort to make something out of nothing is resident
in sex, and in this culture at our time sex is a degraded and nasty thing
which must be hidden at best, and babies are something not to have but to
be prevented. Thus even sex has been made to parallel the something-into-
nothing impulse.
Copyright (�) 1953 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
Exactly as the body by eating seeks to make nothing out of something, so
does the general run of Man in his conversation and interpersonal
relationship seek to make a nothingness out of friendship, acquaintances,
himself, art and all other things. He much more readily accepts a statement
or a news story which reduces something further toward nothing than he
accepts a story which raises from a relative nothing to a higher something.
Thus we find out that scientific achievements for the good of Man occupy a
very late place in the newspapers and stories of murders and love nests,
wars and plagues gain first place.
Man in his present debased form is held on the road to survival by his
culture alone. This culture has been policed into action by brute force.
The bulk of men are surviving against their own will. They are working
against their own desires, and they seek wherever possible and ever so
covertly to succumb.
This could be called, this MEST universe, a Love-Hate universe, for
these two are the most prominently displayed features, and neither one has
any great altitude, although many claim that love is all and that love is
high on the tone scale, which it is not.
To live, Man must eat. Every time a Man eats, no matter the kindness
of his heart or disposition, something must have died or must die, even
though it is only cells. To eat, then, in this MEST body culture, one must
be able to bring about death. If eating is motivated by death, then
digestion would be as good as one is permitted to kill. Digestions are bad
in this society. Killing is shunned in a degraded and covert fashion, and
man eats only those things which not only have been killed elsewhere and
out of his sight, but have as well been certified as dead through scalding
cookery. Killing even food is today far above the ability of the majority
of our culture.
The characteristics of love could be said to be No-Kill, stomach
trouble, hunger but can't eat, work, flows, heavy emphasis on ARC,
inhibited sex. Hate as a personality could be said to characterize, at
least on a thought level, kill, bowel trouble, hungry but eats covertly, no
work, hold, pretended ARC, enforced sex. These are two personality classes.
Many people are compounded of both.
There is another scale which one should have if he is to understand
human character.
Thought as Man thinks it, is not the highest level of the scale but
the lowest level. High on the scale above 20.0 we have fully creative
thought-by which is meant the ability to create actual energy-free emotion
and a wide knowingness as opposed to understanding, which is low on the
scale. At 20.0 we have force; below that as we go down we find force
restrained, then overt gesture, overt gesture restrained, overt emotion,
overt emotion restrained, and overt thought and overt thought restrained.
The last few are ranging down to and around 0.0. The scale is constructed
in the given order.
Thought in Man is largely born out of impact and is not free. It is an
effort to know before he knows, which is to say, to prevent a future. The
phenomenon of going into the past is simply the phenomenon of trying to
take the knowledge which one acquired through force and impact and held
after the event, and place it before the event so as to prevent that thing
which has already happened. "If I had only known," is a common phrase. This
gets bad enough to cause Man to want to know before he looks at anything,
for in his debased state it is dangerous not only to use force, not only to
use emotion, not only to think, but also to perceive things which do. Thus
the prevalence of glasses in this society.
The body-and that means, of course, Man in this culture-must have a
reason for everything. That which has the most reason is the body. A reason
is an explanation, the
way Man interprets it, and he feels he has to explain himself away and to
explain every action which he makes. Man believes he must have force but
receives force, that he must not perceive or be perceived, that he must
kill but must not be killed, that he must not have emotion, that he must be
able to wreak destruction without receiving it. He can have no pain, he
must shun work and pretend that all work he does has a definite goal.
Everything he sees he feels must have been created by something else and
that he himself must not create. Everything has a prior creation to his
own. All things must be based on earlier things. Thus he shuns
responsibility for whatever he makes and whatever destruction he may
create.
This animal has equipped himself with weapons of destruction far
superior to his weapons for healing and in this low-toned mockery whines
and pleads that he is duplicating saintliness and godliness; yet he knows
no meaning of ethics and can follow only morals. He is a meat animal, a
thing in the straitjacket of a police force, made to survive, made to stay
in check, made to do his duty and performing most of it without joy and
without, poor thing, even actual suffering. He is a meat animal, he is
something to be eaten. If he is to be helped, he must either learn where he
is and find better, or be duped or forced into helping himself.
In our current age, cowardice is an accepted social pose, self-
abnegation a proper mode of address, hidden indecency a proper method of
survival.
It may be that my statement of this does not carry through with an
entire conviction. Fortunately, although these data are based on a wide
experience with Man, particularly in the last few years as well as during a
terrible and cataclysmic war, my statement of the case does not have to
stand, for there exists a process which, by its astonishing workability,
signifies the accuracy of this observation on human character. This process
will be given in the next PAB.
L. RON HUBBARD
P.A.B. No. 15
PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
From L. RON HUBBARD
Via Hubbard Communications Office
163 Holland Park Avenue, London W.1
_____________________________________________________________________
[1953, ca. mid-December]
ACCEPTANCE LEVEL PROCESSING
Man is a duplicity. He is at once a body and a spirit. The personality
which we know as the individual is a spirit by its contagion with the body.
The body, as a very small amount of processing will demonstrate, is not the
personality or the being, but a used thing.
The body is a very craven and degraded thing in an unprocessed state
and rather rapidly debases its spirit, so that when one first begins this
process of Acceptance Level, it would seem to him that he, as the spirit,
is actually at the level where he finds himself. True enough, he conducts
his affairs at the level of the body, not at the level of the spirit. But
the spirit can be freed, decontaminated, and the body itself, by this
process, can be healed of its depraved thirsts and hungers so that it
becomes almost fit company for a spirit.
Acceptance Level Processing is that process which discovers the lowest
level of acceptance of the individual and discovers there the prevailing
hunger and feeds that hunger by means of mock-ups until it is satiated. The
process is not a separate process itself, but is actually a version of
Expanded Gita. It is, however, Expanded Gita used in a very particular way,
and because one has successfully applied Expanded Gita, he should not think
as well that he has a command of Acceptance Level Processing.
The process is done in brackets. A bracket is very simply done. The
pattern of the bracket is for the preclear, via the preclear for others,
and via the preclear others for others. One has the preclear mock up, no
matter how blackly or how crudely, items for himself to accept, then have
others in his mock-ups mock up things for them to accept, and others to
mock up things for others to accept. In Acceptance Level Processing this
bracket, which is the technical name of this pattern, extends to having the
preclear also mock up things for others to accept and others to mock up
things for him to accept. Thus there are five stages in the bracket.
Acceptance Level is what the preclear himself accepts, what the people
around him in mock-up form accept, and what others will accept from others,
and included as well what others have wanted him to accept and what he has
wanted others to accept. Be very alert to this difference and to this
particular phase of Acceptance Level: that people have wanted him to accept
something does not mean that he accepted it, but it does mean that he will
gain an insight into their motives.
Acceptance Level is a voyage of discovery. It is the method of making
a MEST clear. It is the method of clearing the genetic entity. There is no
other method of which I know which will accomplish this. The running of
concepts, the running of engrams, straight Creative Processing, will not
any of them accomplish this clearing of a thoroughly degraded MEST body;
and, so long as the body remains
Copyright (�) 1953 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
thoroughly degraded, the task of rehabilitating the spirit connected with
it is difficult at best.
The process of Acceptance Level can be combined with Expanded Gita, in
which case wasting good things in brackets in the five steps (which is:
what did people waste, what do people waste, what did the preclear want
others to waste and what did others want him to waste) resolves the
occasional stalls which occur; for it often happens that the preclear must
waste something good for a short time to discharge an accumulated charge in
the bank brought about by a continuance of "feeding by mock-ups."
Nowhere in Acceptance Level Processing, except in the form of wasting,
does one seek to eradicate an engram, a thought, an emotion or a circuit.
The entire process is built upon feeding the apparent cravings of the
body. These have come about because of the mechanism of resistance. The
MEST universe is built upon the theory that one must resist. When one
starts resisting something, he engages upon it until it finally breaks down
his resistance and he then goes into the cycle of actually craving it. A
hunger is therefore created for various things which would not be suspected
in the absence of this process. It is the object of this process to feed
these hungers until they are satiated and until they depart.
A very thorough and strong warning must be injected here by calling
your attention to this apparent law. ACTION IN THE MEST UNIVERSE DOES NOT
RUN OUT ACTIONS WHICH HAVE OCCURRED IN THE MEST UNIVERSE. THE ONLY
THERAPEUTIC FACTOR POSSESSED BY MAN IS HIS OWN SPIRIT. ACTIONS WHICH HAVE
OCCURRED IN THE MEST UNIVERSE ARE ALTERED OR ERADICATED ONLY BY ADDRESSING
THE MATTER IN ONE'S OWN UNIVERSE IN THE FORM OF MOCK-UPS DONE BY THE
PRECLEAR. By living a life of debauchery, in other words, one does not heal
the debaucheries he has committed. By feeding his hungers in terms of the
MEST universe, whether these be liquor or much baser things, one
accomplishes only a further degradation and a further thirst. Such things
are healed by the only process of healing which we have, which is the
spirit itself. The spirit accomplishes this by direct address of energy as
in the case of a Step I reaching in and patching up parts of the body or by
mock-ups which themselves alter the condition of the body. More whisky can
only make a worse drunkard out of a drunkard. A constant and continuous
stream of mock-ups of bad whisky can satiate the craving and restore to him
his ability to drink when he wants to drink or not at all.
Basically this process is a learning process. It brings to the
individual an understanding of the motives of himself and others who have
been around him. These enter as sudden flashes of insight as the process is
continued. They are not given to the preclear as evaluation.
This matter of Acceptance Level is of far more use in understanding
one's past than one would immediately suspect, for one sees immediately
that if something is being healed by the process, the hunger must have
existed.
Acceptance Level is also extremely useful in the MEST universe in
evaluating and understanding the why of the actions of those around him.
One can understand at last why cheap and dirty hotels are patronized, why
in some cities garbage is not collected, why a person dresses as he does
and acts as he does; and, indeed, an understanding of Acceptance Level
gives one an enormous command of his fellow beings.
There is one thing you should know about ARC. The most ARC there can
be is a complete identification: the person is the person with whom he has
the ARC. One sees this in valence shifting. This goes down a dwindling
spiral until the most complete ARC there is exists in the form of eight
anchor points enclosing no space: in other words, a
particle. Thus, trying to understand, purely as such, from data offered is
in itself a perilous undertaking, for the end of the road is zero space,
and that in itself is the opposite end of the tone scale. That is the end
where MEST is. "Trying to understand" run as a concept-even that is quite
startling. Knowingness has to do with certainty, and understanding which
advances along the lines of certainty creates more space, not less space.
Thus there is the low funnel end of ARC as well as an upper end of ARC.
Trying to understand by reason of data before one looks brings about the
vanishing point of existence. The psychotic often confuses his terrific
stress on circuit-prompted thought as telepathy and thinking itself. Thus
in running this process we are not trying to understand anything, but
simply going through with the process to satiate hungers. One can very
easily go off and plot the entire evolution of everything by running this
process, but one should move along rapidly, gaining only his insights as
they seem to apply to him. Only the preclear knows when these insights have
taken place.
The process is best run on an E-Meter, for as long as the E-Meter
rises slowly and gradually, further mock-ups are necessary; when the E-
Meter sticks or stutters, a change in bracket is necessary or, in some
cases, something good on the same subject has to be wasted before the
process can continue.
The process works best on severely occluded cases-the case we have
called a Resistive V. It works least on a Step I, and is, indeed, not
needed in the running of a Step I save only to clear up his MEST body, in
which case it is run while he is exteriorized.
One can take the list in Issue 16-G of the Journal of Scientology of
Step IV, Expanded Gita-that being the most complete list published-and pick
out the most revolting items as they occur or the most dangerous items as
they occur and have the preclear accept them, have him have others accept
them, and others have others accept them until the subject does not have
charge. One can take any of the good items of this list and, by prefacing
them with no, attain an additional source of acceptable objects.
As soon as one starts to run this process (and it can be self-audited)
he will wonder at first when he starts to mock the thing up for others what
other person than himself could possibly have had such a hunger for the
thing. After it has been fed into the space before him as destined for
others, the personnel will come to view who had the acceptance level of the
object; and when others run for others these mockups (via the preclear, of
course), various groups and ideas will display themselves.
In various instances, as in the matter of running blame, the process
may stop moving, at which moment it is up to the auditor, or, if the
process is being self-audited, to oneself, to begin to waste praise. One
will occasionally be astonished when praise is wasted in the form of
brackets how violent the wasting can be.
In Expanded Gita, by the way, all the wasting and forcing upon and
desiring, giving and taking, is done in brackets.
The reason you had Viewpoint Processing in an earlier PAB was so that
you could understand the source of evaluation and why evaluation was
important and so that, even more, you would get the idea of mocking things
up in masses. Just, then, as in the practice you got in Viewpoint
Processing, you mock up in Acceptance Level vast hordes of things: for
oneself, for others, and others for others. Large masses of others for
large masses of others mocking up large masses of the desired thing is very
good processing.
L. RON HUBBARD
T H E J O U R N A L O F
SCIENTOLOGY
Issue 22-G [1953, ca. mid-December]
Published by
The Hubbard Association of Scientologists, Inc.
Camden, New Jersey
What an Auditor Should Know
L. Ron Hubbard
In the hectic days while research and investigation were in full
swing, it would not have been possible for me to have stated with accuracy
what an auditor should know to be a good auditor with any expectancy of the
answer remaining valid for more than a few months.
Running Engrams, Black and White processing, Beauty and Ugliness,
technique followed technique, each one more workable than the last, each
one issued solely on the valid excuse that it was better than anything we
had before it.
I can greatly sympathize with anyone attempting to follow what must
have appeared to some, scraps of knowledge and disrelated material, and who
yet expected to know a whole subject.
After this year's work in Europe and some six months after the current
techniques were last polished, it can at last be stated with security what
an auditor is expected to know of Dianetics and Scientology to consider
himself adequate to his task, and in order to assure himself of excellent
results upon his preclears.
Probably even more important organizationally, certification boards of
experienced auditors can be set up who can have before them unchanging
standards of examination, to the end that when auditors are at last
certified the organization can feel secure that they have "the latest
information" securely at work in their hands. It is highly possible that
America, with its craving for change, may not find this very acceptable,
but it is certain that auditors putting out hard money for training and
preclears putting out their dollars for processing will be assured of
knowledge and results which are standard and predictable.
Many things have changed, but many things remain the same. To those
who stayed with me for three years-and these number the majority-the
shifting panorama and emphasis have at last begun to make sense. These
people, in effect, have been studying a gradient scale of technology. They
have been studying life, human behavior, and psychotherapy. It is
astonishing to many of them now on reviewing Dianetics: The Modern Science
of Mental Health, to find most of what they know stated in the first place
in the first book.
This graduated scale enters with the most basic knowledge man has, as
represented by the Asclepian Priests of Greece, continues through the work
of Freud and is continually back-shadowed by the knowledge of the wise men
of the East. It goes then into what we now call facsimiles (which is to say
mental pictures) and all techniques which address the past, and into
processes which directly adjust the future.
The marriage of the deepest knowledge of India with the latest
technologies of nuclear physics could not help but result in a swift climb
upwards into the understanding of the behavior of life in the physical
universe, and could not help but deliver into our hands technologies with
which to resolve the immediate problems of Mankind.
In a recent book On Auditing by Martha Courtis, the gradient scale of
Dianetics and Scientology is made extremely apparent, and it is shown there
quite expertly how
Copyright (�)1953 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
each advance only extended knowledge already held, and the inevitable
consequence of Standard Operating Procedure in Scientology.
It could be said that those auditors who entered early have spent
those three years studying the same thing, and they now can look back upon
an integrated picture. Indeed, it is a necessity for auditors contacting
Scientology now for the first time, without any background knowledge of
Dianetics, to review the entire process of the evolution of the science.
Just as an auditor would be foolish indeed to know nothing more than the
running of engrams now that far faster techniques such as those contained
in SOP exist, so would it be foolish for an auditor to study SOP only, and
with no knowledge of earlier processes find himself adrift, alone and
incapable some dark night with a preclear who is stuck in and is looking
straight at an engram. Just because phenomena have been more adequately
handled in these later months is no reason why phenomena discovered earlier
have ceased to exist, and auditors in training are confronted by each and
every phenomenon observed in the last three years. While this makes,
apparently, a complex picture, the simplicity lies in knowing the entire
story of the preclear, and then in applying techniques so simple that they
could be used by a child upon children, and indeed often are.
What should an auditor know? He should know how to run engrams and
secondaries, he should know effort processing, he should know how to apply,
in its entirety, Advanced Procedure and Axioms, Handbook for Preclears, and
Self Analysis, old and revised editions. He should know the 50 Course
Books. He should have a good understanding of the axioms as they appear in
the Handbook for Preclears. He should know Scientology 8-8008, and he
should have a command of all the SOP's from 1 to 8L. He should know Formula
H, Acceptance Level Processing, Change of Space Processing, he should know
the theories of randomity, and automaticity and the processes by which
these are remedied.
If that is an appalling lot of knowledge, be assured that the auditor
who knows it-knows it well-and who is himself cleared will have excellent
results, and that an auditor who knows only fragments of it will continue
to run into cases which he cannot solve, even though he may solve by rote
procedures over 50% of the cases he addresses. The question of training is
the question of how many cases is the auditor going to resolve out of the
hundred cases presented, and the length of time the preclear must spend in
processing.
What the auditor should know is answered by what the auditor wants to
expect in terms of results on himself and preclears.
An auditor who knows and knows well SOP-8, Short 8, and Six Steps to
Better Beingness, and yet does not know other phenomena as it may appear in
a case, may find some 30% of his cases unsolvable. What might happen to
render a case unsolvable? A preclear in 1953 can be expected to be stuck in
at least one place on a time track just as in 1950. The preclears haven't
changed, the techniques have. Generally, the preclear is in a "secondary
engram." While there exist techniques in advance of SOP-8 which run
secondaries rapidly, the auditor is poorly equipped if he cannot discharge
a "grief charge" which is lying there waiting for him, the discharge of
which will in itself entirely alter the attitude of the preclear toward the
world. The auditor may have before him someone who actually does not have
sufficient randomity to interest himself in further living, and who is yet
incapable of creating more, the auditor may come up against in this what is
termed "the speed factor" a subject discussed and covered in late 1951.
Only by "increasing the speed potential" of the preclear can the auditor
place the preclear in a situation to engage in sufficient action to discard
his boredom. There are fifty reasons why a case can hang fire. The auditor
who doesn't know at least ten of them will often find himself staring into
an enigma past his understanding. Further, he may be astonished by the
material if he does not know the strange adventures of preclears as they
rise on the tone scale.
All too often an auditor is so set on enforcing his own concept of
existence upon the world at large that he insists that a science agree with
him, and lays down the boundaries that the science must not exceed what he
himself, before he studied the science, believed to be true. The auditor
who is not trained through all the data is
prone to make errors which will cost him the resolution, not only of his
own case, but case after case if, in ignorance of earlier data, he .is
seeking to warp theta clearing into some tract of mysticism where it does
not and cannot belong.
I recently resolved the case of an old man whose trouble was that he
desired no more of life. Observedly, his body could no longer serve him,
and his hope in being audited was that he would die. I have recently seen
several such cases. The auditor who is not sufficiently wise to establish
the actual goal of his preclear will continue to try to make this person
physically well, while the entire attention of this preclear is absorbed in
using auditing to assist his dying. The only thing one can do for such a
person is to bring him into a situation where he is no longer entirely
dependent upon his body, but does not need to destroy it in order to be
interested in life.
What does an auditor need to know? What he could know is formidable.
What he must know is easier to face.
Abstracts of all past data have been prepared at this time, and the
courses available from the HAS are now highlighted by the necessary
knowledge.
The difference amongst auditors is the difference of what percentage
of cases is the auditor capable of solving. It can be observed that any
psychotherapy in the past could have reached, and did reach and remedy a
certain level of case (Step 1). This case continues to be resolved with
great ease and in a few minutes with Scientology today, no matter what is
wrong with it. The same case was resolved, within two years, by
psychoanalysis. Earlier the same level of case was solved with great ease
by Asclepian Priests. Analytical Procedure will solve such a case. Lock
scanning will solve such a case, as can any elementary and shallow process,
including a changed environment which promises a good present time. And so
an auditor who has little command of the subject, obeying most of the rules
of the Auditor's Code, can solve it.
But immediately adjacent to that is the one which doesn't quite solve,
which improves a little, but not a lot. This one (a Step 2) also improved
after many years of psychoanalysis. This one was solved also by the first
techniques of Dianetics, even when they were crudely used.
The third level of case (a Step 3) was the one which psychoanalysis
hoped about, but never improved, which Dianetics kept from deteriorating,
but seldom (in the hands of average auditors) stabilized, and with this
level of case we have departed completely from the past abilities of man,
and the abilities of Dianetics as used in the field.
We have reached at this point some 50% of the populace. We have 50%
remaining. The intriguing thing about this is that these first three grades
(or 50%) number amongst them sane, insane and neurotic alike, for these
step levels are not established by sanity, but by the ease with which they
recovered.
The remaining 50% were never touched by the Asclepians, the
psychoanalysts or auditors using Dianetics in the field. These 50% numbered
amongst them some of the most able people, but not necessarily all the able
people in the society. They were sane, neurotic and psychotic, just as the
first three types of cases I have mentioned, but the workability of the
case exceeded the ability of all.
The three cases mentioned above are referred to in Scientology as Step
1, Step 2 and Step 3. The remaining four steps, as represented in Standard
Operating Procedure 8, are resistive to any betterment regardless of the
sanity or ability of the case.
What we are gazing upon here is, distasteful as it may seem, the ratio
of the potential of the individual being met by the environment. The last
four cases are not necessarily more able, but they have met more resistance
than their reality potential could accommodate, and although they continue
to function, their certainty is insufficient to their environment. Their
native ability permits them to continue their performance, to exceed former
skills. We are now handling these cases in Scientology. All but a few of
them, in the hands of an able auditor, resolve with the use of SOP-8. The
few require even more advanced techniques, such as those being given to the
Clinical students in the East.
What should an auditor know? He should know enough to resolve those
cases which come to him and to retain and increase his own stability. Now
at last we can write down in specific detail the exact data which he must
command in order to do his job well.
P.A.B. No. 16
PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN
From L. RON HUBBARD
Via Hubbard Communications Office
163 Holland Park Avenue, London W.11
_____________________________________________________________________
[1953, ca. late December]
ACCEPTANCE LEVEL PROCESSING
Some people who have exteriorized and have not gone any higher in
processing are held down because the genetic entity in other words, the
body itself-must be processed. A good process for the body itself is this
process of Acceptance Level. The motto of the body is that it has to be
acceptable, that other bodies have to be acceptable to other bodies, that
other bodies have to be acceptable to it and that it must stay in a general
state of agreement with the MEST universe. This tells you, by the way, that
a country where equality was stressed would start out the bottom all in a
mass and in a hurry once it began to go, for everyone being equal to
everything and everybody obsessed with the idea of equality, as soon as the
society discovered the existence of one psychotic, it would have to
moderate itself to that degree in order to remain equal. This is a very
hideous sort of an outlook, but is the end product of equality. There is a
political creed known as Equalitarianism; a society adopting it would find
itself caving in rapidly and all at once. Equality is a characteristic of
cells, not of free beings. But you will see all this as you use Acceptance
Level Processing.
Quite aside from the list of Expanded Gita, which is actually a list
of buttons rather than a list of things, there is a list of the Acceptance
Level run on a Resistive V by myself some time ago. I have kept this list
against the time when I would release this technique, and I give it here.
These items were run in this order on this case. The data was arrived at
through E-Meter testing. I have no reason to believe that this Resistive V
was really any worse than many who pass for higher on the tone scale. I
have tested the list twice since without adding anything, although in the
following two cases after the origin of the list, I had to put some of the
things in worse form and had to change the order slightly. In the remaining
cases where I have used Acceptance Level, I have worked straight from the
Expanded Gita list as contained in 16-G. All the preclears on whom I have
used this have been fascinated with the process and their interest in the
world it opened to them has, so far as I know, not declined.
Instead of Acceptance Level Processing, I might as well have labeled
this short essay for the PAB "How to Make a MEST Clear." This is the best
method I know of to make a MEST Clear, and people who have an antipathy to
discovering they are a spirit and people who are hanging grimly to earlier
work or to P-therapy will not, I can guarantee, accept any faster route
than Acceptance Level Processing in order to achieve the state of clear.
Self-audited-and I give you this purely as a guess-a very rough case
would probably need a couple of hundred hours of this, but after only an
hour or two of it, the case would have advanced remarkably, and it would be
a continuing surprise from there on how high one can go, for there are very
few people who have any concept at all of the higher range of sanity than
those they have seen around them, and those they have seen around them
during their lifetime have been, at best, meat animals, meat
Copyright (�) 1953 by L. Ron Hubbard. All Rights Reserved.
animals who wore clothes and who pretended they were not trying to make
nothing out of every human contact and person.
When using Acceptance Level Processing, please realize that it is a
technique which cannot be audited indefinitely without interspersing it
with direct perception technique such as the first five of the Six Steps of
Beingness as given in an earlier PAB [No. 7], or at least Spacation as
contained in SOP 8 as Step III. Any time the going gets too rough, if one
is self-auditing this, or too rough for the preclear if one is auditing
one, a shift into holding the two upper corners of the room behind the
preclear for a little while will nullify the effect. Formula H applied to
present time will also nullify the effect, but not as well as holding the
two upper corners of the room with the eyes closed. You understand that the
preclear closes his eyes and "finds" the two upper corners of the room
behind him and holds these without thinking. There is no more to that
process than just that. It will re-stabilize a case which has been thrown
out of stability by this process.
You must realize that this process is strong meat and the things which
are fed to the preclear to mock up and accept in vast multitudes must be
stronger meat than you would occasionally encounter in polite social
conversation. One of my associates-and I will not mention any names-
published the Expanded Gita list from an early issue of SOP 8 and carefully
omitted from it the most vital factors in it, because, I suppose, he
considered these too strong for the American stomach. From what I know now
in processing, I would consider them, if anything, too weak, for they are
not in a depraved form as bad as they are themselves.
One need not expect that the preclear will immediately rush off and
engage in strange liaisons because of this process. His morality level will
come up to a point where he can be moral. Most of these people who worry
about morality, particularly in others, are themselves so low morally that
they could not find satisfaction in a society of cannibals.
Here is the specialized list that was first evolved for Acceptance
Level Processing. These items were fed in brackets. Large numbers of them
were mocked up to the best ability of the preclear, even though he could
not see his mock-ups for some time. They were mocked up for himself, others
mocking them up for themselves, and others mocking them up for others, and
others trying to get him to accept them, himself trying to get others to
accept them, and, a few times, others trying to get others to accept them,
and, occasionally, good items similar to these being wasted in the same
bracket. Because this list worked uniformly on this Resistive V, it would
be said immediately that the Acceptance Level of his body was this list.
Running this list resolved hungers and cravings, blackness and somatics
which he had long combated.
Most of these items had to be put into a depraved, diseased or decayed
form in order to run them at all.
Now we have the list:
A TERRIBLE PAST, A DANGEROUS ENVIRONMENT, A TERRIBLE FUTURE, A MISSING
PRESENT, NO HELP, INDEPENDENCE, INABILITY TO ACCEPT PRESENTS, DEATH,
KILLING, EATING, SLEEPING, ANAESTHETICS, AGREEMENT, DISAGREEMENT, LOW
REALITY, LOW AFFINITY, LOW UNDERSTANDING, NO COMMUNICATION, CAUTION, LOW
SPEED, SUPPORT, NO FALLING, NO LOOKING, REASONS, EXPLANATIONS, THINKING,
NOT THINKING, TALKING, NOT LISTENING, SERVICE, CONVICTION, KNOWING, PRECISE
COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM, DESIRE FOR EXPLANATIONS, ANSWERS, REPLIES, TRUTH, NO
LIES, SOLID MEST, NO SPACE, NO GEOGRAPHY, CRITICISM, NO CRITICISM,
ABERRATIONS, SANITY, PERFECTION, HIDDEN ENGRAMS,
HIDDEN BETRAYALS, HIDDEN RIDICULE, DEFAMATIONS, THINGS BEING STOPPED,
CHANGE, HELP, CONSEQUENCES, FEAR OF CONDITIONS, AN ACCEPTABLE LEVEL OF
BEING ILL, AN ACCEPTABLE LEVEL OF BEING CRAZY, THREATS, ARRESTS, COURTS,
HONORS, MEDALS, IDENTITIES, FACES, POLICE, TORTURE, BACTERIA, SYPHILIS,
GONORRHEA, BLACK PEOPLE, THINGS TOO HORRIBLE TO PERCEIVE, EFFORTS TO GET
COMMUNICATIONS OUT, EFFORTS TO GET COMMUNICATIONS IN, FORGETFULNESS OF MEN,
FORGETFULNESS OF WOMEN, FORGETFULNESS OF PAST, ACCEPTANCE OF WRONGNESS, THE
GOAL TO GET BIG, THE NECESSITY TO UNDERSTAND, FATHERS (IN THE WORST FORM),
MOTHERS (IN THE WORST FORM), ALLIES (IN THE WORST FORM), GRANDPARENTS (IN
THE WORST FORM), FRIENDS (IN THE ACT OF BETRAYAL), BUSINESS ASSOCIATES (IN
THEIR WORST FORM), BEING BABIES, BEING BODIES, TEACHERS IN FRONT OF ONE,
LEARNED BOOKS, ACCEPTANCE OF AN IN-BETWEEN LIVES AREA, DEATH, FAILURE,
BEING VARIOUS PROFESSIONS, BEING VARIOUS PARTS OF THE BODY, NERVOUSNESS,
SERIOUSNESS, A GOOD JOB, WANTlNG THINGS GONE, HAS-TO-BE-TOLDNESS,
TIREDNESS, ANXIETY, WANTING PEOPLE TO WORRY, LONG DAYS, FAST TIME PASSES,
SLOW TIME PASSES, CLOCKS, SCHOOLS, FACES, LEARNING, MINDS, POOR MORNINGS,
BAD NIGHTS, NO-TIME, ARRIVALS, COMPLETIONS, NO AFFECTION, LOVE, NO KILL,
STOMACH TROUBLE, HUNGER, INABILITY TO EAT, WORK, FLOWS, INHIBITED SEX,
CLOSED COMMUNICATION LINES, HATE, KILL, BOWEL TROUBLE, COVERT EATING, NO
WORK, HOLDS, PRETENSE, ENFORCED SEX, LONELINESS, WOMBS, HOT WOMBS, BIRTH,
KIDNAPPING OF BABIES, STERILITY, EMPTY WOMBS, BLACK WOMBS, ABSENT
GENITALIA, FIGHTING SOMETHING, NEVER FIGHTING NOTHING, FIGHTING WORDS,
FIGHTING DIRECTION, ACCEPTING DIRECTION, HATRED OF MUSIC, HATRED OF SIGHT,
HATRED OF SOUND, ACCEPTABLE LEVEL OF PAIN, NO PETS, BEING GOD, ASSOCIATING
EVERYTHING WITH EVERYTHING, HATING TO BE REMINDED, SEMEN, EXCRETA,
NOTHINGNESS, POVERTY, NO MONEY, NO FOOD, NO HOME, EXPECTING SOMETHING BAD
TO HAPPEN, KNOWING IT IS WRONG, BEGRUDGED FOOD, THE WEIGHT OF OBLIGATION,
NO RESPONSIBILITY, REFUSAL TO BE CAUSE, DESIRE TO BE AN EFFECT, GUIDING
SPIRITS, STRANGE SCIENCES, FORTUNE-TELLING, CRYSTAL BALLS, DEMONS, STRANGE
SEXUAL PRACTICES, SELF-DENIAL, WRONGNESS, LOSING, ACCIDENTS, AND BEING A
HUMAN BEING .
The case was then run on the Expanded Gita list in addition to the
above.
Much of the auditing done on Acceptance Level Processing is done by
the preclear following the procedure by himself in a room near the auditor,
or simply by self-auditing. However, a very low-toned preclear is incapable
of the persistence necessary to follow through the process and needs
auditor supervision.
The ingenuity of the auditor lies in discovering just what the
acceptance level of his preclear is. Persistence of the auditor and the
preclear is vital to carry through the process item by item until each and
every item is itself entirely surfeited.
It will be found that some preclears will rise so rapidly in tone at
the lower levels offered, that they do not find any area to "feed." In this
case, higher-toned objects must be fed to the preclear just as these low-
toned objects are fed.
What we are doing here is "remedying the scarcity in all things."
The main thing the preclear will discover is that he has been
carefully taught that certain things are bad and therefore not enjoyable
and that he has set up resistances to these things and that they at length-
these resistances-have become a sponge for the
things they were set up to counteract and the resistance caving in has
created a hunger for the object which was at first resisted. This is the
MEST universe at work in its very best operation: make one fight something,
then so arrange it that one winds up craving for what one was fighting. You
can use this formula in general on any aberration which the preclear has.
If he is fighting something, feed it to him in mock-up form, done, of
course, by the preclear. And then finish off the bracket by feeding it
through the preclear to others, and others to others, and then going on
getting the preclear to get others to accept this thing to fight, and then
others getting the preclear to accept this thing to fight, and thus the
item is discharged.
This is Acceptance Level Processing. You can, if you look about you,
see acceptance level dramatized in every activity of life. You can
understand now why so-and-so will not clean up a living room: a living room
is not acceptable except in a cluttered fashion to this person. You can
understand also why this fellow leaves a beautiful and helpful girl and
runs off with a maid or a prostitute: his acceptance level was too far
below the beautiful girl. You can understand, too, some of you, why you
were not acceptable in your own homes when you were young: you were too
bright and too cheerful and this was too high above those around you. You
can understand, as well, why the newspapers print the stories they do, and
most and foremost you can understand that everybody in a body is being
subjected to the body's craving to be acceptable, a thing which in itself
will end one up at the bottom of the tone scale.
You might think that running Matched Terminals or Matched Terminal
Brackets on being acceptable will remedy this; unfortunately, this is above
the body's level of acceptance. It is raw meat; it wants raw meat. Trying
to run something out of the body which it craves is a difficult thing
indeed.
On lower-toned cases the reason Dianetics often worked was because
instead of running through the engram, the case was permitted to go over
and over some unsavory incident which it actually considered extremely
savory, and so was able, by these repeated "returns" to this muck, to feed
the bank to some degree and adjust and surfeit its craving for such
incidents even when they had not occurred. Thus one was actually feeding
the body numbers of mock-ups rather than running out engrams, even though
at that time it was supposed that an engram was being run out.
Where engrams were exhausted from the body with a betterment of the
case, it was because the body did not have an extensive hunger. Where
running an engram out did not remedy the condition it was because a hunger
existed for that engram and it was being offered. Thus we have the case
which insatiably ran engrams but which would not get well. That case had a
level of acceptance of not-too-sick and not-too-well, the level of
acceptance of the general society today.
Remember that evaluation depends upon the preclear having been
actually moved or directed from one space to another by something. Change
in space is the basic on all evaluation and thinking as it is known to Man.
Remember that change in space in geographical area is like an evaluation of
those areas. Thus you will find the most aberrative people in the bank,
those people who have most changed the preclear in space. In running
Acceptance Level Processing, be sure to stress accepting exterior
direction, and be sure to stress acceptance in various forms of those
people who have greatly directed the preclear and who then created a
scarcity of direction either by not being there or by stopping direction.
You must also be aware of the fact that this technique, this process,
is to a large degree an informative process and is addressed to the MEST
body; it does not dispense with or displace other processes we now have.
The bracket method of accepting is also the method of wasting which could
be run in Expanded Gita. In other words, in running wasting in Expanded
Gita one should waste in brackets and have material forced upon in
brackets. Acceptance Level Processing is a variation of Expanded Gita.
As a note which may be of interest: Expanded Gita was developed from
phenomena discovered after I developed Creative Processing. It was
originally plain Give-and-Take Processing, hence the Gita. Acceptance Level
was developed by observing Expanded Gita in action. Expanded Gita and
Acceptance Level are in effect the same process and so we are not dealing
here with anything new.
There are a great many of these levels and one could easily compose a
chart-and, indeed, I have composed a chart-called Character Processing-
which is as yet of no enormous value, which lists the following levels:
Acceptance (Grasp), Determent (Withdraw), Deprivement (Let Go), Interest
(Reach), Intention, Enthusiasm, Spiritual, Applause, Death, Sonic, Visio,
Tactile, Friendship, Enmity, Physical Strength, Emotional Strength, MEST
Aid, Obedience, No Sympathy, Fear, Propitiation, Grief, Apathy, Agreement,
Communication, Affinity, and Responsibility levels, by which a character
could easily be read. An auditor who knows his Scientology could without
much trouble draw up this chart using as a guide the chart in Science of
Survival or Self Analysis. As the use of these things comes to view or
takes on sudden value, they may be included in later PABs. For instance,
only somebody interested in control would be interested in specified
levels; in processing we are only trying to raise the Acceptance Level of
the individual high enough so that he can finally accept himself on all
eight dynamics.
_______________________
The apathy case resolves with this Acceptance Level, and much to many
a preclear's surprise he finds apathy on the road up rather than below his
operating level.
L. RON HUBBARD
INTERNATIONAL CONGRESS OF DIANETICISTS
AND SCIENTOLOGISTS LECTURES
Phoenix, Arizona
28-31 December 1953
"The delegates to the International Congress of Dianeticists and
Scientologists at Phoenix, Arizona, were greeted by warm and clear weather
in the Valley of the Sun as they arrived at the new, modernistic quarters
of the Little Theatre, supported and operated by the City of Phoenix.
"These new quarters were the setting for a new experience in the
history of Dianetics and Scientology. This new experience consisted of
presentation of the latest techniques and methods of Scientology, as worked
out and perfected in the courses in Clinical Procedures presented at Camden
during October, November and December of 1953 in the form of actual
processes administered upon the group of assembled delegates by L. Ron
Hubbard, founder and developer of Dianetics and Scientology."
-Journal of Scientology 24-G
5312C28 LECTURE Cycle of Action
* 5312C28 PHC-1 GoalsofScientology
* 5312C28 PHC-2 Goals of Scientology (cont)
5312C28 PHC-2A Mock-ups, Energy
* 5312C28 PHC-3 Basic Theory of Definitions
* 5312C28 PHC-4 Basic Theory of Definitions (cont), Group Processing
* 5312C28 PHC-5 Group Processing
* 5312C28 PHC-6 Group Processing
* 5312C28 PHC-7 How to Be a Group Auditor
* 5312C28 PHC-8 How to Be a Group Auditor
* 5312C28 PHC-9 Group Processing
* 5312C28 PHC-10 Group Processing (cont.)
* 5312C29 PHC-11 Create, Survive, Destroy Curve
* 5312C29 PHC-12 Duplication
* 5312C29 PHC-13 Use of SOP-8C
* 5312C29 PHC-14 Use of SOP-8C
* 5312C29 PHC-15 Role of the Auditor
* 5312C29 PHC-16 Demonstration (Group Process)
* 5312C29 PHC-17 Group Processing-Short Lecture
* 5312C29 PHC-18 Group Processing
* * 5312C29 PHC-19 Design of SOP-8C: Processes for Groups, Percentages
of Successes and Failures
* 5312C29 PHC-20 SOP-8C (cont.)
* 5312C29 PHC-21 Group Process
* 5312C29 PHC-22 Group Process
5312C29 Havingness
* 5312C30 PHC-23 Talk on E-Meter
* 5312C30 PHC-24 Talk on E-Meter (cont.)
* 5312C30 PHC-25 Automaticity
* 5312C30 PHC-26 Beingness
5312C30 PHC-27 Title not available
5312C30 PHC-28 Title not available
5312C30 PHC-29 Title not available
5312C30 PHC-30 Title not available
5312C30 PHC-31 Group Processing
5312C30 PHC-32 Group Processing
* 5312C31 PHC-33 Step 5, SOP-8C (Group Processing)
* 5312C31 PHC-34 Emotions in MEST (Group Processing)
* 5312C31 PHC-35 Group Processing, Short Lecture
* 5312C31 PHC-36 Group Processing
* 5312C31 PHC-37 Group Processing, Step 1, SOP-8C
* 5312C31 PHC-38 Through Barriers to Nothingness
* 5312C PHC Group Processing-Reach and Withdraw Across the
Dynamics
LRH TAPE LECTURES
1953 (specific dates unknown)
* 53 .. C .. LECTURE Exteriorization-Interiorization
* 53 .. C .. GR/PROC Group Processing
* 53 .. C .. LECTURE Organization of Man
* 53 .. C .. LECTURE Power of Choice
* 53 .. C .. LECTURE Raising Abilities
* 53 .. C .. LECTURE State of Man Today
SUBJECT INDEX
1950-1953
acceptance (cont.)
A Level Processing, 491
how it is done and what it does,
485
A = A = A mechanism, 8,105 specialized list, 492
aberration(s), defn., 76; see also Original Thesis version of
Expanded Gita, 485
all possible, 157 of counter-effort, 169
analytical mind, incredibly resistant to, 37 accessibility; see
Notes on the Lectures
causes of, 244 of children, 45
communication lag index as test of, 351 of psychotics,
60
contagion of; see DMSMH accident prevention, 117
due to engrams, 60 industrial, 115
from being inhibited or being enforced, 191 accident prone, 9,116
general causes of mental , 242 ache and pain have a memory for
which person will
genius and, 130 not take responsibility, 210
geographical areas, their role in, 448 action,
graphic representation of, 159, 160 bad, defn., 293
mechanics of; see Science of Survival consistent and
inconsistent, 212
reasoning with, won't work, 59 cycle of, 378
resolution of, 244 Cycle of Action Processing, 467
that he thinks he is not the thetan is the aberration, good,
defn., 293
267 is causative, 209
aberrative evaluation, method of running, 454 phrases, 191
aberrative factor in living is loss, 296 command value
of; see SOS
aberrative personality; see also merchants of fear; sup- requires
space and time, 293
pressive person [in full index] scale of, 378
born out of decline of ability of individual to pro- "adjustment
to the environment", a false theory, 152
duce, 477 admiration, 416
characteristics of, 473 defn., is a particle which unites
and resolves all
communication lag of, 475 types of energy,
particularly force, 437
computation of, 475 absence alone permits persistence, 375
continuing to reappear in pc's thoughts and pro- dissolves
force, force cancels admiration, 416
cessing, 474 effect of insufficient ~ from sexual
partners, 385
method of processing, 474 happiness is a state of
admiration of things, 437
aberree, 19 love is human manifestation of admiration, 437
ability, abilities, most valuable part of attention interchange,
382
ambitions much greater than, 37 particle or flow, 311
creative, 399 substance of communication line, 382
creative, loss of, 395 Admiration Processing, basis of, 311
differentiation, 245 admired, those things which .are not,
persist, 3 1 1, 383
observation, 376 adoption, problem of, 120
of viewpoint, 375 Advanced Procedure; see APA
recall, relation to, 9 aesthetic; see 8-80
to think, defn., capability of mind to perceive, band,418
pose and resolve specific and general problems, affinity;
see also ARC triangle; communication; real 77
ity; SOS; 8-8008
abortion, 119 defn., as used in Dianetics is close to meaning of
absolute, "like", 98
accuracy; in real universe entities of time, space,
defn., type of energy and can be produced at will,
distance, energy and thought cannot be com- 350
puted with absolute accuracy, 73 defn., opinion about
particles and sensation, 351
precision, 74 defn., characteristic of energy as to its
vibration,
unobtainable, 73 condensation, rarefaction, and,
in physical uni right and wrong, 70 verse, its degree of
cohesion or dispersion, 381
truth, 71 defn., pattern or velocity of particle
creates degree
abstractions, mind uses, 74 of affinity, 466
cceptance, and reality exist to further communication, 381;
by authority or agreement, 124 see also ARC triangle
SUBJECT INDEX- 1950/1953
affinity (cont.) analytical thought, 380
child is full of, 98 analytical, validate the analytical and
neglect the reac getting in communication with basic personality
tive, 163
through, 60 analyzer, 32
is never identification, 98 anaten,
age flash, 16 defn., analyzer attenuation, 45
agreement, defn., physiological manifestation of randomity of
is reality, 350 effort, 168
with environment forces consistency, 212 anchor point(s),
with preclear, 305 communication is an, 465
ailment, physical, cure before auditing, 420 putting out anchor
points, 361
aim(s), wasting, 333
of Child Processing is not a "normal" child, 322 anger,
antagonism and resentment are most fixative
of Hubbard Dianetic Research Foundation, 13 emotions,
267
of Scientology, 317 animal(s),
ally, allies, rehabilitation of sick animal, 389
chronic psychosomatic illness pc has is usually therapy,338
counterfeit of illness suffered by ~,19 answer, flash,
16
pc is as occluded as he has lost allies, 363 antagonism, 205, 267
altitude, anxiety,
auditor, 20 cause and remedy, 379
relation to effect of individual on group, 92 chronic low
tone, insecurity, can stem from pro teacher altitude, level of, 131
longed physical illness, 420
ambitions much greater than ability, 37 apathy case, 495
America, "only one" computation, and afraid of an apathy, what it is,
383
effect, 480 applause, 383
analytical action, engram inhibits, 31 arbitrary, defn., 87
Analytical Dianetics, 27 principle of the introduction of an, 87
analytical mind(s)('s), 27; see also thetan; DMSMH time, the one
arbitrary, 245
ability to mimic, 31 ARC; see also affinity; reality;
communication;
and reactive minds, principal difference between,
NOTL;SOS
381 as complete identification, 486
awareness characteristics of, when low on scale, down,101;
see also ARCbreak
382 factors, measure by ethic level, 91
betterment of ~ and control of reactive mind, 346 lines,
group, effect of tampering with, 141
can be processed directly, 387 processing and, 103
capable of, scanning, 186
developing its own energy, 382 Straight Wire, SOP 8
Step VI, 392
resistance and action, 29 sudden increase in, 102
vision, 426 triangle,
characteristic actions of energy produced affinity,
reality and communication, relation
by ~, 384 ship of, 350
characteristics of, 27 affinity, reality and
communication, theory of,
contents of, 32 98
Dianetic processes evolved by paralleling analytical
communication most important factor of,
mind action, 33 334, 464
how it remembers, 33 formulation of, 464
misconception regarding the ~, 30 ARC break, returning to moment
when occurred, 103
of auditor and preclear have greater power than ARC breaks,
effect on true group, 137
reactive mind of preclear, principal thing that Army Alpha,
psychometry, 40; see also tests
makes therapy possible, 33 art, 375
of group, 87 degree of, involved in processing, 301
organic seat, 29 is certainty, 362
power over reactive mind, 33 arthritic, processing of chronic,
272
powers of, 32 arthritis,
prime operating mechanism of ~, 34 defn., chronic somatic
of depository type, 272
processed directly, 387 defn., structurally, deposit of
calcium, or other
resistant to aberration, 37 mineral, in area which has
been restricted by
role of the, 28 old injury, 272
vs. body and mest, 420 handling of, 272
SUBJECT INDEX- 1950/1953
arthritis (cont.) audit(ing) (cont.)
occurs at three places on tone scale, 272 techniques,
an informal discussion on, 196
Technique 80, reduction of, 273 theta-mest theory,
360; see also theta-mest theory;
artist, auditor is both a technician and an ~, 305 SOS
assessment of, to assist dying, 490
case using dynamics graph, 293 audited, refusal to be, 475
preclear, using be, do, have and space, time,
auditor(s)('s),
energy, 296 altitude, 20
assist(s), and preclear as group; see SOS
Dianetic, 8 auditing by rote will make mistakes,
129
Double Terminaling is an assist, 352 case, 419
excellent assist but limited process, 329 certainty
and results, 357
association; see 8-8008 certainty, pc's reaction to, 357
free, 269 certificates, purpose of, 400
Associative Processing, 269 Code, 62; see also DOT; NOTL; SOS; CD;
8-80
"Technique 100" or, 269 bogged-down case due to ~
breaks, current
assumption; see also History of Man environment or
painful emotion, 18
and birth, 439 education and, 124
atheism, 38 file clerk's faith in, 18
atheist, what makes an, 204 first should know tools before going in
for artistic,
atom, different realities about, 101 305
atoms, defn., composed wholly of motion, 214 general working rules
for, 62
attacking entheta with too much entheta enturbu- list of
auditor's efforts, emotions and thoughts
lates, 163 related to processing which must be
run, 216
attacking self, 190 necessity for auditors to review entire
process of
attacks, form of organization to handle, 412 evolution of the
science, 489
attention, processing of, 216
concern of two viewpoints is, 382 reason for hatred toward,
438
cycle of demand for, 382 report; see DMSMH; CD
invalidation is basically non-attention, 443 role of; see APA
attention unit(s), technician and artist, 305
as case progresses toward clear, 26 tone level of auditor
necessary to handle case; see
money is attention unit of social group, 371 Science of
Survival
pulling of attention units up to present time on a training
and skill of, 365
necessity level, 113 what an auditor should know, 368,
488
attitude(s), what he is working to do, 245
Hubbard Chart of ~ and Concept Running, 275 authoritarianism, 128
of the professional to psychotics, 56 a graded scale, 178
to environment, 152 an essay on, 173
audit(ing), concept of, 178; see also suppressive person
action of ~ is withdrawing communications, 368 discovered
readily in psychometry, 180
animals, 338 or authority exists in ratio to amount a
curtain is
babies, 337 lowered across ARC lines, 179
difficulties, lie more with auditor than preclear, automaticity,
defn., fact of taking pictures automati 432 cally
simply by putting out flitter, 416
failure, reason for, 432 awareness, 406
law, auditor must reduce every engram contacted is
certainty, 359
or basic engram on chain before stopping ses- level
of awareness, 356
sion, 19 scale of, 378
marriage, how to audit, 310 triangle of certainty of, 378
necessity level and, 42 awareness change is the indication of
effect, 359
only safe way to audit is with E-Meter, 435 awareness of awareness
unit, 379; see also thetan
personal, relation to group processing, 347 Axiom(s); see also
SOS;APA;HFP
pre-auditing steps, 421 as valid today as they were, 345
pregnant women, 118 of Dianetics, survival is basic, 6
scanning through all ~ preclear has received, 111 primary
Dianetic; see Original Thesis
self-auditing, 419 therapeutic processes easily derived
from, 242
session by LRH, Effort Processing and lock scan
ning on wearing glasses, 196
team, husband-wife, why unsuccessful, 309
SUBJECT INDEX- 1950/1953
B body('s),
and mest vs. analytical mind, 420
babies, auditing of, 337 and mind are part of gradient scale of
creation,
bacteria, structure and, 431 419
bad action, defn., 293 care of, 404
basic, effect of running things in or close to
body, 361
disability of the pc, 361 effort to make something out of
nothing, 482
dynamic principle of existence is: survive!, 167 good
process for, 491
goals, 187 howmindbecomesfixatedupon,419
impulse is to produce an effect, 482 interaction of mind
and, 209
on chain, relation to Technique 80, 300 liabilities of
mest body, 403
personality, getting in communication with basic motions and
E-Meter, 230
personality through affinity, 60 thetan, to be "sane", must
learn how he's been
purpose, 37 caring for the body, 301
reason-basic principles, 148 was made to be worked, 421
basic area, defn., 25 bogged down case due to Auditor's Code breaks, cur
engrams, 17 rent environment or painful emotion, 18
most vital area in case, 17 boil-off, manifestation of
unconsciousness, 321
unconsciousness, reason for removal of, 25 to arouse pc
from this state, 321
basic-basic, 468 Book One addressed the psychotic, 301
be, being, beingness, Book One Clear, a relative not an absolute thing,
357
basic certainties of, 359 borrowing; see History of Man
cause and effect, and beingness, 406 bollncer, 17
Certainty Processing and, 406 bracket(s), defn., 393, 397, 462;
see also 8-80
communication, space, synonyms in action, 326, B.Scn., D.Scn.,
372
352 bullfight, analysis of, 417
decision to, 375 B1 and restimulation, 421
reason behind, 358
have and do, relationship to space, time and
energy, 295 C
having, doing-triangular interrelationship, 296
ideal state of; see Handbook for Preclears California Test for
Mental Maturity, psychometry, 40
increasing by doing without having, 296 canceller, lock
scanning can perform duties of, 111
of child, increased by Scientology, 320 cannibalism, 387
Processing, 416 capability and cause, wide difference between, 28
Six Steps to Better Beingness, 424 capability of theta, 293
space could be said to be Be, 295 case(s)('s),
beams, pressor and pulling, 290 assessment using dynamics graph,
293
beauty; see 8-80 auditor's, 419
beggars, philosophy of, 476 basic area, most vital area in case, 17
behavior, human, 473 bogged-down case due to Auditor's Code
breaks,
dynamics of and prediction of; see SOS current
environment or painful emotion, 18
betrayal, defn., action of having things pounded in central
aspect of case is desire to experience, 184
and held against one, 361 change, accurate test of,
351
between lives; see History of Man getting grief off a case, 16
birth, gradient scale of, 435
and "assumption", 439 levels of, 490
engrams; see Original Thesis occluded, 150
prenatal experience and; see DMSMH opening, 419
black and white, phenomenon of, 445; see also 8-80 and running
engrams, 15
Black Dianetics, 280 relative entheta on; see SOS
blackness, 360, 399 run the, 20
desire to be effect and inability to be cause, 395 stalled;
see Notes on the Lectures
handling of, 361 starting the, 15
indicative of scarcity of viewpoints, 433 straight memory
case scouting, 24
black screens, how to resolve, 437 tests for types of, 82
blame, defn., arbitrary election of cause, 210 that have "dub-
in"-imaginary-recall, 79
and regret, 213 types of, 79; see also NOTL; APA
blanketing; see History of Man types of processing, wide-open
and occluded cases,
blindness cases, 434 l 50
SUBJECT INDEX- 1950/1953
case(s)('s) (cont.) chains, reduction of lock chains, 110
which do/do not have sonic recall, 79 change,
wide-open, 150 fear of, 355
IV or V, 360 is essentially the redirection of energy,
296
Case V, defn, 392 Processing, 445, 453
keynote of processing, 341 Character Processing Chart, 495
solution of a, 363 Chart, Standard Procedure, 21
what is wrong with him, 363 chemical assist, 40
causative, action is, 209 child, child's, children; see also Child
Dianetics
cause, 375 accessibility of, 45
always precedes effect, 208 attention is badly scattered, 45
blame is arbitrary election of, 210 attitude towards; see
SOS
capability and ~, wide difference between, 28
communicating with, 325
group goals and national, 142 Dianetics, 120
human mind is ~ and human body is effect, 209
preventive, 47
individual is representative of cause on all eight dignity and
purpose are native to the, 324
dynamics, 208 education of the, 47
life becomes serious when man becomes less cause goals,
importance of giving goals to ~, 47
and greater effect, 212 group processing of, 319
cause and effect, 208, 393, 397, 438; see also APA how it is
done, 327
beingness, relation to, 406 results of, 321
necessarily inter-operate as a person experiences high IQ and
mock-ups, 328
life, 208 high IQ, yet low quality work, 328
postulates lie at root of, 211 increased beingrless and
potentialities of beingness
Processing, 211 of, 320
Tone Scale, relation to, 436 independence, what
undermines it, 48
understanding laws of, 213 in present time, 325
cells and the organism; see DMSMH interpersonal relations with, 189
center centerness of all thinking, 443 is full of affinity, 98
certainty, certainties, 342 misunderstoods of, 47
as a gradient scale, 356, 378 natural sense of dignity, 45
auditor certainty, never talk over ~ head to his parents,
45
and results, 357 not capable of sustained concentration,
49
pc's reaction to, 357 out of present time, 325
clarity of observation, 377 perception inhibitions, 322
formula of, 349 process given to groups of, 321
is awareness, 359 Processing, 44
itself is knowledge; datum is secondary knowledge, age
of child, 44
349, 376 aim is not a "normal" child, 322
knowledge is, 356 education of parents, 46
most certain certainty is perception, least certainty
effect of processing on, 327
evaluation, 349 for use in public schools, 328
of awareness, triangle of, 378 game for processing,
215
of impact, 379 grief and locks, 45
Processing, 350, 367, 393, 397; see also 8-8008 never
tell the child that any part of any situa basic technique, 394, 395,
398 tion is imaginary or a delusion, 49
beingness and, 406 parent as auditor, 44
sanity and , parallel between, 376, 377 shifting
environment, 46, 48
theory of, 341 technique for entering a lock, 49
this is Scientology-the science of ~, 374 theory
underlying, 323
triangle of, 349 three major steps in, 44
certificates, psychosomatic difficulties, 322
auditor, purpose of, 400 reactive bank, language in the,
44
provisional, 52 reality, 48
requirements for permanent, 65 role in the home, 325
suspension, line for, 66 Scientology, 319
Certification Board, duties and responsibilities, 65 should own
his own mest, 190
Certification Board, purpose of, 66 special problems, 49
certification, student, 372 third party action, 48
chains of engrams; see DOT; DMSMH; SOS three classes of, 321
SUBJECT INDEX- 1950/1953
childhood illnesses, 46 communicate, communication(s) (cont.)
chiropractor, 206 basic clue to successful marriage, 309, 310
chronic, beingness, space, 326
arthritic, processing of, 272 synonyms in action,
352
illness, suspected, send pc to medico, 421 between men and
women, 406
low tone, anxiety, insecurity, can stem from pro- change also
means perception change, 351
longed physical illness, 420 depends upon certainty of
despatch and receipt,
psychosomatic illness pc has usually counterfeit of
388
illness suffered by ally, 19 eccentric genius is a
problem in, 130
chronic somatic(s); see also NOTL; SOS getting into communication
with basic personality
defn., any "illness" generated by an engram or
through affinity,60
engrams, 24 is an anchor point, 465
failure to release, 25 is the heart of life, 351
grief charges, relation to, 25 lag; see communication lag
handling of, 359 language, main tool of, 99
how to release a, 24 levels of, 351
of wearing glasses, running regret, blame, sym- lines; see
communication lines
pathy, etc. on, 196 of material, 402
resolution of, 393, 394, 397 other forms of, 99
sympathy predominates as emotional aspect of en- outranks by
far affinity and reality, 334, 464
grams carrying ~, 25 person who is jealous has
something wrong on the
technique to remedy, 392 subject of ~, 310
circuit(s); see also Science of Survival reason for, 380
cases, cycle of the explosion on, 469 responsible as one can
communicate, 351
demon; see demon circuits role that ~ plays in game called
existence, 350
key out, 426 speed, 368
mechanism of, 391 The Factors, 375
circuitry; see Notes on the Lectures theory of affinity, reality
and ~, 98
classes of minds, 76 theory of communication, 464
classification of psychotics, 57, 473 thetan communication the
best, 352
clear(ed)(ing), 25; see also DMSMH communication lag,
attention units, as case progresses toward Clear, 26
direct index of sanity, 310, 466
auditing formulae to make a theta clear, 278 handling of, 352
Book One Clear, a relative not an absolute thing, index as
test of aberration, 351
357 is inverse to amount of space a person has, 465
Dianetic, length of time to achieve, 82 of aberrative
personality, 475
mest clear, method of making, 485, 491 use in selecting a
marriage partner, 310
Standard Operating Procedure for theta ~, 289 communication
lines; see also HTLTAE
theta clear, singular attribute of, 296 collapsed, 367
comanome, defn., 7; see also engram cut comm lines in marriage
problems, 310
command(s), how severed, 139
engram, 31 jealous person afraid of hidden ~, 310
line; see HTLTAE management, keeping wide open all ~,139
reversal of in sub-zero tone scale, 289 communism, fascism,
socialism are bad management,
value of action phrases; see SOS 143
communicate, communication(s); see also ARC tri- Comparison [process],
329
angle; affinity; reality; SOS; 8-8008 compulsions and
obsessions, assessment of, 294
defn., use of those sense channels with which the computation(s),
202; see also APA
individual contacts the physical universe, 206
defn., ability to resolve problems, 69
defn., more important than affinity or reality, for it
effective ~ to be run, 440
is the operation, the action, by which one experi-
imagination is vital to, 76
ences emotion and by which one agrees, 350 of
aberrative personality, 475
defn., the handling of particles, of motion, 351 of
workability of techniques, 456
defn., volume of flow or lack of flow, 381 processes of,
72, 75
defn., any ritual by which effects can be produced run regret,
blame and sympathy and preclear will
and perceived, 406 give central computation,
204
defn., shift of a particle from one part of space to
secrecy, 475
another part of space, 464 steps to find, 204
affinity and reality exist to further, 381 computational
psychotic, defn., 57
auditing and withdrawing communications, 368 computer, mind as, 70
SUBJECT INDEX- 1950/1953
concentration, child not capable of sustained, 49 current environment of
the preclear, 18
concept(s), defn., abstract general notion or concep- curse of the
world today is irresponsibility of physical
tion, 275 scientists, 389
conditions and positions and states run as, 276 curve,
emotional, 204, 205
how to run, 275; see also Rising Scale Processing cycle of,
[in full index] action, 378
in processing, 311 Processing, 467
of authoritarianism, 178 conquest of mest, 188
Running; see also 8-80 creation, growth,
conservation, decay and destruc Hubbard Chart of Attitudes and, 275
tion, 293
routine for, 276 demand for attention, 382
conception, running of, 17 explosion; see explosion, cycle of
conceptual level running of motivators, overt acts, group
receivingan engram, 85
DEDs and DEDEXes, 275 life forms, 293
conduct, regulated by sense of ethics, 294 universe, 293
conqueror, world, operates with a perverted dynamic, wasting,
416
35
conquest of mest, 188
by theta, 173 D
consciousness, banishment of, by too much agree
ment under duress, 350 darkness, the result of too much
loss, 385; see also
consistency of theory, 300 blackness
Contact (Step VII of SOP 8), 424, 426 data, datum,
Contra-survival and Pro-survival Processing, 192 evaluated, is
useful, unevaluated, is useless, 125
control, evaluation of, 125, 374
and creation of mental images utilizes and dis- good
dataisusefully accurate data, 74
ciplines energy, 324 knowledge is not, 356
center; see Handbook for Preclears lack of, 76
effected by introducing uncertainties and hidden management
and operational, 138
influences, 389 new data doesn't invalidate early
proven techcontrolled reason, 153 niques, 300
Corners of the Room, Holding, [process], 472 occluded, how to pick
up, 144
counselor, attitude of, 242; see also auditor quality and
quantity of, 76
counter-effort(s), 215 secondary knowledge, 349
acceptance of, 169 similar magnitude, 125
occluded case will run efforts and, 303 dating, 231
courage level; see Science of Survh~al incidents, 233
Course, Group Auditor's, 312 death, 376
courses available, 408 exteriorization is an approximation of, 434
craving for work, 333 inclination towards, 92
cravings and hungers, how to resolve, 492 necessary part of
activity of theta, 188
creation, past; see History of Man
and control of mental images utilizes and dis-
stateoforganismmotionlessness,214
ciplines energy, 324 unworkable solution, 456
and destruction, 176 decisions, people who get things done make,
475
insanity can be grouped and classified, detected decision to
be, 375
and remedied by a study of, 293 reason behind,
358
gradient scale of creation, mind and body are part DED, 232; see
also History of Man
of, 419 DED and DEDEX, motivator and overt: that is Tech
no creation without destruction, 293 nique 80, 301
creative, DEDEX; see History of Man
ability, 399 DEDs and DEDEXes, motivators, overt acts, con
loss of, 395 ceptual level running of, 275
imagination, 323 deep and light processing, 187
Processing, changing things in space, 454; see also
deintensified engram, 16
mock-up delusion, 435
credo of a good and skilled manager, 96 imagination out of control,
324
credo of a true group member, 94 mock-up, how it differs from, 326
criminally inclined, 81 never tell child in processing that any
part of situa
curable physical ailment, 420 tion is imaginary or a
delusion, 49
SUBJECT INDEX- 1950/1953
delusive or dub-in case, 436 dichotomies; see 8-80
entrance to, 433 diet, high protein and auditing, 42
Demerol, 105; see also drugs differentiate, differentiation; see also 8-
8008
demon circuit(s), 16, 30, 32, 301 and identification, 244
defn., is any circuit that vocalizes thoughts, 82 enhancing
ability to, 245
relation to entities, 359 rational, 239
removing ~ and valence commands, 18 difficult student, 366; see
also Remedy A & B [in full
valence shifters, when contacted and reduced, 20
index]
demons, source of, 18; see also DMSMH dignity and purpose are native to
the child, 324
density; see E-Meter dimension point(s),
departures; see History of Man action of a ~ is reaching and
withdrawing, 375
dependencies, Viewpoint Processing resolves, 439 can be moved by
the viewpoint, 375
dependency and mest universe, 394, 398 purpose of a ~ is space and
a point of view, 375
desire for effect, 209 Director of Training, Examiner's information line
to,
desire for pain, 333 66
destruction; see entries under creation and destruction
disagreement makes reality weaker, 101
detachment, pc's feeling of, 267 discipline of imagination essential in
any learning prodeterminism, pan-, 154 cess, 324
determinism, self-, 36 dissemination methbd, 353
explained, 153 distrust-trust, 213
diagnosis; see DOT; DMSMH divorce, 120
and repair of groups, 91 DMSMH, auditor needs good command of ~
to
"dialogue sense", 17 understand theta clearing, 315
Dianetic(s), do, doing, doingness,
Analytical, 27 be, have and do, relationship to space,
time and
assists, 8 energy, 295
axioms, primary; see Original Thesis being, having, doing-
triangular interrelationship,
basically epistemology, the study of knowledge, 149
296
Black, 280 beingness increased by ~ without having, 296
case, three types of, 79 categories of doingness (thought,
emotion and
Childi see Child Dianetics effort), 296
Clear, length of time to achieve, 82 energy can be summed
into do, 296
Double Terminaling and ~, 352 optimum speed of, 296
Educational, 27 Doctorate, road to, 429
education of parents, 46 Doctor of Scientology, degree of, 312
evolution of, 488 Doctor of Scientology, how to become a, 343
first law of, 283 domination, processing as, 153
Foundation, 412; see also organization double-body; see History of
Man
goal of, 149 Double Terminal(s), Double Terminaling, 385; see
goal, original, 9 also Matched Terminal
Group; see Group Dianetics and Dianetics, 352
language and; see Child Dianetics assist, 352
lower-toned cases, reason it often worked on, 494 excellent
assist but limited process, 329
Preventive; see Preventive Dianetics Matched or, 407
principles, basic; see Child Dianetics dramatization(s); see also
Original Thesis
processes evolved by paralleling analytical mind of name,
366
action, 33 preclear, 20
processing, 27; see also DOT; DMSMH; SOS; SA worry, a
dramatization, 19
reason evolved, 6 dramatizing psychotic, defn., 57
religion and, 38 dreams, 76
reverie, purpose of, 8 "dream therapy", 181
scope of; see DMSMH drop of the needle, 228
solution vs. Scientology, 405 sharp, 270
survival is basic axiom of, 6 drugs,
technique of, 8 effect of, 104
White, 282 hypnotic, 105
Dianometry, defn., is that branch of Dianetics which pupil as
indicator of, 104
measures thought capacity, computational drunkard, how to
handle, 486
ability, and the rationality of the human mind, dub-in,
defn., is picture of somebody telling story,
68; see also tests who is occluded, 206
SUBJECT INDEX- 1950/1953
dub-in (cont.) effort (cont.)
case, or delusive, 79, 436 counter-effort; see counter-
effort
caused by, 18 imagination involved in estimation of, 243
Duplication [processl, 329, 396 law concerning effort and
organisms, 214
Duplication (Step E, Short 8), 424, 425 occluded case will run
efforts and counter efforts,
dying, auditing to assist, 490 303
dynamic (s); see also DOT; NOTL overt effort, 244
central dynamic of individual is urge toward sur- pain is
caused by effort counter to effort of indi vival, 157
vidual as a whole, 284
eight dynamics, definitions of, 84, 158, 380 Processing, 214;
see also APA
eight dynamics and the three universes, 380 auditing
session by LRH, 196
establish the persistency and vigor of the mind and
how to run, 169
organism, 77 purpose of, 170
four;seeDMSMH Self-Determined, 167
graph, assessment of a case using, 293 thought is concerned
with estimate of effort, 214
of existence; see Science of Survival Tone Scale is
scale of "relative success in estimat Straight Wire Chart, 160
ing effort", 243
Straight Wire, how to run, 162 eight dynamics, definitions
of, 84,158, 380
suppression of dynamic on tone scale by inhibition eight dynamics
and the three universes, 380
and enforcement, 159 eighty-eight (Technique 88), a step by
step break suppression of dynamics by other dynamics, exam-
down of, 267
ples of, 160 electrical impulses and thought, connection
between,
221
electropsychometer; see E-Meter
E E-Meter, 269
all that you read from an ~ is change,
227
earlier similar engram, 17 art of using, 226
earliest engrams, reduce the, 20 body motions, 230
early erasure, 18 Electropsychometric Auditing, Operator's
Manual,
earth, before; see Histo~ of Man 221
eaten, being; see History of Man measures relative density of
body, 225
eating, goal of, 482 mechanics of operation, 225
eccentric genius is a problem in communication, 130 mock-ups,
meter action, 487
education, educational, 470 needle reactions, types of, 228-30,
232, 270
and the auditor, 124 only safe way to audit is with, 435
approaches, 149 pinch test, 225
Dianetic education of parents, 46 principle on which it works,
226
errors, 76 purpose of, 228
isn't auditor's task; preclears should be processed,
registers shifts in thought, 225
304 tells with accuracy where stress is located, 227
of the child, 47 theory of operation, 224
secret of, 453 use of, 221
simplicity vs. complication, 148 E-Metering the preclear, 230
two lines of, 149 emotion (s); see also SOS; APA; HFP
Educational Dianetics, 27 and the dynamics; see DMSMH
effect(s), are a set band of reactions, 436
awareness change is the indication of, 359 most fixative
are resentment, antagonism and
basic impulse is to produce an effect, 482 anger, 267
basic law, 394, 398 of insanity, 448, 451
cause and; see cause and effect overt, 244
desire for, 209 painful, 18
mest is full effect, 208 emotional cune, 204, 205; see also APA
of individual on group rises in proportion to his emotional tones,
Mest Processing and, 192
altitude in group, 177 emotional tones, Tone Scale of,
243
on group of energy volume at high tone level, energy, 375
93 affinity is type of energy, 350
rehabilitation of ability to produce an effect, 359
analytical mind capable of developing its own
effort(s); see also APA energy, 382
defn., is force with direction, motion with pur- analytical
mind, characteristic actions of energy
pose, 214 produced by, 384
SUBJECT INDEX- 1950/1953
energy (cont.) engram(s) (cont.)
basic unit of any universe in terms of energy is
prenatal,birth and infant; see DOT
two, 382 prevention of, 113-14
can be summed into Do, 296 reduce the earliest, 20
change is redirection of energy, 296 reducing or erasing,
17
creation and control of mental images utilizes and
restimulation, never leave a chain of ~ in, 20
disciplines energy, 324 running, 17
flow(s), 382 cure physical illness before, 420
in processing, 311 can be audited with benefit
only a short time,
Step 5 case is anyone capable of using ~, 311
329
hate coheses and hardens energy, 437 goal [1952] of,
303
interacting triangle: space, time and energy, 293 running out
all perceptics, 18
manifestations of; see 8-80 run with emphasis on effort
instead of perceptics,
matter is apparently cohesion and adhesion of 170
energy, 293 unburdening; see SOS
production; see 8-80 unconsciousness common to all engrams,
17
reactive mind, source of its energy, 382 whole area of
randomity stored in full in ~, 284
space, time and energy have their parallels in start, enmest and
entheta, 175
stop and change, 293 entheta, 175
space, time and energy in experience become be, attacking ~
with too much ~ enturbulates, 163
have and do, 295 lines, cutting is safe, 139
three actions of, 293 relative entheta on case; see SOS
Tone Scale, relation of energy to, 92 entities, 341, defn., pc has
compartmented off varienforcement and inhibition suppress a dynamic on
ous parts of body for which he takes no further
Tone Scale, 159 responsibility,359
enforcement, valence shifting is ~ of viewpoint, entity, genetic; see
genetic entity
369 enturbulation, process times when effort caused
~,1 67
engram(s); see also DOT; SOS environment,
defn., break between Dynamic Seven and Dynamic adjusted by
the organism, 153
Six, or theta hitting mest too hard, 161 "adjustment
to the ~ ", a false theory, 152
defn, simply collision of body with mest universe attitudes
to, 152
with sufficient impact to produce confusion of
command over; see SOS
attention known as "unconsciousness", 403 current
environment of the preclear, 18
aberration is due to engrams, 60 shifting environment during
auditing, 48
auditor must reduce every ~ contacted or basic shifting
environment in Child Processing, 46
engram on chain before stopping session, 19 success of
organism determinable by degree it can
basic area engrams, 17 change to control new ~,183
cannot find first ~ then use Technique 80, 305 epicenters, what
they are, 360
carrying chronic somatics, sympathy predominates "epidemics",
sympathy is responsible for many, 213
as emotional aspect of, 25 erasure, early, 18
chains; see DOT; DMSMH; SOS error(s),
character of; see DOT; DMSMH margin of error allowable
for a problem, 73
comanome, earlier term for engram, 7 observational, 76
commands, 31 to which the mind is liable, 76
conversation in, relation to valences, 17 ESP, 33
cycle of a group receiving an engram, 85 ethic(s), ethical,
deintensified, 16 defn, have to do with a code of
agreement
earlier similar, 17 amongst people that they will
conduct them erasing or reducing, 17 selves in a fashion
which will attain to the
explosion engram, 445 optimum solution of their
problems; morals, on
grief; see grief engrams; SOS the other hand, are
things which were intro
group; see group engram duced into the society to
resolve harmful prac impact, 445 tices which could not
be explained or treated in
inhibits analytical action, 31 a rational manner, 119
keying in the; see DMSMH conduct regulated by sense of
ethics, 294
key out in three to eight days, 106 distinction from
morals, 91, 1 19
main point of tension in, 183 level; see Science of
Survival
manifestations of; see SOS group, 91
opening the case and running engrams, 15 measurement
of by ARC factors, 91
pc holding engram into him, 358 relation to morals and
height on Tone Scale, 294
SUBJECT INDEX- 1950/1953
evaluation; see also APA facsimile(s) (cont.)
defn., shifting of viewpoints or effort to do so, 441
phenomenon of, 406
aberrative ~, method of running, 454 service; see service
facsimile
depends upon, 494 Facsimile One; see History of Man
Dianetic; see SOS Factors, The, 358, 375; see also 8-8008
forceful evaluation, 441 faith, orderly ~ promotes religion, 38
is reactive mind's conception of viewpoint, 384 family life, 120
law, person takes the viewpoint of that person family
relationships, 59
who has most evaluated for him, 406 fascism, socialism,
communism, are bad management,
least certainty, perception most certain certainty,
143
349 fear of being nothing, 388
of data, 125 fear of change, 355
prime importance; see HTLTAE fifteen acts; see Handbook
forPreclears
processes, evaluation of, 432 fifth dynamic, defn., 84,158, 380
real, relationship to abstract evaluation, 74 file clerk('s);
see also DMSMH; SOS
Examiner's information line to Director of Training, and somatic
strip, 16
66 faith in auditor, 18
Examiner, trust placed in, 66 first-book case is stuck in prenatal
engram, 301
existence, first-book preclears, 303
basic dynamic principle of existence is: survive!, first dynamic,
defn., 84, 158, 380
167 fixation in space, 453
dynamics of; see SOS flash answer, 16
role that communication plays in game called ~, 350 flitter, 406
Expanded Gita, 332, 437, 487 defn., thetan puts out
golden clouds of ~ in order
Acceptance Level Processing is version of ~, 485
to perceive, 352
audited with benefit only a short time, 329 defn., that gold
stuff the thetan puts out, 415
example of, 451 against mest,
416
remedy for somatic and illness, if turned on by ~, flows,
patterns of; see 8-80
388 force,
resolves scarcities, 439 cancels admiration, admiration
dissolves force, 416
SOP 8 Step IV, 390 field; see History of Man
Step IV, 333 mest is complete force, 173
experience, desire to, is central aspect of case, 184
relationship of responsibility and irresponsibility
explosion, to use and tolerance of force, 293
causes change of position all over space, 444 Forgetter List;
see Self Analysis
cycle of, 467-69 Formula H, the effort to reach and withdraw, 447
audited in brackets, 468 fourth dynamic, defn., 84, 158,
380
run on circuit cases, 469 free association, 269
engram, 445 free theta, defn., is attention units free enough
to be
similarities to theta, 467 directed of own volition,
418
exteriorize(ation)(ed)(ing), "free wheeling", 41
accomplishing ~in low step cases, 386 Freud, Sigmund, 30, 269,
344, 416
approximation of death, 434
by Scenery [process], 392, 396
failure, problem in terminals, 352 G
pc, what he will run, 303
Positive and Negative Exteriorizing, 289 Games Processing; see
8-8008
refusal to, 303 genetic entity, 300, 301, 303, 369; see also HOM
eyesight; see also glasses method of clearing, 485
and occluded cases, 434 scale, 302
improvement of, 196 genetic line; see track map; History of Man
genius, defn., ability to think combined
with ability
to observe directly, 433
F genius, eccentric ~ is a problem in
communication,
130
facsimile(s), 224; seealso pictures; 8-80 geographical areas, role in
aberration and resolution,
ability and action of, 225 448
and entities, 360 Geographical Processing, 449
genus of, 369 Gita (Give and Take Processing) Expanded, 437, 495
have no weight or wavelength, space or time, 225 SOP 8 Step
IV, 390
SUBJECT INDEX- 1950/1953
glasses; see also eyesight grief engrams (cont)
chronic somatic of wearing, 196 running of, 16
persons wear, because of a theta facsimile for group(s)('s);
see also NOTL
which they refuse to take responsibility, 210
altitude of individual, effect on group, 92,177
running regret, blame, sympathy, etc. on chronic analytical
mind of, 87
somatic of wearing glasses, 196 ARC lines, effect of
tampering with, 141
wearing of glasses and sympathy, 203 auditor, defn., one
who works to create a new
glee of insanity, 363 state of beingness in a group of people
by the
glutamic acid and Vitamin B1 chemical assist, 40
administration of Group Processing, 322
goal(s), Auditor's Course, 312
basic, 187 cleared individuals are not necessarily the immedi
character of, 135 ate necessity of a cleared group, 43
Dianetics, goal of, 149 consists of, 84
eating, goal of, 482 diagnosis and repair of groups, 91
engram running, [1952] goal of, 303 Dianetics, 43, 84; see
also NOTL
finder, 135 a new government form, 143
finder vs. management, 134 effect on group of energy volume
at high tone
future; see APA level, 93
group, 87 engram, defn., area from which force is emanating
group theta goal, pretended, destroys the group,
without reason, 174
141 engram, cycle of receiving and how to clear, 85
importance of giving goal to a child, 47 engram,
processing of the, 86
main goal of a child, 47 ethical level of a group, 91
management puts goals into effect, 134 free group auditing,
relation to professional audit non-survival, 135 ing,
347
of man; see Handbook for Precleats goal of, 87
source of, 134 goals and management; see HTLTAE
survival, 135 goals, national "cause", 142
two minds, goals of the, 380 handling of, 353
[1952]: to recover full identity and knowingness how ARC
breaks affect true group, 137
of being and causality of the immortal, is composed
oftheta and mest, 87
imperishable self, forevermore, 301 member, credo of
a true, 94
[1952]: to unsnarl case and get him up to point necessity
value, 93
where he can perceive energy manifestations, preclear
and auditor as a ~; see SOS
303 Processing, 346
God and space, 440 and special auditing to reach above the
group
good action, defn., one which accomplishes maximal high,
347
construction with minimal destruction, 293
children; see children, group processing of
government, Group Dianetics is a new ~ form, 143 Formula,
348
governments, tone scale of governments or com- plan, 339
panies or groups, 137 pseudo, 137
gradient scale, reactive mind of, 87
mind and body are part of a ~ of creation, 419 reality,
suppressed or perverted, destroys a ~, 139
of cases, 435 relationships, 210
of certainties, 356, 378 Short Eight can be done on a
group no matter
graphic representation of aberration, 159,160 how large,
396
graph of logic, 72 suppression of sex, 160
gravitic attraction, mest has a, 361 survival, mechanics of, 87
gravity, 415 theta goal, pretended, destroys the group, 141
Greek therapy, two divisions-shock treatments and theta of group:
its ideas, ideals, rationale and
"dream therapy" or "narcosynthesis" or "drug
ethic, 175
hypnosis", 181 three spheres of interest and action,
135
grief is entirely and only concerned with loss or tone scale of
governments or companies orgroups,
threatened loss, 296 137
grief charge, release of, important single improve- true,defn.,
87,136
ment in preclear, 296 guarantee, reason for no ~ in
processing, 39
grief charges, relation to chronic somatics, 25 "guk", slang term for
chemical assist, 41
grief engrams; see also secondaries
removing all from case produces a release, 25
result from losses of position, allies, or things, 16
SUBJECT INDEX- 1950/1953
illness(es),
H all ills are lack of own space,
426
childhood, 46
handling others, methods used; see SOS chronic ~, suspected, send
pc to medico, 421
happiness, defn., the overcoming of not unknowable physical illness
can cause insanity, 420
obstacles toward a known goal or the contem- physical ~,
cure before engram running, 420
plation of attained or envisioned goals, 78
psychosomatic; see psychosomatic illness
defn., is a state of admiration of things, 437 release of,
24
and unhappiness, difference between, 454 imaginary incidents;
see SOS
HAS, what it is, 413 imagination, 30
hate coheses and hardens energy, 437 creative, 323
hate, love-attitudes, not emotions, 436 delivers answers, 323
hatred toward auditor, reason for, 438 discipline of, essential in
any learning process, 324
have, having, involved in estimation of effort, 243
be and do, relationship to space, time and energy, is vital to
computation, 76
295 List; see Self Analysis
being, doing-triangular interrelationship, 296 out of
control is delusion, 324
being, increasing by doing without ~, 296 prediction,
relation to, 323
loss is always identified with, 296 imaginative quality of mind,
155
HCA auditor, defn., 344 impact, certainty of, 379
HCA, HGA, B.Scn., D.Scn., 372 impact engram, 445
Heads, Wearing, [process], 463 impact, seeks to fix a person in space,
444
hiding a thing produces power, 212 impartiality, 475
Holding Corners of the Room [process], 472 impediment, 5
Holding Mest Points [process], 329 incidents,
homesickness, 449 dating, 233
homo novis, defn., 403 General Incidents List; see Self Analysis
Hubbard Chart of Attitudes and Concept Running, imaginary;see
Science of Survival
275 overt-motivator incidents, 232
Hubbard Chart of Human Evaluation; see SA prenatal; see History
of Man
and Dianetic processing; see SOS types of; see History of Man
Hubbard Foundation, 413 independence, what undermines child's, 48
human behavior, 473 individual('s),
human character, 482 basic; see Onginal Thesis
human mind, 6; see also analytical mind; HFP effect on group
rises in proportion to altitude in
function is prediction of a future state of being-
group, 177
ness, 323 is cause on all dynamics, and when he is no
longer
is cause and human body is effect, 209 able to be
cause, he fails, 210
hungers and cravings, how to resolve, 492 is representative of
cause on all eight dynamics,
husband-wife auditing team, why unsuccessful, 309 208
hypnosis, hypnotism, 100, 280, 377 potential value of
individual, examples, 78
defn., amnesia trance for the purpose of planting power of
the individual, defn., is his ability to
suggestions, 8 initiate the resolution of
problems and execute
defn., is an enforced communication channel, the
solutions, 77
206 individualism and personality, an inherent factor,
30
basic technique of, 281 industrial accident prevention, 115
not useful at all, 107 infant engrams; see Original Thesis
run before contacting prior events, 59 influences, hidden, 383
hypnotic level; see SOS inhibited, aberration comes from being
inhibited or
hypnotics, observed action of sedatives and, 105 enforced,
191
inhibition and enforcement suppress a
dynamic on
Tone Scale, 159
I insane, insanity, 244
acute, 68
identification; see also 8-8008 and must reach-can't reach, 388
affinityisneveridentification,98 and seriousness, direct
connection between, 212
ARC as complete identification, 486 can be grouped and
classified, detected and
differentiation and, 244 remedied by study of
creation and destruction,
is irrational, 239 293
idle needle, 270; see also floating needle [in full index]
chronic, 68
SUBJECT INDEX- 1950/1953
insane, insanity (cont.) L
denial of reality causes a person to become ~,102
emotion of, 448, 451 lag, communication; see communication lag
glee of, 363 language,
manifestation of, 129 defn., a symbol for mest reality or
mest imaginary
"maybe" leads to, 208 objects offered as reality, 190
physical illness can cause, 420 in the child's reactive
bank, 44; see also CD
"reach" is basic center of insanity, 358, 361 is main
tool of communication, 99
sanity and, 68 not so aberrative as mest action underlying
it, 190;
insecurity, chronic low tone and anxiety can stem see also
significance [in full index]
from prolonged physical illness, 420 symbology of,
190
insecurity, jealousy comes about because of the in- Lao-tse, 425
security of the jealous person,310 law, processes
of, suspended moment individual is
instruction protocol, 51 declared to
be insane, 282
instructor's attitude, 367 leadership, component parts,
92
intelligence times dynamic to a power equals poten- learning by
observing or experiencing, 190
tial value, 179 learning process, discipline of imagination
essential,
Intensive Processing, procedure and basic definition 324
of, 39 learning through mimicry, 31
interpersonal relations, 189 leukaemia, 337
with children, 189 levels of awareness, 356
interrupted motor action, 156 levels of cases, 490
Interruptions List; see Self Analysis level V case and solution, 362
invalidation, lie detector, 222
is basically non-attention, 443 life, 375
List; see Self Analysis becomes serious when man becomes
less cause and
of past life, reason for, 295 greater effect, 212
IQ high in child, yet low quality work, 328 continuum, 363
irrational(ity), 55,173 cycle of action of life is cycle of
action of an
identification is, 239 explosion, 467
reasoning with irrationality doesn't work, 59 cycle of
life forms, 293
irresponsibility, relationship to use and tolerance of
forceandemotion;seeDMSMH
force, 293 reaction of life to pain perceptics, 154
light and deep processing, 187
J light lock, repetition of material in
PT constitutes a,
111
light~ thus there is, 375
jealousy, why it comes about, and relationship to line charges, 301
communication, 310 lines,communication see communication
lines
Jonnson Temperament Analysls Profile, psycho lines enthetaandthetalines
139
metry, 40, see also tests list(s); see also prepared lists
justice; see Advanced Procedure & Axioms Mock-ups [process],
329
of auditor's efforts, emotions,
and thoughts re K
lated to processing which must be run, 216
Self Analysis next-to-the-last list,
386, 388, 396,
key-in prevented by keeping things very calm, 113 425
key-in of sympathy, 203 used to exhaust old pain, 215
keynote of processing, 341 literalness, statements received with; see
SOS
key-out of circuits, 426 location as a restimulator, 449
key-out of engramin three to eight days, 106 location in time and space
promotes a feeling of
knowingness is being certainness, 351 reality, 245
knowledge, location of mock-up, 326
as a circle, 209 lock chains, reduction of, 110
basically an impact, 470 lock scanning, 107, 241; see also SOS
certainty is knowledge, datum is secondary knowl- and Effort
Processing on wearing glasses: auditing
edge, 349, 356, 376 session by LRH, 196
depends upon perception, 356 basic use of, 109
to obtain knowledge and certainty, it is necessary can perform
duties of canceller and run out past
to be able to observe, 376 auditing, 111
Kraepelin'spsychoticclassification,473 in chronological scanning
through each day, 112
SUBJECT INDEX- 1950/1953
locks, manifestations of; see SOS management (cont.)
locks, running of, 19 loses power, 141
logic (s); see also APA; HFP; A & L operational data and, 138
evolution of, 70 problems and optimum performances, 133
graph of, 72 puts goals into effect, 134
one-valued, 69 research vs., 335
Prelogics,433 manager, credo of a good and skilled, 96; see also
process of logic consists of, 71 HTLTAE
spectrum of; see NOTL manic, behavior of, 36
three-valued, 69 margin of error allowable for a problem, 73
two-valued, 69 marriage,
loss(es), defn., withdrawing of something without blow-ups in
Scientology,309
consent, 385 communication lag, use in selecting
marriage part always identified with have, 296 ner, 310
darkness is the result of too much loss, 385 how to audit a,
310
grief engrams result from losses of position, allies,
partners, selection of, 121, 309
or things, 16 problems, cut comm lines, 310
grief is entirely and only concerned with loss or successful
marriage, communication is root of,
threatened loss, 296 309, 310
pain defined in terms of, 296, 385 mass psychology, 36
single aberrative factor in living, 296 Matched Terminal(s),
Matched Terminaling, Match sudden loss of sexual partner, 437
ing Terminals, 341, 367, 385
time is the basic on, 416 defn., a mock-up facing a mock-
up, 360
love, defn., is the human manifestation of admiration,
description, 393, 397
437 or Double Terminals, 407
love, characteristics of, 483 mathematics, function of, 74
love,hate are attitudes, not emotions,436 mathematics, the mind is the
servo-mechanism of,
love-hate universe, 483 323
lovers' quarrel, 102 matter, classes of, 375
low step cases, remedying occlusion or accomplishing matter is
apparently cohesion and a&esion of energy,
exteriorization in, 386 293
luck, defn., an x factor by which an individual or maybe,
group obtains mest with minimal effort, 91 anatomy of,
362
luck, anatomy of, 91 and resolution of, 393, 397
Luminal, 104; see also drugs how it comes about, 244
leads to insanity, 208
source of, 379
M medical range; see Science of Survival
medico, send pc to, if chronic illness
suspected,
machinery, 435 421
magnetic field; see History of Man memory, memories,
man, defn., a combination of motionlessness, its
base
beingness of; see 8-8008 material, and motion, the
material of which the
body and spirit, 485 universe is built, 224
evolution of; see APA banks, standard; see DMSMH
is as sane as he is undense, 230 processing, 193
is his own universe, 294 processing is reconditioning
ability of individual to
state and goals of; see HFP handle his own memory, 210
management, responsibility for one's, 210
defn., the planning of means to attain goals and straight
line memory, 15,19, 63
their assignation for execution to staff and the
straight memory, case scouting and reverie, 24; see
proper coordination of activities within the also
Science of Survival
group to attain maximal efficiency with men and
women,battle of the sexes, 151
minimal effort to attain determined goals, 133 men and
women, communication between, 406
a specialty, 133 mental aberration, general causes of, 242
bad: fascism, socialism, communism, 143 mental derangement,
shock treatment worsens and
essay on, 133 confirms, 432
goai finder vs., 134 mental images, creation and control of,
utilizes and
group goals and, 133; see also HTLTAE disciplines
energy, 324
keeping wide open all communication lines, 139 mentally ill
person is a physically ill person, 420
SUBJECT INDEX- 1950/1953
merchants of fear, 473, 474; see also aberrative per- mind(s)('s)
(cont.)
sonality; suppressive person [in full index] goals of
the two, 380
how to locate, 477 handles problems in terms of loose
symbolisms, 76
will not work, 476 imaginative quality of, 155
mest, important to degree it can observe, pose,
resolve
defn., is full effect, 208 and execute problems, 27
defn., is motion in super apathy, 418 knows how the mind
works, 33
and body vs. analytical mind, 420 level of alertness; see
Science of Survival
and thetans, 342 nature of, 168
group is composed of, 87 operation of the, 155
as entire unreason and theta as pure reason, gradi-
protection; see DMSMH
ent scale between, 173 reactive; see reactive mind
bodies and theta beings, 404 records of mind are
permanent, 284
body, liabilities of, 403 servo-mechanism of mathematics,
323
child should own his own, 190 somatic, 30
clear, method of making, 485 terra incognita, 6
complete force, 173 uses abstractions, 74
conquest of mest, primary mission of theta, 88,173 mock-up (s),
gravitic attraction, 361 defn., not a mental image but an
additional being Holding Mest Points [process], 329
ness, 326
persons below 2.0 regard the organisms in their defn.,self-
createdobject,326
vicinity as mest, 189 defn., a picture, preferably in
full color, with three
Processing, 188 dimensions and in motion, 326
self-determinism established in direct ratio to in-
derived from, 326
creased ability to handle mest, 193 how it differs
from a delusion, 326
theta engaged upon cycle of conquest of mest, 188 in
processing, 311
theta vs. mest, 154, 174 List Mock-ups [process], 329
mest universe; see also universe location of, 326
actions, law of, 486 meter action, 487
and dependency, 394, 398 pc's ability to get mock-ups
indicates distance
could be called love-hate universe, 483 from
present time, 326
dwindling spiral of the ~, 444 processing, advantages of
Self Analysis, 349
is a two-terminal universe, 337 processing from prepared
lists, 323
physical universe is composed of motion, 224 Self Analysis
list, 329
physical universe, motion is common to everything thetan's
own, 461
in, 214 when child has high IQ, but no creative ~,
328
physical universe, what it is, 375 money is attention unit of
social group, 371
metaphysics, 75 morals, defn., arbitrary code of conduct not
necesmimicry, learning through, 31 sarily related to
reason, 294;seealsoethicsdefn.
mind(s)('s); see also analytical mind; human mind; distinction from
ethics, 91,119
reactive mind relation to ethics and height on Tone
Scale, 294
analogy of; see DOT; EOS motion, defn., change of location in
space, 293
analytical; see analytical mind characteristic of; see 8-80
and body are part of a gradient scale of creation,
communication is the handling of particles, of
419 motion, 351
and body, interaction of, 209 fundamentals of, 375
as computer, 70 is common to everything in physical
universe, 214
can compute in any terms, real or abstract, 72 occluded
case is doing all possible to stop or ab can function independently of
the body, 419 sorb, 435
classes of, 76, 79, 379 physical universe is composed of
motion, 224
command post of an organism, 151 tone scale of, 167
Dianometry-your ability and state of ~, 68 motionlessness, death
is state of organism ~, 214
efforts to influence and prevail over the minds of
motionlessness is a "static", 224
individuals, groups and nations, 281 motivator, defn.,
something that happened to pc to
errors to which the mind is liable, 76 justify an overt
act, 229; see also overt-motiva examples of the types of minds, 80
tor; History of Man
eye, 30 motor action, interrupted, 156
files first by time, 231 motor strip, 8
fixated upon the body, 419 must reach-can't reach, insanity and,
388
function and structure, 75,151
SUBJECT INDEX- 1950/1953
occluded case(s) (cont.)
N use Science of Survival and later
1951 techniques,
303
name, dramatization of, 366 why occluded, 360
narcosynthesis, 8,104 will run efforts and counter-efforts, 303
national "cause" and group goals, 142 occluded data, straightwire can
pick up, 144
nations, original goal finders of, 142 occluded, pc is as ~ as he has
lost allies, 363
natural laws about politics, 127 occlusion, defn., is the loss of
viewpoint of effects,
natural selection, theory of, 152 406
necessity artificially or naturally raised, 33 remedying in low
step cases, 386
necessity level, 24, 34 one-shot clear, belief/disbelief in cycle
that something
and auditing, 42 would solve everything, 456
pulling of attention units up to present time on a one-valued
logic, 69
necessity level, 113 "only one", 439, 457
necessity value, group, 93 opening the case and running engrams, 15
needle, how to read, 227 operational data and management, 138
needle reactions, types of, 228-30, 232, 270 operations, neurosurgical,
29
negative-gain process, defn., 357 operator, 5
can be audited with benefit only a short time, 329 opinion about
particles and sensation is affinity, 351
negative-gain techniques, 393 Opposite Pole Processing, 424, 427
Nembutal, 104; see also drugs organisms, law concerning effort and,
214
neurosis, organism's success determinable by degree it can
and psychosis, break between established by, 245
change to control new environment, 183
and psychosis, dividing line between, 57 organization(s), 408
cause of increasing incidence of, 389 form to handle
attacks, 412
fallacy of belief that neurosis is responsible for power of an
organization lies in that person who
ability, 81 holds its communication lines and
who is a
neurosurgical operations, reasons these methods con-
crossroad of the communications, 139
tinue, 29 rumors break up an, 313
neurotic, 239, 420, defn~, 57 strategy and tactics, 412
new data doesn't invalidate early, proven techniques, tenets of
an, 143
300, 303 why they act psychotic; see HTLTAE
next-to-last list, Self Analysis, 386, 388, 396, 425 overt,
niacin, chemical assist, 41 act, how to work with original incident
of, 204;
non-sunival goals, 135 see also History of Man
nothingness which is a total effect, 378 effort, emotion,
thought, 244
Nothing, Ten Minutes of, [process], 424, 425 sympathy is preceded
by an overt, 203
nothing, thetan afraid of being, 388, 406 overt-motivator, 244
nuclear physicists, 101 incidents, 232
overt acts, motivators, DEDs and
DEDEXes, con ceptual level running,
275, 301
O ownership, 441
own or be owned, theta's tendency to, 189
observational errors, 76
observation, certainty is clarity of, 377
observation, direct, infinitely superior to thought,
P
433
observe, ability to, necessary to obtain knowledge pain, defn., a
randomity of molecules and atoms in
and certainty, 376 the human organism caused by
counter-efforts,
obsessions and compulsions, assessment of, 294 215
occludedcase(s),150 defn., an attention unit pattern of intense
con
and sight, 434 fusion, 224
and wide-open case, difference between, 301 defn., the
threat which tells that loss of mobility
characteristic of, 435 or a portion of the body or the
environment is
entrance to, 433 imminent, 296
has to know before he can go, 434 and pleasure, relation to
survival, 151
is doing all possible to stop or absorb motion,435 anything
said while unconscious from pain or
Short 8A and, 410 shock is recorded, 6
two types, 410, 445 caused by effort counter to effort of
individual as
use of Step VII of SOP 8 upon an, 433 a whole, 284
SUBJECT INDEX- 1950/1953
pain (cont.) positions and conditions and states run as
concepts,
desire for, 333 276
is stored on record, 284 positive-gain process(es), 329, 352
list used to exhaust old, 215 defn., positive gain of
certainty, 357
perceptics, reaction of life to, 154 positive-gain techniques,
393
pan-determinism, 154 possessions absorb and enforce time, 296
para-Scientology, 340, 356, 376, 449 postulate(s), 174, 183; see also
APA
defn., that large bin which includes all greater or lie
at root of cause and effect, 211
lesser uncertainties, 377 prime, 208
parent as auditor in Child Processing, 44 Processing, 183
parent, problem of, 325 by Straight Wire, 186
parents, Dianetic education of ~, regarding Child Pro-
procedure, 185
cessing, 46 repeater technique in, 203
particles, relation to affinity, communication, reality, running,
203
351 Tone Scale, 184
partners, selection of for marriage, 121 potential survival,
measurement of, 91
past life, reason for invalidation of, 295 potential value equation,
77,179
pc; see preclear potential value of an individual, examples, 78
perceptics, power,
engram, running out all perceptics, 18 deteriorates with
punishment drive, 140
reaction of life to pain perceptics, 154 hiding a thing
produces power, 212
run engrams with emphasis on effort instead of how
management loses power, 141
perceptics, 170 of an organization, 139
"26" perceptics, 145 of the individual, defn., is his
ability to initiate the
perception, resolution of problems and execute the solu
change also means communication change, 351 tions, 77
child'sperception inhibitions, 322 of the individual and
man is the power of the
influence of valences on recall and ,1 5 analytical
mind, 37
knowledge depends upon, 356 when it can be sustained, 140
most certain certainty, evaluation least certainty, practice,
building a, 354; see also dissemination
349 pre-auditing steps, 421
posts, 169 precision, defn., the maximal accuracy required for
persistence, absence of admiration alone permits, the
problem's solution, 73
311, 375, 383 absolute, 73, 74
persistence on given course; see SOS preclear(s)('s),
personality, ability to get mock-up indicates distance from
aberrative; see aberrative personality present time,
326
and individualism, an inherent factor, 30 agreeing with,
305
confusion of ~ with the reasoning faculty, 55 and auditor
as group; see SOS
weak vs. strong, 36 assessment of, using be, do, have and
space, time,
personnel, selection of, 9 energy, 296
phenobarbital, 104; see also drugs current environment of, 18
phrases, action, command value of; see SOS don't try to change
his ideas, 305
phrases, action, relation to mest action, 191 dramatizations
of, 20
physical illness, E-Metering the, 230
can cause insanity, 420 feeling of detachment, 267
cure before engram running, 420 first book, 303
prolonged, can cause chroniclowtone, anxiety,in- heavily
uses the viewpoint of another when the
security, 420 other has evaluated for him, 362
physically ill person is a mentally ill person, 420 is the
theta being, 403
physical universe; see mest universe must be audited according to
their condition and
physiology and behavior; see SOS at own level, 302, 303
pictures, how they are made, 415; see also facsimiles reaction to
auditor's certainty, 357
picture, stuck, 302 should be processed; education isn't
auditor's task,
Piltdown man; see History of Man 304
pinch test, E-Meter, 225 who demonstrates concern of an
aberrated magnipleasure and pain, relation to survival, 151
tude, 24
pleasure incidents, run in this fashion, 15 prediction, relation to
imagination and function of
pleasure moments, 50; see also SOS human mind, 323
politics, natural laws about, 127 pregnant woman and auditing, 118
SUBJECT INDEX- 1950/1953
Prelogics, 433 process(es)(ing) (cont.)
prenatal(s), purpose of Straight Wire on processing
sessions, 50
engram, first-book case is stuck in a, 301 when to begin
processing after sedation, 105
engrams; see DOT; DMSMH professional auditing, relation to free
group auditing,
incidents; see History of Man 347
public acceptance of the idea, 411 Pro-survival/Contra-sunival
Processing, 192
scanning in ~ area can be dangerous, 108 pro-survival object
and contra-survival object, differ-'
prepared lists, mock-up processing from, 323 ence between,
192
present time; see also Science of Survival provisional certificates, 52
children in and out of, 325 pseudo-group, 137
Differentiation; Exteriorization by Scenery, SOP 8 psychiatric
range; see SOS
Step V, 392 psychoanalysis, how to run out, 206
getting pc into, 426 psychology, 36,181
pc stuck on track, even if appears to be in ~, 16 psychometry; see
tests
pressor beam, 290 psychosis, 55; see also psychotics
prevention of engram, 114 and neurosis, break between established
by, 245
Preventive Dianetics, 47, defn. ,113; see also DMSMH and
neurosis, dividing line between, 57
basis of: prevention of acquisition and restimula- psychosomatic
difficulties, child's, 322
tion of engram, 121 psychosomatic illness(es), 10;seealso
illness;DMSMH
formula of, 113 become chronic, 190
principles, basic reason-basic principles, 148 chronic ~ is
usually counterfeit of illness suffered
problem(s), by ally, 19
five methods of handling, 34 percentage, 421
margin of error allowable for a, 73 psychotherapy, concern and
description of, 320
mind is important to degree it can obsene, pose, psychotic(s),
239; see also psychosis
resolve and execute problems, 27 defn., person who does
not have enough attention
of parent, 325 in present time to be able to act
rationally, 57
of sedation, 104 defn., the case which cannot observe but
thinks
past; see Advanced Procedure & Axioms obsessively, 433
peculiar to psychotics, 58 attitude of the professional to
~, 56
resolution of all problems is a study in rightness Book One
addressed the, 301
and wrongness, 69 break, 55, 57, 61
resolution, relation to ability to predict a future
handling a person near a, 62
state of beingness, 323 cases, SOP 8 Step VII, 392
unsolved, defn., is an effort which has not been
classification of: computational, dramatizing, miss overcome
and thereby causes randomity of ing-parts, 57
effort encysted in time, 168 family relationships,
59
process(es) (ing); see also specific titles of processes four types
of treatment which will not help, 60
and ARC, 103 handling the, 55
approaches, 150 how they run in processing, 61
as domination, 153 irrational treatment of, 56
basic principles of; see SOS Kraepelin's psychotic
classification, 473
can undo Black Dianetics, 280 people, 100
cause and effect, 211 problems peculiar to, 58
certainties, 350 processing of, 56
done in three ways: energy flows, concepts, mock- processing
techniques, 61
ups, 311 students, 51; see also potential trouble
source [in
efforts, 169 full index]
engrams, 170 PT; see present time
goal of, 432 public schools, Child Processing for use in, 328
guarantee, reason for no, 39 pulling beam, 290
in the first book designed for wide-open case, 301 punishment
drive, power deteriorates with, 140
is slanted toward reconditioning ability of individ
ual to handle his own memory package, 210
numerous therapeutic processes can be easily
derived from axioms, 242 Q
outline of the processes [1953] developed and in
vestigated, 431 quarrel, lovers', 102
positive; see Science of Survival
process preclear, don't educate, 304
SUBJECT INDEX- 1950/1953
reality (cont.)
R enhanced by, 245
insanity is caused by denial of
reality, 102
randomity, location in time and space promotes a feeling of,
defn., the misalignment, through internal or ex- 245
ternal efforts by other forms of life or the sense of,
15
material universe, of efforts of organism, 167
suppressed or penerted destroys a group, 139
elective, 209 reason(ing),
stored in full in engrams, 284 defn., orderly handling of
mest by theta, 173
rational, rationality, 55, 75 basic reason-basic principles,
148
defn., computational accuracy of the individual
confusionofpersonalitywith~faculty,55
modified by aberration, education and view- controUed
reason, 153
point, 69 reasoning with aberration and irrationality,
59
defn., ability to recognize and meet the magnitude self-
determinism and reason, 149,150
of effort (counter-effort) being applied to indi-
survival depends upon ability to, 149,156
vidual, 168 theta is complete reason, 173
differentiation is, 239 recall and perception, influence of
valences on, 15
optimum, what it depends upon, 69 recall, relation to ability, 9
rationalization, mechanism of, 211 recalls, processing memory
recalls, 193
reach and withdraw, 384, 426 regret, defn., 418
Formula H: the effort to reach and withdraw, 447 blame and,
213
key theta actions, 395, 399, 407 run regret, blame and
sympathy and preclear will
way analytical mind perceives, 384 give central
computation, 204
"reach", basic center of insanity, 358, 361 relations, interpersonal,
189
reactive mind(s), 7; see also DMSMH release, effected by removing
from case all grief en analytical mind's power over, 33
grams, 25; see also DMSMH
betterment of analytical mind and control of religion,
Dianetics and, 38
reactive mind, 346 remedy(ing),
conception of viewpoint, 384 chronic somatics, technique
to remedy, 392
concludes and acts entirely on experience, 380 for somatic
and illness, if turned on by Expanded
of group, 87 Gita, 388
partners, 120 occlusion or accomplishing exteriorization
in low
principal difference between analytical and reac- step
cases, 386
tive minds, 381 scarcity, 493
reaction to psychosis, 55 remember(ing),
reduction of, 315 and returning, 50,107
source of its energy, 382 assists to; see SA; CD
two, 315 unconscious people can, 115
reactive, validate the analytical and neglect the reac- repeater
technique, 17
tive, 163 in Postulate Processing, 203
reality; see also ARC triangle; SOS; 8-8008 Repetitive Straight Wire,
241, defn., help preclear to
defn., is dependent on an agreement between indi-
recall a decision again and again, or try to get
viduals that an object or an idea exists, 99
earlier one on same subject, 186
defn., is agreement; too much agreement under
RepetitiveStraightWire,howitisdone,164
duress brings about the banishment of one's
research,managementvs.,335
entire consciousness, 350 resentment, antagonism and anger
are most fixative
defn., is the consideration of particles, 351
emotions, 267
defn., depends upon coincidence or non-coincidence resist, first
fatal step of thetan is to ~, 416
of flow and is marked mainly by the direction of Resistive
V, 487
flow; it is essentially agreement, 381 Short 8A is a
rote process for the resolution of the
defn., depends upon the number of viewpoints ~, 410; see
also case, resistive; preclear, dog
which are in agreement upon the pattern of the
[both in full index]
particle, 466 responsible, responsibility; see also SOS;
APA
affinity and communication, relationship of, 98, failure to
take, symptom of preclear who is low on
350 Tone Scale, 210
and affinity exist to further communication, 381 for every
ache and pain there is a memory for
and affinity outranked by communication, 334 which
person will not take , 210
child's reality, 48 full ~ is attained by, 213
consists of, 100 of the individual for the group, 210
disagreement makes it weaker, 101 one is as ~ as one can
communicate, 351
SUBJECT INDEX- 1950/1953
responsible, responsibility (cont.) scale (cont.)
relationship to use and tolerance of force, 293 scale of
awareness, 378
run ~on wide-open case, 305 Tone Scale, earliest, is in Book
One, 464
restimulation and B1, 421 scanning,
restimulation, never leave a chain of engrams in ~, 20 defn; and
reason why dropped as a process before
restimulation occasioned by some part of the early publication
of DMSMH, 107
recording being approximated in the environ- a chain of
locks, 109
ment in the present, 285 A-R-C, 186
restimulator in the environment, people will not look in prenatal
area can be dangerous, 108
at, 456 is between remembering and returning, 107
restimulator, location as a, 449 lock; see lock scanning
retractor; see History of Man mechanism of, 107
returning; see also DMSMH speeds, 108
and remembering, 50,107 technique of, 108, 204
developing knack of ~ in pc, 15 through all auditing
preclear has received, 111
laws of; see DOT; DMSMH through each day, 112
to moment when ARC break occurred, 103 vocal, first and
slowest rate of, 108
reverie, Dianetic, purpose and definition, 15 scarcities, Expanded
Gita resolves, 439
reverie, straight memory and, 24 scarcity, remedying, 493
Ridge Running, 290 Scenery, Exteriorization by, [process], 396
ridicule, defn., the action of having something taken science,
essentials of, 268
out away from one and held there where one scientific
truth, defn., something which is workably
cannot reach it, 361 and invariably right for the
body of knowledge
right, absolute, 70 in which it lies, 71
rightness and wrongness, resolution of all problems is Scientology,
defn., 268
a study in, 69 defn., the science of knowing how to
know, 316,
rigid or sticky needle, 270 376
rising needle, steadily, 270 aims and purpose of, 317, 357
Ron's early investigations, 411 difference between Dianetics and
Scientology,
Ron's research, a difficult search, 374 316, 405
rote, auditor auditing by rote will make mistakes, 129 para-
Scientology; see para-Scientology
rumors break up an organization, 313 "the science of certainty",
340, 374
thought is the subject matter of ~, 268
screens, black, how to resolve, 437
S secondary, secondaries; see also grief
engrams
defn., separation of Dynamics Seven and
Six,
safe technique is that technique which always deals in
causing grief due to loss, 161
things of which the preclear is certain, 388 engrams;
see Science of Survival
sane individual, what he is concerned with, 239 second dynamic, defn,
84, 158, 380
sanity, defn., degree of rationality of an individual, secrecy
computation, 475; see also case, no case gain
69 [in full index]
and certainty, parallel between, 377 sedation, don't process a
person who is under, 104
and insanity, 68 sedation, problem of, 104
communication lag, direct index of, 466 sedation, temporary
effect of, 105
degrees of, 69 sedatives and hypnotics, observed action of, 105
is certainty, providing only that that certainty
selectionofmarriagepartners,l21
does not fall beyond the conviction of another selection
of personnel, 9
when he views it, 376 selection, theory of natural, 152
needs creation-destruction balance, 293 Self Analysis,
relationship to density, 230 advantages of Mock-up
Processing, 349
relationship to differentiation and identification, list
Mock-ups [process], 329
244 next-to-the-last list, 386, 388, 396, 425;
see also
the right to, 283 ARC Straight Wire and recall
the road to, 377 Step VI, SOP 8, 424, 426
scale, Self Analysis in Scientology, use of in
group process genetic entity, 302 ing children, 319, 327
gradient scale of cases, 435 self, attacking, 190
gradient scale of certainties, 356 self-auditing, 356, 419
Postulate Tone Scale, 184 Six Steps for Self-Auditing
(SSSA), 427, 468
scale of action, 378 self-confidence is self-determinism, 184
SUBJECT INDEX- 1950/1953
self-determination, defn., the location of matter and sixth dynamic,
defn., 84, 158, 380
energy in time and space, and the creation, skill and
trainingofauditors, 365
change and destruction of time and space, 295 slave
society, principle of, 283
self-determinism, 36, defn., 214; see also 8-80 socialism, communism,
fascism are bad management,
ability to own and control and fulfill various 143
efforts of theta, 189 society, actual worth compared to
apparent worth;
analysis of; see APA see Science of Survival
and reason, 149 somatic, chronic; see chronic somatic
circumscribed by environment of individual and somatic mind,
30; see also mind
forces he faces, 38 somatic or worry, use of SOP 8A to
resolve, 358
Effort Processing, 167 somatic strip and file clerk, 16
established in direct ratio to increased ability to something
out of nothing, body's effort to make, 482
handle mest, 193 sonic; see also Science of Survival
explained, 153 recall, cases which have and cases which do
not
goal of, 293 have, 79
interruption of, 155 turn on, 17
is self-confidence, 184 SOP for theta clearing; see Standard
Operating Pro.
processing; see APA cedure for theta clearing
proportionate to ability to reason, 150 SOP 8, 349, 353, 357,
386, 387, 390, 490; see also
validated, 1 70 8-8008
semantic re-orientation, 47 Appendix No. 1, Step I, 392; Step II,
393
sensation of pain is actually a sensation of loss, 385 Appendix
No. 2-Certainty Processing, 393
sense of reality, 15 a safe technique, 340
Senses, Orientation of, List; see SA SOP 8A, Short 8, Short 8A,
346
seriousness, 211 Step I, 390, 392
and insanity, direct connection between, 212 Step II, 390,
393
service facsimile; see also APA Step III-Spacation, 390, 424, 426
defn., simply a persistence of non-admired things Step IV-
Expanded Gita, 390
which resolve when admired,311 Step V-Present Time
Differentiation; Exteriori
session, before stopping session auditor must reduce
zation by Scenery, 392
every engram contacted or basic engram on StepVI,416
chain, 19 A-R-C Straight Wire, 392
seventh dynamic, defn., 84, 158, 380 Self Analysis, 424,
426
sex, sexes, sexual, Step VII, Contact, 424, 426
admiration and evolution of, 383 Step VII on occluded case,
433
battle of, men vs. women, 151 Step VII, psychotic cases,
392
behavior; see Science of Survival what it is, 396
effect of insufficient admiration from sexual part- SOP 8A,
340, 346, 349, 416
ners, 385 a summary of, 353, 359
harmonic of aesthetics and pain, 418 handles Step IV and V
cases, pc uncertain of own
is symbolism of mock-ups, what to run, 361 mock-ups or
occluded case, 357
sudden loss of sexual partner, 437 to resolve somatic or
worry, 358
suppression of by a group, 160 what it attacks, 362
sheep-psychology mechanism, 36 SP; see suppressive person
shifting environment during auditing, 48 Spacation [process], 329
shifting, valence, 486 Step III, SOP 8, 390, 424, 426
shock treatment worsens and confirms mental de- space, defn.,
viewpoint of dimension, 375, 382, 465
rangement, 432 action requires time and, 293
Short 8, 346, 348, 395 amount a person has is inverse to
communication
Step E, Duplication, 425 lag, 465
Short 8A, 346, 348, defn., is a rote process for the and God,
440
resolution of the Resistive V, 410 beingness,
communication, 326
and occluded cases, 410 synonyms in action, 352
sick animal, rehabilitation of, 389 center centralness of all
thinking is change of posisickness, silence in the presence of, 114
tion in, 443
simplicities, reaching back for earlier, is the direction could
be said to be Be, 295
of truth, 148 Creative Processing, changing things
in, 454
Six Steps for Self-Auditing (SSSA), 427, 468 explosion changes
position all over space, 444
Change in Step 6 (Opposite Poles), 463 facsimiles have no
weight or wavelength, space or
Six Steps to Better Beingness, 424 time, 225
SUBJECT INDEX- 1950/1953
space (cont) stuck picture, 302
fixation in, 453 student(s),
ills are basically lack of own space, 426 certification,
372
impact seeks to fix a person in, 444 difficult, 366; see
also Remedy A & B [in full
lack of space, resolution of, 394 index]
space, time and energy, in training, troubles with, 51
have their parallels in start, stop and change, 293
psychotic, 51; see also potential trouble source [in
in experience become be, have and do, the com- full
index]
ponent parts of experience itself, 295 sub-brain, 360
interacting triangle, 293 suppressed, dynamics ~ in two ways, 159
spiral, dwindling, of mest universe, 444 suppression of dynamics by
other dynamics, exam"stability", 356, 357 ples of, 160
stalled cases; see NOTL suppressive person; see entry in full index;
see also
Standard Operating Procedure; see also SOP 8;NOTL; aberrative
personality; merchants of fear
8-8008 survival,
for theta clearing, Steps I-VII, 285~ accomplished by
continuance of motion at given
SOP 5: amended, 311 optimum rate, 167
Standard Procedure, 50; see also NOTL basic axiom of Dianetics, 6
Steps One, Two, Three, 15 basic purpose of theta, 188
starting the case, 15 central dynamic of individual is urge
toward, 157
states and positions and conditions run as concepts, dependent
upon reason, 149
276 depends upon ability to reason, 156
static thinking, areas of, 183 Factors List; see Self Analysis
Step E, Short 8-Duplication, 424 goals, 135
Steps One-Three, Standard Procedure [1950] ,15 is subdivided
into eight parts, 157
Steps I-VII, Standard Operating Procedure for theta of group,
mechanics of, 87
clearing, 289 pleasure and pain, 151
Steps I-VII, Standard Operating Procedure 8, 390 potential,
measurement of, 91
Step 1, Step 2, Step 3, levels of case, 490 tone scale is "scale
of potential survival", 243
Step III, auditing commands, 472 tone scale of survival vectors,
168
Step IV case, 386 survive! is basic dynamic principle of existence,
167
Step IV, Expanded Gita, 333 symbolisms, mind handles problems in terms
of loose
Step V and IV cases, SOP 8A devoted to, 357 symbolisms, 76
Step V case, 386, defn., anyone capable of using Symbological
Processing,267
energy flows, 311 general purpose of, 241
Step 6, change in Step 6 (Opposite Poles) of Six Steps goal of,
239
of Self-Auditing, 463 key to the unconscious, 239
sticky or rigid needle, 270 procedure of, 241
stimulants, Benzedrine and coffee, 8 questions of the ~counselor,
240
straight line memory, 15, 19, 63 symbology of language, 190
straight memory case scouting and reverie, 24; see symbols, 239
also Science of Survival words are symbols for mest
action, 190
straightwire; see also recall sympathy, 205
ARC Straight Wire, 290 and wearing of glasses, 203
can pick up occluded data, 144 is responsible for many
"epidemics", 213
Dynamic Straight Wire, how to run, 162 key-in of, 203
Dynamic Straight Wire Chart, 160 mechanisms of, 415
memory; see NOTL preceded by an overt, 203
Postulate Processing by, 186 predominates as emotional
aspect of engrams
processing sessions, purpose of, 50 carrying chronic
somatics, 25
Repetitive Straight Wire, 241
defn., help preclear to recall a decision again
and again, or try to get earlier one on the
T
same subject, 186
how it is done, 164
stress is located by E-Meter, 227 Take Ten Minutes of Nothing [process],
425
structure and bacteria, 431 teacher altitude, 131
stuck needle, defn., 229 teaching, good rules for, [ 1951 ], 131; see
also Course
stuck on the track, 15, 441 Supervisor; Study Tapes [both in
full index]
even if appears~to be in PT, 16 teaching problem and handling of,
367
SUBJECT INDEX- 1950/1953
technique(s), theta (cont.)
computation of workability of, 456 purity of, 91
evaluation of, 431 symbol for thought as an "energy", 268
negative-gain techniques, 393 tendency to own or be owned,
189
new do not make old ones unusable, 303 traps; see History of
Man
positive-gain techniques, 393 vs. mest, 154,174
recommended, [1953], 432 theta being(s); see also History of Man
repeater, 17 and mest bodies, 404
safe technique is that technique which always
capabilities of; see History of Man
deals in things of which preclear is certain, 388
preclear is, 403
safe technique, SOP 8, 341 principal target of auditor is,
403
unlimited, 358 qualities of, 404
defn., techniques which are susceptible of being theta
clear(ing),
audited without time limit, 329 and aberration,
what LRH is trying to do, 315
Scientology 8-8008, 329; see also unlimited auditing
formulae to make a, 278
processes auditor needs good command of DMSMH to
workable, 331 understand ~, 315
Technique 80, 229 procedures for, 289; see also
exteriorization
basic on chain, relation to, 300 Standard Operating Procedure
for, 289
cannot find first engram,use ~, 305 theta exteriors,
problem of pc who can't get out
motivator and overt, DED and DEDEX, is ~, 301
again, 356
reduction of arthritis, 273 theta line, history of; see HOM
Technique 88, 267; see also HOM theta-mest theory, 356; see also 8-8008
"Technique 100" or "Associative Processing", 269 and auditing,
360
tenets of an organization, 143 thetan('s), defn., 379
Ten Minutes of Nothing [process], 424, 425 aberration is that he
thinks he is not the ~, 267
Terminals, Terminaling, afraid of being nothing, 406
Double; see Double Terminaling and mest, 342
Matched; see Matched Terminaling communication, 352
terra incognita: the mind, 6 first fatal step of thetan is to
resist, 416
tests, testing, own mock-ups, 461
accurate test of case change, 351 to be "sane", thetan must
learn how he's been
Army Alpha, 40 caring for body, 301
as a screen, 51 usual position and only interest, 267
California Test for Mental Maturity, 40 what he is
trying to do, 461
for sanity: what is communication lag of indi- think, ability
to, defn., capability ofthe mind toper vidual, 310
ceive, pose and resolve specific and general
for types of cases, 82 problems, 77
Johnson Temperament Analysis Profile, 40 thinking, areas of
static, 183
psychometry must be tempered by common sense, thinking, center
centralness of all thinking is change
51 of position in space, 443
psychometry, purpose of, 39 thinking consists of, 128
therapeutic factor, the only ~ possessed by man is his third dynamic,
defn., 84, 158, 380
own spirit, 486 third party action in child education, 48
theta, thought; see also APA
actions, key, reach and withdraw, 407 defn., is concerned
with the estimate of effort,
and mest, group is composed of, 87 214
as pure reason and mest as entire unreason, gradi- defn.,
manifestation of evolving a low-level certain ent scale
between, 173 ty of observation from a number of past
obser basic laws of; see Science of Survival vations,
433
basic purpose of theta is survival, 188 analytical, 380
bop, defn., 229 and electrical impulses, connection between,
221
capability of, 293 direct observation infinitely superior
to, 433
cleared theta clear, single attribute of, 296 E-Meter
registers shifts in, 225
conquest of mest by, 88,173,188 emotion or effort (the
various categories of doing explosion, similarities to theta, 467
ness), 296
free theta, defn., 418 life and material universe; see NOTL
goal, pretended, destroys the group, 141 Mest Processing
underlies thought and all symbols
lines explode when tampered with, 139 and
communication representing thought, 193
of group: its ideas, ideals, rationale and ethic, 175
overt, 244
SUBJECT INDEX- 1950/1953
thought (cont) truth,
process of, defn., 461 absolute, 71
subject matter of Scientology, 268 handling of; see
Science of Sur~ival
three universes, 356, 375, 376 relation to uniform workability,
71
three universe-types, 349 scientific, defn., 71
three-valued logic, 69 two-terminal universe, mest universe is a, 337
time, 443 two-valued iogic, 69
action requires space and time, 293
and space, 465
consists of, 380 U
essence of time is apparently possession, 295
facsimiles have no weight, wavelength, space or ugliness; see 8-
80
time, 225 uncertainties, control is effected by introducing
~
factor; see also NOTL and hidden influences, 389
of the viewpoint, 442 uncertainty is the product of two
certainties, 379
is the basic on loss, 416 unconscious(ness), 441
mind files first by, 231 and yawns, 17
Orientation List; see Self Analysis boil-off,
manifestation of, 321
possessions absorb and enforce time, 296 common to all
engrams, 17
present; see present time, SOS from pain or shock, anything
said while, 6
space and energy; see space, time and energy people can
remember past periods of ~,115
the one arbitrary, 245 reason for removal in basic area, 25
what it is, 375 Symbological Processing, a key to, 239
time track, stuck on, 15, 16, 441; see also NOTL undesirable conditions
persist until admired, 311
tone arm, mishandling, 228 unhappiness and happiness, difference
between, 454
tone scale (s); see also DOT; DMSMH; NOTL; SOS; unit, awareness of
awareness, 379
8-80 universe(s), 350; see also mest universe
and cause and effect, 436 basic unit of any ~ in terms of
energy is two, 382
arthritis occurs at three places on, 272 cycle of, 293
characteristics of top and bottom of, 381 man is his own,
294
downward and upward spirals on, 381 three, 349, 356, 375,
376
earliest, is in Book One, 464 and the eight
dynamics, 380
ethics, relation to morals and height on ~, 294 unlimited
processes, six, 424
of governments or companies or groups, 137 unlimited technique;
see technique(s), unlimited
of motion, 167 Unmocking [process], 329
of survival vectors, 168
persons below 2.0 regard the organisms in their
vicinity as mest, 189 V
Postulate Tone Scale, 184
relation of energy to, 92 valence(s); see also DMSMH; SOS
responsibility, failure to take, symptom of preclear
commands and demon circuits, removing, 18
who is low on ~, 210 conversation in engrams, relation
to ~,17
scale of emotional tones, 243 how it replaces "I", 169
"scale of potential survival", 243 influence on recall
and perception, 15
scale of "relative success in estimating efforts", in which
the preclear has settled, locating, 19
243 List; see Self A nalysis
track map, 232; see also History of Man major error in [Dianetic]
theory of, 300
tracks, three principal tracks in which the auditor is out of own,
16
interested, 232 process, "Wearing Heads", 427
training, shifters, 19
andskillofauditors,365 shifting, 486, defn., enforcement of
viewpoint,
prerequisites for, 51 369
program and end product of, 52 winning, 415
troubles with students in training, 51 Validation Processing, 163
transferring, 415 venereal disease, 119
triangle of certainties, 349 viewpoint (s), 356, defn., is only a point
of awareness
triangle of certainty of awareness, 378 from which one can
perceive, 362
true group, defn., 87,136 abilities of, 375
how ARC breaks affect, 137 attention is concern of two, 382
trust-distrust, 213 can never perish, 375
SUBJECT INDEX- 1950/1953
viewpoint(s) (cont.) winning valence, 415
evaluation is the shifting of viewpoint or the effort
withdraw(ing) and reach(ing); see reach and with
to do so, 441 draw
first action of beingness is to assume a ~, 375 woman, auditing
of pregnant woman, 118
is not a method of thinking about something from women and men,
communication between, 406
a certain attitude, 362 words, symbols for mest action,
190
pc most heavily uses viewpoint of another when work, child's
work low quality yet IQ high, 328
the other has evaluated for him, 362 work, craving for, 333
primary requisite of the, 441 work, merchant of fear will not
work, 476
Processing, 431, 433, 437 world conqueror operates with a
perverted dynamic,
how to run, 440 35
resolves dependencies, 439 world, toward a saner; see Child
Dianetics
reactive mind's conception of ~ is evaluation, 384 worry or
somatic, use of SOP 8A to resolve, 358
time factor of the, 442 worry pc has can be found in a
dramatization of the
valence shifting is enforcement of ~, 369 people
around his early life in the exact words
visio; see also DMSMH; SOS he uses to describe his worry, 19
absence of, is assignment of a tremendous amount wrong, absolute,
70
of cause to another individual, 206
analytical mind is itself capable of, 426
of body, thetan's only interest, 267
Y
vitamin,
B1 and glutamic acid, chemical assist, 40 yawns and
unconsciousness, 17
B1 and restimulation, 421
C,422
niacin, chemical assist, 41 Z
zealotism, 38
W
wasting anchor points, 333 Numerals
wasting, cycle of, 416
"Wearing Heads", a valence process, 427, 463 V level case, trouble with
a, and solution, 362
white and black, phenomenon of, 445 8-8008, Scientology, Unlimited
Techniques, 329
White Dianetics, 282 "26" perceptics, 145
wide-open case, 150, 436 88, a step by step breakdown of, 267
and occluded, difference between, 301 88, Scientology, auditing
formula from, 278
can observe but thinks poorly or shallowly, 433
needs first-book procedure until he gets out of
incident he is stuck in, 305
processing in the first book designed for, 301
run Responsibility, 305
ALPHABETICAL LIST OF TITLES
Aberrations and Genius 130 Electronics Gives Life to Freud's Theory
269
About PABs 411 Electropsychometric Auditing-Operator's
Acceptance Level Processing (PAB 15) 485 Manual 221
Acceptance Level Processing (PAB 16) 491 Essay on Authoritarianism,
An 173
Addition to Standard Procedure, An 50 Essay on Management, An
133
Admiration Processing 311 First A nnual Conference of Hubbard
Advanced Procedure and Axioms 172 DianeticAuditors Lectures
123
Afternoon with Ron, An 196 First International Congress of
Aims of the Hubbard Dianetic Research Dianeticists and
Scientologists Lectures 458
Foundation 13 First Professional Course Lectures 14
All Possible Aberrations 157 Formula H 447
Analytical Mind, The 27 General Comments, Group Processing and
Associate Newsletter (23 Apr. 53) 312 a Summary of New Work:
Certainties 346
Associate Newsletter (28 Apr. 53) 315 General Comments, SOP 8 and a
Summary
Associate Newsletter (19 Nov. 53) 480 of SOP 8A 353
Associate Newsletter No. 2 330 Group Dianetics (1 Nov. 50) 43
Associate Newsletter No. 3 339 Group Dianetics (DAB) 84
Associate Newsletter No. 4 365 Handbook for Preclears 194
Associate Newsletter No. 5 401 Handling of Arthritis, The 272
Associate Newsletter No. 6 408 Handling the Psychotic 55
Associate Newsletter No. 7 412 History of Man, A 266
Associate Newsletter No. 8 429 How to Live Though an Executive 308
Associate Newsletter No. 9 452 How to Pick Up Occluded Data 144
Associate Newsletter No. 10-Technique How to Release a Chronic
Somatic 24
Bulletin 456 Hubbard CollegeLectures 218
Auditing Formulae From Scientology 88 278 Human Evaluation Course
Lectures 147
Auditor First Should Know Tools Before Individual Track Map 232
He Goes in for Artistic 305 Instruction Protocol 51
Basic Reason-Basic Principles 148 Intensive Processing Procedure,
The 39
Beingness and Certainty Processing 406 International Congress of
Birmingham Lectures 338 Dianeticists and Scientologists
Lectures 496
Brief History of Psychotherapy, A 181 Key to the Unconscious, A-
Symbological
Case Opening 419 Processing 239
Cause and Effect 208 Limitations of Homo Novis, The 403
Certainty Processing 397 Lock Scanning 107
Certification Board Duties and Logics and Axioms Lectures 291
Responsibilities 65 London Group Auditor's Course Lectures 306
Change Processing 453 LondonProfessional CourseLectures 291
Child Dianetics 166 London Spring Lectures 307
Child Scientology 319 Loophole in Guarded Rights, The 282
Components of Experience, The 295 Los Angeles Foundation Lectures
22
Credo of a Good and Skilled Manager, The 96 Marital Scientology
309
Credo of a True Group Member, The 94 MEST Processing 188
Cycle of Action of an Explosion, The 467 New Data Doesn't Invalidate
Early,
Danger: BlackDianetics! 280 ProvenTechniques 300
Diagnosis and Repair of Groups 91 Notes on the Lectures 67
Dianeticsand Religion 38 Oakland LectureSeries 26
Dianetics: TheEvolutionofaScience 11 OctoberMidwestConferenceLectures
165
Dianetics: The Modern Science of Off the Time Track 418
Mental Health 12 "Old Man's Case-Book, The", 337
Dianetics: The Original Thesis 5 On Human Behavior 473
Dianometry-Your Ability and State of Mind 68 On Human Character
482
Education and the Auditor 124 PhiladelphiaDoctorate Course
Effolt Processing 214 Lectures 298
Philadelphia Doctorate Course Step by Step Breakdown of 88, A
267
Supplementary Lectures 306 Step III Auditing Commands 472
PostulateProcessing 183 Summary CourseLectures 218
Preclears Must Be Audited According to Summer Session-Technique 88
Lectures 264
Their Condition 302 Symbological Processing-A Key to the
Preclears Should Be Processed; Unconscious 239
Education Isn't Auditor's Task 304 Teaching 131
Preventive Dianetics 113 Technique 80 Lectures 220
Problem of Sedation, The 104 Technique 88 Supplementary Lectures
Procedures for Theta Clearing 289 (8 July- 4 Sept. 52) 265
Processing of Auditors 216 Technique 88 Supplementary Lectures
Processing of Children, The 44 (21 Sept.- 24 Sept. 52) 279
Professional Course Booklets 274 Terra Incognita: The Mind 6
RadioBroadcasts 103 Theory of Affinity, Reality and
Records of Mind Are Permanent 284 Communication, The 98
Running of Concepts, The 275 Theory of Communication, The 464
Sanity Needs Creation-Destruction Balance 293 Thetan, to Be "Sane",
Must Learn How
Science of Survival 122 He's Been Caring for Body 301
Science of Certainty, The-This is This is Scientology-The Science
of Certainty 374
Scientology 374 Track Map, Individual 232
Scientology 88 277 Validation Processing 163
Scientology 8-80 288 Viewpoint Processing 431
Scientology 8-8008 297 What an Auditor Should Know 488
Scientology 8-8008 Unlimited Techniques 329 What is Scientology? 268
Second Annual Conference of Hubbard What the Thetan Is Trying to
Do 461
Dianetic Auditors Lectures 195 Wichita Foundation Auditor's
Course
Self Analysis 146 Lectures 171
Self Analysis in Dianetics 286 Wichita Foundation Lectures 207
SeyAnalysis in Scientology 286 Wichita Lectures 106
Self-Determined Effort Processing 167 WichitaMondayLectures 132
Six Steps to Better Beingness 423 1stAmericanAdvanced Clinical
Standard Operating Procedure for Indoctrination Course
Lectures 459
Theta ClearingLectures 287 2nd AmericanAdvanced Clinical
Standard Procedure 15 Course Lectures 478
Standard Procedure Lectures 54 "26" Perceptics, The 145